Historic, Archive Document
Do not assume content reflects current
scientific knowledge, policies, or practices.
d-iV//
■
United States n O g-% mm n I I I ^
s.rr ^ Control Lake
Timber Sales
Tongass
National
Forest
R10-MB-349a
January 1998
Supplemental Draft
Environmental Impact Statement
Volume I — EIS M 3 %
o rn j-Ji
Hry)
— 3 fsj ^co
Foster Wheeler Environmental Corporation
10900 NE 8th Street
Bellevue, Washington 98004
Contract No. 53-0109-3-00369
Control Lake Environmental Impact Statement
United States
Department of
Agriculture
Forest
Service
Alaska Region
Tongass National Forest
Ketchikan Area
Federal Building
Ketchikan, AK 99901
Reply To: 1950
Date: December 19, 1997
Dear Planning Participant:
Enclosed is the Supplemental Draft Environmental Impact Statement for the
Control Lake Project Area.
This Supplemental DEIS was prepared to respond to the following changes: 1)
timber volume from Control Lake will no longer go to Ketchikan Pulp Company
(KPC) under the Long-Term Timber Sale Contract; 2) the closure of the KPC pulp
mill; and 3) the revision and adoption of the new Forest Plan. The document is
responsive to the comments we received on the Draft EIS as well.
The Supplemental DEIS is in two volumes and is accompanied with a large scale
color map to aid in your review. Color maps at 11"X17" scale for each
alternative are included in Volume 1. An 11"X17" scale map that displays the
proposed road management strategy is also included in Volume 1.
Alternative 11 in the Supplemental DEIS represents a collaborative effort to
identify where best to harvest timber in balance with other uses and resource
needs in the Project Area.
Alternative 11 with the following adjustments is my Preferred Alternative.
Proposed harvest units 597.2-449 and 597.2-450 would be dropped and
unit 597.2-414 would be changed to helicopter logging to existing
roads. This would strengthen wildlife habitat objectives.
Clearcutting prescriptions included in proposed harvest units in VCU
597.2 that have helicopter, shovel or running skyline logging systems
will be changed to partial cut prescriptions. The purpose of this is
to address new TLMP Standards and Guidelines for the marten.
Caring for the Land and Serving People
Printed on Recycled Paper
FS-6200-28b (12/93)
The Thorne Bay Ranger District has been very active in recent weeks working
with the public and other interested parties to determine how best to manage
the roads on the District. Roads proposed to be open or closed are shown on
the Access Plan map in Volume 1 and on the large scale map. Your comments
related to specific roads will be most helpful.
You are encouraged to review and comment on the Supplemental DEIS, as well as,
the road management strategy. Comments need to be submitted by March 16, 1998
to :
Forest Supervisor
Tongass National Forest, Ketchikan Area
Attn: CONTROL LAKE SDEIS
Federal Building
Ketchikan, AK 99901
Your input will be used to prepare the Final EIS and Record of Decision. Your
interest in the management of the Tongass National Forest is appreciated.
Sincerely,
BRADLEY E. POWELL
Forest Supervisor
enclosure
Supplemental Draft Environmental Impact Statement
Control Lake
United States Department of Agriculture
Forest Service — ^Alaska Region
Alaska
Lead Agency
Responsible Official
For Further Information
U.S.D.A. Forest Service
Tongass National Forest
Ketchikan Administrative Office
Forest Supervisor
Ketchikan Administrative Area
Tongass National Forest
Federal Building
Ketchikan, Alaska 99901
Dave Arrasmith
Planning Staff Officer
Ketchikan Administrative Area
Tongass National Forest
Federal Building
Ketchikan, Alaska 99901
(907) 228-6304
Abstract
The Forest Service proposes to implement the Tongass Land Management Plan by harvesting
timber in the Control Lake Project Area. Timber volume would be offered to timber companies
under the Ketchikan Area Independent Timber Sale Program. The actions analyzed in this EIS
are designed to implement direction contained in the Tongass Land Management Plan (TLMP
1997). The Supplemental Draft EIS describes five alternatives which provide different combina-
tions of resource outputs and spatial locations of harvest units. The alternatives are: Alterna-
tive 1, No Action, proposes no new harvest from the Project Area at this time; Alternative 10
emphasizes units that can be most readily harvested by small operators and completely avoids
harvest in the Honker Divide, Logjam Creek, and Rio Roberts watersheds, and the Western
Peninsula; Alternative 1 1 avoids harvest in the Honker Divide, Upper Logjam Creek, and Rio
Roberts watersheds, limits harvest in the Western Peninsula, and allows harvest near the 1997
Forest Plan Revision implementation level in most other zones; and Alternative 12 allows
harvest at the full 1997 Forest Plan Revision implementation level in all zones that permit
harvest.
This page left intentionally blank
Control Lake Supplemental Draft
Summary
Introduction
In compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and other relevant state and
Federal laws and regulations, the Forest Service has prepared this Supplemental Draft Environ-
mental Impact Statement (EIS) on the effects of timber harvest in the Control Lake Project Area
(Figure 1-1) on Prince of Wales Island, Alaska. This Supplemental Draft EIS is designed to
inform the public of the proposed action and its effects, and to solicit public comment for
consideration in developing the Final EIS. This Supplemental Draft EIS was prepared to
respond to several changed conditions. It also addresses comments received on the Draft EIS.
Changes Between Draft EIS
and Supplemental Draft EIS
As indicated above, this Supplemental Draft EIS was prepared to respond to several changed
conditions. First, it addresses the fact that timber volume from Control Lake would no longer be
provided to Ketchikan Pulp Company (KPC) under the Long-term Timber Sale Contract.
Second, it considers the closure of the KPC pulp mill. Finally, it evaluates effects under the
existing Forest Plan (TLMP, 1997). Public and agency input and new or revised analyses also
produced changes between the Draft EIS and Supplemental Draft EIS as described below.
Public and agency input on the Draft EIS included comments received at the ANILCA Subsis-
tence hearings, EIS open houses, meetings with state and other federal agencies, and written
comment letters. Appendix B, which presents the written comments, oral testimony, and Forest
Service responses, has been added to the Supplemental EIS. In addition, public input together
with the new information identified above led to the deletion of Alternatives 2, 7, 8, and 9 from
detailed consideration in the Supplemental Draft EIS. Alternative 10, which was presented in
Appendix B of the Draft EIS, has been brought into the main text and two new alternatives were
designed. Alternative 1 1 was designed to be consistent with the 1997 TLMP and responsive to
public and agency input regarding wildlife, biodiversity. Honker Divide, the Elevenmile area,
subsistence, and other issues. It represents the Preferred Alternative. Alternative 12 was also
designed to be consistent with the 1997 TLMP and represents the unit pool under the new
Forest Plan. Public comment on the Draft EIS also led to revision and clarification of several
analyses.
New analysis was required to incorporate the effects of Alternatives 1 1 and 12 into Chapters 2
and 4 of the Supplemental Draft EIS. In addition, new analyses were conducted to reflect new
land use designations (LUD’s), standards and guidelines, and projections made by the new
TLMP (1997). New information and public/agency input also led to revision of text and tables in
several EIS areas. A summary of the watershed analyses that have been conducted through the
Control Lake studies is presented in Appendix E. Unit cards that were substantially revised are
presented in Appendix D.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
SUMMARY ■ iii
iv ■ SUMMARY
The ROD for the 1997 TLMP identified Control Lake as a Category 3 timber sale project.
Projects in Category 3 need to be consistent with all the applicable management direction of the
revised plan, except for new standards and guidelines for wildlife, which address landscape
connectivity, endemic terrestrial mammals, northern goshawk, and American marten. These new
standards and guidelines were implemented in a manner that was least disruptive to the design
and implementation of the project. The extent to which these measures were incorporated was
determined through review by an interagency implementation team consisting of the National
Marine Fisheries Service, Environmental Protection Agency, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and
pertinent state agencies.
Proposed Action
The Forest Service proposes to harvest an estimated 94 million board feet (MMBF) of timber,
construct or reconstruct an estimated 78 miles of roads, and use existing log transfer facilities
(LTF’s) at Thome Bay, Coffman Cove, and other locations to implement the action alternatives.
Timber sale offerings from this harvest will be made available to the Independent Timber Sale
Program. Based on this environmental study and analysis, the Forest Supervisor will decide on:
• The timber volume to make available from this Proj ect Area;
• The location, design, and schedule of timber harvest, silvicultural, road construction, and
reforestation management practices;
• Access management measures (road, trail, and area restrictions and closures); and
• Mitigation measures. Best Management Practices (BMP’s), and monitoring measures.
Purpose and Need
The Control Lake Project is proposed at this time to respond to the goals and objectives
identified by the Tongass Land and Resource Management Plan (TLMP, 1997) for the Project
Area and to move the Project Area towards the desired future conditions described in the
TLMP. The Forest Plan identified the following goals and objectives: (1) improve timber growth
and productivity on suitable timber lands made available for timber harvest and manage these
lands for a long-term sustained yield of timber; (2) contribute to a timber supply from the
Tongass that seeks to meet annual and TLMP planning cycle market demand; and (3) provide
opportunities for local employment in the wood products industry, which in turn contributes to
the local and regional economies of Southeast Alaska (TLMP, pp. 2-3 to 2-4). The Control Lake
Project will respond to these goals and objectives, and will also help move the Project Area
towards the desired future condition identified by the Plan by managing suitable timber lands
for the production of sawtimber and other wood products and allowing a variety of successional
stages within the Project Area that provide a range of wildlife habitat conditions (TLMP, pp. 3-
127,3-135 to3-136,and 3-144).
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Alternative 1
Public Participation
Public involvement in the Control Lake Project decision-making process began formally on
September 27, 1993 with the mailing of the scoping package, which invited comment on the
scope of the issues and areas of major concern to be addressed in the environmental analysis.
A news release was also issued and newspaper advertisements were also placed about that time
containing much of the same information and inviting comments. A Notice of Intent (NOI) to
prepare an EIS was published in the Federal Register on October 6, 1993. Public scoping
meetings were held in Klawock, Thorne Bay, and Ketchikan. Individual consultations also took
place between Control Lake project team members and community representatives, environmen-
tal organizations, timber industry representatives, agency representatives, and other interested
parties.
The Draft EIS was released in October 1995 and subsistence hearings and public open houses
were held in Klawock, Thorne Bay, Coffman Cove, and Ketchikan in December 1995. Many
comments were received and reviewed and analyzed; responses are provided in Appendix B of
this Supplemental Draft EIS.
A NOI to prepare a Supplemental Draft EIS was published in the Federal Register on August 14,
1997. A news release, announcing the availability of this Supplemental Draft EIS was issued.
Issues
Based on consultation with the public and government agencies, the scoping comments and
Draft EIS comments received, the subsistence hearings, and internal scoping, seven issues were
identified that were determined to be significant and within the scope of this EIS. These issues
have been addressed by alternative development (e.g., a total of 12 different alternatives have
been developed and analyzed for the project), with mitigation, or by analyzing the effects in
terms of the issues. The seven significant issue areas are: (1) Honker Divide; (2) Recreation and
Visual Quality; (3) Subsistence; (4) Wildlife Habitat and Biodiversity; (5) Fish Habitat and Water
Quality; (6) Timber; and (7) Karst and Cave Resources.
Alternatives Considered in
Detail
Four alternatives are considered in detail in the Supplemental Draft EIS. These include the No
Action Alternative (Alternative 1) and three action alternatives (Alternatives 10, 1 1, and 12).
Alternatives 3 and 5 were previously considered, but not analyzed in detail. Alternatives 2, 4, 6,
7,8, and 9 were previously analyzed in detail and presented in the Draft EIS (including appendi-
ces), but are no longer being considered.
The No Action alternative. Alternative 1, would result in no additional timber harvest or road
construction in the Control Lake Project Area. This alternative serves as a baseline, against
which the three action alternatives are measured.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
SUMMARY ■ v
Alternative 10
Alternative 1 1
Alternative 1 2
Vi ■ SUMMARY
Alternative 10 results in the harvest of 1,281 acres in 38 harvest units producing 38 MMBF of
net sawlog and utility volume. To implement this harvest, approximately 30 miles of road would
be constructed or reconstructed. This alternative does not schedule harvest in the Honker
Divide (“ridge-to-ridge”) north of Forest Road 30, in the Upper Logjam Creek area, in Rio
Roberts Watershed, or in the Western Peninsula. It attempts to emphasize community-based,
value-added products by choosing units that would be more easily harvested by independent
and small operators. Units in this alternative minimize road construction, are smaller, and use
conventional logging systems. This alternative was independently developed by a group
consisting of environmental organization representatives, independent timber contractors,
Alaska natives, educators, business owners, and fishermen, most of which are residents of
Prince of Wales Island.
If Alternative 1 1 is implemented, it would result in the harvest of 3,612 acres in 98 harvest units
producing approximately 94 MMBF of new sawlog and utility volume. To implement this
harvest, approximately 78 miles of road would be constructed or reconstructed. This alternative
was designed to be completely consistent with the 1997 Forest Plan Revision. It avoids harvest
within all of the Old-Growth Habitat and Semi-Remote Recreation LUD’s including the Honker
Divide area, Rio Roberts Watershed, most of the Western Peninsula, and other areas. Alterna-
tive 1 1 reflects collaborative efforts between the Forest Service and other federal and state
agencies.
If Alternative 12 were implemented, it would result in the harvest of 4,452 acres in 123 harvest
units producing approximately 113 MMBF of new sawlog and utility volume. To implement this
harvest, approximately 98 miles of road would be constructed or reconstructed. This alternative
was designed to provide a maximum level of harvest consistent with the 1997 Forest Plan
Revision. It avoids harvest within all of the Old-Growth Habitat and Semi-Remote Recreation
LUD’s including the Honker Divide area, Rio Roberts Watershed, most of the Western Penin-
sula, and other areas.
Effects of the Alternatives
The effects are summarized, by significant issue, along with the alternative descriptions in
Chapter 2. Tables 2-2 and 2-3, located at the end of Chapter 2, provide quantitative summaries
of the effects.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Contents
Volume I
Summary
Contents
Figures
Tables
Chapter 1
Purpose and
Need for Action introduction
Proposed Action
Purpose And Need
Timber Growth and Productivity
Market Demands
Local Employment Opportunities
Project Area
The Decision-Making Process
Relationship To Forest Plan
Land Use Designations
Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines
Other Land Status
Scoping And Public Involvement
DraftEIS
Supplemental Draft EIS
FinalEIS
Issues
Significant Issues
Issues Outside The Scope Of This EIS
Legislation And Executive Orders Related To This EIS
Federal And State Permits And Licenses
Availability Of Project Files
Chapter 2
Alternatives introduction
Changes between Draft EIS and Supplemental Draft EIS
New Information
Public/Agency Input
Revised Analysis
TLMP ( 1 997) Transition
Development of Alternatives
Ecosystem Management
Items Common To All Alternative Frameworks
Alternatives Considered But Eliminated From Detailed Study
Alternative 2
iii
vii
xiv
XV
1
4
4
4
5
6
6
8
8
7
8
10
10
11
11
12
12
12
14
14
15
15
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
10
13
13
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
TABLE OF CONTENTS ■ vii
Chapter 2 (cont.) Alternative 3 13
Alternative 4 13
Alternative 5 13
Alternative 6 14
Alternative 7 14
Alternative 8 14
Alternative 9 ^ 14
Alternatives Considered In Detail 14
Alternative 1 Framework (No Action) 15
Alternative 1 0 Framework 16
Alternative 1 1 Framework (Preferred Alternative) 19
Alternative 1 2 Framework 21
Comparison And Evaluation Of Alternatives 24
Mitigation Measures 36
Site-Specific Mitigation Measures 36
Monitoring 36
Forest Plan 36
Chapter 3
Affected
Environment Introduction 1
Available Information 1
Land Divisions 2
Geographic Information System 2
General Project Area Description 3
Climate And Air Quality 5
Climate 5
Air Quality 5
Geology, Minerals, And Karst 9
Introduction 9
Geology 9
Minerals 11
Karst 12
Soils 13
Introduction 13
Soil Groups 13
Soil Productivity 17
Erosion 17
Landslides 18
Wetlands, Floodplains, And Riparian Areas 21
Wetlands 21
Floodplains 23
Riparian Management Areas 25
Water, Fish, And Fisheries 29
Introduction 30
Water Resources 30
Fish And Fisheries Resources 35
Vegetation And Timber Resources 51
Introduction 52
Desired Future Condition 52
Forest Land Classification 53
Previous Harvest 54
Silvical Characteristics Of Tree Species 54
viii ■ TABLE OF CONTENTS
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Chapter 3 (cont.)
Plant Communities And Cover Types 56
Proportionality Analysis 61
Forest Health 61
Silviculture 63
Even-Aged Systems 61
Uneven-Aged Systems 67
Timber Harvest Methods 67
Wildlife 77
Introduction 77
Wildlife Habitats 77
Special Wildlife Habitats 81
Management Indicator Species 82
Snag Density By Watershed 91
Threatened, Endangered, And Sensitive Species 93
Plants 93
Fish 91
Wildlife 91
Biodiversity 103
Stand, Between Stand, And Landscape Biodiversity 103
Habitat Diversity 101
Fragmentation And Connectivity 105
Lands 115
Introduction 115
State And Native Lands, Claims, And Allotments 115
Other Land Use Issues 117
Comprehensive Plans 117
Transportation And Facilities 119
Transportation 119
Post-Harvest Maintenance And Access Management 120
Logging Camps 121
Forest Service Facilities 121
Log Transfer Facilities 121
Economic And Social Environment 123
Introduction 123
Southeast Alaska Regional Economy 123
Demographics and Income 131
Subsistence 139
Introduction 139
Subsistence Overview 140
Tongass Resource Use Cooperative Survey 140
Control Lake Subsistence Interviews 141
Affected Resources 153
Cultural Resources 161
Introduction 161
Ethnohistory Of Project Area 161
Control Lake Cultural Resource Inventory 165
Project Area Cultural Resources 166
National Register Registration Requirements And Recommendations 169
Visual 171
Introduction 172
Visual Character Types 172
Scenic Quality 172
Visual Sensitivity 175
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
TABLE OF CONTENTS ■ ix
Visual Quality Objectives 175
Existing And Future Visual Conditions 177
Visual Absorption Capability 180
Cumulative Visual Disturbance 180
Project Area Viewsheds 180
Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild And Scenic Rivers, And Wilderness Areas 187
Introduction 187
Recreation Opportunity Spectrum 188
Recreation Places 189
Recreation Sites 198
Future Recreational Resources Near The Project Area 201
Existing Activities And Use Patterns 201
Commercial Outfitters And Special Recreational Use Permits 204
Wild And Scenic Rivers 206
Roadless Areas 206
Wilderness 208
Chapter 4
Environmental
Consequences introduction i
Analyzing Effects 1
Climate And Air Quality 3
Geology, Minerals, And Karst 5
Introduction 5
Direct, Indirect, And Cumulative Effects On Mineral Resources 5
Mitigation for Mineral Resources 5
Monitoring for Mineral Resources 6
Direct, Indirect, And Cumulative Effects On Karst Resources 6
Mitigation for Karst Resources 8
Monitoring for Karst Resources 9
Soils 11
Introduction 11
Direct And Indirect Effects 1 1
Soil Productivity 11
Soil Erosion 13
Landslides 14
Cumulative Effects 15
Mitigation 16
Monitoring 17
Wetlands, Floodplains, And Riparian Areas 19
Wetlands 19
Estuaries 22
Floodplains 23
Riparian Management Areas 25
Mitigation 27
Cumulative Effects 29
Monitoring 30
Water, Fish, And Fisheries 31
Direct And Indirect Effects To Water Resources 31
Stream Sediment 33
Water Chemistry 36
Stream Temperature And Dissolved Oxygen 36
X ■ TABLE OF CONTENTS
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Chapter 4 (cont.) Consumptive Water Use 37
Direct And Indirect Effects To Fish And Fisheries 37
Cumulative Effects 42
Mitigation 48
Monitoring 51
Silviculture, Timber, & Vegetation 53
Environmental Consequences 54
Direct Effects 54
Forest Plant Communities 54
Non-Forested Cover Types 55
Threatened And Endangered Plant Species 55
Volume Class 55
Site Class 59
Proposed Harvest Volume 60
Proposed Harvest By Silvicultural System 60
Proposed Harvest Methods 61
Proposed Harvest Unit Size 64
Operability 65
Indirect Effects 65
Cumulative Effects 70
Projected Harvest Through 2004 71
Cumulative Harvest Through 2054 71
Timber Supply 72
Mitigation 72
Monitoring 73
Wildlife 75
Wildlife Habitats 75
Forest Successional Habitats 75
Management Indicator Species (MIS) 77
Effects On Snag Density By VCU 84
Wildlife Population Objectives 86
Cumulative Effects 86
Mitigation 88
Monitoring 91
Threatened, Endangered, And Sensitive Species 93
Plants 93
Wildlife 93
Cumulative Effects 98
Mitigation 98
Monitoring 99
Biodiversity 101
Stand And Landscape Biodiversity 101
Habitat Diversity 102
Forest Fragmentation 102
Patch-Size Effectiveness 107
Population Viability 108
Cumulative Effects 108
Mitigation 109
Monitoring 109
Lands 111
Harvest Units Adjacent to Non-national Forest System Lands 111
Rights of Way and Land Use Agreements 112
Land Use Designations 113
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
TABLE OF CONTENTS ■ xi
Chapter 4 (cont.) Special Use Permits 1 13
Transportation And Facilities 115
Introduction 115
Road Development 115
Construction Coordination With Fish And Wildlife 118
Rock Quarries 118
Maintenance Level 119
Access Management 119
Logging Camps 120
Log Transfer Facilities 121
Economic And Social Environment 123
Introduction 123
Economic Evaluation 123
Socioeconomic Analysis 129
Sectoral Economic Effects 134
Cumulative Effects 136
Subsistence 137
Introduction 137
Evaluation Criteria 138
Direct, Indirect, And Cumulative Impacts On Subsistence Use Of Deer 139
Direct, Indirect, And Cumulative Impacts On Subsistence Use Of Other Resources 146
Other Conclusions 151
Cultural Resources 155
Introduction 155
Direct And Indirect Effects 155
Visual 159
Introduction 160
Effects Of Alternatives 160
Summary Of Effects By Alternative 169
Cumulative Visual Effects 169
Mitigation 172
Monitoring 174
Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild And Scenic Rivers, And Wilderness Areas 175
Introduction 175
Impacts On ROS Settings 175
Impacts On Recreation Places 180
Impacts To Recreation Sites 183
Commercial Outfitters And Guides 184
Effects Of Timber Industry Facilities And Employees 185
Road Management 185
Roadless Areas 185
Effects On Wild And Scenic Rivers 186
Wilderness 187
Cumulative Effects 187
ROS Settings 188
Recreation Places 188
Recreation Sites 189
Mitigation 189
Monitoring 190
Chapter 5
References i
xii ■ TABLE OF CONTENTS
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Chapter 6
Glossary i
Chapter 7
Distribution List i
Chapter 8
Preparers i
Chapter 9
Index 1
Volume II
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix C
Appendix D
Appendix E
Reasons for Scheduling the Environmental Analysis of the Control Lake
Project Area
Responses to Comments and Subsistence Hearing Testimony
Mitigation Measures By Harvest Unit
Revised Unit and Road Design Cards
Summary of Watershed Analyses
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
TABLE OF CONTENTS ■ xiii
Figures
Chapter 1
1-1
Project Vicinity Map
2
1-2
How This EIS is Organized
3
1-3
VCU’sand 1 997 TLMP Revision LUD’s
9
Chapter 2
2-1
Map of Landscape Zones
8
2-2
Number of Units Seen from Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas
24
2-3
Timber Harvest and Road Construction/Reconstruction
26
24
Risk to Water Quality and Fish Habitat by Alternative
27
2-5
Net Stumpage Values ($/MBF) and PNV’ s ($million)
28
2-6
Mitigation/Monitoring Feedback Loop
41
Chapter 3
3-1
Average Monthly Precipitation in Craig and Hollis, 1991 and 1992
7
3-2
Soil Characteristics of Project Area
15
3-3
Major Watersheds in the Project Area
16
34
Soils by Mass Movement Index
19
3-5
Wetland Types in Project Area
23
3-6
Average Monthly Discharge of Staney Creek 1 964 to 1 98 1 , and 1 990 to 1 992
31
3-7
Average Monthly Discharge of North Fork Staney Creek
32
3-8
Average Monthly Discharge of Black Bear Lake
32
3-9
Salmon Life Cycle
37
3-10
Schematic Diagram of Harvest Type A
68
3-11
Schematic Diagram of Harvest Type B
68
3-12
Schematic Diagram of Harvest Type C
69
3-13
Schematic Diagram of Harvest Type D
69
3-14
Schematic Diagram of Harvest Type E
70
3-15
Schematic Diagram of Harvest Type F
70
3-16
Schematic Diagram of Harvest Type G
71
3-17
Schematic Diagram of Harvest Type H
71
3-18
Schematic Diagram of Harvest Type I
72
3-19
Live Skyline Yarding System
74
3-20
Running Skyline Yarding System
74
3-21
Highlead Yarding System
75
3-22
Slackline Y arding System
75
3-23
Distribution of WAA’s In and Around the Project Area
80
3-24
Distribution of Forest and Interior Forest Patches in 1954
108
3-25
Distribution of Forest and Interior Forest Patches Under Existing Conditions - 1995
109
3-26
Land Ownership/Management in the Project Area
116
3-27
Coffman Cove TRUCS Map
144
3-28
Craig TRUCS Map (Areas Ever Hunted for Deer - Percent of Households)
146
3-29
Hollis TRUCS Map (Areas Ever Hunted for Deer - Percent of Households)
147
3-30
Hydaburg TRUCS Map (Areas Ever Hunted for Deer - Percent of Households)
148
3-31
Klawock TRUCS Map (Areas Ever Hunted for Deer - Percent of Households)
150
3-32
Thome Bay TRUCS Map (Areas Ever Hunted for Deer - Percent of Households)
152
3-33
Typical Scenery in the Coastal Hill Portion of the Project
173
3-34
Typical Scenery in the Kupreanof Lowland Portion of the Project
173
3-35
Variety Classes in the Control Lake Project Area
174
3-36
Sensitivity Levels in the Control Lake Project Area
176
3-37
Visual Quality Objectives in the Control Lake Project Area
178
3-38
Existing Visual Conditions in the Control Lake Project Area
179
xiv ■ TABLE OF CONTENTS
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
3-39
Visual Priority Area Viewsheds in the Control Lake Project Area
182
340
Acreage of ROS Settings in Control Lake Project Area
190
341
Map of ROS Settings
191
342
Recreation Places
193
343
Recreation Sites
196
344
Project Area Streams and Rivers for Which Outfitter/Guide Permits
Were Requested
205
345
Number of Service Days (Clients Used by Outfitters/Guides in and Near
the Project Area in 1991 and 1992
205
4-1
Relative (Dimensionless) Risk of Potential Effects to Class I, Class II,
Class III, and All Streams Combined Based on Quantity, Type, and
Location of Stream Buffering
44
4-2
Distribution of Forest and Interior Forest Patches Under Alternative 1
(Existing Condition)
103
4-3
Distribution of Forest and Interior Forest Patches under Alternative 10
IM
44
Distribution of Forest and Interior Forest Patches under Alternative 1 1
105
4-5
Distribution of Forest and Interior Forest Patches under Alternative 12
106
4-6
View North From South Shore of Big Salt Lake
164
4-7
View South From Control Lake Cabin
165
4-8
View Northwest From East Shore of Balls Lake
167
4-9
Alternative 10 ROS Settings
177
4-10
Alternative 1 1 ROS Settings
178
4-11
Alternative 12 ROS Settings
179
Tables
Chapter 2 2-1 Control Lake Project Area Landscape Zones 5
2-2 Physical and Economic Outputs of Alternatives '29
2-3 Environmental Consequences of Alternatives 30
2-4 Landscape Zone Effects 32
2- 5 Site-Specific Mitigation Measures Incorporated into Unit and Road Design 37
Chapter 3 3-1 Number of Days, by Month, With Winds Over 30 Miles Per Hour 6
3- 2 Mean Yearly Summer and Winter Temperatures, Precipitation, and Snow
Accumulation for Craig and Hollis 6
3-3 Project Area Floodplains (in acres) 24
34 Riparian Management Area in the Control Lake Project Area (acres) 26
3-5 Previously Harvested Project Area Riparian Management Area (acres) 27
3-6 Stream Temperatures in the Control Lake Proj ect Area 35
3-7 Project Area Streams by Class (in miles) 38
3-8 Existing and Planned Stream Enhancement Projects in the Control Lake Project Area 44
3-9 Coho Salmon Habitat Capability 1 954 to 1 995 by VCU 46
3-10 Pink Salmon Habitat Capability 1954 to 1995 by VCU 48
3-11 Dolly Varden Char Habitat Capability 1954 to 1995 by VCU 49
3-12 Past Timber Harvest Acreage: Control Lake Project Area 54
3-13 Forest Plant Series in the Control Lake Project 56
3-14 Non-forested Plant Communities 58
3-15 Net Sawlog Volumes in Each Volume Class 59
3-16 SiteClassdistribution within Control Lake VCU’ s Site Class Acres 60
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS TABLE OF CONTENTS ■ xv
Tables (cont.) 3-17 Inventory Volume, Trees, and Basal Area per Acre by Volume Class 60
3-18 Percent Volume Composition by Species for Volume Classes 61
3-19 Silvicultural System and Harvest Type Designations 65
3-20 Project Area WAA’s and VCU’s 79
3-21 Successional Stages in Acres, Current Condition ( 1 995) 79
3-22 Acres of Special Wildlife Habitats Existing Condition (1995) 81
3-23 Management Indicator Species for the Project Area 83
3-24 Estimated MIS Habitat Capabilities for 1 995 Expressed as a Percentage
of 1954 Habitat Capabilities 83
3-25 Bald Eagle Nest Sites in the Control Lake Project Area on National Forest System Lands
89
3-26 Snags Per Acre by VCU 92
3-27 Candidate Threatened/Endangered and Sensitive Plant Species Potentially
Occurring in the Project Area 95
3-28 Marbled Murrelet Survey Results by Area Sampled 100
3-29 Patch Size Class Relationships 107
3-30 Area (acres) in Forest Patches and Interior Forest Patches by Size Class for
1954 and 1 995 (Existing Conditions) 1 10
3-31 Patch Size Effectiveness Curve Values by Patch Size Class and by Species 110
3-32 Patch Size Effectiveness V alues for Five Management Indicator Species 111
3-33 Existing Roads and Road Density for the Control Lake Project Area 120
3-34 Direct Employment in Resource Dependent Industries and Southeast Alaska Total 125
3-35 Southeast Alaska Timber Production and Employment 1984 to 1994 126
3-36 Forest Receipts and Payments to the State of Alaska, Fiscal Years 1980 to 1992 128
3-37 Southeast Alaska Salmon Harvesting and Seafood Processing Direct Employment
(Average Annual Jobs) 129
3-38 Tongass-related Recreation and Tourism Consumption and Employment -
Historical and Projected 130
3-39 Selected 1990 U.S. Bureau of the Census Population and Housing Data (Extended
Primary ROI) 133
3-40 Prince of Wales Island Study Communities 142
341 Per Capita Subsistence Harvest (Edible Pounds) for Rural Communities ( 1987) 143
342 Total Summary Deer Harvest for Communities with Any Reported Harvest in
Project Area, 1988-1991 154
343 Current Harvest of Sitka Black-tailed Deer by WAA 155
3-44 Current Harvest of Black Bears by WAA 156
345 Current Harvest of Marten by WAA 157
346 Current Harvest of River Otters by WAA 157
347 Summary of Documented Project Area Wolf Harvest 158
348 Project Area-Related-Streams, Permit and Harvest Statistics ( 1 985 to 1 993) 158
349 Average Yearly Number of Subsistence/Personal Use Permits Used in Selected
Locations, and Average Salmon Harvest by Species by Community (1985 to 1993) 159
3-50 Cultural Chronology 162
3-51 Known Cultural Resource Properties Within the Control Lake Project Area 167
3-52 National Register of Historic Places Recommendations or Status for
Cultural Resource Properties in the Control Lake Project Area 170
3-53 Adopted Visual Quality Objectives for Each Land Use Designation 177
3-54 Control Lake Project Area Recreation Places and Sites 194
3-55 Deer Harvest Summary, 1987- 1991, by WAA 204
3- 56 Inventories Roadless Areas within the Project Area 207
Chapter 4 4-1 Environmental Consequences of Alternatives on Karst Areas 8
4- 2 Estimated Soil Disturbance by Watershed due to Harvesting (in Acres) 12
xvi ■ TABLE OF CONTENTS
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Tables (cont.)
4-3
44
4-5
4^
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-20
4-21
4-22
4-23
4-24
4-25
4-26
4-27
4-28
4-29
4-30
4-31
4-32
4-33
4-34
4-35
4-36
4-37
4-38
4-39
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
Estimated Soil Disturbance by Watershed due to Road Construction (in
Acres - including quarries and landings) 13
Acreage of Harvest Units on High MMI Soils 14
Harvest Area on Wetlands by Alternative and Watershed (in acres) 20
Road Construction on Wetlands by Alternative and Watershed (in acres) 22
Number of Floodplain Road Crossings of Class I Streams by Alternative 23
Riparian Management Area Harvested by Stream Class and Watershed (in Acres) 24
Lengths (in Miles) of Stream Buffer 28
Lengths of Class III Stream (in Miles) Treated with Best Management Practices (BMP’s)
by Alternative 28
Sediment Delivery Potential of Harvest Units for the Alternatives 33
Number of Road Crossings of Class I, II, and III Streams by Alternative 34
Sediment Delivery Potential of Roads by Alternative 35
Dolly Varden Char Habitat Capability from 1954to2145by VCU 39
Coho Salmon Habitat Capability (Smolt Production) from 1954 to 2145 by VCU 39
Pink Salmon Habitat Capability (Smolt Production) from 1 954 to 2 145 by VCU 40
Cumulative Ground-Disturbing Activities (% Total Area) by Major Watershed and
Alternative 46
Cumulative Harvest in Riparian Management Area (% of Total Area) for
Channel Types HC 1 , HC2, HC3, HC5, HC6, and HC9 by Major Watershed and Alterna-
tive 47
Acres of Proposed Harvest by Plant Series and Alternative 54
Miles of Proposed Road Across Forested Plant Communities 55
Miles of Proposed Road Across the Non-forested Vegetation Communities 55
Proposed Harvest of Volume Class Acreage by VCU for Alternative 10 56
Proposed Harvest of Volume Class Acreage by VCU for Alternative 11 57
Proposed Harvest of Volume Class Acreage by VCU for Alternative 12 58
Proposed Harvest Acreage in Each Site Class by Alternative 60
Proposed Harvest Volume by Alternative 60
Proposed Harvest by Silvicultural System and Alternative 61
Proposed Harvest by Silvicultural System, VCU, and Alternative 62
Distribution of Proposed Harvest System 64
Units Greater than 100 Acres 65
Normal, Difficult, and Isolated Acre Projections by Alternative 66
Acres of Previous Timber Harvest 71
Average Annual Timber Harvest Acres from 1 940 through 2054 72
Proposed Silvicultural Treatments 76
Road Density by Alternative 78
Changes in MIS Habitat Capability, by Alternative 79
Number of Units Affecting High Quality Habitat by Alternative 79
Miles of Road Construction Affected by Seasonal Blasting Restrictions 83
Cumulative Changes in MIS Habitat Capability through 2054 88
Acres of Old Growth Remaining and Average Patch Size Effectiveness Indexes
for the Marbled Murrelet by Alternative and Area %
Comparison of the Effects of the Alternatives on Goshawk Habitat (in acres) 97
Area (Acres) in Forest Patches by Size Class for the Alternatives 107
Area (Acres) in Interior Forest Patches by Size Class for the Alternatives 107
Patch-size Effectiveness Values for Five Management Indicator Species by
Alternative 108
Proposed Harvest Units Adjacent to or Within 0.25 Mile of Non-National
Forest System Lands 111
Proposed Harvest Units Within 0.5 Mile of the Karta Wilderness 1 12
Proposed Harvest Units to be Accessed by Roads on Sealaska Lands North of
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
TABLE OF CONTENTS ■ xvii
Tables (cont.) BigSaltLake 112
4-48 Miles of New and Reconstructed Road by Action Alternative 116
4-49 Miles of Road Construction/Reconstruction by Road Class and Alternative 117
4-50 Required Road Construction and Reconstruction by Alternative 118
4-51 Miles so Road by Traffic Service Level by Alternative 119
4-52 Estimated TimberVolume(MMBF) Serviced by Logging Community 120
4-53 Estimated Timber volume (MMBF) Handled by Log Transfer Facility 121
4-54 Economic Efficiency Analysis 125
4-55 Summary of Economic Assessment for Alternative 10 by Geographic Area 126
4-56 Summary of Economic Assessment for Alternative 1 1 by Geographic Area 126
4-57 Summary of Economic Assessment for Alternative 1 2 by Geographic Area 127
4-58 Summary of Net Stumpage Values (per MBF) by Geographic Area (based on high timber
prices) 127
4-59 Public Investment Summary 128
4-60 Total Employment and Income Effects on Socioeconomic 131
4-61 Employment Effects and Estimated Return to the State and Ketchikan from Federal
Income T axes Derived from Proj ect-Produced Personal Income 131
4-62 Estimated Minimal Payments to the State of Alaska 133
4-63 Project Area WAA Deer Harvest in 1 995 Compared to Habitat Capability in
1 998 by Alternative 140
4-64 Project Area WAA Deer Harvest 142
4-65 Acreage Used by More than 5 Percent of Rural Community Households for Deer
Hunting, and Acres Proposed for Timber Harvest by Alternative and Community 143
4-66 Acreage Used by More than 15 Percent of Rural Community Households for Deer
Hunting, and Acres Proposed for Timber Harvest, by Alternative and Community 144
4-67 Possibility of a Significant Restriction of Subsistence Use of Sitka Black-Tailed
Deer After Proj ect Implementation for Each Alternative and Community 146
4-68 Project Area WAA Black Bear Harvest Compared to Habitat Capability in 1998
by Alternative 147
469 Project Area WAA Marten Harvest in 1 995 Compared to Habitat Capability in
1 998 by Alternative 148
4-70 Project Area WAA River Otter Harvest in 1 995 Compared to Habitat Capability in 1 998
by Alternative 151
4-71 Project Area WAA Black Bear Harvest Compared to Habitat Capability Projected
through 2054 151
4-72 Project Area WAA Marten Compared to Habitat Capability Projected through 2054 152
4-73 Possibility of a Significant Restriction of Subsistence Use of Other Resources After
Project Implementation for All Alternatives 152
4-74 Number of Known Cultural Resource Properties Potentially Affected by Alternative 156
4-75 Summary of Proposed Harvest Units Located Within Priority Travel Route and Use Area
Viewsheds 161
4-76 Summary of Visual Effects by Viewshed 170
4-77 Changes in Project Area ROS Settings by Alternative 176
4-78 Changes in ROS Settings Found in Freshwater-Based, Land-Based, and
Marine-Based Recreation Places by Alternative 181
4-79 ROS Settings of Existing Recreation Sites by Alternative 183
4-80 ROS Settings of Potential Recreation Sites by Alternative 184
4-81 Roadless Areas (Within Project Area) Under Each Alternative 186
xviii ■ TABLE OF CONTENTS
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Chapter 1
Purpose and Need for
Action
Introduction
Proposed Action
Purpose and Need
Project Area
The Decision-Making Process
Scoping and Public Involvement
Issues
<■
■ - ■ 'n'-
Legislative AND Executive Orders Related to this EIS
Federal and State Permits and Licenses
Availability of Project Files
V
At* »
T *a;
i
Chapter 1
Purpose and Need
for Action
Key Terms
Land Use Designation (LUD) — ^the method of classifying land uses presented in the Forest
Plan (Tongass Land Management Plan [TLMP 1997]).
MMBF— million board feet.
Offering — a Forest Service specification of timber harvest units, subdivisions, roads, and other
facilities and operations to meet the requirements of a timber sale.
Oid-growth forest — an ecosystem distinguished by old trees and related structural attributes.
Old-growth forests encompass the latter stages of stand development. They typically differ
from earlier stages of stand development in a variety of characteristics which may include tree
size, accumulation of large dead woody material, number of canopy layers and tree species
composition, and ecosystem function.
Scoping process — activities used to determine the scope and significance of a proposed ,
action, what level of analysis is required, what data is needed, and what level of public partici-
pation is appropriate.
Value Comparison Unit (VCU) — areas that generally encompass a drainage basin to provide a
common set of areas where resource inventories could be conducted and resource interpreta- 1
tions made. *
Introduction
In compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and other relevant state and
Federal laws and regulations, the Forest Service has prepared this Supplemental Draft Environ-
mental Impact Statement (EIS) on the effects of timber harvest in the Control Lake Project Area
(Figure 1-1) on Prince of Wales Island, Alaska. This Supplemental Draft EIS is designed to
inform the public of the proposed action and its effects, and to solicit public comment for
consideration in developing the Final EIS. This Supplemental Draft EIS was prepared to
respond to several changed conditions. First, it addresses the fact that timber volume from
Control Lake would no longer be provided to Ketchikan Pulp Company (KPC) under the Long-
term Timber Sale Contract. Second, it considers the closure of the KPC pulp mill. Finally, it
evaluates effects under the 1997 Forest Plan Revision. This Supplemental Draft EIS also
addresses comments received on the Draft EIS.
The EIS discloses the direct, indirect, and cumulative environmental impacts and any irrevers-
ible or irretrievable commitment of resources that would result from each alternative proposed.
It is prepared according to the format (Figure 1-2) established by Council on Environmental
Quality (CEQ) regulations implementing NEPA.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 1 ■ 1
Purpose
and Need
1
Figure 1-1
Project Vicinity Map
-5
Scole in Miles
0 "" ""
25
2 ■ 1 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Purpose H
and Need I
Figure 1-2
How this EIS is Organized
I
APPENDICES
ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSEQUENCES
I ~
AFFECTED
ENVIRONMENT
r
r:
ALTERNATIVES
Direct, indirect, and cumulative
changes to the environment
likely to occur with the
implementation of the
alternatives.
PURPOSE
AND NEED
Chapter 1
o
A description of the environment that could
be affected or created by the alternatives
under consideration.
The presentation and comparison of the alternatives,
with information on their environmental impacts and
how they would be implemented with measures to
protect our environment.
The purpose and need for which the Forest Service
is proposing action, the public issues surrounding it,
and other considerations
I
I
I
I
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 1 ■ 3
1 Purpose
and Need
Timber Growth and
Productivity
Proposed Action
The Forest Service proposes to harvest an estimated 94 million board feet (MMBF) of timber,
construct or reconstruct an estimated 78 miles of roads, and use existing log transfer facilities
(LTF’s) at Thome Bay, Coffman Cove, and other locations to implement the action alternatives.
Timber sale offerings from this harvest will be made available to the Independent Timber Sale
Program. Based on this environmental study and analysis, the Forest Supervisor will decide
whether and how to make timber available from the Control Lake Project Area to the Indepen-
dent Timber Sale Program. Forest Supervisor decisions will include:
• The timber volume to make available from this Project Area;
• The location, design, and schedule of timber harvest, silvicultural, road constmction, and
reforestation management practices;
• Access management measures (road, trail, and area restrictions and closures); and
• Mitigation measures. Best Management Practices (BMP’s), and monitoring measures.
Purpose and Need
The Control Lake Project is proposed at this time to respond to the goals and objectives
identified by the Tongass Land and Resource Management Plan (TLMP, 1997) for the Project
Area and to move the Project Area towards the desired future conditions described in the
TLMP. The Forest Plan identified the following goals and objectives: (1) improve timber
growth and productivity on suitable timber lands made available for timber harvest and manage
these lands for a long-term sustained yield of timber; (2) contribute to a timber supply from the
Tongass that seeks to meet annual and TLMP planning cycle market demand; and (3) provide
opportunities for local employment in the wood products industry, which in turn contributes to
the local and regional economies of Southeast Alaska (TLMP, pp. 2-3 to 2-4). The Control
Lake Project will respond to these goals and objectives, and will also help move the Project
Area towards the desired future condition identified by the Plan by managing suitable timber
lands for the production of sawtimber and other wood products and allowing a variety of
successional stages within the Project Area that provide a range of wildlife habitat conditions
(TLMP, pp. 3-127, 3-135 to 3-136, and 3-144).
Losses to the timber resource caused by age decay and disease are considerable in old-growth
forests, and it is not uncommon for over 30 percent of the timber volume in old-growth stands
to be defective and thus unusable for wood products. Tree vigor tends to decrease with
maturity, causing an increase in susceptibility to disease and decay fungi. Disease and decay
processes are a natural part of forest ecosystems, and play a key role in providing wildlife
habitat in old-growth forests. However, the Forest Plan allocated 32 percent of the land within
the Control Lake Project Area (non-encumbered lands) to the Timber Production Land Use
Designation (LUD). The desired future condition for these lands, as identified by the Forest
Plan, states that they are to be managed for the production of sawtimber and other wood
products on an even-flow, long-term sustained yield basis (TLMP, p. 3-144). An additional 13
percent of the land within the Control Lake Project Area is allocated to the Scenic Viewshed or
Modified Landscape LUD’s. The desired future condition for these lands states, in part, that
they will produce a yield of timber which contributes to the Forest-wide sustained yield (TLMP,
pp. 3-127, 3-136). Harvesting aging stands, including those in declining health, on lands that
4 ■
1 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Purpose M
and Need I
allow timber harvest and replacing them with faster growing, healthy stands will reduce the
volume loss associated with decay and disease and increase the growth and yield of the man-
aged forest land.
The remaining 55 percent of the Project Area is allocated to non-development LUD’s, mostly
Old-growth Habitat. The desired condition for Old-growth Habitat lands states that all forested
areas in this LUD will have attained old-growth forest characteristics, providing a diversity of
old-growth habitat types and associated species and subspecies and ecological processes.
Timber volume from this LUD (such as salvage) does not contribute to the Forest-wide allow-
able sale quantity.
Currently western hemlock makes up about 80 percent of the old-growth forests in the Project
Area. Western hemlock is susceptible to dwarf mistletoe, a disease that does not infect Alaska
cedar or western red cedar and rarely infects Sitka spruce. Western hemlock also appears to
have more insect enemies than Sitka spruce. In addition, western hemlock has the lowest
economic value of the four species. Harvesting existing stands dominated by the western
hemlock will encourage the growth of the Sitka spruce and the cedars, creating a more diverse
species mix and minimizing losses due to insects and diseases that are species-specific.
Market Demand Section lOl of the Tongass Timber Reform Act (TTRA) directs the Forest Service to “seek to
provide a supply of timber from the Tongass National Forest which (1) meets the aimual market
demand for timber from such forest; and (2) meets the market demand from such forest for each
planiung cycle,” to the extent consistent with the multiple use and sustained yield of all renew-
able forest resources (among other limitations). Market demand for Tongass timber is derived
from factors including Southeast Alaska’s timber industry mill capacity; local, national, and
international timber markets; and projected local, national, and worldwide timber supplies.
The Alaska Region uses the projections of the Pacific Northwest Research (PNW) Station to
help determine demand for Tongass timber. The latest PNW Station market demand estimates
for Tongass timber through the year 2010 are based on three projections, or scenarios, of
demand (low, medium, and high). In the low demand scenario, high stumpage, harvest, and
manufacturing costs limit Alaska’s share of markets. Under the high demand scenario, in-
creased harvest and manufacturing efficiency, with resulting lower costs, make Alaskan mills
more competitive. Projected aimual sawlog demand for the next decade is 1 13 million board
feet (MMBF) for the low scenario, 133 MMBF for the medium, and 156 MMBF for the high
scenario (Brooks and Haynes, 1997).
The intent of the Forest Service is to provide the opportunity for the timber industry as a whole
to acquire a supply of purchased but unharvested timber equal to about three years of timber
consumption, considering the average rate of harvest for the past few years and any indicators
of change in that rate from planning cycle projections or other sources. This supply is a means
of providing for stability in relation to fluctuating market demand. It is estimated that a 3 -year
supply of timber, based on medium demand projections, is 399 MMBF.
As of June 30, 1997, there is 504 MMBF of unharvested timber volume under contract to the
timber industry (Automated timber Sales Accounting System Report 900, June 30, 1997). Of
this volume, however, 300 MMBF is allocated to KPC under the terms of the long-term contract
settlement agreement, with 204 MMBF under independent industry contract. Thus, in order to
meet the intent of having a 3 -year supply, approximately 195 MMBF of timber needs to be
cleared through the NEPA process and offered to the industry. To meet this objective, approxi-
mately 195 MMBF of timber needs to be cleared through the NEPA process and offered to the
industry. It takes approximately 3 years for timber to be cleared trough the NEPA process. At
this time, there is approximately 624 MMBF proposed under other ongoing NEPA analyses on
the Tongass for the 1998 to 2002 period. Any timber volume from the Control Lake Project
Area will contribute towards the three-year supply objective.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS CHAPTER 1 ■ 5
J
1 Purpose
and Need
Local Employment
Opportunities
Timber volume from the Control Lake Project Area will be provided as a component of the
ten-year schedule identified by the Forest Plan, which attempts to provide timber to industry in
an even flow over the plaiming cycle. The Forest Plan states that the Ketchikan Area is
expected to contribute 121 MMBF (average annual sell) per year for the next ten years
(TLMP, Appendix L-8). This schedule is based, in part, on the Tongass FORPLAN model
which is a hnear programming software program used to analyze planning decisions regarding
land use patterns, capital investment, and timber harvest scheduling. Appendix A of this
Supplemental Draft EIS provides the rationale for why the Control Lake Project Area was
selected for analysis at this time. In summary. Appendix A states that the Timber Sale(s)
Project Area was selected at this time because:
• The TLMP allocated over 32 percent of the area as a Timber Production Land Use Desig-
nation (LUD), with sufficient timber volume available to help meet market demand;
• Timber management activities will contribute to meeting the goals, objectives, and desired
condition for this LUD;
• Most of the other Timber Production LUD’s on the Forest have or are plaiming to have
timber management activities scheduled in them;
• Timber harvest infrastructure (roads, log transfer site, rock quarries) are in place or in need
of maintenance to reduce potential resource damage;
• To provide local employment opportunities in the wood products industry, consistent with
providing for the multiple use and sustained yield of all renewable forest resources.
The Control Lake Project is a component of the Ketchikan Area’s timber management plan to
contribute towards the volume identified by the Forest Plan sale schedule and will help meet
TTRA and the Forest Plan’s goals and objectives. At this time, the Ketchikan Area has
approximately 160 MMBF in additional volume undergoing NEPA analysis which could also
contribute towards the sale schedule volume.
Timber is one of several valuable resources on the Tongass and many people depend on it for
their livelihood. Timber from the Tongass is harvested for sawn wood products such as
lumber and cants and wood chip exports, and is the basis for a major industry in Southeast
Alaska that provided about 1,749 direct jobs in Fiscal Year 1996 (Alaska Department of
Labor, May 1997). The Tongass timber program is part of a long-term cooperative effort
among the Federal government, the State of Alaska, and local governments to provide greater
economic diversity and stabihty in Southeast Alaska and more year-round employment. The
Control Lake Project will contribute towards this effort, providing the opportunity for approxi-
mately 8.24 jobs and $350,000 in associated income per MMBF harvested (Forest Service
IMPLAN model - base year 1992). Thus, the Proposed Action for the Control Lake Project
Area would provide the opportunity for approximately 775 jobs and $32.9 million in associ-
ated income.
Project Area
The 20 1,371 -acre Control Lake Project Area is located on Prince of Wales Island, approxi-
mately 50 air miles west of Ketchikan, Alaska (Figure 1-1). Craig and Klawock sit to the
south of the Project Area and Thome Bay to the east. The Project Area contains the Rio
Roberts Research Natural Area, designated to allow natural processes to evolve without
measurable human influence for research and development purposes. The Thome River and
6
1 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Purpose -I
and Need I
Hatchery Creek combine to form a free-flowing river corridor along the eastern edge of the
Project Area. This corridor is referred to in this EIS as the Honker Divide, extending for about
42 miles from Barnes Lake to the Thome River estuary. The corridor offers nationally recog-
nized recreation opportunities including canoeing, fishing, wildlife viewing, and hunting. The
river system was recommended in the Record of Decision (ROD) for the new Forest Plan
(1997) for addition to the National Wild and Scenic Rivers System as a combination Scenic/
Recreational River.
Relationship to
Forest Plan
Land Use
Designations
The Decision-Making Process
National forest planning takes place at several levels. The decision making begins with long-
range plarming at the national level, continuing down through the regional and forest levels to
the project level. The Control Lake Project is part of this hierarchical planning process. This
Supplemental Draft EIS is a project-level analysis; its scope is confined to issues within the
Control Lake Project Area. It does not attempt to address decisions made at higher levels. It
does, however, implement direction provided at those higher levels.
The National Forest Management Act of 1976 (NFMA) directs each National Forest to
prepare an overall plan of activities. The Forest Plan provides land and resource management
direction for the forest. It establishes LUD’s to guide management of the land for certain uses.
The LUD’s describe the activities that may be authorized within Value Comparison Units
(VCU’s). VCU’s generally subdivide the LUD’s into logical analysis units.
The Forest Plan also guides all natural resource management activities by establishing forest-
wide standards and guidelines. These standards and guidelines apply to all or most areas of the
Forest and are used in conjunction with the management prescriptions for each LUD.
For the Tongass National Forest, the Forest Plan is the 1997 TLMP. The Control Lake EIS
tiers to the TLMP EIS (TLMP 1997) and the Alaska Regional Guide EIS (1983). In some
instances, it incorporates documented analysis from TLMP or the various TLMP Drafts by
reference (40 Code of Federal Regulations [CFR] 1502.21) rather than repeating it in this EIS.
The 1997 TLMP designates areas appropriate for various activities through the use of 19
LUD’s. These LUD’s include management objectives and specific standards and guidelines
designed to ensure attainment of those objectives. Standards and guidelines take precedence
over annual targets or projected outputs; no project will be fimded for which the standards and
guidelines caimot be implemented. The TLMP LUD’s in the Project Area are described below.
Figure 1-3 shows the VCU’s and 1997 TLMP LUD’s.
• Timber Production - These lands are managed for the production of saw timber and other
wood products on an even-flow, long-term sustained yield basis. An extensive road system
will be developed for accessing the timber and for recreation uses, hunting, fishing, and other
public and administrative uses. Management activities will usually dominate most seen
areas. A variety of wildlife habitats, predominantly in the early and middle successional
stages, are present. They comprise 32 percent of the non-encumbered National Forest
System lands in the Project Area.
• Modified Landscape - This LUD provides for a variety of uses. Timber harvest and roads
are allowed and the yield contributes to the Forest-wide sustained yield. Management
activities are subordinate to the characteristic landscape as seen in the foreground from
popular travel routes and use areas. In the middle to background distance, management
activities may dominate the characteristic landscape. A variety of successional stages
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 1 ■ 7
1 Purpose
and Need
Forest-wide
Standards and
Guidelines
provide a range of wildlife habitat conditions. The Modified Landscape LUD occupies 9
percent of the Project Area.
• Scenic Viewshed - In areas managed under the Scenic Viewshed LUD, forest visitors and
others using identified popular travel routes and use areas will view a natural-appearing
landscape. Management activities in the foreground will not be evident to the casual visitor.
Activities in the middleground and background will be subordinate to the characteristic
landscape. Timber yields will contribute to the Forest-wide sustained yield. A variety of
successional stages providing wildlife habitat occur, although late-successional stages
predominate. The Scenic Viewshed LUD comprises 4 percent of the Project Area.
• Semi-remote Recreation - Areas in the Semi-remote Recreation LUD are characterized by
generally unmodified natural environments. Ecological processes and natural conditions are
only minimally affected by past or current human uses or activities. Timber harvest and road
construction are generally not permitted. This LUD occupies 13 percent of the Project Area.
• Old-growth Habitat - In lands within this LUD, old-growth forests are to be maintained and
early serai conifer stands are to be managed to achieve old-growth forest characteristics. The
objective is to achieve a diversity of old-growth habitat types and associated species and
subspecies and ecological processes. Timber harvest is not permitted except to achieve the
LUD objective and roads and other facilities are to be avoided. These lands occupy 34
percent of the Project Area.
• Scenic River - The Scenic River LUD is used to maintain, enhance, and protect the fi-ee-
flowing character and outstandingly remarkable values of river segments designated as
Scenic Rivers and included in the National Wild and Scenic Rivers System. Ecological
processes and changes may be somewhat affected by human uses. Recreation users are to
have the opportunity for experiences ranging fi-om Primitive to Roaded Natural in a natural-
appearing setting. A yield of timber may be produced that contributes to the Forest-wide
sustained yield, but resource activities within the river corridor are not to be visually evident
to the casual observer. This LUD comprises 7 percent of the Project Area.
• Recreational River - The Recreational River LUD is used to maintain, enhance, and protect
the essentially free-flowing character and outstandingly remarkable values of river segments
designated as Recreational Rivers and included in the National Wild and Scenic Rivers
System. Ecological processes and changes may be affected by human uses. Recreation users
are to have the opportunity for a variety and range of experiences in a modified but pleasing
setting. A yield of timber may be produced that contributes to the Forest-wide sustained
yield. Resource activities and developments may be present within the river corridor and
may dominate some areas. Less than 1 percent of the Project Area is occupied by this LUD.
• Research Natural Area - This LUD is used to preserve areas of ecological importance in
their natural condition for the purposes of research, monitoring, education, and/or to main-
tain natural diversity. They are characterized by essentially unmodified environments in
which natural ecological processes prevail. This LUD represents 1 percent of the Project
Area.
The following forest-wide standards and guidelines apply to areas within the LUD’s. They
often represent additional restrictions and are used in conjunction with the management
prescriptions for each LUD.
• Beach and Estuary Fringe - The beach and estuary fringe is an area approximately 1,000
feet slope distance inland from the mean high tide around all marine coastline. Programmed
8 ■ 1 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Purpose M
and Need I
Figure 1-3
VCU’s and 1997 TLMP Revision LUD’s
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 1 ■ 9
Purpose
and Need
1
Other Land Status
timber harvest is not allowed and roads are to be located outside of beach and estuary fringes
whenever possible. The fringes are to be managed to maintain their ecological integrity to
provide sustained natural habitat conditions and requirements for wildlife, fish, recreation,
heritage, scenery, and other resources.
• Riparian - The riparian standards and guidelines are designed to maintain riparian areas in
mostly natural conditions for fish, other aquatic life, old-growth and riparian-associated plant
and wildlife species, and water-related recreation, and to provide for ecosystem processes,
including important aquatic and land interactions. To achieve this. Riparian Management
Areas (RMA’s), which are areas of special concern to fish, other aquatic resources, and
wildlife, are delineated as identified in the stream process group direction found on pages 4-
56 through 4-73 in the Forest Plan. Timber harvest is not scheduled in Riparian Manage-
ment Areas.
• Karst and Cave Resources - The karst and cave resource standards and guidelines are
designed to maintain the natural karst processes and the productivity of the karst landscape
while providing for other land uses and to protect and maintain significant caves and cave
resources. Potential karst areas have been analyzed and categorized into low, medium, and
high vulnerability categories. High vulnerability areas are not suitable for programmed
timber harvest.
In addition to national forest lands that are managed according to the above LUD’s, some
national forest lands are encumbered because they have been selected by the State or Native
corporations. Non-federal lands also occur within the project area. These other lands are
described below.
• Encumbered Lands - This is not a designated LUD in the TLMP. However, for purposes
of this EIS, it designates areas within the Project Area that have been selected but not yet
conveyed to the State or to Native corporations and are not considered in the action alterna-
tives.
• Alaska State Lands - These are lands belonging to the State of Alaska. In the Project Area,
State-owned parcels occur near Thome Bay, Control Lake, and Salt Lake Bay.
• Private Lands - A large parcel of private land occurs in the Project Area around the Big Salt
Lake. This parcel is owned by Sealaska Corporation.
Scoping and Public involvement
The Control Lake Project Team followed the NEPA process (40 CFR 1501.7) to determine the
scope of the issues to be addressed by the environmental analysis and to identify major concerns
related to the proposed action. Scoping and public involvement are ongoing processes used to
invite public participation and collect initial comments. The Project Team sought public
comment through several means, including those summarized below. The Control Lake
Scoping Report (Enserch Environmental Corporation, 1994) and the Project Planning Record
contain a full description of scoping and public involvement activities.
• Scoping package mailed to Project mailing list on September 27, 1993.
• Notice of Intent to prepare an EIS published in Federal Register on October 6, 1993.
10
1 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Purpose -4
and Need I
Draft EIS
• Newspaper advertisements announcing scoping process placed in the Ketchikan Daily News
and the Island News on October 4, 1993.
• News release issued on September 28, 1993 announcing scoping process. Scoping meetings
held in Klawock (October 18, 1993), Thome Bay (October 19, 1993), and Ketchikan
(October 20, 1993).
• Individual consultations held from June 1993 through October 1994 with community
representatives, enviroiunental organizations, timber industry representatives, agency
representatives, and other interested parties.
• News release aimouncing the release of the Draft EIS sent to all media outlets on the
Ketchikan Area Public Affairs Office mailing list.
• Newspaper advertisements aimouncing the schedule and locations of the subsistence hearings
placed in the Ketchikan Daily News and the Island News.
• Draft EIS released in October 1995. Release of the Draft EIS triggered a minimum 45-day
public comment period; however, comments were received and considered well into early
1996.
Subsistence hearings on the Draft EIS were held in the communities listed below. Open houses
were held in conjunction with the subsistence hearings to describe the analysis process and
answer public questions on the Draft EIS. Public comment on the Draft EIS was accepted at
that time. Dates, times, and locations were included in the cover letter accompanying the Draft
EIS and were publicized in the local media.
Ketchikan
December 4, 1995
Klawock
December 5, 1995
Thome Bay
December 6, 1995
Coffman Cove
December?, 1995
Supplemental
Draft EIS
Issuance of Supplemental Draft EIS
• Notice of intent to prepare a Supplemental Draft EIS published in Federal Register on
August 14, 1997.
• News release aimouncing the release of the Supplemental Draft EIS sent to all media outlets
on the Ketchikan Area Public Affairs Office mailing list.
• Release of the Supplemental Draft EIS triggers a minimum 45 -day pubhc comment period.
The period for public comment on this Supplemental Draft EIS and the deadline for receipt
of written comments are noted in the cover letter accompanying this document and will be
publicized in the local media. Written comments on the EIS can be mailed to:
Analysis and Incorporation of Public Comments on the Draft EIS
Public comments and subsistence comments were reviewed, analyzed, and incorporated into the
Supplemental Draft EIS. Written comments, hearing testimony, and Forest Service responses
are included in Appendix B of the Supplemental Draft EIS.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 1 ■ 1 1
1 Purpose
and Need
Final EIS
Significant Issues
Forest Supervisor
ATTN: Control Lake EIS
Tongass National Forest
Federal Building
Ketchikan, AK 99901
Analysis and incorporation of Public Comments on the Supplementai Draft EIS
Public comments on the Supplemental Draft EIS will be analyzed and incorporated into the
Final EIS.
Issuance of Final EIS
A Final EIS is projected to be released in 1998 along with a ROD summarizing the alternatives
considered and will state which one is to be implemented. The ROD will also summarize
measures to mitigate adverse environmental impacts and apphcable project monitoring.
Issues
Based on the consultation conducted with members of the public and government agencies, the
scoping comments and Draft EIS comments received on the Control Lake Project, and the
internal scoping process, seven issues were identified that were determined to be significant and
within the scope of this EIS. These seven issue areas. Issues 1 through 7 below, represent
concerns raised by the public, agencies. Native Alaskan tribal governments, or the Forest
Service. They were addressed through alternative development, and the environmental conse-
quences of the alternatives have been analyzed in terms of these issues. At the end of this
section, issues considered but eliminated from detailed study, because their resolution falls
outside the scope of the Control Lake Project, are presented.
Issue 1 : Honker Divide
A key public concern is the use of the Honker Divide area, a nationally recognized recreation
corridor. Some respondents advocate protecting the area from timber harvest and road con-
struction. Definitions of the Honker Divide area vary, but some respondents advocate a
protected area that contains the lands from ridge top to ridge top, including the Control Creek
basin. Some, however, desire additional roaded access points to the lake and river system
which they say would increase recreational opportunities. Several commenters cited the high
value of the Honker Divide wildlife habitat and referred to the Viable Population (VPOP)
Committee recommendations and the protection of the large old-growth block in the Honker
Divide area as ways to maintain a functioning old-growth ecosystem on Prince of Wales Island.
Others cite Honker Divide as particularly important for fish habitat.
Issue 2: Recreation and Visual Quality
In addition to the interest in the Honker Divide from a recreational standpoint, commenters
expressed concern with the recreation impact of the loss of roadless areas on Prince of Wales
Island. Some advocated maintaining the visual quahty of the 30 Road Corridor and Cutthroat
Lakes Area. This heavily used travel route (to Thome Bay) includes the Eagles Nest Camp-
ground and Control Lake. It remains in a relatively natural state, and was designated for visual
management as a Priority Travel Route. Suggestions include using selective harvest along this
very heavily traveled road to maintain the visual quality of the corridor. Some of the most
popular fishing holes occur in this area (e.g., between the 30 Road and the Thome River). The
trail to the lower Rio Roberts Creek fish pass is heavily used, and some noted that harvesting
the area adjacent to the trail would affect the aesthetics of fish viewing.
12
1 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Purpose -4
and Need I
Issue 3: Subsistence
This issue centers around the potential effects, including the cumulative effects, of timber
harvest and road construction on the abundance and distribution of subsistence resources, and
the opportunities for harvest of these resources. Commenters noted that roads reduce subsis-
tence opportunities; they also make it easier for wolves to cover territory faster, increasing their
successful predation of deer. Some commenters, however, want roads left open after logging is
completed for ease of access and to facilitate deer harvest. Some expressed concern specifically
with the effects of timber harvest in the Western Peninsula because of the high subsistence use
there by the residents of Klawock and Craig. Concern ranges from diminished subsistence
resources to increased competition for subsistence resources due to the presence of logging
roads. This area has unique cultural significance for Alaska Natives, especially from Klawock.
Adjacent bays also provide valuable protected anchorages for local boats. Other aspects of
subsistence concern include competition from nonrural resource users and access to the re-
sources, as well as changes in the character of the experience of the activity as a focus of
cultural identity.
Issue 4: Wildlife Habitat and Biodiversity
The Project Area provides important wildlife habitat, and the wildlife supported are valuable for
subsistence, recreational, aesthetic, economic, and ecological purposes. Of primary concern are
the effects of timber harvest and associated road construction on species dependent on old-
growth forest habitat. Also of concern are the effects of timber harvest operations, due to the
fragmentation of existing large blocks of old-growth habitat and the potential decline in
biological diversity. This issue relates to a number of different conservation strategies including
those involving old-growth reserves. This issue also includes the long-term disposition of
previously mapped old-growth areas (or other areas as old-growth retention) in the Project
Area. The Rio Roberts Watershed is part of this concern since it serves as a corridor connecting
the large unharvested block of old growth in Honker Divide with the Karta Wilderness.
Issue 5: Fish Habitat and Water Quality
This issue addresses public concern for maintaining water quality in streams and nearshore
marine waters that provide habitat for anadromous, resident, and marine fish. Streams and
streamside habitat throughout the Project Area provide important shelter, food, spawning, and
rearing areas for anadromous and resident fish. Crab, shrimp, clams, mussels, and various
marine fish are found in the estuaries and marine waters associated with the Project Area.
Anadromous and resident fish are important to sport, commercial, and subsistence users
throughout Southeast Alaska. Some expressed concern about harvest on steep, unstable slopes
and about additional harvest and road-building in the Rio Beaver Watershed. Others objected
to timber harvest in the Rio Roberts Watershed, which provides a good control for fish and
water quality studies. The lower part of this watershed area (not including the fish pass and trail
used in ongoing smolt studies) is proposed as a Research Natural Area (RNA).
Issue 6: Timber
This issue encompasses public concern with the amount of timber available and proposed for
harvest. Specific issues include maintaining a timely and sufiicient timber supply to the timber
industry, whether timber harvest should be continued, how to balance timber production with
other Forest uses, and how to apportion the harvest. It includes the issue of how the Project
Area contributes to the long-term timber supply and whether too much timber is being harvested
at this time on Prince of Wales Island. This issue also relates to maintaining the economic
viability of fiiture entries in the Project Area; but it also relates to the concern for developing
alternatives that can avoid below-cost sales. It also includes the question of whether there
should be timber harvest in the Honker Divide; some say no because of its recreational value,
others say yes because of the economic benefits that logging the area would have for the region.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 1 ■ 13
1 Purpose
and Need
Issues Outside the
Scope of this EIS
Some argue that the harvest units in the Western Peninsula, specifically, are not economic. This
issue includes the question of how much helicopter logging should be used because of the
expense of such logging. Public concern also includes the fact that the Project Area historically
has been designated for the independent sales program because it is outside the KPC primary
sale area. Finally, several commenters said that the purpose and need for the project should not
be tied to a specific volume; 187 MMBF may be too high for this area.
Issue 7: Karst and Cave Resources
Concern with this issue centers on how cave and karst resources in the Project Area will be
managed. Although cave systems and karst occur in the Control Lake Project Area, they are
less extensive than on other areas of northern Prince of Wales Island. Recent studies reveal
that extensive cave systems and other karst features throughout Prince of Wales Island represent
a complex ecosystem involving hydrology, fisheries production, high wildlife value, and high
timber productivity. Caves also have a higher probability of cultural resources. Significant
cave systems require protection under the Cave Resource Protection Act of 1988. Areas
underlain by karst, because of their high timber productivity, have been heavily affected by
timber harvest over the past 30 years. Concern with the cumulative impacts of this and future
timber harvest is growing.
The following items raised in scoping letters fall outside the scope of this project-specific EIS:
• Consider Honker Divide for “wild” status under the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act. This is a
Forest planning issue. Wild and Scenic River eligibility and suitability analyses and recom-
mendations for designations were dealt with during the Forest planning process.
• Below-cost timber sales should end. This is a national issue and not within the scope of an
individual project.
LEGISLATION AND EXECUTIVE
ORDERS RELATED TO THIS EIS
Below is a brief Ust of laws and Executive Orders pertaining to timber harvest and the prepara-
tion of EISs on Federal lands. Some of these laws are specific to Alaska, while others pertain to
all Federal lands.
• Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act (ANILCA) of 1980
• Alaska Forest Resources and Practices Act of 1979 (as amended in 1991)
• Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (ANCSA) of 1971
• American Indian Religious Freedom Act of 1 978
• Archaeological Resources Protection Act of 1979
• Archaeological Resources Protection Act of 1980
• Cave Resource Protection Act (1988)
• Clean Air Act of 1970 (as amended)
• Clean Water Act of 1977 (as amended)
• Coastal Zone Management Act (CZMA) of 1976
• Endangered Species Act of 1973
14
1 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Purpose ^
and Need 1
• Forest and Rangeland Renewable Resources Planning Act (RPA) of 1974
• Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972
• Multiple Use Sustained Yield Act of 1960
• National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of 1969 (as amended)
• National Forest Management Act (NFMA) of 1976 (as amended)
• National Historic Preservation Act of 1966
• Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-601)
• Tongass Timber Reform Act (TTRA) of 1990
• Wild and Scenic Rivers Act of 1968, amended 1986
• Executive Order 11988 (floodplains)
• Executive Order 1 1990 (wetlands)
• Executive Order 1 1593 (cultural)
• Executive Order 12898 (environmental justice)
• Executive Order 12962 (recreational fishing)
Several other laws and plaiming documents deserve particular note because of their direct
influence on the timber sale program:
• TTRA — the Tongass Timber Reform Act was signed into law by President Bush on Novem-
ber 28, 1990. This TTRA made certain unilateral changes in the KPC Long-term Contract to
make it more consistent with independent National Forest timber sales programs, required
the Tongass National Forest to seek to meet the market demand for timber, and required
minimum stream buffers for fish protection.
• ANCSA — the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act, Public Law 92-203, 85 Stat. 688 (as
amended), was enacted in 1971 to provide for the settlement of certain land claims of Alaska
Natives. ANCSA has been the basis for conveying selected lands under administrative
jurisdiction of the Tongass National Forest to Native corporations.
• ANBLCA — ANILCA, signed into law on December 2, 1980 (Public Law 96-487), estab-
lished several areas to be preserved for the benefit, use, education, and inspiration of present
and future generations. Title VIII of the Act addresses the use of public lands for subsis-
tence— the customary and traditional uses by rural Alaska residents of wild, renewable
resources.
• CZMA — the Coastal Zone Management Act of 1976 also pertains to the preparation of
EISs. While Federal lands are excluded from the coastal zone as prescribed in the Act, the
Act does require that when Federal agencies conduct activities that directly affect the coastal
zone, those activities must be consistent to the maximum extent practicable with the ap-
proved State coastal management program. The Alaska coastal management program is
contained in the Alaska Coastal Management Plan.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 1 ■ 15
1 Purpose
and Need
• Prince of Wales Area Plan — the Prince of Wales Area Plan proposes guidelines for how
State-owned lands should be managed within the Prince of Wales planning area (ADNR,
1988).
FEDERAL AND STATE PERMITS AND
LICENSES
To proceed with the timber harvest as addressed in this Supplemental Draft EIS, various permits
must be obtained from other government agencies. The agencies and their responsibilities are
listed below.
• U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
Approval of discharge of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States (Section
404 of the Clean Water Act).
Approval of construction of structures or work in navigable waters of the United States
(Section 10 of the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899).
• U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Storm water discharge permit.
National Pollutant Discharge Ehmination System review (Section 402 of the Clean Water
Act).
• State of Alaska, Department of Natural Resources
Authorization for occupancy and use of tidelands and submerged lands.
• State of Alaska, Department of Environmental Conservation
Certification of comphance with Alaska Water Quality Standards (Section 401 Certifica-
tion).
Solid Waste Disposal Permit (Section 402 of the Clean Water Act).
• U.S. Coast Guard
Coast Guard Bridge Permit (in accordance with the General Bridge Act of 1946) required for
all structures constructed within the tidal influence zone.
AVAILABILITY OF PROJECT FILES
The Planning Record is a comprehensive project file documenting the process of developing
this Supplemental Draft EIS. A hbrary of important supporting documents and maps from the
Planning Record, as well as a copy of the Planning Record index, will be maintained in the
Forest Supervisor’s office in Ketchikan, Alaska. The complete Planning Record is in the
Bellevue, Washington office of the contractor (Foster Wheeler Environmental Corporation) that
conducted the environmental analysis in consultation with the Forest Service. Many items can
be found at both Foster Wheeler Environmental Corporation and the Forest Supervisor’s office.
The reader also may want to refer to the 1997 TLMP Revision, the Tongass Timber Reform
Act, the Resource Planning Act, the Alaska Regional Guide and its Final EIS, ANILCA, or
ANCSA. These are available at public libraries around the region as well as all Forest Service
offices.
16 ■
1 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Chapter 2
Alternatives
Introduction 1
Changes Between Draft EIS and Supplemental Draft EIS 2
Development OF Alternatives 3
Ecosystem Management 4
Items Common to all Alternative Frameworks 10
Alternatives Considered but Eliminated from Detailed Study 1 3
Alternatives Considered in Detail 14
Mitigation Measures 36
Monitoring 36
Chapter 2
Alternatives
Key ferms"—^:^ ’...1:1: : —
BMP*s — Best Management Practices - practices used for the protection of water quality. ^ ^
Desired future condition — a concise statement that describes a desired condition to be
achieved sometime in the iiiture. The 1997 TLMP Revision describes a desired future condi-
tion for each LUD. It is normally expressed in broad, general terms and is timeless in that it has
no specific date by which it is to be completed. ^
Impiementation monitoring — collecting information to evaluate whether mitigation
measures were carried out in the manner called for.
Late-successionai— referring to an older forest (about 100 to 200 years old) just prior to
becoming old growth. - ^
Mid-market — an economic estimate of timber value at a point in time when half of the timber
was harvested at a higher value and halfwas harvested at a lower value. _
Mitigation — measures designed to counteract or lessen environmental impacts.
MMBF— a million board feet. A board foot is that volume of wood equivalent to a board 12
inches by 12 inches by 1 inch in size.
Partial cut — harvest of timber using silvicultural prescription other than clearcut; examples
include shelterwood, seed tree, and group selection, > -5,
Subsistence — the customary and traditional uses by rural Alaskan residents of wild renew-
able resources for direct personal or family consumption.
Introduction
This chapter describes and compares the alternatives considered by the Forest Service for the
Control Lake Project. The first section describes the process followed to formulate the alterna-
tives. The next section addresses how ecosystem management is being implemented on this
project. This section is followed by descriptions of the alternatives considered but eliminated
from detailed study, and the alternatives considered in detail. A comparison of the alternatives,
including how each alternative addresses the significant issues, follows these sections. The last
two sections describe site-specific mitigation measures and the monitoring proposed for the
project.
I
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 1
Alternatives
New Information
Public/Agency
Input
Revised Analysis
TLMP(1997)
Transition
Changes between Draft EIS and
Supplemental Draft EIS
This Supplemental Draft EIS was prepared to respond to several changed conditions. First, it
addresses the fact that timber volume from Control Lake would no longer be provided to KPC
under the Long-term Timber Sale Contract. Second, it considers the closure of the KPC pulp
mill. Finally, it evaluates effects under the existing Forest Plan (TLMP, 1997). Other new
information, public and agency input, and revised analyses also produced changes between the
Draft EIS and Supplemental Draft EIS as described below.
A variety of new information was incorporated into the Supplemental Draft EIS. The major items
are identified as follows:
• Modified Long-term KPC Contract (Control Lake is not to provide contract volume)
• Closure of KPC pulp mill at W ard Cove near Ketchikan
• 1997 TLMP and supporting documents
• Revised Appendix A (Reasons for Scheduling the Environmental Analysis of the Control
Lake Project Area)
• Updated timber supply information
Public and agency input on the Draft EIS included comments received at the ANILCA Subsis
tence hearings, EIS open houses, meetings with state and other federal agencies, and written
comment letters. Appendix B, which presents the written comments, oral testimony, and Forest
Service responses, has been added to the Supplemental EIS. Specific concerns regarding
wildlife, biodiversity. Honker Divide, the Elevenmile area, subsistence, and other issues led to
the development of a new alternative. Alternative 1 1, and its incorporation into the Supplemen-
tal Draft EIS.
In addition, public input together with the new information identified above led to the deletion
of Alternatives 2, 7, 8, and 9 from detailed consideration in the Supplemental Draft EIS. Alterna-
tive 10, which was presented in Appendix B of the Draft EIS, has been brought into the main text
and two new alternatives were designed. Alternative 1 1 was designed to be consistent with the
1997 TLMP and responsive to public input. It represents the Preferred Alternative. Alternative
12 was also designed to be consistent with the 1997 TLMP and represents the unit pool under
the new Forest Plan. Public comment on the Draft EIS also led to revision and clarification of
several analyses.
New analysis was required to incorporate the effects of Alternatives 1 1 and 12 into Chapters 2
and 4 of the Supplemental Draft EIS. In addition, new analyses were conducted to reflect new
Land Use Designations (LUD’s), standards and Guidelines, and projections made by the new
TLMP (1997). New information and public/agency input also led to revision of text and tables in
several EIS areas. A summary of the watershed analyses that have been conducted during the
Control Lake studies is presented in Appendix E. Unit cards that were substantially revised are
presented in Appendix D.
The ROD for the 1997 TLMP identified Control Lake as a Category 3 timber sale project.
Projects in Category 3 need to be consistent with all the applicable management direction of the
revised plan, except for new standards and guidelines for wildlife, which address landscape
connectivity, endemic terrestrial mammals, northern goshawk, and American marten. These new
standards and guidelines were implemented in a manner that was least disruptive to the design
2 ■ 2 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Alternatives
and implementation of the project. The extent to which these measures were incorporated was
determined through review by an interagency implementation team consisting of the National
Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), Environmental Protection Agency, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service (USFWS), and pertinent state agencies.
Development of Alternatives
Each alternative presented in this Supplemental Draft EIS represents a different response to the
issues discussed in Chapter 1 . Three action alternatives were developed that meet the stated
purpose and need of the project. Each action alternative consists of a site-specific proposal
developed through intensive interdisciplinary team evaluation of timber harvest unit and road
design based on ground verification of all units and roads considered, along with 1991 color
aerial photos, topographic maps, and a large quantity of available resource data in Geographic
Information System (GIS) format.
Scoping for the Control Lake Project began in June 1993. The Interdisciplinary (ID) Team
reviewed and analyzed the issues developed during scoping and identified the significant
issues described in Chapter 1. Options for addressing the issues were discussed and areas of
overlap among methods of addressing issues were examined by the ID Team. Issues identified
as significant were categorized according to whether they: (1) are dealt with by land use
allocations at the Forest Plan level; (2) will be addressed through implementation of standards
and guidelines defined by the Forest Plan; (3) can be addressed through project-specific
mitigation measures; (4) can be addressed through unit allocation under all or most alternatives;
(5) should be used to drive or partially drive an alternative; or (6) are beyond the scope of this
EIS. The issues placed in categories 4 and 5 were the primary factors considered by the ID
Team in the development of the frameworks for the action alternatives.
Concurrent with scoping and the ID Team review of scoping issues, logging and transportation
engineers and resource specialists from the ID Team developed a detailed Logging System and
Transportation Plan that was specific to the Control Lake Project Area and consistent with the
TLMP Revision Supplement to the Draft EIS (TLMP Draft Revision, 1991 a). This plan was
based on previous logging and transportation system plans available for portions of the Project
Area, updated topographic maps, 1991 aerial photos, and the available GIS data. In developing
the plan, the ID Team identified harvest unit boundaries for all suitable and available commercial
forest land in the Project Area, including those areas accessible only by helicopter, and identi-
fied the road system required to access these lands.
The ID Team then conducted an intensive review of the Logging System and Transportation
Plan and identified how much area could be harvested at this time consistent with Forest Plan
standards and guidelines. The major factors limiting the number of potential harvest units
available for allocation were: (1) adjacency; (2) cumulative visual disturbance; and (3) cumula-
tive watershed effects. Based on this review, 333 harvest units and associated roads, represent-
ing one possible configuration, were identified. The 333 harvest units in the initial unit pool
covered 16, 170 acres.
These 333 harvest units represented the pool of units available for allocation to the action
alternatives. Available aerial photos, topographic maps, and GIS plots and data for each of
these units were reviewed and each unit was ground-verified by a team of specialists during
summer 1993. Ground verification included preliminary flagging of unit boundaries, including
buffers, and observations regarding watershed, soils, caves, sensitive plants, fish and wildlife
habitat and presence, and visual, recreation, and cultural resources. Preliminary road routes
were also examined for feasibility and flagged by road locators. Based on ground verification.
I-
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 3
Alternatives
4 ■ 2 CHAPTER
83 units were deferred or eliminated from consideration during this study for a variety of
reasons. These reasons included very high mass movement soils, stands having less than 8,000
board feet of timber volume per acre, adjacency, and other factors. Many of these units would
be available in future entries. In addition, the boundaries of most units were modified (gener-
ally the units were made smaller) and the locations of most roads were changed based on what
was observed on the ground.
The resulting pool of units was reduced from 333 units to 250 units. The initial unit pool
acreage was dropped from 16,170 acres to 9,409 acres, or 42 percent. The unit pool was
reduced again between the Draft EIS and the Supplemental Draft EIS to reflect the 1997 TLMP
Revision. This new unit pool is now 4,510 acres and includes 123 units. The alternatives
considered in detail in the Supplemental Draft EIS have been redesigned to be consistent with
the 1997 TLMP. A minor exception is Alternative 10, which would require boundary adjust-
ments to two units. Appendix C of the Draft EIS provides a summary of the characteristics of
all harvest units in the initial project unit pool (250 units). It also provides an accounting of the
acreages dropped from the suitable timber base or deferred, following verification. Unit and
road design cards were provided in Appendices F and G of the Draft EIS, and a sample of the
integrated silvicultural prescriptions for an individual unit was provided in Appendix H of the
Draft EIS. Unit cards that have been substantially revised since the Draft EIS are presented in
Appendix C of the Supplemental Draft EIS.
Ecosystem Management
Ecosystem management is a concept of natural resources management wherein National Forest
activities are considered within the context of economic, ecological, and social interactions
within a defined area or region over both short- and long-term. Ecosystem management is
applied at several scales including the landscape level and the stand level. During field work,
observations on vegetation, stand, and wildlife habitat characteristics were made in each harvest
unit. Subsequent to the field season the Control Lake ID Team used these observations in
conjunction with landscape-level considerations to subdivide the Control Lake Project Area into
a variety of landscape zones.
Definition of these landscape zones considered such aspects as the amount, distribution, and
fragmentation of old-growth forests; the level and distribution of previous timber harvest and
reading, travel, and dispersal corridors between zones that can be used by animals; the existing
and potential road network for accessing timber; subsistence uses; visually sensitive areas; and
important recreation areas. The landscape zones also considered the recommendations of the
VPOP Committee on such aspects as small, medium, and large Habitat Conservation Areas
(HCA’s). The landscape level considerations included the characteristics of the Control Lake
Project Area itself as well as its relationship to adjacent areas such as Central Prince of Wales,
Karta Wilderness, and private land along Big Salt Lake. Consideration was given to social
factors (including subsistence use, visual concerns, and recreation) and proposed land use
designations in the development of landscape zones. The 20 landscape zones defined by the ID
Team are described in Table 2-1 and their locations are shown on Figure 2-1 (Maps 1 and 2).
During the ID Team review process, each timber harvest unit was individually evaluated with
regard to its specific characteristics and its location within each landscape zone. Using these
observations, the ID Team applied one of nine different silvicultural prescriptions to individual
settings within each timber harvest unit. These silvicultural prescriptions range from clearcuts
to partial cuts, to small group and individual tree selection. All prescriptions leave some level
of structure within a unit. Structure is provided by retaining some combination of understory
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Alternatives
Table 2-1
Control Lake Project Area Landscape Zones
Landscape Zones
Description
1. Honker Watershed
The Honker Watershed (92,513 acres) is the largest division in
the Control Lake Project Area. It contains several other land-
scape zones including the Honker Block, Honker Scenic Corridor,
Upper Cutthroat Lakes, Drumlin Field, and Rio Roberts Research
Natural Area. The Honker Watershed is connected to adjacent
areas by the Baird Peak, Rio Roberts, and Angel Lake Late-
successional corridors. Its important values and functions include
watershed and fisheries, and wildlife habitat. It was defined
because of the importance of the Thome River and Hatchery
Creek Watersheds for anadromous fish and to respond to the issue
that the entire Honker Watershed should be protected from timber
harvest.
2. Honker Block
The Honker Block (43,963 acres) is contained within the Honker
Watershed. This block provides a core area of unfragmented old-
growth habitat where significant populations of old-growth
dependent species can be maintained. These populations can
provide immigrants to adjacent areas that have experienced
extensive timber harvest as these areas undergo changes from
early- to late-successional habitats. The Honker Block is con-
nected to adjacent areas by the Groshawk Post-fledgling Area,
Baird Peak, Rio Roberts, Balls Lake, and Angel Lake Late-
successional corridors. It is contiguous with the Sweetwater
Lake/Hatchery Creek old-growth habitat area identified in the
ROD for the Central Prince of Wales (CPOW) EIS. Together,
the Honker Block and Sweetwater Lake/Hatchery Creek area
produce a very large old-growth block.
3. Honker Scenic
Corridor
The Honker Scenic Corridor (19,783 acres) is contained within
the Honker Block and includes the Scenic/Recreational River
LUD defined by the TLMP Draft Revision Supplement plus an
additional 1/4 mile (on each side of the corridor) as defined in the
1984-1989 Long-term Sale EIS. The Honker Scenic Corridor
provides recreational experiences such as canoeing, hiking, and
scenic enjoyment. The Honker Scenic Corridor also serves as a
late-successional corridor linking the Honker Block to the Sarkar
Lakes Block in the CPOW Project Area. Corridors provide old-
growth habitat which allows old-growth dependent species to
migrate between larger areas of old-growth habitat such as small,
medium, and large old-growth blocks.
4. Baird Peak
Late-successional
Corridor
This corridor (2,105 acres) connects the Honker Block with
the Baird Peak Block in the CPOW Project Area. Corridors
provide old-growth habitat which allows old-growth dependent
species to migrate between larger areas of old-growth habitat such
as small, medium, and large old-growth blocks.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 5
Alternatives
Table 2-1 (continued)
Control Lake Project Area Landscape Zones
Landscape Zones
Description
5. Goshawk Post-fledgling
Area (PFA) Late-
successional Corridor
This corridor (1,624 acres) connects the Honker Block with
the goshawk PFA in the northwestern comer of the Project
Area. Corridors provide old-growth habitat which allows old-
growth dependent species to migrate between larger areas of old-
growth habitat such as small, medium, and large old-growth
blocks.
6. Goshawk PFA Block
The Goshawk PFA (2,825 acres) Block lies in the northwestern
comer of the Project Area and includes the PFA identified for the
goshawk nest discovered in the vicinity. It serves as a small old-
growth block and connects with the CPOW corridor that runs
between the Staney Creek and Sweetwater Lake/Hatcheiy Creek
Blocks.
7. Upper Cutthroat Lakes
This zone (2,960 acres) corresponds with the area identified by
the Honker Divide Management Plan as being removed from the
regulated timber base. It provides significant recreational, visual,
wildlife, and aquatic resomces.
8. Drumlin Field
This zone (13,609 acres) corresponds with the area generally
between the lower Thome River and the 30 Road where the
topography and vegetation are controlled by drumlins. This area
has a relatively low elevation plus natural fragmentation. These
characteristics increase the value of the drumlin field as winter
range and habitat for old-growth species. Additionally, the
depressions between the numerous drumlins create a variety of
wetland and aquatic habitats.
9. 30 Road Corridor
This corridor (5,323 acres) runs along the 30 Road from the
Control Lake junction to Thome Bay. Presently this travel
corridor is relatively unharvested. Though not classified as a
high-priority travel route, it is identified here to address the visual
and recreational issues associated with its miharvested character-
istics and the access it provides to the lower Thome River and
other creeks that the 30 Road crosses.
10. Rio Roberts Watershed
This zone (7,170 acres) is identified to address a number of issues
regarding the Rio Roberts Watershed, including the fact that it is
essentially unharvested and unroaded old-growth habitat, could
serve as a control watershed, and contains the Rio Roberts Late-
successional Corridor.
11. Rio Roberts
Late-successional
Corridor
This corridor (2,791 acres) is contained almost completely
within the Rio Roberts Watershed and connects the Honker Block
with the western portion of the Karta Wilderness Block to the
south.
12. Rio Roberts Research
Natural Area (RNA)
The Rio Roberts RNA (1,605 acres) boundary is defined by
the TLMP Revision (1997). The RNA contains old-growth
habitat wetland and riverine complexes and is entirely within
Drumlin Field. This landscape zone sustains a variety of old-
growth and aquatic species.
6 ■
2 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Alternatives
Table 2-1 (continued)
Control Lake Project Area Landscape Zones
Landscape Zones
Description
13. Angel Lake Late-
successional Corridor
This corridor (2,096 acres) is in the southeast comer of the
Project Area and connects the Honker Block with the eastern
portion of the Karta Wilderness Block.
14. Balls Lake Late-
successional Corridor
15. Kogish Mountain Late-
successional Corridor
This corridor (3,356 acres) connects the Honker Block, in the
vicinity of Balls Lake, with the Kogish Mountain Corridor.
This zone (9,267 acres) represents a combination of a late
successional corridor and small old-growth block. It connects the
old-growth and late-successional habitats in the eastern portion of
the Project Area with those in the western portion. A small block
of old-growth, the Election Creek Block, is identified in an
unharvested portion of the upper valley.
16. Western Peninsula
The Western Peninsula (35,106 acres) provides important wildlife
habitat. Because of its high degree of natural fragmentation, old-
growth patches in the zone have high importance. The area is
mostly umoaded and receives extensive subsistence use by the
residents of Klawock and Craig using marine access. There are
also cultural, visual, and recreational resources associated with
the western shoreline. It includes the area known as the
Elevenmile area.
17. Elevenmile Late-
successional Corridor
This corridor (1,453 acres) lies within the Western Peninsula
and connects the Kogish Mountain Corridor with the Elevenmile
Block in the western portion of the Project Area.
18. Elevenmile Block
The Elevenmile Block (5,901 acres) is located within the Western
Peninsula zone and represents a small old-growth block in the
southeastern portion of that area. It represents the largest area of
moderate volume old-growth habitat on the Western Peninsula.
19. Western Shoreline Late-
successional Corridor
This corridor (5,508 acres) lies within the Western Peninsula
and connects the Elevenmile Block with the Salt Lake Bay Block
and beyond it to the Staney Creek Block in the CPOW Project
Area.
20. Salt Lake Bay Block
This block (5,092 acres) corresponds with the Semi-primitive
Recreation LUD defined by the TLMP Draft Revision Supple-
ment (1991a) around Salt Lake Bay and represents a small old-
growth block. The Semi-Remote Recreation LUD in this area has
been substantially expanded in the TLMP Revision (1997).
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 7
Alternatives
Figure 2-1
Map of Landscape Zones
8
2 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
0yii/9VU:0906 Hoit
/glocier Vconirotk/onls/li^Hil^/pi IcndKOpfl vvi
Alternatives
Figure 2-1
Map of Landscape Zones
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 9
!C ’' ')5.'‘.oS:Jl,Sol
/DKX'tr
Alternatives
shrubs and trees, unmerchantable trees, merchantable trees, and snags. These structural
elements provide foraging, resting, reproductive, living, and dispersal habitat for a variety of
plant and animal species and contribute to the maintenance of VPOP across the landscape.
Lower and Upper
Cutthroat Lakes
At the stand level, the intention is to use partial cutting or selective harvest where the land-
scape zone or other site factors indicate there is high value in doing so, and silvicultural
knowledge and the recommended logging system indicate that it has a good chance of succeed-
ing. Within landscape zones that provide particularly important wildlife habitat, harvest units
generally received partial cutting prescriptions. In individual cases, concern about blowdown,
mistletoe infection, or logging system constraints resulted in clearcut prescriptions. In other
landscape zones, harvest units generally received some form of clearcut prescription. In
individual cases, concern about the level of previous harvest or the lack of structure or snags in
the specific area resulted in partial cutting prescriptions. These prescriptions are universally
applied to each specific unit within each alternative in which it appears. Consequently, these
ecosystem management principles are applied in all action alternatives.
Items Common to All Alternative
Frameworks
The ID Team reviewed the ground- verified pool of units and allocated them to the alternative
frameworks. Items common to the frameworks of all alternatives are identified below.
Each action alternative considered for detailed study meets the stated purpose and need of the
project. The stated purpose and need is to make timber available from the Control Lake Project
Area to the Ketchikan Area Independent Sale Program, in a manner that is consistent with the
Forest Plan management direction/emphasis and the desired future condition of the TLMP
(1997).
10 ■
2 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Alternatives
Clearcut
Each alternative complies with such Forest Service planning documents as the 1990 Resources
Planning Act, the Alaska Regional Guide, and the TLMP (1997).
Each alternative complies with Sec. 103(e) of TTRA which states that the Secretary shall:
. . . maintain a buffer zone of no less than 100 feet in width on each side of all Class I
streams in the Tongass National Forest, and on those Class II streams which flow
directly into Class I streams, within which commercial timber harvesting shall be
prohibited. . .
With minor adjustments for Alternative 10, each alternative is consistent with the standards,
guidelines, and land allocations of the 1997 TLMP.
• Each individual unit proposed for harvest by any of the action alternatives meets the TLMP
standards and guidelines for riparian management.
• No timber will be harvested within the 1 ,000-foot shoreline buffer (TLMP, 1 997).
• Collectively, all units meet the TLMP objective to provide sufficient wildlife habitat to
contribute to the maintenance of viable populations of wildlife species.
• All units and roads will meet the visual quality objectives (VQO’s) adopted under the 1997
TLMP.
Individual harvest units that exceed 100 acres comply with current regional direction in the
Alaska Regional Guide, which states that:
One-hundred acres is the maximum size of created openings to be allowed for the
hemlock-Sitka spruce forest type of coastal Alaska, unless excepted under specific
conditions. Recognizing that harvest units must be designed to accomplish
management goals, created openings may be larger where larger units will produce a
more desirable contribution of benefits.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 11
Alternatives
This Statement is designed to comply with legal limitations imposed on the maximum size of
created openings as specified by the National Forest Management Act of 1976 (NFMA). The
specific conditions fisted in the Alaska Regional Guide include considerations for topography,
condition of adjacent openings, effect on water quality or quantity, effects on wildlife and fish
habitat, regeneration requirements, transportation, economic considerations, and harvest system
requirements. Also addressed are natural and biological hazards such as windthrow, insect or
disease problems, and visual absorption capacity. Any unit or combination of units larger than
150 acres for this project requires approval of the Regional Forester. Only 4 units exceed 100
acres and no clearcut units exceed 150 acres in the action alternatives. Only 2 of the 4 units
exceeding 100 acres, actually have created openings exceeding 100 acres because of partial
cutting and leave islands.
Ecosystem management opportunities were considered and are incorporated into all alternatives
as described above. These opportunities are available both at the landscape level (e.g., a VCU,
watershed, or viewshed) and at the stand level (e.g., individual harvest unit). Some of the
opportunities that are responsive include:
Landscape level:
• dividing the Project Area into landscape zones with varying values and fimctions and then
maintaining those values and fimctions to varying degrees in all alternatives
• maintaining large, unfragmented blocks of old-growth forest
• minimizing the amount of edge by designing larger harvest units
• identifying corridors that connect old-growth blocks and use beach and estuary fringe and
stream buffers to the extent possible
Stand level:
• applying silvicultural prescriptions based on the individual stand characteristics and position
of the unit in relationship to landscape zones
• retaining snags in harvest units (where safety regulations allow)
• retaining individual five reserve trees or small patches of five reserve trees in clearcuts
• using selection harvest systems for maintenance of visual quality and wildlife habitat
• using shelterwood harvest to maintain the cedar component
• maintaining large down logs in harvest units
• using silvicultural treatment of second growth to enhance wildlife habitat
With the exception of two units in Alternative 10 which would require trimming, no alternative
proposes to harvest timber in any of the non-development LUD’s including the Honker Divide
Old-growth Reserve, the Rio Roberts Old-growth Reserve, the Election Creek Old-growth
Reserve, the Rio Roberts RNA, the Elevenmile Semi-remote Recreation Area, and the Thome
River/Hatchery Creek Wild and Scenic River.
2 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Alternatives
Alternative 2
Alternative 3
Alternative 4
Alternative 5
Alternatives Considered but Eliminated
from Detailed Study
This section briefly describes alternatives that were considered but eliminated from detailed
study. Alternatives 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 are eliminated from detailed study and receive no
further discussion in this Supplemental Draft EIS. In the Draft EIS published in October 1995,
Alternatives 2, 7, 8, and 9 were analyzed in detail in the main text and Alternatives 4 and 6 were
analyzed in detail in Appendix B.
Under Alternative 2, timber volume would be provided at the maximum level that could be
allowed under full implementation of Alternative P of the TLMP Draft Revision (1991a). The
harvest level would be limited only by the application of the Forest Plan Management Prescrip-
tions, Standards and Guidelines, and BMP’s. The 250 units in this alternative represent the
total initial project unit pool that remained after field investigation. Implementation of Alterna-
tive 2 resulted in the harvest of 9,409 acres producing approximately 233 MMBF of net sawlog
and utility volume. This volume included approximately 12 MMBF from road right-of-way
(ROW) clearing. It required approximately 218 miles of new road and 8 miles of reconstructed
road to access the harvest units. This alternative was considered in detail in the Draft EIS, but
has been deleted from detailed study in the Supplemental Draft EIS because of the degree of
inconsistency it would have with the 1997 TLMP.
Alternative 3 was referred to as the Proposed Action during scoping and was included on the
map accompanying the scoping package. The chosen units were widely distributed across the
Project Area. They were intended to draw attention to sensitive areas and demonstrate that all
areas available for harvest under the Forest Plan were under consideration in order to solicit
scoping comments. This alternative resulted in 137 harvest units providing 173 MMBF'of net
sawlog plus utility volume. This volume included approximately 7 MMBF from road ROW
clearing. This alternative was not considered in detail because the choice and distribution of
units did not form logical groups for harvest and did not respond to specific issues developed
during scoping.
The framework for Alternative 4 emphasizes timber economics and conventional cable yarding
methods. Criteria include 1 MMBF of timber volume per mile of road and no helicopter units
except when they are immediately adjacent to the road system. Units with a large component of
Alaska yellowcedar were included. It emphasizes a positive net economic return for the
proposed harvest units by attempting to minimize logging and road construction costs. This
alternative resulted in 105 harvest units on 4,555 acres providing 129 MMBF of net sawlog plus
utility volume. This volume included approximately 5 MMBF from road ROW clearing. It
required 96 miles of road to access the harvest units. This alternative was not considered in
detail because it would reduce the economic viability of future entries. By harvesting only the
highest volume units in this entry, subsequent entries would be less economically viable. More
information on this alternative was presented in Appendix B of the Draft EIS.
Alternative 5 uses the landscape zones as a basis for alternative design. It maintains the value
and function of the zones of highest concern or sensitivity. No harvest is scheduled in Honker
Divide “ridge-to-ridge,” north of Forest Road 30, within the Rio Roberts Watershed, and the
Western Peninsula (Elevenmile Area). All other areas would be entered at the Forest Plan
implementation level. This alternative resulted in 62 harvest units on 2,281 acres providing 68
MMBF of net sawlog plus utility volume. This volume included approximately 2 MMBF from
road ROW clearing. It required 59 miles of road to access the harvest units. This alternative
was not considered in detail because it is similar to Alternatives 6 and 10, which respond to
similar issues.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 13
Alternatives
Alternative 6
Alternative 7
Alternative 8
Alternative 9
Like Alternative 5, this alternative uses the landscape zones as a basis for design. Harvest is
scheduled to maintain the function of all landscape zones throughout a harvest rotation. It
schedules timber harvest in all landscape zones except old growth blocks. Regeneration
harvests were scheduled to evenly meter out removal of remaining suitable old growth over
time. This alternative resulted in 99 harvest units on 4,021 acres providing 106 MMBF of net
sawlog plus utility volume. This volume included approximately 4 MMBF from road ROW
clearing. It required 93 miles of road to access the harvest units. This alternative was not
considered in detail because of the degree of inconsistency it would have with the 1997 TLMP
and because most of its framework is captured by Alternatives 10 and 11. However, more
information on this alternative was presented in Appendix B of the Draft EIS.
Alternative 7 sought to provide 187 MMBF while responding to scoping concerns related to
entry into the Western Peninsula and Upper Rio Roberts Watershed. It allowed no entry into
these two areas of concern, but included all units within the project unit pool from other areas,
including the Honker Divide. It resulted in the harvest of 7,399 acres in 197 harvest units
providing approximately 180 MMBF of net sawlog and utility volume. This volume included
approximately 9 MMBF from road ROW clearing. Alternative 7 required approximately 173 miles
of new road and 8 miles of reconstructed road to access the harvest units. This alternative was
considered in detail in the Draft EIS, but has been deleted from detailed study in the Supplemen-
tal Draft EIS because of the degree of inconsistency it would have with the 1997 TLMP Revi-
sion, particularly in the Honker Divide.
This alternative sought to provide 187 MMBF while responding to scoping concerns related to
entry into the core of the Honker Divide area and most of the Western Peninsula. The alterna-
tive would harvest all potential units in the initial project unit pool except for a core group in the
Honker Divide area. It resulted in the harvest of 7,107 acres in 186 harvest units providing
approximately 184 MMBF of net sawlog and utility volume. This volume included approximately
9 MMBF from road ROW clearing. Alternative 8 required approximately 1 69 miles of new road
and 8 miles of existing road needing reconstruction. This alternative was considered in detail in
the Draft EIS, but has been deleted from detailed study in the Supplemental Draft EIS because of
inconsistency it would have with the 1997 TLMP Revision.
Alternative 9 was designed to minimize harvest in the Honker Block, avoid harvest in the Rio
Roberts corridor, minimize harvest in the Western Peninsula, and allow harvest at the full
implementation level of Alternative P in the TLMP Draft Revision (1991a). It resulted in the
harvest of 5,123 acres in 135 harvest units providing approximately 130 MMBF of net sawlog
and utility volume. This volume included approximately 6 MMBF from road ROW clearing.
Alternative 9 required approximately 115 miles of new road and 8 miles of road reconstruction.
This alternative was considered in detail in the Draft EIS, but has been deleted from detailed
study in the Supplemental Draft EIS because of inconsistency it would have with the 1997
TLMP Revision.
Alternatives Considered in Detail
Four alternatives are considered in detail. Alternative 1 would not implement any action
alternatives; the Control Lake Project Area would remain subject to natural changes only. This
alternative represents the existing condition with which all other alternatives are compared.
Alternatives 10, 11, and 12 represent different means of satisfying the purpose and need by
harvesting timber while responding with different emphasis to the various issues.
14
2 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Alternatives
Alternative 1
Framework
(No Action)
Foldout color maps of all alternatives considered in detail are provided at the end of Chapter 2.
A foldout color map showing the access strategy for the action alternatives is also provided at
the end of Chapter 2. Additionally, a large-scale map of the Project Area with all units and
roads in the revised unit pool is included with this Supplemental Draft EIS. Large-scale maps
of these alternatives are also available in the Project Planning Record.
Alternative 1, also called the No Action Alternative, would result in no timber (No Action)
harvest or road construction in the Control Lake Project Area that is additional to the timber
harvest already cleared by the 1989-1994 EIS. Under this alternative, replacement timber
volume would probably not be available from somewhere else within the Ketchikan Area at this
time. This alternative serves as a baseline against which to measure the effects of the action
alternatives.
Consistency with the 1997 Forest Plan
Alternative 1 is consistent with the 1997 Forest Plan in the short-term. In the long-term. No
Action would not likely be consistent, especially in the LUD’s that program timber harvest.
This would likely require a Forest Plan amendment.
Resource Outputs
There are no new timber harvest outputs associated with this alternative.
Economic Outputs
Because Alternative 1 would result in no new timber harvest or road construction beyond that
which is already approved, there would be no timber-related economic outputs. Additional
receipts to the State of Alaska would be foregone and no new timber jobs would be created.
Environmental Consequences
A summary of the environmental consequences of implementing Alternative 1 by sigiuficant
issue is presented below.
Issue 1 — Honker Divide
Under Alternative 1, no further road building or timber harvest would occur in the Honker
Divide area. Recreational and subsistence access to the area and values would remain the same
as at present. The Thome River/Hatcheiy Creek canoe route would remain isolated. The high
wildlife habitat value of this area associated with the large unfragmented block of old growth
would remain the same as at present.
Issue 2 — Recreation and Visual Quality
Under Alternative 1, visual quality and recreation and tourism opportunities would remain
unchanged in the Project Area.
Issue 3 — Subsistence
Subsistence use of the Project Area would be affected only by previous timber harvest and road
development under Alternative I. No timber harvest or road constmction would occur in the
25,723 cmnulative acres of subsistence use areas in the Project Area used by 15 percent or more
of a rural community’s households.
A significant possibility of a significant restriction of subsistence use of deer, black bear, and
marten would occur in some areas related to past timber harvest and high demand.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 15
2 Alternatives
Alternative 10
Framework
16 ■ 2 CHAPTER
Issue 4 — Wildlife Habitat and Biodiversity
All effects on habitat and biodiversity would be avoided, resulting in no change from existing
conditions except for those changes resulting from natural factors such as plant succession.
Issue 5 — Fish Habitat and Water Quality
No effects on fish habitat or water quality are expected other than those caused by two factors
independent of the Control Lake Project. First, there would be continued slight degradation of
fish habitat resulting from lack of large woody debris recruitment caused by past timber
harvesting to the stream bank. Second, existing fish habitat enhancement projects are expected
to result in increased fish habitat capability.
Issue 6 — Timber Economics and Supply
Alternative 1 would result in no timber-related economic outputs and therefore would not
provide any direct return to the U.S. Treasury. The current timber supply in the Control Lake
Project Area would be unaffected. No economic return to the State of Alaska due to timber
harvest would occur. No timber jobs would be created in the Control Lake Project Area until
another timber project is evaluated and implemented.
Lack of timber harvest activity in the Project Area would likely result in a slowdown at log
processing facihties and economic impacts on Prince of Wales Island residents and independent
timber contractors. Economic impacts would most likely occur to some residents of Thome
Bay, Coffman Cove, Craig, Klawock, Naukati, and Ketchikan who depend directly or indirectly
on timber harvesting on Prince of Wales Island.
Approximately 22, 786 acres of suitable old growth would remain in the Project Area after
implementation of Alternative 1.
Issue 7 — Karst and Cave Resources
Alternative 1 would have no effect on the karst or cave resources of the Project Area.
This alternative does not schedule harvest in the Honker Divide (“ridge-to-ridge”) north of
Forest Road 30, in the upper Logjam Creek area, in Rio Roberts Watershed, or in the Western
Peninsula. It uses a harvest scheduling process similar to that described in Alternative 6.
Alternative 10 attempts to emphasize community-based, value-added products by choosing imits
that would be more easily harvested by independent and small operators. Units in this alterna-
tive minimize road constmction, are smaller, and use conventional logging systems. This
alternative was independently developed by a group consisting of environmental organization
representatives, independent timber contractors, Alaska natives, educators, business owners, and
fishermen, most of which are residents of Prince of Wales Island.
Consistency with the 1997 TLMP Revision
All proposed units and roads are consistent with LUD changes in the new Forest Plan with the
exception of two units in VCU 597. 1 (597. 1-401 and 597. 1-421), which are partially within an
Old-Growth Habitat LUD. Implementation of this alternative would require a Forest Plan
amendment, unless the units are modified. Several short segments of road in VCU 596 also
cross the Old-Growth LUD; however, these roads are not inconsistent unless feasible alterna-
tives can be found.
Resource Outputs
Implementation of Alternative 10 would result in the harvest of 1,281 acres in 38 harvest units
producing approximately 38 MMBF of net sawlog and utility volume. This volume includes
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Alternatives
approximately 2 MMBF from road ROW clearing. Average unit size would be about 33.7 acres
and 1 unit would exceed 100 acres. Of this harvest, 140 acres are plaimed for partial cut; the
remainder are planned for clearcut harvest. The retention of reserve trees is plaimed (to varying
degrees) for all units proposed for clearcutting. To implement this harvest, approximately 30
miles of road would be constructed or reconstructed.
Preliminary implementation planning indicates that Alternative 10 would be sold in 1 1 sales
ranging in size from 0.2 to 5.5 MMBF.
No new LTF’s would be needed. Timber harvest would be hauled to existing facilities at
Klawock, Winter Harbor, Thome Bay, or elsewhere.
Economic Outputs
Preliminary economic analysis indicates that Alternative 10 would produce an overall net
stumpage value of $129.53 per MBF at early 1995 timber values. The present net value (PNV)
of Alternative 10 was estimated to be $2.9 million. Payments to the State of Alaska resulting
from Alternative 10 were estimated at $2.2 million. Average aimual direct jobs created were
estimated at 54 over 4 years.
Environmental Consequences
A summary of the environmental consequences of implementing Alternative 10 by significant
issue is presented below.
Issue 1 — Honker Divide
No changes to the unroaded character of the Honker Divide would occur. Overall roaded
access and related recreation and subsistence use would not increase. The Thome River/
Hatchery Creek canoe route would remain isolated.
issue 2 — Recreation and Visual Quality
Changes in the visual quality of the West Coast Waterway would be very slight. Changes in the
visual quality from the Control Lake Cabin would be slight. No changes in the visual quality
from the Eagle’s Nest Campground (Balls Lake) would occur. Changes in the visual quality
along the Forest Highway #9 (30 Road) corridor would be slight to moderate. However, two
units in this viewshed may have to be modified before the new Forest Plan (1997) Visual
C^iality Objective (VQO) can be met. No changes in the visual quality from the Cutthroat
Lakes area would occur. No changes in the visual quality of the sensitive viewshed along the
Thome River-Hatchery Creek Canoe Route would occur.
Timber harvest would have minimal effects on existing and potential recreation sites. Timber
harvest and road constmction would result in a change of approximately 7, 124 acres from
unroaded to roaded Recreation Opportimity Spectrum (ROS) settings.
Issue 3 — Subsistence
About 222 acres used by more than 15 percent of rural community households for deer hunting
would be harvested.
Based on the wildlife analysis and existing harvest levels, deer habitat capability would be
below that needed to support current total harvest levels, but would be above that needed to
support rural harvests, indicating that there may be a need to restrict nonsubsistence users.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 17
Alternatives
The 1997 TLMP further
subdivided Ciass ill
streams into Class III and
Class IV streams. See the
Glossary for the current
definitions.
Black bear and marten habitat capabilities would be below needed populations in some areas
and close to needed populations for the Project Area as a whole.
No roads would be built within 5 miles of the Elevenmile shorehne, which is an important
subsistence use area.
Issue 4 — ^Wildlife Habitat and Biodiversity
The major effect would be the harvest of 1,281 acres of wildlife habitats. This includes 1,124
acres of old-growth forest habitat (Volume Classes 4 to 7) or about 1 percent of the remaining
old growth.
The 30 miles of road construction/reconstruction would provide new access into unroaded
areas; however, road closures following harvest would minimize this effect. Because no new
LTF’s or logging camps would be required, additional habitat and disturbance impacts from
these sources would be avoided.
Under the 1997 TLMP Revision, the expanded use of no-harvest LUD’s would create an
extensive old-growth retention strategy that would provide connectivity across northern Prince
of Wales Island. As noted above. Alternative 10 would have only minor conflicts with this
strategy.
The acreage of unfragmented old-growth patches greater than 10,000 acres in size would not be
reduced; there would be 6,405 acres of patches 5,000 to 10,000 acres in size. The acreage of
unfragmented interior old-growth patches greater than 1,000 acres would be decreased from
10,210 to 10,065 acres.
Sitka black-tailed deer habitat capability would be reduced by 1 percent and 2 harvest units in
high quality winter range would be harvested.
Threatened or endangered species would not be affected.
Issue 5— Fish Habitat and Water Quality
No measurable effects on fish and water quality are expected due to implementation of TTRA
buffers, additional-width buffers, BMP’s, and other mitigation measures. Measmes of potential
risk to water quality and fish habitat are as follows: (1) a soil disturbance index of 372 acres
was estimated due to timber harvest and road construction; (2) 637 acres of high hazard soils
and 0 acres of very high hazard soils would be harvested; (3) up to 105 acres of riparian area
(primarily along Class HI streams) may be harvested (primarily selective harvest) outside of no-
cut buffers. Additionally, roads would cross 10 Class I, 19 Class II, and 54 Class EII/IV
streams, and streamside vegetation would be removed along 25 miles of Class in/TV streams.
Issue 6 — Timber Economics and Supply
Preliminary economic analysis indicates an overall net stumpage value of $129.53/MBF at early
1995 timber values. The PNV associated with this alternative is $2.9 milhon.
Approximately 21,505 acres of suitable old-growth would remain in the Project Area after
implementation of Alternative 10.
Issue 7 — Karst and Cave Resources
No harvest units or roads in this alternative were identified during field surveys as occurring on
karst.
18
2 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Alternatives
Altornative 1 1 This alternative was designed to be completely consistent with the 1997 Forest Plan
FramSWOrk Revision. It avoids harvest within all of the Old-Growth Habitat and Semi-Remote
(Pr©f©rr©d Alt©rnativ©) Recreation LUD’s including the Honker Divide area, Rio Roberts Watershed, most of the
Western Peninsula, and other areas. Alternative 1 1 reflects collaborative efforts between the
Forest Service and other state and federal agencies.
Consistency with Anticipated 1997 Forest Plan Revision
All proposed units and roads are consistent with Land Use Designation changes anticipated in
the new Forest Plan. Several short road segments in VCU 596 would cross an Old-Growth
LUD; however, these roads are not inconsistent unless feasible alternatives can be found.
Resource Outputs
If Alternative 1 1 were implemented, it would result in the harvest of 3,612 acres in 98 harvest
units producing approximately 94 MMBF of new sawlog and utility volume. This volume
includes approximately 5 MMBF from road ROW clearing. Average unit size would be about
36.9 acres and 3 units would exceed 100 acres. Of this harvest, 903 acres are planned for
partial cut; the remainder are plaimed for clearcut harvest. The retention of reserve trees is
planned to varying degrees for all units proposed for clearcutting. To implement this harvest,
approximately 78 miles of road would be constructed or reconstructed.
Preliminary implementation planning indicates that Alternative 1 1 would be sold in 17 sales
ranging in size from 0.2 to 13. 1 MMBF.
No new LTF’s would be needed. Timber harvest would be hauled to existing facilities at
Klawock, Winter Harbor, Naukati, Thome Bay, or elsewhere.
Economic Outputs
Preliminary economic analysis indicates that Alternative 1 1 would produce an overall net
stumpage value of $89.69 per MBF at early 1995 timber values. The PNV of Alternative 1 1
was estimated to be $2.8 million. Payments to the State of Alaska resulting from Alternative 1 1
were estimated at $5.6 million. Average annual direct jobs created were estimated at 138 over
4 years.
Environmental Consequences
A summary of the enviromnental consequences of implementing Alternative 1 1 by significant
issue is presented below.
Issue 1 — Honker Divide
No changes to the uiu-oaded character of the Honker Divide would occur. Overall roaded
access and related recreation and subsistence use would not increase. The Thome River/
Hatchery Creek canoe route would remain isolated but with a slight additional potential for
wilderness-oriented recreationists to hear logging operations in the short-term and compete with
road-oriented recreationists over the long-term.
Issue 2 — Recreation and Visual Quality
Changes in the visual quality of the West Coast Waterway would be slight. Changes in the
visual quality from the Control Lake Cabin would be low. Changes in the visual quality from
the Eagle’s Nest Campground (Balls Lake) would be low. Changes in the visual quality along
Forest Highway #9 (30 Road) corridor would be slight to moderate. However, two units in this
viewshed may have to be modified before the new Forest Plan (1997) VQO can be met. There
S Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 19
Alternatives
would be no changes in the visual quality from the Cutthroat Lakes area. Changes in the visual
quality of the sensitive viewshed along the Thome River-Hatchery Creek Canoe Route would
be low.
Timber harvest would have minimal effects on existing and potential recreation sites. Timber
harvest and road constmction would result in a change of approximately 27,506 acres from
unroaded to roaded ROS settings.
Issue 3 — Subsistence
About 307 acres used by more than 15 percent of rural community households for deer hunting
would be harvested.
Based on the wildlife analysis and existing harvest levels, deer habitat capability would be
below that needed to support current total harvest levels, but would be above that needed to
support rural harvests, indicating that there may be a need to restrict nonsubsistence users.
Black bear and marten habitat capabilities would be below needed populations in some areas
and close to needed populations for the Project Area as a whole.
No roads would be built within 3 miles of the Elevenmile shoreline, which is an important
subsistence use area.
Issue 4 — ^Wildlife Habitat and Biodiversity
The major effect would be the harvest of 3,613 acres of wildlife habitats. This includes 3,199
acres of mapped old-growth forest habitat (Volume Classes 4 to 7) or about 4 percent of the
remaining old growth.
The 78 miles of road constmction/reconstmction would provide new access into unroaded
areas; however, road closures following harvest would minimize this effect. Because no new
LTF’s or logging camps would be required, habitat and disturbance impacts from these sources
would be avoided.
Under the 1997 TLMP Revision, the expanded use of no-harvest LUD’s would create an
extensive old-growth strategy that would provide coimectivity across northern Prince of Wales
Island. Alternative 1 1 would not include the harvest of any units or road construction that
would conflict with this strategy.
The acreage of unfragmented old-growth patches greater than 10,000 acres in size would be
reduced from 29,739 to 29,342; there^would be 5,948 acres of patches 5,000 to 10,000 acres in
size. The acreage of unffagmented interior old-growth patches greater than 1,000 acres would
be decreased from 10,210 to 8,557 acres.
Sitka black-tailed deer habitat capability would be reduced by 3 percent and 18 harvest units in
high quality winter range would be harvested.
Threatened or endangered species would not be affected.
Issue 5 — Fish Habitat and Water Quality
No measurable effects on fish and water quality are expected due to implementation of TTRA
buffers, additional-width buffers, BMP’s, and other mitigation measures. Measures of potential
risk to water quality and fish habitat are as follows: (1) a soil disturbance index of 920 acres
was estimated due to timber harvest and road construction; (2) 1,429 acres of high hazard soils
20
2 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Alternatives
and 0 acres of very high hazard soils would be harvested; (3) up to 309 acres of riparian area
(primarily along Class III streams) would be harvested (primarily selective harvest) outside of
no-cut buffers. Additionally, roads would cross 29 Class I, 37 Class II, and 153 Class III/IV
streams, and streamside vegetation would be removed along 41 miles of Class III/TV streams.
Issue 6 — Timber Economics and Supply
Preliminary economic analysis indicates an overall net stumpage value of $89.69/MBF based on
early 1995 timber values. The PNV associated with this alternative is $2.8 million.
Approximately 19,174 acres of suitable old growth would remain in the Project Area after
implementation of Alternative 11.
Issue 7 — Karst and Cave Resources
About 17 acres of units and roads in this alternative are on low-to-moderate vulnerability karst.
No known caves or other significant features are included within the unit boundaries. No
measurable effects on karst resources are expected due to implementation of mitigation mea-
sures.
Alternative 1 2 This alternative was designed to provide a maximum level of harvest consistent with the
Framework 1997 Forest Plan Revision. It avoids harvest within all of the Old-Growth Habitat and Semi-
Remote Recreation LUD’s including the Honker Divide area, Rio Roberts Watershed, most of
the Western Peninsula, and other areas.
Consistency with Anticipated 1997 Forest Plan Revision
All proposed units and roads are consistent with Land Use Designation changes anticipated in
the new Forest Plan. Several short road segments in VCU 576 would cross an Old-Growth
LUD; however, these roads are not inconsistent unless feasible alternatives can be found.
Resource Outputs
If Alternative 12 were implemented, it would result in the harvest of 4,452 acres in 123 harvest
units producing approximately 113 MMBF of net sawlog and utility volume. This volume
includes approximately 6 MMBF from road ROW clearing. Average unit size would be about
36.2 acres and 4 units would exceed 100 acres. Of this harvest, 1,346 acres are planned for
partial cut; the remainder are planned for clearcut harvest. The retention of reserve trees is
planned to varying degrees for all units proposed for clearcutting. To implement this harvest,
approximately 98 miles of road would be constructed or reconstructed.
Preliminary implementation planning indicates that Alternative 12 would be sold in 20 sales
ranging in size from 0.2 to 13. 1 MMBF.
No new LTF’s would be needed. Timber harvest would be hauled to existing facilities at
Klawock, Winter Harbor, Naukati, Thome Bay, or elsewhere.
Economic Outputs
Preliminary economic analysis indicates that Alternative 12 would produce an overall net
stumpage value of $86.21 per MBF at early 1995 timber values. The PNV of Alternative 12
was estimated to be $2.8 million. Payments to the State of Alaska resulting from Alternative 12
were estimated at $6.8 milUon. Average aimual direct jobs created were estimated at 168 over
4 years.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 21
Alternatives
Environmental Consequences
A summary of the enviroiunental consequences of implementing Alternative 12 by significant
issue is presented below.
Issue 1 — Honker Divide
Only slight changes to the imroaded character of the Honker Divide would occur. Overall
roaded access and related recreation and subsistence use would increase slightly. The Thome
River/Hatchery Creek canoe route would remain isolated but with a slight additional potential
for wilderness-oriented recreationists to hear logging operations in the short-term and compete
with road-oriented recreationists over the long-term.
Issue 2 — Recreation and Visual Quality
Changes in the visual quality of the West Coast Waterway would be slight. Changes in the
visual quality from the Control Lake Cabin would be low. Changes in the visual quality from
the Eagle’s Nest Campground (Balls Lake) would be low. Changes in the visual quality along
Forest Highway #9 (30 Road) corridor would be slight to moderate. However, two units in this
viewshed may have to be modified before the new Forest Plan (1997) VQO can be met. There
would be no changes in the visual quahty from the Cutthroat Lakes area. Changes in the visual
quality of the sensitive viewshed along the Thome River-Hatchery Creek Canoe Route would
be low.
Timber harvest would have minimal effects on existing and potential recreation sites. Timber
harvest and road constmction would result in a change of approximately 36,1 19 acres from
unroaded to roaded ROS settings.
Issue 3 — Subsistence
About 291 acres used by more than 15 percent of rural community households for deer hunting
would be harvested. Roads would be built to within 1 mile of the Elevenmile shoreline,
potentially creating conflicts between traditional subsistence users and new road-based users of
this important subsistence area.
Based on the wildlife analysis and existing harvest levels, deer habitat capability would be
below that needed to support current total harvest levels, but would be above that needed to
support rural harvests, indicating that there may be a need to restrict nonsubsistence users.
Black bear and marten habitat capabilities would be below needed populations in some areas
and close to needed populations for the Project Area as a whole.
Issue 4 — Wildlife Habitat and Biodiversity
The major effect would be the harvest of 4,452 acres of wildlife habitats. This includes 3,956
acres of mapped old-growth forest habitat (Volume Classes 4 to 7) or about 5 percent of the
remaining old growth.
The 98 miles of road constmction/reconstmction would provide new access into umoaded
areas; however, road closures following harvest would minimize this effect. Because no new
LTF’s or logging camps would be required, habitat and disturbance impacts from these sources
would be avoided.
Under the 1997 TLMP Revision, the expanded use of no-harvest LUD’s would create an
extensive old-growth strategy that would provide connectivity across northern Prince of Wales
Island. Alternative 12 would not include the harvest of any units or road constmction that
would conflict with this strategy.
22 ■
2 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Alternatives
Log tow
The acreage of unfragmented old-growth patches greater than 10,000 acres in size would be
reduced from 29,856 to 29,342; there would be 5,948 acres of patches 5,000 to 10,000 acres in
size. The acreage of unfragmented interior old-growth patches greater than 1,000 acres would
be decreased from 10,210 to 7,828 acres.
Sitka black-tailed deer habitat capability would be reduced by 4 percent and 23 harvest units in
high quality winter range would be harvested.
Threatened or endangered species would not be affected.
Issue 5 — Fish Habitat and Water Quality
No measurable effects on fish and water quality are expected due to implementation of TTRA
buffers, additional-width buffers, BMP’s, and other mitigation measures. Measures of potential
risk to water quality and fish habitat are as follows: (1) a soil disturbance index of 1, 179 acres
was estimated due to timber harvest and road construction; (2) 1,655 acres of high hazard soils
and 0 acres of very high hazard soils would be harvested; (3) up to 35 1 acres of riparian area
(primarily along Class III streams) would be harvested (primarily selective harvest) outside of
no-cut buffers. Additionally, roads would cross 39 Class I, 43 Class II, and 176 Class ni/IV
streams, and streamside vegetation would be removed along 48 miles of Class III/TV streams.
Issue 6 — Timber Economics and Supply
Preliminary economic analysis indicates an overall net stumpage value of $86.21/MBF based on
early 1995 timber values. The PNV associated with this alternative is $2.8 million.
Approximately 18,334 acres of suitable old growth would remain in the Project Area after
implementation of Alternative 12.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 23
Alternatives
Comparison and
Evaluation of
Alternatives
24 ■ 2 CHAPTER
Issue 7 — Karst and Cave Resources
About 17 acres of units and roads in this alternative are on low-to-moderate vulnerability karst.
No known caves or other significant features are included within the unit boundaries. No
measurable effects on karst resources are expected due to implementation of mitigation mea-
sures.
This section presents the environmental consequences of the alternatives in a comparative
format First the alternatives are compared and evaluated relative to the significant issues
identified in Chapter 1. Then at the end of this section, three tables are presented. In the first
one, a summary of the physical and economic outputs of the alternatives are presented in Table
2-2. Next, the enviromnental consequences of the alternatives are summarized in Table 2-3.
All numbers presented in these two tables are either absolute or relative to Alternative 1 as
indicated. Finally, in Table 2-4 the alternatives are compared and evaluated relative to the
landscape zones identified in Table 2-1 and Figure 2-1. For more detailed descriptions of the
affected enviroiunent and the enviromnental consequences of the alternatives, refer to Chapters
3 and 4, respectively.
Issue 1 — Honker Divide
Under Alternatives 10 and 1 1, changes to the umoaded character of the Honker Divide would
not occur; the umoaded character would be only slightly affected under Alternative 12. There-
fore, roaded access and related recreation and subsistence use would increase very slightly
imder Alternative 12, but remain nearly unchanged under Alternatives 10 and 11.
For Alternatives 1 1 and 12, there would be some potential for recreationists using the Thome
River/Honker Divide canoe route to hear logging activities. This potential is highest in Alterna-
tive 12.
The high wildlife habitat value of this area associated with the large unfiagmented block of old
growth would not be reduced under Alternatives 10 or 1 1, and would be very shghtly reduced
under Alternative 12.
Figure 2-2
Number of Units Seen from Priority Travei Routes and Use Areas
20-
18 -
16 -
14 -
West Craig & Control Eagle’s Thorne River/ Forest
Coast Klawock Lake Nest Honker Highway
Waterway Waters Cabin Campground Divide #9
Canoe Route
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EiS
Alternatives
Issue 2 — Recreation and Visual Quality
During the Project Area visual assessment, 1 1 Priority Travel Routes and Use Area viewsheds
were identified. Among these, 6 are considered important for comparison because of their
visual sensitivity and the presence of harvest units within them. The degree of change in the
visual quality from these Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas is considered in relationship to
the number of harvest units potentially affecting them. Figure 2-2 shows the number of luiits
seen by the casual forest visitor from Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas.
The visual quality effects associated with all of these Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas is
low to moderate and generally falls within standards and guidelines. However, two units in
each of the alternatives may have to be modified before the new TLMP (1997) VQO along
Forest Highway #9 (30 Road Corridor) can be met. Changes in the visual quality along Forest
Highway #9 would be highest with Alternative 12 and lowest with Alternatives 10 and 11.
The alternatives would have minimal effects on existing and potential recreation sites. All
action alternatives would result in a reduction in the area of imroaded ROS settings (Table 2-3),
with Alternative 12 having the largest change and Alternative 10 having the smallest. For
Alternative 12, timber harvest and road construction would result in a change of approximately
36,1 19 acres of unroaded to roaded ROS settings. For Alternative 10, timber harvest and road
construction would result in a change of approximately 7,124 acres from unroaded to roaded
ROS settings.
Issue 3 — Subsistence
Deer hunting is the major aspect of subsistence use that is affected by timber harvest. Based on
the wildlife analysis, Sitka black-tailed deer habitat capability in the Project Area would be
reduced from 1 to 4 percent by the action alternatives (Table 2-3). Alternative 12 would have
the greatest effect and Alternative 10 would have the least effect. Alternative 1 would result in
no change. In all cases, current total deer harvest levels in the Project Area would be greater
than 10 percent of estimated habitat capability. Under all alternatives, including Alternative 1,
there is a significant possibility of significant restriction of subsistence use of Sitka black-tailed
deer by the residents of most local communities through the foreseeable future.
Black bear and marten habitat capabilities appear to be below needed populations in some areas
and close to needed populations for the Project Area as a whole under all alternatives including
Alternative 1.
Issue 4 — ^Wildlife Habitat and Biodiversity
The major effects on wildlife habitats in all action alternatives are the reduction of old-growth
forest habitat (Volume Classes 4 to 7) and the increased access provided by the construction or
reconstruction of roads into presently unroaded areas. Figure 2-3 shows the old-growth harvest
and road construction and reconstruction under each alternative.
Ill
\ i C;
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 25
Alternatives
Alternative 12 would result in the greatest effects on old-growth habitat and effects due to
increased access, while Alternative 10 would result in the least among the action alternatives.
All alternatives would result in impacts consistent with the implementation of TLMP (1997).
All action alternatives would reduce the frequency of large, unfragmented old-growth patches
(Table 2-2). Under the action alternatives the total area of the one remaining forest patch in the
Project Area greater than 10,000 acres would range from 29,056 acres after implementation of
Alternative 12 to 29,739 acres after implementation of Alternative 10. These compare with the
existing condition of 29,739 acres of forest patches greater than 10,000 acres. Overall, the
fragmentation of large forest patches would be relatively minor with all of the alternatives.
Issue 5 — Fish Habitat and Water Quality
No measurable effects on fish habitat or water quality are expected under any of the alterna-
tives. All alternatives meet the requirement and intent of the Clean Water Act. Implementation
of identified fish habitat enhancement opportunities could increase habitat for fish production.
Implementation of TTRA-required stream buffers, additional-width buffers per the Revised
Forest Plan Standards and Guidehnes, and BMP’s and other relative mitigation measures would
effectively mitigate fish habitat and water quality impacts. These conclusions are supported by
the fish habitat capabihty models for coho and pink salmon and Dolly Varden char.
Most major watersheds in the Project Area have experienced prior road construction and timber
harvest. Reentering these drainages may generate a greater potential risk of impacts on water
quality, with the risk expected to be greater in those watersheds with the higher cumulative
harvest percentages. Based on the watershed analysis presented here, none of the alternatives
are expected to produce significant watershed effects; the risk of effects would be highest under
Alternative 12 and lowest imder Alternative 10.
Figure 2-3
Timber Harvest and Road Construction/Reconstruction
8,000
7.000 -
6.000 -
^ 5,000
CO
X
*0
CO
0)
o
<
4,000-
3.000 -
2.000 -
1,000 -
0
o
CO
CO
00
c:>
Alt. 10
Timber Harvest
Alt. 11
Alt. 12
200
i;
CD
—
180
CO
—
160
X
O
0)
—
140
CL
O
—
120
o
CO
—
100
c
o
—
80
o
-
60
JJ
CD
O
O
40
D
CO
—
20
c
o
0
o
3
□ Road Construction/Reconstruction
2 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Alternatives
Measures of potential risk to water quality and fish habitat are: (1) an index of the amount of
soil disturbance, which is related to the area harvested, the logging systems used, and the area
disturbed during road construction; (2) the amount of harvest on slopes with a high mass
movement index; (3) the amount of riparian area harvested outside of no-cut buffers (primarily
around lakes and along Class III/TV streams); (4) the number of Class I, II, and III/IV stream
road crossings; and (5) the length of Class III stream shoreline vegetation removal due to timber
harvest. These measures are quantified in Table 2-3 and displayed graphically in Figure 2-4.
Review of Table 2-3 and Figure 2-4 indicates that Alternative 10 ranks lowest and Alternative
12 ranks highest in these measures of potential risk.
Potential effects on marine habitats and organisms would also be lowest under Alternative 10
and highest under Alternative 12 in proportion to timber volume that would be transported to
existing LTF’s.
Issue 6 — Timber Economics and Supply
Preliminary economic analysis indicates that overall net stumpage values would be positive for
all action alternatives using early 1995 timber prices (Table 2-2). Figure 2-5 compares the
stumpage values and PNV’s for the action alternatives. Alternative 12 has the lowest stumpage
value, and Alternative 10 has the highest (Table 2-2). Alternatives 10, 11, and 12 have similar
PNV’s. Alternative 12 has the highest payment to the State of Alaska followed by Alternatives
1 1 and 10. Alternative 12 would create the highest number of jobs followed by Alternatives 1 1
and 10.
Timber supply analysis indicates the distribution between geographic areas on Prince of Wales
Island is expected to change from patterns of past harvest. Future harvest will shift away from
Figure 2-4
Risk to Water Quality and Fish Habitat, by Alternative
Soil High MMI Riparian Area Crossings by Class III & IV
Disturbance Harvest Harvested Stream Class Shoreline
Vegetation
Removed
H Alt.10 Q Alt. 11
Alt. 12
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 27
Alternatives
the northern and north-central road systems and towards the south-central and isolated areas.
This is expected to decrease the timber harvest levels available for communities in the northern
half of Prince of Wales Island that are dependent on harvest from National Forest System lands.
Likewise, communities in the southern half and isolated areas of Prince of Wales Island could
expect an increase in timber harvest levels in the future.
Issue 7 — Karst and Cave Resources
Within the total unit pool of harvest imits, three units include low-to-moderate vulnerability
karst; there are no units that are rated as high vulnerability. The potential extent of affected
karst within the harvest units is about 10 acres for Alternatives 1 1 and 12, and none for Alterna-
tive 10. The miles of road that potentially affect karst areas range from about 0.8 miles for
Alternatives 1 1 and 12 to none for Alternative 10. Specific mitigation measures to minimize the
potential for adverse effects have been prescribed for all three units.
Figure 2-5
Net Stumpage Values ($/MBF) and PNV's ($million)
Alternative Alternative
Net Stumpage Value PNV
28 ■
2 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
PNV
Alternatives
Table 2-2
Physical and Economic Outputs
Item
of Alternatives
Units
1
10
Alternative
11 12
Timber
Harvest Units
Number
0
38
98
123
Harvest Units
Acres
0
1,281
3,612
4,452
Avg. Unit Size
Acres
0
33.7
36.9
36.2
Avg. Volume per acre (in units)
MBF
0
28.3
24.7
24.2
Units over 100 acres
Number
0
1
3
4
Total Volume (including ROW)
MMBF
0
38
94
113
Silvicultural System
Clearcut
Type A
Acres
0
740
1,558
1,810
Type B
Acres
0
309
928
1,073
Type C
Acres
0
93
217
223
Overstory Removal
Acres
0
6
117
327
Seed Tree
Acres
0
21
23
91
Shelterwood (Type G Harvest)
Acres
0
88
327
380
Shelterwood (Type H Harvest)
Acres
0
12
28
28
Uneven-aged Management
Acres
0
13
416
520
Logging system
Highlead Harvest
Acres
0
308
559
670
Shovel Harvest
Acres
0
81
376
445
Running Skyline Harvest
Acres
0
338
1,242
1,706
Live Skyline Harvest
Acres
0
195
530
530
Slackline Harvest
Acres
0
181
361
496
Helicopter Harvest
Acres
0
177
544
605
Roads and Facilities
Road Construction/Reconstruction (includes
all specified and temporary roads) Miles
0
30
78
98
Road Construction/Reconstruction
Acres
0
270
702
882
New Log Transfer Facilities
Number
0
0
0
0
Potential for New Logging Camps
Number
0
0
0
0
Economics
Estimated Net Stumpage (Current Values)
$/MBF
$129.53
$89.69
$86.21
Present Net Value
$ million
$2.9
$2.8
$2.8
Payments to State of Alaska
$ million
0
$2.2
$5.6
$6.8
Average Annual Direct Jobs
Over 4 Years
# of jobs
0
54
138
168
1
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 29
Alternatives
Table 2-3
Environmental Consequences of Alternatives
Alternative
Item
Units
1
10
11
12
Caves and Significant Karst Features
Harvest Units Potentially Affecting
# of Units
0
0
0
0
Soils
Area of Soil Disturbance
Harvest Units
Acres
0
101
215
274
Roads and Landings
Acres
0
271
705
905
Total Area Affected by Mass
Movement Index Category
Very High MMI
Acres
0
0
0
0
HighMMI
Acres
0
637
1,429
1,655
Wetlands, Floodplains, & Riparian
Wetland Area Affected
Harvest Units
Acres
0
715
1,785
2,268
Roads
Acres
0
170
394
533
Class I Stream Floodplain
Road Crossings
Number
0
10
29
39
Riparian Management Area
Harvested
Acres
0
105
309
351
Fish and Water Quahty
Road Crossings
Class I Streams
Number
0
10
29
39
Class II Streams
Number
0
19
37
43
Class III/TV Streams
Number
0
54
153
176
Streamside Vegetation Clearing
Harvest Units (Class III Streams)
Miles
0
25
41
48
Wildlife
Change in MIS Habitat Capability
Sitka Black-tailed Deer
Percent
0
-1
-3
-4
Black Bear
Percent
0
-1
-6
-6
Marten
Percent
0
-1
-4
-4
Gray Wolf
Percent
0
-1
-3
-3
River Otter
Percent
0
0
0
0
Vancouver Canada Geese
Percent
0
-1
-1
-2
Bald Eagle
Percent
0
0
0
0
Red-breasted Sapsucker
Percent
0
-1
-4
-5
Hairy Woodpecker
Percent
0
-1
-6
-7
Brown Creeper
Percent
0
-1
-3
-3
Harvest in Deer Winter Range
High (Quality Winter Range
# of Units
0
2
18
23
30 ■
2 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Alternatives
Table 2-3 (continued)
Environmental Consequences of Alternatives
Item Units
1
10
Alternative
11
12
Biodiversity
Unfragmented Old-growth
Patches Remaining
>10,000 acres
Acres
29,739
29,739
29,342
20,056
5,000-10,000 acres
Acres
6,598
6,405
5,948
5,948
1,000-5,000 acres
Acres
24,785
22,409
20,402
20,135
Subsistence
Deer Habitat Capability
Number
9,718
9,678
9,542
9,523
1995 Harvest as a % of
Habitat Capability
Percent
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
Harvest Area Used by >15%
of Rural Community Households
for Deer Hunting
Acres
0
222
226
291
Visual and Recreation Resources
Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas
West Coast Waterway
# of Units Visible
0
1
7
9
Waters Around Craig and Klawock
# of Units Visible
0
1
5
5
Control Lake Cabin
# of Units Visible
0
1
1
1
Eagle’s Nest Campground
# of Units Visible
0
0
0
0
Thome River/Honker Divide
# of Units Visible
0
0
0
0
Canoe Route
Forest Highway #9
# of Units Visible
0
8
10
12
ROS Settings
Change in Area of
Unroaded Settings
Acres
0
-7,124
-27,506
-36,119
Change in ROS at
Existing Recreation Sites
# of sites
0
0
0
0
Change in ROS at Potential
Recreation Sites
# of sites
0
2
2
2
Cultural Resources
Sites Affected
Direct Effects
# of sites
0
0
0
0
Risk of Indirect Effects
# of sites
0
0
0
0
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 31
Alternatives
Table 2-4
Landscape Zone Effects
1. HONKER WATERSHED
Altenu^ve 1
Alternative 10
' - , AltWnative 12 r'g'J’ ;
No units harvested or roads
constructed; watershed
functions, water quality,
fisheries habitat maintained.
733 acres harvested within
the watershed and 14 miles
of road of constructed.
Watershed functions, water
quality, fisheries habitat
maintained by unit and road
design and BMP
implementation.
1,731 acres harvested within
the watershed and 27 miles
of road constructed.
Watershed functions, water
quality, fisheries habitat
maintained by unit and road
design and BMP
implementation.
2,169 acres harvested within
the watershed and 38 miles
of road constructed.
Watershed functions, water
quality, fisheries habitat
maintained by unit and road
design and BMP
implementation.
2. HONKER BLOCK 1
Alternafivcl
Alternative 10
Alternative 11
-P, Alti^a^eil "-'^1
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a medium old-
growth block maintained.
60 acres harvested and
1 mile of road constructed.
Ability to function as a large
old-growth block
maintained.
140 acres harvested and 2
miles of road constructed.
Ability to function as a large
old-growth block
maintained.
253 acres harvested and 5
miles of road constructed.
Ability to function as a large
old-growth block
maintained.
3. HONKER SCENIC CORRIDOR
Alternative 1
Alternative 10
Alternative 11
Alternative 12' ''-"'"""I
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Recreational
and visual, and resources
maintained at present levels.
No units harvested or roads
constnicted. Recreational
and visual resources
maintained at present levels.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Recreational
and visual resources
maintained at present levels.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Recreational
and visual resources slightly
affected.
4. BAIRD PEAK LATE-SUCCESSIONAL CORRIDOR WATERSHED
Aiteraativel
Altematirye 10
Alternative 11
Alternate -“P-t
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a corridor
maintained.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a corridor
maintained.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a corridor
maintained.
1 30 acres of harvest and 2
miles of road constructed.
Ability to function as a
corridor reduced.
5. GOSHAWK POST-FLEGDING AREA LATE-SUCCESSIONAL CORRIDOR M
S Alternative 1
Alternative 10
Alternative 11
"P ' ' 'Altematiyell''
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a corridor
maintained.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a corridor
maintained.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a corridor
maintained.
48 acres harvested and 1
mile of road constructed.
Ability to function as a
corridor maintained.
32
2 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Alternatives
2
Table 2-4 (continued)
Landscape Zone Effects
6. GOSHAWK POST-FLEDGLING AREA
Alternative 1
Alternative 10
Alternative 11
Alternative 12
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as post-fledging
area and small old-growth
block maintained.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a post-fledging
area and small old-growth
block maintained.
118 acres harvested and 3
miles of road constructed;
within guideline limits.
Ability to function as a post-
fledging area and small old-
growth block slighdy
reduced.
1 18 acres harvested and 3
miles of road constructed;
within guideline limits.
Ability to function as a post-
fledging area and small old-
growth block slighdy
reduced.
7. L'PPER CL'TTHROAT LAKES
^ Attemativel
Altematihi^lO
Alternative 11
Alternative 12
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Recreational,
visual, wildlife, and aquatic
resources maintained at
present levels.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Recreational,
visual, wildlife, and aquatic
resources maintained at
present levels.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Recreational,
visual, wildlife, and aquadc
resources maintained at
present levels.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Recreational,
visual, wildlife, and aquadc
resources maintained at
present levels.
8. DRUMLIN FIELD H
Alternative 1
Alternative 10
Alternative 12 ,
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
provide old-growth habitat,
winter range, and wetland
habitat completely
maintained.
104 acres harvested and
3 miles of road constructed.
Ability to provide old-
growth habitat and winter
range slighdy reduced.
Wetland values and
functions maintained
through BMPs.
65 acres harvested and 2
miles of road constructed.
Ability to provide old-
growth habitat and winter
range slighdy reduced.
Wetland values and
functions maintained
through BMPs.
178 acres harvested and 5
miles of road constructed.
Ability to provide old-
growth habitat and winter
range slighdy reduced.
Wetland values and
functions maintained
through BMPs.
9. 30 ROAD CORRIDOR
1
AltematiTel
Alternative 10
Alternative 11
Alternative 12
No units harvested. Visual
disturbance is unchanged.
100 acres harvested and
3 miles of road constructed.
Visual disturbance remains
low.
65 acres harvested and 2
miles of road constructed.
Visual disturbance remains
low.
147 acres harvested and 4
miles of road constructed.
Visual disturbance changes
from low to moderate.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 33
Alternatives
Table 2-4 (continued)
Landscape Zone Effects
10. RIO ROBERTS WATERSHED
AiteniatiTe 1 Alternative 10
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Watershed
functions, water quality,
fisheries habitat maintained.
Ability to function as an
undesignated control
watershed completely
maintained.
26 acres harvested and 1 .5
miles of road constructed.
Watershed functions, water
quality, fisheries habitat
maintained. Ability to
function as unofficial
control watershed
maintained.
169 acres harvested and 4
miles of road constructed.
Watershed functions, water
quality, fisheries habitat
maintained. Ability to
function as unofficial
control watershed
maintained.
178 acres harvested and 4
miles of road constructed.
Watershed functions, water
quality, fisheries habitat
maintained. Ability to
function as unofficial
control watershed
maintained.
1 1 . RIO ROBERT.S LATE-SUCCESSIONAL CORRIDOR
Alteniativel
Alternative 10
Alteimtive!! Alternative 12 ^
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a corridor
maintained.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a corridor
maintained.
No units harvested and 1
mile of road constructed.
Ability to function as a
corridor maintained.
No units harvested and 1
mile of road constructed.
Ability to function as a
corridor maintained.
12. RIO ROBERT.S RESEARCH NATURAL AREA fl
AiUmative!
Alternative 10
Alternative 11
^Alteraatiye 12. -T-’.-'l
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as an RNA
maintained.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as an RNA
maintained.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as an RNA
maintained.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as an RNA
maintained.
EC ANGEL LAKE LATE-SUCCESSIONAL CORRIDOR
Attiernative 1 Alternative 10 Alternative 11
No units harvested or roads No units harvested or roads 140 acres harvested and
constructed. Ability to constructed. Ability to 4 miles of road constructed,
function as a corridor function as a corridor Ability to function as a
maintained. maintained. corridor slighdy reduced.
Alternative 12'
140 acres harvested and
4 miles of road constructed.
Ability to function as a
corridor slightly reduced.
14. BALLS LAKE LATE Sl'CCES.SONAL CORRIDOR
. Alternative! Alternative 10
No units harvested or roads No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to constructed. Ability to
function as a corridor function as a corridor
maintained. maintained.
. ; ' j^ernatim 12
258 acres harvested and 2
miles of road constructed.
Ability to function as a
corridor slightly reduced.
258 acres harvested and
2 miles of road constructed.
Ability to function as a
corridor slighdy reduced.
15. KOGISH MOIUNTAIN LATE-SUCCESSIONAL CORRIDOR
Alternative! Alternative 10 Alternative 1!
Alternai^m
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as corridor and a
small old-growth block
maintained.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a corridor and a
small old-growth block
maintained.
488 acres harvested and 6
miles of road constructed.
Ability to function as a
corridor slightly reduced.
Ability to function as a small
old-growth block
maintained.
488 acres harvested and 6
miles of road constructed.
Ability to function as a
corridor slightly reduced.
Ability to function as a small
old-growth block
maintained.
34
2 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Alternatives
Table 2-4 (continued)
Landscape Zone Effects
16. WHSTF-RN PHNINSl'LA
Altemativel
.n^^AWcimtiVelO
Alternative 11
Alternative 12
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
provide old-growth habitat,
and provide for subsistence
resources is maintained.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
provide old-growth habitat
and provide for subsistence
resources is maintained.
290 units harvested and 1 2
miles of roads constructed.
Ability to provide old-
growth habitat, and provide
for subsistence resources is
slightly reduced.
577 acres harvested and 16
miles of road constructed.
Ability to provide old-
growth habitat and provide
for subsistence resources is
moderately reduced.
17. HLEVHNMILE LATE-.Sl'CCE.S.SIONAL CORRIDOR
Aiteniativel
AlternatiTe 10
Alternative 11
Alternative 12 .
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a corridor
maintained.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a corridor
maintained.
69 acres harvested and 3
miles of road constructed.
Ability to function as a
corridor slighdy reduced.
93 acres harvested and 3
miles of road constructed.
Ability to function as a
corridor slightly reduced.
IS. ELEVENMILE BLOCK
Alternative 10
^^^^Altemative HM '
i. . Alternative 12,:'-
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a small old-
growth block completely
maintained. No change in
visual disturbance.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a small old-
growth block completely
maintained. No change in
visual disturbance.
101 acres harvested and 1.5
miles of roads constructed.
Ability to function as a small
old-growth block slighdy
reduced. Visual disturbance
changes from none to low.
364 acres harvested and 6
miles of road constructed.
Ability to function as a small
old-growth block moderately
reduced. Visual disturbance
changes from none to low.
16. VVE.ST1;RN .shoreline L/
\TE-.Sl rCE.S.SIONAL
CORRIDOR
. , AJteniirilvel
Alteniative 10
Alternative 11 '
Alternative 12
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a corridor
maintained. No change in
visual disturbance. No
effect to cultural resources.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a corridor
maintained. No change in
visual disturbance. No
effect on cultural resources.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a corridor
maintained. No change in
visual disturbance. No
effect on cultural resources.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a corridor
maintained. No change in
visual disturbance. No
effect on cultural resources.
20. SALT LAKE BAY BLOCK
1
, . Alternatiye
Alternative 10 ; .
,, Alternative 11
Alternative 12 ^
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a small old-
growth block completely
maintained. No change in
visual disturbance. No
effect to cultural resources.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a small old-
growth block completely
maintained. No change in
visual disturbance. No
effect to cultural resources.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a small old-
growth block completely
maintained. No change in
visual disturbance. No
effect to cultural resources.
No units harvested or roads
constructed. Ability to
function as a small old-
growth block completely
maintained. No change in
visual disturbance. No
effect to cultural resources.
\
S
l
^ i| Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 35
Alternatives
Site-Specific
Mitigation Measures
Forest Plan
Mitigation Measures
The 1997 Forest Plan Revision presents management prescriptions for each land use designa-
tion and Forest-wide standards and guidelines which are to be followed in the development of
mitigation measures. Likewise, the plans provide forest management goals and objectives but
do not contain project decisions. The analysis supporting this EIS discloses possible adverse
impacts that are specific to the locality and to the actions proposed. Therefore, measures were
formulated to mitigate these impacts guided by forest management goals and objectives, under
the overall direction given by the proposed land use designation management prescriptions, and
following the proposed Forest-wide standards and guidelines.
Most of these measures are harvest unit- or road-specific, but many of these measures result in
the complete elimination or deferral of harvest from geographic areas. These broad measures
are identified and discussed first, followed by a summary of the site-specific measures. Mitiga-
tion measures are described in more detail in the appropriate sections of Chapter 4. Unit-
specific mitigation measures are summarized by harvest unit in Appendix C. These are de-
scribed in greater detail on the unit design cards in Appendix F of the Draft EIS.
A wide variety of site-specific mitigation measures designed primarily to avoid or minimize
adverse impacts, have been evaluated and incorporated into harvest unit and road design,
preliminary layout, and would be incorporated into final layout and timber sale implementation.
These measmes are summarized in Table 2-5 along with the number of harvest units affected
for each alternative. A specific hsting of each unit affected by each measure is provided in
Appendix C. A description of the mitigation measures for each unit and road segment is
provided in the unit and road design cards in Appendices F and G of the Draft EIS.
In addition to the site-specific measures listed in these tables, a variety of other site-specific
measures would apply to all harvest and construction activities and would be incorporated into
timber harvest unit and road design. These measures include all appropriate BMP’s not
specifically identified in the table. Direction for use of BMP’s on National Forest System lands
in Alaska is included in Chapter 10 of the Region 10 Soil and Water Conservation Handbook
(FSH 2509.22) (USDA Forest Service, 1991b). The handbook describes the application,
monitoring, evaluation, and refinement of these BMP’s. Appendix C of the Revised Forest Plan
(TLMP, 1997) provides a listing and brief summary of the BMP’s used in the Alaska Region.
Many other Forest Plan standards and guidelines apply, in addition to those cited in Table 2-5.
These standards and guidelines are incorporated by reference (TLMP, 1997).
Monitoring
Monitoring activities can be divided into three broad categories: Forest Plan monitoring,
routine implementation monitoring, and project-specific monitoring. These broad types are
discussed in the following sections.
The National Forest Management Act requires that National Forests monitor and ev aluate their
forest plans (36 CFR 219. 1 1). The significance of this requirement is emphasized by the recent
development of a National Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy (USDA Forest Service, 1993a).
The Strategy is designed to focus agency attention and resources on evaluating implementation
of forest plans to provide the Forest Service with information necessary to ensure responsive
and efficient management of National Forests. Embodied in the National Monitoring and
Evaluation Strategy are three principles: (1) evaluation of results will be readily available to the
36 ■ 2 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Alternatives
Table 2-5
Site>Specific Mitigation Measures Incorporated into Unit
and Road Design^^
Mitigation
No. of Units Affected
in Each Alternative^'
Measure
Description
10 11 12
Minerals and Caves
Ml Protect all known mineral improvements, such as 0
mine claim markers, by specifications in timber
sale and road construction contracts.
M2 Develop and implement site-specific protective 0
measures for cave and karst features containing
significant resources.
Fish, Water Quality, and Soils
F 1 Modify unit design to avoid very high mass 5
movement areas (BMP 13.5), and areas dominated
by McGilvery soils.
F2 Avoid road construction in areas of very high 1
mass movement potential resulting in the need
for helicopter yarding.
F3 Require partial- to full-suspension logging systems 9
in areas with high mass movement potential or
McGilvery soils (BMP 13.9).
F4 Modify unit design or logging system to avoid or 1
minimize damage to muskegs or other wetlands
(BMP’s 12.5 and 13.15).
F5 Establish no-harvest and selective-cut buffers along 24
streams and around lakes to protect riparian
management areas (BMP 12.6). This includes
TTRA minimums and additional area as described in the
Stream and Lake Protection Management Prescription.
F6 Require split-yarding and directional felling along 24
selected Class HI streams with no buffers to provide for
streambank and stream channel protection (BMP 12.7
and 13.16).
F7 Permit no harvest within steep V-notch streams with 3
high erosion potential (BMP 13.16).
F8 Implement measures to reduce surface erosion and 3 1
drainage interruption related to transportation including
water barring and cross-draining roads, using ditches and
culverts to prevent water miming long distances over
roads, seeding and fertilizing cut and fill slopes, and
locating and designing landings for good drainage and
dispersion of water (BMP’s 13.10 14.3, 14.5, 14.8, 14.9,
14.11, 14.12, 14.13).
F9 Protect local water supplies by implementing erosion 0
control measures during road constmction.
F 1 0 Establish timing restrictions for instream road constmc- 1 4
tion activities to avoid impacts on fish populations
(BMP 14.6).
0 0
1 1
18 23
5 5
29 29
6 10
61 76
65 78
7 8
77 99
0 0
35 47
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 37
Alternatives
Table 2-5 (continued)
Site-Specific Mitigation Measures Incorporated into Unit
and Road Design^^
No. of Units Affected
Mitigation in Each Alternative^^
Measure Description 10 11 12
F 1 1 Evaluate opportunity for stream barrier removal to
increase fish habitat availability.
F 1 2 Evaluate opportunity for stream habitat enhancement by
addition of large woody debris (LWD).
Vegetation and Timber
T1 Conduct partial harvest by helicopter to maintain yellow- 0 0 1
cedar trees in the unit to provide seed and shelter to
maintain high yellowcedar composition in future stand.
Wildlife
W1 Provide for greater habitat diversity on a stand level by
leaving no-cut islands or fingers of timber
(Type D Clearcut).
W2 Provide for greater structural diversity on a stand level
by partial cutting all or most of the harvest imit.
W3 Provide for greater structural diversity on a stand level
by leaving nonmerchantable trees and safe snags over
the entire harvest unit (Type C Clearcut).
W4 Provide for snag retention and greater structural diver-
sity on a stand level by prescribing and contractually
requiring a specified number of reserve trees including
snags and live tree replacements along the harvest unit
edges and internal setting boundaries. Also leave safe-
snags and nonmerchantable, reserve trees along harvest
unit edges and internal setting boundaries through
contractual recommendations (Type B Clearcut).
W5 Provide for snag retention and greater structural diver-
sity on a stand level by leaving safe snag and nonmer-
chantable reserve trees along harvest unit edges and
internal setting boundaries through contractual
recommendations (Type A Clearcut).
W6 Lengthen the productive stage of young growth forests
as wildlife habitat and increase structural diversity of
young growth forests on a stand level by conducting
variable tree spacing precommercial thinning on an
experimental basis.
W7 Modify unit design to provide 30-acre no-cut buffers
around known marbled murrelet nest sites.
W 8 Restrict the timing of hehcopter logging and/or heli-
copter flight paths and blasting near bald eagle nest
sites when occupied.
W9 Implement Region 10 goshawk management guidelines,
as appropriate, if nesting is identified.
W 1 0 Implement road closures immediately after harvest to
minimize human disturbance to wildlife and road access
by hunters in specific areas.
1 7 11
8 31 46
3 7 8
13 30 36
18 47 55
0 0 0
0 1 1
2 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Alternatives
Table 2-5 (continued)
Site-Specific Mitigation Measures Incorporated into Unit
and Road Design^^
No. of Units Affected
Mitigation
in Each Alternative^^
Measure Description
10
11
12
Wll
Evaluate potential for disturbance and restrict harvest
and road construction activities in areas and during time
periods when Vancouver Canada goose nesting or
trumpeter swan wintering might be disturbed.
6
9
10
W12
Restrict harvest and road construction during wolf
mating, denning, and rearing periods within one-half
mile of dens.
0
0
0
W13
Restrict the approach of Forest Service-authorized
aircraft and vessels near humpback and other whales.
“
-
-
W14
Restrict harvest and road construction within 1/2 mile of
active peregrine falcon nest sites.
1
1
Visual
Resources
VI
Modily unit boundaries to allow harvest unit to meet
proposed VQO’s in partial retention/retention areas.
0
2
3
V2
Conduct partial cutting of unit to minimize visual
contrast with adjacent areas.
0
5
5
V3
Leave behind all nonmerchantable trees after clear-
cutting to minimize visual contrast with adjacent areas.
0
0
0
Recreation
R1
Close roads to keep area as remote as possible to
minimize effects on roadless opportunities.
-
-
-
R2
Provide for public access, parking, and sufficient turn-
outs at recreation sites.
"
"
R3
Require all road construction slash and debris from
right-of-way (ROW) clearing along roads to be used for
recreational access, to be buried in the road prism or
hauled to a designated disposal area.
Cultural Resources
Cl
Provide for mitigation of indirect effects to cultural
resource sites near proposed harvest units and roads.
-
-
-
- These measures potentially affect an indefinite number of harvest units.
1/ Refer to the appropriate section in Chapter 4 for a more complete description of each measure.
2/ Refer to i^pendix C for a specific listing of the units affected.
CHAPTER 2 ■ 39
A
Alternatives
public, agencies, and other groups; (2) monitoring and evaluation will focus on ecosystems and
emphasize interrelationships among biotic and abiotic components; and (3) the strategy will be
flexible to meet local needs while encompassing forest, regional, and national requirements.
Three levels of monitoring are incorporated into Forest Plan monitoring and evaluation:
• Implementation Monitoring is used to determine if goals, objectives, standards and
guidelines, and management prescriptions are implemented as detailed in the Forest Plan and
project specifications.
• Effectiveness Monitoring is used to determine if standards and guidelines and management
prescriptions as designed and implemented are effective in meeting Forest Plan goals and
objectives.
• Validation Monitoring is used to determine whether the data, assumptions, and coefficients
used in the development of the Plan are correct.
Most monitoring elements involve the mitigation measures described previously. The mitiga-
tion measures are part of a process that includes these three types of monitoring to determine if
the measure was implemented and is effective or needs revision. The feedback provided by
monitoring results can be used to develop improved methods or additional treatments to ensure
that the mitigation will be effective in the future. Figure 2-6 displays how this process of
mitigation and monitoring occurs.
An annual monitoring report is being prepared by each Administrative Area of the Tongass and
incorporated into one Tongass report at the end of each year beginning with Fiscal Year 1993.
The Ketchikan Area submitted its 1993 Plan to the Regional Forester in December 1993. In
early 1994, the Ketchikan Area adopted a Monitoring Strategy to more specifically guide area
monitoring effects. Results of this more intensive coordinated effort are included in the annual
Fiscal Year Monitoring and Evaluation Reports. These reports address all monitoring questions
contained in the apphcable Forest Plan, reference all monitoring being conducted on the area/
forest, assess progress towards achieving the goals and objectives described in the Forest Plan,
and either certify that the Forest Plan is sufficient to guide management of the forest over the
next year or propose needed changes and an approach for dealing with those changes.
Forest Plan monitoring is conducted over the entire forest on a sample basis. Samples may or
may not be taken within the Control Lake Project Area; however, monitoring results are
40 ■
2 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Alternatives
Figure 2-6
Mitigation/Monitoring Feedback Loop
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 2 ■ 41
Feedback
Alternatives
designed to answer questions regarding the implementation and effectiveness of mitigation
within the Project Area. A number of implementation, effectiveness, and validation monitoring
items are identified for each resource area in the forest-wide monitoring plan described in the
TLMP Revision (1997).
Routine Implementation Monitoring
Routine implementation monitoring assesses whether the project was implemented as designed
and whether or not it complies with the Forest Plan. Planning for routine implementation
monitoring began with the preliminary design of harvest units and roads. Specialists used on-
the-ground inventories, computer inventories, and aerial photographs to prepare documents
called unit cards for each harvest unit in each of the alternatives. Cards were also prepared for
each segment of road. Resource specialists wrote their concerns on the cards and then de-
scribed how the concerns could be addressed in the design of each unit and road segment.
Integrated silvicultural prescriptions were prepared to describe the detailed interdisciplinary
prescription for each unit. Resource concerns, mitigation measures, and prescriptions will be
refined further during final layout when specialists will have one more opportunity to revise the
unit and road card recommendations and integrated silvicultural prescriptions. The unit and
road cards and prescriptions will be the basis for determining whether recommendations were
implemented for various aspects of the Control Lake Project.
Routine implementation monitoring is part of the administration of a timber sale contract. The
sale administrators and road inspectors ensure that the recommendations contained on the unit
and road cards and the prescriptions are incorporated into contract documents and then monitor
performance relative to contract requirements. All units and roads in the timber sale are
included in the monitoring.
Project-specific Monitoring
In addition to the Forest Plan monitoring and routine implementation monitoring that will be
conducted throughout the Tongass National Forest, including the Control Lake Project Area,
project-specific monitoring activities are identified. The following provides a description for
each project-specific monitoring activity.
• Ecosystem Management Objective: To determine if the four types of clearcuts, with reserve
trees, and the five types of partial cuts, prescribed in this project for ecosystem management,
have been implemented, provide structural diversity after harvesting, and verify the extent of
reserve tree blowdown.
• Desired Result: All four types of clearcuts and five types of partial cuts have been imple-
mented and each type provides structural diversity, to varying degrees, maintains snag
densities and structure in the second-growth stand, and reduces the visual contrast between
the clearcut and adjacent old growth, for at least 10 years post-harvest.
• Measurement: Compare unit cards and silvicultural prescriptions with observations on the
groimd on 20 percent of the units for each harvest type. Prepare narrative description and
map of reserve tree size, density, and distribution and include an assessment of the extent of
blowdown and the VQO achieved. Examine the effect of site factors on the degree of
blowdown.
• Evaluation: Modify future unit prescriptions based on feedback obtained.
• Responsible Staff: Thome Bay Ranger District wildlife staff, silviculturist, and landscape
architect
• Record of Results: Prepare a brief report of results, 1, 5, and 10 years after harvest. Annual
Cost: $9,000.
• Personnel Needs: 0.3 FTE
42 ■
2 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Existing Environment
Project Vicinity Mm
Thorne
loS5Uk\
Salt Lake^
Klawock
NOTE: Compiled fie
S^msI/conlfollk/ofTils/fiQnxiy/ps-existcolof.
Nsi Xka t i
-- -Buy
U.S.D.A. Forest Service - Alaska Region
CONTROL LAKE PROJECT AREA
Second Growth
Low Volume Old Growth
High Volume Old Growth
Existing Roads
Streams
Other National Forest System Lands
! _ I Encumbered Lands
I I State/Private Lands
VeU Boundaries
CS
IIIID
I
I
nil
6/97.09:2l:IIIue 't
^■sVconlfollk/qmls/f'iqi1x)?/ps-oltCQlor.oml
Bay,
Scale in Miles
U.S.D.A. Forest Service - Alaska Region
CONTROL LAKE PROJECT AREA
Streams
Existing Roads
Proposed Roads
VCU Boundaries
I Other National Forest System Lands
I Encumbered Lands
! State/Private Lands
Harvest Units
Second Growth
Low Volume Old Growth
High Volume Old Growth
nil
4 '
Tuxekan Island
Naukati
Project Vicinity Mm
Unit Pool Roads
Creek
Watershed
Heceta Island
Shaheen
Sail Lake,
U.S.D.A. Forest Service - Alaska Region
CONTROL LAKE PROJECT AREA
1997
□ Outside Project Area
1*“^ State/Private/
_ i Encumbered Lands
Streams
Existing Roads
(Open After Harvest)
Existing Roads
(Closed After Harvest)
Preferred Alternative Roads
(Open After Harvest)
Preferred Alternative Roads
(Closed After Harvest)
-occess.omi
Klawock
Scale in
Chapter 3
Affected Environment
Sw
9
Introduction
Climate and Air Quality
Geology, Minerals, and Karst
Soils
Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas
Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Vegetation and Timber Resources
Wildlife
Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species
Biodiversity
Lands
Transportation and Facilities
Economic and Social Environment
Subsistence
Cultural Resources .'.
Visual
1
5
9
... 13
...21
..29
..51
..77
-.93
103
115
119
123
139
161
171
Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild a,nd Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness
Areas....:. .10-7
/ .
/n
*" .V
%t:MiiK'
Chapter 3
Affected
Environment
Introduction
This chapter provides information concerning the existing environment of the Control Lake
Project Area that might be affected by implementation of the action alternatives. It describes
the baseline conditions against which environmental effects can be evaluated and from which
progress toward the desired future condition of the resource, trends related to its status, and
relevant characteristics that might be affected by the alternatives. The following resources are
discussed:
Climate and Air Quality
Geology, Minerals, and Karst
Soils
Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas
Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Vegetation and Timber Resources
Wildlife
Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species
Biodiversity
Lands
Transportation and Facilities
Economic and Social Environment
Subsistence
Cultural Resources
Visual Resources
Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Area
Chapter 4 discusses the effects of the proposed alternatives on the above resources and in this
same sequence.
AVdildbiG InformGtion There is less than complete knowledge about many of the relationships and conditions of
wildlife, fish, forests, jobs, and communities. The ecology, inventory, and management of a
large forest area is a complex and developing science. The biology of wildlife species prompts
questions about population dynamics and habitat relationships. The interaction of resource
supply, the economy, and communities is the subject matter of an inexact science.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Introduction — CHAPTER 3 ■ 1
3 Affected
Environment
Land Divisions
Geographic
Information System
In developing Chapters 3 and 4 of this EIS, the interdisciplinary team (ID Team) examined the
data and relationships used to estimate the effects of the alternatives. The data and level of
analysis used were commensurate with the importance of the possible impacts (40 CFR
1502.15); and relevant discussion in the Revised TLMP (1997) are incorporated by reference
(40 CFR 1502.21).
When encountering a gap in information, the ID Team concluded that the missing information
frequently would have added precision to estimates or better specified a relationship. How-
ever, the basic data and central relationships are sufficiently well established in the respective
sciences that the new information would be very unlikely to reverse or nullify understood
relationships. Thus, new information would be welcomed and would add precision, but it was
not essential to provide adequate information for each alternative such that the decision-maker
can make a reasoned choice.
The area of the Tongass National Forest has been divided in several ways to describe the
different resources and allow analysis of how they might be affected by Forest Plan and
project-level decisions. These divisions vary by resource since the relationship of each
resource to geographic conditions and zones also varies. Three land divisions that are used for
more than one resource are described in the following sections.
Geographic Provinces
These are seven large land areas that are distinguished by differences in ecological processes.
They are defined by a combination of climatic and geographic features and vegetation.
Geographic provinces are used in the Biodiversity and Wildlife sections.
Value Comparison Units
VCUs are distinct geographic areas, each encompassing a drainage basin containing one or
more large stream systems. The boundaries usually follow watershed divides. The Tongass
contains 867 VCUs. Thirteen VCUs are found in the Control Lake Project Area (VCUs 574
through 578, 591 through 596, 597.1, and 597.2) (see Figure 1-5). These VCUs are used to
describe the locations of specific resources in the Project Area.
Wildlife Analysis Areas
Wildlife Analysis Areas (WAA’s) are Forest Service land divisions that correspond to Minor
Harvest Areas used by the Alaska Department of Fish and Game (ADF&G). Approximately
190 apply to the Tongass and all or part of four WAA’s (1318, 1319, 1323, and 1421) to the
Control Lake Project Area. They are used in the Subsistence", Water, Fish, and Fisheries", and
Wildlife sections.
Tongass National Forest resource data resides in an electronic database formatted for a GIS.
The Forest Service uses GIS software to assist in the analysis of these data. Much of the data
consists of electronic “map layers,” each representing a particular resource or attribute (i.e.,
vegetation types, soil types, recreation places). Specific information gathered for the Control
Lake Project Area was added to the Forest Service information already contained in the system
to generate spatial analyses of alternatives and effects. GIS plots displaying resource data in
map format and tables based on electronically measured areas and lengths are found through-
out this EIS.
2 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Introduction
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
! Gcnordl Proj©Ct The Control Lake Project Area encompasses a large part of the central portion of Prince of
ArO© DoSCription Wales island (see Figure 1-1). The area includes diverse terrain from inlets, bays, and beach
fringes to alpine slopes and ridges. A variety of land forms and vegetative communities exists
between the two elevational extremes. Over 90 percent of the Project Area land is forested
with slightly more than half considered commercial forest land. A majority of the commercial
forest land is classified as old growth. The most prolific conifer species found in the area are
western hemlock and Sitka spruce. The Thome River drainage is a major component of the
landscape in the eastern portion of the Project Area. Muskegs and lakes, both large and small,
are found across the Project Area.
The forests, shorelines, streams, and rivers of Southeast Alaska provide habitat for over 300
species of birds and mammals. Management Indicator Species (MIS) in the Project Area
include the Sitka black-tailed deer, black bear, river otter, marten, gray wolf, Vancouver
Canada goose, bald eagle, red-breasted sapsucker, hairy woodpecker, and brown creeper.
Anadromous and resident fish occupying Project Area streams are important to sport, commer-
cial, and subsistence users throughout Southeast Alaska. Coho and pink salmon are the MIS
’ that represent anadromous fish, and Dolly Varden char represents resident fish for the Control
; Lake Project Area.
The largest communities near the Project Area are Klawock and Thome Bay. The small
communities of Coffman Cove and Naukati are also near the Project Area. The Island road
system connects these communities with Hollis (south of the Project Area), which is the only
I Alaska Marine Highway ferry terminal on Prince of Wales Island.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Introduction — CHAPTER 3 ■ 3
3 Affected
Environment
Climate and Air Quaiity
Climate
Air Quality
Key Te^s
Ambient alj^that air, external to building, encompassing or surroundin^a specific region.^
Ambient ai&uality standard — the prescribe level of pollutants in the outside air that :
cannot be exceeded legally during a specified time inn specified geographical area, f
Class I airbed — one of three classes of areas provided for in the Clean Air Act for the
jVentionI
hgnificant Deterioration |n0^amJ Class l airsheds are the “cleanest” and
r^ive spedd visibility protection. -
Class II alrsS^ — the second of three classes of areas provided for in the Clean Air Act. -
Ci^s n airm^s have|no specific attainment criteria
The maritime influences of the Pacific Ocean create a moderate climate in Southeast Alaska.
The result is a cooling influence in the summer and warmer winter temperatures than would
be expected for these latitudes. Normal temperatures range from about 40°Fahrenheit (°F)
to 65°F in summer, and from the high teens to about 40°F in the winter. During the wanner
months, temperatures are highest inland and lowest along the coast, while the reverse is true
in the colder months. The majority of climate stations in Southeast Alaska are near sea level
and may not reflect conditions at higher elevations.
The north Pacific Ocean also generates low pressure weather systems that move onshore
and produce abundant cloud cover. These low pressure systems also generate gale-force
winds (greater than 32 mph). Gale-force winds occur year-round with the vast majority
occurring in the fall and winter. Table 3-1 shows the number of days between 1953 and
1978 that strong winds occurred in the area. Over 80 percent of the gale-force winds
reported in this period were from the south or southeast.
The Project Area has complete cloud cover about 85 percent of the year. These clouds
inundate the area with precipitation. Precipitation gages are located near sea level in Craig
and Hollis. Records are short, reliable averages are not available, and gaps occur in some
records. Information on meteorological processes occurring inland and at higher elevations
does not exist. Figure 3-1 shows average monthly precipitation in 1991 and 1992 for Craig
and Hollis. The station values show that Craig and Hollis receive the most precipitation in
fall and winter, and receive the least precipitation in June and July. High precipitation
persists through the middle of November when intermittent snowfall occurs. Snowfall
varies according to elevation and distance inland from the coast. Snow accumulation below
5(X)-feet elevation is short-lived, generally melting off within a few days because of warmer
temperatures and rain.
Table 3-2 shows mean annual summer and winter temperatures, precipitation, and snowfall
for the portion of Prince of Wales Island that includes the Control Lake Project Area.
Because of the relatively pristine nature of Southeast Alaska, there is a general lack of
ambient air monitoring data to characterize undeveloped areas. Some ambient monitoring
occurs near a few of the large potential air pollution sources, such as pulp mills; however,
those data are not representative of the area as a whole. The air flow from the Gulf of
Alaska is not tainted by industrial air pollution and, in the absence of specific data to the
contrary, can be expected to meet all standards for protection of public health and welfare.
Local sources of airborne particulates include motor vehicle emissions, motor vessels and
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Climate and Air Quality — CHAPTER 3 ■ 5
3 Affected
Environment
1!
Table 3-1
Number of Days, by Month
Hour''
1, with Winds Over 30 Miles Per
Miles per Hour
al Days
Month 31-35
36-40
41-45
46-50
51-55
56-60 Toh
July
3
3
August
5
4
9
September
11
7
3
1
22
October
67
45
13
4
3
132
November
58
41
5
8
1
113
December
64
39
9
9
2
3
126
January
70
29
5
6
2
2
114
February
60
31
2
8
101
March
25
9
8
4
46
April
32
9
7
2
50
May
8
5
2
15
June
11
1
1
13
SOURCE: Harris, 1989.
1/ Daily fastest mile wind speed is obtained by measuring and averaging instantaneous wind velocities
over 1 minute once each hour. The highest of all the 24 hourly measurements for the day is called the
fastest mile and is included in published reports. National Oceanographic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA) Meteorological Station at Annette Island, Alaska, 1953-78.
Table 3-2
Mean Yearly Summer and Winter Temperatures,
Precipitation, and Snow Accumuiation for Craig and Hoiiis
Mean Summer
Mean Winter
Mean
Recording
Temperature
Temperature
Precipitation
Mean Snow
Station
(°F)
(°F)
(inches)
(inches)
Craig
55.0
34.8
106.47
35.7
Hollis
56.6
33.7
109.69
14.0
SOURCE: Alaska Climate Center Technical Note No. 3, 1986.
6 13 CHAPTER — Climate and Air Quality
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Figure 3-1
Average Monthly Precipitation in Craig and Hollis, 1991 and 1992
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Climate and Air Quality— CHAPTER 3 ■ 7
Affected
Environment
cruise ships, dust, residential and commercial heating sources, marine traffic, a limited amount
of prescribed burning, and burning of wood debris at sawmills. The KPC pulp mill at Ward
Cove near Ketchikan was closed in early 1997 and is no longer a source of air emissions.
Vehicles and home heating, particularly wood-fired heating, contribute to regional particulate
matter concentrations. Alaska has had localized problems with wood smoke, and has issued
regulations that limit open burning and other air pollution-generating activities between
November 1 and March 31 in wood smoke control areas. The wood smoke control areas do
not include the Control Lake Project Area. Open burning may be restricted in the Project Area
when an air quality advisory is issued by the Alaska Department of Environmental Conserva-
tion (ADEC) (AAC 50.030). The ADEC has the primary responsibility for attaining and
maintaining State and Federal ambient air quality standards in the Project Area. The Forest
Service cooperates with ADEC to protect air quality in National Forests. The entire area is a
designated Class II airshed for purposes of Prevention of Significant Deterioration. This
designation allows moderate industrial air pollution concentration increases, compared to the
more restrictive requirements of Class I airsheds.
3 CHAPTER — Climate and Air Quality
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Geology, Minerals, and Karst
Introduction
Geology
Key Terms — ^ ^ ^ ^
'■'■m
Carbonate rock — rocks such as limestone and dolomite which contain a high content of
calcium carbonate (CaCOj). / -
Cave — any naturally occurring void, cavity, recess, or system of interconnected passages thaU
occurs beneath the surface of the earth or within a cliff or ledge and which is large enough to
permit an individual to enter. ^ ; " . , ^ /r~ '
Cave resources— any material or substance occurring in caves on Federal lands, such as"
animal life, plant life, paleontological resources, cultural resources j sediments, minerals,
speleogens, and speleothems.
Glacial till — gravel, boulders, sand, and finer materials transport^ and deposited by a
glacier. ^ ""
Graywacke — fine-grained, sedimentary rock made up of quartz, feldspar, and dark mineral
grains. ^ ^
Igneous rocAr— formed by the cooling and consolidation of magma (lava).
Karst — a type of topography that develops in areas underlain by soluble rocks, primarily ^ ^ «
limestones. ~
Lithology — the science dealing with the mineral composition and structure of rocks.
Metamorphic rock— rock whose original compounds, textures, or both have been trans-
formed to new compounds or textures as a result of high pressure, temperature, or both. ~
Phyllite — a slaty rock with lustrous surfaces due to the high content of mica flakes.^
Pleistocene — the epoch forming the first part of the Quaternary period, originating about
one to two million years ago, and ending about 10,000 years ago. . - ^ 4 r:> '
Sedimentary rock— formed by chemical precipitation or sedimentation of mineral grains
deposited by water, wind, or ice.
Sinkhoie — ^relatively shallow, bowl- or funnel-shaped depressions ranging in diameter from
a few feet to more than 3,000 feet.
This chapter provides a view of the regional geologic features and parameters that influence
the minerals and karst resources of the Control Lake Project Area. Key elements of these
geologic features are the lithology and structures that controls the mineral deposition and the
karst forms in the limestone of the region.
The geology of the Control Lake Project Area is controlled by the faulted middle Paleozoic
and Cretaceous rock of the Alexander Belt sequence. The predominant rock units are the
Devonian-age, variably metamorphosed, volcanics and graywacke of the Descon Formation
and the related formations — Staney Creek and Luck Creek. There are two igneous intrusions
of Cretaceous-age diorite or quartz diorite within the area. Discontinuous pods of limestone,
possibly aligned in a contemporaneous horizon, have been mapped within and slightly above
the base of the Staney Creek Formation.
Faulting has resulted in deep northwest trending lineaments which generally parallel the main
valleys within the Project Area. In most cases the valley floors contain exposures of phyllite
or argillite while the ridge lines have exposed greenstone or andesite. Most of the faults
extend for several miles across the Project Area.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Geology, Minerals, and Karst — CHAPTER 3 ■ 9
3 Affected
Environment
Geomorphology
The Control Lake Project Area exhibits two distinct geomorphic sub-provinces. The western
and northern part of the area contains moderate to rugged ridge and canyon terrain while
glaciation of the central eastern part of the area has evolved a large open valley containing
numerous drumlins. Drumlin alignment indicates glacial flow from the west, Control Lake,
and from the north, Thome Lake, directed towards the southeast, Thome Bay and Salt Chuck.
Aerial photo mosaic maps display these coalescing dmmlins in a spectacular manner.
These geomorphic provinces have been affected by the Cretaceous intmsion of massive diorite
bodies in the northeast and south portions of the area. These intmsions have intermpted the
northwest trending valley and ridge system and possibly influenced the convergence and
southeast flow of the glaciers.
Two other areas that may contain buried intmsions have been identified. One is north of
Control and Cutthroat Lakes and the second is the Kogish Mountain upland. These uplands
alter the valley and ridge terrain in a manner similar to the observed intmsions, but no igneous
rock was observed in these areas.
The steep canyon walls exhibited relatively few unstable slopes. Rockfalls were present from
slopes inclined near- vertical to about 70 degrees. Landslides were found where remnants of
glacial till remain on the canyon slopes. These failures occurred on slopes inclined as low as
approximately 45 degrees. Lower slopes display minor ravelling as a result of over-steepening
caused by stream bank erosion.
Stream courses appeared to be relatively free of sedimentation. In many places the streams
flow over water-scoured rock sills, which infer possible regional (or even localized) uplift since
glaciation. Localized features which appear to be raised beaches or captured streams also infer
regional uplift. These are found mainly along the west coast of Prince of Wales Island. Most
streams flow into the estuaries and embayments such as Big Salt Lake, Salt Chuck, Thome
Bay, or Salt Lake Bay.
Stratigraphy
The stratigraphy of the Project Area is dominated by the Silurian-age Descon Formation which
contains gray wacke and shale that has been metamorphosed in varying degrees to greenstone
and phyllite. The older Silurian-age Luck Creek Formation is exposed in the northeastern part
of the region, and the younger Devonian-age Staney Creek Formation is located in the north-
western part of the area. Outcrops of the Silurian-age Hecata Limestone were not found in the
Project Area.
The age relationships of the three formations is not clear. All three formations may have been
deposited at the same time but influenced by slightly different source areas. The Descon
Formation appears to be the older unit in the southwestern part of the region while the Luck
Creek Formation may be slightly older but definitely appears to interfinger the Descon near the
central part of the Project Area. The Staney Creek area contains similar lithology and may also
interfinger the Descon and Luck Creek Formations; however, it also contains pods of limestone
which, while not as pure as the Hecata on Hecata Island and Prince of Wales Island to the
north, contains similar fossils and probably a similar age relationship.
10 13 CHAPTER — Geology, Minerals, and Karst
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Minerals
Affected O
Environment O
Lithology
The rock types contained within these formations consist of clastic sediments-sandstone and
shale, nonclastic limestone deposited in isolated pods, and varying degrees of metamorphosed
components of these rocks, such as greenstone and phyllite. Andesite flows were mapped as
well as intrusions of andesite and diorite with their metamorphosed equivalents. Metamor-
phism appears to become more intense with proximity to the Cretaceous intrusions. Other rock
types such as basalt, glacial till, conglomerate and red volcanic sandstone were observed
scattered through the area.
Eberlein et al. (1983) indicate that the formations appear to change in lithology to the east from
a calcareous marine environment to a volcanic, volcanoclastic rock type. Study of this area
reinforces this indication. In addition, the formations tend to become more intensely metamor-
phosed towards the southeast. This may be more of a local influence from the presence of the
igneous intrusions.
Structure
The region is dominated by the northwest trending faults described by Eberlein (1984). This
faulting probably developed as tectonic forces drove these islands into the North American
Plate at an oblique angle resulting in profound shearing stress. The mapping indicated the
possibility that a normal or reverse component may also be present on these faults and the near-
parallel ridges and valley structure may be the result of tilting and uplift of the sheared island
plate. It also appears that some of the faults are truncated by the Cretaceous-age igneous
intrusions.
Mineralization has occurred in economic concentrations southeast of the Control Lake Project
Area. The Salt Chuck and Brown and Rush Mines were active operations until the 1940s.
Prince of Wales Island produced copper, gold, silver, and marble in economic quantities with
the bulk of production occurring between 1912 and 1923.
There are no mines located within the Project Area. A total of seven prospects and occurrences
were identified within the Project Area boundaries during the field efforts. One prospect
located north of Black Bear Lake was being evaluated by the owner during summer 1993. The
other six occurrences exhibited mineral shows of varying degree. The U.S. Bureau of Mines
indicated that there are no current claims staked within the Project Area.
The minerals observed within the Project Area are consistent as to apparent origin, mode of
deposition and concentration. The deposits are injections of chalcopyrite, pyrite, bomite, and
possibly sphalerite. The deposits consist of fracture filling materials that, except at Black Bear
Lake are no more than coatings on the fractures. At Black Bear Lake, a well-developed skam
has developed around the diorite intrusion. Within this skam zone large clots of injected pyrite
and chalcopyrite are visible.
The occurrences observed during the 1993 field season likely do not represent viable economic
mineral deposits. Because much of the hard rock, andesite, greenstone, and quartzite contain
high percentages of pyrite, this material is not suitable for use as concrete aggregate. In
addition, the level of metamorphism found in the region indicates that hydrocarbon deposits are
not likely. Limestone outcrops are generally small and isolated. Many in the northern part of
the Project Area contain sand or clay which makes the rock soft, friable, and not of economical
value.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Geology, Minerals, and Karst — CHAPTER 3 1 11
3 Affected
Environment
Currently, the phyllite and quartzite are being used as road ballast and boulders are used as
jettystone. This rock appears to degrade with use and probably has a limited useful life. No
aggregate sources for general commercial use have been located within the Project Area.
Karst Carbonate rock (limestone) located within the Control Lake Project Area is represented by less
than 7,(X30 acres of bedrock outcrop. Carbonate rock, such as limestone and marble, dissolves
in naturally occurring acidic waters. Acidic runoff flowing downslope across limestone
exposures will dissolve epikarstic (i.e., surface) features such as rills, runnels, and grikes.
Where faulting or jointing provides for deeper penetration, these surface solutions may
dissolve out vertical conduits which, when enlarged, form sinkholes. Lateral underground
movement of acidic waters can develop extensive cave systems that provide protected environ-
ments for both flora and fauna.
Extensive field studies have been performed by the Forest Service (Baichtal, 1991) that
highlight the extensive complement of living species and other features that can be found in the
cave systems of the region. The 1993 field study did not evaluate any caves for fauna.
In the Project Area, the limestone outcrops occur as individual and isolated pods rather than as
continuous and extensive bands of limestone. It is likely that this isolated distribution also
characterizes the limestone at depth. Consequently, the distribution of karst features at depth is
most likely to be similarly isolated rather than extensive. Most outcrops are karstic with a well-
developed epikarst as well as several caves.
The karstic limestone pods appear to be within the Staney Creek Formation and are located
slightly above the base of that formation. These discontinuous limestone pods were probably
deposited during the same time span. As the outcrop zone trends east and north, the quality of
the limestone changes from a massive nonfossiliferous limestone to a granular texture with
well preserved fossils. The outcrop band curves westward and leaves the Project Area about 5
miles south of the north Project Area boundary. Outside of the north Project Area boundary
several outcrops of black, fossiliferous limestone were observed.
The project field work resulted in the discovery of karst and caves in several of the units
originally proposed for harvest. Site investigations were not conducted to determine the extent
of the deposits or of the caves within the deposits. The presence of resurgences mostly on the
downslope contact of the limestone outcrop infers a limited downdip lateral extent of the
outcrops with the likelihood of limited karst development underground.
12 13 CHAPTER — Geology, Minerals, and Karst
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Soils
Key Terms
Alluvium — stream-deposited sediment.
Colluvium — a deposit of sediment on a hillslope derived from mass movement Oandslide
processes).
Duff^ — vegetative material covering the mineral soils in forests, including the fresh litter and
decomposed organic material.
Glacial till — ^gravel, boulders, sand, and finer materials transported and deposited by a glacier.
Mass Movement Index (MMI) — crating used to group soil map units that have similar
properties with respect to the stability of natural slopes. ^
Mass movement — ^general term for a variety of processes by which large masses of earth
material are moved downslope by gravity either slowly or quickly.
McGllvery soil — a shallow, forested, organic soil developed over bedrock.
Muck — decomposed plant material, with little evidence of the original plant remaining.
Muskeg (peatland) — a type of bog that has developed in depressions or flat areas, poorly
drained, acidic, with organic soils that support vegetation that is predominantly sphagnum
mosses and sedges.
Outwash — alluvium deposited by streams originating from glaciers.
Riparian areas — encompass the zone of interaction between the aquatic and terrestrial
ecosystems, and include riparian streamsides, lakes, and floodplains with distinctive resource
values and characteristics.
Riparian Management Area (RMA) — the area including water, land, and plants adjacent to
perennial streams, lakes, and other bodies of water that is managed for the inherent qualities of
the riparian ecosystem. ^
Sediment — solid materials, in suspension or transported by water, gravity, ice, or air.
Slip plane — surfaces along which differential movement takes place in soil or rock.
Soil productivity — capacity of a soil to produce plant growth, due to the soil’s inherent
chemical, physical, and biological properties. «
7///— gravel, boulders, sand, and finer materials transported and deposited by a glacier.
V-Notch — 2i shallow to deeply cut stream drainage, generally in steep, mountainous terrain;
would look like a “V” from a frontal view.
Introduction
Soil Groups
Soils of Southeast Alaska are a fundamental part of the forest. They have evolved with the
vegetation and climate and form the foundation of the forest ecosystem. The soil’s integrity
and stability determine the long-term productivity of the forest. The region’s cool growing
season temperatures and abundant rainfall greatly influence soil characteristics. Under these
conditions, organic matter decomposes slowly and tends to accumulate. At the same time,
nutrients are flushed from the mineral soil but are retained in the thick surface organic (duff)
layer. If the duff layer is extensively disturbed, alder can invade the site and delay the regen-
eration of conifers.
Soils are formed in either mineral materials (e.g., sand, silt, clay) or organic matter (decayed
plant materials). For this analysis, soils within the Project Area are grouped by typical proper-
ties that influence the use and management of an area. Consequently, the mineral soils are
discussed in general and then by more specific categories. The soils in the Project Area are
composed of mineral soils (developed from decomposed rock materials) and organic soils
(developed from decomposed plant materials). Within these two broad groups more specific
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Soils— CHAPTER 3 ■ 13
3 Affected
Environment
subdivisions occur. Five soil types are important in the Project Area: (1) the broad mineral
soils group, composed mainly of sand, silt, clay, gravel, and rocks; (2) mineral soils formed
over compact glacial till; (3) Tonowek and Tuxekan soils, made up of alluvial sand, silt, and
gravel (also mineral soils); (4) organic soils, composed of decomposing plant tissues (muck);
and (5) the McGilvery soil series, which is also an organic soil. This latter soil is composed of
a thin, well drained layer of organic material overlaying bedrock. Figure 3-2 summarizes a
variety of the characteristics of these soil groups. Appendix D displays the acres of these soil
groups by watershed. Figure 3-3 is a map of the major watersheds in the Project Area.
Mineral Soils
Mineral soils originate from deposits of glacial till, outwash, lake deposits, alluvium, and
colluvium. These soils have a potential for landslides when they occur on steep slopes. The
mineral soil surface typically consists of partially decomposed organic material. Soil depths
range from less than 20 inches to more than 20 feet. Drainage ranges from well to very poorly
drained. These soils typically support a hemlock or hemlock-spruce vegetation series. Sites
that drain poorly often support a mixed-conifer or western red cedar series. The glacial till and
Tonowek and Tuxekan soils are also mineral soils. Mineral soils make up about 48 percent of
the Project Area or 81,323 acres.
Glacial Till Soils
Glacial till soils are a type of mineral soil that formed in compact, poorly sorted deposits of
glacial origin. These soils are typically found on lower valley sidewalls and low ridge tops.
They are of management concern because of the potential for landslides. The dense, compact
glacial till that underlies these soils is relatively impermeable. Water accumulates in the
subsoil at the contact with this dense till, forming a layer that is relatively unstable and suscep-
tible to sliding. They typically support western hemlock and yellow cedar forest types. Glacial
till soils make up about 30 percent (50,868 acres) of the Project Area.
Tonowek and Tuxekan Soils
Tonowek and Tuxekan soils are a type of mineral soil found on stream bottoms, alluvial fans,
and floodplains. In the floodplain zones near rivers, soils tend to be more poorly developed
because of repeated sediment deposition during floods. They typically support a riparian
community of water-dependent plants including Sitka spruce, devils club, and red alder.
Tonowek and Tuxekan soils previously harvested for timber are now in various stages of
secondary plant succession. About 1 percent of the Project Area (2,131 acres) is made up of
these soils.
Organic Soils
Organic soils, common and widely distributed in the Project Area, are generally found on
glacial deposits on relatively flat valley bottoms. Forested organic soils range from well to
very poorly drained. Non-forested organic soils are usually poorly or very poorly drained.
They range from about 3 inches to over 40 feet in depth. Organic soils in Southeast Alaska
typically support a mixed conifer, western hemlock-yellow cedar, western hemlock-red cedar,
or shore pine vegetation series. If non-forested, they support a muskeg or alpine meadow
community. About 52 percent of Project Area soils (87,738 acres) are organic.
McGilvery Soils
McGilvery soils are a type of organic soil that is well-drained and typically supports western
hemlock or western hemlock intermixed with cedar and spruce. Because of its shallow depth,
disturbance of the soil surface may result in exposure of the underlying bedrock. Restocking
of forests on soil mapping units with greater than 41 percent McGilvery soils generally cannot
14 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Soils
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Figure 3-2
Soil Characteristics of Project Area
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Soils— CHAPTER 3 ■ 15
3 Affected
Environment
Figure 3-3
16 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Soils
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
/aUeler3/comrollk/amlWaee3380/watihlnd«xjml - May 2B, 1A86
Affected Q
Environment O
Soil Productivity
Erosion
be ensured within 5 years of final harvest; therefore, such sites are classified as unsuitable for
timber production. About 4 percent (6,975 acres) of the Project Area is made up of these soils.
Soil productivity, which is the inherent capacity of a soil to support the growth of specific
plants or plant communities (FSM 2554.03), is critical to the forest because it affects the
productivity of most other forest resources. Tree growth and wildlife and fish habitat are often
associated with soil productivity (the soil component of long-term site productivity). In the
Project Area, timber site productivity of mineral soils ranges from very high on floodplains, till
plains, and most other lowlands, to medium to high on moderately well- to well-drained soils,
to low on somewhat poorly to Very poorly drained soils. Timber site productivity on poorly
and very poorly drained organic soils, regardless of elevation or exposure, is generally much
lower than the productivity of mineral soils.
Timber management activities can influence soil productivity and its related nutrient content in
a number of ways. Landslides, surface erosion, severe logging disturbance, or displacement by
roads, skid trails, landings, or rock pits can cause removal of the surface layer. Soil damage
can also result from compaction or puddling, which impairs soil porosity and drainage, and
reduces productivity. Changes in soil productivity that last beyond the planning period are
considered to be significant impairments. A 15 percent reduction in inherent soil productivity
potential is the threshold used for setting values for change in measurable or observable soil
properties associated with long-term productivity (FSM 2554.03).
Two major types of erosion — surface erosion and landslides — occur in the Project Area and are
influenced by timber harvest activities.
Surface Erosion
Two types of surface erosion occur as a result of timber harvest — surface erosion on the
harvested areas and road surface erosion. In the forested areas of Southeast Alaska, the organic
mat and mineral soil can absorb rainfall even at the highest precipitation levels. Consequently,
overland flow by water and any resulting surface erosion of soil particles by processes such as
sheetflow, rill, and gully erosion is uncommon. However, erosion can occur when mineral
soils are exposed. The rate of erosion depends primarily on the amount of vegetation
groundcover, erodibility of the soil, and slope steepness.
Road erosion contributes far more to stream sedimentation than does surface erosion. Road
surfaces are barren and traffic breaks down the sublayers of roads into fine particles, producing
sediment. Also, roads are often hydraulically connected to streams by drainage ditches. At
stream crossings, roads can contribute significant amounts of fine sediment to drainages (Reid
and Dunne, 1984). The amount contributed depends greatly on use. Excessive road and
surface erosion results in the introduction of fine sediment to stream gravels which can affect
fish spawning, growth, and habitat (see Water, Fish, and Fisheries Section).
Some of the Project Area is extensively roaded from previous logging operations. Most of the
roads are in the lower Logjam Creek area, in the vicinity of Control Lake, or in the Steelhead
and Rio Beaver Creek watersheds.
Areas with timber harvest occur along the lower Thome River area, at the northern end of the
Western Peninsula, and in watershed C49B.2700. Surface erosion is uncommon in Southeast
Alaska because of the thick duff layers protecting the soil. Use of BMP’s during timber
harvest minimizes exposure of mineral soil.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Soils— CHAPTER 3 ■ 17
3 Affected
Environment
1
LsndslidGS Landslides are the main source of hillslope erosion in Southeast Alaska. Many landslides
occur during or immediately after periods of heavy rainfall when soils are saturated (Swanston,
1969).
Mass Movement Index
MMI ratings tell
susceptible soil groups are to -
landslides under natural
conc^tions.
MMIl- lowpotenti^ . >
MMI2- medium potential^
MMD- high potential '
MMI4 - very high potential
Landslides usually occur on steep slopes that have soils with distinct subsurface “slip” layers
(slip-planes), such as compact glacial till or bedrock that parallels the ground surface. These
areas have a high likelihood of naturally occurring landslides or landslides caused by blasting
rock or road pioneering, side casting of excavated material, or logging practices that cause
substantial surface disturbance.
Landslides in the Project Area consist of two main types: debris flows and debris avalanches
(Swanston, 1969). Debris avalanches are shallow failures, limited mostly to the colluvial and
soil layers. These landslides begin on steep slopes and commonly enter steep drainages,
picking up moisture and becoming debris flows. Prince of Wales Island has one of the higher
landslide frequencies in Southeast Alaska (Swanston, 1969). Swanston and Marion (1991)
showed that in clearcut areas on Prince of Wales Island landslides occurred at a rate 3.5 times
greater than that on undisturbed slopes.
The Forest Service’s classification system for landslide hazards is the Mass Movement Index
(MMI). The system ranks site characteristics, soil types, and slope angle into four categories of
hazards — MMIl through MMI4 — corresponding to low, moderate, high, and very high
landslide hazard. Soils with a very high MMI are excluded from the tentatively suitable
Commercial Forest Land (CFL) base and are not harvested. Most of the MMI3 and MMI4
soils in the Project Area are in the four mountainous regions: the northern portions of the
Klawock Range, the Rio Beaver and Rio Roberts watersheds (Watersheds C49B.2100 and
C49B.2200), the Kogish Peak area, and the unnamed mountains to the northwest of the Thome
River.
Of 140 landslides identified during a 1993 storm on Prince of Wales Island, 87 percent started
in MMI3 soils, while none began in MMI4 soils (USDA Forest Service, 1994a). Analysis
showed that 71 percent of the landslides were in harvested areas. However, the acreage of land
disturbed by the slides was only 20 percent higher in harvested areas than in old-growth areas.
This is likely because landslides originating in old growth tend to be larger (Swanston and
Marion, 1991).
Management-related landslides in Southeast Alaska have two sources: harvested slopes and
logging roads. When an area is logged, the tree roots, an important part of the cohesive
strength of the soil, gradually deteriorate. After three to seven years, the root strength on
hillslopes reaches a minimum (Swanston, 1969). Soils in logged areas also tend to be more
saturated in the spring than their unharvested counterparts because of more snow accumulation
and less moisture loss through evapotranspiration. This may increase the potential for failure
by increasing shear stress and reducing soil strength.
Logging roads can be a major source of landslides, often because of improper road drainage.
The volume of sediment from road-related landslides can be several orders of magnitude
greater than sediment from the road surface. Several studies in the Pacific Northwest indicate
that roads cause many more landslides than the timber harvest (Megahan and Kidd, 1972;
Lyons and Beschta, 1983). However, data collected by Swanston and Marion (1991) show that
in Southeast Alaska only 13 percent of the management-related landslides were associated with
roads.
18 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Soils
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Figure 3-4 shows the MMI classification distribution for soils in the Project Area. Most of the
Project Area soils fall within the MMIl category (54 percent), which also includes some
unclassified wetland areas. MMI2 and MMI3 soils make up about 21 percent of the Project
Area each and only about 4 percent carry a MMI4 rating. Field verification added about 1,040
acres to the MMI4 layer.
Figure 3-4
Soils by Mass Movement Index
MMI1
MMI2
(37,863 acres)
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Soils— CHAPTER 3 ■
19
3 Affected
Environment
This page left intentionally blank
'20
■ 3 CHAPTER— Soils
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wetlands
Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian
Areas
Key Terms
Aquatic ecosystems — ^the stream channel, lake or estuary bed, water, biotic communities, and
the habitat features that occur therein.
Channel type — the defining of stream sections based on relief, landform, and geology.
Estuarine — deepwater tidal habitats and adjacent tidal wetlands that are usually semi-enclosed
by land, but which have open, partly obstructed or sporadic access to the open ocean, and in
which ocean water is diluted by freshwater runoff.
Forested wetlands — wetlands that have forest cover.
Hydrophytic vegetation — ^plants typically found in wetlands and dependent upon wetland
moisture regimes for growth and reproduction.
Muskeg (peatlands) — a type of bog that has developed in depressions, or flat areas, poorly
drained, acidic, with organic soils that support vegetation that is predominantly sphagnum
mosses and heaths.
Primary succession — vegetation development that is initiated on surface exposed for the
first time, which has never supported vegetation before.
Riparian areas — encompass the zone of interaction between the aquatic and terrestrial
ecosystems, and include riparian streamsides, lakes, and floodplains with distinctive resource
values and characteristics.
Riparian Management Area — the area including water, land and plants adjacent to perennial
streams, lakes and other bodies of water that is managed for the inherent qualities of the riparian
ecosystem.
Secondary succession — the process of reestablishing vegetation after normal succession is
disrupted by fire, cultivation, timber harvest, windthrow, or any similar disturbance.
Wetlands — areas that are inundated by surface or ground water with a frequency sufficient,
under normal circumstances, to support vegetation that requires saturated or seasonally
saturated soil conditions for growth and reproduction.
Wetlands are defined as “those areas that are inundated or saturated by surface or groundwater
with a frequency and duration sufficient to support, and that under normal circumstances do
support, a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions” (40
CFR 230.41(a)(1)). Federal agencies having statutory authority over Federal lands are required
to preserve or enhance the natural and beneficial values of wetlands in carrying out their
responsibility to (1) acquire, manage, and dispose of lands and facilities; (2) provide Federally
undertaken, financed, or assisted construction and improvements; and (3) conduct Federal
activities and programs affecting land use (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.).
The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual (COE, 1987) provides the
standard for determining a site’s wetland status. In addition, DeMeo and Loggy (1989) have
developed wetland identification specific to Southeast Alaska’s vegetation communities. Under
COE (1987), sites are considered wetlands when they meet criteria regarding soil, hydrology, and
vegetation. Generally, wetlands are those sites that remain water-saturated long enough for
hydrophytic vegetation to dominate and certain soil characteristics to develop. The DeMeo and
Loggy (1989) procedure, which is used here, evaluates the vegetation and soil layers of the GIS
Control Lake Draft EIS
Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas — CHAPTER 3 ■ 21
3 Affected
Environment
database and then assumes the presence of the wetland hydrological criteria. Their procedure
calculates wetland acreage based on the general percentage of the vegetation and soil types
within mapping units and includes lakes, ponds, estuaries, streams, muskegs, and forested
wetlands. Consequently, this procedure generates an acreage of potential wetlands rather than
a wetland delineation and associated acreage.
Wetland Types
Types of wetlands include estuaries, lakes and ponds, and other plant communities formed on
both mineral and organic soils (Cowardin et al., 1979). Figure 3-5 displays the acreage of the
different types of wetlands in the Project Area. Streams and rivers are also considered wetlands.
The major wetlands in Southeast Alaska are made up of both forested sites on poorly drained
organic and mineral soils and nonforested, herbaceous plant-dominated sites on organic soils
(muskegs or peatlands). Forested wetlands and muskegs make up approximately 64,013 and
55,505 acres, respectively, of the Project Area. Small estuaries including muddy subtidal areas
are located at the mouths of the several unnamed streams that flow into Nossuk and Salt Lake
bays on the Western Peninsula. Estuaries make up about 779 acres of wetlands adjacent to the
Project Area. Lakes and ponds, widely distributed over the Project Area, compose about 2,427
acres of the Project Area, with the greatest concentration along the Honker Divide of the Thome
River and Hatchery Creek drainages. They can have deepwater or shallow nearshore habitat.
Major lakes included the Twin and Thome lakes of the Thorne River, Lakes Galea and Butterfly
of Hatchery Creek, Control and Balls lakes of the Control Lake Creek drainage. Cutthroat Lakes
of Cutthroat Creek, Snakey Lakes of the North Thome River, and Angel and Foot lakes of Goose
Creek. A more detailed description of lakes can be found in Appendix D.
Certain types of forested wetlands are now given greater protection under the new Forest Plan
(see ROD for TLMP 1997). These wetlands are those occurring on Kaikli, Karheen, Kitkun, and
Maybeso soil series. They are now given greater protection because the scientific information
Muskeg
22 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas
Control Lake Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Figure 3-5
Wetland Types in Project Area
related to the effects of timber harvesting on these soils is incomplete and specific concerns
exist. Harvesting timber on these soil types is to be avoided except for small inclusions of these
soils (2 acres or less) within a unit. In the Project Area these soils are found in greatest abun-
dance (based on GIS analysis of soil associations and complexes) in the Logjam Creek (C21C),
HatcheryCreek(C20D), Upper Thome River(C49B.23),ControlCreek(C49B.20,. 24, .25),
Elevenmile (D09A), and adjacent (D08A) watersheds.
Wetland Values and Functions
Wetlands are associated with significant values and functions (Reppert et al., 1979). Values are
socioeconomic and include wildlife viewing and harvest, commercial fishing, development,
community water supplies, actual and potential recreation, and timber harvest. Functions are
ecosystem attributes and can be organized as follows:
• Physical functions — flood conveyance and retention, coastal erosion barriers, groundwater
recharge and discharge, heat absorption, and sediment collection.
• Chemical functions — ^acidic water pH levels, high tannins, and the ability to accumulate
significant carbon and nitrogen.
• Biological functions — timber production (generally in lower volume classes) and provision of
critical habitat for fish (notably salmon) and wildlife (notably waterfowl and bears).
Control Lake Draft EIS
Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas — CHAPTER 3 ■ 23
3 Affected
Environment
Floodplains
The 1997 TLMP further
subdivided Class III
streams into Class III and
Class IV streams. See the
Glossary for the current
definitions.
Floodplains usually contain sediments carried by the stream or river and deposited in slack-
water areas adjacent to the channels during periods of high water. Floodplains are defined as
areas subject to a 1 percent (100-year recurrence) or greater chance of flooding in any given
year. They generally are associated with larger streams such as the Thome River, as well as
Hatchery, Rio Roberts, and Rio Beaver creeks. Significant floodplains are usually associated
with Class I streams, although larger Class II streams can form floodplains. Class III/IV streams
rarely have floodplains. (See Glossary for definitions of Class I, II, III, and IV Streams.) Nutri-
ent-rich sediments underlain by coarse, well-drained sediments make floodplains the most
productive lowland timber sites on the Project Area. They typically support a Sitka spruce
series or shrub plant communities. No flood hazard studies have been conducted for the Project
Area. Table 3-3 shows the acreage of significant Project Area floodplains by watershed (refer to
Figure 3-3 for a map of major watersheds in the Project Area).
Table 3-3
Project Area Floodplains (In acres)^^
Name
Watershed
Floodplains
oooz
17
103-80-37
BT2A
8
Hatchery Creek
C20D
91
Logjam Creek
C21C
56
North Thorne River
C45D,C49B.2700
71
Thome River
C49B,C45D
1338
C49B
202
C49B.0001
64
Goose Creek
C49B.1000,C49B.1100
C49B.1200
40
Control Creek
C49B.2000,C49B.2400
C49B.2500,C49B.2600
304
Rio Beaver
C49B.2100
141
Rio Roberts
C49B.2200
284
Upper Thorne River
C49B.2300
233
Steelhead Creek
C95B
453
Election Creek
C%A
45
103-6005
D08A
66
103-80-50
D15A
37
James Creek
D16A
21
Total Project Area^
2,131
SOURCE: Forest Service, Ketchikan Area, CIS database.
1/ Watersheds not in the table do not have mapped floodplain acreages.
2/ The floodplain acreage listed for Thome River includes acreages for its component watersheds, including
North and upper Thome Rivers.
24
3 CHAPTER — Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas
Control Lake Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Riparian Management
Areas
Floodplains can be sensitive to road-building and timber-harvesting activities. These activities
can modify the ability of floodplains to store and route flood waters and alter stream channel
morphology. Such modification can change the nature and ability of the channel to route
sediment and water by eliminating woody debris (Smith et al., 1993) and varying water and
sediment inputs.
Executive Order 1 1988 directs Federal agencies to lead and take action to the extent possible to
prevent the long- and short-term adverse effects caused by occupying and modifying flood-
plains. Agencies are required to (1) avoid the direct or indirect support of floodplain develop-
ment whenever there are practicable alternatives; (2) evaluate the potential effects of any
proposed action on floodplains; (3) ensure that planning programs and budget requests
consider flood hazards and floodplain management; and (4) prescribe procedures to implement
the policies and requirements of the Order.
The NFMA, Section 2 1 9.27 ( 1 2)(e), requires that Riparian Management Areas
be established to conserve soil and water resources and to prevent permanent impairment of the
productivity of the land. Riparian Management Areas are not zones of exclusion; rather, they
are areas where topography, vegetation, soil, climatic conditions, management objectives, and
other factors are to be considered in determining management practices and constraints.
Riparian Management Areas comprise the aquatic and riparian ecosystem, and the adjacent
floodplain, wetlands, and upland areas with potential to deliver sediment to channels.
Riparian Management Areas have distinctive resource values and characteristics. Riparian
vegetation is important in maintaining stream bank stability and floodplain integrity. Such
vegetation slows water velocity on the floodplain while its roots inhibit erosion along stream
and river banks. Riparian vegetation provides shade, leaf, and needle litter which fuels aquatic
food chains, and large woody debris (LWD), an important component of instream fish habitat.
Standards and guidelines described in the 1997 TLMP include several levels of riparian and
stream protection: minimum TTRA buffers, extended-width, no-cut buffers to cover the Riparian
Management Area, an additional area managed to provide for windfirmness of the Riparian
Management Area, and other BMP’s prescribed in the field based on site-specific analysis. The
TTRA requires riparian buffers of no less than 100 feet horizontal distance on each side of all
Class I streams and those Class II streams that flow directly into Class I streams. Extended-
width, no-cut buffers to cover the Riparian Management Area are applied as identified in the
stream process group direction (RIP 2, III, E) of the Riparian standards and guidelines (TLMP,
1997). Site-specific adjustments to these extended- width buffers may be made after a watershed
analysis is completed and as long as stream process group objectives can be met. In addition to
no-cut buffers, the standards and guidelines of the new Forest Plan (1997) require that an area
beyond the no-cut buffers be managed to provide for a reasonable assurance of windfirmness of
the Riparian Management Area. Special attention is to be paid to the area within one site-
potential tree height of the Riparian Management Area. Tables 3-4 and 3-5 show Riparian
Management Area acreages and areas of previously harvested Riparian Management Area in
the Project Area.
Control Lake Draft EIS
Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas — CHAPTER 3
25
3 Affected
Environment
Table 3-4
Riparian Management Area in the Control Lake Project Area (acres)''
Name
Watershed
Class I
Stream
Class n
Stream
Class IQ
Stream
Lake
Riparian
Soils
MMI4
Totals
OOOZ
67
26
20
0
14
30
158
BS7A
6
5
0
0
0
0
11
BS8A
22
0
0
0
0
0
22
BTIA
5
0
0
0
0
0
5
103-80-37
BT2A
39
39
26
0
5
0
109
103-60-03
BT6A
9
0
0
0
0
0
9
103-60-01
BT7A
12
0
0
0
0
0
12
BT8A
8
12
2
0
0
0
21
BT9A
0
11
5
0
0
20
36
103-70-03
BWIA
21
48
13
0
0
0
82
103-80-56
BW2A
27
38
1
0
0
0
65
103-50-53
BW3A
9
4
4
0
0
0
17
BW4A
0
0
1
9
0
0
10
103-80-42
BW5A
34
8
18
0
0
0
60
BW6A
17
6
2
0
0
0
25
BW7A
5
0
0
34
0
0
39
BW8A
7
0
0
0
0
0
7
BW9A
15
0
0
10
0
0
25
BXIA
12
6
0
34
0
0
52
Hatchery Creek
C20D
984
552
343
433
46
437
2,795
Logjam Creek
C21C
1,511
562
341
436
22
195
3,067
C26C
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
North Thome River
C45D, C49B.2700
761
27
38
389
26
28
1,269
C49B
214
0
0
26
134
0
373
C49B.0001
194
3
0
0
42
0
240
Goose Creek
C49B. 1000,. 11 00,. 1200
839
132
379
297
23
579
2,248
Control Creek
C49B.2000,.2400,.2500.,2600
1,761
521
676
410
148
682
4,198
Rio Beaver
C49B.2100
636
220
442
30
60
478
1,866
Rio Roberts
C49B.2200
911
489
254
47
112
54
1,867
Upper Thome River
C49B.2300
1,254
282
572
430
72
306
2,916
East Goose Creek
C70A
0
3
2
0
0
0
4
Paul Young Creek
C72A
18
4
2
0
0
0
24
Anderson Creek
C73C
11
0
8
11
0
2
32
C74B
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Black Bear Creek
C93A
0
0
115
0
0
204
319
Steelhead Creek
C95B
851
691
1,416
39
272
932
4,202
Election Creek
C96A
158
165
421
12
21
306
1,083
Staney Creek
C97C, C99C359C
7
4
7
0
0
13
31
DOIB
3
0
0
0
0
0
3
Shinaku Creek
D03B
170
438
581
91
0
556
1,836
103-60-25
D04A
0
0
24
0
0
41
65
103-60-07
D07A
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
103-60-05
D08A
742
381
485
50
13
139
1,864
Elevenmile Creek
D09A
383
264
53
48
0
33
781
Goodrow Creek
DlOA
135
11
39
0
0
6
192
DllA
7
0
5
0
0
0
12
Nossuk River
D12A
589
251
245
0
0
98
968
103-80-44
D13A
23
5
73
0
0
0
101
103-80-46
DMA
74
20
80
0
0
18
192
103-80-50
D15A
148
164
45
16
18
57
448
James Creek
D16A
44
130
18
0
7
0
199
Total Project Area
12,745
5,531
6,501
2,816
1,037
5,221
33,852
Source: USDA Forest Service Ketchikan Area, database.
^ Unlisted watersheds do not have subject criteria.
26 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas
Control Lake Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Table 3-5
Previously Harvested Project Area Riparian Management Area (acres)''
Name
Watershed
Class I
Stream
Class n
Stream
Class in
Stream
Lake
Riparian
Soils
MMI4
Totals
OOOZ
6
2
0
0
0
0
8
BS7A
0
2
0
0
0
0
2
BS8A
7
0
0
0
0
0
7
103-80-37
BT2A
6
3
5
0
0
0
14
Hatchery Creek
C20D
0
0
8
0
0
5
13
Logjam Creek
C21C
42
34
7
2
2
0
87
North Thorne River
C45D,C49B,2700
49
5
1
1
0
0
56
C49B
0
0
0
1
1
0
2
C49B.0001
62
0
0
0
11
0
73
Goose Creek
C49B.1000,.1100,.1200
28
6
64
12
3
16
129
Control Creek
C49B.2000,.2400,
.2500,2600
17
24
8
1
0
53
103
Rio Beaver
C49B.2100
230
83
176
12
14
49
564
Rio Roberts
C49B.2200
0
1
3
0
0
0
4
Upper Thome River
C49B.2300
19
0
13
0
0
0
32
East Goose River
C70A
0
3
0
0
0
0
3
Steelhead Creek
C95B
65
32
126
1
16
0
240
Election Creek
C96A
7
23
54
0
0
6
90
Staney Creek
C97C,C99C,B59C
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Nossuk River
D12A
31
41
18
0
0
0
90
103-80-44
DBA
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
103-80-50
DBA
0
0
0
0
3
0
3
Total Project Area
571
259
483
30
50
129
1,521
Source: USDA Forest Service Ketchikan Area, database.
^ Unlisted watersheds do not have subject criteria.
Control Lake Draft EIS
Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas — CHAPTER 3
27
3 Affected
Environment
This page left intentionally blank
28 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas
Control Lake Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Key Terms
Adfluviat—^sh that ascend from freshwater lakes to breed in streams.
Alevin — newly hatched salmon that are still attached to the yolk sac.
Aliuvial fan channel^ — ^a fan-shaped deposit of sand, gravel, and fine material made by a
stream where it runs out onto a level plain or meets a slower stream.
Anadromous — ^fish that ascend from the sea to breed in freshwater streams.
Aquatic Habitat Management Unit (AH MU) — areas for managing the resources associated
with streams and lakes.
Bedioad — sand, silt and gravel, or soil and rock debris rolled along the bottom of a stream by
moving water.
Best Management Practices (BMPs) — ^land management methods, measures or practices
intended to minimize or reduce water pollution.
Biotic — ^living.
Channel types — the defining of stream sections based on watershed runoff, landform relief,
and geology.
Esfuaiy— relatively flat, intertidal, and upland areas where saltwater meets fi:esh water, as at
the heads of bays and the mouths of streams.
Large woody debris (LWD) — ^any large piece of relatively stable woody material having a
diameter of at least 10 centimeters and a length greater than one meter that intrudes into a
stream channel; also called Large Organic Debris (LOD).
Management indicator Species (MIS) — species whose population changes are believed to
best indicate the effects of land management activities; fish MIS for the Control Lake EIS are
coho and pink salmon and Dolly Varden char.
Mitigation — measures designed to counteract environmental impacts or to make impacts less
severe.
nephelometric turbidity units, a unit of measurement based on the amount of light
transmitted through water.
Resident fish — ^non-migratory fish that complete their entire life cycle in fresh water.
Salmonid — refers to the group of fish to which salmon belong.
Sed/menf— water-transported earth materials (e.g., gravel, sand, silt).
Smoit — a juvenile salmon, trout, or DoUy Varden migrating to the ocean and undergoing
physiological changes to adapt its body from a freshwater to a saltwater environment.
So/life— substance dissolved in a solution.
Stream fiow r^/me— the characteristic discharge of water firom a watershed that occurs in
the natural stream channel.
Stream order— ihc designations (first, second, third, etc., stream order) is of the relative
positions of stream segments in a drainage basin network with the smallest, unbranched,
intermittent tributaries terminating in an outer point designated as first order streams; the
junction of two first order stream segments produces a second order stream segment; the
junction of two second order stream segments produces a third order stream segment, etc.
TAi/rd orcfer wafers/ied— a watershed that contains a third order stream segment.
Turbidity— m indicator of the amount of sediment suspended in water.
V-notch—a. deeply incised, narrow valley along a draimge with a characteristic “V” shaped
cross-section.
lyafersfred— area that contributes runoff water to a waterway.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 3 ■ 29
3 Affected
Environment
Introduction
Water Resources
The water resources of the Control Lake Project Area comprise interacting physical and
biological components. Watersheds form the fundamental landscape units, collecting precipita-
tion and delivering water, sediments, and nutrients to streams. The physical components of
watersheds include climate and precipitation, soil, hillslopes, streams, wetlands, and riparian
areas including floodplains. Biological factors important to Project Area watersheds include
forest and plant processes, riparian vegetation that directly affects fishery habitat along streams,
and human activity that modifies the physical and biological makeup of the watershed. The
biological processes affect soil development and stabihty within the terrestrial environment,
while adding nutrients and structural elements to the aquatic environment. Physical processes
and human activities within watersheds affect aquatic life by influencing the quantity, quahty,
and rate of water and sediment delivery in streams.
This section deals with the water resources and aquatic life aspects of watersheds. The Soils
and Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas sections discuss several other watershed
features.
The Project Area includes all or part of approximately 42 major watersheds (see Figure 3-3), 29
of which contain anadromous fish streams according to the ADF&G. The Thome River-
Hatchery Creek complex drains the eastern portion of the Project Area and is collectively
known as the Honker Divide. The Thome River, which exits the Project Area at Thome Bay,
contains many tributaries including the North Thome River, and Rio Roberts, Rio Beaver,
Cutthroat, and Control Lake creeks. Hatchery and Log- Jam creeks drain out of the Project Area
to the northwest. Many small creeks and a few large streams drain south to Big Salt Lake in the
western Project Area. These include Steelhead, Black Bear, Election, and Shinaku creeks,
among others. Western and southern drainages from the low-relief Western Peninsula include
Elevenmile, Goodrow, and James creeks, the Nossuk River, and numerous unnamed streams
that flow into the waters of the San Christoval Chaimel, Salt Lake Bay, and Nossuk Bay.
The Project Area contains many hydrologic and aquatic resources. These include numerous
small ponds, small- to medium-sized lakes, and large and small streams that directly or indi-
rectly influence abundant and important fisheries resources.
A variety of freshwater resources in addition to fisheries are present in the Control Lake Project
Area. These resources are described below under the categories of hydrology, water quality,
and consumptive water uses.
Hydrology
Gauges to measure stream discharge have been placed in only a few streams on Prince of Wales
Island. Only the record at Black Bear Lake (USGS, 1980 to 1991) in the Project Area is long
enough to be reliable. Intermittent measuring occurred on Staney Creek (USGS, 1964 to 1981,
1990 to 1992) and North Fork Staney Creek (USGS, 1991 to 1992) immediately west of the
Project Area. These three watersheds vary in elevation from near sea level to 1,700 feet; thus,
the effect of snow and snow melt on stream flow can be inferred.
From 1964 to 1981, the average monthly discharge for Staney Creek (measured at 2 feet above
sea level) was 367 cubic feet per second (cfs). Stream flow generally appears to be dictated by
seasonal precipitation variations, with highest average monthly discharge in the fall and winter
months (Figure 3-6). Discharge measuring at Staney Creek resumed in 1990 slightly upstream
from the original site of the gauge (elevation 47 feet).
30
■ 3 CHAPTER — ^Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected Q
Environment O
Figure 3-6
Average Monthly Discharge of Staney Creek
1964 to 1981 and 1990 to 1992.
The mean monthly discharge for the North Fork Staney Creek is 227 cfs for 1991 and 1992
measured at elevation 600 feet. The highest average monthly stream flows occur in the fall and
winter with lowest flow in July (Figure 3-7). A secondary peak appears in April and May.
Again, stream flow correlates with seasonal precipitation trends. The April to May stream flow
peak may be related to storms during this period or to storage of winter snow precipitation
above the 600-foot elevation and snow melt release in spring.
Figure 3-8 shows the average monthly discharge for Black Bear Lake for 1981 to 1991 (eleva-
tion 1,700 feet). The mean annual discharge was 28.3 cfs. Early fell discharge is influenced by
seasonal precipitation. Late spring maximums and winter minimmns are due to snow storage in
the fall and winter and snow melt for this small, high-elevation watershed.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 3 ■ 31
3 Affected
Environment
Figure 3-7
Average Monthly Discharge of North Fork Staney Creek
50
45
'u)
40
35
<u
O)
i-
30
(0
£
o
25
(0
5
20
0)
O)
(0
15
o
>
10
<
5
1991 to 1992
Figure 3-8
Average Monthly Discharge of Black Bear Lake
0)
O)
0>
O)
(0
o
>
<
32 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
The elevation-snow relationship was not apparent in larger streams (Staney Creek). This
indicates that precipitation trends dominate stream flow and the impact of spring snow melt on
discharge in large, low-elevation watersheds is small. Schmiege et al. (1974) report that the
Harris River, with a large proportion of its watershed in the higher elevations of Prince of Wales
Island, has two high-flow periods and two low-flow periods. This would indicate that winter
storage and spring snow melt is significant in large, high elevation watersheds. This seasonal
distribution is likely to occur on individual streams such as Cutthroat Creek, Rio Beaver, Rio
Roberts, and Goose Creek which drain highland areas. The influence of snowmelt on these
individual streams on the Thome River is likely dampened somewhat because flow from other
lowland areas and extensive lake systems slow water travel time.
Land-use activities such as logging and road development also influence watersheds. Various
studies show that in many instances total stream flow following rainfall and snowmelt increases
when logging and road-building has occurred (Harr and McCorison, 1979; Harr et al., 1982).
Low flows during dry summer months decreased following logging in one study because of a
reduction in fog interception and drip after logging. These studies also demonstrate the
complex interacting processes that makes predicting specific watershed responses to land-use
activities difficult. The size of watersheds (roughly analogous to the order of drainage basin)
and amount of activity (percent harvested and extent of road building) influences the hydrologic
response.
Because of the steep slopes in the Project Area, the soil’s high water transmissivity, and
generally high initial moisture conditions, both small stream and river runoff generally respond
quickly to rainfall events. For example, James (1956) reports that within 16 hours of a 1.25-
inch rainstorm, Maybeso Creek, south of the Project Area, rose from 0.8 to 2.6 feet. Maybeso
Creek, the Harris River, and Indian Creek react to precipitation almost identically (James,
1956). Base flow for these drainages is slightly different. Base flow for Maybeso Creek
decreases from about 35 cfs after 10 days without rain to 13 cfs after 30 rainless days. The
values for the Harris River and Indian Creek for equivalent periods are 64 and 26 cfs, and 5 and
3 cfs, respectively.
Water Quality
Sediment, water chemistry, and water temperature, all discussed below, influence water quality.
Human land use activity can alter these factors. Water quality affects water use by humans,
fish, and all other orgaiusms.
Stream Sediment
Sediment is water-transported materials such as gravel, sand, and silt. Gravel and sand gener-
ally move along the stream bottom as bedload. Silt is generally transported in a suspended state
and causes water to appear murky or turbid. Suspended sediment transport is limited by the
availability of fine-grained material.
The Soils section discusses the sources of stream sediment. Fine sediment (0. 1 to 4.0 mm in
diameter) can reduce stream habitat quality, restrict sunlight penetration, and fill pores between
gravel preventing the flow of oxygen-rich water to fish eggs. The Alaska Water C^iality
Standards for growth and propagation of fish, shellfish, and other aquatic life, and wildlife
require that turbidity shall not exceed 25 nephelometric turbidity units (NTU) above natural
levels. The standards also state that the percent of fine sediment in the gravel of anadromous or
resident fish spawning waters may not be increased more than 5 percent by weight over natural
conditions. In no case may that sediment range exceed a maximum of 30 percent by weight.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 3 ■ 33
3
Affected
Environment
Data in NTU's do not exist for the Project Area, but Meehan et al. (1969) report ranges of
suspended sediment for nearby Maybeso Creek of 0.0 to 148.7 ppm; Harris River, 0.0 to 46.6
ppm; and Indian Creek, 0.0 to 57.6 ppm. NTU values relate directly to parts per million of
sediment; however, conversion requires that the relationship be established on a watershed-by-
watershed basis (Beschta, 1980; Lloyd et al., 1987). The study of Maybeso Creek by Meehan
et al. (1969) reports no statistically significant changes in suspended sediment mean or regres-
sion values before and after logging.
Reports exist on the grain size distribution of coarse stream bed sediments near the Project Area
(McNeil and Ahnell, 1964; Sheridan and McNeil, 1968; and Sheridan et al., 1984). For the
Harris River and Twelvemile Creek, Sheridan et al. (1984) report mean values of less than 0.83
mm sediment between 4.8 and 5.4 percent. For the Harris River, Sheridan and McNeil (1968)
report mean values of less than 0.83 mm sediment between 13.9 and 14.2 percent for 1959 pre-
logging samples. McNeil and Ahnell (1964) report 1959 pre-logging grain size distributions for
the size range between 0. 1 to 4.0 mm as 54 and 43 percent by volume for the Harris River and
Twelvemile Creek, respectively. For Staney Creek, Sheridan et al. (1984) report that sediment
less than 0.83 mm has mean values ranging from 7.4 to 1 1.0 percent before and during logging
operations.
Water Chemistry
Water chemistry influences all aquatic life by providing needed nutrients and trace elements.
The addition of human-made chemicals such as fertihzers used in erosion control along roads or
petroleum products from vehicles or storage areas can affect water quality. Numerous samples
taken throughout the entire Forest Service Ketchikan Area show that streams meet water quality
standards (USDA Forest Service, 1989a). No water quality data for the Project Area exists;
however, in the Polk Inlet Area to the south, laboratory measmements of pH, dissolved solids,
conductivity, and chemical constituents of the streams also fall within Alaska State Water
Quality Standards (Stewart and Baker, 1993).
Stream Temperature
Stream temperatures are important in regulating biologic productivity in the aquatic environ-
ment. Alaska Water (^uahty Standards establish upper range temperature limits of between
55.4 and 59°F for growth and propagation of fish, shellfish, and other aquatic life and wildlife.
Temperature shall not exceed 68°F at any time. Stream temperatures recorded in the smrnner of
1993 by Project field personnel within or near potential harvest units were from 42.8 to 65.3°F
(Table 3-6). The temperature data collected during the field season averaged 55.4°F, 51.6°F,
and 49.1°F for Class I, II, and III/IV streams, respectively. Including lake data increased the
average Class I temperatures to 56.7°F. Individual lake temperature measurements exceeded
water quality standards. These lake temperatures were taken in the shallow nearshore area
where temperatures are highest. The sampling periods included a range of weather and cloud
conditions during an atypical dry and warm summer. This is in contrast to the historical
measurements in Maybeso Creek shortly after the removal of 25 percent of the watershed forest
and clearcutting to stream bank in the 1950s. During that period, temperatures were frequently
greater than 60°F, resulting in average and peak summer temperatures significantly higher,
probably as a result of the harvest methods used at that time (Meehan et al., 1969).
34 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Table 3-6
Stream Temperatures in the Control Lake Project Area
Stream Temperature (°F) Number of
Class Maximum Minimum Average Observations
Class I
65.3
46.4
55.4
77
Class 11
61.7
46.4
51.6
48
Class III/IV
55.4
42.8
49.1
57
Class I including lakes
71.6
46.4
56.7
87
SOURCE: Rogers and Ablow, 1995.
Consumptive Uses
Key consumptive water uses within the Project Area are minor, but include development and
recreational water supply. There are no Federally designated municipal watersheds within the
Project Area. There is recreational water use on Federal land at Forest Service cabins at
Control Lake, Black Bear Lake, and Lake Galea in the Honker Divide. These sites have no
developed water supply and users must treat local surface water. The water supply for campers
at Eagle’s Nest Campground is hauled in by truck from Thome Bay. Water use from streams
and lakes occurs at the numerous dispersed recreational sites in the Project Area. These sites
are discussed in the Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas
sections.
The Alaska Water Quality Standards (19 AAC 70) that apply to the Project Area are those for
the propagation of fish, shellfish, and other aquatic life, and for wildlife. The Water Quality
section above summarizes the appropriate parameters. Standards for water supply are more
stringent than those for fish and wildlife. Values for turbidity shall not exceed 5 NTU above
natural conditions when the natural turbidity is 50 NTU or less; there should not be more than a
10 percent increase in turbidity when the natural condition is more than 50 NTU; and values are
not to exceed a maximum increase of 25 NTU. Water temperatures shall not exceed 59°F.
Fish and Fisheries
Resources
Project Area streams contain important anadromous and resident fish habitats. The streams
support four species of anadromous salmon (pink, chum, coho, and sockeye) as well as resident
kokanee, cutthroat trout, rainbow/steelhead trout, and Dolly Varden char. King salmon are
found in the inlets and bays of the Project Area, but do not spawn in its streams. These species
are important to the commercial, recreational, charter boat/lodge, and subsistence fishery of the
region. These fish also are a major food resource for black bears, river otters, eagles, and other
wildlife. Other nongame species, including sculpin, sticklebacks, and smelt, are also present in
the Project Area's streams and waters (Taylor, 1979).
Anadromous fish spend part of their life in fresh water and part in salt water. Salmon lay their
eggs in stream gravels, and the juvenile fish hatched from the eggs emerge from the gravels
(Figure 3-9). The amount of time the juveniles spend in fresh water depends on the species of
Fish and aquatic resources in the Control Lake Project Area help support subsistence use and
commercial and sport fisheries. These resources are important to the economy and lifestyles of
area residents and visitors (see the Subsistence and Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and
Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas sections).
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 3 ■ 35
3 Affected
Environment
salmon. Pink salmon start their downstream migration immediately after emergence, while
coho salmon juveniles generally spend two years in firesh water before migrating to the ocean.
Pink and chum salmon depend heavily on estuaries during their early life stages. Salmon reach
maturity in the ocean, returning to their natal streams to spawn and die and start the cycle again.
Steelhead trout follow a cycle similar to coho salmon, except they often survive the spawning
season, return to the ocean, and spawn again. Resident trout, char, and kokanee spend all of
their hves in fresh water, spawning in stream gravels and growing to maturity in the streams and
lakes of the area.
Estuaries are important aquatic resource areas; they form transitions between terrestrial,
freshwater, and marine environments. Estuaries are rich and diverse, harboring many resident
species and providing food, spawning areas, or shelter for numerous other species including
anadromous salmon and trout at critical points in their life cycle (USDA Forest Service, 1985).
In the Control Lake Project Area, estuaries and the surrounding waters contain crab, shrimp,
clams, mussels, and various marine fishes. These regions are important as nursery areas for the
young of these marine species. Herring and smelt also use these areas for spawning and
feeding.
Major Project Area estuaries are found primarily at the heads of bays and inlets where major
streams enter. Smaller estuaries are present at most stream mouth regions. All the estuaries
found in the Project Area are located on Big Salt Lake and along the Western Peninsula.
The Project Area contains several fisheries enhancement projects. These projects include an
adult fish passage facihty around natural barriers on Rio Roberts Creek and habitat enhance-
ment, including the addition of large woody debris structures, in Control Lake. Future
basinwide habitat enhancements are planned for the Rio Beaver watershed including control of
sediment erosion into streams, riparian vegetation planting, and culvert maintenance.
The installation of a fish pass facility at Rio Roberts Creek offers anadromous fish access to
upstream habitat. The ADF&G planted cultured native Thome River coho fingerhngs above
the fish pass in 4 consecutive years to seed the habitat. Recent data collected by the Thome
Bay Ranger District shows that production is now occurring above the fish pass.
Stream Classification
The 1997 TLMP further
subdivided Class III
streams into Class III and
CLass IV streams. See the
Glossary for the current
definitions.
Stream classes are used to categorize stream channels based on their fish production values.
The Forest Service uses three stream classes for the Tongass National Forest. Class I streams
have anadromous or adfluvial (fish ascending from freshwater lakes to breed in streams) lake
and stream fish habitat. Class I streams also include the habitat upstream from migration
barriers known to provide reasonable enhancement opportunities for anadromous fish and
habitat with high-value resident sport fish populations. Class II streams have resident fish
populations and generally steep (often 6 to 15 percent) gradients. They also can include streams
from 0 to 5 percent gradient where no anadromous fish occur. Fish populations in Class n
streams have limited sport fisheries values. Class II streams generally occur upstream of
migration barriers or are steep gradient streams with other habitat features that preclude
anadromous fish use. Class III streams have no fish populations, but influence water quality at
dowTistream aquatic habitats. Some steep gradient Class III streams run directly into salt water
and have no fish habitat influence. Table 3-7 shows the total mileage of Class I, II, and III
streams in the Project Area by watershed.
36
3 CHAPTER — Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Figure 3-9
Salmon Life Cycle
In August-November spawning
salmon deposit eggs in gravel
As they head for nests and die.
fishing
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 3 ■ 37
3 Affected
Environment
Table 3-7
Project Area Streams by Class (in miles)
Name
Watershed
Class I
Class n
Class III
Total
oooz
1.80
0.89
1.51
4.20
BS7A
0.17
0.12
0.00
0.29
BS8A
0.76
0.00
0.00
0.76
BJIA
0.12
0.00
0.00
0.12
103-80-37
BT2A
1.12
1.43
2.65
5.21
103-60-03
BT6A
0.22
0.00
0.00
0.22
103-60-01
BT7A
0.32
0.00
0.00
0.32
BT8A
0.23
0.40
0.14
0.77
BT9A
0.00
0.37
0.43
0.80
103-70-03
BWIA
0.57
1.55
1.16
3.27
103-80-56
BW2A
0.68
1.32
0.08
2.08
103-80-53
BW3A
0.26
0.13
0.35
0.75
BW4A
0.08
0.00
0.11
0.19
BW5A
1.01
0.30
1.65
2.96
BW6A
0.59
0.20
0.21
0.99
BW7A
0.61
0.00
0.00
0.61
BW8A
0.23
0.00
0.00
0.23
BW9A
0.72
0.00
0.00
0.72
BXIA
0.93
0.20
0.00
1.13
Hatchery Creek
C20D
40.64
19.33
28.90
88.88
Logjam Creek
21C
52.54
20.05
31.64
104.22
North Thome River
C45D,C49B,2700
29.79
0.99
3.42
34.19
Thome River
C49B,C45D,
226.42
61.15
208.74
496.32
C49B
5.95
0.00
0.00
5.95
C49B.0001
6.35
0.15
0.02
6.52
Goose Creek
C49B.1000,.1100
Control Creek
C49B.2000,.2400,
2500,.2600
60.42
18.95
61.46
140.83
Rio Beaver
C49B.2100
17.76
7.90
39.01
64.67
Rio Roberts
C49B.2200
27.67
18.10
23.12
68.89
Upper Thome River
C49B.2300
47.60
10.29
49.67
107.55
East Goose Creek
C70A
0.00
0.07
0.13
0.21
Paul Young Creek
C72A
0.54
0.09
0.14
0.78
Anderson Creek
C73C
0.45
0.00
0.82
1.27
Black Bear Creek
C93A
0.00
0.00
9.61
9.61
Steelhead Creek
C95B
30.57
27.20
130.08
187.85
Election Creek
C96A
4.53
6.35
37.00
47.88
Staney Creek
C97C,C99C,B59C
0.26
0.12
0.62
1.00
Shinaku Creek
D03B
6.91
15.77
52.51
75.19
103-60-25
D04A
0.00
0.00
1.91
1.91
103-60-07
D07A
0.00
0.00
0.05
0.05
103-60-05
D08A
21.35
14.59
19.87
55.80
Elevenmile Creek
D09A
11.51
7.10
4.74
23.35
Goodrow Creek
DlOA
3.39
0.39
3.96
7.74
DllA
0.21
0.00
0.44
0.66
D12A.0001
3.61
3.82
1.99
9.41
Nossuk River
D12A
13.26
. 5.47
22.40
41.13
103-80-44
DBA
0.68
0.17
6.46
7.32
103-80-46
DMA
2.08
0.75
7.23
10.05
103-80-50
DBA
4.22
6.09
4.07
14.38
James Creek
DBA
1.19
4.72
1.51
7.42
TOTAL
434.84
200.13
584.84
1,219.82
SOURCE: Forest Service, Ketchikan Area, CIS database.
38
■ 3 CHAPTER — ^Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
1
Affected Q
Environment O
The Forest Service classified streams in the Control Lake Project Area based on available field
data and map assessment. Where field data were not available, stream classifications were
based primarily on the evaluation of maps and aerial photographs; channel types are based on
definitions in USDA Forest Service (1987). The channel type definition for the Tongass
National Forest is an inventory and planning tool that stratifies stream and lake sections within a
watershed into different stream process groups. The process groups are based on physical
characteristics of streams and predict their physical response to different management activities.
The Channel Type User Guide, Tongass National Forest, Southeast Alaska (USDA Forest
Service, 1992b) contains the most recent description of stream process groups and channel type.
Based on chaimel-type definitions and other available data, the Project Team assigned an
appropriate class to each stream and entered the data into the GIS stream data file. Stream class
and channel type help establish prescribed riparian buffer widths (see the Wetlands, Flood-
plains, and Riparian Areas section).
The Project Team field-verified stream classes and chaimel types during harvest unit investiga-
tions. The Team identified all stream classes and chaimel types during site visits and noted this
information on field unit cards for later transfer to the GIS. They then used this field data, along
with aerial photos and maps, to modify the GIS stream layer. This update added considerable
miles of stream to the GIS layer for the Control Lake Project Area. Table 3-7 presents stream
miles based upon the updated GIS layer.
Fish Habitat Capability
I
Maintaining or improving habitat capability to produce salmon is a primary management goal of
the Forest Service. Although the Forest Service does not have jurisdiction over escapement, it
is concerned about maintaining escapement of sufficiently high numbers of adult salmon
spawners to seed the available habitat. Adult spawner escapements depend on numerous
factors, such as commercial harvest rates and ocean survival, that are not influenced by changes
in upland management.
Upland timber management potentially affects fish production. The Forest Service modeled
fish production for the Project Area (USDA Forest Service, 1989b). The number of fish that a
particular habitat potentially can produce is called habitat capability. Habitat capability for
species harvested for subsistence, sport, and commercial purposes is very important since these
species contribute to the livelihood and economic returns to the region. The fishing industry
provides both jobs and income for Southeast Alaska (see the Economic and Social Environment
section). Fishing, especially for salmon, also is a source of subsistence for residents of Prince
of Wales Island. Additionally, salmon (particularly coho) and trout (particularly steelhead and
cutthroat) are important to recreational anglers.
Several factors affect fish production or habitat capabihty within the stream environment.
Logging practices can affect many of these important factors. A by-product of logging practices
is increased vehicular access to fishing via logging roads. As a result, increased fishing pressure
is placed on these river and creek systems. Resident nonmigratory fish, such as cutthroat trout,
could be affected by overfishing.
The following is a brief summary of the importance of some of the major environmental factors
that can affect the production of fish within the systems. The discussion also presents general
Forest Service guidelines to reduce effects of harvest activity.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 3
39
3 Affected
Environment
Sedimentation
The concentration of sediment in the water column and the amount of fine sediment introduced
into spawning gravel can affect aquatic productivity. Direct effects include clogging and
damage to gill filaments and changes in fish behavior or habitat use (Marcus et al., 1990). Fine
sediment introduced into stream gravels during incubation can entrap and kill salmonid embryos
in the redd. Sediment deposition decreases redd permeability, which hmits both the amount of
water flow within the gravel and oxygen delivery to developing eggs and newly emerging fry
(alevins) (Marcus et al., 1990; Everest et al., 1985), threatening their survival. Even if sediment
deposition is not fatal to developing alevins, it can reduce their growth and fitness (Everest et
al., 1985).
Regulations exist to eliminate or reduce the adverse effects of sediment-producing activity
associated with logging. These include hmiting road construction activities and use of equip-
ment in Class I streams to those periods when eggs or alevins are not in the stream gravels. The
windows for such activities generally occur before adult salmon enter streams to avoid distur-
bance during spawning. These windows can vary from stream to stream and site to site. Site-
specific fisheries and field information (including ADF&G recommendations) help determine
the operating windows. In the Ketchikan Administrative Area, the windows for allowed
instream operations are from June 1 to August 7 for pink and chum salmon, June 15 to Septem-
ber 1 for coho salmon, and July 18 through August 15 for steelhead trout. Because of the
variety of fish, their abundance, and timing by system, the exact dates of allowable construction
may vary from those presented.
Indirect effects of fine sediment include embedding of gravels and filling of pools, both of
which decrease the amount of available instream habitat for salmonids. Fine sediment fills
cobble and gravel interstices, which serve as refugia for both juvenile and adult salmonids
during the winter. The sediment accumulation might also reduce the volume of pools. Pools
are important habitat for salmonids and other fishes during the winter. Lack of suitable winter
habitat probably hmits production of juvenile salmonids in many Alaskan streams (Marcus et
al., 1990; Heifetz et al., 1986).
The effects of fine sediment on aquatic systems are highly variable and depend on the amount
added, the amount already present, and the system’s abihty to store and transport sediment. A
general review of studies on the effects of fine sediment on salmonid production (Everest et al.,
1987) found that the assessments ranged from inconclusive to severe. In a similar review, Pella
and Myren (1974) concluded that studies on streams near Holhs in southcentral Prince of Wales
Island failed to reveal a meaningful relationship between clearcut logging to streambank and
subsequent pink and chum salmon escapements. The studies were inconclusive, however,
because of changes in salmon harvest rates, high natural variability in salmon escapements, and
the short timeframe of the studies, among other factors.
The nutrient content of the water, type of debris, low pool-rifile ratio, and embeddedness of
cobble/bedrock all limit fish productivity. Maintaining woody riparian vegetation is important
as a source of nutrient input and as a source of debris to create pools and trap sediment in the
stream.
Stream Temperature and Dissolved Oxygen
Seasonal changes in water temperatures and low levels of dissolved oxygen influence fish
survival and condition. Water temperatme affects the metabolic rate of aquatic organisms and
can influence the migration timing of adult and juvenile fish. When temperatures go up,
dissolved oxygen levels fall.
40
■ 3 CHAPTER — Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Small changes in water temperature can affect incubation and development of eggs in stream
gravels as well as the emergence, feeding, and growth of fry and juvenile fish. Temperature
change has a great effect on eventual adult survival (Holtby and Scrivener, 1989). Streamside
forest or riparian vegetation provides overstory cover that maintains water temperature on small
forested streams (Beschta and Platts, 1986). Harvest of riparian vegetation, as well as the total
amount of harvest in a watershed, therefore, can affect water temperature.
Low winter temperatures can cause anchor ice to form and spawning gravels to freeze, which
can reduce pool size. Removing streamside vegetation can aggravate low temperatures.
However, estimating the effects of such cold-weather conditions is difficult because of the
influences of intermittent snow or ice cover, high variability in winter air temperature, and the
wind and precipitation patterns commonly found in Southeast Alaska. The implementation of
TTRA and expanded-width buffers for riparian areas may moderate temperatures year-round
(Marcus et al., 1990).
Dissolved oxygen levels in streams also affects survival of fish. Low concentrations that occur
when fish abundance and water temperatme are high can reduce fish survival. Stream systems
that are particularly sensitive to high temperatures include slow-flowing streams with southerly
aspects and streams with shallow lake and muskeg sources.
Fish kills, probably caused by high temperature or low dissolved oxygen, have occurred in and
near the Project Area during periods with high air temperatures and low flows. The most recent
was in September 1993 (USD A Forest Service, 1993b). Forest Service and ADF&G fish
biologists assessed the extent and severity of fish kills across central and northern Prince of
Wales Island using aerial observations (USDA Forest Service, 1993b). The surveys were not
quantitative. Dead and dying fish were present in all of the drainages observed. The percentage
of unspawned dead fish varied by drainage. The majority were pink salmon; there also was a
fairly high number of chum salmon. When dead fish were observed, they occurred in very large
numbers and very high densities.
Precipitation and streamflow were extremely low in this area in 1993, greatly reducing total
fish-holding habitat and probably increasing average stream temperature (USDA Forest Service,
1993a). Lethal water-temperature limits for both adult and salmon fry is 75.2°F; ideal tempera-
tures generally are between 50°F and 64.4°F. None of the water temperatures were high enough
to be considered lethal by themselves. The highest temperature recorded during the survey was
on Staney Creek (60.8°F) (USDA Forest Service, 1993a, 1993b). However elevated water
temperatures contribute to the problem since warmer water holds less oxygen than cooler water.
Extensive timber harvest practices affect flow regimes and stream temperatures by altering
hydrologic and riparian conditions. However, the extent to which previous logging activity
contribute to fish kills is not known.
Below is a brief smnmary of fish kills and habitat conditions observed during the September
1993 aerial survey (USDA Forest Service, 1993b.)
Thorne River — ^Large concentrations of fish (estimated 300) were observed in the lower
Thome River from the estuary to Goose Creek. Mostly live and few dead fish were observed
from Goose Creek up to 8.5-mile hole. The riparian zone of the lower Thome River consists of
a mixture of old- and second-growth forest. Upstream riparian areas (including tributaries) have
been heavily to moderately harvested.
Steelhead Creek — Thousands of dead fish were observed in lower Steelhead Creek from the
estuary to above the 20 Road. Thousands of live fish were also present in the system. Most of
the riparian area was harvested 10 to 12 years ago. Approximately 1,000 feet of old growth
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 3 ■ 41
3
Affected
Environment
extends from the harvested reach to just below a barrier falls. There are moderate levels of
harvest in and around the riparian area above the falls. Fish mortahty extended to near the base
of the barrier falls.
Election Creek — Several hundred dead fish were observed in the lower reaches of Election
Creek on private land, but mortality appeared to be fairly low in the middle and upper reaches
of Election Creek on National Forest System land. Moderate to high concentrations of live fish
were observed in the lower, middle, and upper reaches. Most of the riparian area of lower
Election Creek was harvested approximately 10 years ago. There has been little riparian harvest
in the middle and upper reaches which are mostly well buffered.
Nossuk Creek — Several thousand dead salmon were distributed evenly from the lower to upper
reaches of Nossuk Creek. A substantial number of fish were still in the estuary waiting to enter
the stream. Observers could not determine the species composition of these fish. From groimd
observation in the upper reach of Nossuk Creek, an estimated 70 percent of the dead fish, many
of which were chum sahnon, had completed spawning. This reach had many successfully
spawning pink salmon. The majority of the Nossuk Creek riparian area is old growth.
Staney Creek — Though most of the Staney Creek watershed is not in the Project Area, it is in
close proximity. Thousands of dead fish were observed in the upper reaches of the middle fork
of the creek above the confluence of the middle and south forks. The greatest concentration of
dead fish (90 percent of all fish in the reach) were observed in the reach extending from the
confluence of the middle and south forks down to the 2050 bridge crossing. The Forest Service
examined a representative reach with extremely high mortality. The reach was mostly a nearly
dewatered riffle. In one 50-foot length of stream, 586 dead salmon were counted. An estimated
90 percent of the salmon had not spawned. Dead sculpins and Dolly Varden were also present.
The temperature was approximately 60.8°F. Although the total number of dead fish was high,
the proportion of dead to live fish was lower, about 75 percent from the 2050 bridge to the
estuaiy. The majority of the Staney Creek riparian area was logged approximately 20 to 25
years ago. The ground observations were made in an area logged during this period.
The specific cause of the fish kills described above is unknown. Fish kills in other parts of
Southeast Alaska have been linked to overcrowding of spawning fish in high escapement years
resulting in de-oxygenation of water from fish respiration. Such events are unpredictable and
have not been directly linked to timber harvest. Research has been conducted on the potential
causes of these fish kills (Pentec Environmental, Inc., 1991). The research was designed to
address the physical instream reasons for adult fish kills. No actual fish kills were observed
during this phase of the research (Pentec Environmental, Inc., 1991).
Large Woody Debris
Large woody debris (LWD) are trees and tree pieces greater than 4 inches in diameter and 6 feet
long (Keller and Swanson, 1979; Bilby and Ward, 1989). LWD are critical to high-quality fish
habitat (Marcus et al., 1990). Also known as large organic debris (LOD), this material provides
food and building materials for many aquatic life forms, offers cover for juvenile and adult fish,
and is the primary channel-forming element in some channel types (Marcus et al., 1990). If
trees are harvested to the stream bank, it can take as long as 90 to 150 years for new trees to
grow to the size needed for effective LWD input into the stream. Prior to the enactment of
TTRA, timber often was harvested to the edge of the streams. Stream-cleaning operations were
commonly conducted to prevent fish passage problems. TTRA and its expanded-width buffers
offers a source of LWD.
42 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected
Environment
3
LWD affects many aspects of streams, including channel morphology, sediment storage, water
retention, stream nutrient cycling, macroinvertebrate productivity, and fish habitat (Marcus et
al, 1990; Lisle, 1986; Swanson et al, 1984). As debris accumulates in streams, it creates pools
that provide important habitat for rearing salmonids, traps nutrient-laden organic matter, and
supports aquatic insects and other food items for fish (Heifetz et al, 1986; Murphy et al., 1986).
LWD accumulations contribute to bankfiill width and stream edge; edge habitat is important for
salmonid survival at high flows (Robison and Beschta, 1990). Coho salmon and Dolly Varden
char prefer habitat cover provided by LWD and pools formed by LWD, particularly during
juvenile rearing. Stable LWD accumulations in first- and second-order tributary streams store
large amounts of sediment (Keller and Swanson, 1979; Heede, 1985; Swanson and
Lienkaemper, 1978), buffering sediment transport to downstream pink salmon spawning areas
(pink salmon are limited by quality of spawning gravels and not rearing habitat) (TLMP, 1997).
LWD often changes the morphology of streams, creating a longitudinal stair-stepped pattern
(Heede, 1985). Individual steps that are too high can block upstream fish passage, particularly
at lower flows. These blockages are rarely total, however, and are relatively easy to breach or
physically remove (Bryant, 1983). At higher flows, fish often can jump over what appear to be
complete barriers at lower flows.
Large accumulations of logging slash in streams can also block fish passage. Logging slash
may include larger branches and short sections of boles without rootwads. Much of this type of
LWD is floatable and, therefore, unstable (Bryant, 1980). Unstable accmnulations of LWD can
wash out and destabilize streambanks, potentially reducing fish habitat and overall stream
productivity.
Blowdown of trees is a natural phenomenon in Southeast Alaska. Evidence indicates that
blowdown does not occur randomly though it is widely distributed across the landscape.
Natural factors and the shape of created openings determine the probability of blowdown in
adjacent stands (Harris, 1989; Moore, 1977). The TLMP Revision (1997) standards and
guidelines direct that blowdown potential be considered when designing harvest units. Some
blowdown can contribute to the LWD needed to maintain instream habitat.
Fish Enhancement Projects
Major habitat improvements, including a fish passage facility, habitat structure placement, and
riparian enhancement, have been made to a few streams in the Project Area. Table 3-8 shows
the location of existing and planned Forest Service stream enhancement projects and the years
they were implemented or scheduled for development. These improvements include a fish
passage facility in Rio Roberts (Watershed C49B.2200) and habitat structures in Control Lake
(Watershed C49B.2400). The Rio Roberts fish pass project is expected to produce the single
greatest increase in fish production potential.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 3 ■ 43
3 Affected
Environment
Table 3-8
Existing and Planned Stream Enhancement Projects in the
Control Lake Project Area
MANAGEMENT fwiCATOR
^ SPECIES (MIS)
Coho Salmon
. ~ ^ - -s „ ^ , ::r-^ .
Pink Salmon
J. ^ Dolly Varden Char _
Year Planned (P),
ADF&G Implemented (I), or
Name
VCU
Stream No.
Project Type
Deferred (D)
Rio Roberts
596,576,575
102-70-58
Fishpass
1988(1)
Bioenhancement
1988-1991 a)
Rio Beaver Creek
597
102-70-58
LWD monitoring
1944 (P)
Basinwide rehab.
1944 (?)
Slide seedings
1989,1992,1993 (I)
North Thome River
578
102-70-58
LWD rehabilitation
1993 (?)
Steelhead Creek
595
103-60-29
Planting conifers
1991 (I)
LWD rehabilitation
1993 (P)
Fishpass
1997 (P/D)
Logjam Creek
577
106-30-53
LWD rehabilitation
1996, 1997, 1998 (P)
Big Salt Lake
Chinook smolt
released
1988, 1991 (I)
Control Lake
596
102-70-58
LWD rehabilitation
1991 (I)
Black Bear Lake
595
103-60-31
Bioenhancement
1956 (I)
SOURCE: TLMP, 1991a, and personal communication with the Thome Bay Ranger District Forest
Service and ADF&G FRED Division Management Indicator Species
Management Indicator Species
An analysis of the effects of environmental action on every plant and animal species in the
Project Area would be costly and time-consuming. Consequently, Forest Service EIS projects
traditionally select certain species that are believed to generally characterize the existing
conditions and indicate the effects of environmental activities for all species. These are known
as MIS. For this EIS, coho and pink salmon are the MIS for anadromous fish species and
represent two different phases of salmon life history: spawning/egg incubation and freshwater
rearing. Dolly Varden char represents resident species for the Control Lake Project Area.
Models were used to estimate fish habitat capability for MIS. These models are indicators of
past activities and projected changes in habitat due to management practices. Their purpose is
to assist in characterizing the existing habitat potential and comparing alternatives by manage-
ment practice. Details of the habitat capability models for coho and pink salmon, and Dolly
Varden char are described below.
Coho Salmon
Coho Salmon
Coho salmon depend heavily on quality rearing habitat for their health, growth, freshwater
survival, and marine survival. The life pattern of anadromous cutthroat and steelhead trout is
similar to coho. Coho juveniles spend an average of two years in freshwater streams and rivers,
attaining a size of about 4 to 6 inches before migrating to salt water as out-migrating smolts.
After an average of two years in the ocean, they return as mature adults, reaching 6 to 20
pounds.
44 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
The time juveniles spend in fresh water limits this species’ habitat capability. Because coho
juveniles spend so long in fresh water, the quantity and quality of a stream’s year-round habitat
is very important to their survival. The number of outmigrating smolts the streams produce
determines the number of adult coho available to the subsistence, sport, and commercial fishery.
Other factors that determine adult spawner escapements include human manipulation of salmon
stocks. Coho salmon stocks in Southeast Alaska are not suffering the negative effects of
artificial enhancement on a broad scale; however, those in the Klawock River, which is adjacent
to the Project Area, may be affected by such action. Halupka et al. (1993) notes that Klawock,
which has a fish hatchery, is experiencing overfishing of hatchery returns. Wild stocks with
migration patterns similar to hatchery fish potentially are threatened by this same
overexploitation.
LWD is critical in providing sufficient qirahty rearing habitat for juvenile coho salmon. LWD
serves as a source of nutrients (Bryant, 1983); it also creates the deep, quiet pools, imdercut
banks, and backwater sloughs and charmels on which the coho juveniles depend for their
survival (Heifetz et al., 1986). Past management activities, such as timber harvesting to stream
banks, have reduced LWD recruitment, disturbed off-charmel habitat, and decreased winter
stream temperatures. Because of the importance of LWD for coho production, its abundance in
streams is a major parameter used in the coho habitat capability model (TLMP, 1991a).
The Project Team used the coho habitat capabihty model to determine coho habitat capability
and the effects of past logging practices in each VCU for the period 1954 to 1995. First, the
Project Team developed smolt abundance values by estimating smolt habitat capability for the
old-growth condition based on all available population estimates attributed to specific stream
charmel types in Southeast Alaska (TLMP, 1991a). They then applied the estimated smolt
abundance, by representative stream class and channel type, to all streams within each VCU for
the conditions in 1954, the period before major logging when LWD was abundant. Then the
Project Team estimated change in LWD in streams, as a function of riparian zone harvest, and
rate of decay and addition of LWD. An adjustment factor for smolt abundance, based on
quantity and importance of estimated LWD, was then applied to the corresponding streams to
determine change in potential coho habitat capability. The Project Team, thus, estimated the
habitat capability and determined the relative effects of logging in each VCU between 1954 and
later years. The changes in coho salmon habitat capability from 1954 to 1995 shown in Table
3-9 are due to past harvest and enhancement activities (i.e., fishpass facilities installation).
The habitat capability model predicts that, by 1995, total Project Area coho habitat capability
will increase by 4 percent. The major reason for the increase is the installation of fish passage
facilities, particularly in the Rio Roberts drainage. The model predicts the increase in coho
salmon productivity in the Rio Roberts system (VCU's 576, 596) after installation of the
passage facility will be the highest in the Project Area, as much as 48 percent. The highest
habitat capability in the Project Area, equal to about 25 percent of all coho habitat capability, is
the lower Thome River (VCU 597) just below the confluence with the North Thome River.
This includes the Rio Beaver and Goose Creek watersheds. Other areas (VCU's 574, 575, 576,
578, and 596) with large streams, including the rest of the Thome River and its tributaries and
Hatchery Creek, account for a majority of the remaining coho potential in the Project Area
(about 51 percent). The model estimates a decrease in coho potential for VCU's 578, 595, and
597. This decrease is the result of decay and loss of LWD in areas that were logged up to the
stream bank in Class I streams between 1954 and 1979.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 3 ■ 45
3 Affected
Environment
Table 3-9
Coho Salmon Habitat Capability 1954 to 1995 by VCU
VCU
1954
1991
1995
574
41,400
41,500
41,500
575
43,500
43,600
43,600
576
36,200
54,000
54,000
577
26,800
26,800
26,800
578
49,600
49,600
49,600
591
16,500
16,500
16,500
592
15,500
15,500
15,500
593
16,800
16,800
16,800
594
23,000
23,000
23,000
595
19,800
19,800
19,800
596
53,700
57,000
57,000
597
121,000
119,500
119,300
Total
464,000
483,600
483,300
SOURCE: TLMP 1990 Habitat Capability Model.
Note: Numbers also include smolt production in lakes.
Pink Salmon
Pink Salmon
Pinks (humpback) are the most widely distributed salmon in Southeast Alaska. Th^ are
important to the commercial fishery of Southeast Alaska; more pink salmon are harvested than
any other species — an annual average of 85 milhon pounds between 1979 and 1988 (USDA
Forest Service, 1992c). Pink juveniles go to sea immediately upon emergence from the gravels
of coastal streams. They mature in the ocean for two years before returning to spawn. Spawn-
ing gravel quantity and quality is thought to be the primary factor that Umits pink spawning
habitat capability. Substrate composition, water quality and quantity, and water depth and
velocity are critical to successful salmon spawning and incubation. Spawning generally occurs
in rifQes; preferred sites are at the pool-riffle interface. Eggs incubating in the gravels require a
constant supply of clean well-oxygenated water.
Management actions that increase stream sediment levels, destabihze stream spawning habitat,
and alter accessibility to migrating juveniles and adults could harm spawning and incubation
habitat. An increase in stream sediment levels can affect egg survival. Activities that affect fish
passage, reduce migratory holding areas, increase stream temperature, and decrease available
dissolved oxygen in migratory holding areas also can affect juvenile and adult migration.
Migratory holding areas are those deep quiet pools where adults school up to rest. Changes in
streambank stabiUty, lateral scouring (widening and shallowing), and changes in sediment and
bedload routing can reduce these areas. Harvest near the stream can affect bank stability and
lateral scouring. This affects the watersheds’ ability to retain storm runoff and flood waters.
Watershed stability and LWD influence changes in sediment and bedload routing.
Studies have been conducted on Southeast Alaska pink salmon, including the relationship
among stream sediment, egg survival, and pink salmon returns to streams (Sheridan et al., 1984;
Pella and Myren, 1974; Sheridan and McNeil, 1982). The studies have established no relation-
ship between upland management and escapement. Food sources, predators, offshore and
nearshore commercial fish harvests, water temperatures, and many other factors influence ocean
survival.
46
3 CHAPTER — ^Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
The model estimates of pink salmon habitat capability are based on estimates of available
spawning habitat in each VCU (Table 3-10). The Project Team first determined average
available pink salmon spawning area by chaimel type for Tongass National Forest streams
typically used by pink salmon and not other species. They then applied these estimates to
streams in each VCU that pink salmon can access. Unlike coho salmon habitat capability
estimates, prescribed logging activity does not influence pink salmon model estimates. This is
because studies inside Southeast Alaska do not show a direct tie between upland (land not
immediately adjacent to streams) management and pink salmon numbers; therefore, the model
does not quantitatively evaluate effects of past management activities on pink salmon.
The model predicts that by 1995 Project Area habitat capability for pink salmon will increase
by 4.3 percent (Table 3-10). Habitat capability has only changed as a result of enhancement
projects, such as fishways and spawning channels. Table 3-10 shows pink salmon capability
from the combination of naturally available habitat and additional habitat resulting from fish
passages. The Thome River Watershed within the Project Area (VCU's 575, 576, 578, 596,
and 597) contributes approximately 64 percent of the combined pink salmon habitat capability.
The increase in VCU's 576 and 596 assumes future successful use of a fish pass installed in
1988 on the Rio Roberts drainage. Observations at the fish pass, however, indicate that pink
salmon still do not get past this barrier. Consequently, the predicted increase in values has not
occurred. VCU's 591, 592, 593, and 594 contribute 26 percent of the combined pink salmon
habitat capability. These VCU's combined make up the entire western end of the Project Area.
This includes large streams such as the Nossuk River, Elevenmile Creek, and Shinaku Creek.
VCU's 574 and 577 contribute less than 3 percent of the combined adult pink salmon habitat
capability. Both of these VCU's include only the upper watershed of Hatchery and Log Jam
creeks. Their lower watersheds, which are probably more productive, are outside of the Project
Area. Other factors (such as temperature and watershed disturbance) may affect habitat
capability for all three species, but these effects have not been quantified on a Forest-wide basis.
Dolly Varden Char
Dolly Varden
Dolly Varden char were selected to represent resident fish habitat because (1) data on the
species’ habitat requirements are readily available, and (2) they are found over the full spectrum
of resident fish habitats. They are also present in their anadromous form in the area. Substrate
composition, water quality and quantity, and water depth and velocity are critical to successful
Dolly Varden spawning and incubation of eggs to fry. Dolly Varden, like coho salmon, depend
heavily on quality rearing habitat for their health, growth, and freshwater and marine survival.
Dolly Varden juveniles spend 1 to 4 years in fresh water before migrating to salt water as
outmigrating smolts. Their habitat capability, like that of the coho, is directly influenced by
LWD recmitment. Anadromous Dolly Varden habitat needs are much like those of the coho
salmon, except that some Dolly Varden may live their whole life in fresh water.
The model estimates of Dolly Varden habitat capability used methods similar to those for coho,
with LWD abundance a major component in the estimate. Differences included (1) different
density values were used for Dolly Varden, (2) estimates included Class I and II streams, and
(3) habitat capability is for resident fish not smolts.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 3 ■ 47
3 Affected
Environment
Table 3-10
Pink Salmon Habitat Capability 1954 to 1995 by VCU
VCU
1954
1991
1995
574
1,246,300
1,246,300
1,246,300
575
9,652,400
9,652,400
9,652,400
576^
2,353,100
4,656,200
4,656,200
577
624,300
624,300
624,300
578
5,525,200
5,525,200
5,525,200
591
4,994,900
4,994,900
4,994,900
592
2,302,500
2,302,500
2,302,500
593
5,618,800
5,618,800
5,618,800
594
3,242,000
3,242,000
3,242,000
595
4,046,000
4,046,000
4,046,000
596^
2,216,000
2,435,000
2,435,000
597
17,270,000
17,270,000
17,270,000
Total
59,090,800
61,613,000
61,613,000
SOURCE: TLMP 1990 Habitat Capability Model.
1/ % = Percent difference between 1954 and indicated year.
2/ Values include projections of additional productivity due to installation of a fish ladder in Rio Roberts creek;
however, no pink salmon have been observed above the fish ladder.
Table 3-1 1 shows Dolly Varden habitat capability and percent change from 1954 to 1995.
Estimates follow those of coho salmon except they show no beneficial effect from the addition
of fish passage facilities. The model shows that Project Area habitat capabilities decreased by
0.26 percent from 1954 to 1995 as a result of loss of LWD from past logging activity. The
larger streams and those containing large lake systems have the highest habitat capability
48 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
I
Affected O
Environment O
potential of the region. VCU's 574, 575, 577, and 597 each have approximately the same
habitat capability values — ^between 13 and 15 percent. Combined, they make up 57 percent of
the total for the region. One of the reasons habitat capability is high in these systems is that they
all are large river systems that include large lake areas. VCU's 576, 578, and 596 also have a
high portion of the Project Area production potential. These VCU's correspond to different
segments of the Thome River watershed including Control Lake Creek, Cutthroat Creek, North
Thome River, and upper Rio Roberts.
Marine Resources
Southeast Alaska’s coastline consists of approximately 30,000 miles of tidal shoreline, roughly
60 percent of the total Alaskan coast. This region contains highly diverse habitats that collec-
tively account for the complex estuary and tidal environments of Southeast Alaska. The marine
environment of the Project Area encompasses a wide variety of ecosystems. The shallow
marine waters and associated mud flats and estuaries found in the protected coves and bays
provide habitat for some important species such as Dungeness crab and juvenile salmon. They
are part of a complex and dynamic ecosystem that includes shrimp, flatfish, marine worms,
echinoderms, sponges, sea anemones, shellfish, plankton, marine algae, and other organisms.
Marine resources along the Big Salt Lake and Elevenmile shorelines are used extensively by
local residents.
Table 3-11
Dolly Varden Char Habitat Capability 1954 to 1995 by VCU
VCU
1954
1991
1995
574
222,600
222,900
222,600
575
213,000
213,000
213,000
576
121,500
121,500
121,500
577
252,000
251,700
251,600
578
145,800
145,700
145,700
591
35,700
35,700
35,700
592
62,100
62,100
62,100
593
76,400
76,400
76,400
594
85,900
85,900
85,900
595
69,200
69,200
69,100
596
123,400
123,400
123,400
597
255,400
252,100
251,600
Total
1,662,900
1,659,600
1,658,500
SOURCE: TLMP 1990 Habitat Capability Model.
Note: Numbers also include production in lakes in each VCU.
Major Watersheds and Anadromous Fish Streams
Watersheds are areas that contribute water to a drainage or stream. They are portions of the
landscape in which all surface water drains to a common point. Generally, major watersheds in
the Project Area (Figure 3-3) contribute the most to fish production; all of these contain
anadromous fish stocks and are characterized by more stable flow regimes and greater amounts
of habitat than smaller drainages. The general distribution of anadromous fish in relationship to
watersheds is described below.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 3 ■ 49
3 Affected
Environment
The lower reaches of larger streams in the Project Area, including reaches within the intertidal
zone, contain the bulk of spawning habitat for pink and chum salmon. These species typically
do not rear in fresh water; fry emigrate to salt water shortly after emergence. Barriers or breaks
in stream gradient that pose little or no problem for other salmonids often impede the upstream
migration of pink and chum salmon. In contrast, coho salmon and steelhead ascend such
barriers with ease and often are distributed much higher in the drainage basins. Coho salmon
may occupy small streams with relatively high gradients. Typically, drainages in the Project
Area with numerous braided side channels and large amounts of instream LWD contain the
most rearing habitat for juvenile coho salmon.
The following streams and lakes contain most of the Project Area steelhead (the anadromous
form of rainbow trout): Log Jam Creek (Watershed C21C), Hatchery Creek (C20D), Thome
River (WC49B/C45D), Balls Lake (C49B.2000), Control Lake (C49B.2000), Angel Lake
(C49B. 1000), Snakey Lakes (C49B.2700), Cutthroat Lake (C49B.2000), Shinaku Creek
(D038), Steelhead Creek (C95B), Black Bear Creek (C93A), and Nossuk Creek (D12A.0100).
Sockeye salmon are found mainly in drainages containing lakes. The following streams in the
Project Area contain sock^e: Log Jam Creek (Watershed C21C), Hatchery Creek (C20D),
Thome River including North Thome River (C49B/C45D), Balls Lake (C49B.2000), Control
Lake (C49B.2000), Angel Lake (C49B.1000), Snakey Lakes (C49B.2700), Lake Galea (C20D),
Cutthroat Lake (C49B.2000), Black bear Creek (C93A), and Black Lake (C93 A).
Both cutthroat and Dolly Varden char may be present either as anadromous forms or as resident
fish in lakes and reaches of streams not generally used by anadromous species. Resident
rainbow trout have been introduced into at least one lake drainage (Black Bear Lake). Although
there are no known Chinook (king) salmon streams in the Project Area, they do occur in
adjacent marine waters.
Appendix D in the DEIS contains a more detailed summary by major watershed of available
information for anadromous fish streams (identified by ADF&G stream number) and lakes in
the Project Area.
Aerial view of Angel Lake looking
northwest
50
3 CHAPTER — Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Vegetation and Timber Resources
Key Terms
Advanced Regeneration — ^Natural conifer reproduction established beneath an existing forest
canopy ; comprised of trees ranging from 5 to 20 feet in height.
Allowable Sale Quantity (ASQ) — ^The maximum quantity of timber that may be sold in each
decade from suitable scheduled lands covered by the Forest Plan.
Basal Area (BA) — The area of the cross section of a tree stem, or group of trees, measured at
4.5 feet above ground; usually presented as total square feet per acre.
Blind Lead — An area within a harvest unit that is difficult to yard (removed felled timber) with
conventional cable logging systems on convex slopes.
Board Foot (BF) — ^Lumber or timber measurement term. The amount of wood contained in an
unfinished board 1 inch thick, 12 inches long, and 12 inches wide.
Climax Plant Community — ^The final or stable biotic community in a successional series which
is self-perpetuating and in dynamic equilibrium with the physical habitat; the assumed end point
in succession.
Commercial Forest Land (CFL) — ^Land that is capable of producing continuous crops of
timber (20 cubic feet per acre of tree growth annually, or at least 8 MBF/acre).
Ecosystem — all of the organisms in a given area interacting with the physical environment so
that the flow of energy leads to an exchange of materials between living and nonliving parts
within the system.
Even-aged Management — ^The application of a combination of actions that result in the
creation of stands in which trees of essentially the same age grow together. The age difference
between trees in the canopy level usually does not exceed 20 percent. Clearcut, shelterwood, or
seed tree cutting methods produce even-aged stands,
Falldown — ^The difference between planned or scheduled harvest and that which is attained
after implementation.
Forest Land — ^Land at least 10 percent occupied by forest trees of any size, or formerly having
had such tree cover and not currently developed for nonforest use.
MBF — Thousand board feet.
AfAfSF— Million board feet.
Partial Cutting — Removal of selected trees within a forest stand in any variety of spatial
patterns. This may include thinning, selective cutting, shelterwood or an overstory removal.
Plant Association — basic unit of vegetation classification based on land management
potential, species composition, successional patterns, and the climax plant community.
Precommercial Thinning — ^The practice of removing some of the trees less than merchantable
size from a stand to improve tree growing ^pace and promote rapid growth. Trees will grow
faster due to reduced competition for nutrients, water, and sunlight.
Reserve Trees — ^Merchantable or submerchantable trees and snags that are left within the
harvest unit to provide biological habitat components over the next management cycle.
Shade Tolerance — ^Tree species that have physiological growth processes adapted to shaded
environments. Western hemlock is a shade tolerant species. Other tree species tolerance to
shade may range from tolerant to intolerant.
Sllvical Characteristics— Physiological and genetic characteristics of individual tree species
and the ecological characteristics (biological and environmental factors) of the site which enable
a specific species to be adapted to a particular and unique site.
Silvicultural Practices — ^Management techniques used to modify, manage and replace a forest
over time. Silvicultural practices are classified according to the method of carrying out the
process (shelterwood, seed tree, clearcut, commercial thinning, etc.).
Silviculture— The art, science and practice of controlling the establishment, composition.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Vegetation and Timber Resources— CHAPTER 3 ■ 51
3 Affected
Environment
Introduction
Land Use
Designations and
Desired Condition
structure and grow^ of trees ^d othei^veget^^^ in fbrest;^stands.^
Site Index— A measure of a forest areas relative productive capacity for tree growth. Measure-
i ment of site index is based on height of dominant trees in a stand at a given age..™.
, Succession-r-A series of dynamic changes by which one group of organisms succeeds
another through stages leading to a potential natural community or climax. The process of plant
f community, development after disturbance involves changes in species composition over time.
Suitable Forest LancMrConimerciai forest land identified as having the biologic^ capability to
sustain long-term timber production^ that has not beerTwithdrawn from timber production/
r Uneven-Aged Managementr-rrThe application of management techniques which will maintain
high-forest cover7recurring regeneration of desifable species, and the orderly growth and
development of trees through a range of diameter or age classes.” Cutting methods that develop
and maintain uneven-agkl^ stands are single-tree md group solution.
l^o/ume C/ass-— Glassification system used to differentiate timber stands into similar average
volume per acre categories or strata. .. „
The Control Lake Project Area encompasses 201,371 acres. This area consists of both National
Forest System lands (169,423 acres) and lands owned by private and state agencies (29,365
acres). Lakes within the Project Area encompass 2,583 acres.
The landscape of central Prince of Wales Island is characterized by intermixed stands of
productive hemlock/spruce forest, nonproductive forest stands, and nonforested areas. The
spatial distribution of these stands can be traced back to the glacial and climatic history of the
area which combined to shape soil development.
Soil drainage is the most influential factor on Prince of Wales Island determining the type and
amount of vegetation that grows. Poorly drained soils, such as those overlaying compact
glacial till, result in the development of nonforested muskeg sites or unproductive forest stands.
Well-drained soils, such as those overlying limestone, result in highly productive forest stands.
The Revised Forest Plan (USDA Forest Service 1997) describes the desired condition for each
LUD. The Control Lake Project Area contains a variety of LUD’s. Timber harvest will occur
primarily in three LUD’s within the Project Area.
In areas determined to be suitable forest land within the Timber Production LUD, natural
ecological processes will be replaced by timber management practices. The landscape will have
a highly modified appearance, dominated by timber harvest and road building activities. These
areas will contain timber harvest units of varying sizes and ages among areas of old growth and
nonforest vegetation.
The Scenic Viewshed and Modified Landscape LUD’s will also yield timber, but with more
restrictions. The future appearance of these areas is expected to show a mosaic of timber
harvest units of varying sizes and ages of origin interspersed with areas of old growth and
nonforest vegetation. The landscape, as viewed by most forest visitors, will have a modified
but still basically “natural” appearance.
Ecosystem Management
Under ecosystem management, new silvicultural strategies are examined, and older strategies re-
evaluated, to bring about a different balance in resource production in managed forests. The
basic philosophy of this concept is to mimic natural processes, and to maintain options for
future management while more knowledge becomes available about the impacts of forest
management activities on the ecosystem.
52
3 CHAPTER — Vegetation and Timber Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Forest Land
Classification
Nori’Forest Land
Nonforest land is defined as National Forest System land that is biologically unable to support
at least a 10 percent cover of forest trees. This land includes muskegs, rock outcrops, talus
slopes, alpine vegetation, and river systems among others. This area was classified through
timber type map GIS coverages. About 6 percent of the National Forest System land in the
project area or 10,840 acres are classified as nonforest land.
Forest Land
Forest land refers to National Forest System land that has at least 10 percent tree cover of any
size, or formally had such tree cover and is not currently developed for nonforest use. This area
was classified through timber type map GIS coverages. About 94 percent of the National Forest
System land in the project area or 158,582 acres are considered forest land.
Commercial Forest Land
Commercial forest land is land that is biologically capable of producing continuous crops of
timber. The Forest Service has defined commercial forest land as land that is capable of
producing at least 20 cubic feet of annual tree growth per acre or contains at least 8 MBF of net
timber volume per acre (USDA Forest Service, 1978). Second-growth stands that have experi-
enced regenerative success after disturbance qualify as commercial forest land. The Control
Lake Project Area contains 86,628 acres of commercial forest land in the National Forest System
land base.
Noncommercial Forest Land
Noncommercial forest land is land that does not support enough timber volume or is not
productive enough to meet the criteria for commercial forest land. About 71,954 acres of the
National Forest System land base in the Project Area is considered noncommercial forest land.
Suitable Forest land
Forest land is further classified as tentatively suitable and suitable for timber harvest. This
classification scheme is intended to show the amount of land within the Project Area that is
removed from timber production for various reasons.
Under the TLMP Revision (1997), tentatively suitable forest lands are those lands that meet the
following four criteria; (1) the land is forest land as defined under the NFMA; (2) technology is
available to ensure timber production from the land without irreversible resource damage to soils
productivity, or watershed conditions; (3) there is reasonable assurance that the land can be
adequately restocked as provided under NFMA; and (4) the land has not been withdrawn from
timber production by an Act of Congress, the Secretary of Agriculture, or the Chief of the Forest
Service (e.g.. Wilderness Areas, Research Natural Areas). Suitable forest lands include the
portion of tentatively suitable lands that are appropriate for timber production based on the
Forest Plan LUD’s and standards and guidelines. The LUD’s that preclude timber production
under the 1997 TLMP Revision include: Old-growth Habitat, Semi-remote Recreation, proposed
National Forest System lands are defined by vegetative cover, soil type, and administratively
designated land use. This classification scheme is intended to show the amount of land that is
covered by forested vegetation with further divisions to show the amount of that land that is
capable of timber production.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Vegetation and Timber Resources — CHAPTERS ■ 53
3 Affected
Environment
Previous Harvest
Silvical
Characteristics of
Tree Species
Research Natural Areas, Beach and Estuary Fringe, and others. Several forest-wide standards
and guidelines also preclude timber production under the 1997 TLMP Revision. These include
the following standards and guidelines: Beach and Estuary Fringe, Riparian, Karst and Cave,
and others.
The suitable forest land base for the Control Lake Project Area under the 1997 TLMP Revision is
approximately 26,545 acres. This represents a 45 percent reduction from the suitable base under
the 1991 TLMP Draft Revision (used in the Draft EIS). The new suitable base consists of 22,786
acres of old-growth forest and 3,759 acres of second-growth forest.
The earliest commercial timber harvest on central Prince of Wales Island occurred during the
early 1940s. This coincides with the increased need for high quality spruce used in airplane
construction prior to World War II. The amount of logging at this time was very limited and
restricted to easily accessible coastal shorelines as there were no roads in the area. Develop-
ment of the logging road system on central Prince of Wales Island began in earnest in the mid-
1960s. This marked the beginning of intensive land-based logging efforts which continue
today. Table 3-12 shows the total area that has been previously harvested since 1940, only
6,844 acres of this total is currently within the suitable timber base.
Table 3-12
Past Timber Harvest Acreage: Control Lake Project Area
Harvest Period
Acres Harvested*^
1940tol949
20
1950tol959
40
1960tol964
30
1965 to 1969
2,337
1970tol974
25
1975 to 1979
187
1980tol984
244
1985 to 1989
3,115
1990tol994
4,605
Total
10,603
Source: USDA Forest Service, Ketchikan Area GIS Database.
1/ Includes previous harvest acres on lands currently defined as not suitable for timber harvest,
such as congressionally designated TTRA stream buffers.
Silvical characteristics are the physiological (genetic) characteristics of the individual tree
species and ecological characteristics (physical and biological requirements) that combine to
produce the tree that exists on any particular (unique) site. The general silvical characteristics
of the tree species within the Control Lake Project Area are described below and are used as the
basis for managing the species within stands of timber.
Sitka Spruce
Sitka spruce {Picea sitchensis) is found along a narrow strip of the northern Pacific coast from
northern California to south-central Alaska. Throughout most of its range it is associated with
54 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Vegetation and Timber Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Sitka spruce
stands of western hemlock. The high strength-to-weight ratio has made this species very
valuable for lumber, specialty construction, and paper products.
In Southeast Alaska, spruce is generally classified as intermediate shade tolerant, being less
tolerant of shading than western hemlock. Sitka spruce is a prolific seed producer and under
natural conditions has the ability to germinate on most any seedbed. Seedling survival is best
on exposed mineral soils or mixed mineral and organic soils with adequate moisture and drain-
age.
Spruce is a shallow-rooted species and blowdown is the most prominent damaging agent to
spruce in Southeast Alaska. Thin bark also makes it very susceptible to damage from logging.
Injuries from logging or adjacent windfall frequently introduce decay-causing organisms to
standing trees.
Western Hemlock
Western hemlock (Tsuga heterophylla) is found along the northern Coast, Cascade, and Rocky
Mountain ranges. Throughout much of its range it is associated with stands of Sitka spruce.
The strength and long cellular fibers have made this species valuable for construction and paper
products.
Western hemlock is very tolerant of shade and is able to germinate and grow in the understory.
It produces an abundant quantity of lightweight seeds which have the ability to travel long
distances and germinate on most any seedbed. In Southeast Alaska, germination and initial
growth is best in mineral soils with a high amount of organic matter. Because of its shallow
rooting habit, hemlock is subject to windthrow. Although less susceptible to bark injury than
spruce, hemlock injury often will result in greater volume loss due to decaying organisms.
Dwarf mistletoe is a common parasite that reduces growth on western hemlock throughout
Southeast Alaska.
Mountain Hemlock
Mountain hemlock {Tsuga mertensiana) is found between sea level and timberline along the
northern Coast, Cascade, and Rocky Mountain ranges. Mountain hemlock often replaces
western hemlock at the higher elevations because of its adaptation to cooler sites. It is often
present at lower elevations on poor sites because of its ability to extract tightly bound nutrients
from the organic soil.
Western Red Cedar
Western red cedar {Thuja plicata) is found along the northern Coast, Cascade, and Rocky
Mountain ranges. Throughout much of its range it is associated with stands of Douglas-fir and
western hemlock. The durability and rot resistant qualities of red cedar have made this species
valuable for shingle products, utility poles, and various pulping products.
Western red cedar is shade tolerant, although less tolerant than western hemlock. In Southeast
Alaska this species becomes established on the lower elevation, warmer sites. Western red
cedar germinates best on exposed mineral soil, but due to its slow growth does not compete well
against western hemlock. Western red cedar is able to survive and grow on soils that are low in
nutrients, therefore outcompeting other species on these sites. It is less susceptible to most
decay causing organisms in comparison to other species, yet due to its long life span, heart rot
in trees-is common.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Vegetation and Timber Resources — CHAPTER 3 ■ 55
3 Affected
Environment
Yellowcedar
Yellowcedar (Chamaecyparis nootkatensis) is found along the west coast and islands of British
Columbia and Southeast Alaska. Within Southeast Alaska, yellowcedar is found in association
with stands of western hemlock and occasionally mountain hemlock or western red cedar.
Yellowcedar is one of the slowest growing conifers in the Northwest, producing highly durable
wood with good milling qualities.
Yellowcedar is classified as intermediate shade tolerant in the northern part of its range. It
germinates best on exposed mineral soils, yet hemlock and spruce are stronger competitors on
these sites. This species grows better on colder sites, in contrast to western red cedar, and is
therefore found at mid-to upper elevations. It is resistant to most decay causing organisms, yet
due to its long life span, damaged trees are common.
Lodgepole Pine
This species {Firms contorta) is common to muskegs and on benches near lakes. It is shade
intolerant, and develops best in the borders between muskeg and hemlock stands. Lodgepole
pine is seldom harvested commercially in Southeast Alaska.
Plant
Communities and
Cover Types Forest Plant Communities
The Control Lake Project Area is a mosaic of coniferous forest interspersed with muskeg,
shrubland, alpine vegetation, and beach fringe plant communities. Forest vegetation has been
categorized using the Tongass Forest Plant Association Management Guide (De Meo 1992),
which describes potential vegetative climax communities that may develop over time in response
to soil, climate, plant geography, and evolution. This classification system assists land manag-
ers and resource specialists to predict the outcome of various vegetative manipulations. Based
upon GIS information and field observations, the forested portion of the Project Area exhibits six
plant series (Table 3-13).
Table 3-13
Forest Plant Series in the Control Lake Project
Plant Association Series
Acres
Western Hemlock
50,510
Sitka Spruce
2,129
Mixed Conifer
17,268
Mountain Hemlock
10,835
Western Hemlock - Western Red Cedar
32,897
Lodgepole Pine
4
Western Hemlock Series
The Western Hemlock Series is common throughout the Project Area and typically occurs on
uplands such as hills, mountain sideslopes, and footslope landforms exhibiting somewhat
poorly drained to well-drained soils. It may occur from sea level to timberline, but is usually
below elevation 1,000 feet. Although Sitka spruce occurs within these stands, it provides less
56
■ 3 CHAPTER — Vegetation and Timber Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
than 25 percent of the overstory cover. The shrub layer is dominated by blueberry and rusty
menziesia although devils club can be a major component in wet areas. This association occurs
primarily on the medium to highly productive sites.
Western hemlock
Sitka Spruce Series
Plant associations in this series are dominated by Sitka spruce in the overstory but western
hemlock may provide up to 40 percent cover as a codominant. The plant associations in the
Sitka Spruce Series typically are associated with disturbed sites such as riparian areas, alluvial
fans, or avalanche chutes from sea level to elevation 1,500 feet.
Mixed Conifer Series
Mixed conifer associations are identified by an open conifer overstory which is not dominated
by any single species. Overstory species include mountain hemlock, western hemlock,
yellowcedar, and western red cedar. Lodgepole pine and spruce also occur in varying propor-
tions. This series is mostly influenced by poor soil drainage and generally found in the uplands
associated with muskegs or in lower elevations surrounding and associated with glacial
drumlins. These communities are stable and slow to change. Because tree growth on these
sites is slow, recovery from severe disturbance likely will be slow.
Mountain Hemlock Series
These associations are found primarily on the cold, high-elevation sites, above the western
hemlock series, on upper mountain slopes and mountain summits. Mountain hemlock is the
dominant overstory tree species with yellowcedar common at the lower elevation range. The
shrub layer is dominated by blueberry. Productivity is limited due to the shorter growing
season at high elevations and by poor soil drainage and shallow soils common to some areas.
Western Hemlock-Western Red Cedar Series
These associations are commonly found at the lower elevations of mountain slopes and in the
lowlands. Western red cedar is primarily found in the elevations below 900 feet. The overstory
is dominated by western hemlock, with western red cedar occupying 10 to 25 percent of the
forest canopy. Blueberry is a common shrub species. This series is most common on moder-
ately to highly productive sites in rolling hill country, low hills and mountain slopes. Generally,
this series is situated in warmer areas in association with the lower elevations of the Western
Hemlock Series.
Lodgepole Pine Series
These associations are found in an area of transition from poorly drained mixed conifer to
nonforest muskeg. The stands generally have an open canopy and site productivity is very
low. Lodgepole pine cover averages 20 percent and the combined cover of other conifers is less
than 10 percent. The understory is characterized by shrub-like yellowcedar and mountain
hemlock with lodgepole pine. These sites are either level or gently sloping and most commonly
occur on lowland plateaus with compact glacial till.
Nonforested Cover Types
Nonforested habitats in the Control Lake Project Area include muskeg vegetation, alpine
vegetation (including grassland and rock), shrubland (including landslide areas), and estuary
habitat. Table 3-14 shows nonforest cover types within the Project Area as mapped within the
GIS database.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Vegetation and Timber Resources — CHAPTER 3 ■ 57
3 Affected
Environment
Mountain hemlock
Table 3-14
Nonforested Plant Communities
Community Type
Acres
Muskeg Vegetation
51,768
Alpine Vegetation
2,542
Shrubland
710
Estuary Vegetation
160
Major River Systems
600
Muskeg Vegetation
Muskegs are dominated by sphagnum moss, sedges, and other bog vegetation, but are often
characterized by low shrubs, stunted yellowcedar, and lodgepole pine. The water table is at the
surface and many small ponds are scattered throughout.
Alpine Vegetation
Alpine meadows are found at high elevations. Species diversity is high and alpine lichen rock
outcrops may be present. Sites are moderately drained but some pools may be interspersed on
slope benches. Alpine meadows are dominated by cassiope, clubmoss, deer cabbage, grasses
and mixed forbs, including mountain heath. Plant cover does not exceed 50 percent within the
alpine-rock habitats.
Shrubland
Shrub vegetation is found in areas which are frequently disturbed. These areas may be on
rocky or unstable slopes or found within riparian zones. Shrub-dominated riparian zones are
found on highly active floodplains. Soils are generally deep and well drained, but flood
frequently.
Alder thickets exist between the beach and forest, between the treeline and alpine meadows, and
extending down through the forest through avalanche tracks and along streams. Salmonberry,
stink current, devils club, ferns, and grasses are the dominant understory vegetation within all
these areas.
Estuary Vegetation
Estuarine habitats are transition areas between river systems and tidal saltwater systems.
Vegetation consists primarily of sedges, red fescue, and sea milkwort. Bluejoint and sedges
dominate low terraces that are infrequently inundated by tides but which have high water tables.
Major River Systems
This cover type category consists primarily of the Thorne River system.
Threatened and Endangered Plant Species
Threatened, endangered, and sensitive plant species are discussed in the Threatened, Endan-
gered, and Sensitive Species section.
58
3 CHAPTER — Vegetation and Timber Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Timber Classifications
Classification of the timber stands in the Tongass National Forest follow type designations
used to differentiate stands by forest type, volume class, and size class. These strata were
originally mapped in the 1970s and are the basis of the timber inventory system of the Tongass
National Forest.
Volume Class and Forest Type
Forest land on the Tongass National Forest has been classified into volume class and forest
type categories. The volume classes are designed to represent a range of net sawlog timber
volumes expected to be present. These are defined in the Forest Plan (USDA Forest Service,
1979) and are shown in Table 3-15.
Table 3-15
Net Sawlog Volumes in each Volume Class
Volume Class
Net Sawlog
Volume (MBF/acre)
VC3
Oto 8
VC4
8 to 20
VC5
20 to 30
VC6
30 to 50
VC7
50f
Forest type strata identify the dominant overstory species expected to be present in the area.
There are four forest types present within the Control Lake Project: Cedar (C), Hemlock (H),
Hemlock-Spruce Mix (X), and Spruce (S).
Site Class
Site class is a measure of the relative productive capacity of a parcel of land for tree growth.
This measure is used to predict future timber yields (Table 3-16). Site class is directly related to
soil type and topographic position. The relationship between tree height and age is used as a
measure of site index (SI).
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Vegetation and Timber Resources — CHAPTER 3
59
3 Affected
Environment
Table 3-16
Site Class Distribution within Control Lake VCU’s
Site Class Acres^^
Site Class Acres ^
vcu
0 to 40 SI
VeiyLow
41 to 60 SI
Low
61 to 80 SI
Medium
>80 SI
High
574
6,825
937
3,010
3,023
575
6,522
1,439
5375
4,492
576
4,873
3,130
3,337
3,733
577
9,972
573
2,362
2,182
578
941
1,467
492
3392
591
3362
1,887
957
2340
592
3349
5,458
1,692
1,992
593
5,069
3333
2,216
2,345
594
4,493
460
2,412
3,972
595
7,742
1312
3,893
6,150
596
4,376
2,471
1391
3393
597.1
585
973
26
1,464
597.2
4,950
4393
3375
8,114
TOTAL
63359
28,435
30337
46393
1/ The site index method of measuring productivity is based on the expected height a tree will
grow within a given number of years (50 years for Southeast Alaska). It is difficult to obtain
the site index for old-growth stands in Southeast Alaska because their lifelong slow growth
characteristics makes it difficult to obtain accurate age and height measurements.
Volume Estimates
The total inventory volume for the Control Lake project is estimated from units inventoried
during summer 1993. The average volume calculated for each timber type strata was calculated
to provide a volume estimate for suitable forest land within the Project Area. Estimates derived
from the inventory are shown in Table 3-17. Table 3-18 shows the percent volume by volume
class by species for the Project Area. More specific information on the inventory process and
statistical results can be found in the Control Lake Timber and Vegetation Resource Report
(Boyce and Goering, 1995).
Table 3-17
Inventory Volume, Trees, and Basal Area per Acre by
Volume Class
VC 4
VC 5
VC 6
VC 7
Volume (BF/Acre)*'
21,472
29300
32361
33,795
Trees/Acre
131
111
104
116
Basal Area/Acre
203
222
225
233
1/ Includes a 17 percent hidden defect, breakage, and utility deduction.
60 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Vegetation and Timber Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Proportionality
Analysis
Forest Health
Table 3-18
Percent Volume Composition by Species for Volume
Classes
Species
VC 4
VC 5
VC 6
VC 7
Sitka Spruce
12.1
16.2
16.9
9.4
Western Red cedar
22.1
16.3
12.8
8.9
Western Hemlock
47.2
55.3
60.3
77.6
Yellowcedar
12.7
6.5
4.2
3.0
Mountain Hemlock
5.2
5.6
5.8
1.1
Lodgepole Pine
0.7
0.1
0.0
0.0
Total
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
The Tongass Timber Reform Act (TTRA 1990) modified the Long-term Timber Sale Contracts
in Alaska to “...eliminate the practice of harvesting a disproportionate amount of old-growth
timber by limiting the volume harvested over the rotation in volume class 6 and 7...” The Forest
Service developed the procedures and implementation instructions for conducting proportional-
ity analysis in January 1992. The calculation of proportionality is based on dividing the high
volume class acres by the total volume class acres within a Management Area. The proportion-
ality in a Management Area after timber harvest is compared with the proportionality calculated
for December 1990 conditions to verify that TTRA is satisfied.
The Control Lake Draft EIS presented proportionality calculations because much of the timber
from Control Lake was to be offered to KPC under the Long-term Contract. Now that this
contract has been modified, no timber from Control Lake will be offered under the Long-term
Contract. Therefore, proportionality calculations are not included in this Supplemental Draft
EIS.
A healthy forest can be defined as the renewal and continuation of the forest with minimal
repression from biological and physical agents. Various living and nonliving agents, including
fires, insects, disease, and animals, alter the natural aging and death process of trees and
stands. The following paragraphs describe the most destructive agents, affecting the general
health of forest stands, observed during field investigations. Potentially damaging pests not
observed but reported to exist at endemic levels in the Project Area include the black-headed
budworm (Acleris gloverana), the hemlock sawfly {Neodiprion tsugae), the spruce beetle
{Dendroctonus rufipennis), and the spruce aphid {Elatobium abietinum) (USDA Forest Service,
1985).
Hemlock Dwarf Mistletoe
Hemlock dwarf mistletoe {Arceuthobium tsugense) is one of the most widespread pathogens in
old-growth forests of Southeast Alaska. Hemlock dwarf mistletoe is an obligate parasitic plant
whose primary hosts are western hemlock and mountain hemlock. In general, dwarf mistletoe
reduces the vigor and growth rate of its hosts. Dwarf mistletoe produces cankerous swellings in
branches that offer an entry point for wood-destroying fungi.
Dwarf mistletoe is present throughout the entire Control Lake Project Area, but infection rates
are quite variable for individual stands. It is completely absent in some stands while nearly
every tree is infected in other stands.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Vegetation and Timber Resources — CHAPTER 3 ■ 61
3 Affected
Environment
Yellowcedar Decline
The cause of yellowcedar decline is unknown, but it is generally associated with poorly drained
soils. It does not seem to spread from site to site, but it appears to creep from its origins in bog
and semi-bog communities to the adjacent forest (Hennon 1990). Dead and dying yellowcedar
can be observed throughout the Control Lake Project Area, but this is not necessarily associ-
ated specifically with yellowcedar decline.
General Decays
Stem and root decay is one of the greatest single causes of merchantable timber volume loss in
the Project Area, although this is not unexpected considering the age of the stands. The
younger stands generally show less evidence of decay while the older stands are more likely to
be infected and show the signs of stem decay. Red ring rot (Phellinus pint), red belt fungus
(Fomitopsis pinicola), yellow ring rot of western red cedar (Phellinus weirii), or root rots
(Heterobasidion annosum and Armillaria mellea) are some common pathogens in the area.
Hemlock is generally more susceptible to decay than other species in the area.
Western Hemlock Canker
Western hemlock canker (Xenomeris abietis) is causing slowed growth and mortality of western
hemlock along well-traveled rock surfaced roads. This occurs iii a strip approximately 150 feet
wide on either side of the road. It is most evident in occasional patches along each side of Road
No. 929 close to Control Lake. It affects the lower branches of large trees and eventually kills
the smaller, younger trees. Road dust is suspected to be associated with this problem, and
signs of the disease have decreased after paving (Hennon, 1992).
Hemlock Fluting
Hemlock fluting was found occasionally throughout the Project Area. It generally occurs on
uplifted coastal beaches and floodplains. Fluting is characterized by the production of deep
vertical furrows in the bole of hemlock trees. The presence of furrows reduce the value of
hemlock trees for sawlogs and pulping because of irregular grain and the bark that is contained
within the stem of the tree. The cause of fluting is unknown but it is believed to have genetic
origins. Selection of hemlock trees that do not show early signs of fluting would be desirable
during thinning operations to reduce the presence of fluting in future stands.
Windthrow
High winds historically have blown down patches of trees and individual trees throughout the
Project Area during winter storms. The prevailing winds are associated with southeast gales
(Harris 1989). Recently, storms in the fall and winter of 1968 and 1978 produced patches of
blown down trees in the western portion of the Project Area. This appears to be nature’s way of
reproducing forests in this area since extensive wildfires are precluded by the moist, maritime
climate. All commercial species are shallow-rooted and susceptible to windthrow. Overall, the
most damage occurs in the high-valued, dense stands of spruce and western hemlock exposed
to the ocean winds. This is evident in some areas close to the beach, such as Harvest Unit 592-
405, in the western portion of the Project Area.
62 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Vegetation and Timber Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Silviculture
Affected O
Environment O
Characteristics of Windfirm trees:
1) Open grown trees which have been exposed to storm winds throughout their life.
2) Dominant trees with crowns well above the average stand height.
3) Low form class, high stem taper, and are short.
4) Have prop roots, especially on the leeward side.
5) Straight trees, with well-formed stem and no lean.
6) No stem or root decay and no stem swelling.
7) Deep rooted on well-drained sites.
8) Western red cedar, Alaska yellowcedar, and immature alder species.
The practice of silviculture takes into account the interaction of soils, climate, and tree physiol-
ogy in determining how a stand of trees can be harvested, reproduced, and tended to achieve
the desired future condition of the stand. Silvicultural practices are directed at creating and
maintaining the type of forest that will best fulfill the objectives of the land manager.
Silvicultural practices by the Tongass National Forest on Prince of Wales Island primarily center
around the management of four tree species: western hemlock, Sitka spruce, western red cedar,
and Alaska yellowcedar. The silvical characteristics of each species results in the development
of different management approaches for a site based on the existing stand condition and the
desired future condition.
Criteria for Selection of Silvicultural Harvest System
Several silvicultural systems are recommended to accomplish the management objectives for the
Project Area. These recommendations take into consideration the ecological characteristics of
the stands selected for harvest and the physical characteristics of the terrain. Silvicultural
prescriptions were developed for all 250 units in the alternatives. The prescriptions can be
found in Appendix H.
The criteria for the selection of silvicultural methods on the Tongass National Forest are
provided in the Alaska Regional Guide (USDA Forest Service, 1983) and are summarized below:
1) Be capable of meeting special management and multiple use objectives.
2) Permit control of vegetation to establish desired species composition, density, and rates of
growth.
3) Promote a stand structure and species composition which minimize risks from solar radiation,
disease, and windthrow.
4) Use available and acceptable logging methods.
5) Assure that lands can be adequately restocked.
6) Be practical and economical in terms of transportation, harvesting, preparation, and adminis-
tration of timber sales.
7) Don’t base selection solely on the basis of greatest dollar return or highest output of timber.
8) Don’t permanently reduce the site productivity or impair the conservation of water and soil
resources.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Vegetation and Timber Resources — CHAPTER 3 ■ 63
3 Affected
Environment
Silvicultural Harvest Practices
The silvicultural harvest systems described below were considered for the Project Area, Some
of these methods may emphasize the protection of resources rather than intensive timber
production.
Modifications to individual systems may take place in the form of leave tree islands, partial cut
buffers, and varying levels of reserve trees. These options are used in combination with the
standard silvicultural systems, rather than being used strictly by themselves. Where alternative
systems or modifications have been proposed, they are incorporated directly into the silvicul-
tural prescriptions and unit cards presented in Appendix F and H.
Creation of Partial Cut Buffers
Partial cut buffers are created by removing trees in one size class or removing individual trees
throughout all size classes along a lake, stream buffer, or unit boundary. Selection of partial cut
buffers was identified during field verification. Partial cut buffers are used to achieve objectives
for wildlife, visuals or windfirm buffers and typically could be applied adjacent to key resource
areas such as wildlife corridors. Partial cut practices can be used with all types of silvicultural
and harvest methods where reserve trees are desired.
Reserve Trees
Retaining green trees and snags across the landscape can provide benefits for reforestation,
wildlife habitat, and visual resources. The number of trees reserved and the location of reserve
trees within a harvest unit will be dependent upon the resource needs of the area, topographic
and climatic conditions, and the operational constraints to logging systems. Many of the
reserve trees will be placed around the edge of unit boundaries, in wider stream buffers, lake
buffers, between landings, and behind blind leads although clumping and redistribution may
take place to meet required levels (Region 10 Reserve Tree Selection Guidelines, USDA Forest
Service, 1993b).
Table 3-19 presents an estimate of the level of canopy retention and unit volume reduction
obtained by each standard silvicultural system used for the Control Lake Project Area. Figures
3-10 through 3-18 are schematic diagrams of harvest type designations. The harvest type
designation is a simplified system used during the ID Team process to easily designate a
silvicultural system, harvest design, and/or reserve tree level within a unit. Descriptions of
these harvest types are provided in the following sections.
Even-Aged Systems Even-aged systems produce distinct successional stages because the age and size class
structure of the trees in the stand are nearly the same. The common systems are the clearcut,
shelterwood, and seed tree.
Clearcutting
Clearcutting {Harvest Types A, B, C, and D) is the practice of harvesting all the trees on the site
and establishing regeneration through natural or artificial methods. Decisions to clearcut are
usually based on a number of factors such as insect epidemics, disease control, the desire to
influence species composition and growth, and/or the desire to meet the needs of regulated
volume production through area control. Clearcutting has historically been the most common
method prescribed in southeastern Alaska.
64
■ 3 CHAPTER — Vegetation and Timber Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected Q
Environment O
Table 3-19
Silvicultural System and Harvest Type Designations
Silvicultural System
Harvest Type
Designation
Canopy
Retention (%)
Merchantable
Unit Volume
Retention (%)
Clearcut
Type A
5
0
Clearcut
TypeB
10
5
Clearcut
Type C
5
0
Clearcut
Type D
5 to 15
OtolO
Overstory Removal
TypeE
10tol5
10
Seed Tree
Type F
10tol5
10
Shelterwood
TypeG
30
30
Shelterwood
TypeH
50
50
Group/Single Tree Selection
Type I
65 to 90
65 to 90
Clearcutting is prescribed for units for the following reasons:
1) Spruce-hemlock stands in the Control Lake area are shallow-rooted and are vulnerable to
windthrow, especially in stands which have a uniform canopy structure and are exposed to
prevailing winds.
2) Clearcutting is the most effective, efficient, and economical means available to reduce the
occurrence and control the spread of dwarf-mistletoe by eliminating overstory trees infected
with mistletoe.
3) Clearcutting benefits the establishment of shade intolerant species such as spruce by
creating seed beds more favorable to spruce, and reduces the competitive advantage of
hemlock by destroying more advance regeneration during logging.
4) There is sufficient evidence to show that adequate regeneration is possible from adjacent
seed sources to restock sites where this method is proposed.
5) Spruce and hemlock are thin-barked species. During partial cutting, accidental logging
damage creates wounds which are susceptible to disease infection.
Other advantages of clearcutting include: (1) the ability to increase wildlife forage production in
the short term; (2) reduced harvesting costs per unit volume; and (3) fewer road miles required
for the same level of volume harvested.
Some disadvantages of clearcutting include: (1) seedling distribution is uneven, leaving some
areas overstocked and/or understocked; (2) species control is poor; (3) reduced protection
against erosion, landslides, and water runoff rates; (4) the risk of blowdown along cutting
boundaries is increased; and (5) the created openings produce an unnatural appearing land-
scape and can have visual impacts.
Clearcuts will use at least one of the following forms of snag and green tree reserve strategies:
Type A clearcuts typically will leave snags and unmerchantable green trees within 50 to 100 feet
of the setting boundaries (Figure 3-10). A maximum of 5 percent crown cover will remain on the
site. Some blind lead areas may be used to meet this level. Type B clearcuts modify these
reserve tree areas by leaving merchantable green tree replacements of specified species and size
classes along setting boundaries (Figure 3-11). A maximum of 10 percent crown cover and an
estimated 5 percent merchantable volume will be left in the unit. Type C clearcuts leave unmer-
I Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
i
a .
Vegetation and Timber Resources — CHAPTERS ■ 65
3 Affected
Environment
chantable trees and snags over the entire unit (Figure 3-12). This treatment will be most
applicable to helicopter yarding and a maximum of 15 percent crown cover will be retained. Type
D clearcuts add islands or fingers of merchantable and unmerchantable reserve trees within the
unit, around rock outcrops, behind blind leads and between landings (Figure 3-13). The percent
crown cover and the merchantable volume left unharvested will vary depending on the number,
size, and volume class of the islands retained. Island size within clearcuts are prescribed for 2 to
5 acres.
Overstory Removal
The overstory removal silvicultural method (referred to as Type E) is used when a two-storied
stand is present and the understory is healthy and shows good growth potential. An overstory
removal involves selecting the larger trees for harvest that comprise the overstory canopy. By
removing the overstory, more nutrients and sunlight reach the remaining stand, allowing it to
grow to maturity. This method can be designed using strip cuts or patch cuts with the use of
appropriate harvesting equipment.
Selection of a particular unit for overstory removal is based on several factors: (1) there should
be a distinct two-storied stand component in which the understory is of a submerchantable or
small sawtimber size; (2) the topography of the site would not restrict the use of logging
equipment necessary for this type of harvesting operation; and (3) there is enough merchant-
able volume present in the overstory to make the harvesting operation feasible.
Seed Tree
Seed tree cutting is the practice of removing all trees from an area while leaving a few trees
standing singly, in small groups, or narrow strips as a source of seed for natural regeneration
(referred to as Type F).
Silvicultural advantages of the seed tree method (vs. clearcutting) include: (1) better control of
species composition and distribution due to a more abundant seed source; (2) can regenerate
extensive areas too large to be seeded naturally from adjacent stands; and (3) logging costs are
minimal.
Some disadvantages of the seed tree method include: (1) windfirm trees are needed because of
an increased risk of blowdown; and (2) it is costly when seed trees are harvested (volume
recovery per area), and subsequent damage occurs to the regeneration.
Shelterwood
Shelterwood cutting (Types G and H) is the practice of harvesting an area with a series of two or
more removals over a period of time to ensure regenerative success. This system provides seed
for natural regeneration and protects the seedlings from extreme heat and/or frost conditions.
By definition, however, it includes the removal of the trees left for shelter as soon as restocking
requirements are met.
Silvicultural advantages of shelterwood harvests include: (1) better control of species composi-
tion, and distribution, due to more abundant seed sources; and (2) allows more control over site
conditions, such as frost pockets, and therefore regenerative success.
Some disadvantages of the shelterwood method include: (1) increased logging costs due to
repeat entry and the care exercised to prevent excessive damage; (2) damage may occur to the
66 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Vegetation and Timber Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected Q
Environment O
Uneven- Aged System
Timber Harvest
Methods
residual stand and reproduction during logging; (3) overstocking of hemlock may occur due to
the species shade tolerance; and (4) increased risk of blowdown to the residual stand between
entries.
For the Control Lake Project, two levels of shelterwood harvest will be used. Type G
shelterwoods will leave a minimum of 60 to 80 square feet of Basal Area/acre with 30 percent
crown cover (Figure 3-16). Trees retained across the unit will leave an estimated 30 percent of
the merchantable volume. Type H will leave 80 to 1(X) square feet of Basal Area/acre and 50
percent crown cover (Figure 3-17). An estimated 50 percent of the merchantable volume will be
retained. Most shelterwoods are prescribed within visually sensitive areas to meet partial
retention visual quality objectives (Proposed Revised Forest Plan 1991). A minimum of 30
percent crown cover is left to provide the stand with some windthrow protection.
Uneven-aged systems (referred to as Type I) produce stands of high structural diversity
because of the intermingling of the different size and age classes. Uneven-aged silvicultural
practices include both single tree and group tree selection.
Some advantages of uneven-aged systems include: (1) provides reproduction of shade tolerant
species; (2) good seedbed protection with less adverse exposure caused by climate, sunlight or
wind; (3) tends to increase diversity due to temporary increases in shade intolerant plants in the
small openings.
Some disadvantages of uneven-aged systems include: (1) Sale layout and administration
requires highly skilled people; (2) logging costs are usually higher and greater care is required in
the logging process due to higher risks of damage to the residual stand; (3) shade tolerant
hemlock would eventually replace spruce and cedar species; (4) not suitable for stands infected
with dwarf-mistletoe.
Single Tree and Group Selection
Individual tree selection removes selected trees of all age classes on an individual basis
distributed throughout the stand. Group tree selection involves the removal of a small group
(usually less than 2 acres) of trees in a stand and creates a mosaic of even-aged groups.
Individual tree and small group selection harvest are used to meet silvicultural and/or visual
management objectives. Timber harvest can meet Retention VQO guidelines if it is not evident
to the casual forest observer. The harvest of individual trees or small groups (less than 2 acres)
can be accomplished by helicopter or conventional harvest systems while meeting Retention
VQO. Larger group selection harvests (up to 5 to 10 acres) can also meet Retention and Partial
Retention VQO by designing the unit shape to fit the form, line, and texture of the surrounding
landscape. This can be accomplished by shaping harvest patches in rectangular, linear, or
circular patches or by placing them in less visible areas.
Timber harvesting is the process by which standing timber is converted into logs and trans-
ported to a manufacturing facility where the logs are converted to a higher value product. The
harvesting process can be divided into several steps as follows:
• Road Construction — Constructing logging roads needed to harvest the timber. Includes
construction of specified roads and construction of temporary roads and landings.
• Fall and Buck — Falling the timber and cutting the felled timber into logs.
• Yard — Moving logs from the stump to a landing or other point of transportation.
• Sort and Load — Sorting the logs by grade (either at a landing or dry sort area) and placing
logs on logging trucks.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Vegetation and Timber Resources — CHAPTERS ■ 67
3 Affected
Environment
68 ■ 3 CHAPTER — ^Vegetation and Timber Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
L
Affected O
Environment O
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Vegetation and Timbes Resources — CHAPTERS ■ 69
3 Affected
Environment
70 ■ 3 CHAPTER — ^Vegetation and Timber Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected Q
Environment O
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Vegetation and Timber Resources — CHAPTERS ■ 71
3 Affected
Environment
• Log Haul — Transporting the logs from the landing to an LTF.
• Dump and Raft — Decking, bundling, dumping, and rafting logs into the water at an LTF.
• Log Tow — Towing the logs from the LTF to the manufacturing facility.
Cutting standing trees (felling) can be accomplished with surprising accuracy by a skilled
worker (faller). The experienced faller typically uses equipment such as wedges and hydraulic
jacks to control the direction of fall and minimize loss caused by breakage and to avoid other
resources such as streams, wet areas, and reserve trees. There are no viable options to discuss
for the loading and hauling processes. They are part of the overall harvesting operation and will
be performed in much the same manner on all units. However, the yarding process offers a
variety of opportunities to meet resource objectives through careful design and selection of
proper yarding method for the site. Yarding is accomplished using ground-based equipment,
cable logging systems, or helicopters. The method used depends upon such factors as
topography, resource protection needs, and access. The methods can be broadly categorized
into ground-based, cable, or helicopter yarding systems.
Ground-based Yarding Systems
Ground-based systems include tractor and shovel yarding. Tractor yarding, referred to as
skidding, includes the full range of surface skidding equipment. Ground-based systems are
generally confined to downhill logging on gentle slopes.
Shovel yarding is the process of moving logs from the stump to the landing by repeated
swinging with a hydraulic loader. The loader is walked off the haul road and into the harvest
unit. Logs are decked progressively closer to the haul road with each pass of the loader until
they are finally decked at roadside. For this system to be used effectively, soils should be well
drained and side slopes should be less than 20 percent.
72 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Vegetation and Timber Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected
Environment
3
Cable Yarding Systems
Cable yarding systems proposed for the Control Lake Project Area include highlead (Figure 3-
19), slackline (Figure 3-20), and live and running skyline (Figures 3-21 and 3-22) systems.
Highlead and slackline systems can be used to yard logs both uphill and downhill. Skyline
systems are used for uphill logging only. Logs yarded by highlead systems are generally
dragged on the ground. Some lift to one end of the log is provided by the height of the towers
(90-foot towers are commonly used). Where downhill highlead yarding is used, the drag
corridors radiate down and toward the landing. There is greater ground disturbance using
downhill highlead yarding and water tends to congregate as dredge corridors converge at the
landings. Slackline and skyline systems are able to lift one end of the logs or completely
suspend the logs, depending on the unit configuration. The impact of yarding on the soil is
much reduced using these systems when compared with highlead yarding.
Helicopter Yarding Systems
Helicopter yarding is a system by which logs are moved from the stump to the landing with a
helicopter. Total suspension of the logs is achieved resulting in the least impact to the soil.
Helicopter yarding is also more expensive than yarding with cable or ground-based systems.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Vegetation and Timber Resources — CHAPTER 3 ■ 73
3 Affected
Environment
Figure 3-19
Live Skyline Yarding System
Figure 3-20
Running Skyline Yarding System
74 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Vegetation and Timber Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Figure 3-21
Highlead Yarding System
Figure 3-22
Slackline Yarding System
5
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Vegetation and Timber Resources — CHAPTER 3 ■ 75
3 Affected
Environment
This page left intentionally blank
76 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Vegetation and Timber Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Introduction
Wildlife Habitats
Wildlife
Key Terms
Carrying capacity — the maxiraura number of a wildlife species that can be supported in a
given area or habitat through the most critical period of the year.
Ecological province — biogeographic areas characterized by similar patterns of species
composition, similar distributional patterns of organisms, and a similar geomorphological
history.
Habitat — the sum total of environmental conditions of a specific place that is occupied by an
organism, population, or community of plants or animals.
Habitat capability — an estimated number of individuals of a species that a habitat can sustain.
Game Management Unit — an Alaska Department of Fish and Game (ADF&G) land division
used to regulate the harvest of wildlife species.
Management Indicator Species (MIS) — vertebrate species whose population changes are
believed to best serve as an index of a biological community’s response to the effects of land
management activities or which are important to hunters and trappers.
Viable population — the number of individuals of a species required to ensure the continued
long-term existence of the population in natural, self-sustaining populations well distributed
throughout their range in the National Forest
Value Comparison Unit (VCU) — land management units which generally encompass a
drainage basin to provide a common set of areas where resource inventories can be conducted
and resource interpretations made.
Wildlife Analysis Area (WAA) — division of land identified by the ADF&G and used by the
Forest Service for wildlife analysis.
The Control Lake Project Area is a mosaic of muskegs, wetlands, alpine meadows, and forest.
Before the onset of forest management in the 1950s, forested areas were almost exclusively old
growth. Timber harvest has occurred in areas of relatively easy access, such as on the gentler
slopes at lower elevations. Traditional timber harvest practices, primarily clearcutting, have
resulted in the rapid replacement of multi-storied, old-growth forest stands with young regener-
ating stands that are structurally and compositionally simpler than the older stands.
The response of wildlife communities to forest succession following timber harvest is complex.
Each plant and animal species reacts differently to harvest, with some species benefiting,
while others are detrimentally affected. Wildlife species that derive benefits during the early
clearcut stage of succession (5 to 25 years) because of an increase in forb and shrub production
include black bear, long-tailed vole, and a number of migratory breeding bird species that nest
and/or feed in understory vegetation. Species dependent on large, contiguous tracts of old-
growth forest, such as marten. Prince of Wales flying squirrel, and Queen Charlotte goshawk,
find habitat quantity and quality reduced, as past and future harvests diminish the extent of
suitable habitat and the number of travel corridors connecting remaining tracts.
Habitat refers to the type of environment in which a species occurs. It can be described in
terms of elevation, topographic position, or type of vegetation community. A species may
occupy a range of different habitats, or more than one distinctive kind of habitat in different
seasons. Habitats that occur within the Control Lake Project Area include old-growth forest,
second-growth forest, alpine/subalpine, wetland, beach fringe, estuary, and riparian. Many of
these habitat types overlap; for example, beach and estuary fringe may include old growth,
second-growth forest, and wetland habitats.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wildlife— CHAPTER 3 ■ 77
3 Affected
Environment
This Supplementary Draft EIS presents three analyses to facilitate discussion of wildlife
habitats. First, it describes all Project Area forested lands by forest successional stages.
Nonforested acres are described as a single category. Next, it presents the nonforested habitats
and special wildlife habitats such as riparian and beach fringe. Finally, it provides an analysis
of the old-growth forest successional stage. This analysis uses plant series and timber volume
class information, and addresses the components of patch size and travel corridors.
The Forest Service Ketchikan Area GIS, Thorne Bay Ranger District, and ADF&G provided
the wildlife habitat information used in the analyses. This was updated with site-specific
information acquired during the 1993 field inventory. Table 3-20 presents the WAA’s and
VCU’s within the Project Area. The distribution of WAA’s in and around the Project Area is
shown in Figure 3-23.
The general successional sequence of a stand following clearcut harvest is outlined below.
Ages and size classes represented in the stages vary to a certain degree among forest stands
since growth and yield depend on factors such as site class, topography, and weather condi-
tions.
Currently Non-stocked (4,178 acres)
Grasses, forbs, shrubs, and conifer and hardwood seedlings flourish for the first 5 years
following harvest. Several species of small mammals, including the long-tailed vole, furbear-
ers, and songbirds such as orange-crowned warbler, Wilson’s warbler, and Swainson’s thrush,
use these areas during at least part of their life cycle (Della Sala et al., 1993).
78 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Wildlife
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Table 3-20
Project Area WAA’s and VCU’s
WAA Number
Acreage of WAA
in Project Area
Percent of WAA
in Project Area
VCU’s in WAA
1318
30,800
51
594, 595
1319
76,984
74
575, 576, 578, 596, 597.1, 597.2
1323
34,497
92
591,592, 593
1421
29,630
33
574, 577
Forest Successional Habitats
Forested habitats mapped on the Ketchikan Area GIS include all areas with at least 10 percent
forest cover. Many wildlife species, including those dependent on old growth, use the forested
stands within the Project Area. Table 3-21 indicates approximately 79,764 acres of forested
habitat exist in the Project Area. Non-forested habitats are described in Timber and Vegetation,
and, in part, below under Special Wildlife Habitats.
Table 3-21
Successional Stages in Acres, Current Condition (1995)
WAA
Non-Stocked
Seedling/
Sapling
Pole/Young
Growth
Old
Growth
Non-Forested*^
1318
1,289
623
0
13,552
2,542
1319
2,202
2,113
819
37,252
4,362
1323
114
64
114
11,129
3,191
1421
573
772
0
14,226
2,919
Total
4,178
3,572
933
76,159
13,014
1/ The 2,488 acres of lakes in the Project Area are included in these values.
Seedling/Sapling (3,572 acres)
There is an increase in forb and shrub production for the 6- to 25-year period following
harvest. A number of wildlife species take advantage of this increase, including black bear,
long-tailed vole, and deer (Thomas et al., 1979). Sapling crown closure occurs during this
stage. Shade-intolerant grasses, herbs, and shrubs decline because of increased shade from the
crown closure of the tree canopy. Conversely, shade-tolerant understory species gradually
increase.
Pole/Young-growth Forest (933 acres)
Crown closure is usually complete by 25 years, causing the understory layer to change from a
dense shrub, herb, and seedling composition to one of dense moss. The young trees are small,
densely stocked, and uniform in size. Large diameter snags and snag-replacement trees are
absent, although large-diameter logs may persist for more than 70 years. These stands, which
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wildlife— CHAPTER 3 ■ 79
SATTectea
Environment
Affected O
Environment O
may persist for more than 75 years (Sigman, 1985), exhibit a poorly developed understory and
an even-aged overstory that provides low diversity and low habitat value for wildlife. This
stage provides hiding and thermal cover for big game species. Other species, including winter
wren, beaver, and mink, also use the cover (Thomas et al., 1979).
Old-growth Forest (76,159 acres)
Special Wildlife
Habitats
Table 3-22 presents the acres of special habitats under current conditions. These categories
overlap with other habitats, including commercial forest land. Thus, acreage totals of these
habitats do not reflect the Project Area total acreage.
Table 3-22
Acres of Special Wildlife Habitats Existing Condition (1995)
Total Acres Past Harvest
Beach Fringe and Estuary
2,671
118
Riparian Management Areas
Class I streams
12,745
571
Class II streams
5,531
251
Class III streams
6,501
483
Lakes
2,816
30
Other
6,528
179
Total Riparian Management Areas
33,852
1,521
Approximately 150 years after harvest, an understory of deciduous shrubs, herbs, and conifer
seedlings begins to develop in an unmanaged stand (Sigman, 1985). Uneven-aged trees, old-
growth overstory structural features, and large-diameter snags with denning cavities begin to
develop, becoming more prevalent over the next 2 centuries. Old-growth habitat is character-
ized as stands of trees well past the age of maturity, with declining growth rates and signs of
decadence, such as dead and dying trees, snags, and downed woody material. Many species
extensively use these stands including Sitka black-tailed deer, black bear, wolf, marten,
Vancouver Canada goose. Queen Charlotte goshawk, bald eagle. Pacific-slope flycatcher, and
cavity nesters.
Categories of wildlife habitat in addition to the forested habitats described above are present
in the Control Lake Project Area. These special habitat categories are composed of forested
and/or nonforested lands and are defined by physical factors including elevation, geology, and
topography, as well as by vegetative community. Wildlife species vary in their use of these
habitats; some show complete dependence on a single habitat category, while others may use
more than one type differentially over the seasons. The special wildlife habitats discussed
below include beach fringe and estuary and Riparian Management Areas.
Beach Fringe and Estuary
The area within 500 feet of the mean high tide was used to define beach fringe habitat. This
area is a transition zone between land and water, salt and freshwater, and vegetated and
nonvegetated conditions. Forested areas in this zone receive heavy use by species with high
economic, recreational, subsistence, or aesthetic values. Black bear, furbearers, bald eagles.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wildlife— CHAPTER 3 ■ 81
3 Affected
Environment
black-tailed deer, shorebirds, and Vancouver Canada goose are species that typically concen-
trate their activities in the beach fringe forests during some or all seasons. Many of these
species exhibit a preference for, or dependence on, old-growth forest stands.
Estuary fringe habitats were defined by a 1, 000-foot zone inland from the mean high tide line
bordering an estuary. The diverse estuary habitats provide even greater value than beach fringe
habitats to wildlife. Black bear, river otters, mink, bald eagles, shorebirds and waterfowl use
estuary habitats.
Early timber harvest was concentrated in beach fringe and estuary areas because of the quality
of timber and ease of access. Table 3-22 indicates that 2,671 acres of old-growth forest were
present within these areas before timber harvest, compared to 2,131 acres currently.
Riparian Management Areas (Riparian LUD)
Riparian habitat is located at the transition from aquatic to terrestrial habitats along rivers,
streams, and lakes. It is recognized for its value to a wide variety of species including bald
eagles, furbearers, and black bears. Riparian corridors provide travel and migration pathways
for numerous species because of the presence of forage, water, and cover. Within the Control
Lake Project Area, Riparian Management Areas are defined according to Tongass National
Forest standards for the Riparian LUD. The width of the Riparian Management Area varies
with the steam/lake class and process group.
Table 3-22 indicates that 33,852 acres of habitat was present within Riparian Management
Areas prior to timber harvest. To date, 1,521 of these acres have been harvested. More
detailed information on the management of riparian habitat is presented in the section on
Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas section.
Management
Indicator Species
Although red squirrel, mountain goat, and brown bear were selected as Tongass National
Forest MIS, they were not selected as MIS for the Control Lake Project since they do not occur
within the Project Area. Table 3-23 presents the species that will serve as MIS for this project.
Habitat capability models developed by interagency task groups (TLMP Draft Revision,
1991a) were used to characterize existing conditions and effects of proposed land management
activities on MIS. Habitat capability models are not intended to predict population levels or set
bag limits. Their use is intended to give a relative comparison between alternatives of the
effects on habitat.
Table 3-24 presents the results of the MIS analyses for current conditions (1995) expressed as a
percentage of the 1954 (prior to commercial harvest) capability.
MIS are animals whose population changes are believed to indicate the effects of land
management activities generally on wildlife populations (USDA Forest Service, 1982). The
concept of MIS was developed to promote more effective management of wildlife and fish
habitats on National Forest System lands. MIS have been selected and management require-
ments identified for wildlife species within the region to ensure that adequate habitat exists to
maintain population viability and biological diversity, and to establish management goals for
species in public demand.
82
3 CHAPTER— Wildlife
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Table 3-23
Management Indicator Species for the Project Area
MANAGEMENT INDICATOR
SPECIES (MIS>— WUdlife
Black Bear
i'- Marten
if River Otter
^ Gray Wolf
Sitka Black-tailed Deer
- I
, Vancouver Canada Goose
- f Bald Eagle,^, sf
Red-breasted Sapsucker
Hairy Woodpecker^
Brown Creeper
Species
Rationale for the Selection
Sitka black-tailed deer
Black bear
Wolf
River otter
Marten
Vancouver Canada goose
Bald eagle
Red-breasted sapsucker
Hairy woodpecker
Brown creeper
Represents species using low elevation old-growth
forest habitats during the winter; important game species
Represents species using estuarine habitat; game species
Predator tied to a specific prey base
Represents species using riparian habitat; furbearer
Low elevation old-growth winter habitat; important
furbearer
Represents species using riparian habitat; game species
Old-growth coastline; high public interest
Cavity excavator using low-volume old growth
Cavity excavator using high-volume old growth
Represents species using large, high-volume old-growth
Source: USDA Forest Service 1982
Table 3-24
Estimated MIS Habitat Capabilities for 1995 Expressed as a
Percentage of 1954 Habitat Capabilities
Species 1995 Habitat Capability (%) Change from 1954 (%)
Black-tailed Deer*'
91
-9
Black Bear^
82
-18
Wolf'
91
-9
Marten''
89
-11
River Otter
93
-7
Bald Eagle
96
-4
Vancouver Canada Goose
93
-7
Red-breasted Sapsucker''
93
-7
Hairy Woodpecker''
73
-27
Brown Creeper''
58
-42
1/ Includes patch-size effectiveness reduction factor (see Biodiversity section).
2/ Includes disturbance reduction factor to account for disturbance to black bears associated with roads.
The TLMP Revision (1997) discontinues use of habitat capability models, with the exception
of a modified deer model. Analysis of the modified deer model for Project Area WAA’s
(TLMP, 1997) shows a substantial decrease in habitat capability between 1954 and 1995. This
downward trend is similar to the decrease estimated for the Project Area using the TLMP Draft
Revision (1991a) model, as shown in Table 3-24. For other MIS, the TLMP Revision (1997)
incorporates species assessments prepared by expert panels to document expected effects of the
implementation of the Forest Plan. Although the assessments were prepared on a Forest-wide,
rather than project-specific basis, they predict effects that are consistent with those described in
this Supplemental Draft EIS for the Control Lake Project Area.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wildlife— CHAPTER 3 ■ 83
3 Affected
Environment
Sitka Black-tailed Deer
Sitka black-tailed deer {Odocoileus hemionus) is considered a generalist species that ranges
through all major habitats on Prince of Wales Island. As an MIS, black-tailed deer represent
other species that use lower elevation old-growth forest habitats during the winter.
Winter snow conditions affect deer populations through decreased forage availability, specifi-
cally in clearcut areas, and increased energy expenditures. The highest quality winter range
exists on south-facing slopes below 800 feet in elevation, dominated by high volume old-
growth stands. During periodic accumulations of snow, old growth-forest patches provide
“optimal thermal cover” (Witmer et al., 1985). The combination of a dense canopy with
scattered openings allows forage growth in the openings, while the canopy modifies snowfall
sufficiently to promote availability of forage and movement of deer. Early successional stands
provide forage for deer during mild winters and the remaining seasons.
Old-growth patches of 1,000 acres or larger are believed to provide optimum deer habitat.
Deer winter range fragmented into isolated islands of old growth concentrates deer in predict-
able areas, offering far less security from wolves by reducing predator search time (USDA
Forest Service, 1991a).
During the 1993 Control Lake field inventory, biologists documented deer sightings and signs
throughout the Project Area. These included deer sightings, scat, tracks, browse, beds, and
travel corridors. High quality deer wintering areas were identified along the majority of the
coastal shoreline and estuaries, around most of the lakes, and in the Drumlin area of the Honker
Divide Watershed.
The Project Team used the habitat capability model (TLMP, 1991a) to evaluate high quality
deer winter range, assumed to be the most limiting factor for Sitka black-tailed deer popula-
tions. The Project Team found that, when combined with winter range habitat identified by the
Thorne Bay Ranger District, high quality habitat was most concentrated on the Western
Peninsula and in the Honker watershed of the Control Lake Project Area. The Western
Peninsula contains a high degree of natural fragmentation, with productive timber concentrated
along the shoreline and stream corridors. This may result in greater sensitivity of this area to
human-caused fragmentation. Currently, high quality deer winter range represents approxi-
mately 13 percent (22,980 acres) of the Project Area. Approximately 3,160 acres have been
harvested since 1954. However, 55 percent of the Project Area now lies within non-develop-
ment LUD’s under the new Forest Plan (1997) and will be protected from future timber
harvest.
84 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Wildlife
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Results of the deer model indicate a 9 percent reduction in habitat capability since the start of
the KPC contract in 1954 (Table 3-24), Both the TLMP Draft Revision (1991a) deer model
and the TLMP Revision (1997) deer model were used to evaluate timber harvest proposed
under the Lab Bay Sale (USDA Forest Service, 1997), which is just north of the Control Lake
Project Area. Both models showed decreasing habitat capability between 1954 and current
conditions, with the 1997 model showing a decrease about three times greater than the 1991
model. Based on this project-specific analysis, it is expected that use of the 1997 deer model
for the Control Lake Project would result in the same general trends of habitat capability
reduction, with a larger effect relative to the pre-harvest (1954) condition.
No roads existed in the Project Area prior to 1954. Today, road density is 0.78 mile per square
mile. Road construction affects black-tailed deer habitat by displacing deer from preferred
habitats, and increasing deer harvest opportunities in localized areas adjacent to roads (see
Subsistence section). This is of particular concern when forest canopy cover adjacent to roads
is limited (Thomas et al., 1979; Washington Department of Wildlife, 1987).
Black Bear
Black bears (Ursus americanus) range through all major habitat types found in the Project
Area. They require large expanses of habitat, as well as protection from human disturbance.
The availability of food and cover are the primary influences on the movements and distribu-
tion of black bears. Estuarine, riparian, and coastal habitats receive the highest use by black
bears. Although many of their preferred plant foods grow in openings, bears prefer not to
move very far from cover while foraging; therefore, they do not use large openings without
cover (Suring et al., 1992).
The availability of den sites is also a critical determinant of habitat quality for bears. The
characteristics of preferred sites in Southeast Alaska (e.g., hollow logs and trees, and a well-
developed understory) are typically associated with old-growth forests (Suring et al., 1992),
Increased road densities, with accompanying increases in human access to areas, might
negatively affect black bear populations, which are susceptible to overharvesting (Kolenosky
and Strathearn, 1987), Road construction increases the chances of human disturbance which
might result in the displacement of animals from their preferred habitats.
Bear sightings and signs were commonly observed throughout the Project Area during the
1993 field season. Dens were located in old-growth stands throughout the Project Area. The
areas surrounding most of the bays within the Project Area provide important black bear
habitat.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wildlife— CHAPTER 3 ■ 85
3
Affected
Environment
The black bear habitat capability model indicates an 18 percent decline from the pre-1954 level
(Table 3-24). Black bear habitat currently represents approximately 60 percent of the Project
Area,
Wolves (Canis lupus) are wide ranging, opportunistic predators (Paradiso and Nowak, 1982).
The presence of wolves in an area, appears to be dictated primarily by the availability of habitat
for its prey species (Carbyn, 1987) and the intensity of human-caused mortality (Mech et al.,
1988; Mech, 1995). The wolf has adapted to a carnivorous diet made up mainly of large
ungulates or beaver (Castor canadensis) and, when available, spawning salmon. Availability
of suitable denning habitat is of secondary importance to wolves. In forested areas, dens are
usually located on elevated knolls within 1,600 feet of water (Carbyn, 1987). Dens located on
Prince of Wales Island have been in old-growth stands within 100 meters of freshwater (Person
and Ingle, 1995).
Timber harvest and the construction of road systems on Prince of Wales Island has altered the
habitat of wolves and their prey. The primary effect of high road densities is the increased
accessibility to wolves they afford hunters. Wolves are reportedly intolerant of open road
densities that exceed a 1.0 mile per square mile threshold, raising the concern of maintaining
viable populations (Mech, 1989; Fuller, 1989; Mech et al., 1988; and Thiel, 1985). Suring et
al. (1992) recommends that road densities be maintained below this level within each WAA.
Additionally, sufficient habitat should be maintained to support at least five deer per square
mile in areas where deer are the primary prey species. All WAA’s are currently below the 1.0
mile per square mile threshold. The 44 miles of shoreline within WAA 1323 provide addi-
tional access to the Western Peninsula for hunters and trappers. Although miles of shoreline
are not included in road density calculation, the effects of shoreline access are considered in the
development of access management plans.
The USFWS was petitioned to list the Alexander Archipelago wolf as threatened under the
Endangered Species Act. The petition was based on several factors: present and threatened
destruction, modification, and curtailment of habitat from the reduction and long-term degrada-
tion of habitat for Sitka black-tailed deer by clearcut logging; inadequate regulation of road
access leading to increased shooting and trapping of wolves; and, other factors including
inbreeding within insular populations that may reduce genetic fitness, adaptability, and long-
term viability (USDI Fish and Wildlife Service, 1994). The USFWS undertook a status review
of the Alexander Archipelago wolf and found that listing was not warranted at this time (USDI
Fish and Wildlife Service, 1995). The wolf is considered a species of concern (formerly called
a Category 2 Candidate species) on the Tongass National Forest.
A study is currently underway on north-central Prince of Wales and the adjacent islands to
determine distribution and abundance, home range, movements, habitat use, and the feeding
ecology of the wolf. Information to date indicates that within Game Management Unit 2
(GMU-2), only Prince of Wales Island is sufficiently large to maintain a permanent wolf
population in the absence of immigration from some other source. Average pack home range
size for wolves on Prince of Wales Island is 264 square kilometers. This appears to be larger
than home ranges reported for wolf packs in other studies where the primary prey is deer. An
analysis of habitat use vs. availability for three packs, based on radio locations, showed that the
wolves selected highly productive forest (volume classes 5, 6, and 7) habitat, particularly in the
winter. Two packs used low-volume stands more than expected and one pack used noncom-
mercial habitat more than expected. All three packs used second-growth habitat significantly
less than expected (Person and Ingle, 1995).
Wolf
86 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Wildlife
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
During the 1993 Control Lake field reconnaissance, the majority of the sightings and signs
were observed in the Honker Block, Rio Roberts Watershed, Logjam Watershed, and the
Western Peninsula Area. The areas surrounding the majority of the bays provide important
wolf habitat.
Habitat capability model results for wolves are proportional to results for Sitka black-tailed
deer. The model indicates a 9 percent decline from the pre-harvest level (Table 3-24).
Marten
Marten {Martes americana) prefer mature and old-growth forest and are closely associated
with overmature stands with a canopy closure greater than 40 percent. The abundance of the
shrub and forb layer in a typical old-growth stand, in conjunction with the structural diversity
of its understory, supports a variety of small mammal prey species. Downfall, stumps or slash
provide access routes allowing marten to hunt below deep snow. Overstory cover provides
marten with protection from potential bird predators. The fallen logs, decadent trees, and large
snags in old-growth forests provide resting and den sites for marten (Suring et al., 1992;
Strickland and Douglas, 1987).
Marten represent a species group that uses lower elevation old-growth forest habitats during the
winter period. Although forest management activities resulting in easier human access will
increase potential for overtrapping, the quantity and quality of winter habitat is considered the most
limiting factor for marten in Southeast Alaska. High quality winter range includes old-growth
stands in coastal habitats (beach fiinge and estuary) and riparian areas, as well as upland habitats
below 1,500 feet in elevation. Optimum use of habitat occurs when patches of preferred habitat
are greater than 1 80 acres, and use declines with decreasing patchsize, becoming zero when
patches of preferred habitat are less that 10 acres (TLMP, 1991a).
Marten are easily trapped and are susceptible to overharvest. Road construction reduces cover
and increases human access, thereby increasing trapping vulnerability, particularly when
located within marten travel corridors (ridges, saddles, and riparian areas) and foraging areas
(Warren, 1990). During the 1993 field reconnaissance, marten sign and sightings were
documented along the Thorne River and Rio Beaver Creek, and on the Western Peninsula.
The large patches of high quality marten habitat (400 to 5,000-acre blocks of unfragmented
habitat) are located primarily within the Honker Block, Upper Cutthroat watershed. Big Salt
Block, Goshawk Block, and along Elevenmile Creek and the Western Shore Corridor. The
majority of this habitat is associated with riparian and coastal habitats.
Currently, the unmodified and near-natural environment LUD’s provide approximately 45
percent of the high quality marten habitat in the Project Area. Approximately 12 percent of the
total high quality habitat has been harvested since 1954.
The habitat capability model indicates an 1 1 percent decline from the pre-1954 level (Table 3-
24).
The TLMP Revision (1997) includes a Forest- wide program to conserve and provide habitat to
assist in maintaining long-term sustainable marten populations. The new standards and
guidelines include special features for protection of high quality marten habitat in higher risk
biogeographic provinces. These provinces are defined as regions where significant amounts of
past timber harvest has resulted in young conifer stands with little or no residual forest struc-
ture. The Control Lake Project Area is located within one of the high risk provinces, and
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wildlife— CHAPTER 3 ■ 87
3 Affected
Environment
contains two VCU’s (577 and 597) that approach 33 percent previous harvest threshold. As
specified in the ROD, for the TLMP Revision (1997), the new marten standards and guidelines
will be implemented on the Control Lake Project Area as determined by an interagency
implementation team consisting of NMFS, EPA, USFWS, ADF&G, and other pertinent state
agencies.
River Otter
River otters {Lutra canadensis) are associated with both coastal and freshwater aquatic envi-
ronments and the immediately adjacent (100 to 500 feet) upland habitats. High quality habitat
occurs along the coast (beach fringe) and within riparian habitats along rivers, streams, and
lakes up to 1,200 feet in elevation. Lakes larger than 50 acres provide optimum foraging
opportunities. The primary food source of otters is fish, plus a minor component of marine
invertebrates (Larsen, 1984). Several otter dens were found along the San Cristoval coastline
within the Western Peninsula during the 1993 field inventory.
Bald eagle
High quality habitat consists primarily of low- volume, old-growth stands situated along the
shoreline of salt water, large lakes (larger than 50 acres), and Class I and II riparian areas.
River otter habitat (97 percent) is almost exclusively located within unmodified and near-
natural environment LUD’s. Specific locations of high quality habitat include the upper
Honker Block along its northeast edge near the Baird Corridor, and northeast of Twin Lakes.
Habitat is also found along either side of Thome River in the lower portion of VCU 575, along
Snakey Creek, within the Rio Roberts Corridor, and on the Western Peninsula. High-quality
habitat has been reduced by 5 percent since the pre-harvest period (prior to 1954).
The model indicates a 7 percent decline from the pre-1954 level. Current otter habitat repre-
sents approximately 5 percent of the Project Area.
Bald Eagle
Bald eagles (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) in Southeast Alaska prefer to nest adjacent to the coast
where they forage for fish, waterbirds, marine invertebrates, and drifting carrion. Nests are
typically located in old-growth coniferous forests along the coastline and associated saltwater
inlets. Nest surveys conducted by the Forest Service and the USFWS, as well as the 1993
Control Lake field reconnaissance, documented a total of 35 nests along the Project Area
coastline and inland along the Thorne River, Elevenmile Creek, Rio Roberts, and Cutthroat
Creek. In addition, 7 nests are located at the perimeters of Thorne Lake, Big Island Lake, and
Balls Lake. The majority of nests in the Control Lake Project Area are within the no-harvest
Beach Fringe and Estuary LUD or the no-harves* portion of the Stream and Lake Protection
LUD.
Table 3-25 shows the number of inventoried eagle nest trees, by WAA, for the Control Lake
Project Area. The number of nest sites displayed in the table does not reflect 1 1 nests situated
on private land within the project boundary.
88 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Wildlife
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Table 3-25
Bald Eagle Nest Sites in the Control Lake Project Area on
National Forest System Lands
WAA
Number of Nests
1318
0
1319
16
1323
26
1421
_Q
Total Nests
42
The bald eagle habitat capability model is designed to evaluate nesting habitat based on
geographical location, elevation, stream class, lake size, habitat type, and volume class. The
largest and highest quality patches are found on the Western Peninsula of the Project Area on
Blanquizal Point and along the Nossuk Bay Peninsula.
The model indicates there are approximately 3,460 acres of high quality nesting habitat in the
Project Area (Table 3-24). This is a 4 percent decline in habitat capability from 1954.
Vancouver Canada Goose
The Vancouver Canada goose {Branta canadensis fulva) is a relatively nonmigratory species.
They are unique among all subspecies of Canada geese in that they use forested habitat for
nesting and brood-rearing (Lebeda and Ratti, 1983). High-quality nesting and brood-rearing
habitat is generally associated with low volume old growth on poorly drained soils, adjacent to
small wetlands, lakes, and riparian areas. Beach fringe and estuary areas are high-quality
habitats for Vancouver Canada geese.
Hansen (1962) indicated that nesting and brood-rearing is probably the most limiting habitat
factor. For this reason, and because of the potential for effects from forest management
activities, the goose model evaluates nesting and brood-rearing habitat capability on the basis
of vegetation, location, and proximity to roads.
The largest patch of high quality Vancouver Canada goose habitat is in the northernmost
portion of the Project Area, overlapping the Logjam Creek watershed and Honker Block. The
remaining high quality habitat consists of moderate-sized patches scattered throughout the
Control Lake Project Area.
The Project Team documented the Canada goose use throughout the Project Area during the
1993 field season. Sightings and sign observed by the team were often along the shoreline of
lakes and ponds, as well as in muskegs. Model results indicate there are approximately 31,420
acres of high quality nesting and brood rearing habitat within the Project Area. This is a 7
percent decline from the pre-1954 level (Table 3-24). Current high-quality goose habitat
represents approximately 18 percent of the Project Area.
Red-breasted Sapsucker
The red-breasted sapsucker (Sphyrapicus ruber) represents the group of cavity-excavating and
cavity-using species requiring old-growth habitat.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wildlife— CHAPTER 3 ■ 89
3 Affected
Environment
The size of red-breasted sapsucker populations in an area is directly related to the quantity of
snags. Nest trees range from 10 to 32 inches dbh; although sapsuckers use smaller diameter
trees, productivity appears to increase when larger diameter trees are available. Forest stands
over 2,000 feet in elevation are not considered valuable as habitat for red-breasted sapsuckers.
Highest levels of use occur when patches of old growth are larger than 250 acres; use declines
to zero when patches of preferred habitat are smaller than 5 acres (Suring et al., 1993).
The red-breasted sapsucker model evaluates breeding habitat capability based on habitat type
and volume class. Results of this model indicate that high quality sapsucker habitat is exten-
sive, occurring throughout the Project Area and encompassing all old-growth habitat (Volume
Classes 4 to 7) below 2,000 feet in elevation. High quality habitat is concentrated primarily in
the Honker Divide and north of Big Salt Lake. Habitat patches on the Western Peninsula are
relatively small and more distant from each other, corresponding with the naturally fragmented
landscape within this area.
The model results show that 69,460 acres of high quality habitat remain within the Project
Area. This is a 7 percent decline in habitat capability from the pre-1954 level (Table 3-24).
Currently, the unmodified and near-natural environmental LUD’s provide approximately 43
percent of the high-quality habitat that exists within the Project Area.
Hairy Woodpecker
Although hairy woodpeckers {Picoides villosus) are listed as uncommon residents throughout
Southeast Alaska, the Project Team observed sightings and sign on numerous occasions within
the Project Area. These primary cavity excavators require old-growth forest habitats with
snags and partially dead trees for foraging and nesting. Optimum use occurs when patches of
preferred habitat are larger than 500 acres. Use declines to zero when patches are smaller than
10 acres (TLMP, 1991a).
Winter roosting and foraging habitat are considered to be the limiting factor for resident cavity-
nesting birds (Raphael and White, 1984). Habitats used during the winter are below elevation
1,500 feet and are characterized by a high, dense canopy cover provided by large, widely
spaced trees.
The winter habitat capability model indicates that high-quality habitat for the hairy woodpecker
is scattered throughout the Project Area and closely follows old-growth forest distribution. It is
concentrated primarily in the Honker Divide and above Big Salt Lake. Currently, the unmodi-
fied and near-natural environment LUD’s provide approximately 47 percent of the high-quality
habitat that exists within the Project Area.
Model results show 57 percent of old-growth forest within the Control Lake Project Area as
suitable for the hairy woodpecker. Approximately 43,740 acres of high-quality habitat remains
within the Project Area. Model results indicate a 27 percent decline in habitat capability from
the pre-1954 level (Table 3-24). The unmodified and near-natural environment LUD’s provide
47 percent of the high-quality habitat that currently exists within the Project Area.
Brown Creeper
The brown creeper (Certhia americana) forages almost exclusively on the trunks of trees in
conifer forests (Morse, 1970). They represent species dependent on high volume old-growth;
for brown creepers, the tree size is more important than the tree species. Large-diameter trees
allow the birds to feed longer and capture more beetle larvae (their primary prey) per visit, as
well as reducing their exposure during cold, windy weather.
90 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Wildlife
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Snag Density by
Watershed
I
i
Studies suggest that winter habitat is the limiting factor for cavity-nesting birds, including the
brown creeper (Raphael and White, 1984). Old-growth conifer stands below elevation 1,500
feet, and greater than 20,(XX) BF per acre, are the preferred habitat. Optimum use occurs when
high- volume old-growth patches are larger than 15 acres, and use declines to zero when
patches are smaller than one acre (Suring et al., 1993).
During the 1993 field inventory, brown creeper observations were documented along the
Thome River and within the Rio Beaver Block and Rio Roberts Corridor.
The brown creeper model evaluates the capability of winter habitat based on successional stage
and volume class. Model results indicate a 42 percent decline in habitat capability from the
pre-1954 level (Table 3-24). Current brown creeper habitat represents approximately 9 percent
of the Project Area. Specifically, high-quality habitat is concentrated in the Honker Corridor,
the upper Cutthroat Lakes Area, and the Big Salt Block. Currently, the unmodified and near-
natural environment LUD’s provide approximately 30 percent of the high-quality habitat that
exists within the Project Area.
Maintenance of a minimum of 275 snags per 100 acres of forested habitat, averaged on a
fourth-order watershed basis, is expected to maintain viable cavity excavator (e.g., hairy
woodpecker and red-breasted sapsucker) populations throughout individual fourth order
watersheds as timber management activities cause fluctuations in the amount of forested
acreage and, thus, snag densities.
The Project Team conducted snag density surveys within the Project Area to provide more
specific data on the composition of snags within specific volume classes and forest types. The
Project Team analyzed this data to determine if prior harvest has reduced the number of snags
below 275 snags per 100 acres. The analysis assumed that no structure has been retained in
any previously harvested units in the Control Lake Project Area and that Volume Class 3 does
not contain enough snags of sufficient size to address. VCU’s, which are assumed to approxi-
mate fourth order watersheds, were used as the basis of analysis.
Analysis of the 13 VCU’s indicates that snag densities exceed the recommended minimum
level in all of the VCU’s (Table 3-26).
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wildlife— CHAPTER 3 ■ 91
3 Affected
Environment
Table 3-26
Snags Per Acre by VCU
VCU
Acres
Snags/Acre
574
22,510
19.36
575
34,570
18.92
576
13,051
19.09
577
13,841
19.49
578
12,140
18.64
591
4,299
18.91
592
5,802
19.59
593
4,187
19.58
594
6,643
19.64
595
12,562
18.05
596
8,025
18.52
597.1
3,486
17.50
597.2
12,573
19.09
Assumptions:
1. SnagsA^olume Class (VC) are based on Snag Transects conducted during the 1993 field season.
2. VC 0 and 3 do not contain enough snags of sufficient size to count towards the goal.
3. Snags/ Acre calculated as a weighted average based on forest acres.
4. Harvest acres listed as VC 3 were field-verified as VC 4 acres and treated as such.
5. Harvest acres listed as VC 0 were left as is.
92 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Wildlife
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive
Species
Key Terms
Category 2 Candidate — a species or group of species being considered by the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service for listing as endangered or threatened, but for which conclusive data is lacking
on its biological vulnerability and degree of threat.
Category 3 Candidate — species that are now considered to be more abundant and/or wide-
spread than previously thought.
Endangered — a species in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its
range.
Haui out — area of large, smooth, exposed rocks used by seals and sea lions for resting and
pupping.
Sensitive — species (identified by the Regional Forester) whose population viability is of
concern on national forests within the region, and which may need special management to
prevent their being placed on State and Federal threatened and endangered species lists.
Threatened — a species that is likely to become an endangered species within the foreseeable
future throughout all or a significant portion of its range.
Federally listed threatened and endangered species are those plants and animals formally listed
by the USFWS or the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), under the authority of the
Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended. Candidate species are those being considered for
listing as threatened or endangered by the USFWS or NMFS. The State of Alaska has an
Endangered Species Law which authorizes the Commissioner of the ADF&G to list species
which are endangered in Alaska. The Regional Forester of the Forest Service can also designate
species as “sensitive.” Sensitive species are those plant and animal species for which popula-
tion viability is a concern, as evidenced by significant current or predicted downward trends in
population numbers or density, or significant current or predicted downward trends in habitat
capability that would reduce a species’ existing distribution.
Information on threatened, endangered, and sensitive species distributions and occurrences in
the Project Area was obtained from agency contacts, a review of the available literature on these
species in Southeast Alaska, and a general walk-through of each proposed harvest unit by ID
survey teams. In addition, specific surveys were conducted for northern goshawks and marbled
murrelets following USFWS and/or Forest Service accepted protocols.
Plants The policy of the Tongass National Forest is to “provide sufficient habitat to preclude the need
for listing species under the Endangered Species Act due to national Forest habitat conditions”
(TLMP, 1997). Plants of concern are listed by the USFWS as endangered or threatened under
the Endangered Species Act of 1973 or species identified as sensitive by the Regional Forester.
Under the Endangered Species Act , an endangered species is defined as one that is in danger
of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range. A threatened species is defined
as one that is likely to become an endangered species within the foreseeable future throughout
all or a significant portion of its range. Currently, no plant species native to Southeast Alaska
are Federally listed as endangered or threatened. However, four species are currently consid-
ered Category 2 Candidate Threatened or Endangered Species (TLMP, 1997). Category 2
species have evidence supporting formal listing as threatened or endangered but adequate
information is not yet available on biological vulnerability or threats to justify final listing. None
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species — CHAPTER 3 ■ 93
3 Affected
Environment
Fish
Wildlife
of these species has been found in the Tongass National Forest so far, and potential habitat for
only one of the species, thickglume reedgrass (Calamagrostis crassiglumis), exists within the
Control Lake Project Area. Potential for occurrence of the four candidate species in the Project
Area is summarized in Table 3-27.
Currently, there are 1 1 species (including Carex lenticularis var. dolia which is also a candidate
species) on the Region 10 list of sensitive plant species that may occur in the Project Area. One
of the Region 10 sensitive species is known to occur in the Project Area, and several species are
suspected to occur. No observations of Region 10 sensitive plant species were made in the
Project Area based on field reconnaissance of potential harvest units by interdisciplinarily
trained teams. Potential for occurrence of sensitive plants in the Project Area is summarized in
Table 3-27.
No threatened, endangered, or sensitive fish species occur in the Project Area.
Two Federally endangered wildlife species — the humpback whale (Megaptera novaeangliae)
and Eskimo curlew {Numenius borealis) — potentially migrate through the area, and three
Federally threatened species — the Aleutian Canada goose (Branta canadensis leucopareia),
American peregrine falcon {Falco peregrinus anatum), and Steller sea lion (Eumetopias
jubatus) — ^potentially migrate through or occur in the Prince of Wales Island area. Also, eight
Federal candidate Category 2 species — the Alexander Archipelago wolf (Canis lupus ligoni),
Arctic peregrine falcon {Falco peregrinus tundris), marbled murrelet {Brachyramphus
marmoratum), Kittilitz’s murrelet {Brachyramphus brevirostris). Queen Charlotte goshawk
{Accipiter gentilis laingi), harlequin duck {Histrionicus histrionicus), olive-sided flycatcher
{Cantopus borealis), and the spotted frog {Rana pretiosa) — potentially occur in the area. The
Peale’s peregrine falcon {Falco peregrinus pealei), osprey {Pardion haliaetus), and trumpeter
swan {Cygnus buccinator). Forest Service Region 10 sensitive species, also occur on the island.
The Queen Charlotte goshawk is also on the Forest Service Region 10 sensitive species list.
The Franklin’s grouse {Dendragapus canaderis franklinii) is addressed in this section, even
though it is not a threatened, endangered, or sensitive species, because of concern expressed
by the ADF&G.
Humpback Whale
Humpback whales are found in coastal areas or near oceanic islands and appear to have a
preference for nearshore waters, especially the highly productive Qords of Southeast Alaska
and Prince William Sound (Calkins, 1986). Humpbacks remain in the Gulf of Alaska throughout
the summer and fall and begin their southward migration in November; however, some hump-
backs have been reported to winter in Southeast Alaska waters (Calkins, 1986). The current
population of humpback whales in the North Pacific is estimated at between 1,200 and 2,000
animals (National Marine Fisheries Service, 1991), less than 10 percent of the estimated pre-
exploitation population size (Johnson and Wolman, 1984). Currently, about 300 to 350 whales,
or 30 to 35 percent of the entire North Pacific population of humpbacks (Calkins, 1986), gather in
Southeast Alaska waters during the summer and fall to feed on abundant populations of
euphausiids {Euphausia pacifica). Pacific herring {Clupea harengus), and capelin {Mallotus
villosus) (Johnson and Wolman, 1984).
Because the humpback whale occupies nearshore waters, it is especially vulnerable to environ-
mental degradation and human disturbances associated with off-shore petroleum exploration
and production, ocean dumping, toxic chemical pollution, coastal logging, mining and manufac-
turing, fishing, resort development, and pleasure boat and cruise ship traffic (Johnson and
Wolman, 1984). Such activities may disrupt whale feeding or result in damage to important
habitat areas (Johnson and Wolman, 1984). Critical habitat has not been designated for
94
3 CHAPTER — Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Table 3-27
Candidate Threatened/Endangered and Sensitive Plant
Species Potentially Occurring in the Project Area
Species
Potential for Occurrence in Project Area
Candidate Species
Aster yukonoensis
Not likely; outside known range.
Calamagrostis crassiglumis
May occur in marshy wet areas, but not
muskegs; not known from POW Island.
Carex lenticularis var. dolia
Not likely; coastal mountains of southern
Alaska, but not in forested areas.
Montia bostockii
Not likely; outside known range.
Sensitive Species
Cirsium edule
Not expected based on range; wet meadows
and open woods along glacial streams.
Glyceria leptostachya
May occur in wet lowland habitats including
swamps, and stream and lake margins; known
from Control Lake vicinity on POW Island.
Hymenophyllum wrightii
May occur in humid, shaded habitats in
association with boulders, cliffs, and tree
trunks; not known from POW Island.
Isoetes truncata
May occur in shallow water of lakes and
streams; not known from POW Island.
Lingusticum calderi
May occur on rocky cliffs; open, boggy, or
rocky slopes; and forest edges in alpine or
subalpine areas. Not known from POW Island.
Platanthera chorisiana
Not likely in heaths, swamps, and sphagnum
bogs; not known south of Chicagof Island.
Plantanthera gracilis
May occur in wet open meadow habitats; not
known from POW Island.
Poa laxiflora
May occur in moist, open, lowland woods and
open forested meadows; not known from POW
Island.
Ranunculus orthorhynchus var. alaschensis
May occur in moist, open lowland meadows
and other moist, open habitats; known from
near Craig.
Senecio moresbiensis
May occur in shady, wet areas and bogs on
open, rocky, or boggy slopes and in open,
rocky heath and grass communities; known
from Kasaan Mountain on POW Island.
Source; USDA Forest Service, 1994.
POW Prince of Wales
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species — CHAPTER 3 ■ 95
3
Affected
Environment
humpback whales; however, summer and fall concentrations of humpback whales have been
observed in Southeast Alaska at Frederick Sound, Salisbury Sound, Stephans Passage, and
Glacier Bay (Baker etal., 1985; Calkins, 1986). However, humpbacks may occur throughout
Southeast Alaska, including the waters surrounding Prince of Wales Island. For example,
humpback whales were observed in Clarence Strait off Coffman Cove in September 1993 by
project biologists.
Steller Sea Lion
The Steller sea lion is widely distributed over the continental shelf and throughout the coastal
waters of the Gulf of Alaska (Calkins, 1986). Although population declines have been reported
throughout most of the range of this species, sea lions in Southeast Alaska have experienced
less dramatic population declines (TLMP, 1991a).
The most significant factors affecting Steller sea lion populations include: (1) reductions in
availability of food; (2) commercial harvest of pups; (3) subsistence harvest of sea lions; (4)
harvests for public display and scientific research purposes; (5) predation by sharks, killer
whales (Orcinus orca), and brown bears (Ursus arctos)’, (6) disease; (7) inadequate regulatory
mechanisms such as quotas on incidental harvest during commercial fishing operations; and (8)
other natural or human factors such as illegal shooting of adult sea lions at rookeries, haul-out
sites, and in the water near boats (TLMP, 1991a). None of these factors are regulated by or are
within the jurisdiction of the Forest Service, and critical habitat for Steller sea lions has currently
not been designated. However, a Steller sea lion haul-out has been located by the NMFS on the
southern point of Grindall Island just south of the Kasaan Peninsula at Baker Point (letter from
S. Pennoyer, NMFS, Anchorage, Alaska, February 6, 1992). The nearest LTF associated with
the project occurs at Thome Bay, approximately 24 miles northwest of this haul-out; the haul-
out is currently exposed to log shipment activities originating from Forest Service and private
LTF’s. The nearest Steller sea lion rookery occurs over 60 miles southwest of the Project Area
boundary at Forrester Island (Loughlin et al., 1984).
Alexander Archipelago Wolf
Because the Alexander Archipelago Wolf is a MIS species, it is addressed in the Wildlife
section.
American Peregrine Falcon
The American peregrine falcon is primarily associated with the boreal forest region of interior
Alaska (USFWS, 1982; Craig, 1986). It occurs in Southeast Alaska only during migration
periods (letter from N. Holmberg, USFWS, Anchorage, Alaska, March 5, 1992; USDA Forest
Service, 1992c). Population declines in peregrine falcons occurred after World War II and were
due primarily to reductions in breeding habitat and contamination from organochloride pesti-
cides (USFWS, 1982). However, this subspecies has recently experienced increases in popula-
tion and reproduction, and the USFWS has recently (October 5, 1994) down-listed the species
from endangered to threatened.
Actual migration routes and foraging areas of peregrine falcons in Southeast Alaska have not
been identified and specific use of the Project Area is unknown. However, the Project Area is
within the migratory pathway of American peregrine falcons (Anderson et al., 1988), although
most coastal migrants are apparently the non-listed Peale’s (F. p. pealei) subspecies and most
American peregrines migrate inland. Peregrines potentially migrating through the area probably
forage on prey species that they are known to use elsewhere, including shorebirds, waterfowl,
96 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected
Environment
3
and songbirds (Anderson et al., 1980). Marshes and riparian areas are particularly important
peregrine feeding areas, since they attract and concentrate prey species (Craig, 1986).
Arctic Peregrine Falcon
The Arctic peregrine falcon is primarily associated with the area north of the Brooks Range and
Seward Peninsula; it is highly migratory, wintering as far south as northern Argentina (Ambrose
et al., 1988). It occurs in Southeast Alaska only during migration periods. Population numbers
have increased three-fold in Alaska (ADF&G letter, Feb. 6, 1987; Ambrose et al., 1988; minutes
of Interagency Wildlife Technical Committee Meeting of March 20, 1991). Effective November 4,
1994, the USFWS removed the species from the threatened list. It now has the status of a
Category 2 candidate species.
Peale’s Peregrine Falcon
The Peale’s subspecies of the peregrine falcon (F. p. pealei) nests on the outer islands west of
the Project Area (Schempf, 1981, 1982). An active peregrine falcon nest, probably of this
subspecies, was recently discovered in the Steelhead Creek drainage of the Project Area. This
subspecies is not listed as endangered or threatened, but is covered by a provision of the
“similarity of appearance” which broadens the scope of protection for all peregrine falcons. The
nest distribution of this subspecies is closely associated with large seabird colonies, and
seabirds are believed to be the major prey of the falcon.
Osprey occur in low numbers in Southeast Alaska during the spring/summer nesting period
from late April through August. They are believed to overwinter in Mexico and Central America.
Osprey have been observed along the lower Thome River during migration, but all documented
nest sites occur outside the Control Lake Project Area. There are eight documented osprey nest
sites and four known nesting pairs at Thomas Bay, Wrangell Narrows near Finger Point, and
near the mouth of McCormick Creek on Wrangell Island (Hughes, undated, as cited in USDA
Forest Service 1991b). Sightings of osprey have also been recorded at Towers Arm, Irish Lakes,
and Kah Sheets on Kupreanof Island. Nest trees in these areas consist of broken-top spmce
(live or dead) and snags of western hemlock in hemlock/spmce forest types near streams or
coastal beaches. Historically, the Southeast Alaska population of osprey appears to have
remained stable but low. It is unknown why osprey occur in relatively low numbers in this
region, but available nest sites and foraging areas do not appear to be limiting factors.
Eskimo Curlew
Eskimo curlews once ranged from arctic North America to southern South America, migrating
seasonally by way of the Atlantic and Central flyways (Gollop, 1988). The species formerly
occupied western and northern Alaska, but is now considered an accidental in Alaska
(Armstrong, 1991) and one of the rarest birds in North America (Gollop, 1988). Eskimo curlews
migrate along the Alaskan interior and any occurrences along coastal regions are highly unlikely
(Armstrong, 1991). The species has not been sighted in Alaska since 1986 (Armstrong, 1991).
Trumpeter Swan
Trumpeter swans winter in specific ice-free areas throughout Southeast Alaska (letter from J. N.
West, Forest Service, Ketchikan, Alaska, to C. Crocker-Bedford, Forest Service, Ketchikan,
Alaska, July 2, 1991). However, swans appear to show extreme fidelity to specific wintering
Osprey
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species — CHAPTER 3 ■ 97
3 Affected
Environment
areas (Gale, 1989). Although information on wintering habitats and populations of trumpeter
swans in Southeast Alaska is limited, in general swans winter along estuaries, intertidal lakes,
streams, and muskegs (letter from C. Crocker-Bedford, USDA Forest Service, Ketchikan, Alaska,
July 2, 1991). Wintering locations include open areas with adjoining grassflats with level terrain
that allow swans to rest, feed, or fly without restricting visibility or movement. Swans wintering
on Prince of Wales Island tend to use areas with good winter sun exposure and protection from
prevailing southeasterly winds (letter from C. Crocker-Bedford, USDA Forest Service, Ketchi-
kan, Alaska, July 2, 1991).
Major concentration areas of wintering trumpeter swans nearest the Project Area include
Sweetwater Lake, Sarkar Lakes, Big Salt Lake, and the Thome River. Prince of Wales Island
(Belrose, 1976) and specifically Sweetwater Lake and Sarkar Lakes (Olson, 1978) has long been
recognized as important wintering areas for this bird. Each support 25 to 100 swans annually
(USDA Forest Service files). In addition, up to 30 birds are found each winter using Big Salt
Lake (USDA Forest Service files). Within the Project Area, small numbers (1 to 20) of trumpeter
swans can be found wintering at the Honker Divide open water areas (Honker Lake, Hatchery
Lake, Lake Galea, upper Thome River, etc.), at Control Lake, and in the lower Thome River near
the estuary and Goose Creek (USDA Forest Service files).
Aleutian Canada Goose
The Aleutian Canada goose nests on Buldir and Chagulak islands in the Aleutian Archipelago
and winters primarily in the San Joaquin Valley of California (Amaral, 1985). The species
sometimes stops along the Oregon coast and occasionally is reported along the Washington
coast while on way to wintering grounds in California (Amaral, 1985). Aleutian Canada geese
are believed to have historically wintered from British Columbia to California (Amaral, 1985).
Although there are no records of Aleutian Canada geese on Prince of Wales Island, the area is
within their migratory route (personal communication, J. Lindell, Endangered Species Coordina-
tor, USFWS, Anchorage, Alaska, September 18, 1992). Any migrating geese stopping over on
Prince of Wales Island would likely be found resting in the coastal wetland areas.
Marbled Murrelet
The marbled murrelet was recently listed as threatened in California, Oregon, and Washington.
Marbled murrelets, however, are still abundant in Alaska where they are currently considered as
a candidate for Federal listing. Recent estimates by Piatt and Ford (1993) place the Alaska
population of marbled murrelets at between 153,030 and 166,470 with an estimated 96,200 birds
occurring within the Alexander Archipelago during the breeding season.
Between 1989 and 1993, approximately 43 tree nest sites were found in North America, at least 17
of which were found in Alaska (Naslund and Hamer, 1993). Nest sites have been located in
mature and old-growth forests comprised of Douglas-fir, coast redwood {Sequoia
sempervirens), western red cedar, mountain hemlock, Sitka spruce, and western hemlock (Ralph
and Nelson, 1992). Five nest sites in Southcentral Alaska were located in mountain hemlock
(personal communication, T. Hamer, Hamer Environmental, Sedro Woolley, Washington, May
25, 1992), while two nest sites found in British Columbia were located in Sitka spruce. In
98 ■ 3 CHAPTER — ^Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected Q
Environment O
addition, during field investigations for the nearby Polk Inlet Project, marbled murrelet eggshell
fragment were found at three locations, indicating the existence of three nest sites. Subsequent
examinations of surrounding trees led to the actual discovery of a marbled murrelet nest site at
one of the locations. Only two other marbled murrelet nest sites have been located in Southeast
Alaska, including a nest found near Hatchery Creek immediately north of the Project Area on
July 23, 1993 (Quilan and Hughes, 1990; Ford and Brown, 1995). The Hatchery Creek nest was
located on an exposed western hemlock root overhanging an 1 1-m cliff.
The limited data on marbled murrelet nesting behavior are inconclusive regarding nest-site
fidelity. Marshall (1988) observed a murrelet nest in California in a tree that appeared to be used
over a period of several years. However, Ralph and Nelson (1992) indicate that murrelets (no
location given) are not known to reuse individual nest trees. Based on high nest-site fidelity
observed in other alcid species, it is highly probable that marbled murrelets at least have strong
fidelity to certain forest stands that have been used for nesting (personal communication, T.
Hamer, Hamer Environmental, Sedro Woolley, Washington, September 24, 1992). This is
supported by recent work on murrelet nesting behavior in California where murrelets have been
observed repeatedly nesting in “loose” colonies in different portions of the same forest stand
(Marshall, 1988; Ralph and Nelson, 1992).
Three primary factors that may limit marbled murrelet reproduction or survival include removal of
old-growth habitat, mortality from gill-net fisheries, and oil pollution (Marshall, 1988). Informa-
tion on murrelet nesting mortality indicates that this species is also highly susceptible to nest-
site predation from avian predators that are associated with forest edges and fragmented
landscapes. For example, the exposed Hatchery Creek nest failed, apparently very soon after
hatching (personal communication, Cheri Ford). Consequently, fragmentations of contiguous
old-growth areas by logging and associated predator concentrations along forest edges have
the potential to adversely affect murrelet nesting success within an area (personal communica-
tion, T. Hamer, Hamer Environmental, Sedro Woolley, Washington, September 25, 1992).
Prince of Wales Island, and the Project Area in particular, is heavily used by nesting marbled
murrelets. During this project, marbled murrelets were detected at 96 percent (26) of 27 harvest
units surveyed for these birds between June 25 and August 3, 1993. Units selected for survey-
ing were generally dominated by volume class 5 and larger timber and had an average slope of
less than 50 percent. The number of birds detected per unit ranged between 2 and 133, and
averaged 45. Occupancy behaviors, indicative of nesting occurring within the stand, were
noted in at least 1 1 (41 percent) units. However, 12 to 133 birds were detected in 12 of the units
where occupancy behaviors were not noted, indicating a likelihood that some of these birds
were nesting in these stands as well. In addition, marbled murrelet eggshell fragments were
found in a muskeg near harvest unit 595-411 on June 23, 1993, and a whole egg was found also
in a muskeg near unit 577-425 on July 29, 1993.
Close examination of murrelet survey results suggests a possible relationship between the
degree of fragmentation of the area and the percent occupancy behavior, and average number of
birds detected (Table 3-28). Lowest values for both categories were observed for harvest units
in the western peninsula area, and highest values for both categories were observed in the
Honker Divide area. The western peninsula area has the greatest degree of old-growth fragmen-
tation (most natural), while the Honker Divide area has the lowest degree of the four areas
studied (refer to Existing Environment map in Chapter 2).
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species — CHAPTER 3 ■ 99
3 Affected
Environment
Table 3-28
Marbled Murrelet Survey Results by Area Sampled
Area
VCU’s
No. of Units
Surveyed
% Occupancy
Observed
Avg.No.of
Birds Detected
Western Peninsula
591,592,593
11
27.0
30.5
Steelhead Creek
595
6
33.0
51.0
Logjam Creek
577
2
50.0
39.0
Honker Divide
574,575,576,578
8
62.5
65.1
Kittlitz’s Murrelet
Kittlitz’s murrelet is a small seabird belonging to the Alcidae family. Information is limited on the
natural history of this species. Kittlitz’s murrelet is distributed near glacial waters from Pt.
Barrow south to at least Glacier Bay, most commonly from Cape Prince of Wales south to Glacier
Bay from spring through fall (Robbins et al., 1983; Peterson, 1990). Winters are spent feeding in
offshore pelagic waters. Kittlitz’s murrelet forages on crustaceans in inshore marine waters
during the breeding and nesting season in Alaska. Nests are generally located inland on the
ground above the timberline in coastal mountains at the base of north-facing slopes. Nesting
may also occur on unvegetated glacial moraines, grassy ledges of island sea cliffs, and barren
ground on coasts (Ehrlich et al., 1988). One egg per clutch is laid on the bare ground amid
lichen-covered rocks. Young Kittlitz’s murrelets born at inland nests are believed to swim down
streams to reach the sea.
Queen Charlotte Goshawk
Estimated densities of goshawks in Southeast Alaska range from 0.4 to 0.9 pair per 10,000 acres
of forested land having over 8 MBF/acre, with most sightings reported south of Frederick
Sound (Crocker-Bedford, 1992). Estimated habitat capability for goshawks ranges from 8 pairs
for the South Prince of Wales Island Province to 16 pairs for the North Central Prince of Wales
Island Province (TLMP, 1991a). This represents about 2 to 4 percent of the total goshawk
habitat capability for all 21 ecological provinces on the Tongass National Forest (TLMP, 1991a).
Twenty-one goshawk nest areas were documented with activity in Southeast Alaska between
1990 and 1993 (Titus et al., 1994). At least one nest site was located at 18 of these areas,
including 8 active nests in 1993. In 1994, a total of 33 historic and current sites with at least one
nest were documented; active nests were located at 21 of these sites (ADF&G, 1994). The
Tongass National Forest has adopted interim habitat management recommendations for the
Queen Charlotte goshawk (letter from M. Barton, USDA Forest Service, Juneau, Alaska, August
18, 1992). These guidelines provide for the surveying, identification, protection and monitoring
of Queen Charlotte goshawk nest sites within the Tongass National Forest.
Preferred habitat for goshawks during the breeding season includes large tracts of mature and
old-growth forests (Bartlet, 1977;Hennessy, 1978; Reynolds etal., 1982; Reynolds etal., 1991;
Crocker-Bedford, 1990a, 1990b), although a range of forest age classes has been hypothesized
as essential for providing suitable prey populations in goshawk foraging territories in the
southwestern United States (Reynolds et al., 1991). Goshawk abundance has been associated
with the proportion of high volume timber and degree of habitat fragmentation in an area. A
preliminary habitat model estimated that goshawks in Southeast Alaska are about 3.5 times more
numerous in landscapes characterized by relatively high (84 percent) percentages of productive
old-growth (>8 MBF/acre) than in landscapes with only 50 percent productive old-growth
100 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected
Environment
3
(Crocker-Bedford, 1990a). In addition, goshawks occur in higher numbers in contiguous stands
with low levels of forest fragmentation (Woodbridge, 1988). Consequently, this species may act
as an indicator of the degree of forest fragmentation and proportion of high- volume timber
available in a managed forest landscape. A discussion of existing levels of fragmentation within
the Project Area is presented in the Biodiversity section.
A preliminary model used by the Forest Service to evaluate goshawk habitat capability under
timber management alternatives indicated a possible past decline in goshawk populations of at
least 30 percent in Southeast Alaska and more than 50 percent within the subspecific range of
the Queen Charlotte subspecies (Crocker-Bedford, 1990a). Population declines in goshawks are
apparently related to intensive timber management (Reynolds and Wight, 1982; Moore and
Henny, 1983; Crocker-Bedford and Chaney, 1988; Kennedy, 1988;Crocker-Bedford, 1990a,
1990b; Patla, 1991). Consequently, the northern goshawk has been designated as a Category 2
Candidate Species for threatened or endangered status throughout its range in the United
States and as a Forest Service sensitive species in Alaska and other regions. Its status is
currently under review in Southeast Alaska.
Goshawk surveys were conducted in the Project Area during the summer of 1993. Fifty-four
potential harvest units with timber volumes of 8 MBF/acre or higher were surveyed between
June 18 and July 23. In addition, over 25 miles of secondary roads were surveyed, targeting
road systems not surveyed by ADF&G the previous summer. No goshawks were detected
during these surveys except at Harvest Unit 596-426 where a single goshawk was observed at
two different calling stations on June 23. A follow-up survey was conducted, but no birds were
redetected.
In addition, goshawk sightings or suspected goshawk sightings were made at three different
potential harvest units during resource surveys. On July 23 an alarmed goshawk was observed
at a potential harvest unit near Logjam Creek in the northwestern comer of the Project Area. A
nest site and one fledged juvenile were subsequently found by Forest Service biologists near
the unit on July 31. On August 4, the juvenile and the adult male were captured and radio-
tagged by Forest Service and ADF&G biologists. The male was later found dead (on November
3) near Coffman Creek, apparently from starvation. A PFA was designated in the northwest
corner of the Project Area around the nest site.
Suspected goshawk sightings were also made on July 23 at Unit 593-406, and on August 3 at
Unit 593-417. Because these two units are only one mile apart, the sightings may have been of
the same bird or its mate. No goshawks were detected at these units during follow-up surveys.
On June 15, 1995, a second goshawk nest was found within the Project Area in the lower Rio
Roberts drainage, south of the 30 Road. Both adults were radio-tagged in an effort to collect
home range information for use in delineating a PFA. By the end of July 1995, two young had
been fledged from the nest.
Harlequin Duck
In Alaska, the harlequin duck has been reported as a fairly common year-round resident, and at
one season or another, has been recorded over much of the state except the Arctic coast
(Gabrielson and Lincoln, 1959). Its range includes northeast Siberia and extends south to
Wyoming and California. On the east coast it occurs in Iceland, Greenland, and Labrador and
winters as far south as New Jersey. Available evidence indicates that the species breeds locally
over much of southern Alaska, probably the Aleutians, and north to Anaktuvuk Pass. All
ornithologists who have worked during the spring and summer months in the Alexander
Archipelago and other parts of Southeast Alaska have commented upon the numbers of these
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species — CHAPTERS >101
3 Affected
Environment
ducks, frequently summarizing their observations by stating that they were common or abun-
dant (Gabrielson and Lincoln, 1959). They nest along inland fast-moving rivers and streams,
usually within 6 feet (but up to 60 feet) of water (DeGraaf et al., 1991). During the winter the
harlequin duck is common to abundant in the coastal waters of Southeast Alaska, Prince William
Sound, Cook Inlet, the bays of the Alaska Peninsula, the Aleutians and the Pribilofs (Gabrielson
and Lincoln, 1959).
Olive-sided Flycatcher
The olive-sided flycatcher breeds in wooded regions from central Alaska east to Newfoundland
and south to northern Baja California and central Arizona in the West, central Minnesota and
northern Michigan in the Central States, and North Carolina and Tennessee in the East. The
species winters in South America. It inhabits open coniferous forests and forest edges along
lakes, streams, and muskegs (Bent, 1942). Godfrey (1979) described the habitat of the species as
“bumtlands with standing dead trees, bogs, lakeshores with water-killed trees, lumbered areas,
and other clearings in woodland; sometimes tall trees about farmland, occasionally orchards.”
DellaSala et al. (1994) noted that the species was often observed using habitats associated with
lakes and muskegs during a breeding bird study on central Prince of Wales Island.
Spotted Frog
Distribution of the spotted frog in Southeast Alaska is confined to coastal forests where it
breeds in association with permanent bodies of water, including grassy margins of lakes, rivers,
and streams (Hodge, 1976; Broderson, 1982; Nussbaumet al., 1983). Although the species is
primarily aquatic (Hodge, 1976; Broderson, 1982; Nussbaum et al., 1983), spotted frogs have
been reported moving overland in spring and summer (Behler and King, 1979).
Declines in the distribution and abundance of spotted frogs have been noted in western Canada
and the Pacific Northwest (McAllister and Leonard, 1991), and these declines are apparently
related to destruction of terrestrial and aquatic habitats and predation by bullfrogs {Rana
catesbeiana) (Nussbaum et al., 1983; McAllister and Leonard, 1991b). Consequently, spotted
frogs are a Federal Candidate 2 species, and are currently being considered for listing in
portions of their range (McAllister and Leonard, 1991 ; personal communication, K. McAllister,
Washington Department of Wildlife, Nongame Program, Olympia, Washington, August 18,
1992).
No spotted frogs were observed during reconnaissance surveys of potential harvest units
conducted by ID survey teams.
Franklin’s Grouse
The Franklin’s grouse (JDendragapus canadensis franklinii) is another species of concern in
Southeast Alaska, although it is not listed as threatened, endangered, sensitive, or as a candi-
date. A nest was observed near the head of Twelvemile Arm in the Polk Inlet Project Area in
1903 (Osgood, 1903) and an observation of a female with chicks was made in this area in 1992
(Gustafson, 1994). The species uses old-growth forests, especially those containing spruce,
young second growth prior to canopy closure, as well as other habitats. The species is
considered to be present in low densities on and near Prince of Wales Island by Gustafson
(1994); however, the frequency of observations by Forest Service biologists suggest it is fairly
common, at least in the Control Lake Project Area (personal communication, Cheri Ford, July 26,
1995).
102 ■ 3 CHAPTER — ^Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Biodiversity
Key Terms
Biodiversity — the variety of lifeforms in an area, including variation in structure, composi-
tion and function at scales from genetic to landscape.
Canopy — uppermost layer of foliage in the forest.
Corridor — a patch, strip, or linear feature of habitat linking or providing connectivity between
larger patches.
Edge — boundary between two distinct ecosystems, such as between forest and muskeg.
Edge effects — the biological and abiotic actions operating at edges; examples are differences
in microclimate, species richness, productivity, and predation.
Fragmented — ^reduced in size and connectivity. The degree of fragmentation is dependent
upon scale (in space and time) and species specific life requisites.
Forage — to search for food.
Patch — ^an assemblage of similar vegetation. In this document, the focus is on old-growth
forests of greater than 8,000 board feet/acre, with only small inclusions of other habitats.
Pianning area — for the purpose of analyzing viable populations, the planning area is the
ecological province, i.e.. North Central Prince of Wales Province and South Prince of Wales
Province.
Snag — standing dead tree.
Viabie popuiation — the number of individuals of a species required to ensure the long-term
existence of the species in natural, self-sustaining populations well distributed throughout
their range in the National Forest.
Stand, Between
Stand, and
Landscape
Biodiversity
Wildlife managers and ecologists are becoming more involved in conservation biology, which
is an applied science directed towards maintaining genetic diversity of species and the
integrity of ecosystems. The principles of conservation biology are being incorporated into
wildlife management to maintain biodiversity. Biodiversity is important because the loss of
one component of an ecological community may cause the entire community to unravel.
There are many complex interrelationships among organisms which make up most communi-
ties. An example is the important role of large trees in an old-growth forest in providing
habitat for mammals, birds, and fish. As the trees die and are slowly decomposed and
recycled through the ecosystem, they become inhabited by an entirely new flora and fauna.
Timber management activities that result in fragmentation of continuous forest blocks have
been recognized as one of the major types of human impacts to biodiversity (Harris, 1984). As
such, it is important to understand how timber management affects biodiversity not only within
the specific unit being harvested but in larger areas encompassing entire watersheds and
Project Areas as well. Therefore, biodiversity needs to be examined at multiple spatial scales,
including within individual harvest units, between adjacent stands, and across the entire
Project Area (Whittaker, 1972; Sidle, 1985).
Stand-level diversity is the diversity within specific habitats or limited land areas as measured
by number of species present (species richness) or structural complexity of a given habitat type
(Sidle, 1985). Timber harvest influences stand-level diversity through changes in the vegeta-
tive composition, structure, and associated wildlife species of a stand. For instance, the
number of breeding birds in Southeast Alaska has been shown to decline from 13 species in
old-growth, spruce-hemlock forests to just 3 species immediately following logging (seedling/
sapling stage) as vegetation structure and species composition is greatly simplified (Sidle,
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Biodiversity— CHAPTERS ■ 103
3 Affected
Environment
Habitat Diversity
1985). As clearcuts (seedling/sapling stage) succeed to mid-successional stages (sapling/shrub
and pole), species richness temporarily increases to 10 to 14 species, but declines again to 7
species in older serai stages (young sawtimber) due to the loss of understory vegetation
associated with canopy closure. Retention of snags, live trees, and down woody debris can be
used to enhance stand-level diversity by maintaining a portion of old-growth structure within
regenerating stands (Sidle, 1985; DellaSala et al., 1993).
Between-stand diversity reflects the amount of species turnover between habitat types or along
environmental gradients (Sidle, 1985). The spatial distribution of harvest units across an
analysis area may influence the types of environmental gradients affecting between-stand
diversity levels. Consequently, by clearcutting old-growth forest, timber management prac-
tices have a tendency to increase between-stand diversity by maximizing the amount of edge
area and degree of contrast between adjacent stands. Between-stand diversity is therefore
highest in landscapes characterized by alternating patterns of forest patches and clearcuts or
natural openings compared to a contiguous forest matrix. The increased amount of edge
provides habitat for species such as crows, ravens, great-homed owls, black bears, and wolves.
However, the associated increases in between-stand diversity levels are likely to be at least
partially offset by declines in forest interior species due to increases in predator populations
along forest edges (Gates and Gysel, 1978), or patches of habitat becoming too small to
maintain a group of animals or to support a pair’s life requisites.
Landscape-level diversity is a function of the spatial distribution of habitat types across a large
area (Sidle, 1985) such as a Project Area or biogeographic region. An area is expected to
support high levels of landscape diversity if viable populations of wildlife and habitat types are
well distributed across the region or particular landscape (Sidle, 1985; Suring et al., 1992).
Timber harvest reduces landscape diversity due to removal of habitat types having high
commercial and wildlife value (e.g., low-elevation old growth; high-volume old growth)
(Harris, 1984; Sidle, 1985). Species sensitive to reductions in total habitat area and those that
are old-growth dependent are particularly vulnerable to fragmentation (Lynch and Whitcomb,
1978; Robbins, 1979; Raphael, 1984; Harris, 1984; Rosenberg and Raphael, 1986; Finch,
1991). Several MIS and TES of the Tongass National Forest attain their highest population
densities in contiguous or high volume old-growth forest, including the hairy woodpecker
(Raphael, 1984; Suring et al., 1988h), brown creeper (Franzreb and Ohmart, 1978; Suring et
al., 1988i; McGarigal and McComb, unpublished data), northern goshawk (Woodbridge,
1988; Crocker-Bedford, 1990a), and marbled murrelet (Hamer and Cummins, 1990; TLMP
1991a). Other species, including Sitka black-tailed deer, marten (Suring et al., 1988c), bald
eagle (Suring et al., 1988f), and red-breasted sapsucker (Suring et al., 1988g), are most
abundant in low-elevation, old-growth forest. Although site-specific information is sparse for
Southeast Alaska, current literature suggests that to maintain population viability within an
area or biogeographic region, it is necessary to emphasize the integrity of species-rich areas,
such as low-elevation (Harris, 1984) and high-volume, old-growth forest (Suring et al., 1992).
The amount and diversity of habitats within an area will dictate its final diversity. While old-
growth forest habitats are most affected by timber harvest, and are used to evaluate
biodiversity within this section, species use a variety of other habitats throughout the year. A
description of wildlife habitats and their acreages within the Project Area is presented in the
Wildlife section.
The amount of contiguous old-growth habitat, its distribution within a land management area,
and the extent to which similar habitats connect by corridors, are considered key concepts in
maintaining biodiversity (Harris, 1984). Because of the importance of unfragmented old-
growth forest, and the fact that most MIS chosen for this EIS are old-growth associates or
obligates, old-growth habitat, its distribution, patch sizes, amount of interior habitat, connec-
tivity, and fragmentation are used to evaluate biodiversity.
104 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Biodiversity
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Old-growth stands have an uneven appearance because they contain trees of many ages, sizes,
and condition, and contain numerous dead tops and snags. Based on past forest inventories,
old-growth stands are assumed to have reached an equilibrium where timber growth equals
mortality (TLMP, 1991a). Tree establishment largely depends on LWD (logs and stumps)
(Harmon, 1986; Harmon and Franklin, 1989) and gap formation (Alaback, 1988). Woody
debris provides microsites for trees to grow on. Gaps created by windthrow or other distur-
bance allow light to penetrate to the forest floor. This process of tree death and replacement is
continual; in any one year, some trees in individual stands are likely to blow down (Harris,
1989). Thus, the forest is a mosaic of older and younger trees, changing yet remaining stable
as a forested ecosystem (Borman and Likens, 1979; Alaback, 1988; Schoen et al., 1988;
Franklin, 1990).
Old-growth forest is important wildlife habitat for old-growth-associated species such as Sitka
black-tailed deer, marten, black bear, Vancouver Canada geese, and cavity- or snag-dependent
species such as red-breasted sapsuckers, hairy woodpeckers, and owls. Many species have
evolved to use the structural attributes of old-growth forests. The combination of a dense
canopy with scattered openings allows forage growth under openings, while the large limbs
within the canopy intercept enough snowfall to provide winter food and thermal cover for deer
and other species (Kirchoff and Schoen, 1987; Hanley and Rose, 1987). The large, dense
stems also provide some measure of thermal insulation in the winter, as well as during cold
rains in the spring and summer. Large dead or defective trees become nesting sites for
martens, owls, eagles, wrens, and chickadees, as well as feeding sites for woodpeckers,
sapsuckers, and others species.
The value of old-growth forest for wildlife habitat is also thought to transcend individual
stands. Large, contiguous, unfragmented blocks of old-growth forest are important to species,
such as the Queen Charlotte goshawk and marten. The large old-growth blocks provide
preferred hunting habitat (goshawks and marten), protection from predators (marbled murre-
let), and promote mixing among individuals that would be less likely to breed if they were
spatially separated by forest fragmentation (marten). Deer use these large old-growth blocks
for survival during heavy snow winters and appear to be less vulnerable to predation when in
large blocks of old-growth forest, than in small patches near roads.
Old-growth forests are a decreasing component of the temperate rain forest ecosystem. They
differ in ecological function in many ways from younger, even-aged forests. Old-growth
stands typically exhibit a wider variety of reproductive niches for species whose existence is
thought to be old-growth dependent including animals, understory plants, and microorgan-
isms such as mychorrizae. It appears that these species are most successful when permitted to
develop under at least a partially intact mature forest canopy.
FrBQmGntdtion 3nd Fragmentation occurs whenever a large continuous habitat is transformed into smaller patches
ConnGCtivity that are isolated from each other by catastrophic windstorms or clearcutting. The changed
landscape can function as a barrier to dispersal for species associated with the original habitat.
These smaller and more isolated habitats also support smaller populations, which are more
vulnerable to local extinction, thereby causing the smaller, more isolated habitats to contain
fewer interior forest species. While research on this topic in Southeast Alaska is minimal, the
scientific literature describes many examples where fragmentation of formerly widespread
terrestrial habitats into remnants of various sizes and degrees of isolation has resulted in
extinction of species from blocks of remaining habitat (Harris, 1984; Rosenburg and Raphael,
1986; Gutierrez and Carey, 1985).
Research shows that forest fragmentation results in an increased ratio of forest edge to forest
interior and can have a strong negative effect on forest-interior species. As more edge habitat
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Biodiversity — CHAPTERS ■ 105
3 Affected
Environment
becomes available as a result of fragmentation, the edge-dwelling species invade the interior
environment and become a major threat to the survival of the forest interior-dwelling species.
Rosenberg and Raphael (1986) recommended a minimum stand size of 50 acres where
delineating old-growth habitat, and suggest that when a stand is greater than 50 percent
isolated, the minimum inclusion size increases to 124 acres. By maintaining large contiguous
blocks of habitat, the forest interior-dwelling species would realize less competition and
predation from open-forest and edge species.
Portions of the Control Lake Project Area have experienced considerable timber harvest
during the past 40 years, totalling over 10,000 acres, while other portions of the Project Area
remain relatively unharvested. VCU’s 577, 578, 591, 595, and 597.2 have sustained the
largest amount of timber harvest; VCU’s 575, 565, 594, 596, and 597.1 have had light to
moderate harvests; and VCU’s 574, 592, and 593 have had little harvest (see the Existing
Environment Map in Chapter 2). The largest contiguous block of old-growth in the Project
Area covers what is known as the Honker Divide area and includes the Cutthroat Lakes area,
and lower Thome River. This block is the largest contiguous block remaining in the central
and northern portions of Prince of Wales Island. Other moderate-sized patches of old-growth
include portions of Logjam Creek, Steelhead Creek, and Rio Roberts watersheds, the valleys
in the Kogish Mountain area, and the Elevenmile drainage. Although the Western Peninsula
has experienced little past harvest, it contains no large patches and few moderate-sized
patches due to its high degree of natural fragmentation. Similarly, the Drumlin Field land-
scape zone lying between the Forest Road 30 and lower Thome River is another area with a
high degree of natural fragmentation.
Wilcove (1985) reported elevated predation levels for avian nest sites ranging from 984 to
1,968 feet from the forest edge in small woodlots in Maryland. Studies in the Pacific North-
west indicate the influence of edge on vegetation communities extends from 50 to 450 feet
into the forest interior (Chen et al., 1992). In addition, the Forest Service (1991c) considered
predation levels to extend 328 feet from the forest edge in lodgepole pine stands subjected to
extensive timber harvest in southwest Montana. Given the sensitivity of murrelets and other
species to nest-site predation and the relationship between edge effects and avian nesting
success, we assumed that forest patches below 8 acres (radius = 328 feet) are essentially all
edge and would therefore have a much higher potential for predation of murrelet nest sites.
The analysis of forest fragmentation in the Project Area was based on the total area of old-
growth forest patches and the total area of forest interior habitat within specific size classes.
Patch size classes were selected to represent MIS requirements based on the species patch size
effectiveness curves and HCA recommendations of the VPOP committee (Table 3-29). Old-
growth forest patches were defined as the amount of contiguous old-growth of volume class 4
and above. Interior forest patches were defined as old-growth within an individual forest
patch that is a minimum of 328 feet away from the forest edge.
Prior to timber harvest (1954), the Project Area contained extensive forest patches that met the
criteria of small, medium, and large HCA’s (Figure 3-24). In particular, 48,275 acres, or 56
percent, of the old growth throughout the Project Area was in forest patches greater than
10,000 acres (i.e., large HCA’s) (Table 3-30). Timber harvest under existing contracts has
resulted in declines in the area of this patch size to 29,739 acres or 39 percent of the current
old growth, and the conversion of large patches to smaller patch sizes primarily in the 1,0(X)-
to 5,000-acre size class (Table 3-30, Figure 3-25). The largest area in interior forest habitat
was in the 1,000- to 5,(XX)-acre size class prior to timber harvest (1954). No interior habitat
greater than 5,000 acres existed in the Project Area even under prelogging conditions. Past
timber harvest has resulted in declines in interior habitat within the 1,000- to 5,000-acre-
patch size from 22,069 acres to 10,210 acres under 1995 existing conditions (Table 3-30).
106 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Biodiversity
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Table 3-29
Patch Size Class Relationships
Patch Size (acres)
Species Relationship
0 to 20
Incorporates optimal patch size for occurrence of brown creeper
(15 acres).
20 to 50
Arbitrary, based on the distribution of the data.
50 to 100
Arbitrary, based on the distribution of the data.
101 to 500
Incorporates optimal patch size for occurrence of marten (180
acres), sapsuckers (250 acres), and occurrence of hairy wood-
pecker (500 acres).
501 to 1,000
Small HCA’s, incorporates optimal patch size for productivity of
deer (1,000 acres).
1,001 to 5,000
Arbitrary, can also function as small HCA’s.
5,001 to 10,000
Medium HCA’s.
>10,000
Large HCA’s.
SOURCE: Workshop to recommend patch-size relationship and corridor requirements for the MIS and TES
species, held in Juneau, Alaskaon July 31-August31, 1989, and Suring et al. 1992.
Fragmentation of existing old-growth results in a reduction in the effectiveness of remaining
patches as wildlife habitat. Individual species respond to natural and human-induced frag-
mentation differently, species like brown creepers and hairy woodpeckers can be supported by
smaller patches of forest habitat than species such as deer and marten (Table 3-31). Patch-
size effectiveness percentages for 1954 range from 99.4 percent for brown creepers to 93.2
percent for deer (Table 3-32). The values for 1995 vary from 99.1 percent effective to 90.1
percent effective. The greatest difference in percent effectiveness between 1954 and 1995 was
for deer, which showed a 3.1 percent reduction in patch size effectiveness.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Biodiversity — CHAPTERS ■ 107
3 Affected
Environment
108 ■ 3 CHAPTER — BicxJiversity
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
/glacier3/controllk/amls/post8x11/patch54
June 09, 1995
Affected O
Environment O
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EiS
Biodiversity — CHAPTERS ■ 109
/glQcier3/conirollk/Qmls/post8xl1/patch94
June 09, 1995
3 Affected
Environment
Table 3-30
Area (acres) in Forest Patches and Interior Forest Patches
by Size Class for 1954 and 1995 (Existing Conditions)
1954 1995
Size Classes (acres)
Forest
Patches
Forest Interior
Patches
Forest
Patches
Forest Interior
Patches
20 to 50
2,387
1,154
2,602
1,457
50 to 100
1,784
2,249
2,239
2,174
100 to 500
3,326
6,770
4,908
6,662
500 to 1,000
2,420
2,181
3,467
3,099
1,000 to 5,000
18,315
22,069
24,785
10,210
5,000 to 10,000
8,260
0
6,598
0
>10,000
48,275
0
29,739
0
Total
86,213
35,845
76,161
25,435
The connectivity, or corridors, between habitat patches in a landscape may be at least as
significant to maintaining diversity as the size of the patches (Noss, 1983). Forman and
Gordon (1981) defined corridors as being of four types: (1) line corridors — those which are all
edge and possess no interior habitat; (2) strip corridors — those which maintain interior
habitat; (3) stream corridors — those bordering a water source; and (4) network corridors —
those which intersect and form patterns. Corridors can function as more than one type. For
Table 3-31
Patch Size Effectiveness Curve Values by Patch Size Class and by Species
Patch Size Classes (Acres)
0^20 20^^0 50-100 100-500 500-1,000 1,000-5,000 5,000-10,000 >10,000
Sitka black-tailed deer*'
0.31
0.32
0.35
0.51
0.82
1.0
1.0
1.0
Marten'^
0.08
0.31
0.54
0.96
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
Red-breasted sapsucker*'
0.20
0.51
0.61
0.94
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
Hairy woodpecker*'
0.02
0.22
0.42
0.70
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
Brown creeper*'
0.64
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
Source: Workshop to recommend patch size relationships and corridor requirements for the MIS and TES species.
1/ Represents the mean curve value within each patch size class from the species effectiveness curves.
110 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Biodiversity
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
example, when a stream corridor is wide enough to incorporate interior habitat it also func-
tions as a strip corridor. Forman and Gordon’s work also highlighted the fact that some
interior species will not live in or even migrate through extensive lengths of unsuitable
habitat, and that strip corridors were preferable to line corridors. Management of corridors as
well as habitat patches should strive to mimic natural patterns; yet there are few instances
where connectivity has been recognized to the point of implementation in land-use plans
(Noss and Harris, 1986).
Table 3-32
Patch Size Effectiveness Values for Five Management
Indicator Species
Species
1954
1995
Sitka black-tailed deer
0.932
0.901
Marten
0.954
0.938
Red-breasted sapsucker
0.963
0.949
Hairy woodpecker
0.938
0.933
Brown creeper
0.994
0.991
Source: MIS habitat capability models.
Another measure of fragmentation in the Project Area is provided by the number of acres of
unharvested and unroaded area. The Existing Environment Map in Chapter 2 depicts these
unharvested/unroaded areas. The total unharvested/unroaded area represents 112,399 acres or
65 percent of the National Forest System lands in the Project Area. This area is spread among
six patches. The largest patch covers the Honker Divide area and upper Logjam Creek while
the second largest patch covers the Western Peninsula area. The other patches generally cover
the Rio Roberts watershed, upper Steelhead Creek, part of Logjam Creek, and the Kogish
Mountain area.
Population Viability
National Forest System lands must be managed to maintain viable populations of existing
native and desired non-native vertebrate species in the planning area (NFMA, 1976). For
planning purposes, a viable population is one which has the estimated numbers and distribu-
tion of reproductive individuals needed to ensure its continued existence, well distributed in
the planning area. To ensure that viable populations are maintained, habitat must be provided
to support and sustain at least a minimum number of reproductive individuals and that habitat
must be distributed so that those individuals can interact with others in the planning area.
The task of maintaining habitats to support biodiversity has encompassed several approaches,
and alternatives continue to evolve. Prior to the TLMP Draft Revision (1991a), the Ketchikan
Area identified old-growth habitat areas (for retention and extended rotation) for wildlife and
visual concerns. The TLMP Draft Revision (1991a) and the TLMP Revision (1997) refocused
its biodiversity and population viability management strategies in ecological planning areas,
and took a broader regional view. Recent efforts to further refine the process of biodiversity
and population viability management led to the convening of an interagency committee on the
subject, A brief description of each is presented below.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Biodiversity — CHAPTERS ■ 111
3 Affected
Environment
Old-growth areas identified in the Project Area for retention and extended rotation were
mapped in the 1989-1994 Long-term Sale EIS (USDA Forest Service, 1989b). These previ-
ously mapped old-growth areas were selected to benefit wildlife by maintaining large blocks of
unffagmented habitat and to serve visual management and other resource needs. They were in
the greatest abundance along the lower Thorne River, Cutthroat Lakes and Control Lake, and
north of Big Salt Lake.
The TLMP Draft Revision (1991a) provided for regional management and maintenance of
population viability at the planning area level. An “analysis area” for defining viable popula-
tions is the ecological province (TLMP, 1991a). The Control Lake Project Area is included in
one ecological province, the North Central Prince of Wales Island Province (TLMP, 1991a).
This province includes all of Prince of Wales Island north of a line between Cholmondeley
Sound to Hetta Inlet, as well as Sukkwan, Tuxecan, and Kosciusko Islands. Under TLMP,
project areas are not expected to independently maintain viable populations, but to contribute
to viable populations for the province. Standards and guidelines outline prescriptions for
maintaining biodiversity at the project area level (TLMP, 1991a). A more detailed discussion
of managing biological diversity can be found in the TLMP Draft Revision, 1991, Volume
149, Chapter 3 pages 9 through 45 and is incorporated here by reference.
An interagency committee appointed by the Forest Service was assembled (VPOP) to develop
special standards and guidelines for some species associated with old-growth forests to ensure
that their populations remain viable and well distributed across their current range on the
Tongass National Forest (internal USDA Forest Service memorandum from J. Capp, Chair,
Viability Steering Committee, August 22, 1992).
The VPOP committee focused on viability risk assessments that could be applied to the
evaluation of planning alternatives (internal Forest Service memo from J. Capp, Chair,
Viability Steering Committee, August 22, 1992) over large areas known as HCA’s. The
VPOP committee recommended HCA’s of three sizes: large, medium, and small (Suring et
al., 1992). The three different HCA’s could be applied to individual planning areas or to
multiple planning areas provided sufficient connecting corridors are present to permit dis-
persal of wildlife across HCA’s.
For a large HCA, a tract should include at least 20,000 acres of old-growth with over 8 MBF
per acre, including at least 10,000 acres with over 20 MBF per acre within a total area of at
least 40,000 acres (Suring et al., 1992). Large HCA’s should be no more than 20 miles apart,
edge to edge, to ensure effective dispersal between them. HCA’s with these characteristics are
believed to be necessary to ensure that viable populations of wide-ranging species such as
goshawk and marten are well distributed within a planning area.
A medium HCA would encompass at least 5,000 acres of old-growth forest with over 8 MBF
per acre, including at least 2,500 acres of old-growth forest with over 20 MBF per acre within
an area of at least 10,000 acres. Medium HCA’s would be capable of supporting at least 5
female martens during winters of poor prey and 2 pairs of goshawks (Suring et al., 1992).
Small HCA’s would encompass at least 800 acres of old-growth forest having over 8 MBF per
acre within an area of at least 1,600 acres. Small HCA’s would be capable of supporting at
least 1 female marten during winters of poor prey (Suring et al., 1992). Small HCA’s are
maintained to provide temporary functional habitat for wildlife dispersing between large and
medium HCA’s. The small HCA’s also contribute to the landscape matrix between large and
medium HCA’s.
112 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Biodiversity
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected
Environment
3
Under the new Forest Plan (1997), an expanded old-growth conservation strategy consists of
two basic components: (1) a forest- wide reserve network, and (2) a matrix management
strategy. The forest-wide reserve network protects the integrity of the old-growth forest. It
includes a series of large, medium, and small old-growth reserves. In the Control Lake
Project Area, a large old-growth reserve encompasses the Honker Block and extends west to
the project boundary. Small reserves are located in the Rio Beaver watershed, Rio Roberts
watershed, and the Election Creek watershed. Old growth will also be protected in other non-
development LUD’s including the Semi-remote Recreation LUD on the Western Peninsula,
the Rio Roberts Research Natural Area near the mouth of Rio Roberts Creek, and the Wild
and Scenic River LUD along the Thorne River and Hatchery Creek.
The second component of the old-growth conservation strategy is management of lands with
LUD allocations where commercial timber harvest may occur. Harvest of old growth is
restricted by standards and guidelines including the 1 ,000-foot beach and estuary fringe,
riparian buffers; other standards and guidelines restrict harvest on high-hazard soils, steep
slopes, karst terrain, visually sensitive travel routes and use areas, and timber stands not
technically feasible to harvest. Refer to the analysis presented in the new Forest Plan (USDA
Forest Service, 1997), including Appendix N, for more detailed information.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Biodiversity— CHAPTERS ■ 113
3 Affected
Environment
This page left intentionally blank
114 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Biodiversity
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Lands
Introduction
State and Native
Lands, Claims,
and Allotments
Key Terms
Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (ANCSA) — ^provides for the settlement of certain land
claims of Alaska Natives.
Encumbrance — a claim, lien, charge, or liability attached to and binding real property.
Native selection — application by Native corporations to the USDI Bureau of Land Manage-
ment for conveyance of a portion of lands withdrawn under ANCSA in fulfillment of Native
entitlements established under ANCSA.
Special use permits — ^permits and granting of easements (excluding road permits and highway
easements) authorizing the occupancy and use of land.
State selection — application by Alaska Department of Natural Resources to the Bureau of
Land Management for conveyance of a portion of the 400,000-acre State entitlement from vacant
and unappropriated National Forest System lands in Alaska, under the Alaska Statehood Act.
Before 1971, the Ketchikan Area land base of the Tongass National Forest was fairly stable.
There were only minor changes, such as the transfer of National Forest System lands to private
homesites, canneries, and townsites. Beginning in the early 1970s, Federal legislation, including
the ANSCA and the ANILCA, caused significant land ownership changes.
The Federal government owns the majority of the land in the Project Area (Figure 3-25); the
Forest Service manages this land as part of the Tongass National Forest. The Forest Service
administers 86 percent of the land within the Project Area, although there are areas owned by
other entities. The State of Alaska owns or has selected less than 1 percent of the land. State
lands are used for a variety of purposes. Approximately 10 percent of the land in the Project
Area is privately owned, including land owned by the Sealaska Corporation. Sealaska land is
used primarily for timber production. Timber management recreation, subsistence, and fish/
wildlife habitat are the primary National Forest use within the Project Area.
The Alaska Statehood Act of 1959 authorized the state of Alaska to select 400,000 acres of
National Forest System lands in Alaska. To date, approximately 84 percent of the State’s
entitlement has been conveyed by the Bureau of Land Management. Most of the remaining
land has been selected and is in the process of being conveyed. ANILCA gave the State until
1994 to complete its selections and permits the State to select lands in excess of its remaining
entitlement. Because the State of Alaska can select more land than it is entitled to receive via
conveyance, some of these lands might become available for National Forest harvest as the
State removes lands from the selection list to get the total amount of land selected to 400,000
acres.
As illustrated in Figure 3-26, the State owns several parcels of land in the Project Area. State
land is located at the south end of Big Salt Bay, on the west side of Control Lake, south of
Kogish Mountain, west and north of Sealaska land, and northeast of Angel Lake.
ANCSA provided for conveyance of certain lands to the 10 Native village corporations, the two
Native urban corporations, and the one Native regional corporation located in Southeast
Alaska. These corporations are entitled to select approximately 550,000 acres of land from the
Tongass National Forest. About 83 percent of these lands have been conveyed to the corpora-
tions. The U.S. Department of Interior and the Bureau of Land Management issued regulations
authorizing these corporations to select lands in excess of their entitlement. However, as with
State selections, only the actual entitlement will be conveyed.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Lands— CHAPTERS ■ 115
3 Affected
Environment
Figure 3-26
Land Ownership/Management in the Project Area
116 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Lands
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
/glocier3/conlrollk/omls/posi8x11/londown.oml
05/11/94, 15:14:35.Wed
Affected O
Environment O
Other Land Use
Issues
Comprehensive
Plans
In the Project Area, the Sealaska Corporation owns approximately 27,500 acres. The Sealaska
land is located to the north, east, and south of Shinaku Inlet and Big Salt Lake. The land has
been used primarily for timber harvest, and harvest activities continue today.
Timber Management on Non-National Forest System Lands
National Forest System lands within and near the Project Area have been conveyed to both the
Sealaska Native Corporation and the State of Alaska. Substantial timber harvest has occurred
on these lands. If the rate of recent harvest activities continue, it could be assumed that much
of the remaining timber on Native Corporation-owned land would be harvested in the near
future.
Mining Claims
For information concerning mining claims in the Project Area, see the Geology, Minerals, and
Caves section.
Special Use Permits
Recreational Special Use Permits in the Project Area are discussed in the Recreation, Roadless
Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas section. The only Nonrecreational
Special Use Permit in the Project Area is for a lodge (the Boardwalk Wilderness Lodge) located
near Thorne Bay.
Prince of Wales Area
The Prince of Wales Area Plan proposes guidelines for how State-owned lands should be
managed within the Prince of Wales planning area (ADNR 1988). The plan describes where the
State proposes to select additional lands from the Tongass National Forest, prioritizes the
location and timing of future land disposals, indicates where log transfer and storage areas may
be located on State tide and submerged lands, and designates areas especially important for fish
and wildlife habitat and harvest. It also sets guidelines for uses that occur on State lands. Area
Plan guidelines likely to be applicable to units within the Project Area include coordination and
public notice, fish and wildlife habitat, floathomes, forestry, public access, recreation, tourism,
cultural and scenic resources, settlement, shoreline development, and subsurface resources.
Shoreline Management Program/Coastal Zone Management Act of 1976
Congress passed the CZMA in 1976 and amended the law in 1990. This law requires Federal
agencies conducting activities or undertaking development affecting the coastal zone to ensure
that the activities or developments are consistent with approved State coastal management
programs to the maximum extent practicable. The state of Alaska passed the Alaska Coastal
Management Act in 1977 to establish a program that meets the requirements of the CZMA. It
contains the standards and criteria for determining consistency of activities within the coastal
zone.
The Forest Service is working with the Alaska State Division of Government Coordination on a
revision of the MOU between the State and the Forest Service. Standards against which the
consistency evaluation will take place are: Alaska Statute Title 46; Water, Air, Energy, and
Environmental Conservation and the Alaska Forest Practices Act of 1990.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Lands— CHAPTERS ■ 117
3
Affected
Environment
Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act of 1980
Under Section 810 of ANILCA, agencies are required to evaluate the effects of proposed actions
on subsistence uses of Federal land and to determine if the proposed action may significantly
restrict subsistence opportunities. The Subsistence section of this chapter and Galginaitis
(1994) contain a substantive discussion of ANILCA.
State of Alaska’s Forest Practices Act of 1990
On May 11, 1990, Governor Cowper signed into law a major revision of Alaska’s Forest Practices
Act. The revised act significantly increases the State’s role in providing protection and
management for important forest resources on State and private lands. The revised Forest
Practices Act also affects National Forest management through its relationship to the Alaska
Coastal Management Program and the Federal C2^A (see above discussion).
For National Forest timber operations, such as proposed for the Control Lake Project, the effect
of the revised Forest Practices Act is essentially twofold. First, it clarifies that the revised
Forest Practices Act is the standard that must be used for evaluating timber harvest activities on
Federal lands to determine consistency with the Alaska Coastal Zone Management Program.
Second, it calls for minimum 100-foot buffers on all Class I streams, and it recognizes that
consistency with the Alaska Coastal Management Program can be attained in Federal timber
harvest activities by using methodologies that may differ from those required by the revised
Forest Practices Act or its implementing regulations.
The TTRA prohibits commercial timber harvesting within buffer zones established on all Class I
streams and those Class II streams that flow directly into a Class I stream. Buffer zones are a
minimum of 100-foot slope distance from the edge of either side of the stream. The Forest
Service is working with the Alaska State Division of Government Coordination on a revision of
the MOU between the State and the Forest Service. This revised MOU will establish the
policies and procedures for coordinating State review of Forest Service programs and activities,
including those covered by the Forest Practices Act and the Alaska Coastal Management
Program,
118 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Lands
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
i
Transportation
Transportation and Facilities
Key Terms
A-frame LTF — log transfer facility system which consists of a stationary mast with a falling
boom for lifting logs from trucks to water. This system is generally located on a shot rock
embankment with a vertical bulkhead to access deep water, accommodating operations at all
tidal periods.
Access management — the designation of roads for differing levels of use by the public.
Aquatic Habitat Management Unit (AHMU) — mapping unit that displays an identified value
for aquatic resources; a mechanism for carrying out aquatic resource management policy.
Arteriai roads — roads usually developed and operated for long-term land and resource
management purposes and constant service.
Endiess chain LTF — log transfer facility system which consists of a gravity slide ramp for
sliding log bundles into the water, with a chain assist system to slow the velocity of logs
entering the water.
Coiiector roads — roads that collect traffic from Forest Local roads; usually connect to a Forest
Arterial road or public highway.
Locai roads — ^roads that provide access for a specific resource use activity such as a timber
sale or recreational site; other minor uses may be served.
Log Transfer FacUity (LTF) — a facility that is used for transferring commercially harvested logs
to and from a vessel or log raft, or the formation of a log raft.
Main trunk roads — ^primary roads that are used repeatedly for forest access over long period of
time.
Maintenance leveis — levels at which roads are maintained (or closed) for various uses,
including high-clearance vehicle and passenger vehicle use. See Glossary for more detail.
Moduiar bridge — a portable bridge constructed of components that can be readily assembled
and disassembled for movement from one site to another.
Specified roads — a. road, including related transportation facilities and appurtenances, shown
on the Sale Area Map and listed in the Timber Sale Contract. These roads are constructed as
permanent roads as part of the forest development transportation system.
Temporary roads — short term roads built for limited resource activity or other project needs.
Traffic service ievels — traffic characteristics and operating conditions that are used in setting
road maintenance levels.
Access to Prince of Wales Island and the Control Lake Project Area is by small plane, ferry, and
boat. A ferry terminal for the State of Alaska Marine Highway System is located at Hollis south
of the Project Area. The road network on Prince of Wales Island originally developed as a result
of timber harvest starting in the mid-1950s. Forest Road 30 leads west from Thorne Bay to the
Control Lake junction. The road extends south to Klawock and Craig and north to Naukati.
Roads extend from Forest Road 30 into the Rio Beaver Watershed and into the Honker Divide
area. South of the Control Lake junction the road system enters the Steelhead Creek drainage.
Private roads accessing private land extend off this road system west along Big Salt Bay. On
the western part of the Project Area the road system extends south from the Staney Creek
watershed into the northern portion of the Western Peninsula.
Currently, timber harvested from National Forest System lands on the north or western part of
the Project Area is hauled to Coffman Cove, Naukati, or Winter Harbor, Timber harvested in the
central Project Area is transported to Thorne Bay. Opportunities to use private road systems
that touch the Project Area exist through a user fee agreement. Specifically, the private road
system along Big Salt Bay provides access to the Kogish Mountain Area.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Transportation and Facilities — CHAPTERS ■ 119
3 Affected
Environment
Post-Harvest
Maintenance and
Access Management
The Forest Transportation System includes three types of roads: arterials, collectors, and
locals. Arterial and some collector roads are usually maintained for use by passenger vehicles
and are normally designed for higher truck speeds than local roads. Forest Road 30 is consid-
ered an arterial while the main branches from it are collectors. Local roads provide access to
individual harvest units and recreation sites.
Table 3-33 shows the total miles of road and road density by VCU for the Project Area. Road
density is calculated by dividing the miles of road by the total area in square miles of the VCU.
There are 169 miles of road within the Project Area. Road density varies from 0 to 0.88 miles of
road per square mile of area. No roads exist in the Rio Roberts Watershed, in a large part of the
central Honker Divide, and on most of the Western Peninsula.
Table 3-33
Existing Roads and Road Density for the Control Lake
Project Area
Existing Roads (Miles)
VCU
Arterial
Collector
Local
Total
(mi/mi^)
574
0
0
0
0
0.00
575
0
3.8
1.9
5.7
020
576
2.7
4.5
2.3
9.4
039
577
0
1.2
4.0
5.2
022
578
0
1.7
4.0
5.7
056
591
0
0.1
0.4
0.5
om
593
0
0
0
0
0.00
594
0
0
3.0
3.0
0.10
595
0.4
0.3
7.9
8.6
022
596
3.3
4.0
2.7
10.0
0.49
597
4.0
3.9
26.5
34.4
0.88
TOTAL
10.4
19.5
527
825
026
SOURCE: USDA Forest Service, Ketchikan Area GIS Database.
Maintenance levels are based on anticipated road use. The maintenance levels also incorporate
traffic service levels and access management. Traffic service levels are displayed in Appendix
E. Applicable maintenance levels for the Project Area are:
• Maintenance Level 1 (Traffic Service Level D) — Roads are closed by bridge removal or
organic encroachment and are monitored for resource protection. Basic custodial mainte-
nance is performed to perpetuate the road and to facilitate future management activities.
• Maintenance Level 2 (Traffic Service Level C) — Roads are maintained for high-clearance
vehicles and monitored for resource protection. Traffic is normally minor, usually consisting
of administrative or recreational uses.
• Maintenance Level 3 (Traffic Service Level B) — Roads are maintained for travel by a prudent
driver in a standard passenger vehicle and are subject to the provisions of the Highway
Safety Act. Road use is by administrative and passenger vehicles, and logging trucks.
120
3 CHAPTER — T ransportation and Facilities
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
I .......
j Forest Service
Facilities
Log Transfer
Facilities
Post-harvest access management of forest roads are utilized where necessary to control any
class or type of traffic. Use is managed to prevent damage to the roadway, and to meet manage-
ment direction for wildlife and recreational objectives. The road along the east side of the
Thorne River is closed to public use. The following access management categories apply:
• Encourage — ^Motor vehicle use is encouraged by appropriate signing, public notification,
and active maintenance of the road prism.
• Accept — Motor vehicle use is allowed but not encouraged, while the road is maintained for
administrative access.
• Discourage — Motor vehicle use is discouraged by allowing alder growth at road entrance,
nonremoval of blowdown, or road prism deterioration within acceptable environmental limits
(depending on designated maintenance level). To discourage use, the road may also be
signed as “Not Maintained for Motor Vehicle Traffic.”
• Eliminate — Motor vehicle use is eliminated by physically blocking the road. Where pre-
scribed for long-term intermittent roads, this strategy is achieved by placement of impassable
barricades at road entrances. On short-term roads, removal of drainage structures effectively
blocks vehicle traffic.
• Prohibit — Motor vehicle use is prohibited by a road order (CFR closure). Implementation of
this strategy on remote road systems may require the installation of gates, in addition to
public notification and appropriate signing.
• Prohibit Seasonally — Road is closed to motor vehicle use at times during the normal operat-
ing year. For all alternatives, seasonal prohibitions will be used as necessary to mitigate
impacts to wildlife and subsistence resources (e.g., closure during either-sex deer hunting
season). Administrative and permitted use of the roads will continue during closure periods,
but only for specific permitted uses. Seasonal closures may be used in combination with
cooperative efforts with fish and game protective agencies.
There are no logging camps in the Control Lake Project Area.
There are no Forest Service administrative sites in the Project Area. The Thome Bay Ranger
District is located a few miles outside the eastern Project Area Boundary.
The transfer of harvested timber requires that logs be removed from trucks, placed in salt
water, and rafted or barged to their destination. There are no LTF’s in the Control Lake Project
Area. LTF’s adjacent to the Project Area are located at Winter Harbor, Naukati, Coffman Cove,
and Thorne Bay. These LTF’s operate under existing permits.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Transportation and Facilities — CHAPTER 3
121
3 Affected
Environment
This page left intentionally blank
122 ■ 3CHAPTER — Transportation and Facilities
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Economic and Social Environment
Introduction
Southeast Alaska
Regional Economy
Key Terms
Cant — a log partly or wholly cut and destined for further processing.
Discounted benefits — the sum of all benefits derived from the Project Area over the life of
a project.
Discounted costs — the sum of all costs incurred from the Project Area during the life of the
project.
Present Net Vaiue (PNV)—\hc difference between total discounted benefits and total dis-
counted costs associated with the alternatives calculated at a 4 percent discount rate.
Discount rate — the rate used to adjust future benefits or costs to their present value.
Nearly 80 percent of Southeast Alaska is within the Tongass National Forest, an area larger
than the state of West Virginia. This area stretches roughly 500 miles from Ketchikan in the
southeast to Yakutat in the northwest, and is mainly unpopulated wild country. Approxi-
mately 65,000 people live in 33 towns, communities, and villages located in or near the
boundaries of this, the largest forest in the National Forest System.
The economies of most communities in Southeast Alaska depend almost exclusively on the
Tongass National Forest to provide natural resources for uses such as fishing, tourism,
recreation, timber harvesting, mining, and subsistence. There is very little private land to
provide these resources. Consequently, maintaining the abundant natural resources found on
the Tongass concerns those who make their living there.
In addition to its economic value, the importance of the Tongass lies in its general enhance-
ment of the quality of life. Southeast Alaska is regarded as a wild and magnificent place, a
vast expanse of seemingly limitless scenery and abundant natural resources. Many Southeast
Alaskans want to preserve their local environment while maintaining their economic liveli-
hood. With a limited resource base, resolution of this conflict is becoming increasingly
difficult.
The export of fishery and forest products, the sale of North Slope oil, and the accommodation
of out-of-state tourists dominate Alaska’s economic output. Because it is largely an export-
oriented economy, Alaska depends heavily on global macroeconomic conditions, particularly
those of Japan and the other Pacific Rim countries.
The public sector plays an important role in the region’s economy. The level of oil royalties
returned to the State from Federal leases of offshore tracts heavily influences State and local
government employment. Fishery products (38 percent), oil and gas (23 percent), and wood
products (10 percent) led Alaska’s trade in 1986 (Forest Service, 1992). Because of the rise in
world oil prices from 1978 to 1982, Alaska’s economic output increased faster than that of the
United States during the same time period. In 1983, however, the sharp rise in the value of
the dollar began cutting deeply into the competitiveness of Alaskan exports. By 1985, the
precipitous fall in the price of crude oil and the rise in the value of the dollar decimated
Alaskan exports, reducing, in turn, the Gross State Product (Forest Service, 1990).
Alaska’s exports of forest products go principally to Japan. As such, exports of timber and
wood products greatly depend on the Japanese demand for wood products as well as the
relative strength of the yen with respect to the dollar.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Economicand Social Environment — CHAPTERS ■ 123
3
Affected
Environment
Local communities understand the dependence of the region’s economy on foreign demand.
This economic vulnerability increases the desire to both broaden the base of economic activity
and stabilize the existing job market by ensuring a continuing supply of resources. Although
employment fluctuations over the business cycle are unavoidable, economic diversification
reduces fluctuations driven by outside forces beyond the fiscal and monetary influence of local
and national policymakers.
Region of Influence
The Primary Region of Influence (ROI) is that area whose population would sustain the
greatest socioeconomic impact fi'om implementing of any of the proposed timber harvest
alternatives in the Control Lake Project Area. The Primary ROI for this analysis, based on
regional spending, consumption, and residential characteristics, is Prince of Wales Island.
Fish and wildlife, timber, and to a lesser extent recreation opportunities are the major eco-
nomic resources. Overlapping segments of the population located in varying proximity to the
Project Area use, process, and/or consume each resource.
Craig, Klawock, Thome Bay, and Hydaburg are the four most populated communities in the
Primary ROI. Their combined total population is approximately 2,950 (USDC, 1992). The
different employment and demographic patterns within these four communities presents a
complete picture of possible socioeconomic impacts and of their significance on different types
and sizes of communities within the Primary ROI. This EIS also addresses the demographic
and socioeconomic characteristics of the towns of Coffman Cove, Kasaan, and Hollis because
of their proximity to the Project Area.
The Extended Primary ROI is the area whose population would sustain the largest indirect
economic impact from socioeconomic changes in the Primary ROI. Based on regional
consumption and employment patterns, the analysis shows that the Ketchikan Gateway
Borough would experience the greatest concentrated indirect economic impacts resulting from
implementation of any of the proposed timber harvest alternatives. These effects would fall
primarily on the city of Ketchikan, the largest regional distribution center of consumer goods
and services in proximity to the Primary ROI.
The Secondary ROI includes the entire state of Alaska, other Pacific Northwest states, and
countries having direct trade with the Primary and Extended Primary ROTs. Economic
impacts on the Secondary ROI from implementation of any of the timber harvest alternatives
in the Control Lake Project Area are expected to be negligible, therefore, they will not be
discussed further.
Economic Use of the Forest
Wood products, salmon harvesting, and recreation including tourism dominate the economic
activities of the communities analyzed in this EIS; all these industries exist within the
extended Primary ROI. Each is tied directly and indirectly to the use of the forest. Table 3-34
displays 1994 employment information for these and other resource dependent industries.
Recreation and tourism provides the highest direct employment, followed by wood products.
The direct employment generated by resource dependent industries results in a labor force of
8,683, or almost 25 percent of the regional employment.
Each of these industries interacts with other sectors of the economy and includes several
components. The timber industry directly affects several economic sectors including heavy
124 ■ 3CHAPTER — Economic and Social Environment
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
[
Affected Q
Environment O
construction, lumber and paper products, and water transportation. The commercial fishing
industry includes harvesting, processing, manufacturing, support, and transportation of fish
and related products. The recreation and tourism industry includes guides and outfitters, tours
and transportation services, and sport hunting and fishing support services. It directly affects
the retail trade, service, and transportation sectors. Each key industry is discussed below.
Table 3-34
Direct Employment in Resource Dependent Industries and
Southeast Alaska Total
Industry
1994 Direct Employment
1994 Total Employment
Wood Products
2,204
3,439
Mining
163
284
Recreation and Tourism
2,771
3,664
Salmon Harvesting
1,889
2,697
Seafood Processing
1,646
3,160
Resource Dependent
Total
Southeast Alaska
8,683
-
Total
37,107
37,107
Source: Forest Service, 1996
Timber Industry
History and Overview
Prior to 1950, the timber industry was a small portion of Southeast Alaska’s economy.
Sawmills existed at such places as Juneau, Petersburg, Wrangell, and Ketchikan; a plywood
mill operated at Juneau and a pulp mill at Port Snettisham (south of Juneau). The mills
produced lumber for building construction, mine timbers, fish traps, and salmon packing
crates. During World War II, aircraft construction created a high demand for Sitka spruce.
Since 1950, the timber industry has become a major economic and social factor in Southeast
Alaska.
The industry’s structure in Southeast Alaska has changed significantly over the last decade.
In 1980, the major focus of the industry was processing timber from the Tongass National
Forest into cants and dissolving pulp. Sawmills processed primarily large-diameter spruce
logs, sawing them just enough to meet the minimum Federal export standards. The smaller or
defective spruce logs and most of the hemlock logs were chipped for pulping. Today, the
forest products industry in Southeast Alaska processes spruce and hemlock logs of varied
diameter into finished lumber products. They also chip and sell the wood wastes from the
sawing process. In addition, Asia has become a new market for logs from lands conveyed to
Alaska Native corporations under ANCSA (P.L. 92-203).
The result of Southeast Alaska’s heavy economic dependence on overseas exports of timber
and timber products is an unusually high economic sensitivity to fluctuations of exchange
rates, foreign demand for wood fiber, and competition among timber suppliers outside the
Tongass National Forest. The historic timber industry employment in Southeast Alaska and
its fluctuations is shown in Table 3-35.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Economicand Social Environment — CHAPTERS ■ 125
.4
3 Affected
Environment
Sawmills operating today in Southeast Alaska include the Annette Hemlock mill, Chilkoot
Lumber Company (Haines), KPC Ward Cove mill (Ketchikan), and Viking Lumber. Seven-
teen smaller mills operate periodically; most of these mills process less than 1 MMBF annu-
ally. They produce finished lumber, cants, flitches (sawn logs and cants from which veneer
slices are made), baby squares (small, rough-sawn, squared timbers), and chips (Forest
Service, 1990).
No pulp mills are currently operating in Southeast Alaska. The Alaska Pulp Corporation mill
in Sitka closed in 1994. The KPC pulp mill at Ward Cove near Ketchikan closed in early
1997. KPC produced dissolving pulp for both domestic and export markets. Fifty percent of
the timber harvested from Southeast Alaska (primarily western hemlock) was formerly used
for pulp. National Forest, Native corporation, and State of Alaska lands are the sources of
pulp wood.
The other players in the timber market of Southeast Alaska are the 13 Native corporations that
export unprocessed logs. Between 1984 and 1989, the harvest on Native corporation lands
increased almost 300 percent, from 209 MMBF to 613 MMBF. Unprocessed log exports have
displaced cants in the export markets.
Timber Supply and Markets
The main sources of timber in Southeast Alaska are National Forest and Native corporation
lands. By regulation, the primary use of timber harvested on Federal land is domestic
manufacture into products such as pulp, lumber, or chips. There are exceptions to this rule.
For example, when the supply of Alaska cedar exceeded domestic needs, it could be exported
under permit as unprocessed logs. Western red cedar logs currently may be exported until a
competitive market exists. Timber harvested from private lands may be exported as unproc-
essed logs.
Table 3-35
Southeast Alaska Timber Production and Employment 1984
to 1994
1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1992 1994
Timber Production
(MMBF)
575
500
589
734
808
1,014
997
841
899
766
602
Employment (Average Annual)
Logging 946 1 ,004
1,239
1,545
1,981
2,113
2,144
1,554
1,415
1,344
1,177
Sawmills
395
363
331
375
468
478
500
604
538
447
515
Pulp mills
700
580
772
861
892
925
899
911
910
859
533
Total Direct
2,041
1,947
2,342
2,781
3,341
3,516
3,543
3,069
2,863
2,650
2,225
Indirect and
1,143
1,090
1,312
1,557
1,871
1,969
1,984
1,719
1,603
1,484
1,246
Induced
Total
3,184
3,037
3,654
4,338
5,212
5,485
5,527
4,788
4,466
4,134
3,471
Source; Forest Service, 1996
As Table 3-35 indicates, the timber harvest in Southeast Alaska fluctuated somewhat in the
1980s and has steadily declined in the 1990s. One of the primary reasons for the fall in
timber harvest in the early to mid-1980s was the precipitous increase in the value of the
dollar. This caused overseas demand for Alaskan timber to fall, resulting in reduced produc-
tion. A clear correlation can be drawn from the timber harvest fluctuations to timber industry
employment throughout the 1980s.
126 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Economic and Social Environment
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
1
Affected O
Environment O
Alaska’s timber industry depends primarily on export markets in Japan and, to a lesser extent,
other Pacific Rim countries including Taiwan, Thailand, Indonesia, South Korea, and the
People’s Republic of China. Domestic markets also are important; mills in Southeast Alaska
ship timber to east coast and mid western states. Alaska’s major competitors in the export
market are British Columbia, Pacific Northwest states, Russia, and New Zealand. The
fortunes of the timber industry of Southeast Alaska are closely tied to the yen and dollar
exchange rate, a stable Japanese market, and housing starts in Japan.
A growing market for products made from both natural and synthetic materials has stimulated
demand for dissolving pulp. Also, when demand was ebbing during the early 1980s, one
dissolving pulp mill in Japan closed and a number of the newer Third World mills switched to
production of other types of pulp, thereby reducing competition.
Wood chips being transported
to market
Timber-related Employment in Southeast Alaska
The Tongass timber program is part of a long-term effort to provide greater economic diver-
sity and more stable, year-round employment in Southeast Alaska. To achieve that goal, the
Forest Service established requirements to process National Forest System timber in Alaska,
and entered into long-term contracts to encourage the development of an integrated timber
manufacturing industry. These contracts were established under provisions of the Tongass
Timber Act of 1947. Providing sufficient timber supply opportunities to maintain timber-
related employment in Southeast Alaska was an objective of TLMP and Section 705(a) of
ANILCA.
Basic industries in Southeast Alaska (industries geared for exports outside of the Southeast
Alaska region) include forest products, seafood, mining, tourism, the Federal government
where it serves a national or regional function, and state government where it serves a
statewide function. The forest products industry accounted for 19 percent of the basic industry
employment (Forest Service, 1990). When employment in related National Forest manage-
ment activities was included, the figure climbed to about 25 percent (Forest Service, 1990).
In the 1980s, timber harvest and forest products manufacturing provided 12 percent of the
region’s wage and salary employment, with the timber from the Tongass supporting about 7
percent of the region’s jobs (Forest Service, 1990). From 1984 through 1994, these timber
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Economicand Social Environment— CHAPTERS ■ 127
3 Affected
Environment
harvest and forest products activities supported from 3,037 to 5,527 jobs in Southeast Alaska
(Table 3-35). During the 1980s and early 1990s, approximately 60 percent of the timber
harvested in Southeast Alaska came from land administered by the Forest Service (Forest
Service, 1990). Direct employment in Southeast Alaska’s timber industry has declined
steadily since 1990. Contributing significantly to this decline has been the shutdown of the
Sitka Pulp Mill and the Wrangell Saw Mill in 1994. These closures resulted in a loss of 700
and 200 jobs, respectively. This employment loss was equivalent to 17 percent of timber
industry employment in Southeast Alaska in 1991. Closure of the KPC pulp mill will have
an additional effect on employment in the Ketchikan Area. These employment losses will
have further negative repercussions as a result of the increased strain placed on the regional
social welfare network, and the overall reduction in level of economic activity resulting from
reduced timber processing and salary expenditures.
Receipts and Payments
Table 3-36 shows the total receipts from the Tongass timber program along with payments
from those receipts to the state of Alaska. In all years except 1987, 25 percent of all revenues
(including purchaser road credits) from the Tongass were paid to the state of Alaska (Forest
Service, 1990). The State uses the funds for public schools and roads. The amount of timber
program funds to date has not constituted a significant portion of the total public schools and
public road budgets for the cities and boroughs of Southeast Alaska.
Table 3-36
Forest Receipts and Payments to the State of Alaska, Fiscal
Years 1980 to 1992
Year
Tongass Receipts^
Payments to Alaska
1980
$26,024,494
$6,506,124
1981
$15,007,944
$3,751,986
1982
$21,622,764
$5,405,691
1983
$5,365,915
$1,341,479
1984
$4,063,189
$1,015,797
1985
$209,231
$52,308
1986
$1,967,240
$491,810
19872'
$-2,033,575
—
1988
$1,232,672
$308,168
1989
$20,183,133
$5,045,783
1990
$36,010,243
$9,057,119
1991
$36,968,718
$9,242,179
1992
$13,093,312
$3,273,328
Total
$179,715,2803'
$45,491,772
Source: Forest Service, 1993c.
1/ Capital investments such as permanent roads, bridges, log transfer facilities, and timber stand improvements also
contribute to the total assets of the Tongass National Forest, reduce future management costs, and are scheduled to
achieve management objectives described in TLMP.
2/ Tongass receipts for Fiscal Year 1987 were negative because of Comptroller General Decision B-224730 of March 31,
1 987 to retroactively implement the emergency rate redetermination for short-term sales. Without the reduction,
Tongass receipts would have been positive by $2, 1 39,943. As a result of the negative receipts, no payments to the State
were made in 1987.
3/ Does not include receipts foregone as a result of the Federal Timber Contract Payment Modification Act. Estimated
total value of affected contracts was approximately $54.5 million prior to the Act if all volume was harvested. Total
value of the affected contracts as a result of the Act was approximately $1.2 million. The difference of $53.3 million
represents receipts foregone; thus, the total Tongass receipts from Fiscal Years 1 980 to 1 988 would have been $ 1 26.8
million.
128 ■
3 CHAPTER — Economic and Social Environment
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Commercial Fishing Industry
Although continually fluctuating, the commercial fishing industry remains a major component
of Southeast Alaska’s economy (Table 3-37). Alaska’s commercial fisheries increasingly have
been regulated, thus stabilizing fish harvest employment. For example, a permit system
regulates the number of salmon harvesters and individual quotas regulate halibut harvest.
Since 1980, changes have occurred with seafood processing, also a vital component of
Southeast Alaska’s economy. Greater use of floating fish processing facilities and a trend
toward frozen rather than canned salmon are among the most significant of the changes.
Table 3-37
Southeast Alaska Salmon Harvesting and Seafood
Processing Direct Empioyment (Average Annuai Jobs)
Year
Salmon Harvesting
Jobs
Seafood Processing Total Direct
Jobs Employment
1984
1,901
1,419
3,320
1985
1,928
1,439
3,366
1986
1,915
1,429
3,345
1987
1,931
1,158
3,089
1988
1,962
1,392
3,354
1989
1,894
1,379
3,273
1990
1,892
1,408
3,300
1991
1,939
1,475
3,414
1992
1,870
1,396
3,265
1993
1,896
1,550
3,446
1994
—
1,646
—
Source: Forest Service, 1996
Having recovered from low levels in the early 1970s, salmon continues to dominate the
industry in volume and value of catch and in harvest-related employment. Forest Service
estimates suggest that from one-half to two-thirds of the fish used by the fish-processing
industry are salmon. Assuming employment in the industry is proportional to some combina-
tion of the values and volumes of fish processed, an estimated one-half to two-thirds of the
industry’s employment depends on salmon.
National Forest System habitats produce much of the salmon harvested in Southeast Alaska’s
fisheries. Assuming habitat is proportional to ownership of timberland in Southeast Alaska,
the Tongass National Forest may contribute up to an estimated 80 percent of the regional
salmon harvest. This assumes that the number of hatchery-reared stock in the harvest is
minor and the combined catch of hatchery stocks, wild stocks originating outside Southeast
Alaska, and wild stocks reared on private or State lands are approximately 20 percent of the
total harvest.
The anadromous fish reared in habitat on National Forest System lands in Southeast Alaska
support approximately 1,850 jobs (or more than 50 percent of employment) in the commercial
fishing and fish-processing sectors. Another 7(X) are assumed to be employed in the retail,
service, supply, and construction sectors (Forest Service, 1990) supported by the business
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Economicand Social Environment — CHAPTERS ■ 129
3 Affected
Environment
purchases and personal consumption expenditure patterns of the fishers and fish processors.
An estimated 9 percent of the region’s population depends on the harvest of salmon spawned
in the National Forest in Southeast Alaska. Individual communities may have a higher degree
of dependence. Commercial fishing and processing work supplements the income of some
families rather than providing their principal source of earnings. For other families, income
from fishing or cannery work is the only cash supplement to an otherwise subsistence lifestyle.
Recreation and Tourism Industry
During the 1980s, tourism became a major industry in Southeast Alaska. Cruise ships
traveled the Inside Passage in record numbers, making regular stops at Southeast ports.
Between 1980 and 1986, the number of cruise ship passengers increased by nearly 90 percent.
Total numbers of visitors to Southeast Alaska grew from 205,000 in 1983 to 350,000 in 1986
(Forest Service, 1990). The tourist season also expanded to include much of May and
September. Marketing studies by the Alaska Division of Tourism indicate “scenery, forest,
mountains, out-of-doors” and “wilderness, unspoiled, rugged” were the top interests of
potential visitors (Forest Service, 1990). Fishing and hunting license sales indicate that
recreation activities by Alaska residents also increased during the 1980s. Table 3-38 summa-
rizes recreation and tourism-related trends between 1984 and 2010.
Table 3-38
Tongass Related Recreation and Tourism Consumption
and Employment — Historical and Projected
Consumption
Year (1,000 Recreation Visitor Days) Direct Employment (Jobs)
1984
987
730
1985
1,463
1,082
1986
1,073
793
1987
1,315
972
1988
1,487
1,100
1989
1,738
1,285
1990
2,303
1,703
1991
2,435
1,801
1992
2,554
1,889
1993
2,071
1,532
1994
2,165
1,601
1995
2,642
1,954
2000
3,361
2,154
2005
4,080
2,351
2010
4,800
2,548
Source: Forest Service, 1996.
130 ■ 3CHAPTER — Economic and Social Environment
1
Affected
Environment
3
Unlike other industries, tourism and recreation is not a single industry but a composite of
many that serve more than tourists. For example, the retail trade, service, and transportation
industries serve local industries and residents as well as tourists. Tourism and recreation-
related jobs tend to be highly seasonal and low-paying.
An estimated 285 jobs in Southeast Alaska depend on spending by sport hunters. About 820
jobs in the region result from the purchases of sport anglers. Another 475 jobs result from the
sport hunting- and fishing-related purchases made by businesses and their employees. In
total, hunting- and fishing-related expenditures (excluding commercial fishing expenditures)
produce approximately 6 percent of the region’s wage and salary employment (Forest Service,
1990).
Between 1960 and 1990, the population of the state of Alaska grew from 230,400 to 550,000,
an increase of nearly 139 percent. Population growth has been relatively consistent through-
out the 30-year period. Projections made in the mid-1980s show an estimated population of
approximately 620,000 by 1995. However, according to 1990 Census data, population growth
in the State has slowed down. Two of the primary factors in the slowdown appear to be the
crude oil glut of the late 1980s, which resulted in production stabilization, and Japan’s
overabundant supply of timber. In both cases, demand for labor fell below projections,
producing a lower than projected population influx.
The proportion of the population in Alaska living below the poverty line is higher than the
rest of the nation (14 percent versus 12 percent). The average proportion of singles and
single-parent households living in poverty is lower in the state of Alaska than nationwide.
The heavy reliance on subsistence by many of Alaska’s residents, particularly those of
Southeast Alaska, may partially account for the proportionally higher ratio of entire families
living beneath the poverty line. Those who rely on subsistence fishing and hunting accumu-
late goods without transferring money; thus, any accounting of such activity is difficult and
highly inaccurate. The social and economic system among many who rely on subsistence
fosters an unofficial parallel market driven by a “complementary” barter system. For ex-
ample, a hunter will give his neighbor part of the game he caught as a gift. His neighbor, the
fisher, will return the favor sometime in the future with a gift of some catch. The current
measure of accounting used in establishing social and demographic statistics makes it difficult
to accurately account for such transactions; therefore, a complete picture of the welfare of
many of the residents of Alaska, particularly those of Southeast Alaska, does not exist.
Southeast Alaska — Tongass National Forest
The majority of communities in Southeast Alaska are small, isolated from one another, and
accessed only by air or water. Only four communities in the region can be reached by land:
Skagway, Haines, and Klukwan in the north, and Hyder in the south. Juneau, Alaska’s
capital with a population of nearly 24,000, is the largest community in Southeast Alaska. It is
the only community with a population greater than 20,000 and represents 40 percent of the
region’s total population. The mid-sized communities in Southeast Alaska are Sitka and
Ketchikan with approximately 12,700 and 8,200 residents, respectively. The combined
populations of Juneau, Sitka, and Ketchikan make up approximately 70 percent of the total
population of Southeast Alaska (USDC, 1992).
Southeast Alaskan communities show varying degrees of economic development and diversity.
Fishing, timber, tourism, mining, and government are the major economic sectors; however,
there is considerable local variability in the degree of importance of these activities. Some
Demographics and state of Alaska
Income
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Economic and Social Environment — CHAPTERS ■ 131
3 Affected
Environment
communities have little or no local economy in the conventional sense and rely heavily on
local fish and game resources. In these cases, sources outside the community supply goods
and services that cannot be obtained from local subsistence. Some communities depend on a
single economic activity while others enjoy greater economic variability.
Although Southeast Alaska’s relative economic state is good, income and poverty levels
throughout its various communities vary widely. The larger communities of Ketchikan,
Juneau, Wrangell, Petersburg, and Sitka have income levels well above the national average,
with a smaller percentage of the people living below poverty levels. In many of the smaller
communities where reliance on subsistence is more pervasive, a higher proportion of individu-
als and families live below the poverty level. However, as previously noted, poverty rates in
subsistence communities are somewhat deceiving because many people in these communities
rely at least in part on hunting, fishing, gathering, and other forms of subsistence for their
livelihood. There are, as a result, fewer actual financial transactions and less need for money.
Community Profile (Primary ROI)
The towns on Prince of Wales Island differ in population and economic profiles; therefore, the
level and significance of any economic impacts which they may sustain will differ. Under-
standing some of their basic differences makes for a keener impact analysis. The examination
of each of the following communities coupled with the socioeconomic impact analysis should
allow the reader to infer the level and significance of potential economic impacts on other
similar but smaller communities within the Primary ROI.
Prince of Wales Island
Located about 45 miles west of Ketchikan, with a population of approximately 3,500 (USDC,
1992), Prince of Wales Island is the third largest island within the jurisdiction of the United
States. The four major communities on the island are Craig, Klawock, Thome Bay, and
Hydaburg; other communities of interest to the Control Lake Project include Naukati, Whale
Pass, Coffman Cove, Hollis, and Kasaan. The island has been the site of several lumber mills
and mining camps since the 1800s. However, it was the salmon harvest that led to its
permanent settlement by non-natives. Klawock was the site of one of Alaska’s first canneries,
built in 1878 (see Cultural Resources section). Since then, 25 canneries to process salmon
have been built on the island. Today, logging is dominant on the island. Most of the island is
National Forest System land, although there are some Native corporation and private land
holdings. In addition to timber harvesting and commercial and subsistence hunting and
fishing. Prince of Wales Island offers both opportunities and adequate facilities to attract
recreational tourists.
Craig
Craig is located on a small island connected to the western part of Prince of Wales Island by a
short causeway (see Figure 1-1). The town can be accessed directly via its boat harbor and
seaplane float. Craig was once a temporary fishing camp for the Tlingit and Haida people,
natives of the region. It was named for its founder, Craig Miller, who in 1907, with the help
of local Haidas, established a saltery at Fish Egg Island. Between 1908 and 191 1, a perma-
nent saltery and cold-storage facility and about two dozen homes were built at the town’s
present location. The town was incorporated in 1922 and continued to grow throughout the
1930s. Although the economic health of the salmon industry has fluctuated over the years,
fishing still accounts for about half of the employment in Craig. In recent years, increased
timber harvesting on the island also has provided jobs in logging and timber processing.
132 ■
3 CHAPTER — Economic and Social Environment
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
As the most populated town in the Prince of Wales Island Outer Ketchikan Census Area,
Craig serves as the primary retail trade center on the island, and has a high proportion of
federal, state, and local government jobs. With an estimated population of 1,260, it is home to
approximately 30 percent of the island’s population (Table 3-39). Overall, the demographic
distribution of the town’s population is similar to that of the State. These similarities include
the male/female ratio, median age of residents, and ethnic mix of non-Native/Native residents
(Table 3-39). The town’s remote nature is such that its population base is younger and seems
to be more transient than for the State overall. Although it is the social and economic center
of Prince of Wales Island, it appears to have limited attraction for outside recreational tourists
making prolonged visits. Craig’s economic welfare, as a result, depends primarily on the
stability of the direct employment, income, and subsistence that timber harvesting, fishing,
and hunting offer its residents. To a lesser extent, Craig’s economy depends on the economic
health of surrounding towns whose residents make up a significant portion of the customer
base for Craig’s merchants.
Table 3-39
Selected 1990 U.S. Bureau of the Census Population and Housing Data (Extended
Primary ROI)
City of
Alaska
Craig
City of
Thorne Bay
Hydaburg
Klawock
Kasaan
Hollis
CDP
Coffman
Cove
Whale
Naukati Pass
Ketchikan
Total Population
550,043
1,260
569
384
722
54
111
182
93
75
8,263
Male (%)
52.7
53.1
53.8
57.0
54.9
48.2
55.0
64.0
68.8
57.3
51.8
Female (%)
47.3
46.9
46.2
43.0
45.1
51.8
45.0
36.0
30.2
42.7
48.2
Median Age
29.4
28.5
31.4
28.3
29.5
31.3
36.7
34.5
34.5
31.3
31.7
Total population under 1 8 (%)
31.3
34.1
34.4
35.4
32.0
33.3
29.7
25.8
20.4
34.7
27.5
Race and Ethnic origin (%)
White
75.5
76.1
97.2
10.4
44.9
46.3
95.5
92.5
97.9
93.3
78.3
Black
4.1
0.0
0.0
0.3
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
4.0
0.0
Alaska Native
15.6
22.9
1.2
89.1
54.3
53.7
2.7
7.0
1.1
2.7
15.7
Hispanic
3.2
2.4
2.3
0.5
1.7
1.9
0.9
1.1
1.1
0.0
2.5
Median housing price
$94,400
$94,000
$56,700
$60,000
$75,900
$55,000
$50,000
$26,300
—
$27,500
$105,200
Median rent
$503
$533
$398
$231
$414
$338
$275
$271
$200
—
$530
Occupancy and tenure (%)
Owner occupied
56.1
63.1
53.1
61.0
55.2
63.2
81.4
49.3
47.2
89.3
46.3
Renter occupied
43.9
36.9
46.9
39.0
44.8
36.8
18.6
50.7
52.8
10.7
53.7
Seasonal or occasional use
7.3
3.6
3.0
1.5
0.7
3.3
36.6
1.2
4.9
15.0
0.8
Mobile houses, trailers, other
10.6
58.1
48.5
11.1
45.9
20.0
11.3
81.5
82.9
30.0
7.1
SOURCE: USDC, 1992.
The continuing improvements to the Prince of Wales Island road system has had significant
effects on Craig and other communities on the island. Craig’s central location and proximity
to the main road system gives its residents access to jobs and other Prince of Wales Island
residents access to retail markets in Craig.
Thorne Bay
The city of Thorne Bay began as a logging camp in 1962 and was incorporated in 1982,
making it one of Alaska’s newest cities. Currently, the two largest employers in the town are
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Economicand Social Environment — CHAPTERS ■ 133
3
Affected
Environment
KPC and the Forest Service; the municipal government and a few local trades and services
provide additional jobs. Although tourism is not a mainstay of the town’s economy, Thorne
Bay does offer recreational opportunities and accommodations for recreational visitors.
Thorne Bay depends heavily on logging and timber production; consequently, the town’s
demographic makeup differs from Craig and most other regional towns whose economies,
although dependent on timber harvesting, are more diverse. The town’s population was 569
in 1990 (USDC, 1992). Its ethnic distribution differs from that of Craig and the State. While
Native communities compose nearly 23 and 16 percent of Craig and the State’s populations,
respectively, less than 2 percent of Thome Bay’s population is Native. The town’s over-
whelming dependence on timber harvesting has attracted a largely white population which
tends to dominate the logging industry. The town’s housing market reflects the transient
nature of those involved in the logging industry. Over 80 percent of the homes in Thome Bay
are classified as mobile or trailer. The estimated median housing unit price is $56,700
(USDC, 1992), one of the lowest on the island. Table 3-39 provides a detailed breakdown of
some demographic and housing characteristics of Thorne Bay.
Hydaburg
The town of Hydaburg was founded in 1911 by combining the populations of three Haida
villages. Nearly 90 percent of its total population of 384 (USDC, 1992) is classified as Native
(i.e., American Indian, Eskimo, or Aleut). The town’s residents are involved primarily in
commercial fishing. Many also engage in subsistence activities. Housing prices in Hydaburg
are comparable to those of Thome Bay (approximately 10 percent higher on average);
however, unlike Thome Bay, it’s residents are generally not transient. Nearly 75 percent of
the housing market consists of one-unit detached housing units. Table 3-39 provides demo-
graphic and housing characteristics for Hydaburg.
Klawock was originally a Tlingit Indian summer fishing village that served as a trading post
and was home to a salmon saltery, both established in 1868. A salmon cannery was built 10
years later — the first cannery in Alaska and the first of several cannery operations in the area.
Like other Southeast communities, the population of Klawock has fluctuated with the salmon
harvest. The local economy still depends on fishing and cannery operations, along with
logging and sawmilling. However, it is becoming more of a retail and service center and
maintains a growing recreation-based industry including lodges and fishing guides. Of its
722 residents, approximately 55 percent are Natives. See Table 3-39 for a breakdown of some
demographic and housing characteristics of Klawock.
Kasaan
Kasaan is a small village at the head of Kasaan Bay on the east coast of Prince of Wales
Island. It is one of a few villages on the island not connected by road. A local road system
radiates out from the community; as the island’s road network expands with new secondary
logging roads, the town eventually will be connected to the road network. Its population of 54
(USDC, 1992) is almost evenly divided between Natives (54 percent) and non-natives (46
percent). The town’s residents lead a predominantly subsistence lifestyle. Median housing
prices in Kasaan are $55,000; approximately 20 percent of the housing stock is trailers. See
Table 3-39 for a detailed breakdown of some demographic and housing characteristics of
Kasaan.
Hollis was a mining town with a population of about 1,000 from about 1900 to 1915. In the
1950s Hollis became the site of a KPC logging camp. It served as the base for KPC timber
operations on Prince of Wales Island until 1962, when the camp was moved to Thorne Bay.
Klawock
Hollis
134 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Economic and Social Environment
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
I
Affected O
Environment O
f
f
I
h
f
f
■A
Recent State land sales have spurred the growth of a small residential community. Currently,
the community is unincorporated, predominantly non-native, and largely permanent, but fairly
dispersed. It is typified by people moving in who desire a subsistence lifestyle. However,
some residents commute to work in Craig or Klawock, work in the logging industry, as
guides, and in other professions. Hollis is connected to the Prince of Wales Island road
network, and is the home of the only ferry terminal on the island. It is also served by
floatplane, and has an airstrip that can be accessed by a paved road. The character of Hollis
and its future economic vitality may be further spurred by these transportation links. Table 3-
39 contains some demographic and housing characteristics of the town of Hollis.
Coffman Cove
Coffman Cove is a total population of 182 (USDC, 1992). As shown in Table 3-39, over 80
housing units in Coffman Cove are categorized as mobile home or trailer. As with other
logging communities, the town’s population is predominantly white (93 percent), with a 2 to 1
ratio of males to females (64 percent male and 36 percent female).
Naukati
The unincorporated community of Naukati depends greatly on the timber industry. The 1990
population was 93 (USDC, 1992). Over 80 percent of its labor force was employed by the
KPC. The only other employer in the town is the public school. There is also a limited, but
increasing number of households living a subsistence lifestyle as a result of a State land
disposal in the area. The ratio of males to females in Naukati is higher than in any of the
other communities discussed in this EIS (69 percent to 3 1 percent), while its population base
is almost entirely white (98 percent). These characteristics are similar to other towns that
depend on timber harvesting.
Most existing residential structures (83 percent) in Naukati are trailers, reflecting a largely
transient population. Most residents have been there 6 years or less. Naukati is expected to
continue to grow as a timber and logging camp because of its central location on Prince of
Wales Island and its proximity to the existing road system.
Whale Pass
Whale Pass is a dispersed unincorporated community on the northeast coast of Prince of
Wales Island. It was originally established as a logging camp about 1962 by the KPC. The
logging camp was removed in the early 1980s. Since then, a small, permanent community
has developed with a more diversified economic base. Timber harvesting, recreation, com-
mercial fishing, and subsistence all play significant roles in the economy of Whale Pass. The
community is accessible by road, float plane, and boat. It has a small store and gas station; a
recreational lodge opened in the mid-1980s and several bed and breakfasts and rooming
houses also have opened since then.
Most timber workers in the Whale Pass area commute daily from either Naukati or Coffman
Cove. The 1990 population of Whale Pass was 75 (USDC, 1992). The ratio of males to
females (57 to 43 percent) and the portion of the population under age 1 8 indicates a stable
community with permanent residential characteristics (see Table 3-39).
&
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Economicand Social Environment — CHAPTERS ■ 135
3
Affected
Environment
Summary
A consistent trend in the degree of transitivity of the population and its ethnic makeup
emerges from an examination of Table 3-39. The larger the proportion of whites in a commu-
nity, the more transient the population of the community appears to be. This is substantiated
by an examination of the housing markets of the four largest communities (Craig, Klawock,
Thorne Bay, and Hydaburg) on the island. Assuming mobile homes and trailers indicate a
greater tendency to migrate, the proportion of mobile homes and trailers in each of these
communities correlates to the relative size of the community’s white population.
Extended Primary ROI
Ketchikan is located on Revillagigedo Island (see Figure 1-1). The Ketchikan vicinity
includes Saxman, Mountain Point, Clover Pass, Ward Cove, and Herring Cove, all located on
the Ketchikan road system, and Pennock Island. The Ketchikan Area started out as a summer
fishing camp for the Tlingit Indians. Development began with a saltery at the mouth of
Ketchikan Creek. Ketchikan was a boom town in the late 1800s. Since the early 19(X)s,
timber products have had an important economic influence and a world-scale pulp mill was
built in Ward Cove in 1954. Because of its location as a transportation center, fishing center,
and focus for the subregion’s timber industry, Ketchikan grew rapidly in the 1950s. Mining
has increased in economic importance with the pending development of the Quartz Hill mine.
Government, tourism, and the general service industry have also grown (TLMP, 1991a).
Ketchikan is the fourth largest and one of the most visited cities in the entire state of Alaska.
Cruiseline traffic alone contributes almost $12 million annually to the local economy (Alaska
Department of Labor, 1992). In addition to tourism, Ketchikan’s economy largely relies on
timber and fishing; consequently, the city’s economic welfare depends to a large extent on the
state of the economy of the lower 48 states and Japan.
The size of Ketchikan’s labor force parallels the seasonal fluctuations of the local economy.
When a downturn in the local economy creates excess labor, many people leave the area for
places with job opportunities. Unemployment rates peak in the winter and fall in the summer
when wood products, fishing, and tourism reach maximum output and labor demand. Poor
weather, which limits access for industrial operations during the winter months, typically
results in high unemployment rates.
Overall, Ketchikan’s demographic makeup is similar to that of the State, although it has a
higher proportion of renter-occupied housing units than the State. The transient nature of
some of Ketchikan’s labor force, however, supports the previous claim that a positive correla-
tion exists between the degree of transience in the labor force and the size of its white commu-
nity.
Southeast Alaska Social Environment
The following discussion focuses on the overall regional characteristics of the social and
economic character of Southeast Alaska.
Lifestyles
The lifestyles and economic pursuits of those who move to Southeast Alaska from elsewhere
are varied. Many have chosen to live in Southeast Alaska to participate in resource-extraction
occupations, primarily timber harvesting; some desire the lifestyle that remote, uncrowded
136 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Economic and Social Environment
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
living situations offer, while others prefer the region because of its hunting and fishing
opportunities. Native residents remain attached to Southeast Alaska because of ties to their
cultural heritage.
Community Stability
Community stability is a very important consideration in planning any resource management
activity in a National Forest; it is also difficult to accurately describe. While income levels,
employment rates, regional economic output, and so forth are useful indicators of socioeco-
nomic trends, they do not portray the total picture, particularly the quality of life aspects.
The balance of a variety of natural and human-related resource activities is important to
communities in Southeast Alaska. Management of the Tongass National Forest has direct and
indirect impacts on the level of regional economic activity as well as the quality of life. Many
of the residents of the communities in Southeast Alaska derive their livelihood directly and
indirectly from Tongass National Forest. They also are affected by changes in environmental
quality, and benefit from the availability of free and abundant resources and products from
Tongass National Forest. The preservation of adequate levels of firewood, wildlife, and fish
are significant to the sustenance and growth of the local economies as well as the quality of
life of the area’s residents. In light of their potential impact on community stability, forest
management activities are of great public interest.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Economicand Social Environment — CHAPTERS ■ 137
3 Affected
Environment
This page intentionally left blank.
►
1
I
138 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Economic and Social Environment
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence
Introduction
Key Terms
Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act (ANILCA) — ^requires evaluations of
subsistence impacts before changing the use of certain Federal lands.
Birds — includes ducks (e.g., mallards, widgeons, teals, shovelers, old squaws, golden eyes,
and buffaloheads), seabirds and seaducks (e.g., scoters, murres, murrelets, puffins, seagulls,
and cormorants), Canada geese, seabird eggs, and other birds.
Invertebrates or shellfish — includes king crab, dungeness crab, tanner crab, shrimp, sea
cucumber, sea urchins, abalone, octopus, scallops, gumboot, clams and cockles, other inverte-
brates, and herring eggs.
Land mammals — includes deer, moose, mountain goat, black bear, wolf, small game, and
furbearers (i.e., marten and land otter).
Marine mammals — harbor seal and other marine mammals.
Nonrural — a community with more than 7,000 people; does not qualify for priority use of
subsistence resources. Juneau and Ketchikan are the only two communities in Southeast
Alaska which have been determined to be nonrural by the Federal Subsistence Board.
Finfish or fish — includes cod, halibut, flounder, sole, flatfish, rock fish, herring, eulachon,
hooligan, Dolly Varden, steelhead, trout, and other fish (excluding salmon).
Plants — includes beach greens, mushrooms, roots, seaweed/kelp, and berries.
Rural — all Southeast Alaska communities other than Juneau and Ketchikan; residents qualify
for priority use of subsistence resources.
Salmon — includes king, sockeye (reds), coho, pink (humpback), and chum (dog).
Subsistence — customary and traditional uses by rural Alaskans of wild renewable resources.
Wildlife Anaiysis Area (WAA) — a division of land designated by ADF&G and used by the
Forest Service for wildlife analysis.
Congress acknowledged the importance of subsistence activities to the rural communities of
Alaska with the passage of the ANILCA in 1980. Section 803 defines “subsistence uses” as:
. . .the customary and traditional uses by rural Alaska residents of wild,
renewable resources for direct personal or family consumption as food, shelter,
fuel, clothing, tools, or transportation; for the making and selling of handicraft
articles out of nonedible byproducts of fish and wildlife resources taken for
personal or family consumption; for barter, or sharing or family consumption;
and for customary trade.
ANILCA does not define “customary and traditional,” but the definition has been extensively
developed administratively as part of the implementation of ANILCA. Section 804 further
stipulates the Federal obligation to provide for subsistence activities as a priority consumptive
use.
ANILCA provides for “the continuation of the opportunity for subsistence uses by rural
residents of Alaska, including both Natives and non-Natives, on the public lands” (Section
801 (1)). It also legislates that “nonwasteful subsistence uses of fish and wildlife and other
renewable resources shall be the priority consumptive uses of all such resources on the public
lands of Alaska” (Section 802 (2)).
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTERS ■ 139
3 Affected
Environment
Effective July 1, 1990, the Federal government took over the management of subsistence use
of fish and wildlife resources on Federal public lands. The Federal Subsistence Board
regulates this management. Alaska residents of rural areas or rural communities receive
priority in the taking of fish and wildlife on public lands for subsistence uses. In Southeast
Alaska, the Federal Subsistence Board has declared only Juneau and Ketchikan nonrural.
SubsiStGnC6 Ov©rvi©W Subsistence activities are allowed under all management prescriptions under the Forest Plan
(TLMP 1997), subject to Federal and State regulations. There is no single management
prescription designed to protect or maximize subsistence activities. Rather, subsistence
activities have been given a more general priority under Title 8 of ANILCA. The Forest
Service’s forestwide standards and guidelines for subsistence resources are derived directly
from ANILCA Title 8.
Nearly a third of rural households in Southeast Alaska get at least 50 percent of their meat
and fish from hunting and fishing (Kruse and Muth, 1990). Categories of subsistence
resources used in Southeast Alaska, with the percentage of the total edible regional harvest by
weight they comprise, are deer (21 percent), salmon (21 percent), other finfish (24 percent),
invertebrates (16 percent), land mammals other than deer (4 percent), marine mammals (3
percent), plants (3 percent), and birds (negligible) (Kruse and Muth, 1990). These percent-
ages are representative of those communities included in this EIS. Subsistence cannot be
reduced to or discussed solely in terms of economic factors, however. Even for households
that could afford to purchase all their food, harvesting subsistence resources in an important
cultural activity, reflecting deeply held attitudes, values, and beliefs. Thus, even though this
EIS concentrates on the potential effects of the proposed actions on the harvest of subsistence
resources, it does so because currently this is the best indicator of the potential effects of the
proposed actions upon the entire subsistence complex. It is also the aspect of the subsistence
complex addressed most directly by ANILCA.
The only customary and traditional use determination for terrestrial subsistence resources on
Prince of Wales Island (GMU-2) is for deer. Only rural residents of GMU-IA (Meyers Chuck
and Metlakatla, but excluding Ketchikan area), and all residents of GMUs-2 and 3 (Prince of
Wales Island, Kupreanof Island, Petersburg, Wrangell) are permitted to hunt as subsistence
hunters (Subsistence Management Regulations for Federal Public Lands in Alaska, July 1,
1992 to June 30, 1993). Everyone else must hunt deer under general State regulations. For
all terrestrial species other than deer. Federal regulations allow all rural Alaskans to subsis-
tence hunt on Federal land. The management of subsistence fishing is currently in flux and is
quite complex, but as the effects of the proposed actions will have minimal effect upon fish
resources, these effects are not analyzed in as much detail. In summary, for Federal purposes,
all Alaskan residents of all of the communities to be discussed in this EIS, except for
Ketchikan, are treated the same in terms of classification as “subsistence” hunters.
Tongass R©sourc©
Us© Coop©rativ©
Surv©y
In 1988, a detailed subsistence resource and use inventory of the Tongass National Forest
(Tongass Resource Use Cooperative Survey [TRUCS]) was started as a part of the TLMP
revision. The TRUCS of 1988 was directed by the University of Alaska’s Institute of Social
and Economic Research (ISER), in conjunction with the Forest Service and the Division of
Subsistence of the ADF&G (Kruse et al., 1988).
Researchers went to over 30 communities in Southeast Alaska and conducted interviews with
randomly selected households about their 1987 subsistence activities and uses. All TRUCS
results and conclusions are based on a sample of households; thus, the actual amounts
harvested by the study communities could differ from that reported by the sample households.
Kruse et al. (1988) contains a detailed description of the survey. GIS maps of subsistence use
areas from the TRUCS are presented later in this section.
140 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Subsistence
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS '
1
Affected O
Environment O
Control Lake
Subsistence
Interviews
The Control Lake Project Team used TRUCS data, in conjunction with ADF&G harvest
information and other secondary sources, to determine which communities potentially would
be affected by the proposed actions and thus should be included in this analysis. Galginaitis
(1994) discusses this process in some detail, which resulted in the selection of 11 study
communities for this project: Coffman Cove, Craig, Hollis, Hydaburg, Ketchikan, Klawock,
Metlakatla, Naukati, Saxman, Thorne Bay, and Whale Pass.
Overview of Interview Results
The Project Team conducted a limited number of personal interviews in each of the study
communities to supplement existing information (TRUCS, harvest statistics, other secondary
sources). These concentrated on filling in data gaps and verifying whether the somewhat
dated TRUCS data was still applicable. The objective of this field work was not to obtain
information from a statistically representative sample from each community, which was
beyond the scope of this project. Rather, it was to elicit information from some of the most
active subsistence harvesters in each community to establish the type and range of subsistence
activities involved in that community’s pattern of use. This information was then used to
reinforce or modify the description of community use developed from previous information.
While this information cannot be used to make statistical comparisons with TRUCS results, it
provides a rich and reliable qualitative supplement.
The team conducted a total of 107 individual interviews; the vast majority concerned prima-
rily the use of subsistence resources. In addition, the Project Team held a number of collective
discussions about community subsistence use of the Project Area and potential effects upon
this use in Klawock, where there is considerable local interest. The methodology of this work
is only summarized here. More detail can be found in Galginaitis (1994).
The field effort concentrated in those communities presumed to be potentially more affected by
the proposed action and/or those communities that were poorly documented in existing
records. Community population size also was considered. Six communities accounted for the
bulk of the field effort: Ketchikan (19 interviews), Klawock (17), Hydaburg (14), Craig (12),
Thorne Bay (11), and Naukati (9).
A protocol outlining the information sought and the topics to discuss guided the interviews.
Interviewers asked residents about their personal and household use of land and sea mammals,
finfish, shellfish, birds, plants, and other subsistence resources. Areas of use and access to
those areas were specifically elicited, as were opinions about the potential effects of the
proposed actions on that use. The interviewers invited respondents to discuss recreational use
of subsistence resources as activities supplementary to, competitive with, or both, to subsis-
tence activities. The field study also collected demographic, employment, and other descrip-
tive information. The discussion below summarizes the results of these interviews. More
detail can be found in Galginaitis (1994).
Affected Communities
The following discussion provides a brief description of subsistence resource use patterns for
each of the study communities based on the interviews. Summary community harvest tables
are included in Galginaitis (1994). The areas used for subsistence deer hunting by less than 1,
1 to 5, 5 to 15, and greater than 15 percent of the households in each affected community are
presented in Figures 3-27 through 3-32. A WAA map is provided in Figure 3-23 in the
Wildlife section. Table 3-40 summarizes the characteristics of the Prince of Wales Island
communities included in the Control Lake Subsistence Analysis.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTERS ■ 141
3 Affected
Environment
Table 3-40
Prince of Wales Island Study Communities
Subsistence
TRUCS Harvest Qb/per Subsistence
Pop. (TRUCS Native/Non- Sample Vacancy capita, total Dependence
Place
1990)
Native (%)
(XofYHHs)
Rate
harvest)
(meat) (%)
N. Whale Pass
50
5/95
18 of 18
51
186
9000
43
Hollis
82
18/82
29 of 32
91%
52
164
13,000
42
Hydaburg
384
11/89
35 of no
32%
15
337
128,000
37
Coffman Cove
224
0/100
41 of 66
62%
14
186
35,000
25
Saxman
266
80/20
36 of 76
47%
28
90
23,000
21
Thome Bay
477
3/97
52 of 156
33%
31
188
90,000
37
Klawock
795
45/55
52 of 224
23%
15
239
186,000
36
Craig
1,182
28/72
64 of 365
18%
6
189
219,000
25
Naukati
93
1/99
Ketchikan
12,705
15/85T
SOURCE: USDA Forest Service, 1991a; Kruse and Muth, 1990; Kruse and Frazier, 1988; and USDC,
1992.
A wide variety of subsistence activities takes place within the Control Lake Project Area.
Table 3-41 shows the per capita pounds of edible subsistence harvest by type for communities
using the Project Area. This is based on the total community harvest from all areas used, not
just from the Project Area. This table shows that marine resources are important consumption
resources. The State rather than the Federal government has managerial responsibility for
most of those resources at present. Freshwater fish make up only a small part of this overall
harvest, although a navigable waters dispute could conceivably affect small salmon streams in
the future. For this EIS, however, the extent to which the proposed actions may affect these
species is treated in Wildlife (Section 3.7) and Confer (1994). Little time was devoted to
documenting local use of these resources.
142 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Subsistence
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Table 3-41
Per Capita Subsistence Harvest (Edible Pounds for Rural
Communities, 1987)
Finfish/Marine
Community
Deer
Other Mammal
Salmon
Invert.
Other
Total
Coffman Cove
59.6
0
51.8
67.5
6.8
185.7
Craig
40.6
3.2
40.4
88.6
12.1
185.0
Hollis
37.9
8.7
44.4
63.0
9.9
163.9
Hydaburg
42.8
0.6
137.4
135.8
20.4
337.1
Juneau
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Ketchikan
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Klawock
34.5
1.2
69.4
85.8
32.6
223.3
Metlakatla
10.6
0.2
20.3
32.5
7.2
70.8
Naukati Camp
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Petersburg
43.9
18.9
45.3
79.4
12.8
200.3
Saxman
16.6
5.4
33.2
27.9
6.3
89.3
Thorne Bay
36.7
5.9
47.9
92.8
4.5
187.7
Whale Pass
50.2
16.5
41.1
71.8
6.6
186.1
Wrangell
20.4
16.9
30.2
84.2
12.4
164.2
Source: ADF&G Community Profile Database Catalog, Volume 1: Southeast Region.
Deer is the only terrestrial species with an important consumptive use in the local diet. Still, a
wide variety of plant and animal resources, especially for the western part of the Project Area,
are important for people from Klawock and Craig. Residents of other communities did not
mention as many other resources, although black bear and furbearers are animals that are
harvested (Galginaitis, 1994).
Based on their perceived level of importance and the potential for project effects, fish and
wildlife (especially deer) are the subsistence resources of most concern in this Supplemental
Draft EIS. However, other resources are considered in separate subsections.
Coffman Cove
Local hunters report that most Coffman Cove residents hunt in the immediate vicinity of the
community and rely heavily on road access. They also say that many nonlocal hunters use
Coffman Cove’s local hunting area. The ADF&G hunter survey data support these state-
ments. Coffman Cove residents took 60 to 88 percent of their deer from the two WAA’s
closest to the community — WAA’s 1420 and 1421.
The portions of WAA 1421 in the Project Area are the only part of the area potentially
harvested by Coffman Cove hunters to any significant extent. Coffman Cove hunters have
taken about 37 percent of their documented deer harvest from WAA 1421. The TRUCS map
(Figure 3-27) for areas ever hunted for deer by Coffman Cove residents within the Control
Lake Project Area underscores the general description of Coffman Cove use patterns (close to
the community, road-oriented), and indicates that relatively little use occurred in those parts
within the Project Area.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTERS ■ 143
3 Affected
Environment
Figure 3-27
Coffman Cove TRUCS Map (Areas Ever Hunted for Deer— Percent of Households)
144 ■
3 CHAPTER — Subsistence
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
/glacier 3/controllk/amls/post8xl1/trucs.oml
3/8/94
cc-ehd
Affected O
Environment O
Craig
While there was aboriginal use of the Craig area for fish camps and settlement sites in the
area (most notably at Klawock), the present permanent community of Craig dates from the
salmon packing operation started in 1907 on Fish Egg Island, just northwest of the present
location of Craig. While Natives comprise a significant portion of the population, Craig as a
community has a relatively short time depth and a predominantly non-Native organization.
This is in sharp contrast with the community of Klawock; however, some residents of Craig
are quite similar to those of Klawock in their patterns of subsistence resource use.
Hunters from Craig use all four WAA’s comprising the Control Lake Project Area. Since
Craig is located within WAA 1318, this WAA is clearly the most significant in terms of its
community harvest (about 31 percent). The other Project Area WAA’s each provide 5 to 8
percent of the community’s overall deer harvest. Craig takes more than 10 percent of the total
deer harvested from each of the Project Area WAA’s, with WAA 1323 (29 percent) and WAA
1318 (50 percent) being the most significant.
Craig hunters report using both boats and road vehicles for access to deer hunting areas.
Figure 3-28 shows that Craig hunters use all portions of the Project Area accessible either by
boat (and hiking) or by road (and hiking). There is some indication that boat-based hunters
are willing to hike farther than road-based hunters. Respondents do not report using the
relatively unroaded portions of WAA 1319, otherwise accessible by road, whereas they do
report using all of WAA 1323, which is almost totally unroaded but accessible by boat.
Overall, Craig hunters report using road corridors most heavily.
Hollis
Hollis deer hunters prefer to hunt their local area. Hollis residents hunt in the Control Lake
Project Area, but only at a relatively low level. The TRUCS map (Figure 3-29) indicates that
those portions of WAA’s 1318 and 1421 used by Hollis hunters are, for the most, part outside
of the Project Area.
Hydaburg
The documented deer harvest for Hydaburg shows that the Project Area contributes about 18
percent of the community’s total deer harvest. This harvest is fairly evenly spread over all
four Project Area WAA’s. The TRUCS map for Hydaburg (Figure 3-30) shows that all of
Prince of Wales Island, and much of other parts of Southeast Alaska, are equally important for
deer hunting. Project field interviews support the conclusion that Hydaburg hunters use the
Project Area only in a very limited way, and generally stay south of the Project Area.
To some degree, all Hydaburg households rely on subsistence resources for daily food.
Hydaburg residents share substantial amounts of subsistence foods with friends and relatives
in other communities. A portion of these resources are probably taken from the Project Area.
However, little good information exists on the amount of such sharing and the area of origin
of the resources shared.
Ketchikan
The off-island community with the largest reported harvest in the Project Area is Ketchikan
located on nearby Revillagigedo Island. Ketchikan also differs from the other communities
reviewed in this analysis based on its status under Federal subsistence law as an “urban” (non-
subsistence) community. Since Ketchikan residents are not subsistence hunters by definition,
harvest composition information comparable to that for rural communities is not available.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTERS ■145
3 Affected
Environment
Craig TRUCS Map Areas Ever Hunted for Deer — Percent of Households)
146 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Subsistence
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Figure 3-29
Hollis TRUCS Map (Areas Ever Hunted for Deer — Percent of Households)
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTERS ■ 147
ho-ehdds
3 Affected
Environment
Figure 3-30
Hydaburg TRUCS Map (Areas Ever Hunted for Deer — Percent of Households)
148 H 3 CHAPTER— Subsistence
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
hg-ehdds
Affected O
Environment O
Ketchikan reportedly takes well over half (57 percent) of its total community deer harvest
from GMU 2, and 14 percent of its total community deer harvest comes specifically from the
Control Lake Project Area. Ketchikan takes an average of 21 percent of all deer reported
harvested from the Project Area (and Ketchikan hunters account for 30 percent of all deer
taken from GMU 2 as a whole). Ketchikan hunters take from 7 to 45 percent of the total deer
harvested in the four WAA’s.
Clearly, Ketchikan hunters compete with subsistence hunters within the Project Area WAA’s.
Ketchikan hunters harvesting deer on Prince of Wales Island, and especially within the
Project Area, are overwhelmingly road-oriented hunters entering the Project Area via the road
network’s ferry access at Hollis. But, Ketchikan hunters are not exclusively dependent upon
direct road access to hunt deer; they take 24 percent of the total deer harvested in WAA 1323,
which has little road access (primarily from the north, which is a well-roaded area heavily
used by Ketchikan hunters). Any further roading of this area would potentially increase its
use by Ketchikan hunters, thus increasing competition for the “boat” hunters from other
communities who use this area.
Klawock
Because of its identity as a Native community, Klawock has an historical relationship with the
subsistence resources of the area. Ellanna and Sherrod (1987) provide an historical discussion
of Klawock territorial subsistence patterns, although the details are not always clear. They
argue that the earlier (and more predominantly Tlingit) population of Klawock was more
seasonally mobile and exploited a larger territory than has the Klawock population of 1970 to
the present. In other words, the current population of Klawock is more dependent upon their
local area, which includes the Control Lake Project Area, than were residents of Klawock in
the past.
Ellanna and Sherrod also note that as recently as 1982, 67 percent of Klawock hunters
harvested deer exclusively from boats, whereas in 1984 this figure fell to only 9 percent.
Hunters exclusively using cars or trucks went from 5 percent in 1982 to 62 percent in 1984.
Thus, by 1984, the Klawock deer harvest pattern had switched from coastal-skiff to interior-
road (Ellanna and Sherrod, 1987) as a result of the access provided by logging roads and the
competition for resources closer to the village. Close to 70 percent of Klawock residents used
roads as their primary means of access to deer by 1984, basically in a northern direction.
The ADF&G hunter survey information for 1988 to 1991 and the TRUCS map (Figure 3-31)
demonstrate this pattern. Klawock residents use the Project Area on a regular basis; they use
WAA 1318 very heavily and all but WAA 1421 relatively heavily. Klawock hunters harvest
more deer from areas close the community than from those farther away. The WAA’s
immediately around Klawock (WAA 1318 and WAA 1323) appear to be predominately
coastal hunting areas, where skiffs are used for access. Interviews in Klawock with local
hunters indicate that they perceive these areas as important because of their boat access.
While portions of this area are accessible by road, and are hunted in that manner, the charac-
ter of the area is based on hunting from boats. Over 50 percent of the community’s deer
harvest can come from these two WAA’s, but the importance local hunters attribute to this
area, and especially WAA 1323, goes far beyond the actual resources harvested.
Klawock hunters repeatedly stressed that WAA 1323, which they referred to as the
Elevenmile area, was where they had been taught to hunt by their fathers and grandfathers,
and was where they wanted to teach their own children to hunt. They did not want the
character of the area to change. The greatest value to them is being able to experience the
hunt, and the land, in the same way as their ancestors. They believe any timber harvest
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTERS >149
3 Affected
Environment
Figure 3-31
Klawock TRUCS Map (Areas Ever Hunted for Deer — Percent of Households)
150 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Subsistence Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
activity or road construction in WAA 1323 will harm their present use of this area. Further-
more, they frequently mentioned this western part of the Project Area as important for other
subsistence resources — seaweed, seals, various sorts of invertebrate seafood, and fish. No
other part of the Project Area was characterized as such a multiuse area.
Naukati
The subsistence resource use patterns for Naukati have not been well documented, since it was
not included in the TRUCS. Most of the following description is based on limited Project
field work in the community, supplemented by a discussion of the available ADF&G harvest
statistics.
As with other communities in the Project Area, fishing is very important to the residents of
Naukati. While interviewees did not quantify the amount of fish caught per household, or
compare it to the amount of deer harvested, fish are probably at least as important as deer in
terms of edible harvest. Most deer hunting out of Naukati is done in the immediate vicinity of
the community or to the south toward Winter Harbor. Most Naukati hunters reportedly do not
go more than a mile or so north of the community. A few do report hunting the Control Lake
Project Area at times. Although hunting near the roads is productive, and almost all Naukati
hunters use the roads to access good hunting areas, a fair number of local hunters are “bush
beaters,” that is, they prefer to hunt off the roads. Many people also hunt the valleys and spur
roads.
ADF&G harvest statistics support the pattern described by local informants. The Project Area
is little used, with almost all Naukati deer taken from the WAA’s immediately surrounding
the community. There is limited road access to WAA 1323 from the north (the Naukati area),
but Naukati residents also mention using boats to hunt the coast.
Thorne Bay
Mapped subsistence use information for Thorne Bay has not been updated since 1987.
ADF&G harvest statistics and the limited project field work confirm the TRUCS description
that Thorne Bay hunters use mostly those areas closest to the community, and use both boats
and road vehicles for access. For areas farther from the community, road access is by far the
most important. They also use alpine areas and other areas considerable distances from roads;
but, most hunters prefer to minimize packing effort and time by confining themselves to near-
road hunting. This hunting effort is almost totally local, and is clearly related to Thorne
Bay’s historic location at the end of one branch of the road network. Most of Thorne Bay’s
deer are taken in the two WAA’s of the Thorne Bay road network (1315, 1319), the WAA to
the north which contains the main 20 Road and the Naukati road network (1422), and the two
WAA’s of the Coffman Cove road network (1420, 1421).
While all four Control Lake Project Area WAA’s are used by Thorne Bay hunters, only WAA
1319 is used to a significant extent. The TRUCS map (Figure 3-32) shows that this use is
concentrated along road corridors. The TRUCS map also shows that the heaviest documented
use of WAA 1319 by Thorne Bay hunters is of that portion of the WAA not included in the
Project Area.
Whale Pass
Whale Pass deer hunters reportedly use three of the four Control Lake Project Area WAA’s
from which they take about 20 percent of the community’s total deer harvest. They report no
use of WAA 1323. The TRUCS map and project interviews indicate that hunting use of the
Project Area is almost exclusively road-oriented. Few Whale Pass residents reported using the
Project Area as a primary hunting area in other than an opportunistic way, taking deer as
available on their trips to and from Craig and Klawock.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTERS ■ 151
3 Affected
Environment
Figure 3-32 , . %
Thorne Bay TRUCS Map (Areas Ever Hunted for Deer— Percent of Households)
152 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Subsistence
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected Resources
Affected O
Environment O
Other Potential Study Communities
Of all communities with documented deer harvest of any level within Control Lake Project
Area WAA’s, about half were eliminated from consideration as study communities because
their documented harvest was very small and, in most cases, quite variable (Galginaitis,
1994). Four of the communities — Hyder, Kasaan, Metlakatla, and Saxman — while not treated
as study communities, are discussed briefly here because of the uncertain quality of the
available information. For all four of these communities, the community’s use of the Project
Area is peripheral to its general pattern of subsistence resource use.
Hyder takes a significant percentage of its total deer harvest from the Project Area. However,
this number is very small both in terms of the total deer harvest taken from the Project Area
and the total Hyder community harvest of all subsistence resources.
The available information on Kasaan deer harvest is consistent with a pattern of preferred
local use and access by boat. Kasaan until recently has not been connected to the Prince of
Wales Island road network. ADF&G documents harvest only from WAA 1315, the immedi-
ate Kasaan area, with some community effort reported in other limited areas. More distant
areas (Prince of Wales Island, Admiralty Island), accessed by boat, were less frequently used.
Whereas in the past the Kasaan hunting use area included parts of the Control Lake Project
Area, such as Black Bear Lake, this is currently perceived as a peripheral use area. Kasaan
residents generally has not used the road network for deer hunting.
ADF&G information suggests that Metlakatla hunters concentrate in areas close to their
community. ADF&G-updated TRUCS information (Betts et al., 1993) also confirms this
pattern of mostly local use. Two informed local sources, the Mayor of Metlakatla and the
Director of Natural Resources for the Metlakatla Village Corporation, indicated that few
Metlakatla residents used the Control Lake Project Area for subsistence activities.
As with many Native communities, available ADF&G hunter survey information on Saxman
is generally thought to be relatively unreliable. Only 29 deer are reported to have been
harvested by Saxman residents for the 4-year period 1988 to 1991, with seven (24 percent)
coming from the Control Lake Project Area (varying from 0 to 39 percent). Saxman residents
report taking no deer in any areas in 1988 or 1989. ADF&G acknowledges that its informa-
tion for Saxman is somewhat weak and cautions that because of low response rates “study
results for Saxman and Hydaburg should be used with caution’’ (Kruse et al., 1988). Conse-
quently, the field work for the Control Lake Project involved interviews in Saxman, Ketchi-
kan, and Hydaburg with Saxman residents. The results of the field investigations confirmed
the literature description of Saxman’s hunting use area. Few Saxman hunters travel to Prince
of Wales Island specifically to hunt deer, but those who do visit in hunting season will
sometimes hunt. This is a very different pattern from that of nearby Ketchikan hunters who
very actively use Prince of Wales Island for deer hunting.
The Project Area supports a wide variety of subsistence activities including harvesting fish,
deer, bear, waterfowl, furbearers, clams, crabs, shrimp, and gathering berries and seaweed. In
addition, many residents use trees for firewood and lumber. Of these resources, the Control
Lake Project could most affect deer, bear, furbearers, and fish. The current use of these
resources is discussed below.
Deer
The Sitka black-tailed deer is an important subsistence species found throughout the Project
Area. Deer populations on Prince of Wales Island are now moderately high following a
decline in the 1970s. The general hunting season is August through late December. Harvest
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTERS ■ 153
3 Affected
Environment
is generally concentrated during two periods: the first few weeks of the season in August and
later in November when the rut occurs. Although most of the early deer harvest occurs from
or near a timber harvest access road (Mankowske, 1985), a significant harvest effort is
directed toward traditional alpine areas where deer, especially bucks, are concentrated during
August.
In 1987, deer constituted an average of 13 to 32 percent of the total subsistence harvest for
each household: Coffman Cove, 32 percent; Craig, 22 percent; Hollis, 23 percent; Hydaburg,
13 percent; Klawock, 15 percent; Thome Bay, 20 percent; and Whale Pass, 27 percent (Kruse
and Muth, 1990). Table 3-42 provides the total deer harvest by community and WAA from
1988 through 1991. Craig residents harvested the greatest number of deer, followed by
Ketchikan residents, Klawock residents, and Thorne Bay residents.
Table 3-42
Total Summary Deer Harvest for Communities with Any
Reported Harvest in Project Area WAA’s, 1988-1991
Community Project Area WAA
WAA Harvest Harvest
Other Total
Community
1318
1319
1323’'
1421
Total
WAA’s
%PA
% Com. Harvest
Coffman Cove
0
2
157
159
318
267
3.98
37.3
426
Craig
715
181
147
106
1,149
1,129
28.79
50.44
2,278
Hollis
6
0
6
12
71
0.30
14.46
83
Hvdaburg
4
8
7
9
28
128
0.70
17.95
156
Hyder
2
2
9
0.05
18.18
11
Juneau
0
0
0
30
30
14,813
0.75
0.20
14,843
Ketchikan
105
217
122
380
824
5,287
20.65
13.48
6,111
Klawock
475
100
137
44
756
394
18.94
65.74
1,150
Long Island Camp
3
5
8
131
0.20
5.76
139
Metlakatla
2
2
0
4
144
0.10
2.70
148
Naukati
10
0
10
105
0.25
8.70
115
Other Alaska^
12
21
2
7
42
16,602
1.05
0.25
16,644
Outside Alaska
37
13
3
15
68
208
1.70
24.64
276
Petersburg
15
19
54
24
112
4,346
2.81
2.51
4,458
Point Baker
3
73
0.08
3.95
76
Saxman
0
7
7
22
0.18
24.14
29
Thorne Bay
43
588
18
49
698
696
17.49
50.07
1,394
Whale Pass
10
18
8
36
146
0.90
19.78
182
Wrangell
5
27
5
6
43
1,293
1.08
3.22
1,336
Subsistence
1,290
978
383
418
3,069
76.90
Non-subsistence
142
230
125
425
922
23.10
Total
1,432
1,208
508
843
3,991
Source: Thornton, 1992.
1/ WAA 1323 was numbered as WAA 1321 in 1988.
2/ Communities with low and sporadic documented harvest from the Project Area — includes Edna Bay, Haines, Meyers
Chuck, Natzuhini Camp, and Sitka.
BOLD indicates most significant harvests (as part of community’s total harvest, total harvest from WAA or Project Area,
or both).
Vnderlined indicates harvests potentially significant for other than numerical values as such. The Control Lake Project
Area contains only portions of WAA’s 1318, 1319, and 1421. It contains most or all of WAA 1323.
PA Project Area
154 ■
3 CHAPTER — Subsistence
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Table 3-43 lists current deer harvest by Project Area WAA. There is concern that with
increasing harvest levels in these WAA’s and decreasing deer habitat capabilities (see Wildlife
section) deer numbers may eventually fall short of numbers needed to support harvest.
Because subsistence use has priority over non-subsistence use, at some time in the future it
may be necessary for the Federal Subsistence Board to restrict the number of deer harvested by
non-rural hunters to leave adequate numbers of deer for subsistence users.
Table 3-43
Current Harvest of Sitka Black-Tailed Deer By WAA
WAA
Average Annual
Total WAA
Harvest 1988-91*'
Average Annual
Subsistence WAA
Harvest 1988-9P
Predicted Total
WAA Harvest
1995^
1318
358
323
391
1319
302
245
330
1323
127
96
139
1421
211
105
231
Total
998
769
1,091
Source: Thornton, 1992. DataderivedfromADF&G total WAA deer harvest data.
1/ Values in table indicate number of deer.
2/ Includes entire WAA, including portions outside the Project Area.
3/ Assuming harvest levels increase 1.8% per year.
The problem exists primarily within the heavily roaded WAA’s 1318 and 1319. These two
WAA’s include or are immediately adjacent to three of the largest communities on Prince of
Wales Island: Craig, Klawock, and Thorne Bay.
Among local communities, Craig, Klawock, and Thorne Bay have taken 50 percent or more of
their deer harvest from Project Area WAA’s (Table 3-42). Project Area WAA’s provided 10
to 50 percent of the community deer harvest for Coffman Cove, Hollis, Hydaburg, Hyder,
Ketchikan, Saxman, and Whale Pass. The communities of Juneau, Long Island Camp,
Metlakatla, Naukati, Petersburg, Point Baker, Wrangell, and others derived less than 10
percent of their annual harvest from Project Area WAA’s.
Black Bear
Table 3-44 displays the current black bear harvest by Project Area WAA. An average of 44
black bears were reported to be harvested annually in the Project Area from 1988-1989
through 1990-91. There is concern that habitat capability may not be sufficient to satisfy
harvest levels over the long-term for WAA 1318. Harvest levels, and particularly subsistence
harvest levels, appear to be low enough in the other WAA’s of the Project Area, to avoid
conflicts with available habitat. These factors balance out to some degree on an area-wide
(Project Area) basis, but could create some localized resource problems. The apparent
overharvest of black bear in WAA 1318 indicates that demand may outstrip supply in readily
accessible areas, and that similar problems could easily develop in the rest of the Project Area
WAA’s. This could result in the need to restrict non-subsistence harvest of black bear in the
Project Area in the future.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTERS BISS
3 Affected
Environment
Table 3-44
Current Harvest of Black Bears
Average Annual
Total WAA
WAA Harvest 1987-91*'
by WAA
Average Annual
Subsistence WAA
Harvest 1987-91"
Predicted Total
WAA Harvest
1995"
1318
32
11
35
1319
9
6
10
1323
1
0
1
1421
2
1
3
Total
44
18
49
Source: Paul, 1992. Data derived from ADF&G total WAA bear harvest data.
1/ Values in table indicate number of bears.
2/ Includes entire WAA, including portions outside the Project Area.
3/ Assuming harvest levels increase 1.8% per year.
Most of the reported black bear harvest is from WAA 1318, but it is unknown how much of
this comes from the Project Area itself. Subsistence bear harvest, especially in WAA 1323,
may be under represented in ADF&G harvest statistics. WAA 1323 is reported as a prime use
area for deer, fish, and plant subsistence resources, but has no reported take of bear by
subsistence hunters, which seems unlikely. However, interviews conducted in Craig and
Klawock (the subsistence communities closest to this area) indicated that few local hunters
actually took black bear.
The future demand for black bear is uncertain. The subsistence harvest of black bear from the
Project Area has been far less variable than the non-subsistence harvest. Black bear are not
hunted by the population as a whole to the same degree as deer. All interviewees reported that
the majority of black bear taken in the Project Area are harvested by non-subsistence hunters
and that the subsistence take was relatively minor.
Marten and River Otter
Furbearer harvest supplements the seasonal income of many area residents, most of whom are
subsistence users. The intensity of trapping differs from the occasional trapper who targets
primarily marten and beaver close to the road system to those individuals pursuing all
furbearers both near to and far from the road system. Harvest effort usually is concentrated
along the saltwater-upland interface, and near or along major river systems. Marten appear to
be the most old-growth-associated of the furbearers, and are trapped intensively in old-growth
areas adjacent to the road system.
Tables 3-45 and 3-46 display the marten and river otter harvest and habitat capability by
WAA. An estimated 146 marten were harvested annually in Project Area WAA’s from 1988
to 1992. Marten habitat capability may be lower than that needed to support harvest in
WAA’s 1318 and 1319. Restriction of non-subsistence harvests could be necessary in the near
future.
156 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Subsistence
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Table 3-45
Current Harvest of Marten by WAA
Average Annual Total
WAA Harvest
WAA 1988-91^
Predicted Total WAA
Harvest 1995^
1318
66
72
1319
59
65
1323
0
0
1421
21
23
Total
146
160
Source: Paul, 1992. Data derived from ADF&G total WAA marten harvest data.
1/ Values in table indicate number of martens.
2/ Includes entire WAA, including portions outside the Project Area.
3/ Assuming harvest levels increase 1.8% per year.
Table 3-46
Current Harvest of River Otters by WAA
Average Annual Total
WAA Harvest
WAA 1988-91^
Predicted Total WAA
Harvest 1995^
1318
7
8
1319
5
5
1323
0
0
1421
4
4
Total
16
17
Source: Paul, 1992. Data derived from ADF&G total WAA river otter harvest data.
1/ Values in table indicate number of river otters.
2/ Includes entire WAA, including portions outside the Project Area.
3/ Assuming harvest levels increase 1.8% per year.
An estimated 16 river otter were harvested annually in Project Area WAA’s from 1987 to
1991. Populations needed to support current river otter harvests are believed to be close to or
below the habitat capability in the Project Area. Interviewees did not report any significant
trapping or other use of river otter. More trapping was done historically than occurs today.
Trapping activity levels generally reflect the price of fur and because fur prices are currently
low (and have been for some time), few people are trapping. ADF&G harvest data do not
show the residence of those who harvest river otters.
Wolf
Table 3-47 contains summary harvest data for the wolf. Local interviewees reported that the
local wolf population was healthy. However, the harvest rate appears to be high relative to
available habitat (see Wildlife section). Restrictions on non-subsistence users may be neces-
sary in the near future.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTERS ■ 157
3 Affected
Environment
Table 3-47
Summary of Documented Project Area Wolf Harvest
Year
Total
1318
1319
1323
1421
1987-1988
18
9
3
0
6
1988-1989
8
4
4
0
0
1989-1990
15
5
4
0
6
1990-1991
6
0
0
1
5
Average
11.8
4.5
2.8
0.2
4.2
Source: Harvest data provided by ADF&G.
Fish
Salmon and trout are the principal subsistence fish resources in the Project Area. Sockeye is
by far the most important species. Chum and pink salmon are also caught in the Klawock
River, but at only about 5 percent of the sockeye numbers. Other species are harvested in the
other locations as well, but at very low reported levels. Information on harvest by community
is not very reliable because of the various modes of harvest. The ADF&G maintains statistics
on personal use/subsistence permits for salmon (Table 3-48) but not all subsistence users apply
for such permits. Many catch and retain fish under sports regulations or as part of a commer-
cial operation. Others may fish without a permit. Not all people who fish with personal use/
subsistence permits report their harvest or where they fished. Thus, using such permit
information as a full measure of subsistence fishing clearly understates the real use of this
resource. TRUCS information, although dated, probably is still the best available data on
community reliance upon fish resources.
Table 3-48
Project Area-Related Streams, Permit and Harvest Statistics
(1985 to 1993)
Annual Average Average Annual Harvest (Number of Fish)
Stream Number of Permits Sockeye Coho Pink Chum
Klawock River
143
2,779
140
157
115
Karta River
128
1,593
5
14
1
Thome River
4
51
0
17
0
Shinaku Creek
less than 1
0
0
0
30
Source: Personal Communication, Gary Timothy, ADF&G, Commercial Fisheries, Juneau, 1 994.
ADF&G permit information for the Control Lake Project Area (Table 3-49) also is perhaps
less useful than for other areas because permit holders report using few Project Area streams.
Field interviews indicated that Elevenmile Creek and other streams in the western part of the
Project Area are used for fishing, yet no permits were reported for use in these waters. Only
158 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Subsistence
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
four Project Area-related streams appear in ADF&G permit statistics (included in the tables
below along with “location not specified”). Although not actually within the Project Area, all
are potentially affected by activities within the Project Area.
For the most part, subsistence resources have been discussed primarily in terms of fish and
wildlife. In part, this is due to the fact that these subsistence resources are perceived (by users
as well as researchers) to be most at risk. It is also partly due to the fact that information on
the use of other subsistence resources is less well developed than for fish and wildlife. Some
rural residents certainly rely on wood for heat, cooking, and cabin construction; plants for
food and medicine; and various other resources for craft and other utilitarian uses. With few
exceptions, the people interviewed during subsistence field work conducted for the Project
Area did not think that other resources or uses would be much affected by the proposed action.
The major exception was the Western Peninsula area of WAA 1323. The coastal areas of this
WAA are important for the collection of seaweed, shellfish, marine mammals, and other
resources, particularly by the residents of Klawock. More interior areas are important for the
collection of other vegetable resources.
Table 3-49
Average Yearly Number of Subsistence/Personal Use Permits Used in Selected
Locations and Average Salmon Harvest by Species by Community (1985 to 1993)
Location of Permit Salmon Harvest by Species
Community
Shinaku Thorne
Not Specified Creek River
Klawock Karta
River River
Other
Total
Permits
Sockeye
Coho
Pink
Chum
Coffman
Cove
3
0
0
0
0
3
6
63
0
0
0
Craig
70
0
0
41
17
47
175
1,745
5
83
22
Hollis
1
0
0
0
3
1
5
75
0
2
0
Hydaburg
16
0
0
1
1
40
58
1,205
6
45
5
Ketchikan
116
0
1
20
91
214
442
6,467
18
416
358
Klawock
31
0
0
79
2
15
127
2,072
17
175
106
Metlakatla
No Permits reported —
Special status as a
reservation
Naukati
No
permits reported
Saxman
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
5
0
0
0
Thome Bay
29
0
3
1
1
38
72
766
2
20
5
Whale Pass
1
0
0
0
0
2
3
39
0
10
0
Other
0
0
1
13
SOURCE; Personal Communication, Gary Timothy, ADF&G, Commercial Fisheries, Juneau, 1 994.
id
I
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTERS ■ 159
3 Affected
Environment
This page intentionally left blank.
160 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Subsistence
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Cultural Resources
Introduction
Ethnohistory of
Project Area
Key Terms
Cultural resources — all evidence of past human-related activity. It may be historic, prehis-
toric, architectural, or archived in nature. Cultural resources are nonrenewable aspects of our
national heritage.
Sensitivity zone — defined as “high,” “medium,” or “low,” based on the probability that they
might contain cultural resources.
SHPO — State Historic Preservation Officer.
Few archaeological sites have been excavated and analyzed in Southeast Alaska; conse-
quently, the prehistory is understood in only its broadest outlines. Most of the work has been
done on Baranof, Admiralty, and Chichagof islands, and the Chilkat Peninsula. Four sites
have been excavated on Prince of Wales Island, three on Heceta Island, and one on Kupreanof
Island. With this limited database, the conclusions drawn must necessarily be broad, even on
a regional scale. Several labels have been applied to the apparent chronological divisions
observed in recovered artifacts; however, only the most recent categories (Davis, 1990) will be
used for the following discussion.
Prehistory
Radiocarbon dates of paleontological remains indicate that portions of the Control Lake
Project Area were apparently free from glacial ice at least 1 1,000 years ago. The earliest
evidence of human occupation of central Prince of Wales Island is approximately 8,000 years
ago at the Thorne River site, along the Thorne River near the eastern edge of the Project Area.
The Paleomarine Tradition (10,000 to 6,500 Before Present [B.P.]) is the earliest recognized
cultural tradition (Table 3-50). Sites or components of sites assigned to this tradition contain
microblades, wedge-shaped microblade cores, and few or no bifacially flaked stone tools.
Animal remains at these sites include fish bone and marine shell, indicating a coastal marine
subsistence (Davis, 1990). The Thorne River site on Prince of Wales Island is assigned to the
Paleomarine Tradition (Holmes, 1989), as are two excavated sites on Heceta Island
(Ackerman et al., 1985).
As its name implies, the Transitional Stage (6,500 to 5,000 B.P.) represents a transition
between the technology of the Paleomarine Tradition and that of the later Developmental
Northwest Coast Tradition. Faunal and floral remains and the inland location of some sites
suggest adaptation to a changing environment (Davis, 1990).
The Developmental Northwest Coast Tradition (5,000 B.P. to contact) contains multiple
phases and is distinguished from the Transitional Stage by the presence of shell midden
deposits, ground stone and bone technology, human burials, larger settlements (winter
villages), specialized subsistence camps, fortifications, and native metal (Davis, 1990). The
Coffman Cove and Sarkar Cove sites and Yatuk Creek Rockshelter, north of the Project Area
in the central portion of Prince of Wales, and Rosie’s Rockshelter on Heceta Island contain
components from this tradition (Ackerman et al., 1985; Arndt et al., 1987; Clark, 1979a,
1979b, and 1980; Rabich-Campbell, 1984). The beginning of this tradition possibly corre-
sponds to the entry of the contemporary Native population, known as the Tlingit, into the
area.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Cultural Resources— CHAPTERS ■ 161
3 Affected
Environment
Table 3-50
Cultural Chronology
Tradition
Date
Cultural Material
Selected Sites
American Kistoric
A.D. 1867
Modem tools, structures,
and social systems. Gold
discovered in SE Alaska
in 1869
Numerous
Russian Kistoric
A.D. 1798
Kistoric fur trade goods;
metal tools, glass, ceramics,
beads. Trade as early
as 1750
Numerous
Developmental 1000-1750
NW Coast Late Phase B.P.
Native copper, stone vessels
Increased use of obsidian, rise
of fortified sites and villages
Starrigavan, Russian
Cove, Old Town, Yatuk
Creek Rockshelter
Developmental 3000-1000
NW Coast M Middle B.P.
Phase
Unilaterally barbed points.
Nephrite, ground burins,
toggling harpoons, small end
blades
Kidden Falls, Sarkar
Entrance, Young Bay,
Yatuk Creek
Rockshelter, Portage
Arm
Developmental 5000-4000
NW Coast Early Phase B.P.
Ground stone, bone.
Woodworking tools
Kidden Falls, Rosie’s
Rockshelter, Coffman
Cove, Traders Island
Transitional Stage
6500-5000
B.P.
Ground stone, bifacial flaked
stone
Lake Eva, Chuck Lake,
Irish Creek
Paleomarine
10,000-6,500
B.P.
Unifacial flaked stone, cores.
Blades, fish bones, marine shell
Kidden Falls, Chuck
Lake, Thome River,
Ground Kog Bay
SOURCE: Davis, 1990.
Although the exact dates of occupation are not known, the Tlingit were well established in
Southeast Alaska by the time of first Russian contact. The settlement and subsistence patterns
of the Tlingit demonstrate a long-term adaptation to their environment.
Prince of Wales Island was formerly divided among several subgroups of Tlingits; the Stikine
(Shtax’heen Kwaan) included the northeast coast in their territory; the Kenya (Heinyaa
Kwaan) inhabited the northern half of the western part the island; the Klawock (Lawaak
Kwaan), who may also have been part of the Kenya, resided along the west central coast; and
the Tongass (Taant’akwaan) held the southern third of the island before the Kaigani Kaida
displaced them (about 1700 A.D.) to a small section along the coastline of southern Southeast
Alaska and islands to the east (Arndt et al., 1987).
162 ■
3 CHAPTER — Cultural Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected
Environment
3
Unlike the mainland Tlinglit groups which established permanent villages that they used
throughout the year, Tlinglits on the islands used villages only from November through
March (Oberg, 1973). The island villages were situated in sheltered areas from which they
exploited land-based resources such as land mammals and timber (for canoes). These were
also the locations of major ceremonies. In March, people would move to the outer islands to
harvest seals, deep sea fish, shell fish, and birds eggs. From July through October, the
primary subsistence focus was sockeye salmon. Other activities included trading, raiding for
slaves, harvesting berries, and hunting land mammals (Ackerman et al., 1987; Langdon,
1977).
Beginning in the late eighteenth century, Russian, British, French, and American explorers
and fiir traders established contact with the Tlingit of Prince of Wales Island. Outside
explorers brought disease — smallpox, typhoid, and measles — which had a significant impact
on the Native population. Survivors of the severe smallpox epidemic of 1835-1838 moved
from small villages to larger ones (De Laguna, 1972, 1990). This consolidation likely
occurred on Prince of Wales Island as well, resulting in the abandonment of traditional
villages and the relocation to non-Native towns and canneries.
Between 1872 and 1886, several events occurred at Klawock that affected the traditional life
of the Tlingit. These include the establishment of a saltery in 1872, a cannery in 1878 (the
first on Prince of Wales Island), and a school with a teacher by 1886 (Mobley, 1993; Selkregg,
1976). By 1900, the remaining Tlingit from Tuxekan had moved to Klawock (Davis, 1977).
The next non-Native development in the area was a substantial mining effort, followed finally
by the timber industry. The introduction of these industries allowed many Natives to supple-
ment their traditional, subsistence way of life with wage labor (Arndt et al., 1987; De Laguna,
1990). Logging, mining, and the development of cottage industries to accommodate a
growing tourist market also provided opportunities for Natives to work for pay.
As supported by written records and archaeological evidence, acculturation had little effect on
the Tlingit way of life until the influence of American industry in the late nineteenth century.
By 1900, Native people had shifted from their traditional village life and relocated for wage
labor. However, canneries like that at Klawock were starting to replace Native laborers with
cheaper Chinese laborers, although there was still employment for the Natives as fisherman
(Moser, 1902).
The U.S. Fish Commission first compiled reports on salmon-related activities on Prince of
Wales Island in 1897. Earlier reports by special agents of the Treasury Department indicate
that the Klawock cannery was very active in 1893. In 1905, a total of 177 employees were
reported by North Pacific Trading and Packing Company in Klawock, including 98 Natives.
The Department of Commerce and Labor Bulletin from 1906 regarding coho salmon, records
fishing in Klawock Inlet and Tonowek Bay in 1900 and from 1904 to 1906, and in the Gulf of
Esquibel in 1906 (House Document No. 356, 1907). While actual fishing was taking place
offshore and in the streams of Prince of Wales Island, the industry brought people, buildings,
and work to the island. The Tlingits went to work for the canneries, moving from their
Native villages to settlements around the canneries (De Laguna, 1990). Thus, the fishing
industry played a large role in the acculturation of the Tlingit and their shift in emphasis from
a subsistence way of life to one of wage labor.
The first copper prospect on Prince of Wales Island was located in 1867. Since then, more
than 40 mines have operated in the Ketchikan mining district; the Kasaan Peninsula has been
History
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Cultural Resources — CHAPTERS HISS
3
Affected
Environment
one of the major and most productive lode mining areas up to the early 1940s. Two of the
more productive Kasaan mines, located closest to the Project Area, are the Salt Chuck, which
operated intermittently from 1907 to 1941, and the Rush and Brown, which operated between
1906 and the 1920s. Copper mines and prospects were also operated in the late 1800s and
early 1900s in the Hollis, Hetta Inlet, and Niblack/Dolomi areas (Rakestraw, 1981).
In the late nineteenth century, prospectors also discovered that Southeast Alaska was rich in
nonmetallic, nonfuel resources used in industry and construction. The first discovery was
marble, and three quarries were eventually established in the northern Prince of Wales area.
Between 1897 and 1902, individuals staked claims for areas on Marble Creek at Calder, Dry
Pass at El Capitan, and Red Bay. The sale and production of marble from Southeast Alaska
steadily increased from 1904 to 1926 (Roppel, 1991), but by 1932 demand was no longer great
enough to keep the Southeast Alaska quarries open.
The timber industry has also had significant impacts on Southeast Alaska, the physical ;
remains of which can still be seen in the central Prince of Wales area. The earliest logging !
and milling operations in the area were connected with salteries and canneries at Shakan and
Klawock. By 1889, both steam and water sawmills were reported in Klawock along with a i
water mill at Shakan which produced timber for docks and buildings and lumber for boats, j
barrels, and boxes. These mills and others in Southeast Alaska also produced timber used in
copper mine and marble quarry operations (Rakestraw, 1981). j
I
President Theodore Roosevelt initiated the Federal presence in the forests of Alaska. From the I
beginning of his presidency in 1901, Roosevelt was interested in creating forest reserves in |
Alaska. He asked renowned Alaskan expert Lt. George Thornton Emmons to prepare a report I
on the potential of such an undertaking. Emmons recommended considering several areas of
Southeast Alaska, including Prince of Wales Island. In 1902, a presidential proclamation j
reserved the lands that Emmons suggested and the Alexander Archipelago Forest Reserve was j
created (Arndt et al., 1987; Rakestraw, 1981).
During that time the population of the Forest Reserve was limited largely to Alaska Natives !
and employees of the mining and fishing industries. On Prince of Wales Island, timber was
used by the mine and quarry operators for buildings and railroads and by the fishing industry
for their wharves, buildings, and netting constructions. While no sawmills were located in the j
current Project Area, a mill existed at Klawock, and another just to the north in Shakan in I
1905 and one was built at Craig in the 1910s. All geared their output to mining, quarrying,
and fishing operations (Rakestraw, 1981).
In July 1908 the Tongass National Forest assumed control of the Alexander Archipelago
Forest Reserve with a combined area totalling 6.2 million acres. Timber sales grew along |
with salmon fishing. Following passage of the Antiquities Act of 1906, Forest Service |
personnel were encouraged to report outstanding examples of cultural properties. As a result, j
the totem poles and community houses at Tuxekan and Old Kasaan were recommended for in j
situ preservation (Rakestraw, 1981). ;
Timber sales from the area flourished from the 1920s through the 1940s, due in part to
demands by Civilian Conservation Corps (CCC) work projects and, later, World War II,
While pulp production had been attempted at an earlier date, it was not until after World War
II that large-scale pulp production became feasible in Southeast Alaska, once again increasing
timber sales and production in the area (Arndt et al., 1987; Rakestraw, 1981).
The Native Tlingit historically have used the trees for building homes and making canoes, and
they hunted in the forests from the beginning of their occupation. The influx of mining and
164 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Cultural Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Control Lake Cultural
Resource Inventory
Cultural survey work
fishing industries with European and American backing increased the need for processed
lumber. The sawmills at Klawock and Shakan were built in the late 1 800s to meet these
needs. With the withdrawal of the area as part of the Tongass National Forest, lumber
interests began seeking a wider business market abroad.
In the 1930s, the Indian Reorganization Act incorporated some villages, such as Klawock, and
aided them in acquiring land and sawmills (De Laguna, 1990). Then, in 1971 under the
ANCSA, the Tlingit and Haida formed the Sealaska Regional Corporation in ten remaining
historic villages (De Laguna, 1990). Although industry brought about changes in the life
ways of the Tlingits, resulting in a decline in traditional values, tribal identity has not been
lost. The clan system, singing and dancing. Native crafts, and death customs have experi-
enced a strong revival since the 1970s.
The traditional practitioners among the Tlingit people who have settled in Klawock and Craig
maintain strong connections with specific locations and general areas along the west coast of
Prince of Wales Island. Research by anthropologists since the early 1900s has documented
the strong ties to the coastal areas, as well as small and large off-shore islands (Garfield and
Forrest, 1948; Langdon, 1977; R. L. Olson, 1967; W. M. Olson, 1989; Peratrovich, 1959;
Sealaska, 1975; Swanton, 1908). The best information specific to the west coast portion of the
Project Area was presented at the Control Lake Project Scoping Meeting (October 18, 1993)
(Enserch Environmental, 1994). Resources hunted or gathered, by location, include abalone,
sea cucumbers, sea ribbons, chiton, and seaweed along the Elevenmile shore; coho salmon
from streams either side of Blanquizal Point; coho, sockeye, and humpback (pink) salmon
from Salt Lake Bay; wild asparagus from the southern end of Salt Lake Bay and southeastern
end of Nossuk Bay; sea cucumber along the southern shore of Nossuk Bay and south along the
coast for one or two miles; king salmon south from Salt Lake Bay for 10 miles; Dungeness
crab and fish trapping south of Blanquizal Point; swamptea berries in the interior near the
south end of VCU 592; and deer in the hills in the interior in September and October. V/hHe
scoping comments at the Klawock meeting did not address religious practices in the area,
people at the meeting acknowledged that the ability of the Tlingit to hunt and gather ii' the
west coast area was connected to the cultural well being of the group.
A discussion of previous cultural resource surveys can be found in Greiser (1994). These
surveys provided a starting point for the Control Lake cultural resource inventory. The
cultural resources study for the Control Lake Project Area was designed to satisfy Federal and
State resource management legislation as summarized in regulations prepared by the
President’s Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (36 CFR, Part 800). These regulations
encompass the requirements of Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966,
the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, and FSM 2300, among other laws and
regulations. The cultural resource inventory plan, consistent with Forest Service and Alaska
Heritage Resource Survey (AHRS) guidelines, included pedestrian examination of the ground
surface, along with subsurface investigation where necessary, to recover adequate data to
assess the potential for significant resources in the proposed timber sale area. The objectives
of the technical study included:
• Inventory known cultural resources through background research; locate additional sites in
the Project Area based on an approved inventory plan including intensive survey of
proposed harvest units and roads in high probability areas; survey additional blocks of land
outside harvest units in high probability areas; and attempt to relocate previously recorded
sites for detailed recording and evaluation in areas that might be subjected to increased
activity.
• Evaluate the significance of located cultural resource sites in terms of the National Register
of Historic Places criteria.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Cultural Resources — CHAPTER 3 ■ 1 65
3 Affected
Environment
• Determine the potential effects of each project alternative on significant sites and compare
effects among the alternatives.
• Recommend measures to mitigate potential adverse effects on significant resources and
discuss the possible effectiveness of the measures.
This chapter discusses the first two objectives. Chapter 4 contains the findings relating to
items 3 and 4. A detailed discussion of the cultural resources inventory methods are contained
in Greiser (1994). A discussion of the existing cultural resources inventoried follows.
Project Area Cultural
Resources
A fourteenth previously located cultural resource property in the Project Area, the Thome
River Site (CRG-177), has been determined eligible for the National Register of Historic
Places and subjected to the mitigation of road construction impacts through a data recovery
plan (Holmes, 1989).
Three previously located properties (CRG-197, CRG-370 and CRG-371) were reported to be
in the Nossuk Bay area, but were not relocated during the Control Lake Project survey and
subsurface probing. The first property appears to be the subject of incorrect locational
information. The problem with the other two properties may be that the recording forms were
completed by a second person 10 years or more after the original investigator made notes
about the properties. Also, locational information may have been incorrectly recorded or the
properties may have been eroded or covered with sediments.
The cultural resource inventory in the Control Lake Project Area relocated 13 of the 17
previously reported properties listed in AHRS files and located and recorded 28 new proper-
ties. At this time none of the properties has been specifically identified as a traditional
cultural/religious property, but reported use of the area by Tlingit people from Klawock and
Craig may include currently undocumented traditional cultural places.
Table 3-5 1 summarizes the cultural resource properties confirmed or located during project
fieldwork. These include: two bluff-top, defensive locations or fortifications with associated
middens; 26 campsites (shell midden deposits) — three in rockshelters, two with associated
canoe landings, and one with an associated stonefish weir; one lithic material campsite of
Paleomarine Tradition; seven canoe landings, one with associated petroglyphs and one with
an associated fish trap; four stonefish weirs in Salt Lake Bay, one of which is very elaborate;
one carved cedar-log location; and one historic habitation, a cabin or log tent base. Uncon-
firmed cultural resource properties in the Project Area include two mining-related properties,
two shell midden deposits, and one wood-stake fish weir.
Thirty-one of the properties fully recorded and evaluated during 1993 fieldwork are recom-
mended as eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places as part of a proposed
multiple property group. The two properties located during the inventory on land conveyed to
the state of Alaska on Salt Lake Bay, although not fully tested and recorded, are likely to be
eligible as part of the multiple property group. One property, the Thorne River Site (CRG-
177), has been determined to be eligible for listing on the National Register and a major
portion of it was subjected to data recovery.
The project inventory identified a total of 41 cultural resource properties within the Project
Area (Table 3-51), of which 39 required full recording and evaluation. Two properties were
on land conveyed to the State of Alaska and were not subjected to subsurface testing, full
recording, or detailed mapping, based on an agreement between the Forest Service and the
Alaska State Historic Preservation Office (SHPO). Thirteen of the properties, numbered
between CRG-086 and CRG-302, had been previously located and at least minimally re-
corded.
166 ■
3 CHAPTER — Cultural Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Table 3-51
Known Cultural Resource Properties Within the Control
Lake Project Area
Property (Site) Numbers
Field Number AHRS Number Property Site Type Cultural Affiliation
29-3*'
CRG425
Campsite
Aboriginal
29-4
CRG 163^'
Cedar Carving
Aboriginal
32-11''
CRG426
Rockshelter Campsite
Aboriginal
37-4
CRG 198^
Canoe Landing
Aboriginal
39-3''
CRG 429
Campsite
Aboriginal
39-4''
CRG 428
Campsite
Aboriginal
39-5‘'
CRG 427
Campsite
Aboriginal
42-3
CRG 196^
Fortification
Aboriginal
42-7
CRG 086^
Campsite, Canoe Landing
Aboriginal
591
CRG 197"
Campsite(?)
Aboriginal
CRG 370"
Campsite(?)
Aboriginal
CRG 371"
Wood Stake Fish Weir(?)
Aboriginal
11-1''
CRG 409
Fortification
Aboriginal
12-1 to 12-14
CRG 302"
Canoe Landing, Petroglyphs
Aboriginal
13-1/13-2''
CRG 410
Fish Trap, Canoe Landing(?)
Aboriginal
14-P/14-2''
CRG 299
Campsite, Stone Fish Weir
Aboriginal
14-5''/14-7^
CRG 298
Campsite, Canoe Landing
Aboriginal
15-2
CRG 295"
Canoe Landing
Aboriginal
15-3
CRG 296"
Canoe Landing
Aboriginal
15-4
CRG 297"
Canoe Landing
Aboriginal
15-1''
CRG 411
Rockshelter Campsite
Aboriginal
16-1''
CRG 412
Campsite
Aboriginal
19-5''
CRG 413
Campsite
Aboriginal
20-1 ''/20-4''
CRG 414
Stone Fish Weir
Aboriginal
20-7''
CRG 415
Stone Fish Weir
Aboriginal
20-9''
CRG 416
Campsite
Aboriginal
22-3
CRG 225"
Stone Fish Weir
Aboriginal
22-5''
CRG 417
Stone Fish Trap & Weir
Aboriginal
24-6
CRG 224"
Campsite
Aboriginal
24-7''
CRG 41 8
Campsite
Aboriginal
25-3''
CRG 421
Campsite
Aboriginal
25-5''
CRG 420
Campsite
Aboriginal
25-6''
CRG 419
Campsite
Aboriginal
26-3''
CRG 422
Log Cabin or Tent Base
Historic
27-4''
CRG 423
Campsite
Aboriginal
28-2''
CRG 424
Rockshelter Campsi te
Aboriginal
1-3''
CRG 402
Campsite
Aboriginal
2-2''
CRG 404
Campsite
Aboriginal
2-4''
CRG 403
Campsite
Aboriginal
3-l''/3-2‘'
CRG 406
Canoe Landing
Aboriginal
3-3''
CRG 405
Campsite
Aboriginal
5-1''
CRG 407
Campsite
Aboriginal
5-4
CRG 194"
Campsite
Aboriginal
6-1''
CRG 408
Campsite
Aboriginal
MN 70"
Mining Claim
Historic
MN 77"
Mining Claim
Historic
CRG 177"
Campsite
Aboriginal
'' Property located and recorded as part of current study.
^ Previously located property relocated and evaluated as part of current study.
Previously located property searched for, but not relocated as part of current study.
Previously located and evaluated property.
Mining claim
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Cultural Resources — CHAPTERS BIS?
3
Affected
Environment
Characteristics of Cuitural Resources
Settlement Patterns
There is a clear pattern of distribution of aboriginal properties along the coastal portion of the
Project Area. The areas most likely to have been occupied aboriginally are the low areas of
coastline, especially those containing salmon streams, that provide off-shore island protection
from major ocean storms, or large bays. Conversely, the rugged, exposed sections of coast
were generally not habitable on a long-term basis.
Chronological Distribution
Forty-three radiocarbon dates have been obtained on charcoal and shell samples from 26
properties along the west coast of the Project Area. The dates range from 150 to 3460 B.P.,
uncorrected, and without standard deviations. The oldest cluster of dates consists of six
samples dated between 2650 and 3500 B.P.; five of the six dates came from four properties
around Nossuk Bay, including a fortification. Nine of the dated samples are distributed
between 990 and 1630 B.P. The remaining 28 dates range from 150 to 900 B.P., with nine of
those (21 percent of all the dates) between 800 and 900 B.P.
The ten dates for the cluster of properties in the Elevenmile Creek area range from 580 to
3240 B.P., with four in the 800 to 900 B.P. range. CRG-402, the most deeply stratified
property tested, contains the oldest dated level for this cluster. The 10 dates for the cluster of
properties lying north of Blanquizal Point peninsula range from 230 to 1780 B.P. The oldest
three dates in this cluster (1510 to 1780 B.P.) are from properties south of the mouth of Salt
Lake Bay. The eight dates from properties around Salt Lake Bay range from 150 to 1210 B.P.
The lack of clustering in the dates indicates the bay has been used continuously for at least the
past 1,200 years. The two dates obtained from properties along the coast between Salt Lake
and Nossuk bays are 640 and 850 B.P. Thirteen dates from properties around Nossuk Bay
range from 250 to 3460 B.P. In addition to the five dates at the older end of this range, five
dates from four properties range from 250 to 410 B.P., indicating at least two peaks of
occupation of the bay. The repeated or continued occupation of Nossuk Bay may be related to
the bay’s location on the boundary between two Tlingit clan territories.
Subsistence
Test units at 14 of the properties contained fish remains in one or more of the subsurface
levels. The sample of scales and nearly 2,200 bones contains evidence of 14 taxa of very large
to quite small fish. The most productive test unit for fish remains was at CRG-403 (58
percent of all fish remains), with CRG-412 containing the second most productive test unit
(13 percent). Bones from large cod or pollock dominated the remains at both of those proper-
ties. Between 8 and 20 percent of the fish remains recovered from CRG-403, CRG-405, CRG-
409, CRG-224, and CRG-196 were salmon bones. Comparing dated levels within and
between properties, salmon, cod and pollock appear to be equally represented through time.
Small flatfish tend to be more frequent in the older levels of properties. Herring, identified
primarily through scales at CRG-412 and bones at CRG-408 and CRG-409, may be under-
represented in material collected from test units, since maximum recovery of their small
remains requires fine screens.
168 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Cultural Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
National Register
Registration
Requirements and
Recommendations
Fifteen of the properties also produced mammal remains from one or more levels of test units.
Generally the bone is heavily fragmented either due to processing for consumption or post-
occupation natural deterioration. Most of the identifiable bone is from land mammals,
primarily deer; the only sea mammal bone represented, appears to be the bone harpoon from
CRG-196. A few bird bone fragments were also recovered.
The most abundant cultural remains collected from properties in the Project Area is shellfish,
particularly bivalves. Twenty-three of the 26 tested properties produced shell. Four of the
properties produced shell from only two or three levels in test units, while the rest produced
shell from 4 to 1 1 levels. While identifiable shell was present in nearly every property, one
property contained only unidentifiable shell fragments in each level. Mussel shell and
charcoal, because of their friable nature, tended to be the key indicators of subsurface cultural
deposits in the small diameter soil auger probes. This tendency to fragment easily means that
mussel shell is under-represented in the recovered samples. The most common bivalves in the
collections are the Pacific littleneck clam and the butter clam. Fat gapers consistently
occurred in small numbers in each sample, while seven additional bivalve species occurred
sporadically. Non-bivalves occurred in low frequencies, with snails, periwinkles, welks,
limpets, and chitons the most consistent. The majority of shellfish recovered during testing
occur naturally in the sand and gravel or on rocks in the intertidal zone or are exposed or
nearly exposed at unusually low tides.
The properties located and recorded as part of the Control Lake EIS cultural resource study
were evaluated for eligibility for listing on the National Register of Historic Places (36 CFR
Part 60.4). Most of the properties recommended as eligible (Table 3-52) for the National
Register are eligible under criterion D (the properties have yielded, or have the potential to
yield, information important to prehistory or history). Property types, including middens,
campsites, fortifications, and the one historic feature are recommended as eligible when one or
more intact occupation surfaces are determined to be present, primarily through testing. The
intact deposits have the potential to yield artifacts of chronological, economic, ritual, or ethnic
significance. Biotic remains can provide information about aboriginal diet, season of occupa-
tion, climate, and, perhaps, ritual life. Charcoal and other organic materials provide chrono-
metric data. Intact features such as cooking fires can provide information on diet and resource
processing, while house remains can be used to address domestic spatial organization.
Petroglyphs are recommended as eligible under criterion C on the basis that they may repre-
sent the work of a master, possess high artistic value, or represent a significant and distin-
guishable entity whose components may lack individual distinction. Petroglyphs are rare in
the Project Area; in other parts of Southeast Alaska they have been interpreted to be connected
with clan ownership of an area and/or represent part of a ritual used to ensure good salmon
harvests.
Campsites recommended as ineligible lack intact or undisturbed subsurface deposits. While
deposits are present and have been subjected to radiocarbon dating, the properties do not have
the potential to yield data beyond what was gathered during recording and testing. Canoe
landings and fish weirs are recommended as ineligible if the majority of the features present
are not intact and the information potential is better represented at properties with intact
features. The log base for the cedar carving is recommended as ineligible because the carving
was removed. This recommendation could change if information is obtained regarding the
status of the location as a traditional cultural property.
The eligible properties are recommended as a National Register of Historic Places Multiple
Property to address the significance of a group of related properties. This format recognizes
the importance of the known properties and allows for inclusion of properties located in the
future in or near the area. On the basis of current research, the section of the coast of Prince
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Cultural Resources — CHAPTER 3 ■ 1 69
3 Affected
Environment
of Wales Island inventoried by the Project Team was part of the territory occupied and used by
the Kenya Tlingit, many descendants of whom now live in Klawock and Craig and still use
the area.
Table 3-52
National Register of Historic Places Recommendations or
Status for Cultural Resource Properties in the Project Area
Property Type Listed Eligible Ineligible Undetermined
Campsites CRG-177
CRG-194
CRG-224
CRG-402
CRG-403
CRG-405
CRG-427
CRG-408
CRG-412
CRG-418
Fortifications
Rockshelter
CRG-196
Campsites
CRG-411
CRG-424
Campsite, Canoe Landings
Canoe Landings
CRG-406
Canoe Landings, Petroglyphs
Fish Trap, Canoe Landing
CRG-302
Campsites, Fish Weirs
CRG-299
Fish Weirs
CRG-415
Fish Traps, Fish Weirs
Cedar Carving
Log Cabin/Tent Base
CRG-422
TOTAL
27
CRG-419 CRG-404 CRG-413
CRG-420 CRG-407 CRG-416
CRG-421 CRG-423
CRG-425
CRG-428
CRG-429
CRG-409
CRG-426
CRG-086 CRG-298
CRG-198
CRG-295
CRG-296
CRG-297
CRG-410
CRG-225
CRG-414
CRG-417
CRG-163
12 2
170 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Cultural Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Visual
Key Terms
Background — the distant part of a landscape; the seen, or viewed area located from 3 to 5
miles to infinity from the viewer.
Character type — an area of land that has common distinguishing visual characteristics of
landform, rock formations, water forms and vegetative patterns.
Characteristic iandscape — usually a small portion of a character type that visually repre-
sents the basic vegetative patterns, landforms, rock formations and water forms which are in
view.
Cumuiative visuai disturbance — the percent of a viewshed’s seen area in a disturbed
condition at any point in time.
Distance zone — divisions of a viewed landscape by foreground, middleground, and back-
ground zones.
Foreground — portion of viewed area from immediately adjacent to the viewing position to
about a half mile from the observer’s position; individual branches of trees are discernible.
Maximum Modification — a VQO which prescribes that an area may be dominated by
management activities, but resulting visual characteristics should appear as a natural occurrence
when viewed from the background distance zone.
Middieground — the visible terrain beyond the foreground from about 1/4 mile to 3 to 5 miles
from the observer’s position; individual trees are still visible but do not stand out distinctly from
the landscape.
Modification — a VQO in which management activities may visually dominate the original
characteristic landscape, but resulting visual characteristics must resemble natural occurrences
within the surrounding area when viewed from the foreground and middleground distance zone.
Not seen — a mapping category associated with distance zones. Sensitivity Level 3 travel
routes, use areas, and areas not seen or seldom seen from Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas
have been mapped as Not Seen in the visual inventory. Also referred to as “Seldom Seen.”
Partiai Retention — a VQO in which management activities are to remain visually subordinate
to the natural landscape.
Preservation — a VQO which permits ecological changes only; applies to wilderness areas and
other special classified areas.
Retention — a visual quality objective which provides for management activities that are not
visually evident to the casual observer.
Sensitivity ievei — a three-level measure of people’s concern for the scenic quality of an area.
Unacceptabie Modification — does not meet a VQO of Maximum Modification. Excessive
modification due to management activities in which the design, size, extent, or duration are
poorly related to the scale of landform and vegetative patterns in the characteristic landscape
may result in unacceptable modification.
Variety ciass — classification of the landscape by the diversity and scenic quality of the natural
landscape. The three classes are: Class A - Distinctive; Class B - Common; Class C - Minimal.
Viewshed — a defined landscape or panoramic vista seen from one or more specific viewpoints.
Visual Absorption Capacity (VAC) — an estimate of the relative ability of a landscape to
absorb alteration yet retain its visual integrity.
Visual priority routes and use areas — the designated priority routes and use areas from
which the proposed VQO’s will be applied. Nonpriority travel routes and use areas, and those
areas not seen from the Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas, are managed according to “Not
Seen” criteria.
Visual Quality Objective ^VOO^management standards reflecting five degrees of accept-
able alteration of the natural landscape based on a landscape’s diversity of natural features and
the public’s concern for scenic quality.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Visual— CHAPTERS ■ 171
3 Affected
Environment
Introduction
Visual Character
Types
Scenic Quality
An important aspect of Southeast Alaska’s natural resource base is its attractive setting. The
importance of this scenic splendor is evident in increased tourism and a heightened concern for
scenic resource values by Alaska’s residents. The Visual Management System (VMS), devel-
oped by the Forest Service, inventories these scenic resources and provides measurable
standards for their management. Initially, the VMS assesses the relative scenic quality (visual
character type and variety class) of the Project Area, as found in its current state. The VMS
then assesses viewer sensitivity levels based on the type and use of these landscapes.
Scenic quality, sensitivity levels and management goals are combined to establish VQO’s.
These parameters are also used to define the Existing Visual Condition (EVC). As set forth in
the 1997 TLMP, the Desired Future Condition (DFC) describes how the Forest should appear in
the future. The DFC for the Control Lake Project Area emphasizes landscapes with a modified
appearance to a greater degree than for the Tongass National Forest as a whole. Together with
other resource-related goals, objectives, and management prescriptions, these criteria help
govern the location, design, and scheduling of management activities such as timber harvest in
an attempt to achieve the DFC defined in the 1997 TLMP.
Visual character types describe landscapes that have common landform, rockform, water
features, and vegetation. The southern reaches of the Tongass National Forest, including the
Control Lake Project Area, are represented by the Coastal Hill and Kupreanof Lowland visual
character types. Extensive landform variety exists in the Coastal Hill type and elevations range
from 1 ,000 to 4,500 feet (Figure 3-33). Areas with elevations less than 3,500 feet were glaciated
and have rounded, hummocky summits, knobs, and ridges. The communities of Thome Bay,
Craig, and Klawock are adjacent to the Project Area and within the Coastal Hill character type.
Substantial timber harvest activities are evident on central Prince of Wales Island.
The Thome River (Honker Divide) area, which contains a regionally significant and nationally
recognized canoe route, lies within the Kupreanof Lowland visual character type. The landform
in this type is rolling, heavily glaciated, and has a maximum relief of 1 ,000 to 1 ,5(X) feet (Figure 3-
34). Scattered block-like mountains with rounded, hummocky summits of 2,CKX) to 3,000 feet in
altitude rise above the general level of the lowlands.
Having defined the Project Area’s character type, the next step is to assess the relative scenic
quality of all landscapes. Landscapes are rated as follows:
Scenic Quality Rating
High Variety Class A
Average V ariety Class B
Low V ariety Class C
These ratings are based on the diversity of natural landform, rockform, waterform, and vegeta-
tion. All ratings are made relative to the overall character of the larger Kupreanof Lowland and
Coastal Hill visual character types. Variety classes of the Project Area are shown on Figure 3-
35.
An intricate network of interlacing waterways, muskegs, and complex shorelines results in a
high scenic quality (Variety Class A) designation for Snakey Lakes. While continuously
wooded, the southern flank of Kogish Mountain and an area bounded by Cutthroat Lakes and
Balls Lake contain steep slopes and enough variety in landform to also be deemed Variety Class
A. These areas account for 6.9 percent of the project’s acreage on National Forest System
lands.
172 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Visual
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Figure 3-35
Typical Scenery in the Coastal Hill Portion of the Project
Figure 3-36
Typical Scenery in the Kupreanof Lowland Portion of the
Project
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Visual— CHAPTERS B173
3 Affected
Environment
1
Figure 3-35
Variety Classes in the Control Lake Project Area
174 ■
3 CHAPTER— Visual
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
05/04/95.l2:36:l7.Thu
Affected O
Environment O
Visual Sensitivity
Visual Quality
Objectives
Most of the remaining land (81.7 percent), including the Thorne River drainage, is of average
scenic quality (Variety Class B). However, lack of water features, topographic relief, and
vegetative diversity combine to give much of the Kogish Roadless Area a low scenic quality
(Variety Class C) designation.
The third part of the VMS measures the concern of National Forest visitors for scenic quality, as
seen from recreation use areas, communities, travel routes (marine and land), anchorages, and
cabins. Ratings are based on the type and frequency of use, and are categorized as Highest
Sensitivity (Level 1), Average Sensitivity (Level 2), and Lowest Sensitivity (Level 3). The
percentage of the Project Area in each Sensitivity Level is graphically depicted in Figure 3-36.
Sensitivity Level 1 areas (14.7 percent of the Project Area on National Forest System land)
include those seen from principal recreation areas, major marine travel routes and communities.
Within the Control Lake Project Area this includes the Forest Highway #9 (Forest Road 30)
corridor, Thorne Lake (and Honker Cabin), Balls Lake, Control Lake, portions of the West Coast
Waterway (south of about St. Philip Island), and the waters around Craig and Klawock (San
Alberto Shinaku Inlet, Klawock Inlet, and Big Salt Lake).
Sensitivity Level 2 (10.8 percent) is assigned to landscapes seen from moderately used recre-
ation areas, boat routes, anchorages, and roads. This includes the eligible scenic and recreation
class (Wild and Scenic River) stretches of the Thorne River (excluding Thorne Lake), the Forest
Road 20 corridor and portions of the West Coast Waterway (north of St. Philip Island).
Sensitivity Level 3 (74.5 percent) is assigned to land areas not seen from any of the level 1 or 2
use areas. This includes much of the Western Peninsula, as well as the Logjam Creek, Rio
Roberts, and Rio Beaver drainages.
Adopted VQO’s are a set of measurable goals for the management of visual resources within
the Forest. They are based on a variety of physical and sociological parameters (see Table 3-53)
and describe different degrees of acceptable alteration to the natural landscape. VQO’s are
Preservation, Retention, Partial Retention, Modification, and Maximum Modification (see Key
Terms section for definitions).
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Visual— CHAPTERS BITS
3 Affected
Environment
Figure 3-36
Sensitivity Levels in the Control Lake Project Area
176 ■
3 CHAPTER— Visual
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
05/04/95,ll;50:06.Thu
Affected O
Environment O
Table 3-53
Adopted Visual Quality Objectives for each Land Use
Designation
Distance Zone
LUD(s)
Foreground
Middleground
Background
Not Seen
Research Natural Area
Retention VQO
Retention VQO
Retention VQO
Retention VQO
Semi-Remote
Recreation
Partial
Retention VQO
Partial
Retention VQO
Partial
Retention VQO
Partial
Retention VQO
Scenic River
Retention VQO
Partial
Retention VQO
Partial
Retention VQO
Partial
Retention VQO
Recreation River
Partial
Retention VQO
Partial
Retention VQO
Partial
Retention VQO
Partial
Retention VQO
Scenic Viewshed
Retention VQO
Partial
Retention VQO
Partial
Retention VQO
Maximum Mod-
ification VQO
Modified Landscape
Partial
Modification
Modification
Maximum Mod-
Timber Production
Modification
Maximum
Modification VQO
Maximum
Modification VQO
Maximum Mod-
ification VQO
Old-Growth Habitat Retention VQO Retention VQO Retention VQO Retention VQO
Figure 3-37 depicts Project Area VQO’ s. While Maximum Modification encompasses much (44.6
percent) of the area on National Forest System lands, significant portions of the Project are
within Modification (5.8 percent), Partial Retention (15.3 percent), and Retention (38.6 percent).
Foreground views from Cutthroat Lakes and middleground views from Control Lake/Balls Lake
are within Partial Retention. All lands in the Semi-Remote Recreation LUD, which abuts the
West Coast Waterway, are also within Partial Retention. Foreground and most middleground
areas visible from the Scenic River portion of the Thorne River are within the Retention VQO.
All lands in the Old-growth Habitat LUD, foreground views from Control Lake, and foreground
views from Balls Lake are also within Retention. Areas seen from the Forest Highway #9 range
from Retention to Partial Retention in the foreground and from Retention to Modification in the
middleground.
EVC is a measurement of visual quality and visual effects of current management activities.
EVC types range from natural (Type 1), where only ecological changes have occurred, to
drastically altered (Type 6), where human-caused changes are in “glaring contrast” to the
landscape’s natural appearance. EVC Types 1 through 5 correspond to VQO’s and may be
defined as follows:
EIS
Visual— CHAPTERS ■ 177
3 Affected
Environment
Figure 3-37
Visual Quality Objectives in the Control Lake Project Area
c
/
178 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Visual
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
11/26/97.12:29:06.Wed
Affected O
Environment O
Figure 3-38
Existing Visual Conditions in the Control Lake Project Area
s /
O
-C02
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Visual— CHAPTER 3 ■ 179
3 Affected
Environment
Visual Absorption
Capability
Cumulative Visual
Disturbance
Project Area
Viewsheds
180 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Visual
E VC Type
1
2
3
4
5
6
Visual Condition
Natural
Natural Appearing
Slightly Altered
Moderately Altered
Heavily Altered
Drastically Altered
Corresponding VQO
Preservation
Retention
Partial Retention
Modification
Maximum Modification
The percentage of the Project Area in each EVC type is shown in Figure 3-38. Large tracts
appearing devoid of human activities (EVC Type 1) are presently associated with the Kogish
Roadless Area in the western portion of the Project Area, Salt Lake Bay, much of the Thorne
River drainage, and other locations in the southeast portion of the Control Lake Project Area.
EVC Type 1 accounts for 74.4 percent of the Project Area on National Forest System lands.
Heavy and excessive alteration (EVC 5 and 6, respectively) is currently seen on privately owned
lands that surround Big Salt Lake adjacent to the Project Area boundary, lands south and west
of the Community of Thorne Bay, along the eastern shore of Cutthroat Lakes, surrounding
Logjam Creek, areas adjacent to Snakey Lakes, isolated areas near Control Lake and Balls Lake,
and other small portions of the Project Area. EVC Types 5 and 6 make up 22.0 and 0.4 percent,
respectively, of the Project Area on National Forest System lands. The remainder (3.2 percent)
of the area is slightly altered (EVC 3) to moderately altered (EVC 4). None of the Project Area
has been classified as natural appearing (EVC 2).
The Future Visual Condition (FVC) represents the visual condition level that would occur at the
end of a proposed activity period. Like EVC, it is measured in terms of Condition Types 1 to 6.
When compared to EVC, the FVC serves: (1) to analyze the current management situation, (2) to
estimate the effect of alternatives, (3) to facilitate visual monitoring, and (4) as a historical record
of the degree and amount of physical alteration of the landscape over time and space. The FVC
created by each proposed alternative will be analyzed in Chapter 4.
VAC is defined by the Forest Service as the ability of the landscape to absorb management
activities, such as timber harvest, without its visual character being significantly affected. In
other words, VAC helps determine how easy (or difficult) it will be to achieve the Adopted VQO.
The landscape slope, variety class, and distance zones are analyzed. When these parameters
are overlayed with one another, areas of high, intermediate, and low VAC are identified.
Steep slopes, lack of visual variety, and proximity to areas of high visual sensitivity make
several areas of the Project Area’s landscape unable to easily absorb management activities
(they exhibit low VAC). These areas, which total 8.3 percent of the Project acreage, include
much of the West Coast Waterway shoreline. Control Lake, Balls Lake, Cutthroat Lakes, and the
Thorne River. Much of the Project Area (77.7 percent) exhibits high VAC, with the remainder
(14.0 percent) being medium VAC.
Adopted VQO’s and VAC levels are combined by the Forest Service to establish guidelines for
timber harvest planning. Cumulative Visual Disturbance (CVD), which suggests the maximum
allowable percentage of a viewshed (or portion thereof) to be in a disturbed condition at any
one time, has been addressed as part of the Control Lake Project planning effort.
Viewsheds consist of landscapes seen from a specific viewpoint or series of viewpoints. To
assess the potential effects of land management activities the Forest Service has identified
Visual Priority Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas ( 1 997 TLMP). Visual Priority Priority Travel
Routes and Use Areas of concern to the Control Lake project include:
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected
Environment
3
• Maurelle Islands Wilderness
• West Coast Waterway
• Communities of Craig and Klawock
• Waters around Craig and Klawock
• Control Lake Cabin Site
• Eagle’s Nest Campground (Balls Lake)
• Cutthroat Lakes
• Thorne River/Honker Divide Canoe Route
• Thorne River Bridge
• Gravelly Creek Day Use Area
• Community of Thorne Bay
• Forest Highway #9
Figure 3-39 depicts these visual priority areas. For each priority travel route and use area
viewshed, scenic quality, distance zone, EVC, and compliance with adopted VQO’s are de-
scribed below. Viewsheds that are significantly affected by the project alternatives are graphi-
cally portrayed in Chapter 4.
Maurelle Islands Wilderness — This 5,000 acre designated Wilderness Area is comprised of a
series of small islands and associated waterways. The area is separated from the Control Lake
Project by the Gulf of Esquibel. Views from Anguilla Island, Esquibel Island, and waters inside
the Wilderness boundaries incorporate landforms in the western portion of the Project Area
(Semi-Remote Recreation and Timber Production LUD’s) as background elements. At this
distance, the landscape appears as a series of undulating and overlapping horizontal ridgelines.
Texture is indiscernible in this area of uniform tree cover. Visible portions of the Control Lake
Project Area are of average (Variety Class B) and low (Variety Class C) scenic quality. No
human-caused disturbance is evident and the areas appear natural (EVC 1). Adopted VQO’s
range from Partial Retention to Modification.
West Coast Waterway — This small boat route runs for more than 100 miles along the west side
of Prince of Wales Island from Calder Bay in the north to Kaigani Strait in the south. Adjacent
to the Control Lake Project Area, it makes use of Tonowek Bay, the Gulf of Esquibel, and San
Christoval Channel. Anchorages exist at Nossuk Bay (described later), Salt Lake Bay (also
described later), and near St. Philip Island. A potential dispersed campsite, identified by the
Forest Service, exists along the Prince of Wales coast northwest of Rosary Island. The Project
Area appears as gently to steeply sloping knobs and ridgelines. Areas visible in the
middleground are continuously forested, with texture characterized by tree massings. Back-
ground slopes are more irregular in form and display little or no texture.
Areas north of Blanquizal Island are of average (Variety Class B) scenic quality, while areas to
the south are of low (Variety Class C) scenic quality. South of Nossuk Bay and west of Som-
brero Island, visible project lands are in the Semi-Remote Recreation LUD and have a Partial
Retention VQO. Visible lands east of Sombrero Island and along the east shore of Nossuk Bay
are in the Timber Production LUD. Here, the VQO’s range from Modification to Maximum
Modification. The present visual condition of the this coastline is natural (EVC 1).
Adjacent to the West Coast Waterway small boat route in the northwest portion of the Project
Area is Nossuk Bay. Three existing anchorages and a moorage buoy provide shelter for
boaters. Nossuk Bay users may obtain foreground and middleground views of portions of the
Project Area that are in the Semi-Remote Recreation and Timber Production LUD. The entire
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Visual— CHAPTERS BISI
3 Affected
Environment
Figure 3-39
Visual Priority Area Viewsheds in the Control Lake Project Area
182 ■
3 CHAPTER— Visual
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
11/26/97.12:U:48.Wed
Affected
Environment
3
area surrounding the Bay is of average (Variety Class B) scenic quality. Partial Retention,
Modification, and Maximum Modification VQO’s have been adopted. Past harvest activity is
evident along the south shore of the Bay in the foreground and at the head of the Bay in the
middleground. The visual condition ranges from natural (EVC 1) to moderately altered (EVC 4).
Salt Lake Bay is adjacent to the West Coast Waterway and south of Nossuk Bay. Two existing
anchorages provide shelter for users of the small boat route. A potential recreation shelter
location has also been identified near the north entrance to the Bay. The State of Alaska has
proposed the selection of 917 acres at Salt Lake Bay for a prospective community. Settlement is
expected because of the area’s access to commercial fishing grounds, growth in commercial
recreation, and proximity to timber harvest areas and to the city of Craig. Salt Lake Bay is used
extensively by Craig and Klawock residents for community recreation. From the Bay, which is
surrounded by a Semi-Remote Recreation LUD, views incorporate continuously forested lands
with average (Variety Class B) scenic quality. A Partial Retention VQO has been adopted for
this land, which may be characterized as natural (EVC 1).
Communities of Craig and Klawock — The community of Klawock is immediately south of the
Project Area on the west coast of Prince of Wales Island. Five miles south of Klawock is the
City of Craig. Extensive timber harvest has occurred on privately owned land adjacent to the
community and along the perimeter of Big Salt Lake.
Because Craig and Klawock are well outside the boundaries of the Control Lake Project,
proposed management activities would have no direct visual impact. However, residents and
visitors to these communities often travel through and recreate within the Project Area. Any
visual impact on priority travel routes and use areas will, therefore, be felt indirectly within Craig
and Klawock.
Waters around Craig and Klawock — San Alberto Bay, Shinaku Inlet, Klawock Inlet, and Big
Salt Lake are near the communities of Craig and Klawock. Lands immediately adjacent to the
waterbodies are outside the Control Lake Project boundaries and are privately owned. Portions
of the Project Area are visible in the middleground distance zones north of Big Salt Lake. These
lands are in the Timber Production, Modified Landscape Scenic Viewshed, and Old-growth
LUD’s. VQO’s of Retention, Partial Retention, Modification, and Maximum Modification have
been adopted for these National Forest System lands. They are of average scenic quality
(Variety Class B) and natural visual condition (EVC 1).
Privately owned land in the foreground distance zone has been extensively harvested. A small
amount of logging is also visible on Forest System lands in the Middleground. San Alberto
Bay, Shinaku Inlet, and Klawock Inlet receive heavy recreational use by residents of Craig and
Klawock. Two existing recreation sites exist along the shoreline of Klawock Inlet, just south of
the community bearing the same name. Big Salt Lake receives little recreational use. A boat
ramp, accessible via State Highway 929, exists near the head of Big Salt Lake. It is maintained by
the State of Alaska. Because they are non-Forest System lands, no LUD’s, VQO’s, or EVC
types have been prescribed for the shores of San Alberto Bay, Shinaku Inlet, Klawock Inlet, or
Big Salt Lake. However, it should be noted that the size and extent of the previous harvest is
poorly related to the natural landscape. In addition, logging roads have failed throughout the
seen area. Because the continually moving soils prevent revegetation, erosion will be apparent
for an extended period of time.
Control Lake Cabin Site — This recreation area is about 20 miles west of Thorne Bay and 1 8
miles northeast of Klawock. A Forest Service skiff and dock along the west shore of the lake is
easily accessed from the Forest Highway #9. It provides transportation to and from the cabin
on the lake’s north shore. En route, panoramic views of the Thorne Mountains are available to
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Visual— CHAPTER 3 B183
3 Affected
Environment
184 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Visual
those looking north. Similarly, the Klawock Mountains are visible to the south. Views from the
cabin are oriented south across Control Lake and punctuated by the snow-capped peaks around
Black Bear Lake (outside the Project Area) in the background. In the foreground distance zone
that surrounds the lake the landscape is fairly flat, continuously wooded, and coarsely textured
by individual tree boughs. Middleground areas are also continuously wooded. However, these
areas are more steeply sloped and display a finer texture created by tree massings.
The State of Alaska previously made a land selection for community development at the main
road junction. This selection has been expanded to include land for commercial development,
public facilities, and community recreation. Pleasant views, sportfishing opportunities, and the
cabin make this an important recreation site for the communities of Thorne Bay, Craig, and
Klawock.
The Thorne Mountains, which are visible north of the lake, are highly scenic (Variety Class A),
while the remainder of lands visible are of average (Variety Class B) scenic quality. It is the
intent of the Forest Service to include all lands visible from the lake and cabin in a Scenic
Viewshed LUD. As a result, the Retention and Partial Retention VQO’s have been adopted.
While automobiles can be heard traveling along Forest Highway #9, which parallels the Lake’s
western and northern shore, the roadway is screened from view. As seen in planimetric view
(see Key Terms) small, heavily altered (EVC 5) areas exist in the middleground to the east and
west of Control Lake. However, as seen in perspective view (see Key Terms) these areas meet
the adopted Partial Retention VQO. The remainder of the visible area is natural (EVC 1) and
complies with adopted VQO’s.
Eagle’s Nest Campground (Balls Lake) — This developed recreation facility is accessible from
Forest Highway #9, approximately 18 miles west of Thome Bay and two miles east of the Control
Lake junction. The site is also near the communities of Craig (25 miles) and Klawock (20 miles).
The campground is nestled along the shore of Balls Lake in the foothills of the Thome Moun-
tains. There are eleven camp units, vault toilets, and potable water. The area has been deemed
wheelchair accessible. In addition to camping. Eagle’s Nest provides a boat launch and
boardwalk that now parallels the lake shoreline for 1,800 feet. This boardwalk is to be extended
in the near future.
Expansive views of the Thorne Mountains and surrounding foothills are available from the
campground, boardwalk, and lake. Scenic quality is high (Variety Class A) to the north, west,
and east of the lake. The foreground distance zone surrounding the lake is continuously
forested and dominated by the texture of individual trees. Steeply sloped and heavily dissected
landforms dominate the middleground, which is also continuously forested. Middleground
slopes visible south of the lake are more uniform in appearance and of average (Variety Class B)
scenic quality. It is the intent of the Forest Service to include all land visible from the camp-
ground, boardwalk, and lake in a Scenic Viewshed LUD. As a result, the Retention and Partial
Retention VQO’s have been adopted. The vast majority of the seen area is natural (EVC 1). As
seen in planimetric view, a small portion of land east of the lake in the middleground is heavily
altered (EVC 5). However, as seen in perspective view, this past harvest activity is subordinate
to the characteristic landscape and meets its adopted Partial Retention VQO.
Cutthroat Lakes — This recreation site, which comprises two adjacent lakes, is about two miles
north of Balls Lake. Recent harvest activity has provided road access to the east side of the
area. A recreation shelter is planned for the east side of the lower lake.
The lakes lie at the dividing line between two distinct scenic quality types. To the south and
west are the very steep and dissected landforms of the Thorne Mountains, which are high
(Variety Class A) in scenic quality. To the north and east is the more rolling terrain of the
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
L
Affected O
Environment O
Thorne River drainage. It is of average (Variety Class B) scenic quality. All areas seen from the
Cutthroat Lakes are in the Old-growth LUD and, therefore, have a VQO of Retention. As
mentioned, recent timber harvests have taken place east of the lower lake. As seen in planimet-
ric view, this portion of the seen area is in a heavily altered (EVC 5) visual condition. As seen in
perspective, where vegetation along the water’s edge screens portions of this harvest activity,
the area achieves a Modification VQO. The remainder of the seen area is natural (EVC 1) and
meets the adopted Retention VQO.
Thorne River/Honker Divide Canoe Route — Abundant recreational opportunities make this
lake-stream system, which lies in the eastern portion of the Project, a use area of local and
regional importance. Part of a moderately used saltwater-to-saltwater canoe route between
Thorne Bay and Coffman Cove, the Project Area includes the following components of the
Honker Divide Canoe Route: Butterfly Lake, Lake Galea, Twin Lake, Thorne Lake, and Snakey
Lakes. An existing recreation cabin at Lake Galea provides a convenient layover for canoeists.
Potential recreation shelter locations have been identified on the Thorne River near Cutthroat
Creek, the island in upper Thorne Lake, and the east shore of lower Twin Lake. A potential
dispersed campsite has also been located at the north end of Butterfly Lake, just outside the
Project Area. Associated with the Honker Canoe Route are camping, fishing, and wildlife
viewing under primitive conditions in a natural-appearing environment.
Much of the Thorne River corridor is of average scenic quality (Variety Class B) and within the
Scenic River LUD. The area nearest Thorne Bay is in the Recreation River LUD. Retention and
Partial Retention VQO’s apply to all seen areas within these two LUD’s.
Aerial view of Lake Galea
looking north
Shorelines and ridgelines give the landscape a horizontal orientation, although strong vertical
lines are seen in foreground tree trunks. The gray-green of the spruce-hemlock forest is the
dominant color. It is punctuated by the dark blues of the lakes and yellow-greens of herbaceous
cover. Texture is the dominant element in this landscape. The homogenous vegetation
provides a coarse texture that diminishes with distance. The existing visual condition of
landscapes seen from the River and associated waterbodies within the Project Area is p
nantly unroaded and natural (EVC 1). Portions of the Butterfly Lake viewshed north cf I’r..;
Project Area have been heavily altered. A small area of recent logging is visible southciiai of
Twin Lake and northeast of Thorne Lake in the middleground. As seen in planimetric view, this
area is heavily disturbed (EVC 5). One recently harvested unit is also visible to the southwest of
Lake Galea in the middleground. As seen in perspective view, existing harvest activities within
the Project Area portion of the Thorne River corridor are minor disturbances. However, they do
not meet the adopted Retention VQO.
Snakey Lakes includes a portion of the North Thorne River, which meanders through mature
timber and muskegs in a serpentine fashion. In places, the stream broadens to form small lakes.
The variety of landform, waterform, and vegetation give the Snakey Lakes a high (Variety Class
A) scenic quality. While large volumes of timber have been harvested adjacent to the Snakey
Lakes and the area is encircled by roads (EVC 5), little of this development is visible from the
waterbodies themselves, due to the flat slopes and screening vegetation. The vast majority of
seen areas are in a natural (EVC 1) condition and comply with the adopted Retention VQO. All
areas seen from Snakey Lakes are in the Scenic River, Old-growth, and Scenic Viewshed LUD’s.
Thorne River Bridge — This popular fishing spot is located where Forest Highway #9 crosses
the Thorne River, about six miles west of Thorne Bay. No developed recreation facilities exist.
Views are comprised of land in the Recreation River LUD and are restricted by mature vegetation
lining the river in the foreground and near-middleground distance zone. Scenic quality is
average (Variety Class B). While the bridge itself slightly alters the characteristic landscape
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Visual— CHAPTERS BISS
3 Affected
Environment
Thorne River looking North from
Forest Highway #9 bridge
186 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Visual
(EVC 3), views upstream and downstream are natural (EVC 1). Adopted VQO’s range from
Partial Retention to Modification.
Gravelly Creek Day Use Area — This developed recreation area is located on gently sloping
terrain, three miles west of Thorne Bay on Forest Highway #9. A picnic shelter, parking area,
picnic tables, fire rings, outhouse, and short trail are provided. This popular site faces the
Thorne River and is utilized by local residents, as well as tourists. Views are oriented south and
entirely foreground in nature. Mature spruce, hemlock, and cedar in the river corridor give the
area coarse texture and block views of the surrounding landscape in the eligible Recreation
LUD. Scenic quality is average (Variety Class B). While the recreation facilities slightly alter the
characteristic landscape (EVC 3), the surrounding areas appear natural (EVC 1). The adopted
V QO is Partial Retention.
Community of Thorne Bay — Established in 1962 when Ketchikan Pulp moved its main logging
camp from Hollis, Thorne Bay is located outside the Project Area on the east coast of Prince of
Wales Island. It has evolved from a company-owned logging camp into an incorporated
community. The Project Area is not visible from the community. However, residents and
visitors travel through and recreate within the Project Area. Therefore, any visual impact to
Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas will be felt indirectly in Thome Bay.
Forest Highway #9 Corridor — Forest Highway #9 runs from Klawock to the Control Lake
junction, and from the junction to Thome Bay. This viewshed overlaps with several of the
Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas described above. Scenic quality is average in areas
immediately adjacent to the highway. In some areas, extensive middleground views of the
project area are available. The highway traverses the Old Growth, Scenic Viewshed, Modified
Landscape, and Recreation River LUD’s. All suitable timber harvest lands visible from the
highway are intended for inclusion in the Modified Landscape LUD.
Between Klawock and a point approximately 3 miles south of the Control Lake junction, the
corridor is dominated by privately-owned timberlands. Timber harvest activity is evident in
many foreground and middleground views. Partial Retention and Modification VQO’s have
been adopted for National Forest System lands within the middleground distance zones in this
area. Foreground seen areas have the Partial Retention VQO.
In the vicinity of the Control Lake junction, the corridor provides views of the Thome and
Klawock mountains to the north and south, respectively. Foreground and middleground
distance zones are continuously wooded. State selected land located at the junction is pres-
ently undeveloped, but is reserved for possible future community development. Retention,
Partial Retention, and Modification VQO’s have been adopted.
From the Control Lake intersection east to Thorne Bay, the corridor passes through predomi-
nantly natural areas in the foreground and middleground distance zones. The seen area varies
from mature forest to open muskegs, and includes views of the Thorne River, several smaller
rivers and streams, and the dmmlins of the Thome River corridor. Adopted VQO’s range from
Retention to Modification.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Introduction
Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and
Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas
Key Terms — — — -
Developed recreation — that type of recreation that occurs where more facilities and amenities
are incorporated into a site to accommodate intensive recreation activities in a defined area.
Dispersed recreation — that type of recreation use that requires few, if any, improvements or
specific developed sites, and may occur over a wide area. This type of recreation involves
activities related to roads, trails, and undeveloped waterways and beaches.
Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) — a system for planning and managing recreation
resources that categorizes recreation opportunities into six classes. Each class is defined in
terms of the degree to which it satisfies certain recreation experience needs.
Recreation place — an identified geographic area having one or more physical characteristics
that are particularly attractive to people engaging in recreation activities; can contain from zero
to several recreation sites.
Recreation site — specific location or site where recreational activities occur and/or a recre-
ational facility is located; smaller in area than a recreation place.
Recreation Visitor Day (RVD) — a measure of recreation use of an area. One recreation visitor
day consists of recreation use of a site or area by one person for 12 hours; can be abbreviated
as “visitor day.”
Roadless area — an area of undeveloped public land within which there are no improved roads
maintained for travel by means of motorized vehicles intended for highway use.
Service Day — a day or any part of a day for each individual or client accompanied or provided
services, including transportation services, by an outfitter or guide.
Wild and Scenic River — rivers or sections of rivers designated by congressional action under
the 1968 Wild and Scenic Rivers Act or by an act of the Legislature of the state or states
through which they flow.
Wilderness — areas designated by congressional action under the 1964 Wilderness Act or by
TTRA and/or ANILCA; undeveloped federal land retaining its primeval character and influence
without permanent improvements or human habitation.
Prince of Wales Island plays an important role in Southeast Alaska by providing settings for
various types of outdoor recreation — viewing scenery, boating, fishing, hunting, and hiking.
Timber harvest has opened between 1,000 and 1,200 miles of road throughout the island to the
general public. This high degree of accessibility creates many opportunities for roaded recre-
ational activities and sets the island apart from most other areas of Southeast Alaska.
Limited timber harvest has occurred in the Control Lake Project Area, making it less accessible
by road than other parts of the island. State Highway 929 enters the Project Area from Klawock
and intersects with Forest Roads 20 and 30 near Control Lake. Forest Road 30 provides access
to Thorne Bay and several popular recreation sites such as Control Lake, Eagle’s Nest Camp-
ground, and the Thorne River. Other forest roads, such as Forest Road 3015 and a number of
newer roads, provide access to parts of the Project Area.
Most of Prince of Wales Island is contained in two Forest Service ranger districts within the
Ketchikan Area of the Tongass National Forest. The Craig and Thorne Bay Ranger Districts
contain virtually all of the island’s public recreational facilities, including over 20 recreation
cabins and shelters, one developed campground, dispersed camping areas and several devel-
oped day use/picnic areas, and approximately 20 miles of maintained trails. The Project Area is
located in the Thorne Bay Ranger District in central Prince of Wales Island.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas — CHAPTERS BIS?
3 Affected
Environment
Recreation
Opportunity
Spectrum
188 ■ 3 CHAPTER-
The Forest Service developed the ROS system to help identify, quantify, and describe the
variety of recreation settings available in National Forests. The ROS system provides a
framework for planning and managing recreation resources. The ROS settings are classified
using a scale ranging from primitive to urban. Seven elements are used to determine where the
setting belongs on the scale:
• Visual Quality — the degree of apparent modification of the natural landscape.
• Access — the mode by which activities are pursued and how well users can travel to or within
the setting.
• Remoteness — the perceived separation of the setting from evidence of other human activity
or structures.
• Visitor Management — the degree and appropriateness of how visitor actions are managed
and serviced.
• On-site Recreation Development — the degree and appropriateness of recreation facilities
provided within the setting.
• Social Encounters — the degree of solitude or social opportunities provided.
• Visitor Impacts — the degree of impact on both the attributes of the setting and other visitors
within the setting.
Based on these seven elements, the Forest Service assigns one of six ROS settings zones to all
Forest Service land. Five of the settings are found in the Project Area and are described below.
Primitive: An essentially unmodified natural environment of fairly large size. Interaction
between users is very low, and evidence of other users is minimal. Motorized use is generally
not permitted.
Semi-Primitive Nonmotorized: A natural or natural-appearing environment of moderate to large
size. Concentration of users is low, but there is often evidence of other users. Use of local
roads for recreational purposes is not allowed.
Semi-Primitive Motorized: A natural or natural-appearing environment of moderate to large
size. Interaction between users is low, but there is often evidence of other users. Local roads
used for other resource management activities may be present.
Roaded Natural: A natural-appearing environment with moderate evidence of the sights and
sounds of humans. Such evidence usually harmonizes with the natural environment. Interac-
tion between users may be moderate to high with evidence of other users prevalent. Motorized
use is allowed.
Roaded Modified: A natural environment substantially modified particularly by vegetation and
landform alterations. There is strong evidence of roads and/or highways. Frequency of contact
is low to moderate.
Project Area ROS
This EIS assumes that all the proposed harvest units in the 1989-1994 operating plan were cut.
Thus, the description of the existing condition of the recreation resource is based on what the
mix of ROS settings would be upon completion of the 1989-1994 timber harvest. Implementation
of the Central Prince of Wales project (adjacent to the Control Lake Project) will have very little
effect on ROS settings in the Project Area. Most of the Central Prince of Wales harvest units
■Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
that will be located near the Project Area boundaries will occur in areas that have been previ-
ously harvested and roaded. Many of the new units will be located between old units. As a
result, existing ROS settings in the Project Area will not change significantly as a result of
harvesting associated with Central Prince of Wales.
The vast majority (85 percent) of the Project Area is included within two ROS settings — Semi-
Primitive Nonmotorized (SPNM) and Roaded Modified (RM) (Figures 3-40 and 3-41). The SPNM
setting is the most extensive, accounting for 57 percent (97,754 acres) of the total Project Area.
There are several distinct areas of SPNM separated by areas of RM (Figure 3-38). These include
a large strip in the western section of the Project Area located between the coastal strip of Semi-
Primitive Motorized (SPM) and a band of RM, a block on the north edge of the middle section
that includes the Shinaku Creek drainage and lakes, and an area that wends its way through
much of the eastern portion of the Project Area beginning north of State Route 929 and continu-
ing along the Thorne River past Thorne Lake to Twin Lakes and east and north to the Project
Area boundary. This block, constituting almost half of the total SPNM area (approximately
42,000 acres), contains much of the Thorne Mountains and Upper Cutthroat Lake. Other SPMN
areas are located south of Control Lake, three areas north of and adjacent to the Karta Wilder-
ness, and a sizable area around upper Steelhead Creek.
The RM class is the second largest in the Project Area (49,205 acres) (Figure 3-38). The areas
are generally found where timber management activities have occurred. The largest RM setting
(approximately 14,900 acres) is in the southeast corner of the Project Area between Forest Road
20 to the north and the Karta Wilderness to the south. Two RM settings are near Honker
Divide. Another large RM setting (12,200 acres) can be found in the western section of the
Project Area encompassing an unnamed creek drainage and the Nossuk Creek drainage. Most
of the Sealaska land adjacent to the south edge of the central Project Area is classified as RM.
The Project Area contains one contiguous 1 1,720-acre Primitive setting that surrounds Lake
Galea. There has been no timber harvest or road development in the setting.
One Roaded Natural (RN) setting of 6,964 acres exists in the Project Area in the central eastern
section. The setting is a narrow (1/2- to 1-mile-wide) strip paralleling the Thorne Bay and Big
Salt roads from the eastern edge of the Project Area, past Balls and Control lakes, and south-
west approximately 3 miles to the Forest boundary.
There is one SPM setting of approximately 6,267 acres in the Project Area. It is roughly 1/3- to 1
mile wide and runs along the west coast beginning at Nossuk Bay and continues south approxi-
mately 15 miles to Elevenmile Creek.
Recreation Places Recreation Places (RP’s) are general areas used for recreation activities. Activities in such
places can be concentrated at specific Recreation Sites or dispersed throughout the RP.
Because the majority of the Tongass National Forest is undeveloped, it is primarily used for
dispersed recreation activities. Viewing scenery and wildlife, boating, fishing, beachcombing,
hiking, and hunting are the primary dispersed recreation activities of resident users. Access is
key to how outdoor recreation resources are used. RP’s easily reached by car have higher
visitation rates than those located in remote, roadless areas. Access to recreational resources in
the Tongass is typically by boat or by motor vehicle on community or forest roads.
The ROS setting of RP’s largely determines their attractiveness and utility. Many recreation
opportunities, such as viewing scenery, require a natural type of ROS setting; other activities
such as hunting and fishing may not directly depend on the setting. The locations of RP’s
within the Project Area are illustrated in Figure 3-42. Table 3-54 describes the RP’s located in
the Project Area.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas — CHAPTERS BISS
3 Affected
Environment
Figure 3-40
Acreage of ROS Settings in Controi Lake Project Area
Service 1992b.
= Roaded
= Roaded Natural
= Roaded Modified
= Semi-Primitive Non-Motorized
= Semi-Primitive Motorized
= Primitive (unmodified natural environment)
SOURCE; Forest
Note: R
RN
RM
SPNM
SPM
P
Types of activities that occur in RP’s in the Project Area can be grouped into three general
categories based on the physical setting required for the activity — freshwater, land-based, and
marine.
Freshwater-based Recreation
The abundance of lakes, rivers, and streams on Prince of Wales Island generally, and in the
Control Lake Project Area specifically, provides numerous recreational opportunities. The most
popular activities with recreationists are those that can be conducted near communities that are
accessible by roads, trails, or boats. These activities include fishing, boating, kayaking, wildlife
190 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Figure 3-41
Map of ROS Settings
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas — CHAPTER 3 >191
3
Affected
Environment
viewing, and camping. The most sought-after settings at freshwater-related RP’s are those that
provide opportunities for: (1) getting away (solitude), (2) enjoying natural and scenic settings,
(3) fishing for a diversity of species, and (4) good airplane access (USDA Forest Service, 1986).
The Project Area contains more recreation places associated with freshwater-based recreation
(18) than with marine-based (5) and land-based (4) combined. Freshwater-based RP’s within the
Project Area can be broken down into those associated with the Thorne River/Hatchery Creek
Corridor, and those located outside the corridor.
Thorne River/Hatchery Creek Waterway
The lower section of the Thome River is especially popular with anglers and floaters who can
access the river via road and put in at 8V2 Mile or Goose Creek. The rest of the waterway
receives much less use.
The Thorne River/Hatchery Creek Waterway is a significant local and regional recreational
resource that is receiving national attention. The corridor is popular among local anglers and
boaters because of the rich recreation opportunities offered by the Thorne River and Hatchery
Creek. It is also becoming more popular among non-local recreationists.
The Thorne River/Hatchery Creek Waterway is part of the largest stream system on Prince of
Wales Island. It supports wild fall and spring steelhead, coho, sockeye, and pink salmon;
cutthroat and rainbow trout; and Dolly Varden char (Hoffman, 1991). The ADF&G has identified
the Thome River as one of 19 blue-ribbon fishing streams in Southeast Alaska (personal
communication, J. Gustafson, area habitat biologist, ADF&G, Ketchikan, Alaska, May 25, 1993).
Steelhead fishing is especially popular on the Thorne River. The ADF&G estimated that there
were 3,070 steelhead angler-hours spent on the Thorne River during the 1989-1990 season
(Greenig, 1995). The popularity of the river is due to the variety of species it supports, fishing
success, easy roadside access, and proximity to Thorne Bay. Fifty-five percent of the
recreationists surveyed on the river were from Thorne Bay (Hoffman, 1991).
Boating (including motorized fishing boats, canoes, kayaks, and inflatable rafts) is popular on
the lower sections of the Thorne River. Canoes and kayaks are used to travel on the Honker
Divide Canoe Route. The 30-mile-long canoe route follows the Thorne River and Hatchery
Creek. It is one of two such extensive established routes (the other is on Admiralty Island) in
Southeast Alaska. Although the Admiralty route is better known, the established road system
on Prince of Wales Island and Alaska Marine Highway service to the island make the Honker
Divide route more accessible. An estimated 12 parties per year averaging 5 people each have
canoed the entire route in recent years. Each trip averages 3 days. Canoeists/kayakers spend
an estimated 360 recreation visitor days (equal to 4,320 canoeist/kayaker visitor hours) per year
paddling the entire route. An undetermined number of recreationists paddle only parts of the
route (Greenig, 1995).
The entire corridor has been divided into a series of RP’s based on factors such as type of
possible recreational activity, geographic location, and remoteness. RP’s and existing and
potential Recreation Sites within those places that are found within sections of river corridor
located in the Project Area are described below (Figures 3-42 and 3-43).
• Lower Thorne River (RP’s 145.02, 145.03, and 145.04) — These RP’s are located along a
section of the river that is wide, relatively deep, and easy to access by boat (Figure 3-42).
ROS settings are RN (RP 145.02) and SPNM (RP’s 145.03 and 145.04). Timber harvest has
occurred in or near part of RP’ s 245 .02 and 245 .03 , but not RP 1 45 .04 . RP 1 45 .02 contains two
192 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Figure 3-42
Recreation Places
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas — CHAPTER 3 ■ 193
/qlocier3/controllk/omls/post8xl1/recploces.oml
05/12/94.15:18:22.Thu
3 Affected
Environment
Table 3-54
Control Lake Project Area Recreation Places and Sites
Recreation Place
Acres
ROS Class
Activities/F eatures
NOTES
FRESHWATER BASED RECREATION-
—Thome River/Hatchery Creek Corridor
145.02
1537
RN
Canoe/kayaking, stream
Area of confluence of Gravelly
fishing, picnicking
and Goose Creeks with Thome
River
145.03
1385
SPNM
Canoe/kayaking, stream fishing
Area of Lower section of Thome
River
145.04
1332
"
Recreation shelter
Thome River near Cutthroat
Creek
145.05
1540
P
Canoe/kayaking, hiking
Area along Thome River, west
of Snakey Lakes, Upper Thome
River portage
145.06
4917
SPNM
Canoe/kayaking, developed
Area including Thome Lake and
camping, fishing
Lower Twin Lake
145.07
647
P
Canoe/ kayaking, hiking
Honker Divide (and portage) and
area adjacent to Thome River
north of Twin Lake and Lake
Galea (Honker Lake)
145.09
1256
P&SPNM
Big game hunting
Upper Twin Lake and ridge to
north
126.02
967
SPNM
Canoe/kayaking
Area around Butterfly Lake, on
project boundary
126.03
4162
P
Canoe/kayaking, rec. cabin use.
Area around Lake Galea (Honker
power boat use
Lake)
147.01 & 147.02
1298
SPNM
Canoe/kayaking
Snakey Lakes area
FRESHWATER BASED RECREATION— Outside of Corridor
154.01
35
RN
Trail
Rio Roberts Creek and trailhead
054.02
63
SPNM
Minor interpretive site
Rio Roberts Creek and trail area
149.00
1085
RN
Viewing scenery, hiking, canoe/
kayaking, lake fishing, developed
camping, ice skating, interpretive
site
Balls Lake area
150.00
1077
RN
Viewing scenery, lake fishing, rec.
cabin use, ice skating, snow/ice
play, power boating
Control Lake area
151.02
1477
SPNM
Hiking, big game hunting,
camping, canoe/kayaking
Lower Cutthroat Lake area
151.03
4805
SPNM & RM
Big game hunting
Upper Cutthroat Lake area
LAND BASED RECREATION
145.08
2414
RM
Big game hunting
Ridge east of Thome Lake
160.00
3010
SPNM
Big game hunting
East of RP 145.08
151.01
4083
SPNM & RN
Hiking, dispersed camping, big
game hunting, upland bird hunting
Thome Mountain area
153.00
31
RM
Observation
Area south of Control Lake
MARINE BASED RECREATION
400.00
910
SPM
Dispersed camping
Area northwest of Rosary Island
401.00
1023
SPM
Anchorage
Area across channel from
Philips Island
194 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Recreation. Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
L
Affected O
Environment O
existing Recreation Sites — a fishing area at the State Highway 929 bridge over the Thorne
River (it is also used by locals for swimming), and the Forest Service-developed Gravelly
Creek picnic site near the confluence of the Thome River with Gravelly Creek. A potential
recreation shelter site has been identified near the confluence of Cutthroat Creek.
• Thorne and Twin Lakes (RP’s 145.05, 145.06, 145.07, and 145.09) — RP 145.05 contains the
Upper Thome Portage which is approximately 2 miles long and goes around Thome Falls. RP
145.07 contains the divide that separates the Thorne River and Hatchery Creek drainages and
includes the 1-mile long Honker Divide Portage (Figure 3-42). There has been no timber
harvest or road building in or near any of these RP’s. Because of their pristine nature, ROS
settings are Primitive (RP’s 145.05, 145.07, and 145.09) and SPNM(RP 145.06). The one
existing Recreation Site in this segment is a fishing site at the north end of Lower Thome
Lake. Two potential recreation shelter sites have been identified — one at the southern end of
an island in Upper Thorne Lake, and another on the east shore of Lower Twin Lake.
• Lake Galea (Honker Lake) (RP’s 126.02 and 126.03) — These two RP’s include Lake Galea,
the segment of Hatchery Creek downstream from Lake Galea to Butterfly Lake, and the
southern half of Butterfly Lake (the half in the Project Area) (Figure 3-42). Lake Galea is in an
essentially pristine area. The only access to the area is by air or river. There has been no
timber harvest or road building in either RP. ROS settings are SPNM (P 126.02) and Primative
(RP 126.03). The Forest Service’s Honker Lake cabin is the only existing recreation site in the
two recreation places.
• Snakey Lakes (RP’s 147.01 and 147.02) — These two RP’s are located east of the main
Thorne River corridor and encompass the Snakey Lakes area (Figure 3-42). Only a small
portion of RP 147.01 is located in the Project Area. ROS settings are RM (RP 147.01) and
SPNM (RP 147.02). There are no existing Recreation Sites in either RP, but a potential
recreation shelter has been identified in RP 147.01.
See the Wild and Scenic Rivers section for a further discussion of the Thorne River.
Other Freshwater-based RP’s
A number of freshwater-based RP’s can be found in the Project Area outside of the Thorne
River/Hatchery Creek Corridor (Figure 3-42). They are briefly described below.
• Rio Roberts Creek (RP’s 154.01 and 154.02) — Both RP’s include Rio Roberts Creek (Figure
3-42). RP 154.01 is adjacent to State Highway 929 and includes the Rio Roberts trailhead. RP
154.02 is located upstream from RP 154.01 and includes the Rio Roberts trail, fish pass, and
fish pass overlook. ROS settings are RN (RP 154.01) and SPNM (RP 154.02).
• Control Lake (RP 150.00) — This RP includes Control Lake and its immediate surroundings.
The hills and lands around the lake are essentially pristine, although vehicle traffic can be
heard and timber harvest is somewhat visible from the lake. The RP is in an ROS setting of
RN. There are two existing Recreation Sites — a Forest Service cabin and a Forest Service
dock and rowboat primarily used to access the cabin. Part of the west end of the lake and the
land around it has been conveyed to the State of Alaska.
• Balls Lake (Eagle’s Nest Campground) (RP 149.00) — This RP surrounds Balls Lake and
includes the Eagle’s Nest Campground. Because of the presence of Eagle’s Nest Camp-
ground, this RP receives more use than most of the other RP’s (an estimated 295 recreation
visitor days in 1992 at the campground alone). The RP has an ROS setting of RN. Two
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas — CHAPTERS HISS
3 Affected
Environment
Figure 3-43
Recreation Sites
196 ■ 3 CHAPTER— Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
/glacier 3/conUollk/Qmls/posl8xll/recsiles.oml
05/12/94.15:19:57.Ihu
Affected
Environment
3
potential Recreation Sites have been identified — the trailhead and trail that would lead to
Thorne Mountains. There is also a proposal to add 2.2 miles of trail to the existing 0.5-mile-
long trail in order to completely encircle the lake. A day-use site on the lake near the Eagle’s
Nest Campground is also being planned.
• Lower Cutthroat Lake (RP 151.02) — This RP is located in an area surrounding Lower
Cutthroat Lake, the lower slopes of Thome Mountains, and the section of Cutthroat Creek
between the lake and it’s confluence with Control Creek. Timber harvesting has occurred on
the slopes east of Lower Cutthroat Lake and north of the lake, and parts of some harvest
units are visible from Lower Cutthroat Lake. Because of harvest activities, this RP has ROS
settings of RM and SPNM. There are no existing Recreation Sites, but a potential site for a
recreation shelter on the eastern shore of Lower Cutthroat Lake has been identified.
Land-based Recreation
Land-based recreation activities occur widely, but are most prevalent where access is more
available. Recreationists use areas such as alpine ridges and mountaintops when trails are
available (TLMP, 1976). The most popular land-based recreation activities are hunting, hiking
(where there are trails), and driving for pleasure (where there are roads). The principal attributes
of these places are good access, remoteness from communities and developed sites, availability
of parking sites for recreational vehicles (but without facilities), scenery for viewing, little-used
roads to explore, and freedom to choose activities (Clark et al., 1984).
Areas where land-based recreation occurs in the Project Area are somewhat limited compared to
those offering opportunities for marine and freshwater recreation. However, the vastness of the
undeveloped area creates the perceptions of naturalness and remoteness associated with the
more defined marine and freshwater recreation places. Naturalness and remoteness are rated as
very important by 80 to 90 percent of the recreation users of the Tongass (Clark and Johnson,
1981).
Land-based RP’s in the Project Area generally are located in upland areas, adjacent to or on
some of the prominent land forms such as Thorne Mountains. The following describes the four
RP’s that can accommodate primarily land-based recreational experiences.
• Ridge East of Thorne Lake (RP 145.08) — This RP includes much of the ridge east of Thorne
Lake (Figure 3-42) and is primarily used for upland big game hunting. Access to the area is
by Forest road. The RP ROS setting is RM. There are no existing or potential Recreation
Sites.
• Southern and Western Thorne Mountain (RP 151.01) — This RP contains much of southern
and western Thorne Mountain. The forested southern slopes of Thorne Mountain is visible
from Balls and Control lakes and State Highway 929. The ROS settings are SPNM and RM.
• Upper Cutthroat Lake and Northern and Eastern Thorne Mountain (RP 151.03) — ThisRP
includes the Upper Cutthroat Lake, it’s drainage, and the northern and eastern sections of
Thorne Mountain. Upper Cutthroat Lake is only accessible overland or by helicopter. The
area is in an ROS setting of SPNM and RM. There are no existing or potential Recreation
Sites in the RP.
• South of Control Lake (RP 153.00) — This is a small (3 1 -acre) RP (Figure 3-42) that was
established as an observation point (to view a scenic waterfall on Steelhead Creek) or area of
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas — CHAPTERS BIQ?
3 Affected
Environment
scenic interest. The RP has a ROS setting of RM,
Marine-based Recreation
In Southeast Alaska, the family boat is used the way wheeled recreational vehicles are used in
other areas. Most marine-based recreation originates in local community boat harbors or
launching sites accessed by roads. Typical day-use occurs within a 15- to 30-mile radius
(University of Oregon, 1983).
The most popular marine-based activities are beachcombing and hiking, fishing, motorboating,
clamming and crabbing. Other popular activities are hunting and kayaking/canoeing. Wildlife
viewing is increasing in popularity. A recent survey (Shea, 1990) shows a strong relationship
between marine access and wildlife viewing opportunities on the upland areas. The survey
indicates that nonhunting wildlife activity, such as wildlife viewing, accessed primarily by boat
is one of the fastest growing commercial recreation businesses in Southeast Alaska.
Marine-based recreation occurs mainly along the west coast of the Project Area. Saltwater
fishing for salmon and halibut is common offshore of many of the RP’s (Figure 3-43). Hunting
takes place primarily in the upland areas above some of the RP’s, and to a lesser extent along the
coast. Users of the West Coast Waterway would likely use facilities in the Project Area such as
cabins and shelters when they are built (they are currently identified as potential Recreation
Sites).
• Coast Northwest of Rosary Island (RP 400.00) — Located across a channel from Rosary
Island, this RP is accessible only by sea. It is in an ROS setting of SPM. The adjacent
hillsides are pristine. There are no existing Recreation Sites. A potential dispersed camping
site has been identified near a beach adjacent to the mouth of a stream.
• Coast Across Channel from St. Phillips Island (RP 401.00) — This RP extends along the
Prince of Wales Island coast from about 2.5 miles south of St. Phillips Island to approximately
1 .5 miles north of it. The hillsides behind the coastline in this RP and on nearby St. Phillips
Island are pristine. The three existing anchorages in the RP are located in protected waters
sheltered by St. Phillips Island and/or other promontories on Prince of Wales Island. The
ROS setting is SPM.
• Salt Lake Bay (RP 402.00) — Salt Lake Bay, accessible from the water or air, offers shelter on
the Gulf of Esquibel and an interesting coastline for exploration and anchorage. The ROS
setting is SPM. Two existing anchorages exist in the bay. Two potential sites have been
identified — a recreation shelter near the north entrance to the bay and a family picnic area in
the northeast comer of the bay.
• Nossuk Bay (RP 103.00) — Nossuk Bay, accessible only by sea or air, offers a number of
islands and inlets in which to anchor and to explore. Nossuk Bay has been assigned an ROS
of RM and SPM. There are four existing anchorage sites in the bay.
Recreation Sites Recreation Sites are existing or potential specific locations identified by the Forest Service as
having exceptional recreational value. While an RP is a general location where recreational
activities potentially occur, a Recreation Site is a specific location within an RP where activities
are concentrated. Users of Recreation Sites also recreate in the larger RP. A Recreation Site
may: (1) have developed facilities such as a campground or cabin, (2) have potential for such a
facility, (3) be an undeveloped use area, or (4) be a natural attraction conducive to specific
activities such as anchoring a boat or fishing. Changes in the quality of recreational experiences
198 ■
3 CHAPTER — Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
at Recreation Sites based upon the seven recreation elements used to describe ROS settings can
be used to compare the effects of different management alternatives on recreation.
A survey of Prince of Wales residents in 1991 asked them to prioritize potential Recreation Sites
or improvements to existing sites (USDA Forest Service, No Date b). A Forest Service ID Team
recommended one potential Recreation Site in the Project Area as having a high priority for
development between 1992 and 1997. This projected site would involve extending the existing
Eagle’s Nest boardwalk around Balls Lake to make a 2.7-mile-loop trail. A day-use site is now
being planned in association with the trail extension.
Twenty existing and 16 potential Recreation Sites have been identified in the Project Area (see
Figure 3-43). Some of the more significant existing and potential Recreation Sites are described
by category below. More extensive information can be obtained from the Forest Service or
found in the Control Lake Project Recreation and Lands Resource Report (Greenig, 1994).
Recreation Cabins and Sheiters
Forest Service recreation cabins and shelters are available to the public for a fee of $25 per night
and are generally located near remote lakes, rivers, streams, or saltwater beaches (USDA Forest
Service, 1992b). They are usually accessible only by floatplane, boat, or trail.
Cabins
Control Lake Cabin (in RP 150.00) — Located on the north side of Control Lake, approxi-
mately 0.25 miles south of State Highway 929, this cabin is accessed by a Forest Service
rowboat at the west end of the lake. An unmaintained trail also connects the cabin to State
Highway 929. Cabin log entries show popular activities to be fishing, wildlife viewing,
relaxing, and hunting. Guests are mainly from Prince of Wales Island or other Southeast
Alaska areas. Cabin use was estimated at 794 recreation visitor days in 1992.
Lake Galea Cabin — This cabin is located on the eastern shore of the upper portion of Lake
Galea and is accessible only by canoe/kayak (for people using the Honker Divide canoe
route) or floatplane. Popular activities include, fishing, wildlife viewing, relaxing, rowing the
boat throughout the lake, and hunting. Guests were mainly from Southeast Alaska areas. A
number of entries indicated that the cabin was a stopping point for people using the Honker
Divide canoe route. Cabin use was estimated at 134 recreation visitor days in 1992.
Control Lake Cabin Shelters
Seven potential sites for recreational shelters have been identified in the Project Area (Figure 3-
43). Shelters are generally three-sided structures with a roof, fire pit, and bunks. Five of the
shelters would be sited along the Thorne River corridor (in RP’s 151.02, 145.03, 145.06, and
147.01) and would help complete a series of shelters/cabins/campgrounds for the Honker Divide
canoe route. In addition, potential shelter sites have been identified for the south end of
Cutthroat Lake (RP 15 1.02) and near the north entrance to Salt Lake Bay (RP 5441 1). The Salt
Lake Bay shelter would be the only coastal shelter in the Project Area and would be an impor-
tant addition to the West Coast Waterway.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas — CHAPTERS B199
3
Affected
Environment
Anchorage and Boating Sites
Anchorage sites are selected for attributes such as scenery, excellent fishing, and shelter from
winds and swells. Designated sites are deep enough to accommodate most recreational boats,
yet are close to shore. They can also provide safe moorage during bad weather. There are nine
existing anchorages in the Project Area. Four are located in Nossuk Bay, two are in Salt Lake
Bay, and the remaining three are in the vicinity of Phillips Island.
Two boat ramps near the Project Area provide saltwater access. The Big Salt Lake ramp,
maintained by the State Department of Transportation, is located near the head of Big Salt Lake.
The second ramp is located in the city of Klawock near the Klawock River bridge and provides
access from Klawock Lake and River to Klawock Inlet.
In addition, the city docks at Craig and Klawock provide public marine access.
Campgrounds
There is currently one existing developed campground in the Project Area. The Eagle’s Nest
Campground is approximately 18 miles northeast of Klawock (Figure 3-43). This Forest Service
campground has 1 1 sites and is the largest and only developed campground on Prince of Wales
Island. The campground has a launch dock and boardwalk trail.
Two potential sites for dispersed campsites have been identified in the Project Area. One would
be located on the north end of Butterfly Lake, slightly outside the boundary of the Project Area.
It would serve the needs of canoeists and kayakers using the Honker Divide canoe route. The
other potential site is located on the coast across from Rosary Creek.
Dispersed camping occurs in other places throughout the Project Area to varying degrees.
Field observation shows camping along logging roads and in quarries located alongside roads.
Hunters sometimes drive to the ends of logging roads to gain backcountry access and camp
near the ends of the roads.
Day-use Areas
The Gravelly Creek Day-use Area is the only developed day-use area in the Project Area. It is
located approximately 3 miles west of the community of Thome Bay and is adjacent to State
Highway 929 (Figure 3-43). Activities at the day-use area include picnicking, fishing, and
swimming. The area is popular with local residents and visitors.
There are also several undeveloped recreation areas that receive primarily local usage. These
include the Thorne River Bridge on State Highway 929 (located several miles east of Thome
Bay,) which is used primarily by local residents for fishing and swimming; Goose Creek, which is
popular with local residents and is accessed from either State Highway 929 or Forest Road 2030;
and Angel Lake, which is upstream of the lower portion of Goose Creek. A day-use area at Balls
Lake near the Eagle’s Nest Campground is being planned in conjunction with Balls Lake
boardwalk extension and a future Thorne Mountains trail.
There are two existing developed trails in the Project Area. The longer of the two is the 0.75-
mile-long Rio Roberts trail, which starts at State Highway 929 and ends at a fish pass and
Trails
200
3 CHAPTER — Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Future Recreational
Resources Near the
Project Area
Existing Activities
and Use Patterns
viewing platform. Parking at the trailhead is inadequate and consists of a pullout area adjacent
to the highway.
The second existing trail is the 0.5-inile-long boardwalk trail at the Eagle’s Nest Campground.
The trail starts and ends at the campground and follows part of the southern shore of Balls
Lake, An extension to the trail which would create a 2.7-mile loop around the lake has been
recommended. The trail extension was given a high priority for development between 1992 and
1997 (Priority list).
A potential Thorne Mountain Trail would connect with the Balls Lake trail and wind its way
uphill to several peaks in the Thorne Mountains.
The Southeast Alaska Visitors Center (SEAVC) in Ketchikan was opened in 1995 under
supervision of the Forest Service. SEAVC serves as a one-stop information center for visitors
to Southeast Alaska. A Forest Service study examining an annex SEAVC facility in Hydaburg
was completed in 1992, but no action has been taken to date. If the project is approved and an
annex is built, visitation to Hydaburg and the Control Lake Project Area would undoubtedly
increase.
The West Coast Waterway is located off shore along the west coast of the Project Area. Plans
for the waterway include a series of recreation cabins, recreation shelters, and camping areas
along the coast that would be located no more than a day’s paddle (8 to 15 miles) apart. The
cabins, shelters, and camping areas would be used primarily by mechanized and nonmechanized
boaters using the waterway.
The Project Area offers opportunities for most of the outdoor recreation activities popular in
Southeast Alaska. The Alaska Statewide Comprehensive Outdoor Recreation Plan (SCORP)
lists the five most popular outdoor recreational activities for Southeast Alaska residents as
motor boating, walking or running, fishing, driving for pleasure, and bicycling (hunting was not
included on the list) (ADNR, no date). The Thorne Bay Ranger District’s annual estimate of
recreational use within the Thorne Bay District indicates that the five most popular activities
within the District are viewing scenery, automobile travel, motor boating, saltwater fishing, and
big game hunting. Participation in all of the activities occurs in the Project Area, although the
extent is difficult to determine.
Although there are no figures available for the actual amount of recreational use within the Project
Area, the Thome Bay Ranger District’s annual tally of District- wide use figures allows for some
inferences. An estimated 194,300 recreation visitor days occurred within the District during 1992.
Mechanized travel and sightseeing, the most popular activity identified, generated an estimated
101,400 recreation visitor days or 52 percent of the District’s total. The following sections discuss
the more popular recreational activities within the Project Area.
Mechanized Travel and Viewing Scenery
Prince of Wales Island’s road system makes motor vehicle travel popular among residents and
visitors. The Thorne Bay Ranger District ranked mechanized travel and viewing scenery as the
most popular outdoor recreational activities in the District. Automobile travel was the most
popular form of such travel, accounting for 32 percent of all RVD’s. An estimated 9 percent of
RVD’s were devoted to sightseeing and 4 percent to power boating.
There are two main travel routes through the Project Area: (1) the Hollis-Klawock Highway,
connecting Klawock with the Alaska Marine Highway ferry terminal in Hollis (which serves as
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas — CHAPTER 3 ■ 201
3
Affected
Environment
the entry way to Prince ofWales Island), and (2) State Highway 929 (comprising the Big Salt
Road and the Thorne Bay Road) which connects Klawock with Thorne Bay. A third road,
Forest Service Road 20 (or the North Island Road), is being upgraded from Control Lake north to
CoffrnanCove.
Boating is also considered mechanized travel, and is a very popular activity on the island.
Estimating the amount of boating activity in the Project Area is difficult. However, boats are
commonly used to access the coastal parts of the Project Area for recreational activities such as
fishing, hunting, gathering activities, and viewing scenery. Recreation-oriented boats can be
launched or moored at several locations in the Project Area. Anchorage areas have been
identified by the Forest Service in several scenic locations (Figure 3-43); the amount of use is
unknown.
Fishing and Hunting
An estimated 39,000 recreation days (14 percent of the Districts’ total RVD’s) was devoted to
hunting fish and game in 1992 (USDA Forest Service, No Date a). The distinction between
subsistence and recreational fishing, hunting, and gathering is often not clear and is controver-
sial. For this report, data that were not specifically categorized as subsistence are assumed to
be recreational. Because subsistence and recreational fishing and hunting often occur in the
same locations, no distinctions were made in describing locations that supported both activities.
The island’s reputation for excellent fishing is widespread. Some consider it possibly the best
steelhead fishing location in North America (Batin, 1992). The Project Area also supports an >
impressive array of anadromous fish including pink, chum, coho, and sockeye salmon; rainbow
and cutthroat trout; and one species of char (Dolly Varden). Data regarding the types and
numbers of anglers using the Project Area are very limited. The Forest Service estimated that in
1992 16,500 RVD’s were associated with fishing activities in the Thome Bay District. Although
the number of anglers is relatively low compared to other areas of Alaska, the number of
resident anglers on Prince of Wales is increasing. Between 1984 and 1989 the estimated annual
number of resident anglers increased 54 percent, from 5,750 to 8,873, suggesting that this
number will continue to increase (Mills, 1990).
There is a wide variety of saltwater fishing opportunities in the Project Area. Anadromous
species in the marine environment include Dolly Varden char, king, coho, pink, and chum
salmon. Dolly Varden and king salmon can be caught year round but are at their peak from June |
through mid-July. Coho are present from June through October and peak from mid-July through i
September. Pink and chum salmon move into the area in June, peak in July and August, and
finish running by early September. Halibut and rockfish are also popular marine species and are
caught primarily from boats at offshore banks and shoals. The peak fishing season for rockfish |
is early spring. Halibut are most commonly caught between mid-June and mid-September.
These species are present year-round and the only restriction on seasons is a closure of halibut
fishing during January. Popular marine fishing locations near the Project Area include the j
Shinaku Inlet for halibut, the west coast along San Cristobal Channel, and areas off shore of Salt
Lake Bay and Nossuk Bay (ADF&G, 1989).
Fishing
202 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Youngsters enjoying sport
fishing.
The ADNR reports that certain portions of the Project Area receive intense recreation use from
local communities (ADNR, 1988). Use of the area by nonresidents appears to be much less than
that of residents. Because of the distances to the site and the presence of better fishing in other
areas, the Project Area is not visited by charter boats nearly as much as areas closer to
Ketchikan.
Freshwater fishing opportunities in the Project Area are also abundant. Prince of Wales Island
is best known for saltwater king salmon and freshwater steelhead fishing. Rainbow trout,
cutthroat trout, and Dolly Varden are resident in the streams and some lakes and are available
year-round. Coho, pink, and chum salmon all start moving into the river systems in early
summer and are available into September. King salmon do not spawn on Prince of Wales Island,
but do pass by the island in impressive numbers in the summer. Steelhead availability peaks in
the early spring (April and May), then again in the early winter (November and December).
Anglers use several rivers and streams in the Project Area that support freshwater species. The
ADF&G considers the Thome River to be one of 19 blue-ribbon streams in Southeast Alaska.
Other popular fishing streams in the Project Area accessible by road include Rio Roberts, Rio
Beaver, North Thome River, and Control Creek. The Forest Service has issued special-use
permits to guides using the Thorne River, the North Thorne River, and Logjam Creek (see
below).
Hunting
As with fishing, data concerning the types and numbers of hunters in the Project Area are
limited. Forest Service estimates show approximately 10,900 RVD’s (6 percent of the total)
devoted to hunting big game, small game, upland birds, and waterfowl in the Thorne Bay Ranger
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas— CHAPTER 3 ■ 203
3 Affected
Environment
District in 1991 (USDA Forest Service, No Date a). Big game hunting was the most popular type
of hunting (an estimated 6,200 RVD’s).
The Sitka black-tailed deer is perhaps the most popular big game species hunted in the Project
Area. The ADNR annually estimates the number of deer harvested for subsistence and
nonsubsistence use by WAA (Galginaitis, 1994). The percentage of deer harvested by
nonsubsistence users in WAA’s in and near the Project Area varies from 8 to 50 percent of the
total harvest (Table 3-55). Table 3-55 also illustrates that subsistence harvesting and recre-
ational hunting occur in the same area.
Table 3-55
Deer Harvest Summary, 1987 to 1991, by WAA
Average Deer Average Average Non-Subsistence Nonsubsistence
WAA
Harvest
Subsistence Harvest
Harvest
Percentage of Total
1318
358
329
29
8
1319
302
245
60
20
1323
127
96
31
24
1421
211
107
m
50
Total
998
777
224
22
SOURCE:
ADF«&G, 1991.
Galginaitis (1994) further discusses the distribution of game species and provides information
concerning the harvest of big game and other species in and near the Project Area for subsis-
tence purposes.
Hiking and Nonmechanized Water Travel
Hiking and walking in the Thome Bay Ranger District accounts for an estimated 3,1(X) RVD’s, or
1.6 percent of the total RVD’s in the District. Canoeing and kayaking total an estimated 1,300
RVD’s, with use throughout the District most likely occurring on fresh and salt water. An
estimated 360 RVD’s occur on the Honker Divide canoe route.
Other Activities
Many other outdoor activities take place within the Project Area, including activities such as
gathering forest products (non-subsistence uses), viewing interpretive signs, environmental
education, and others.
Commercial
Outfitters and
Special Recreational
Use Permits
Some recreationists who fish in the Project Area use commercial outfitters and guides to take
them to productive saltwater and freshwater fishing locations. Information concerning the
intensity of commercial outfitter and guide use of saltwater areas in the Project Area is
difficult to obtain. It is reasonable to assume that commercial outfitters and guides also use
saltwater areas popular with recreational anglers.
204 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected Q
Environment O
Figure 3-44
Project Area Streams and Rivers for Which
Outfitter/Guide Permits Were Requested
Log Jam Creek
North Thorne River
Angel Lake
Control Creek
Control Lake
Thorne River
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I [ I I I I I I I I I I
0123456789
Number of Permits
SOURCE; Forest Service 1992b.
Figure 3-45
Number of Service Days (Clients) Used by Outfitters/Guides
in and Near the Project Area in 1991 and 1992.
Thorne Klawock Hatchery Logjam
River River Creek Creek
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas — CHAPTER 3 ■ 205
3 Affected
Environment
Wild and Scenic
Rivers
Roadless Areas
Because the Forest Service requires special use permits for commercial outfitters and guides that
use rivers and streams located in National Forests, it is possible to determine which rivers and
streams in the Project Area are popular with them. In 1992, the Ketchikan Area Office of the
Tongass National Forest completed an Environmental Analysis of outfitter and guide use of
freshwater systems on Prince of Wales, The Environmental Assessment included a list of river
and creek systems on Prince of Wales Island for which permits had been requested by outfitters
and guides. The freshwater systems within the Project Area for which permits were requested
and the number of permits requested are shown in Figure 3-44,
The Environmental Assessment also documented outfitter and guide reports of the location of
areas to which they had taken customers in 1991 and 1992, and reports the number of service
days (clients) at each location. Figure 3-45 shows that the number of customers being taken to
fish in the Project Area has increased.
The 42-mile-long Thome River and Hatchery Creek system has nationally significant fisheries,
wildlife, recreation and scenic values. Approximately 25 miles of the system are contained
within the Project Area. The river system has not been given any official designation in the
National Wild and Scenic River System or nomination to be included in the system. The system
has been determined to be eligible for several classifications.
The lower six miles of the Thome River (Segment 1) beginning at Thorne Bay meet the criteria
for Recreation River classification. The remaining 36 miles of the Thome River-Hatchery Creek
corridor (Segment 2) meets the criteria for Scenic River classification.
Although 36 miles of this river system meet the criteria for Scenic River classification, the lower
12 miles of the system have been recommended in the TEMP (1997) for Recreation River
designation, to allow for the development of potential recreation facilities and enhance public
access to this river system.
This section identifies the roadless areas in the Project Area which meet the minimum criteria for
potential inclusion in the National Wilderness System, Roadless areas identified in the TLMP
(1997) inventory may be considered for wilderness recommendation or may be managed for a
wide range of other resource management activities. Once an area is roaded, it is generally no
longer available for wilderness consideration. Depending on when and how the activity was
conducted, evidence of previous timber harvest, abandoned habitations, and historic mining
may not necessarily result in an irreversible removal of land from future wilderness consider-
ation.
To qualify as roadless, an area must contain at least 5,000 acres of undeveloped land which
does not contain improved roads maintained for travel by passenger-type vehicles. However,
areas of fewer than 5,000 acres may qualify if they constitute a self-contained ecosystem such
as an island, are contiguous to existing wilderness, or are ecologically isolated by topography
and manageable in a natural condition. Roadless areas may retain their roadless character by
being managed for emphases which require relatively large, undeveloped, or natural areas, such
as are usually required for old-growth habitat, scenic backdrops, or primitive recreation.
Three inventoried roadless areas identified in the TLMP (1997) are located in the Project Area.
Table 3-56 shows the size of these roadless areas and the portion that lies within the Project
Area.
206
3 CHAPTER — Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Affected O
Environment O
Table 3-56
Inventoried Roadless Areas within the Project Area
Roadless Area
Total National
Forest
(acres)
Portion within
Project Area
(acres)
Percentage in
Project Area
Kogish (509)
65,500
52,575
80
Karta(510)
49,799
20,968
42
Thome River (5 11)
74,372
55,946
75
Source: USD A Forest Service, 1997.
Kogish (Roadless Area 509)
Most of the Kogish Roadless Area is found in the Project Area. Portions of the original
roadless area have been extensively harvested. The more scenic areas are concentrated around
the relatively rugged and diverse terrain of Kogish Mountain and Staney Cone and the intricate
shorelines and island groups in Salt Lake Bay and Nossuk Bay. The only known use by local
residents is occasional hunting. Subsistence use is high around Salt Lake Bay and Nossuk Bay.
Though roading and logging is evident on the perimeter, the natural integrity of the area itself is
very good. Because of its difficult access, there is excellent opportunity for solitude, except for
logging sights and sounds near the boundaries. Most recreation attractions are associated with
the saltwater bays, anchorages, and channels on the west side where the ROS setting is
primarily SPM.
The 1989-1994 Operating Period EIS for the KPC Long-term Contract approved the harvest of
2,026 acres near Kogish Mountain, Staney Cone, upper Staney Creek, and the Shaheen Creek.
Such harvest has affected the character of about 10 percent of the roadless area. The geology
of the area indicates some potential for discovery of valuable minerals. The rugged terrain and
difficult access provide opportunities for dispersed recreation and the western and southern
boundaries have potential for shelter sites and boat anchorages for small boats and kayaks.
Karta (Roadless Area 510)
The Karta Roadless Area is located on the south edge of the Project Area. Salmon Lake, Karta
Lake, and the Karta River form the principle water systems within this roadless area. The area is
accessible by water at Kasaan Bay and by road on the north, west, and south sides and receives
substantial recreation and subsistence use. Known prehistoric village sites, rock art, and other
evidence of cultural history can be found in the area. There are five recreation use cabins and 8
miles of trail within the roadless area.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas — CHAPTER 3 ■ 207
3 Affected
Environment
The natural integrity of the area is very good. The Karta River drainage is so popular during the
summer months that there is limited opportunity for solitude. Heavy cabin use, floatplane
traffic, and trail use make encountering other parties during the summer highly probable. The
alpine ridges that rim the Karta River drainage provide more opportunity for solitude. Extensive
timber harvest along the periphery of this roadless area causes the edges to fall within the RM
or SPM ROS classes.
The 1990 Tongass Timber Reform Act designated 39,894 acres of the Karta River area as
Wilderness. A portion of this roadless area is also within the Maybeso Experimental Forest.
Thorne River (Roadless Area 511)
This roadless area includes a large part of central Prince of Wales Island and almost all of the
Thome River drainage. Access to the interior is by floatplane, canoe, or kayak and is advised
for skilled boaters only. Notable features include the area around Snakey Lakes, an intricate
complex of narrow, winding freshwater bodies north of the main Thorne River drainage, and the
many areas of grassy meadows and large stands of spruce in portions of the Thorne River. The
Honker canoe route within the area is used primarily by local recreationists using portions of the
route. This roadless area has outstanding fish habitat, and subsistence and recreation use of
the area is significant. Very good opportunities for solitude exist within the area, excluding the
fringe where the sights and sounds of logging and traffic may be evident. The interior offers
outstanding opportunities for primitive recreation, particularly canoeing and fishing.
The 1989-1994 Operating Plan EIS approved the harvest of 5,135 currently unroaded acres in the
vicinity of the North Thorne River and Slide Creek. Under the TLMP Revision (1997), the
Thome River, Honker Divide, and Snakey Lakes area are to be managed mostly as Old Growth
Habitat.
Wilderness The Karta Wilderness is located immediately south of the Project Area. This 39,894-acre area
includes the drainage of the Karta River system at the head of Kasaan Bay, about 5 miles from
the communities of Kasaan and Hollis. The Karta River area contains high value fish habitat for
coho salmon. The two major lakes, Salmon Lake and Karta Lake, are important spawning sites
for sockeye salmon. One mine previously produced gold, and there are other known mineral
deposits. Recreation use is high; the four Forest Service recreation cabins are in such demand
that reservations are managed using a lottery system. Subsistence use is also very high.
208 ■ 3 CHAPTER — Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Chapter 4
Environmental
Consequences
Introduction 1
Climate and Air Quality 3
Geology, Minerals, and Karst 5
Soils 11
Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas 1 9
Water, Fish, and Fisheries 31
Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation 53
Wildlife 75
Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species 93
Biodiversity 101
Lands Ill
Transportation and Facilities 115
Economic and Social Environment .v. 1 23
Subsistence 137
Cultural Resources 155
Visual................... L 159
Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and
Wilderness Areas.. 175
I
Analyzing Effects
Chapter 4
Environmental
Consequences
Introduction
This chapter provides the scientific and analytic basis for the comparison of alternatives
presented in Chapter 2. It presents the expected effects on the physical, biological, social, and
economic environments associated with implementation of the alternatives. All significant or
potentially significant environmental consequences to each resource area are disclosed,
including the direct, indirect, and cumulative effects. These effects may have consequences
that are both beneficial and detrimental. The means by which potential adverse effects might
be reduced or mitigated also are described for each alternative. Effects are quantified where
possible, although qualitative discussions are often necessary. Finally, each section discusses
monitoring recommendations for each resource area.
Chapter 4 begins by detailing the environmental consequences of the alternatives by the same
categories used in the description of the affected environment in Chapter 3 (i.e., timber,
wildlife, economic, and social, etc.). Within each category, the direct, indirect, and cumula-
tive effects are disclosed. Direct environmental effects are defined as those occurring at the
same time and place as the initial cause or action. Indirect effects are those that occur later in
time or are spatially removed from the activity but would be considered significant in the
foreseeable future. Cumulative effects result from the incremental effects of actions when
added to other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions, regardless of what
agency (Federal or non-Federal) or person undertakes such other actions. Cumulative effects
can result from individually minor but collectively significant actions taking place over a
period of time. The reasonably foreseeable time frame over which both direct and indirect
effects are estimated is here interpreted to mean through the year 2004. Cumulative effects
are also projected for various resources up to the year 2054. The year 2054 is the year by
which most areas within LUD’s permitting timber harvest could be converted from old-growth
to second-growth timber management.
The cumulative effects analysis in this document tiers to the current Tongass Land and
Resource Management Plan (TLMP 1997). It also considers the 10-year timber sale action
plan referenced in Appendix A which is used to project the volume range to be harvested in
future operating periods. As a result, the cumulative effects do not depend entirely on the
alternatives presented in this EIS. Rather, they include what may be expected under the
direction detailed in the TLMP. The decisions made in the TLMP provide long-range
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Introduction — CHAPTER 4 ■ 1
4
Environmental
Consequences
direction for management of the Tongass National Forest for the duration of the Forest Plan.
Cumulative effects analyzed in this EIS include both the effects of this project and those
projected by the 1997 TLMP Revision.
The following assumptions were made to assess the reasonably foreseeable effects to the year
2004. These assumptions reflect current management and technology of National Forests and
provide a uniform approach to estimating effects of timber harvest and road construction.
• Laws, guidelines, and BMP’s for resource protection would be followed. These require-
ments are expected to be at least as stringent in the future as they are today.
• Timber sale planning would occur in an interdisciplinary fashion.
• All acres of suitable commercial forest land are equally subject to impacts.
• The no action alternatives would represent only a delay in implementing the TLMP and,
based on volume projections, foreseeable cumulative effects would begin to occur before
• Future effects on resources from ongoing timber harvest and road construction will be
similar to impacts projected for current alternatives.
Chapter 4 concludes with other environmental considerations that must be addressed under
NEPA but do not fall under the categories discussed in Chapter 3. These topics include
unavoidable adverse environmental effects, the relationship between short-term uses and the
maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity, the irreversible and irretrievable
commitments of resources, possible conflicts between the proposed action and the plans of
other jurisdictions, and other environmental considerations.
• Short-term effects are those that occur annually or within the first 10 years of project
implementation.
• Long-term productivity refers to the capability of the land and resources to continue
producing goods and services for 50 years and beyond.
• Irreversible commitments are decisions affecting nonrenewable resources such as soils,
minerals, plant and animal species, and cultural resources. Such commitments are
considered irreversible because the resource has deteriorated to the point that renewal can
occur only over a long period of time or at a great expense, or the resource has been
destroyed or removed. The gradual decline in old-growth habitat or significant loss of soil
productivity would be considered irreversible commitments. LUD’s allowing land-altering
activities were established by the Forest Plan, but the actual commitment to develop, use, or
affect nonrenewable resources in the Control Lake Project Area was made in the develop-
ment of this project.
• Irretrievable commitments represent opportunities foregone for the period during which
resource use or production cannot be realized. These decisions are reversible, but the
production opportunities foregone are irretrievable. An example of such commitments is
the allocation of LUD’s that do not allow timber harvest in areas containing suitable and
accessible timber lands, a decision that is made at the Forest Plan level. For the time over
which such allocations are made, the opportunity to produce timber from those areas is
foregone, thus irretrievable.
2004.
2 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Introduction
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences i
Climate and Air Quality
Key Terms
Ambient air — that air, external to buildings, encompassing or surrounding a specific region.
All of the management alternatives are expected to have limited, short-term impacts on the
ambient air quality. Alternative 1, the No Action Alternative, would result in the least
emission of particulate and gaseous air pollutants in the near term. The potential for uncon-
trolled forest fires eventually might be increased under these alternatives, and the levels of air
pollution that would result are likely to be comparable to those associated with other alterna-
tives.
Local sources of airborne particulates produced or increased by the action alternatives include
motor vehicle emissions, dust from road construction and motor vehicle traffic, residential and
commercial heating sources, marine traffic, and emissions from burning at sawmills. No
prescribed burning is proposed in any alternative so there will be no effect on air quality from
this source. Fugitive dust generated from road construction and increased vehicular traffic
may temporarily affect air quality.
The action alternatives would result in a continued supply of raw wood products to timber
operators. It is the timber operator’s responsibility to ensure that emissions from their mills
are within legal limits. Wood debris is also burned by KPC at the Thorne Bay sort yard on
Prince of Wales Island. This facility is also responsible for ensuring that emissions are within
legal limits.
The direct and cumulative effects of the proposed action alternatives upon air quality will be a
continuation of the existing local ambient air quality, which will be improved in the
Ketchikan Area due to the closure of the KPC pulp mill.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Climate and Air Quality — CHAPTER 4 ■ 3
Environmental
Consequences
This page left intentionally blank.
4 CHAPTER — Climate and Air Quality
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Introduction
Direct, Indirect, and
Cumulative Effects
on Mineral Resources
Mitigation for
Mineral Resources
Environmental A
Consequences v
Geology, Minerals, and Karst
Key Terms
Carbonate rocks — rocks such as limestone and dolomite which contain a high content of
calcium carbonate, CaCO^.
Cave resources — any material or substance occurring in caves on Federal lands, such as
animal life, plant life, paleontological resources, cultural resources, sediments, minerals,
speleogens, and speleothems.
Cave — any naturally occurring void, cavity, recess, or system of interconnected passages
which occurs beneath the surface of the earth or within a cliff or ledge and which is large
enough to permit an individual to enter.
Karst — a type of topography that develops in areas underlain by soluble rocks, primarily
limestones.
Sinkhole — relatively shallow, bowl- or funnel-shaped depressions ranging in diameter from
a few to more than 3,000 feet.
Environmental consequences for timber harvests affecting the geological setting in the
Control Lake Project Area must consider the presence of minerals and karst landscape.
Timber harvests will have no impact on mineral resources, primarily because no deposits of
commercial value have been identified within the Control Lake Project Area. No claims are
filed in the Project Area and only one site has been investigated recently north of Black Bear
Lake.
Karst landscape has been identified on approximately 18,000 acres of the total 201,000 acres
within the Project Area, and represents less than 9 percent of the total area. Three harvest
units in the action alternatives are underlain by limestone with some epikarst development.
These 3 harvest units contain a total of about 99 acres from an initial harvest unit pool of
9,409 acres, or 1 percent of the proposed unit pool. These limited acreages of land and the
localized nature of the outcrops tend to minimize the effects of harvest on karst resources.
Timber harvest will not have a direct impact on the area’s mineral resources. Since all shows
of mineralization were located on harvested lands, the indirect effects of new harvests will
improve the opportunity for mapping and prospecting for new deposits. Ease of access
derived from logging road construction is a significant factor in the discovery of new pros-
pects.
Cumulative effects of timber harvest will expose larger areas to evaluation for mineral
development. As areas of mineral soil are exposed, the potential exists that more thorough
evaluations will be possible.
One prospect, the Black Bear Lake site, was explored during 1993. It is located approxi-
mately two miles from a proposed harvest unit and within the same canyon. No evidence of
claims, current or abandoned, was found during the field work. In the event that claim
monuments or boundaries are encountered during harvest they should be protected and
mapped for future reference.
Mining law gives citizens statutory right to enter public lands for mineral prospecting.
Access cannot be prevented by road access management controls. However, entry can require
permits to utilize restricted roads. In the event that unidentified claims or disputed areas are
found they should be left undisturbed. No additional mitigation for mineral resources is
recommended.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Geology, Minerals, and Karst — CHAPTER 4 ■ 5
4 Environmental
Consequences
Monitoring for
Mineral Resources
Direct, Indirect, and
Cumulative Effects
on Karst Resources
No project-specific monitoring of mineral shows, prospects or claims is recommended. Future
prospecting will be regulated by existing laws, and the registration of claims will provide
documentation for future reference.
The purpose of the Federal Cave Resources Protection Act (FCRPA) of 1988 is to secure,
protect, and preserve significant caves on Federal lands for the perpetual use, enjoyment and
benefit of all people. Caves determined to be significant under the act are to be considered for
listing on the National Significant Cave List. Cave management guidelines are contained in
the 1997 TLMP Revision Standards and Guidelines (USDA Forest Service, 1997).
Caves are defined as “... any naturally occurring void, cavity, recess, or system of intercon-
nected passages beneath the surface of the earth or within a cliff or ledge and which is large
enough for a person to enter, whether the entrance is excavated or naturally formed. Such a
term shall include any natural pit, sinkhole, or other opening which is an extension of a cave
entrance or which is an integral part of a cave” (36 CFR 261.2), Whether a cave is considered
“significant” is also defined under FCRPA in 36 CFR 290.3. All newly discovered caves in
the Ketchikan Area are managed as Class I (36 CFR 290.3) or sensitive caves until an
analysis of resource value has been completed. The several caves found within the Control
Lake Project Area are in this category until additional studies are completed.
All government agencies that manage federal lands are required by the FCRPA to develop
integrated management policies. To this end an interagency coordinating group of the
Agriculture and Interior agencies was established to compile interagency procedures. These
procedures were sent to field offices of the Bureau of Reclamation, USFWS, and National Park
Service. The Forest Service has developed supplemental procedures.
The complexity of the karst landscape was emphasized during a Forest Service sponsored
seminar in Ketchikan in February 1993. As one outgrowth of this seminar, the Forest Service
appointed a Blue Ribbon Panel of karst experts to provide a Ketchikan Area review of forest
conditions, karst features and management policies. The Panel’s report, Karst and Cave
Resource Significance Assessment, Ketchikan Area, Tongass National Forest (Aley et al.,
1993), provided brief descriptions of field conditions and karst features, and they made
recommendations regarding future studies and methods of analysis. The Panel emphasized
the uniqueness and universally high quality of the southeastern karst systems, and they
recommended the development of a karst vulnerability rating strategy.
Vulnerability mapping is a land management tool that has been used effectively in a number
of karst areas. The thesis of this approach holds that not all karst development and resources
have evolved equally. Vulnerability mapping utilizes the fact that some parts of a karst
landscape are subject to appreciably greater resource damage potential and groundwater
contamination risk than other karst lands. These differences are a function of the extent of
karst development, the continuity of solution openings within the karst system, and the
interdependency of associated resources that benefit from the karst groundwater system.
The Panel’s recommendations have been incorporated into Forest Service operations policy
with institution of the current karst studies of the Lab Bay Project Area, Tuxekan Island
Project Area, and the newly authorized Ketchikan Area Karst Study. These studies evaluate
each forest area with regard to geology, effects of elevation, slopes, hydrology, and the
intensity of karst development. All criteria are ranked across each Project Area. Based on the
above characteristics, the ranking process defines the level of vulnerability or risk to karst
resources. Karst vulnerability has been ranked as low, moderate or high relative to the
sensitivity to possible damage as a result of management effects, such as timber harvest
activities.
6 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Geology, Minerals, and Karst
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences
As part of the Ketchikan Area Karst Study, karstlands within the Control Lake Project Area
were rated for their vulnerability to surface disturbance. Of 6,884 acres underlain by carbon-
ate rock, 2,559 acres were rated as low vulnerability, 1,919 acres were rated as moderate
vulnerability, and 2,406 acres were rated as high vulnerability. The high vulnerability
ranking is reserved for karst land that contains well-developed epikarst, significant caves,
extreme density of karst features, or diversity of solution features on lands that contribute in
an important manner to fisheries, wildlife habitat or water resources. An additional 1 1 ,263
acres of non-carbonate land are ranked as high vulnerability. This land is in watersheds
which contribute surface runoff to high vulnerability karst areas. The inclusion of contribut-
ing watersheds in the high vulnerability rating is due to the potential for adverse effects from
surface flow into karst systems. The vulnerability rating of contributing watersheds can be
modified (downgraded) where on-site investigation demonstrates that surface flow from the
watershed does not connect to any insurgence in the karst areas downstream.
Some of the karst terrain in the Project Area has been previously harvested. The effects of
past logging on karst terrain include loss of sediment and clogging of solution systems by
redirection of drainages and disposal of slash debris. Indirect effects on karst as a result of
logging can include redirection of runoff, changes in pH of surface waters, and possible
changes to the micro climate around cave entrances. These indirect effects can change
solution and deposition characteristics within the underground environment. Harvested karst
terrain east of Cutthroat Lake, where no buffers around karst terrain and no drainage control
have been implemented, display debris-choked grike systems. While disruption of the
sinkhole and grike systems is apparent, previous timber harvest or road construction has not
affected any known cave resources in the Control Lake Project Area. Future protection
measures will be necessary in order to prevent damage for harvest units with significant karst
resources. Avoidance of caves and karst terrain and/or prescribing site-specific mitigation
measures will help minimize long-term cumulative effects on the cave resources.
On-site field studies identified a narrow belt of karst extending southward parallel with the
central boundary of the Project Area, curving southwestward south of Cutthroat Lake, and
pinching out above Control Lake. Prior timber harvest has exposed extensive karst resources
southeast of Cutthroat Lake. Deeply incised ridges with grikes and small sinkholes are found
in cleared areas. The limestone layers in this vicinity are less than 1,000 feet long and about
200 to 300 feet thick. Two separate layers were found, both dipping about 45 degrees to the
west-northwest into the ridge. The two layers are discontinuous at the surface and may also
be discontinuous at depth. The several caves identified in the Control Lake Project Area have
depths of less than 100 feet, and some caves are dry with evidence of past stream action.
Numerous resurgences are present. Most observed insurgences are small and not readily
accessible to humans.
Six original harvest units were identified as containing karst. Three of these units were
dropped from the project unit pool due to the presence of very well developed karst or signifi-
cant karst features. The remaining three units were partially or fully underlain by limestone.
The harvest units that are currently underlain by limestone contain only minor karst features.
The karst in these units was rated as low or moderate vulnerability. Deep soils, low relief,
gentle slopes and a limited extent of karst development within and adjacent to these harvest
units implies a low to moderate risk of damage to the karst resources from the effects of
harvest.
Project-specific effects of harvest on karst areas by Alternatives 10, 11, and 12 are shown in
Table 4-1. This table shows the acres of karst in harvest units and the miles and acres of
proposed roads on karst areas by alternative. Alternatives 11 and 12 would include a small
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Geology, Minerals, and Karst — CHAPTER 4 1 7
4 Environmental
Consequences
harvest area (about 10 acres) and less than 1 mile of road on karst land. Alternative 10 would
not intersect any karst lands. This represents 0.5 percent or less of the total harvest area in
any single alternative.
Table 4-1
Environmental Consequences of Alternatives on Karst
Areas^'
Alternative
Item
Units
10
11
12
Harvest Units
acres (percent of
total harvest area)
0
10 (0.3%)
10 (0.2%)
Roads
miles
0
0.8
0.8
acres^ (percent of
total harvest area)
0
7 (0.2%)
7 (0.2%)
1/ Areas include all types of karst within unit boundaries.
2/ Acres calculated assuming a 75-foot road corridor width.
Because of the limited extent of the limestone pods and the relative scarcity of karst in the
Project Area, the long-term cumulative effects to cave resources are expected to be minimal.
This assumption is based on observations of groundwater resurgences at the basal contact of
the limestone units. Groundwaters apparently resurge relatively close to their insurgence,
which indicates a potentially limited extent of limestone. Minimal long-term cumulative
effects are dependent on the avoidance of upslope areas, effective use of buffers, and continued
stabilization of erosion and runoff.
Mitigation for
Karst Resources
The 1997 TLMP Revision Standards and Guidelines provide guidance for protection of karst
resources. Mitigation of potential damage to karst resources include no-cut buffer zones
around cave entrances, insurgences and resurgences, and limitation of logging within water-
sheds upslope of significant karst areas. Buffers of sufficient width to provide windthrow
protection and a capture area for sedimentation have been defined. No-cut buffers take into
consideration the soil properties within the buffer zone, drainage characteristics, slope
gradient and wind-fast characteristics of the trees within the proposed zone. All access roads
located above the mapped limestone outcrops require drainage control to direct runoff from
roadside ditches away from the limestone outcrops. The size of the limestone outcrops are
small. Buffers, drainage control and special treatment requirements are not expected to
require a significant effort.
Potential effects to karst and cave resources have been minimized or eliminated due to
mitigation measures. Three logging units with prominent karst were deleted during field
studies. Three additional units contained pods of limestone with accompanying caves or
resurgences. These units have been modified so that significant karst features are excluded
from the unit boundaries. In addition, the harvest units have no-cut buffers to protect remain-
ing (minor) karst features that were observed in the field and to protect their contributing
upper watershed area.
8 ■
4 CHAPTER — Geology, Minerals, and Karst
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences r
Monitoring for
Karst Resources
Additional karst resource mitigation can be provided during final harvest unit layout. The
Ketchikan Area karst resource specialist shall review final unit layout during final review of
all units located on vulnerable karstlands to ensure that appropriate mitigation measures are
implemented.
Cave resources offer recreational opportunities in the Project Area. Cave Management
direction are provided in the 1997 TLMP Revision to help protect fragile areas and provide
safe recreational opportunities. Following further exploration and inventory, some systems
will be open to controlled public access, and some likely will be closed to protect fragile cave
resources.
The Forest Plan recognizes three distinct types of monitoring: implementation, effectiveness,
and validation. Implementation monitoring determines if projects and activities comply with
Forest Plan standards and guidelines. Effectiveness monitoring determines whether the
standards and guidelines achieve the desired result. Validation monitoring determines
whether the assumptions in the Forest Plan regarding the relationship between management
actions and their effects are correct, or if there is a better way to depict these relationships.
In early 1994, the Ketchikan Area adopted a Monitoring Strategy to more specifically guide
area monitoring efforts. The Control Lake Project Area will contribute towards meeting
overall Forest Plan and Ketchikan Area Monitoring Strategy goals through the selection of
proposed harvest units/roads for monitoring.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Geology, Minerals, and Karst — CHAPTER 4 ■
9
4 Environmental
Consequences
' ' / no Mil !t&
5 , ' - ^1 ^-T
. 'u
: I.’.' '•iTr! , -V i/i- ■ ’’V^D
, t '
'.-•.frrniatji ,3( nVj*
O' ^ i I. > ••
.»•! ,>'s, s'-’t. ,*■ f
V;.'. iiilt'I'.TrTT-'H .''T-
'■* -Tt yi;t.b^'rv v
rulM i
i'i»’ fv(L
l>r.6 • ir-Ti'ws
This page left intentionally blank.
1 Ifr . ‘Vu
V." v*>f'"iqoio
'V.S • \?
v-i
•ix4\
\r<\
p?P
>i‘4xi
'I »fC<
Ml .'ii -t. n-ar
;inK »i
-■ t'Je 'V
lit
:■ . iCl UUC1»
N .*rv) • > ar All
' : u'’ wltffCI
I » IfnHglOW
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
10 ■
4 CHAPTER — Geology, Minerals, and Karst
Soils
Introduction
I
Direct and
Indirect Effects
Soil Productivity
Key Terms r-r- r
^ -■ 0.
P- ■
Glacial tilt — gravel, boulders, sand, and finer materials transported and deposited by a glacier. _
Mass movement index rating used to group soil map units that have similar properties
with respect to the stability of natural slopes. - " - ^ ^
Mass movement — general term for a variety of processes by which masses of earth material
are moved downslope by gravity either slowly or quickly. ^
McGilvery soil — shallow, forested, organic soil developed over bedrock.
Sediment — solid materials, in suspension or transported by water, gravity, ice, or air.
Soil productivity — capacity of a soil to produce plant growth, due to the soil’s inherent ^
chemical, physical, and biological properties. ^
V-notch—a. shallow to deeply cut stream drainage, generally in steep, mountainous terrain; “
would look like a “V” from a frontal view. ^ ^
Soil disturbance is an unavoidable consequence of timber harvest and road construction. Even
though mitigation steps are taken to reduce disturbance, it is not possible to eliminate it com-
pletely. The level of disturbance varies with management practices and site characteristics.
Areas most susceptible to disturbance from management activities were identified during both
office preview and field verification of units and were eliminated from the harvest units. The
areas that were eliminated included those of very high mass movement hazard and areas with
greater than 41 percent very shallow organic soils (i.e., McGilvery series).
Soil impacts can be reduced below threshold levels by adhering to Soil Management Handbook
standards and guidelines FSH 2509.18, BMP’s of the Soil and Water Conservation Handbook
FSH 2509.22, and the application of erosion control provisions of the timber sale contract. The
standards and guidelines, BMP’s, and contractual provisions include specific logging require-
ments such as one-end or full-log suspension, split yarding, and controlled felling.
The following section discusses the effects of timber harvest on soil productivity and soil
erosion. Soil productivity is evaluated by the amount of soil disturbance associated with timber
harvest and road building. Soil erosion is evaluated by considering the acres of soil exposed in
timber harvest units and the potential for landsliding or mass movement from timber harvest and
road building.
Soil Disturbance (Displacement)
Timber harvest may result in soil displacement, exposure, or puddling, which can reduce soil
productivity. Soil displacement is the main soil disturbance in southeast Alaska (FSH-R 10-
Supplement 2500-92-1). It is defined as the horizontal movement of soil from one place to
another by mechanical forces, such as those associated with logging equipment. Observations
in the Ketchikan Area indicate that the degree of disturbance is related to the type of yarding
that occurs at a harvest unit. Table 4-2 shows potential acres of soil disturbance based on acres
harvested and logging system. The values shown are based on preliminary observations, but
they provide an index to allow comparison of alternatives. These values are all below the 15
percent soil disturbance threshold (detrimental displacement) established in FSH 2500.
Ground-based logging systems that achieve partial to full suspension are assumed to produce 6
percent soil disturbance and other ground-based logging systems are assumed to produce 12
percent soil disturbance, based on observations of harvest units in the Ketchikan Area (USDA
Forest Service, 1993). Soil disturbance associated with helicopter yarding ranges from 1 to 5
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Soils— CHAPTER 4 ■ 11
4 Environmental
Consequences
percent (USDA Forest Service, 1993; Clayton, 1981); a median value of 3 percent was used.
Soil disturbance ranges from 101 to 274 acres or approximately 6 to 8 percent of the acres
harvested. Any impairments to soil productivity would be reduced as the site is revegetated.
Consequently, effects beyond 5 to 10 years would be small.
Table 4-2
Estimated Soil Disturbance by Watershed due to
Harvesting (in Acres)
Name Watershed Alt 10 Alt 11
Alt 12
Unnamed
OOOZ
0
0
0
Unnamed
BT2A
0
0
0
Unnamed
BT9A
0
0
0
103-70-03
BWIA
0
0
0
103-80-56
BW2A
0
0
0
Unnamed
BW3A
0
0
0
Hatchery Creek
C20D
0
0
0
Logjam Creek
C21C
0
9
12
Unnamed
C49B.0001
0
3
3
Goose Creek
C49B.10,.11,.12
17
25
25
Control Creek
C49B.20,.24,.25,.26
1
13
17
Rio Beaver
C49B.21
38
35
39
Rio Roberts
C49B.22
2
32
32
Upper Thome R.
C49B.23
0
14
38
North Thome R.
C49B.27
0
6
6
Steelhead Creek
C95B
35
40
44
Election Creek
C96A
0
6
6
Shinaku Creek
D03B
7
18
18
103-60-05
D08A
0
11
31
1 1 Mile Creek
D09A.0100
0
0
0
Goodrow Creek
DlOA
0
0
0
Unnamed
D12A.0001
0
1
1
Nossuk Creek
D12A.01
0
2
2
103-80-46
D14A
0
0
0
103-80-50
D15A
0
0
0
James Creek
D16A
0
0
0
TOTAL
101
215
274
Road Construction Acreage
The construction of roads, landings, and excavation of quarries removes soil from the forest
land base. Assuming a 75-foot disturbed road corridor, each mile of road would cut, fill, or
otherwise disturb approximately 9 acres of land. In addition, approximately, 1.5 acres of soil
are disturbed for the average quarry, which supplies rock for approximately 2 miles of road.
Additionally, one or more landings per unit would require about 0.2 to 2 acres depending on the
logging system and the number of settings. As a worst-case analysis, all of this land is consid-
ered to be permanently taken out of production. Table 4-3 shows the acres of road-associated
disturbance, including quarries and landings, for the action alternatives. Alternative 12 has the
highest acreage of road-associated disturbance followed by Alternatives 1 1 and 10, in that
order.
i
12 ■
4 CHAPTER— Soils
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences r
Soil Erosion
Table 4-3
Estimated Soil Disturbance by Watershed due to Road
Construction (in acres — includes quarries and landings)^^
Name
Watershed
Alt. 10
Alt. 11
Alt 12
Unnamed
oooz
0
0
0
Unnamed
BT2A
0
0
0
Unnamed
BT9A
0
0
0
103-70-03
BWIA
0
0
0
103-80-56
BW2A
0
0
0
Hatchery Creek
C20D
0
0
0
Logjam Creek
C21C
0
43
82
N. Thorne River
C45D, C49B.2700
0
0
0
N. Thome River
C49B.2700
0
0
0
N. Thorne River
C45D, C49B.2700
0
20
20
Unnamed
C49B.0001
0
6
6
Goose Creek
C49B.10,.ll, .12
38
97
97
Control Creek
C49B.20,.24,.25,.2
2
13
30
Rio Beaver
C49B.2100
83
86
104
Rio Roberts
C49B.2200
16
33
34
Upper Thorne River
C49B.2300
0
19
84
Paul Young Creek
C72A
2
2
2
Black Bear Creek
C93A
0
10
10
Steelhead Creek
C95B
96
155
164
Election Creek
C96A
0
23
23
Staney Creek
C97C, C99C
8
11
11
Shinaku Creek
D03B
26
79
79
103-60-05
D08A
0
85
136
1 1 Mile Creek
D09A
0
0
0
Goodrow Creek
DlOA
0
0
0
Unnamed
D12A.0001
0
14
14
Nossuk Creek
D12A.01
0
9
9
103-80-44
DBA
0
0
0
103-80-46
D14A
0
0
0
103-80-50
DBA
0
0
0
James Creek
DBA
0
0
0
TOTAL ACRES
271
705
905
1/ Based on the assumption that 9 acres are disturbed per mile of road for the road corridor and an
additional 1 acre is disturbed per mile of road for quarries and landings (10 acres per mile total).
Surface Erosion
Soil disturbance during timber harvest can reduce the ability of the organic mat and the mineral
soil to absorb water, thereby making increased surface erosion possible. Soil disturbance and
associated soil erosion can contribute to reduced soil productivity. This effect will occur for a
short period of time until the site is revegetated, typically 3 to 5 years.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Soils— CHAPTER 4 ■ 13
4 Environmental
Consequences
As shown in the Soil Disturbance subsection, Alternative 12 has the most acres disturbed while
Alternative 10 has the least. In general, surface soil erosion that occurs within timber harvest
units has a limited possibility for contributing sediment to streams. The main BMP’s to
minimize soil disturbance near Class III streams are buffers, controlled felling of trees away
from streams, and yarding these trees away from streams (split yarding). Site-specific recom-
mendations for controlled felling and split yarding are contained in the unit cards. The potential
for sediment delivery from all harvest units to streams is considered in more detail in the Water,
Fish, and Fisheries section.
Landslides Landslides are most likely to occur when timber harvest and road construction occurs on high
and very high MMI soils. The prefield and field verification processes eliminated areas on very
high MMI soils from the harvest units. In addition, during field verification logging road access
to several areas indicated an unacceptable landslide risk to both the soil resource and the road.
Timber harvest units beyond the roaded sites were prescribed for helicopter logging. The acres
of management activity on high MMI soils quantifies the areas most sensitive to mass move-
ment. Table 4-4 shows the acreage of high MMI soils within harvest units by watershed.
Table 4-4
Acreage of Harvest Units on High MMI Soils
Name
Watershed
Alt 10
Alt 11
Alt 12
Unnamed
oooz
0
0
0
Unnamed
BT2A
0
0
0
Unnamed
BT9A
0
0
0
103-70-03
BWIA
0
0
0
103-80-56
BW2A
0
0
0
Hatchery Creek
C20D
0
0
0
Logjam Creek
C21C
0
69
82
Unnamed
C49B.0001
0
3
3
Goose Creek
C49B.10,.11,.12
62
105
105
Control Creek
C49B.20,.24,.25,.2
0
24
31
Rio Beaver
C49B.2100
286
324
328
Rio Roberts
C49B.2200
9
42
42
Upper Thorne R.
C49B.2300
0
149
317
N. Thorne R.
C49B.2700
0
40
40
Steelhead Creek
C95B
157
226
259
Election Creek
C96A
0
35
35
Shinaku Creek
D03B
123
379
379
103-60-05
D08A
0
13
14
1 1 Mile Creek
D09A.0100
0
0
0
Goodrow Creek
DlOA
0
0
0
Unnamed
D12A.0001
0
5
5
Nossuk Creek
D12A.01
0
15
15
103-80-44
D14A
0
0
0
103-80-46
D15A
0
0
0
103-80-50
D16A
0
0
0
TOTAL
637
1,429
1,655
14 ■
4 CHAPTER— Soils
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Cumulative Effects
Environmental A
Consequences r
Mass wasting is a naturally occurring phenomenon in the Project Area (Swanston, 1969).
However, it is well known that timber harvest increases mass wasting frequency over natural
background levels (Sidle et al., 1985). Mass wasting occurs when the gravitational force
overcomes the cohesive strength of the soil. This may occur when local increases in the water
table create increased pore water pressures that decrease the friction between soil particles to
the point that they move downslope under the influence of gravity. This increase in pore water
pressure is most common at the soil-till contact in soils developed on compact till. Timber
harvest accelerates this process in two ways. First, transpiration is initially decreased with tree
removal. This increases soil moisture and allows a higher rise in the water table for a given
rainstorm, which is more likely to destabilize the slope (Wu and Swanston, 1980). Second, tree
removal ultimately results in the decay of tree roots. Tree roots add cohesion to the soil, which
counteracts the increased pore pressure caused by rises in the water table. As the roots decay
the added cohesion is lost and consequent increases in mass-wasting frequency begin about 3 to
7 years after harvest (Bishop and Stevens, 1964; Sidle et al., 1985; Swanston and Marion,
1991).
Swanston and Marion (1991) evaluated mass-movement frequency under natural and harvest
conditions throughout Southeast Alaska over a 20-year period (1963 to 1983). The observed
landslide rate in timber harvest areas was 0.021 landslides per 1,000 acres per year. Harvesting
increased the landsliding rate by 3.5 times over natural conditions. The rate is based on a very
large area (202,000 acres), however, and differences in topography, geology, and local site
conditions make this rate unreliable as a predictor of landslide activity at a specific site.
Swanston and Marion (1991) also found that only a small percentage of the coarse sediment
transported by these landslides reached streams. The landslide survey categorized 23 percent of
all landslides as debris torrents that occur in deeply cut V-notch gullies. Long-term impacts
(greater than 10 years) to channel form and function and to fish habitat would be anticipated for
Class I channel segments directly affected by a large landslide (Hogan and Wilford, 1989).
Based on these results, there is about a one-in-four chance that any management-related
landslide will have an impact on Class I streams and only a small chance that impacts on fish
habitat could occur. It can be inferred that the majority of these landslides would affect
primarily Class III stream channels, since only about three percent of all natural and manage-
ment-induced slide events in this survey were shown to directly affect Class I streams. How-
ever, the slides reaching Class II and III streams may indirectly affect Class I streams, as finer
fractions of sediment from debris can easily be transported downstream.
An estimate of the cumulative soil effects for the Project Area can be obtained by assuming that
the level of harvesting would remain relatively constant over the rotation period of 100 years.
Cumulative effects of these actions on long-term soil productivity are directly related to the
amount of soil disturbance that occurs through time and the amount of recovery that takes place
in the soil system in that time. Soil disturbance, erosion, and the associated loss of productivity
resulting from timber harvest activities will occur. Most of these effects will be relatively short-
term; they will last until revegetation occurs subsequent to each entry. Revegetation sufficient
to provide ground cover in most areas will occur within 3 to 5 years of timber harvest. How-
ever, some disturbed areas may become brushfields, inhibiting timber production for a number
of years.
The effects on the soil resource by mass movement can be evaluated by examining the projected
total timber harvest and the harvest on high MMI soils that would occur between 1994 and
2054. Under Alternative 12, approximately 1,655 acres of high MMI soils and 4,453 total acres
would be harvested. After implementation of Alternative 12, there would be less than 19,000
total acres of old-growth remaining in the suitable timber base to be harvested through the end
of the rotation period, or about 10 percent of the Project Area. The impacts associated with this
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Soils— CHAPTER 4 ■ 15
4 Environmental
Consequences
Mitigation
additional harvest would be dispersed through time, averaging less tan 400 total acres per year
(see Silviculture, Timber and Vegetation section). Mass movement hazard peaks about 3 to 7
years after timber harvest as root decay decreases soil cohesion. As revegetation occurs and
roots systems develop, soil cohesion increases and the mass movement hazard in harvested
areas decreases. Mass movement hazards from roads may persist longer depending on local
conditions and road maintenance and abandonment procedures. Consequently, after about 20
years from any individual entry, the effects diminish significantly. Individual watersheds could
experience locally significant effects from landslides, but when considered over the entire
Project Area, the cumulative effects should be within acceptable levels during the period from
1997 to 2054.
Cumulative effects from road and associated landings and quarries can be estimated by adding
existing and proposed acreages of each. Approximately 97 miles of new roads would be
constructed or reconstructed in Alternative 12. These roads would increase the percent of
roaded area in some watersheds significantly. Watersheds with a high percentage of their area
in roads would be susceptible to sedimentation impacts if BMP’s are not properly implemented.
Loss of soil productivity is the other major effect of roading. To minimize adverse soil produc-
tivity effects, management activities during this interval will utilize existing BMP’s and any new
soil conservation practices as they are developed and implemented. By maintaining soil
productivity during this period, the cumulative effects of these actions will remain within soil
productivity thresholds.
Mitigation for protecting the soil resource occurs through both planning and implementation.
Mitigating the effects of timber harvest on soils includes avoidance (for example, excluding
road construction and timber harvest on unstable soils). Avoidance begins as planning-level
mitigation through the soil survey of the area, which provides a field reconnaissance of the soil
resource and sensitive soil areas. For the Control Lake Project, this information, combined with
vegetation mapping and aerial photograph interpretation, provided an initial level of screening
for timber harvest unit and road placement which allowed avoidance of very high mass move-
ment soils and wetlands. Field verification of the units and roads resulted in site-specific
identification of very high mass movement soils and areas dominated by McGilvery soil. These
observations resulted in the exclusion of such areas from harvest units and, in some cases,
elimination of entire harvest units (Mitigation Measure FI). Specific harvest units affected by
these and other mitigation measure are identified in Appendix C.
Another means of reducing landslide potential and to maintain long-term productivity is to
require partial or full suspension on harvest unit areas that have high mass movement potential
or McGilvery soils (Mitigation Measure F3). Harvest units with partial or full suspension
requirements are identified in Appendix C and on the unit cards (see Appendix F of the Draft
EIS or Appendix D of the Supplemental Draft EIS for the ones that have changed substantially).
Additional soil mitigation can also be provided during final harvest unit layout. A soils
specialist will check off mitigation measures on the final unit and road cards. The sale adminis-
trator will be responsible for ensuring the implementation of contract items. If further field
examination of the harvest units identifies areas with questionable stability or a high percentage
of McGilvery soils, then additional site investigation by a soil resource specialist will occur and
appropriate recommendations will be incorporated into the final unit design cards. If soil
stability problems or questions arise during road construction and timber harvest, a soil resource
specialist will investigate and provide prescriptions to deal with the specific situation. Addi-
tional mitigation measures to control erosion are discussed in the Water, Fish, and Fisheries
section of this chapter.
16 ■
4 CHAPTER— Soils
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences i"
Monitoring
4'
Implementation monitoring for the soil resource is related to soils and to water quality issues.
The timber sale contract administrator, as the person with day-to-day project contact, will be
primarily responsible for ensuring the implementation of BMP’s as stated in the unit cards.
After avoidance of hazardous soil areas, the main BMP’s to protect the soil resource are
directional falling of trees away from streams and yarding trees away from streams (split
yarding) to minimize soil disturbance near streams.
The Tongass National Forest Ketchikan Area Monitoring Strategy (USDA Forest Service,
1994) specifically addresses BMP monitoring (see Monitoring subsection in the Water, Fish,
and Fisheries section). In addition, it describes a field monitoring activity directed at measur-
ing the effectiveness of the standards and guidelines in preventing significant or permanent
impairment of soil productivity (Watershed Monitoring Item 4).
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Soils— CHAPTER 4 ■ 17
4 Environmental
Consequences
This page left intentionally blank.
18 ■
4 CHAPTER— Soils
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wetlands
Environmental
Consequences
Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian
Areas
Key Terms
Acfustic ecosystBms — the stream channel, lake or estuary bed, water, biotic communities,
and the habitat features that occur therein.
Estuarine — deepwater tidal habitats and adjacent tidal wetlands that are usually semi- ^
enclosed by land, but which have open, partly obstructed or sporadic access to the open ocean,
and in which ocean water is diluted by freshwater runoff.
Hydrophytic vegetation— plants typically found in wetlands and dependent upon wetland
moisture regimes for growth and reproduction.
Muskeg (peatlands) — a type of bog that has developed in depressions, or flat areas, poorly
drained, acidic, with organic soils that support vegetation that is predominantly sphagnum
mosses and heaths.
Primary succession — vegetation development that is initiated on surface exposed for the first
time, which has never before supported vegetation.
Riparian areas — geographically delineable areas with distinctive resource values and charac-
teristics that are comprised of a stream channel, lake or estuary bed, the water itself, and the
plants that grow in the water and on the land next to the water.
Riparian ecosystems — a transition between the aquatic ecosystem and the adjacent terrestrial
ecosystemj identified by soil characteristics or distinctive plant communities that require free
or unbound water.
Riparian management area — land areas delineated in the Forest Plan to provide for the
management of riparian resources.
Secondary succession — ^the process of reestablishing vegetation after normal succession is
disrupted by fire, cultivation, timber harvest, windthrow, or any similar disturbance.
Wetiands — areas that are inundated by surface or ground water with a frequency sufficient,
under normal circumstances, to support vegetation that requires saturated or seasonally
saturated soil conditions for growth and reproduction.
Timber harvest and road construction will affect wetlands. The amount, frequency, and
distribution of wetlands in the Project Area make it impossible to avoid road construction on
wetlands. Additionally, forested wetlands are an important component of the forest land base.
The acreage of wetlands harvested by watershed for the alternatives is shown in Table 4-5.
Acres of wetlands are determined from the GIS soil mapping unit (SMU) layer. This gives
the average percentage of wetlands (muskegs and forested) for the SMU in which the harvest
unit occurs. Hence the acres of wetlands are the product of the unit acres and the wetland
percentage for each soil type found within each unit.
Alternative 12 has the most calculated muskeg inclusions followed by Alternatives 11 and 10,
in that order. Note that the values are from GIS analysis and are maximum values. Field
verification indicates that muskeg inclusions are less than 5 acres within any individual
harvest unit.
Forested wetlands within harvest units range from 597 acres for Alternative 10 to 1,821 acres
for Alternative 12. Note that forested wetland acres are based on GIS analysis and represent
maximum values.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas — CHAPTER 4 ■ 19
4 Environmental
Consequences
Table 4-5
Harvest Area on Wetlands by Alternative and Watershed (in
Acres)
Name
Watershed
Alt 10
Alt 11
Alt 12
103-80-37
BT2A
0
6
6
103-70-03
BWIA
0
0
0
103-80-56
BW2A
0
0
0
Hatchery Creek
C20D
0
0
0
Logjam Creek
C21C
0
148
190
North Thome River
C45D,C49B.27
0
57
57
Thorne River
C49B,C45D
0
0
0
Unnamed
C49B.0001
0
27
27
Goose Creek
C49B.10,.11,.12
104
207
207
Control Creek
C49B.20,.24,.25,.2
1
91
102
Rio Beaver
C49B.2100
253
265
295
Rio Roberts
C49B.2200
7
19
19
Upper Thome River
C49B.2300
0
114
333
Paul Young Creek
C72A
0
0
0
Black Bear Creek
C93A
0
0
0
Steelhead Creek
C95B
232
433
474
Election Creek
C96A
0
28
28
Staney Creek
C97C,C99C,B59C
0
0
0
Shinaku Creek
D03B
118
260
260
103-60-05
D08A
0
91
232
Elevenmile Creek
D09A
0
0
0
Goodrow Creek
DlOA
0
0
0
Unnamed
DllA
0
0
0
Nossuk River
D12A.01
0
28
28
Unnamed
D12A.0001
0
10
10
103-80-46
DMA
0
0
0
103-80-50
DMA
0
0
0
James Creek
DMA
0
0
0
Total Forested Wetland
597
1,444
1,821
Total Muskeg
118
341
447
Total Wetland
715
1,785
2,268
In general, areas (2 acres or larger) of those wetland soils (Kaikli, Karheen, Kitkun,
Maybeso) designated for protection by the ROD of the new Forest Plan (1997) were excluded
from the proposed harvest units. However, because the Control Lake unit pool was field
reviewed before these soils were designated for protection, larger inclusions may be present
and may need to be deleted from the units prior to harvest. Based on GIS analysis of associa-
tions and complexes containing these soils, the areas with the greatest likelihood of larger
inclusions within units are the Logjam Creek and Upper Thorne River watersheds. Units of
particular concern in these watersheds are 575-408, 575-413, 575-418, 575-419, 577-416,
577-417, 577-418, 577-423, 577-426, and 577-430. Outside of these two watersheds there are
scattered units of concern. Of particular note, because of the high percentage of the units
mapped with soil associations or complexes containing protected soils, are units 578-401 in
20 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences r
the North Thorne River Watershed, 595-413 in the Steelhead Creek Watershed, and 596-407
in the Control Lake Creek Watershed. Of the 13 units identified as most likely to contain
inclusions of protected soils, none are included in Alternative 10, 8 are included in Alterna-
tive 11, and all 13 are included in Alternative 12. These and all other units in the selected
alternative would need to be reviewed and adjusted if large inclusions are found.
Timber harvest on forested wetlands will likely initially increase soil moisture because of
reduced transpiration resulting from tree removal. This effect will occur until trees are re-
established. Revegetation of forested wetland sites are expected to occur in the same time
frame as for other forested sites, usually within 3 to 5 years. Consequently, long-term effects
to forested wetlands are expected to be minor. Timber site productivity on wetland soils,
however, is typically lower than on better-drained sites. Growth rates on wetland sites are
expected to be lower than on nonwetland sites, and merchantable timber may not be available
in a 100-year rotation.
The most direct effect on wetlands in the Project Area would be the fill associated with road
construction. The construction of roads would permanently remove the roaded portions of the
wetlands from production thereby eliminating their biological functions. Road routing for the
Control Lake Project attempted to avoid wetlands; however, the extent and distribution of
wetlands made this impossible. A number of BMP’s and mitigation measures deigned to
minimize effects on wetlands have been incorporated into road design (see Chapter 2, mitiga-
tion measures). Table 4-6 shows the acres of road construction by wetland type for the
alternatives by watershed. The average disturbance width is calculated at 75 feet; however,
construction on wetlands are often easier than on steep slopes and the actual width should be
less. Consequently, the road disturbance acres shown are maximum values. Alternative 12
has the highest acres of muskeg affected, followed by Alternatives 1 1 and 10. In regards to
forested wetland acreage, the alternatives rank the same as for muskegs.
Upper Hatchery Creek south of
Lake Galea
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas — CHAPTER 4 ■ 21
4 Environmental
Consequences
Table 4-6
Road Construction on Wetlands by Alternative and
Watershed (in Acres)^'
Name
Watershed
Alt. 10
Alt. 11
Alt. 12
103-80-37
BT2A
0
1
1
103-70-03
BWIA
0
0
0
103-80-56
BW2A
0
0
0
Hatchery Creek
C20D
0
0
0
Logjam Creek
C21C
0
33
66
North Thorne River
C45D,C49B.27
0
11
11
Thorne River
C49B,C45D
0
0
0
Unnamed
C49B.0001
0
4
4
Goose Creek
C49B.10,.11,.12
25
54
54
Control Creek
C49B.20,.24,.25,.26
1
8
15
Rio Beaver
C49B.2100
54
53
64
Rio Roberts
C49B.2200
9
10
11
Upper Thorne River
C49B.2300
0
11
56
Paul Young Creek
C72A
2
2
2
Black Bear Creek
C93A
0
8
8
Steelhead Creek
C95B
62
92
98
Election Creek
C96A
0
17
17
Staney Creek
C97C,C99C,B59C
0
3
3
Shinaku Creek
D03B
19
25
25
103-60-05
D08A
0
49
84
Elevenmile Creek
D09A
0
0
0
Goodrow Creek
DlOA
0
0
0
Unnamed
DllA
0
0
0
Nossuk River
D12A.01
0
3
3
Unnamed
D12A.0001
0
11
11
103-80-46
D14A
0
0
0
103-80-50
D15A
0
0
0
James Creek
D16A
0
0
0
Total Forested Wetland
117
253
355
Total Muskeg
54
141
178
Total Wetland
170
394
533
1/ Assumes a 75-foot wide road bed; actual disturbance is normally substantially less than this. Includes the
road area within harvest units.
Estuaries Forest- wide standards and guidelines require that estuaries be buffered by a 1,000-foot no-
harvest zone. Road construction should avoid this buffer but can occur when there is no
suitable alternative. During prefield layout of roads and harvest units, estuarine buffers were
avoided. The Control Lake Project has no proposed roads or timber harvest within the buffer,
which eliminates any direct effects to the estuarine zone. Sediment from road construction
and mass wasting that enters streams is eventually delivered to the estuarine zone. As
discussed below in the sediment section, the amounts of such sediment are considered to be
minimal. In addition, estuaries are natural deposition zones for fine-grained sediments and
all aquatic organisms are adapted to this process. The small amounts of extra sediment that
will be delivered because of road construction and timber harvest would have minimal
biologic effects and would not adversely affect biotic populations.
22 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ■
Floodplains
Riparian
Management Areas
The high density of streams in the Project Area precludes avoiding all floodplains during
timber-harvest-related activities. Environmental consequences in floodplains are generally
limited to road construction during which both direct and indirect impacts to floodplains
could occur. To minimize adverse effects on floodplains, all stream crossings have bridges
and culverts sized so as not to impede floodwater. Consequently, there should be no loss of
floodplain function. There will be no human occupancy of floodplains. The only floodplain
development proposed in the Project Area is stream crossings. Table 4-7 shows the number of
road crossings of Class I stream floodplains by watershed for the alternatives. Road crossings
of Class I stream floodplains range from 39 for Alternative 12 to 10 for Alternative 10.
Steelhead Creek watershed has 5 to 6 Class I crossings in all alternatives. Goose Creek and
Shinaku Creek are the only other watersheds with crossings in all alternatives. The unnamed
watershed adjacent to Elevenmile Creek (DOS A) has 7 crossings in Alternatives 11 and 12.
Table 4-7
Number of Floodplain Road Crossings of Class I Streams
by Alternative^^
Watershed
Watersheds
Alt. 10
Alt 11
Alt 12
Hatchery Creek
C20D
0
0
0
Logjam Creek
C21C
0
2
6
North Thorne River
C49B.27
0
0
0
Goose Creek
C49B.10
1
4
4
Control Creek
C49B.20,.24,.25,.26
0
4
5
Rio Beaver Creek
C49B.21
2
1
2
Rio Roberts Creek
C49B.22
0
1
1
Upper Thorne River
C49B.23
0
0
4
Paul Young Creek
C72A
1
1
1
Steelhead Creek
C95B
5
6
6
Shinaku Creek
D03B
1
3
3
103-60-05
D08A.01
0
7
7
Elevenmile Creek
D09A.01
0
0
0
Nossuk River
D12A.01
0
0
0
TOTAL
10
29
39
1/ Unlisted watersheds do not have floodplain crossings.
Control Lake harvest unit reconnaissance and flagging were conducted following the standards
and guidelines of the TLMP Draft Revision Supplement (1991a), but were generally consis-
tent with the 1997 TLMP. In order to demonstrate how closely the preliminary layout
corresponds with the 1997 TLMP, Table 4-8 shows the number of RMA acres that would be
harvested under the current layout. Note that the Class III RMA acres are an overestimate
because they include both Class III and IV streams. Discrepancies can be corrected during
final layout. No timber harvest will occur within the 100-foot minimum TTRA buffers of
Class I streams. The largest harvest acreage within the Riparian Management Area is for
Class III/IV streams. Note that this category is also overestimated because the unit maps
sometimes do not show narrow buffers along Class III/IV streams even though they are called
out in the prescriptions. Alternative 12 has the largest number of acres of harvest within the
Riparian Management Area, followed by Alternatives 11 and 10, in that order.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas — CHAPTER 4 ■ 23
4 Environmental
Consequences
Table 4-8
Riparian Management Area Harvested by Stream Class and Watershed (in Acres)
Alternative 10
Class I
Class II
Class III''
Riparian
Name
Watershed
Stream
Stream
Stream
Lake
Soils
MMI4
Total
Unnamed
oooz
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Unnamed
BT9A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
103-70-03
BWIA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
103-80-56
BW2A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Hatchery Creek
C20D
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Logjam Creek
C21C
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Unnamed
C26C
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
North Thorne River
C45D,C49B.2700
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Unnamed
C49B.0001
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Goose Creek
C49B.10,.11,.12
0
1
+
0
0
1
Control Creek
C49B.20,.24,.25,.26
0
0
0
-F
0
0
+
Rio Beaver
C49B.2100
2
-1-
24
0
0
0
26
Rio Roberts
C49B.2200
0
0
3
0
0
0
3
Upper Thorne River
C49B.2300
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Paul Young Creek
C72A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Anderson Creek
C73C
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Black Bear Creek
C93A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Steelhead Creek
C95B
5
1
37
0
-F
0
43
Election Creek
C96A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Staney Creek
C97C,C99C,B59C
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Shinaku Creek
D03B
0
4
27
0
0
0
31
103-60-05
D08A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Elevenmile Creek
D09A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Goodrow Creek
DlOA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Nossuk River
D12A.01
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Unnamed
D12A.0001
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Unnamed
D14A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Unnamed
D15A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
James Creek
D16A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
TOTAL
7
5
92
-F
+
0
105
1/ Includes Class III and some Classs IV streams identified in harvest units; uses Class in RMA widths for both classes.
21 + Represents less than 0.5 acre.
24 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ^
Table 4-8 (continued)
Riparian Management Area Harvested by Stream Class and Watershed (in Acres)
Alternative 11
Name
Watershed
Class I
Stream
Class II
Stream
Class III^
Stream
Lake
Riparian
Soils
MMI4
Total
Unnamed
oooz
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Unnamed
BT9A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
103-70-03
BWIA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
103-80-56
BW2A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Hatchery Creek
C20D
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Logjam Creek
C21C
1
0
0
4
0
0
5
Unnamed
C26C
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
North Thorne River
C45D,C49B.2700
1
0
0
5
0
0
6
Unnamed
C49B.0001
0
0
0
3
0
3
Goose Creek
C49B.10,.11,.12
2
0
2
4
0
0
8
Control Creek
C49B.20,.24,.25,.26
1
-b
24
0
0
0
25
Rio Beaver
C49B.2100
3
-b
39
0
0
0
42
Rio Roberts
C49B.2200
1
-b
2
0
0
0
3
Upper Thome River
C49B.2300
0
0
23
0
-b
0
23
Paul Young Creek
C72A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Anderson Creek
C73C
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Black Bear Creek
C93A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Steelhead Creek
C95B
6
3
57
0
-b
0
66
Election Creek
C96A
0
-b
8
0
0
0
8
Staney Creek
C97C,C99C,B59C
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Shinaku Creek
D03B
1
7
92
0
0
0
100
103-60-05
D08A
2
+
12
0
0
0
14
Elevenmile Creek
D09A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Goodrow Creek
DlOA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Nossuk River
D12A.01
+
0
6
0
0
0
6
Unnamed
D12A.0001
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Unnamed
D14A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Unnamed
D15A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
James Creek
D16A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
TOTAL
17
10
265
9
8
0
309
1/ Includes Class III and some Classs IV streams identified in harvest units; uses Class III RMA widths for both classes.
2/ + Represents less than 0.5 acre.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas — CHAPTER 4 ■
25
4 Environmental
Consequences
Table 4-8
Riparian Management Area Harvested by Stream Ciass and Watershed (in Acres)
Alternative 12
Class I Class II Class in^ Riparian
Name Watershed Stream Stream Stream Lake Soils MMI4
Total
Unnamed
OOOZ
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Unnamed
BT9A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
103-70-03
BWIA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
103-80-56
BW2A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Hatchery Creek
C20D
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Logjam Creek
C21C
1
+
1
4
0
0
6
Unnamed
C26C
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
North Thome River
C45D,C49B.2700
1
0
0
5
0
0
6
Unnamed
C49B.0001
+^'
0
0
0
3
0
3
Goose Creek
C49B.10,.11,.12
2
0
2
4
0
0
8
Control Creek
C49B.20,.24,.25,.26
1
-1-
24
-1-
0
0
25
Rio Beaver
C49B.2100
4
1
39
-1-
2
0
46
Rio Roberts
C49B.2200
1
+
2
0
0
0
3
Upper Thome River
C49B.2300
1
-1-
35
0
+
0
37
Paul Young Creek
C72A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Anderson Creek
C73C
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Black Bear Creek
C93A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Steelhead Creek
C95B
6
3
62
0
-H
0
71
Election Creek
C96A
0
+
8
0
0
0
8
Staney Creek
C97C,C99C,B59C
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Shinaku Creek
D03B
1
7
92
0
0
0
100
103-60-05
D08A
2
+
25
0
3
0
30
Elevenmile Creek
D09A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Goodrow Creek
DlOA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Nossuk River
D12A.01
+
0
6
0
0
0
6
Unnamed
D12A.0001
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Unnamed
D14A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Unnamed
D15A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
James Creek
D16A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
TOTAL
20
12
296
14
9
0
351
1/ Includes Class III and some Classs FV streams identified in harvest units; uses Class III RMA widths for both classes.
2/ + Represents less than 0.5 acre.
26 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
1
Mitigation
Environmental A
Consequences •
Shinaku Creek (D03B) has the largest number of acres of potential harvest within the Ripar-
ian Management Area, under Alternatives 11 and 12, while Steelhead Creek (C95B) has the
highest for Alternative 10.
Generally, the Riparian Management Area harvested within a watershed is widely distributed
over many subwatersheds. Consequently, the potential impact to any Class I stream below the
harvest units is small. For example, Shinaku Creek (D03B) has 1,836 acres of Riparian
Management Area within a catchment of 16,590 acres with a maximum proposed harvest of
100 acres. This represents less than 1 percent of the Riparian Management Area in the
watershed.
The effects of riparian area harvest relate to water quality, and fish and wildlife habitat.
Consequently, the effects of Riparian Management Area harvest is discussed in more detail in
the Water, Fish, and Fisheries, and Wildlife section.
Wetlands, Floodplain, Riparian Management Area
Mitigation measures designed to protect wetland areas involved, to the extent possible, the
avoidance of muskegs during office planning and field reconnaissance. Additionally, in some
cases, suspension is required during logging and wetland buffers for wildlife are prescribed.
Field layout of road systems allowed site-specific identification of small drainages in wetlands
requiring culverts and the road segments requiring additional culverts and permeable
subgrades to maintain water circulation. Culverts and permeable subgrade materials are
required when roads cross wetlands; these road segments are identified on the road design
cards. Additionally, the use of BMP’s in both construction and maintenance ensures that
flows, circulation patterns, and chemical and biological characteristics of the wetlands’ water
would be minimally impaired. Implementation of these procedures are required to maintain
the physical and chemical functions of wetlands (EPA, 1993; USDA Forest Service, 1995a).
Floodplains will not be harvested because they are part of the riparian buffer of Class I
streams. Road systems, however, will cross floodplains. To minimize adverse effects, the
frequent placement of culverts and bridges is indicated on the Road Cards. These culverts and
bridges prevent the road prism from inhibiting the flow of flood waters (EPA, 1993).
Mitigation measures designed to protect riparian areas are based on TEMP Draft Revision
standards and guidelines (USDA Forest Service, 1991a), the Riparian Management Area
definition, the associated planning level buffer prescriptions (see Appendix D of the Draft
EIS), and the site-specific buffers prescribed in the field. The prescription of buffers in the
field is the most important mitigation measure because it ensures the location and evaluation
of all streams in the harvest units. This field verification identified all Class I streams and
Class II streams and prescribed the appropriate buffer (Mitigation Measure F5). This proce-
dure allowed the avoidance of the riparian area adjacent to previously unknown Class I and II
streams. Additionally, field verification allowed the identification of numerous previously
unmapped Class III and IV streams and prescribed directional falling and split yarding of
trees away from the stream (Mitigation Measure F6). In some cases, buffers were prescribed
for Class III streams because of the presence of deep soils along steep V-notches which could
contribute sediment to the stream. The unit cards identify which mitigation measures apply to
each harvest unit.
Under the 1997 TEMP Revision, standards and guidelines may require wider buffers in some
cases. In those cases, the wider buffers would be implemented during final layout.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas — CHAPTER 4 ■ 27
4 Environmental
Consequences
Buffers for Class I and Class II streams are susceptible to blowdown after harvest. Prevention
and minimization of blowdown was developed using techniques described in the Southeast
Alaska Guide for Reducing Wind Damage (Harris, 1989). The applied techniques use unit
boundaries and harvest types, which incorporate partial retention around the unit perimeter, to
reduce risk. The Ketchikan Area is currently monitoring blowdown in stream buffers to
determine the effectiveness of the buffers and other techniques (USDA Forest Service, 1992f).
One function of no-harvest buffers on Class I streams is to maintain the supply of large woody
debris to the stream. Windthrow is the most common source of natural large woody debris
loading (Gregory and Ashkenas, undated). Consequently, the blowdown of portions of buffer
strips merely changes the timing of debris input (Gregory and Ashkenas, undated). Cata-
strophic blowdown of long lengths of buffer on Class I streams could reduce long-term input
of LWD. If catastrophic blowdown creates a detrimental condition, e.g., barriers to anadro-
mous fish, modification of the debris accumulation should be considered on a case-by-case
basis.
Stream buffer and BMP information tabulated from field verification are shown in Tables 4-9
and 4-10. Table 4-9 summarizes information on the length of 100-foot TTRA and extended
width stream buffers by stream class and alternative. Table 4-10 summarizes information on
the lengths of Class III streams that would be harvested to streambank and that received a no-
harvest buffer. Note that the values in these tables can double-count a stream length depend-
ing on its location in a unit. For example, a Class I stream that forms a unit boundary would
receive a buffer only on one side, while a Class I stream within a unit would receive a buffer
on both sides.
Table 4-9
Lengths (in Miles) of Stream Buffer on Class I and II
Streams
100-foot TTRA Buffer Extended Width Buffer
One-Sided Two-Sided One-Sided Two-Sided
Alternative 10
Class I
4.6
0.4
0.8
0.0
Class II
1.7
1.1
0.1
1.0
Alternative 11
Class I
14.4
1.0
4.3
0.0
Class II
6.0
0.9
1.6
0.5
Alternative 12
Class I
20.4
1.2
7.4
0.0
Class II
Total Project Area
6.1
Class I miles
Class II miles
1.8
434.8
200.1
1.8
0.5
28 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Cumulative Effects
Environmental A
Consequences ^
For Class I and II streams, most of the buffers applied are for one side of the stream. For
example, in Alternative 12 there are 20.4 miles of one-sided buffers for Class I and 6.1 miles of
one-sided buffers for Class II streams. These values indicate that for the most part, planned
timber harvest units utilized Class I and II streams as unit boundaries rather than including them
within the harvest units. Only 1.2 miles of two-sided Class I stream buffers and 1.8 miles of
two-sided Class II stream buffers would be applied in Alternative 12. Alternatives 10 and 1 1
have similar ratios of one-sided to two-sided buffers.
For Class III streams, applied one-sided buffer lengths range from 12.3 miles for Alternative 12
to 3.5 miles for Alternative 10 (Table 4-10). Two-sided buffer lengths range from 18.1 to 10.7
miles for Alternatives 12 and 10, respectively (Table 4-10). The amount of total Project Area
Class III stream length affected would range from 2 to 5 percent. These percentages represent
overestimates because of the higher density of Class III streams mapped in harvest units due to
ground verification.
The estimation of cumulative effects for the Project Area assumes that the level of harvesting
would remain relatively constant over the rotation period of 100 years. Cumulative effects of
these actions on wetlands, floodplains, and riparian areas would then be proportional to the
level of harvest and road building that occurred on wetlands, the amount of road building over
floodplains, and the amount of timber harvest in Riparian Management Areas.
The cumulative effects of this harvest to forested wetlands is anticipated to be minimal. Reveg-
etation of forested wetland sites occurs in the same timeframe as other forested sites, usually
within 3 to 5 years. Consequently, long-term effects to forested wetlands are expected to be
minor. Since growth rates on forested wetlands are expected to be lower than on nonwetland
forest sites, merchantable timber from these acreages may not be available in a 100-year
rotation.
Road construction on wetland sites will use culverts to minimize disruption of water flow and
permeable subgrade materials to avoid restricting the natural movement of water. These
measures will ensure that the hydrological, chemical, and biological functions of wetlands
would be minimally impaired. The roadbed overlying wetlands will remove the area from
production and eliminate their biological functions.
Cumulative effects on floodplains will be minimal. Future timber harvest on floodplains is not
anticipated to occur. Road building on floodplains will occur. Proper road location, and bridge
and culvert design will minimize the effects on flooding and hydrologic connectivity of the
floodplain and river system.
In future entries, timber harvest in Riparian Management Areas will likely occur at levels
similar to the proposed entry in the Control Lake Project. Riparian Management Areas along
Class I and II streams will receive no timber harvest within 100 feet (or more) of the stream
banks, which should produce minimal effects. Class III Riparian Management Areas will
receive some level of harvest on a site-specific basis. Over time there will be a small reduction
in the amount of LWD supplied to Class III streams within individual watersheds because LWD
is supplied predominantly by older forests. This reduction may affect Class I and II streams that
occur lower in the drainage basin though this effect is not documented (see discussion under
Fish Habitat in the Water, Fish, and Fisheries section).
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas — CHAPTER 4 ■ 29
4 Environmental
Consequences
Cumulative effects on floodplains will be minimal. Future timber harvest on floodplains is
not anticipated to occur. Road building on floodplains will occur. Proper road location, and
bridge and culvert design will minimize the effects on flooding and hydrologic connectivity of
the floodplain and river system.
In future entries, timber harvest in Riparian Management Areas will likely occur at levels |
similar to the proposed entry in the Control Lake Project. Riparian Management Areas along |
Class I and II streams will receive no timber harvest within 100 feet (or more) of the stream ;
banks, which should produce minimal effects. Class III Riparian Management Areas will j
receive some level of harvest on a site-specific basis. Over time there will be a small reduction |
in the amount of LWD supplied to Class III streams within individual watersheds because
LWD is supplied predominantly by older forests. This reduction may affect Class I and II
streams that occur lower in the drainage basin though this effect is not documented (see j
discussion under Fish Habitat in the Water, Fish, and Fisheries section). j
The increased percentages of harvested Class III Riparian Management Area within drainage |
basins will also slightly increase the risk of debris torrents as LWD decays as well as the j
delivery of streamside sediment to downstream reaches. Field identification of such stream
channels and implementation of site-specific BMP’s for buffering or directional felling will j
reduce, though not eliminate, these effects. I
Monitoring Routine implementation monitoring will be conducted by the timber sale administrator and i
road inspectors, who will be primarily responsible for ensuring the implementation of proce- |
dures specified on the unit and road cards. Culverts, permeable subgrade materials, buffers, 1
and controlled felling and yarding of trees away from streams are the BMP’s designed to j
protect wetlands, floodplains, and riparian areas. !
30 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
ii
Direct and Indirect
Effects to Water
Resources
Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Key Terms
Alevin — newly hatched salmon that are still attached to the yolk sac.
Anadromous — fish that ascend from the sea to breed in freshwater streams.
Aquatic Habitat Management Unit areas for managing the resources associated
with streams and lakes.
Best Management Practices (BMP^s) — land management methods, measures or practices
intended to minimize or reduce water pollution.
Channei types — the defining of stream sections based on watershed runoff, landform relief,
and geology.
Estuary — ^relatively flat, intertidal, and upland areas where saltwater meets fresh water, as at
the heads of bays and the mouths of streams.
Large woody debris (LWD) — any large piece of relatively stable woody material having a
diameter of at least 10 centimeters and a length greater than 1 meter that intrudes into a stream
channel; also called Large Organic Debris (LOD).
Management indicator Species (MiS) — species whose population changes are believed to
best indicate the effects of land management activities; fish MIS in the Polk Inlet Project Area
are coho and pink salmon and Dolly Varden char.
Mitigation — measures designed to counteract environmental impacts or to make impacts less
severe.
Resident fish — nonmigratory fish that complete their entire life cycle in fresh water.
Saimonid — ^refers to the group of fishes to which salmon belong.
Sediment — water-transported earth materials.
TTRA Buffers — a no-harvest zone at least 100 feet in width on each side of all Class I streams
and Class II streams which flow directly into a Class I stream.
V-notch — a deeply incised, narrow valley along a drainage with a characteristic “V” shaped
cross-section.
Watershed — area that contributes runoff water to a waterway.
Effects to water resources are discussed below in regard to hydrology, water quality, and
consumptive water uses.
Water Resources Hydrology
Timber harvest alters basin hydrology because it affects transpiration, the interception and
evaporation of rainfall, snow accumulation and melt, and soil structure and resultant water
infiltration and subsurface transmission rates (MacDonald, 1991), Though changes in stream
flow are expected, their direction and magnitude vary and specific effects are not easily pre-
dicted. Generally, the larger the percentage of a watershed harvested, the greater the effects on
stream flow. In some studies, a harvest of approximately 25 to 35 percent of basin area is
required within a period of 5 to 15 years before effects on mainstem flow are noted (Rothacher,
1970, 1973; Harr et al., 1979; Duncan, 1986). A study of the response of the Maybeso water-
shed on Prince of Wales Island to timber harvest showed no significant changes in stream flow
when 25 percent of the basin was harvested (James, 1956; Meehan et al., 1969), An analysis of
the Staney Creek basin on Prince of Wales Island showed increases in mean and summer low
flows (base flow) when harvest reached between 20 to 25 percent of the basin area (Bartos,
1989).
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 4 ■ 31
4
Environmental
Consequences
Though timber harvest has generally been shown to produce increases in streamflow, Hicks et
al. (1991) present long-term data from central Oregon that shows decreases in flow during
summer low flow periods. In a completely harvested, 237-acre watershed, water yield increased
above that of a control watershed for approximately 8 years. For the next 19 years of record,
late summer water yield decreased below that of the control watershed. Hicks et al. (1991)
consider this decrease to be due to the dominance of alder in the riparian zone because the alder
produced an increase in transpiration over that of conifer-dominated vegetation. In the same
study, a 25 percent patch-cut, 249-acre watershed showed increases in late summer water yield
for 16 years after harvest, returning to preharvest levels for the next 10 years of record. Besides
the smaller percentage of harvest, the riparian zone of this watershed was not dominated by
alder after harvest (Hicks et al., 1991).
Rapid melting of shallow snowpack by rainstorms can result in higher rates of water input to
soil and streams than would occur during rainstorms alone. The elevational range over which
snow might accumulate and melt, perhaps several times in one season, is known as the transient
snow zone. Studies in Oregon, Washington, and southwestern British Columbia show that
timber harvest in the transient snow zone could increase the magnitude and peaks of winter
runoff (Harr, 1986; Harr et al., 1989; Golding, 1987).
Although timber harvest usually increases runoff and peak flows, Cheng (1988) documented the
opposite effect in southern British Columbia. In that case, logging had compacted the soil,
delayed water infiltration, and slowed water transmission through soil macropores.
Stream flow increases from timber harvest which could significantly affect sediment transport
cannot be accurately predicted with the information available. Cumulative watershed areas
harvested with this entry range from 0 to 35 percent with 17 percent being the maximum
percentage associated with Control Lake Project units (see Cumulative Effects section). Effects
are expected to be greater in small catchments in which harvest units make up a proportionally
larger amount of the watershed. In all alternatives, watersheds BT2A, Logjam Creek, Goose
Creek, East Goose Creek, Steelhead Creek (C95B), and Election Creek (C96A) have percent-
age harvests near or greater than 15 percent. Though these harvest levels are below docu-
mented thresholds these basins may experience low to moderate increases in stream discharge
quantities.
Decreases in late summer low flows are not anticipated from the harvesting that occurs during
this entry in the Project Area. Harvest levels of 100 percent of a watershed at one entry, such as
the harvest that produced the low flows documented by Hicks et al. (1991), will not occur.
Harvest rates are restricted to 35 percent of a 15-year period and most watersheds are not near
the upper threshold (see Cumulative Effects section). In addition, alder domination of regrowth
tends to occur on floodplains sites where ground disturbance allows its seeds to germinate on
bare mineral soil. Floodplains are predominantly associated with Class I, and to a lesser extent
with Class II, streams. The placement of 100-foot buffers (minimum) on Class I and most Class
II streams, reduces the chance for alder establishment on floodplains. Alder does not dominate
the riparian zone of Class III streams. Late summer low flows may be reduced in watersheds
that were harvested prior to the establishment of Standards and Guidelines which prohibit
harvest on floodplain soils. These effects might occur in the watershed of Steelhead Creek,
Election Creek, and Goose Creek which have floodplains with a significant alder component.
Because Southeast Alaska has a higher precipitation regime and lower summer air temperatures
than central Oregon, effects in this region are expected to be less. Alder can become estab-
lished in the riparian zone of Class III streams after timber harvest if mineral soils are exposed.
Present buffers and yarding specifications for Class III streams are sufficient to maintain ground
cover soil quality standards that will prevent or minimize alder domination of these sites.
32 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
stream Sediment
Environmental A
Consequences ^
Water Quality
Water quality is discussed in regard to stream sediment, water chemistry, stream temperature
and dissolved oxygen, and consumptive use. The proposed action would no longer result in a
continued supply of raw wood products to the KPC pulp mill at Ketchikan, This pulp mill,
which affected water quality at Ward Cove in the vicinity of Ketchikan, is now closed.
Harvest Units
Two approaches were taken to estimate surface erosion. First, the amount of soil disturbance
was estimated based on logging method. The acreage harvested by each method was tabulated
for each watershed. Based on the percent disturbance for each type of logging, the total area
disturbed per watershed was summed. The acres of potential soil disturbance are shown in
Table 4-2.
The second approach evaluated the potential delivery to streams of sediment generated in
harvest units. Stream proximity and topography were used to evaluate potential delivery. A
steep unit crossed by several streams has a high delivery potential, while a flat unit with no
nearby streams has a very low delivery potential. Two relative ranking systems were used; one
to evaluate each unit’s connection to streams, and a second to evaluate what happens to the
sediment once it reaches the stream. Streams that have low transport capability may be highly
affected by sediment and received a high rating. Streams with a high transport capacity are less
affected by sediment and receive a low rating. Descriptions of the various classes in both
ranking systems is given in the Control Lake Project Soils Resource Report (Jackson, 1995).
The deliverability values were multiplied times the transport capability values to estimate the
total hazard to the stream; thus if there was no deliverability, but high susceptibility, the result
would be zero. The total hazard was summed for each watershed. Table 4-1 1 shows that
Alternative 12 has the highest potential, while Alternative 10 has the lowest potential for
sediment effects.
Table 4-1 1
Sediment Delivery Potential of Harvest Units for the
Alternatives
Alternative 10 Alternative 11 Alternative 12
Sediment Delivery Index'' 181 546 652
1/ This index was developed based on such factors as the number of streams, proximity to Class 1
streams, slope steepness, sediment potential, and logging system. Each unit was ranked and results
tabulated. Details of this procedure are contained in Jackson 1995 and Rogers and Ablow 1995.
In general, surface soil erosion that occurs within timber harvest units has a limited possibility
for contributing sediment to streams. The main BMP’s to minimize soil disturbance near Class
III streams are buffers, controlled felling of trees away from streams, and yarding these trees
away from the streams (split yarding). Site-specific recommendations for controlled felling and
split yarding are contained in the unit cards.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 4 ■ 33
4 Environmental
Consequences
Road Erosion
Construction of new roads and reconstructing old roads exposes cutbank soil and roadbed
materials to erosion which increases sediment delivery to streams. The largest component of
management-caused sediment input to streams is from roads (Reid and Dunne, 1984). Specific
quantities of sediment cannot be predicted; consequently, three methods are used to evaluate the
alternatives and their relative risk of sediment delivery to streams. First is the acres of new road
proposed. Second is the number of proposed road crossings of streams. Third is an evaluation
of the specific potential for sediment delivery to streams of all harvest units and roads.
Table 4-3 shows the acres of new road proposed by major watershed including quarries and
landings. Watersheds with the highest road acreage have the greatest susceptibility for potential
road-related sediment delivery. This table shows that Alternative 12 has the highest acres of
new roads followed by Alternatives 1 1 and 10. Steelhead Creek, Rio Beaver, and Watershed
DOS A (adjacent to Elevenmile Creek) have the largest area (over 100 acres) of proposed new
roads under Alternative 12. By converting road area to a percentage of each watershed area, the .
relative magnitude can be evaluated independent of watershed size. For these three watersheds, ,
the percentage area of new roads under Alternative 12 would be 0.8, 1.2, and 1.6 percent of the
total watershed acreage, respectively.
Standards and Guidelines do not define a maximum percentage of a watershed that may be
converted to a roaded condition. A study by Cederholm et al. (1981) showed that fine sedi-
ments began to accumulate in downstream spawning gravels when logging roads in their study
area on the Olympic Peninsula in Washington State exceeded 2.5 percent of the basin area.
However, these effects were directly attributed to older roads (in that case, built before 1972)
constructed without BMP’s such as end hauling road cut materials on steep slopes, grass
seeding cut and fill areas, and energy dissipation structures at culvert outfalls. Such BMP’s are
specified in Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines on the Tongass National Forest and will
significantly reduce the road related risk to water quality. Higher percentages of roaded acres
for a given watershed, however, do indicate a higher risk of impact from roads. Consequently,
BMP implementation in these watersheds is especially important. Older roads occur in the
Project Area; in these areas on-going road maintenance is important.
The number of road stream crossings is shown in Table 4-12. These data show that Alternative
12 has the highest total number of crossings (258 or a little less than three stream crossings per
mile of road), and the highest potential risk of sediment delivery to streams. In Alternative 12,
Shinaku Creek and Steelhead Creek have the highest number of road crossings (54 and 73,
respectively). In Alternative 11, Shinaku Creek still has 54 crossings while Steelhead Creek has
72 crossings. Alternative 10 has the fewest total stream crossings.
Table 4-12
Number of Road Crossings of Class I, II, and lll/IV
Streams by Alternative
Alternative 10
Alternative 11
Alternative 12
Class I
10
29
39
Class II
19
37
43
Class III/IV
54
153
176
Total
83
219
258
34 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences Hr
The results of a potential sediment delivery analysis for roads is shown in Table 4-13. This
methodology utilizes a ranking system based on road usage and watershed characteristics. The
methodology is based on that developed by Hogan and Wilford (1989) and detailed in Jackson
(1995) and Rogers and Ablow (1995). The method considered stream crossings and road usage
which is related to harvested timber volume. The number of road-stream crossings is multiplied
by 1, 17, and 130 depending on whether the expected logging truck usage is light, medium or
heavy. These numbers are based on the relative magnitudes of road bed sediment production
documented by Reid and Dunne (1984) where heavy usage was considered five or more loaded
logging trucks per day. Results by alternative are presented in Table 4-13; results for individual
subwatersheds are presented in Appendix D of the Draft EIS and in the planning record. These
values provide an index of the relative risk of impacting water quality or increasing the amount
of fine sediment in gravel above natural levels. Alternative 12 has the highest potential for
sediment delivery to streams, followed by Alternatives 1 1 and 10, in that order.
Table 4-13
Sediment Delivet7 Potential of Roads by Alternative
Alternative 10 Alternative 11 Alternative 12
Sediment Delivery Index*' 6,728 10,119 13,940
Source: Jackson, 1995.
1/ This index was developed based on the number of stream crossings and assumed truck traffic. Each
road segment was ranked and the results tabulated. Details of the procedure are contained in Jackson,
1995 and Rogers and Ablow, 1995.
The values indicated in Table 4-13 and Appendix D of the Draft EIS reflect both the length of
high-use roads and a relatively high stream drainage density. The maximum tabulated values
shown for individual subwatersheds (Appendix D of the Draft EIS are high). These values
show the relative risk of impact by subwatershed; they do not, however, indicate actual
sediment delivery to streams. The high values are reached because of the number of anticipated
loaded logging trucks passing streams and generating potentially deliverable fine sediment. In
cases where these loaded trips exceed four trips daily, each trip past each stream was multiplied
by 130 and then totalled (Jackson, 1995). Once fine sediment is mobilized on the road bed it
can be delivered to roadside ditches, carried to a stream, and degrade water quality. Minimiz-
ing this sediment delivery is of fundamental importance in road location and design, BMP
implementation, and road maintenance. The following discussion evaluates the risk values in
terms of the potential sediment delivery volume which is what affects water quality.
The 1,17, and 130 multipliers are based on the relative proportion of fine sediment produced at
Reid and Dunne’s (1984) study sites under increasing road usage; the values are not based on
the absolute amount of fine sediment delivered from the road to the stream. In their study area,
heavy road use potentially generated 915 tons per mile per year of fine sediment. Seventy-five
percent of the roadside ditches contributed sediment to streams. These relationships suggest
that under heavy road use for one full year there would be 685 tons of sediment delivered to a
stream receiving drainage from 1 mile of road. Average cross-drain culvert spacing, which
minimizes the amount of water and sediment delivered to a stream, was greater than 500 feet
(Reid and Dunne, 1984).
For comparison, in a similar study of the Polk Inlet area on Prince of Wales Island, Kahklen
(1994) documented 15 tons per mile per year of fine sediment production from heavy road
usage (six to eight loaded logging trucks per day). This value shows that with similar use
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 4 ■ 35
4 Environmental
Consequences
Water Chemistry
Stream Temperature
and Dissolved
Oxygen
approximately 60 times less sediment is produced at the Polk Inlet study site than at the
Olympic Peninsula site. Kahklen (1994) indicated that about 35 percent of the roadside ditches
in Polk Inlet drained to a stream; approximately 45 percent less than the roadside ditch delivery
at Reid and Dunne’s (1984) study site. In the Polk Inlet area culvert spacing averaged 150 to
300 feet, partially explaining the reduced drainage to stream channels. Consequently, the
volume of potential yearly sediment delivery to streams documented by Kahklen (1994), under
similar road usage, is approximately 130 times smaller than the values documented by Reid and
Dunne (1984). This comparison suggests that even watersheds with high values of potential
sediment delivery (such as C49B.2100) are at a lower risk than indicated by the values alone.
The comparative values discussed above highlight the importance of implemented BMP’s in
minimizing effects to stream channels (USDA Forest Service, 1995a). Data presented in USDA
Forest Service (1995a) for the Old Franks drainage in the Polk Inlet Project Area on Prince of
Wales Island show that only 4 out of 206 culverts (2 percent of the total), were not fulfilling
their cross-drain function. BMP’s implemented at this level of effectiveness will significantly
reduce the potential for sediment delivery to streams and related water quality degradation.
Additionally, in the higher elevations in Southeast Alaska actual road use by logging trucks
occurs for only about 8 months, rather than all year long (as in lower elevations), further
reducing the absolute amount of sediment delivery to streams.
Documented rates of sediment delivery when timber harvest includes use of BMP’s (Mitigation
Measures F2, F5, F6, F7, F8) are within the range of normal baseline conditions of streams in
Southeast Alaska (Paustian, 1987). The use of road BMP’s (Mitigation Measures F2, F8, FIO) ,
are similarly expected to reduce the impact of sediment eroded from roads. For example, in a l
review of North American forestry practices, Binkley and Brown (1993) conclude that while
use of BMP’s may not prevent an increase in erosion, their use kept increases of sediment
concentration to a minimum. Consequently, sediment delivery to streams in the Project Area is
expected to be within state standards.
Significant alterations to water chemistry as a result of timber harvest are not expected. The use ;
of motor vehicles and motor-driven timber harvest equipment means there is potential for fuel |
spills which might reach streams. Seeding and fertilizing road cutslopes for erosion control may j
allow the influx of fertilizer to stream systems. Under normal operating conditions, these
nontimber harvest actions are expected to have only a minor potential to affect water quality,
and water quality standards will not be exceeded.
Timber harvesting in Class III riparian areas is expected to have minimal effects on stream
temperature and dissolved oxygen. The maintenance of minimum 100-foot buffers on Class I
and most Class II streams should substantially mitigate the downstream effects of any stream
temperature increases occurring in the Class III streams. Stream temperatures in the Project
Area seldom exceed the State standard of a maximum 68 °F. The effects of removing a small
area of streamside vegetation are generally negligible. Lower elevation streams with a southerly
aspect would experience greater temperature changes than higher elevation streams with a
northerly exposure. Significant decreases in dissolved oxygen because of increased stream or
lake temperatures are not expected. The application of appropriate stream buffers and other
BMP’s would maintain sufficient stream and lake canopy closure and mitigate any potential for
significant temperature increases (see Mitigation section).
Lakes generally serve to buffer stream temperature extremes, with their effectiveness dependent
on lake bathymetry and size and stream flux entering and exiting the lake. The numerous lakes
in the Project Area may affect how stream temperatures respond to harvest activities. Informa-
tion presented in the Chapter 3, Water, Fish, and Fisheries section demonstrates the increased
temperature of lakes compared to Class I streams. These measurements were made at the
shallow surface of lake edges and probably overestimate lake temperatures.
36
4 CHAPTER — Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Consumptive
Water Use
Direct and Indirect
Effects to Fish
and Fisheries
Environmental A
Consequences ■
Addition of organic material which increases the biological oxygen demand and reduces the
dissolved oxygen availability should be mitigated by buffers along Class I and II streams.
BMP’s for Class III streams which include split yarding limits the amount of organic material
entering the stream, while the high gradient and associated turbulence of many Class III streams
adds oxygen to the water, reducing the negative impact of increased organic input above natural
levels.
The potential effects on stream temperature were evaluated by considering the miles of vegeta-
tion removed alongside Class III/IV streams in all timber harvest units (Table 4-10). These data
quantify the total amount of stream channel subject to increased insolation and warming.
Vegetation removal along Class III/IV streams ranges from 48.5 miles for Alternative 12 to 24.9
miles for Alternative 10 (Table 4-10). The Shinaku Creek, Upper Thorne River, and Steelhead
Creek watersheds have the most vegetation removal, while no vegetation would be removed in
several watersheds. The affected miles compares to 585 total miles of Class III and IV streams
in the Control Lake Project Area (see Table 3-8) and is dispersed throughout watersheds. Most
Class III and IV streams in the Project Area are high gradient, contained channels with low
temperatures even in summer. These properties make them resistant to thermal increases. For all
of these reasons, stream temperature increases from removal of streamside vegetation along Class
III and IV streams in harvest units are unlikely. Class I and II streams all have a minimum 100-
foot buffer along both stream banks which will prevent increases in water temperature. Units
with potentially temperature sensitive streams are discussed below in the Mitigation section.
Timber harvest would not have any impact on the availability of water to those sites in the
Project Area where local consumptive water use occurs. No harvest is planned for the immediate
vicinity of recreational sites on National Forest System lands. The Forest Service cabin on Lake
Galea in the Honker Divide area is within a Scenic River LUD, where timber and road building
activity is limited. Similarly, planned activities near the Control Lake cabin. Black Bear Lake
cabin and Eagles Nest campground are not expected to affect water use.
Because of mitigative actions taken and planned for implementation, no anticipated significant
impacts will occur to fisheries resources from any of the alternatives. The remaining environ-
mental effects of timber harvest and road construction on fish and fisheries resources may be
either direct, indirect, or cumulative. Actions that have effects on fish include removal of
riparian vegetation, increased sediment inputs to streams, temperature and dissolved oxygen
changes, changes in inputs of LWD, and miscellaneous actions related to road construction. All
of the action alternatives have some associated risk of effects to streams and fisheries resources;
the magnitude of risk is generally proportional to the extent of application of stream buffer
prescriptions and BMP’s, the miles of new or reconstructed road, and the number of stream
crossings required.
Removal of Riparian Vegetation in the Riparian Management Area
The effects on fisheries from removal of riparian vegetation are small because the overall
reduction in riparian vegetation in any area is small. Marked reduction of riparian vegetation can
have several indirect adverse effects on fish resources, including reduction in LWD which is
important for rearing fish habitat, increased sediment input causing reduced fish production, and
altered stream temperature which influence survival and growth of fish in streams and lakes (see
Water, Fish, and Fisheries section in Chapter 3). The buffers established under TTRA and
expanded-width buffers mitigate most adverse effects to streams from riparian harvest for all
alternatives. To evaluate the effects on harvest riparian areas on fisheries resources, several
factors were considered, including: (1) miles of riparian habitat harvested (Tables 4-9 and 4-10);
and (2) acres of riparian management area harvested (Table 4-8).
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 4 ■ 37
4
Environmental
Consequences
Within the harvest units, riparian harvest occurs to streambank only along Class III streams,
which do not have fish. Total riparian management area harvest along Class III streams is
highest in Alternative 12 and smallest in Alternative 10 (Table 4-8). Riparian management area
harvest is greatest in the watershed for all alternatives. In all alternatives, the second highest
level of harvest occurs in the Shinaku Creek watershed. Vegetation removal along Class III
streams ranges from 48.5 miles for Alternative 12 to 24.9 miles for Alternative 10 (Table 4-10).
The Shinaku Creek, Upper Thorne River, and Steelhead Creek watersheds have the most
vegetation removal. The affected miles compares to 585 total miles of Class III streams in the
Control Lake Project Area (see Table 3-7).
Sediment Inputs to Streams
Considering the protection built with TTRA and other expanded-width buffers and implementa-
tion of BMP’s, none of the activities should significantly increase impacts to fisheries from
increased sediment. However, risks from sediment still remain to these resources, with the
highest risks occurring where the greatest proportion of near stream disturbance and, second-
arily, watershed disturbance occurs (see Risks, this section).
Increased sediment delivery may directly or indirectly adversely affect the survival of salmonids
by factors such as reduced egg survival in stream gravel, reduced food supply, and direct
mortality (see Water, Fish, and Fisheries in Chapter 3). Sediment input is affected by quantity
of road miles, number of stream crossings, slope, total harvest acres and riparian harvest acres.
The effects of the alternatives on these factors are discussed above under Water Quality in this
section and in the Chapter 4 Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas section.
The number of stream crossings (bridges and culverts) is an index used to assess the potential
for erosion and increased sediment inputs to streams. Table 4-12 shows the number of stream
crossings, by stream class. Steelhead Creek watershed has the most stream crossings, making
up a total of 73 for Alternative 12. Fifty-seven of these stream crossings occur on Class III/TV
streams while only 6 stream crossings occur on Class I streams. Because there is no concentra-
tion of road crossings in one subwatershed, the affect of increased sediment into the stream
should be low. For all alternatives, subwatersheds with a higher risk of road sediment delivery
are; C21C.0405 (Logjam Creek watershed); C49B, C49B.0001, and C49B.2100 (Rio Beaver
watershed); C49B.2403 (Control Creek watershed); and C49B.2701 (North Thome River).
Removal of riparian vegetation is indicated in Table 4-8 by watershed. For all alternatives, the
Thorne River, Control Creek, the Upper Thome River, Steelhead Creek and Shinaku Creek
watersheds have the largest acreage of riparian management area harvest and have the highest
potential for sediment input to streams based on streamside activity.
Fish Habitat
The habitat capability models indicate a decrease in potential production after 1995 for Dolly
Varden char, while increasing production for coho salmon and pink salmon (Tables 4-14, 4-15,
and 4-16). Major increases in predicted production occur by 1991 and are the result of a fish
passage facility installation in Rio Roberts (see Water, Fish, and Fisheries section in Chapter
3). However, pink salmon have not successfully utilized the fish passage; consequently, the
model overestimates increases in pink salmon productivity. The reduction in potential in some
VCU’s (e.g., VCU’s 577, 578, 595, 597) for Dolly Varden char and coho salmon over time is
primarily the result of harvest that occurred between 1954 and 1979, not from the Control Lake
Project. Timber harvest before 1980 included harvest in the riparian areas to the stream channel
bank along anadromous and resident fish streams.
38 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences i
Table 4-14
Dolly Varden Char Habitat Capability from 1954 to 2145 by
VCU
VCU
1954
1991
1995
2005
2115
2145
574
223,000
223,000
223,000
222,000
221,000
221,000
575
213,000
213,000
213,000
213,000
213,000
213,000
576
121,000
121,000
121,000
121,000
121,000
121,000
577
252,000
252,000
252,000
251,000
251,000
251,000
578
146,000
146,000
146,000
146,000
146,000
146,000
591
36,000
36,000
36,000
36,000
36,000
36,000
592
62,000
62,000
62,000
62,000
62,000
62,000
593
76,000
76,000
76,000
76,000
76,000
76,000
594
86,000
86,000
86,000
86,000
86,000
86,000
595
69,000
69,000
69,000
69,000
69,000
69,000
596
123,000
123,000
123,000
123,000
123,000
123,000
597
255,000
252,000
252,000
251,000
249,000
249,000
Total
1,663,000
1,660,000
1,659,000
1,657,000
1,653,000
1,654,000
Source; TLMP 1990 Habitat Capability Model.
Numbers also include production in lakes in each VCU.
Table 4-15
Coho Salmon Habitat Capability (Smolt Production) and
Percent Change from 1954 to 2145 by VCU
VCU
1954
1991
1995
2005
2115
2145
574
41,000
41,000
41,000
41,000
41,000
41,000
575
44,000
44,000
44,000
44,000
44,000
44,000
576
36,000
54,000
54,000
54,000
54,000
54,000
577
27,000
27,000
27,000
27,000
27,000
27,000
578
50,000
50,000
50,000
50,000
50,000
50,000
591
17,000
17,000
17,000
17,000
17,000
17,000
592
16,000
16,000
16,000
16,000
16,000
16,000
593
17,000
17,000
17,000
17,000
17,000
17,000
594
23,000
23,000
23,000
23,000
23,000
23,000
595
20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
596
54,000
57,000
57,000
57,000
57,000
57,000
597
121,000
120,000
119,000
119,000
118,000
118,000
Total
464,000
484,000
483,000
483,000
482,000
482,000
Source: TLMP 1990 Habitat Capability Model.
Numbers also include smolt production in lakes.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 4 ■ 39
4 Environmental
Consequences
Table 4-16
Pink Salmon Habitat Capability (Smolt Production) from
1954 to 2145 by VCU
VCU
1954
1991
1995
2005
2115
2145
574
1,246,000
1,246,000
1,246,000
1,246,000
1,246,000
1,246,000
575
9,652,000
9,652,000
9,652,000
9,652,000
9,652,000
9,652,000
516^'
2,353,000
4,656,000
4,656,000
4,656,000
4,656,000
4,656,000
577
624,000
624,000
624,000
624,000
624,000
624,000
578
5,525,000
5,525,000
5,525,000
5,525,000
5,525,000
5,525,000
591
4,995,000
4,995,000
4,995,000
4,995,000
4,995,000
4,995,000
592
2,302,000
2,302,000
2,302,000
2,302,000
2,302,000
2,302,000
593
5,619,000
5,619,000
5,619,000
5,619,000
5,619,000
5,619,000
594
3,242,000
3,242,000
3,242,000
3,242,000
3,242,000
3,242,000
595
4,046,000
4,046,000
4,046,000
4,046,000
4,046,000
4,046,000
5961'
2,216,000
2,435,000
2,435,000
2,435,000
2,435,000
2,435,000
597
17,270,000
17,270,000
17,270,000
17,270,000
17,270,000
17,270,000
Total
59,091,000
61,613,000
61,613,000
61,613,000
61,613,000
61,613,000
Source: TLMP 1990 Habitat Capability Model
1/ Values include projections of additional productivity due to installation of a fish ladder in Rio Roberts
Creek; however, no pink salmon have been observed above the fish ladder.
The alternatives were not modeled individually using the habitat capability models because of
the small area of Class I and II riparian vegetation that would be affected in any alternative.
With these small levels of affect for changes in LWD no significant differences would be
predicted. LWD is a major component of stream habitat that can be affected by logging
activity. Like sediment, LWD can have both positive and negative effects on streams, depend-
ing on the amount present. When trees are removed from riparian areas, particularly in Class I
and II streams, it can have a direct adverse effect on fish habitat by reducing the input of LWD
(see the Water, Fish, and Fisheries section in Chapter 3). For Class I and II streams it takes
about 90 to 150 years after streamside tree removal before stream input of LWD from second-
growth forests approaches that from the original old-growth forest (USDA Forest Service,
1991a). Basin areas that were harvested prior to TTRA regulations are still adjusting to the loss
of sufficient size woody debris.
Most of the adverse effects of changes in LWD supply, such as reduction in supply to Class I
and II streams, or increased debris flows causing stream bed scour, would be mitigated by the
application of prescribed buffers and BMP’s (see Mitigation, this section). Minimum 100-foot
buffers for Class I and Class II streams would ensure gradual, long-term inputs of stable LWD,
provided large areas of blowdown (windthrow) do not occur. Prevention and minimization of
blowdown was developed using techniques described in the Southeast Alaska Guide for
Reducing Wind Damage (Harris, 1989). The applied techniques use unit boundaries and
harvest types, which incorporate partial retention around the unit perimeter, to reduce risk. The
Ketchikan Area is currently monitoring stream buffer blowdown to determine the effectiveness
of the buffers and other techniques (USDA Forest Service, 1992f). One function of no-harvest
buffers is to maintain the supply of LWD to the stream. Windthrow is the most common source
of natural LWD loading (Gregory and Ashkenas, undated). Consequently, the blowdown of
portions of buffer strips merely changes the timing of debris inputs (Gregory and Ashkenas,
40 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences r
undated). Catastrophic blowdown of long lengths of buffer on Class I streams could reduce
long-term input of LWD, If catastrophic blowdown creates a detrimental condition, e.g.,
barriers to anadromous fish, modification of the debris accumulation should be considered on a
case-by-case basis.
Blowdown may result in a short-term pulse of LWD to streams. This LWD would then decay
and eventually wash out. Thereafter, a shortage of LWD might occur, lasting until regrowth of
new trees within the previously buffered area is complete (more than 100 years). A more even
flow of LWD to streams is preferable to pulsed inputs followed by decline.
Road crossings of Class I and II streams remove trees for a maximum width of about 75 feet on
both sides of the stream which directly affects the availability of LWD at these sites (see Table
4-11). However, the relatively small amount of Class I and II streamside vegetation removed
(less than 1 percent of riparian management area in Class I and II streams) indicates that effects
to fish habitat for any of the alternatives would be small.
Timber harvest along Class III streams will remove the long-term input of LWD to these
streams. Data in Table 4-10 indicate that Alternative 12 has the most harvest of Class III stream
length followed by Alternatives 1 1 and 10. This reduction in available LWD in Class III
streams may result in reduced LWD delivery and increased sediment delivery to downstream
Class II and I channels (USDA Forest Service, 1995a). That Class III streams are a significant
source of LWD for streams lower in a drainage basin is not well documented. For example,
Murphy and Koski (1989) indicate that LWD delivery to streams by landslides in Southeast
Alaska averaged 4 percent (range 0 to 14 percent) depending on channel type. This value
compares to 73 percent for bank erosion and windthrow and 23 percent for tree mortality
directly along the Class I channels. Though major debris torrents in Class III channels can
deliver all their contained LWD and sediment, the amount of LWD they contain may be low.
For example, Nakamura and Swanson (1993) show that in steep Class Ill-type streams, LWD is
often suspended above the channel, forming a bridge rather than forming an in-channel obstruc-
tion.
Removal of vegetation on the upper banks of many Class III stream channels, and along the
lower banks of unbuffered Class III streams, might result in mobilization of bedload materials
through eventual sloughing of banks, or the long-term decay of in-channel LWD which releases
sediment from in-stream storage. For example. Smith et al. (1993) report increased coarse-
sediment transport after experimental removal of all in-channel LWD on Chichagof Island. The
LWD decay process and associated sediment ’delivery would be expected to occur over a
period of many decades. For example, Murphy and Koski (1989) suggest that LWD would be
decreased by 70 percent after a period of 90 years and would take 250 years to return to pre-
harvest levels.
Additionally, the movement of these materials downstream, as well as possible increased
streamflow in some heavily harvested drainages, might increase the probability of debris
torrents. Current guidelines for harvest adjacent to Class III channels are designed to limit the
quantity of logging slash and unstable debris that enters these channels, thereby reducing the
potential for destructive debris torrents. Field reconnaissance of all harvest units has resulted in
identification of stream channels and site-specific BMP prescriptions for buffers or split-yarding
on Class III streams. Additionally, during final layout timber harvest units will be inspected
again and final prescriptions detailed. Although some risk remains, the results of these mitiga-
tion actions will protect fish resources in Class I and II streams.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 4 ■ 41
4
Environmental
Consequences
Temperature and Dissolved Oxygen
The application of appropriate stream and lake buffers and other BMP’s would maintain
sufficient stream and lake canopy closure and avoid any potential for significant temperature
increases.
Marked increases in summer temperature (e.g., greater than 60.8°F) or reduction in winter
temperatures that cause anchor ice to form, can have adverse effects to fish in streams and lakes
(see Water, Fish, and Fisheries section in Chapter 3). Though fish kills in the Project Area
have occurred, it is difficult to pinpoint the cause. Reports of fish kills have been linked to
crowding of spawning fish in high escapement years and resulting deoxygenation of water from
fish respiration. Such events are unpredictable and cannot be directly attributed to the effects of
timber harvest.
The potential effects of timber harvest and road construction on stream temperature are dis-
cussed under Water Quality above, and are probably minimal. Slight increases in summer
stream temperatures and reduction in winter water temperature are possible; the net biological
effects of any such increases or decreases are difficult to assess, but are probably small. Thus,
no net gain or loss of salmonid production because of changes in stream temperature is ex-
pected. Significant decreases in dissolved oxygen because of increased stream or lake tempera-
tures are also not expected. Mitigation for site-specific possible temperature effects are
discussed below in the Mitigation section under Temperature Sensitivity.
Miscellaneous Effects of Road Construction
Miscellaneous effects of road construction include potential effects on upstream fish passage
and increased access to fisheries resources with a resulting increase in fishing pressure and
exploitation rates.
Upstream fish passage, both for adult and juvenile salmon and trout, can be blocked when
culverts are used to cross moderate- and high-gradient Class I or II streams. Proper implemen-
tation of BMP’s for culvert installation will eliminate these potential impacts. Occasionally,
culverts develop vertical drops at the downstream ends that fish cannot ascend. Water velocity
within the culvert might be too fast for fish to swim against. To reduce these risks, culverts
must be of the proper size and type for the particular stream, and must be correctly oriented and
installed.
Even though culverts will be selected, installed, and monitored regularly to maintain fish
passage, there is still the possibility that they will be undercut by the stream and might fail to
allow passage of fish at lower flows, or that they will become blocked or fail entirely at some
point in their service life. The risk of reduced fish passage is roughly proportional to the
number of culverts used. This risk is somewhat greater in watersheds that have more Class I
and II stream crossings (see Table 4-12). However, Forest Service BMP’s for road construction
require that culvert installation supply adequate fish passage to Class I and II streams. Imple-
mentation of BMP guidelines and proper monitoring (as described below) reduce risk so
significant impacts to fish passage in the Project Area would not occur.
A potential indirect effect of new road construction on fish is to improve the roaded access to
streams and lakes, resulting in the potential for increased subsistence harvest and recreational
use of local fisheries resources. Road closures will reduce accessibility to some of the more
important fisheries. The roaded access to some lakes would increase. For example. Angle Lake
has a proposed roaded area and trail system planned which will increase access to the lake. The
42 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental
Consequences
4
harvest units near Angle Lake are contained in all alternatives. Both the creek and lake support
coho, chum, pink and sockeye salmon, cutthroat, rainbow and steelhead trout and Dolly Varden
char, all of which may be vulnerable to increased fishing pressure.
Increased lake and stream access might also increase fisheries harvest rates in the Shinaku
watershed. Species of concern again include pink, chum and coho salmon as well as Dolly
Varden, cutthroat, rainbow and steelhead trout. Shinaku Lake supports Dolly Varden char,
cutthroat and rainbow trout as well as grayling. Fishing and boating access to Shinaku Lake and
watershed would be encouraged by new road access where it previously did not exist. Cur-
rently, the only access to Shinaku Lake is from float planes. The roaded access to the lake will
create a higher risk of increased harvest of local fisheries resources. The harvest units around
Shinaku Lake are contained in all alternatives.
Buffering of streams based on TTRA, the TLMP Revision (1997), and applying BMP’s (see
Mitigation section for details) will greatly reduce impacts to fisheries resources for all alterna-
tives. However, because of the difficulty of predicting the exact mitigation effectiveness and
implementation of these actions, some risk to fisheries resources remains after these actions are
taken. Increased risk does not indicate impacts to the resource, as none of the alternatives are
predicted to have significant adverse affects to fisheries resources because of the implementa-
tion of stream buffers, other TLMP guidelines, and Forest Service BMP’s.
One way to evaluate and compare the potential risk of impacts among the alternatives is to
examine the buffers applied under these guidelines. Tables 4-9 and 4-10 show the total length
of buffers by stream class applied to the alternatives.
In Figure 4-1, the lengths in miles, of buffer and BMP treatments have been normalized
(divided by the average value within each stream class for all action alternatives) and weighted
based upon the level of risk. Dividing by the average value for all alternatives (normalizing)
makes the numbers more directly comparable despite the difference in overall stream lengths
affected in the various alternatives. The following weighting procedures were used:
• The normalized lengths of one-sided buffers and one sided BMP treatment were weighted
with a factor of I .
• The normalized lengths of two-sided buffers and one sided BMP treatment were weighted
with a factor of 2.
Normalizing and weighting the values within each stream class allows each of the alternative
buffer strip and BMP-treatment categories to be combined. This combination facilitates
comparison of the alternatives in terms of their overall risk of effects to anadromous fish,
resident fish, and downstream water quality. When comparing the alternatives, it is important
to remember the alternative with the greatest length of buffered Class I and II streams also has
the greatest potential risk of impacts to fish habitats. A reduced length of buffer means less
logging will approach Class I or II streams, thus reducing the risk of channel and sediment
effects. In general, potential blowdown is proportional to the length of stream buffer; if more
buffers are applied, the risk of buffers blowing down is increased. The same general rule
applies to BMP’s; the greater the length of stream treated with BMP’s, such as split yarding of
streams or full suspension of logs over channels, the greater the risk. Normalized values in
Figure 4-1 retain this basic relationship: the higher the number the greater the risk. Generally,
Alternative 12 has the highest risk individually for Class I, II, and III streams, while Alterna-
Risk
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 4 ■ 43
J
4 Environmental
Consequences
Figure 4-1
Relative (Dimensionless) Risk of Potential Effects to Class I, Class II, Class III, and
All Streams Combined Based on Quantity, Type, and Location of Stream Buffering
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
Alt 10 Alt 11 Alt 12
Class I 1 -sided
Class I 2-sided
Class I Combined
I Class III 1 -sided
H) Class III 2-sided
□ Class III Combined
Alt 10 Alt 11 Alt 12
I Class II 1 -sided
n Class II 2-sided
□ Class II Combined
Alt 10 Alt 11 Alt 12
■ All Streams Combined
44 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ^
lives 1 1 and 10 have progressively less risk for each stream class (Figure 4-1). A combined
ranking of alternatives, including risk of effects to anadromous fish streams, resident fish
streams, and water quality shows that Alternative 12 has a higher risk than the other three
alternatives, followed by Alternative 1 1 and then 10.
Cumulative Effects Cumulative Watershed Effects Analysis
Cumulative watershed effects (CWE) can be evaluated by examining harvest thresholds within
specified time periods to address the effects of timber harvest on stream flow increases and
sediment inputs. Two CWE thresholds are defined that apply to third order and larger water-
sheds. These harvest thresholds represent two ways to measure cumulative effects. For the first
CWE threshold, cumulative ground-disturbing activities are limited to 35 percent of the total
watershed acreage over a 15 -year period unless analysis indicates otherwise (USD A Forest
Service, 1991a). Watershed groupings were based on Forest Service watershed designations.
However, large watersheds (Thorne River, Steelhead Creek, etc.) were subdivided to provide a
more consistent size of watersheds for analysis. Third order and larger watersheds containing
Class I and II streams were subdivided within the larger watersheds. This provided the ability
to isolate the effects on small watersheds that might otherwise be obscured within the larger
watersheds. The Control Lake Fisheries and Watershed Report (Rogers and Ablow, 1995)
contain the results of this analysis for subwatersheds.
Table 4-17 shows the cumulative acreage harvested on federal lands in the last 15 (1983-1997)
years by third order and larger watershed for the Control Lake Project alternatives. This
analysis includes all federal, state, and private lands in the Project Area. None of the water-
sheds exceed the 35 percent limit, although several watersheds exceed 20 percent. No addi-
tional harvest is planned in these watersheds for this entry. At the maximum level of harvest in
this entry (Alternative 12) none of the watersheds would exceed 30 percent harvest during the
past 15 years.
For the second CWE analysis, the percentage of Riparian Management Area (RMA) acreage
harvested along high-gradient contained channel types in third order and larger watersheds is
limited to 25 percent of the total RMA associated with these channel types over a 20-year
period. Table 4-18 displays the results of this analysis and shows one watershed (D04A) that
currently surpasses the 25 percent level. However, no Control Lake harvest units are located
within this watershed. The Control Lake Project would result in only two watersheds. Goose
Creek (C49B.1) and Election Creek (C96A), reaching the 15 percent level, but none would
exceed 15 percent after project implementation. As in the first CWE analysis, this analysis was
extended to sub watersheds (Rogers and Ablow, 1995).
This analysis is sensitive to the resolution of the stream data for a watershed and to the overall
relief of a watershed. High gradient streams were found to be under-represented in the GIS
database when compared to field verified areas. Consequently, the analysis tends to underesti-
mate the percentage of high gradient streams within a watershed and overestimates the percent-
age of harvest along high gradient streams within harvest units.
II
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 4 ■ 45
J
4 Environmental
Consequences
Monitoring
The following silvicultural practices have also been implemented to mitigate the effects of timber
harvest. Partial cutting, in the form of Seed Tree; Shelterwood; and group selection harvest, are
used to enhance stocking, relative vigor, and species composition where it is appropriate In
some units, the silvicultural prescriptions require that cedar be retained within the unit or along
unit boundaries. This is expected to improve the potential for increasing the cedar regeneration
within the units where it may be out competed by other species. In order to maintain the high
abundance of Alaska yellowcedar, reserve trees are often prescribed to provide seed and shelter
for yellowcedar regeneration. Harvest units where this measure would apply currently sustain
moderate to high levels of Alaska yellowcedar and have plant associations that favor Alaska
yellowcedar growth. Units that incorporate specific mitigation measures are identified on the
unit cards and in the silvicultural prescriptions.
Project-specific monitoring is recommended as an ecosystem management measure to monitor
the implementation and effectiveness of different types of clearcutting with reserve trees, and
various types of partial cutting and uneven-aged management techniques prescribed for the
Control Lake Project Area units. Monitoring should determine the degree that reserve tree
blowdown occurs and how this blowdown is affected by site factors. Monitoring should also
examine regeneration and stand development following each harvest type. Implementation and
effectiveness of timber standards and guidelines will be monitored as part of the Forest Plan
monitoring report.
46
4 CHAPTER — Silvicutture, Timber, and Vegetation
Control Lake Final EIS
Wildlife
Wildlife Habitats
Key Terms
Habitat — the sum total of environmental conditions of a specific place that is occupied by an
organism, population, or community of plants or animals.
Habitat capability — an estimated number of animals that a habitat can sustain.
Management Indicator Species (MIS) — species of vertebrates and invertebrates whose
population changes are believed to best indicate the effects of land management activities.
Viable population — the number of individuals of a species required to ensure the continued
long-term existence of the population in natural, self-sustaining populations, well distributed
throughout their range in the national forest.
Wildlife Analysis Area (WAA) — division of land identified by the Alaska Department of Fish
and Game (ADF&G) and used by the Forest Service for wildlife analysis.
This analysis considers the direct, indirect, and cumulative effects of the alternatives proposed
for the Control Lake Project. Effects are projected to 2007, the anticipated end of the proposed
action and to 2095 to show the cumulative effects of ongoing Forest Plan implementation.
Wildlife species are individually adapted to combinations of plant community types and
successional stages. Changes in plant communities or successional stages may result in
changes in animal communities. Generally, the more diverse the vegetation, the greater the
abundance and variety of wildlife species in an area. The probability of maintaining viable
populations increases if suitable habitat is present in sufficient types, amounts, and spatial
arrangements on a landscape level. Changes in forest cover types or successional stages occur
as a result of natural and human caused disturbance. Timber harvest may add to, or detract
from, the diversity of an area depending on existing conditions and the type and amount of
harvest planned.
The effects of the proposed alternatives differ for various groups of wildlife in relation to their
habitat requirements, feeding habits, and interaction with humans. Wildlife species used to
gauge the impact of proposed alternatives include MIS and Threatened, Endangered, and
Sensitive species that are potential inhabitants of the area.
Timber harvest and road construction are the principal activities likely to generate direct,
indirect, and cumulative effects on wildlife in the Control Lake Project Area. Effects on wildlife
from trapping, hunting, and recreational activities are indirectly tied to the type and magnitude
of timber harvest. Timber harvest and road construction have the potential to affect wildlife
resources through (1) habitat alteration, (2) disturbance from project activities, and (3) increased
post-harvest human access. Greater public access in turn increases the vulnerability of game
animals to hunting and of furbearers to trapping, and may cause shifts in species traditional use
patterns.
Proposed harvest acreage by volume stratum is presented for each alternative in Table 4-9. The
alternatives propose to harvest from 964 acres under Alternative 10 to 3,769 acres under
Alternative 12. These acres are mostly made up of mapped productive old growth, which ranges
from 834 acres under Alternative 10 to 3,328 acres under Alternative 12. This represents a
harvest of 1.1 to 4.4 percent of the existing productive old growth in the Project Area. Alterna-
tives 1 1 and 13 would harvest 3.4 percent and 3.0 percent of the existing productive old growth
in the Project Area, respectively.
Control Lake Final EIS
Wildlife— CHAPTER 4 ■ 47
4 Environmental
Consequences
Mitigation
Fish Resources
Cumulative effects on fish resources were evaluated by examining the results of long-term
predications of fish habitat capability models and other nonmodeled factors. Predictions of
changes in fish habitat potential are presented for the MIS (Tables 4-14, 4-15, and 4-16). Coho
and pink salmon over the long-term show overall increase in potential from 1954 to 2145,
averaging increases of 4 and 4.3 percent, respectively. The increase is a result of installation of
fish passage facilities on several streams (see Chapter 3). Pink salmon habitat capability
predictions remain unchanged after 1995, but the pink salmon habitat capability model assumes
no effects from any harvest activities. However, coho habitat capability in some VCU’s
continues to decrease beyond 1995. Long range predictions indicate that coho potential in
several of the watersheds in VCU’s 574, 577, 578, 595, 597 continue to decrease in potential,
resulting from logging activity that occurred prior to 1979, which includes the continual
breakdown of existing LWD where no recruitment potential exists. The continued reduction in
potential is the result of loss of LWD in the streams because of substantial streamside harvest
(see Chapter 3) of Class I streams in these watersheds between 1954 and 1979. The habitat
potential begins to increase in these streams prior to 2145 (approximately 90 to 150 years after
harvest) because of input of LWD to these streams from the development of riparian second-
growth forests. Proposed actions taken under the Control Lake Project would not contribute to
this predicted decline in projected habitat capability for coho salmon. Dolly Varden habitat
capability decreases over time from 1954 to 21 15, averaging a 0.36 percent decrease in the
Project Area. The largest decrease occurs in VCU 597, which is part of the Lower Thorne
River, Rio Beaver and Goose Creek Watersheds. Again this is from older harvest, not from
results of any of the considered alternatives. Based on these models, none of the alternatives
will have cumulative adverse effects on fish resources.
Consideration of factors that cannot be included in the models suggests minor cumulative
effects could occur to fisheries resources from the considered alternatives. In spite of TTRA
buffers, extended width buffers, and implementation of BMP’s, some increased risk of loss of
stream habitat could occur. Factors such as unexpected logging-induced landslides, logging-
enhanced blowdown, and impassible culvert installation could contribute to some minor adverse
cumulative effects to the Project Area’s fisheries resources. Because of the many mitigation
measures (see Mitigation in this section) that will be implemented during harvest activity, these
effects will be minor and not of significance. Also, the use of Knutson- Vandenburg (KV)
funds, generated from logging sales receipts, to improve habitat and to open new areas for
anadromous stocks by installation of fish passage may result in benefits above those predicted
in the models.
Mitigation measures to reduce the magnitude of potential effects on water quality, streams, fish,
and fisheries resources include planning, application of BMP’s, application of appropriate
stream buffer prescriptions, and road-access management prescriptions. These topics are
discussed below. Appendix C and the unit and road cards (Appendices F and G) identify which
mitigation measures apply to each harvest unit and road segment.
Water Quality
Mitigation for protecting water quality occurs through both planning and the implementation of
BMP’s. These mitigation measures are documented in Chapter 10 of the Forest Service Soil
and Water Conservation Handbook (FSH 2509.22) and are discussed in the Alaska Nonpoint
Source Pollution Control Strategy. Mitigation of sediment inputs by roads to streams is
accomplished through transportation planning, route location, contract preparation, and contract
administration (Mitigation Measures FI and F2). These procedures allow avoidance of
48 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ^
hazardous areas during planning, the field documentation and avoidance of additional hazard-
ous sites, the incorporation into the contract of site-specific recommendations, and contract
administration to ensure compliance.
Other mitigation measures discussed in the FSH 2509,22 include those in the following discus-
sion. Where surface-disturbed areas on roads are subject to erosion, they will be stabilized
using techniques such as water barring, cross draining, outsloping, or other suitable means. To
prevent water from flowing long distances over exposed ground, measures such as ditches,
cross-drain spacing, and culverts will minimize soil erosion and sedimentation. The seeding
and fertilizing of cut slopes, fill slopes, and other disturbed areas will prevent soil erosion and
sedimentation. Landings will be located and designed for erosion control; they will have proper
drainage during use and shall be ditched or sloped to permit drainage and dispersion of water
when abandoned. These procedures are broadly grouped as Mitigation Measure F8.
The above procedures have been found to be generally effective in mitigating sediment inputs to
streams (MacDonald, 1991; EPA, 1993). Stream buffer prescriptions and other BMP’s related
to streams are also applied and discussed below. Because these practices are relatively new,
both implementation and effectiveness monitoring is being conducted and should be continued.
Implementation and effectiveness monitoring procedures are discussed in Monitoring under this
section.
In addition, several subwatersheds have been identified as being at higher risk of road sediment
input. These watersheds are: C49B.2100 (part of the Rio Beaver drainage); D12A.0100 (part
of the Nossuk River drainage); C21C.0405 (Logjam Creek watershed); C49B, C49B.0001, and
C49B.2100 (within the Rio Beaver watershed); C49B.2403 (Control Creek watershed);
C49B.2701 (North Thorne River watershed); and D12A.0100 (see Appendix D of the Draft
EIS). In these watersheds it is imperative that BMP’s (including ongoing road and culvert
maintenance) be fully implemented to protect water quality and fish habitat.
Stream Buffer Prescriptions and BMP’s
Buffers zones and BMP’s along streams (Mitigation Measures F5, F6, and F7) are techniques
implemented to reduce physical impacts to stream water quality and habitat. The extent of their
application across the Project Area provides a general indication of mitigation of potential
effects on streams.
Implementation of buffer prescriptions will largely mitigate potential impacts to streams.
Buffers applied at the planning stage are variable- width buffers (buffers greater or less than 100
feet wide). They are designed to be flexible and to provide the best level of protection to
streams based on differences in channel type and stream class. Site-specific resource condi-
tions, such as concern for windfirmness or adjacent hazard soils, resulted in some additional
widening of buffers beyond planned buffer widths. Stream segments with extended- width
buffers benefit from a higher level of protection than the TTRA requires. Directional felling
and split yarding along Class III streams (Mitigation Measure F6) and buffers in steep V-notch
streams with high erosion potential (Mitigation Measure F7) provide additional protection.
Tables 4-9 and 4-10 show the actual extent of stream buffer and BMP application for the
alternatives.
Stream buffers and BMP’s have been found to be effective in mitigating stream temperature
effects, sediment inputs, and loss of fish habitat (MacDonald, 1991; EPA, 1993; Binkley and
Brown, 1993). In addition, long-term effectiveness monitoring is required by the Memorandum
of Agreement (MOA) between the ADEC and the Forest Service (USDA Forest Service,
1992d).
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 4 ■ 49
4 Environmental
Consequences
Temperature Sensitivity
Canopy cover is an important factor governing stream heating and cooling. Lower elevation
streams with a southerly aspect would experience greater temperature changes than higher
elevation streams with a northerly exposure. Some streams because of their topography,
watershed features, and orientation, could have temperatures over optimum during hot, dry
summers. These same streams may be particularly susceptible to increased temperature if
adjacent tree canopies are removed during timber harvest. The application of appropriate
stream buffers and other BMP’s would maintain sufficient stream and lake canopy closure and
mitigate any potential for significant temperature increases for most streams.
Historical land management practices that occurred on both private and federal land in certain
watersheds may also contribute to a stream’s unmanaged temperature sensitivity. A group of
mainstem streams were highlighted primarily because of their southern exposure and low
elevation. These streams are: Goodrow Creek, Elevenmile Creek, Shinaku Creek, Election
Creek, Steelhead Creek, the North Thorne River, part of the upper Cutthroat Creek, Snakey
Lakes, Stream 103-60-11, Stream 103-60-25, Stream 103-60-07, Stream 103-60-05, Stream
103-60-03, and James Creek. Though these mainstem streams may be susceptible to tempera-
ture change, they are currently protected by TTRA buffer requirements and will not be affected
by timber practices.
An additional screening was conducted of potentially temperature sensitive Class III streams
within harvest units in these watersheds. The following characteristics were evaluated: south-
facing slopes, lack of immediate downstream forested stream buffers, historical and continued
harvest activities, adjacency to other units not yet providing enough shade, and adjacency to
ponds and muskegs (FSH 2609.24, Appendix 4). Assessment of potential temperature sensitiv-
ity included evaluation of unit cards, GIS mapping, orthophotos, and topographic maps. The
units which contain these Class III streams are: 574-434, 547-435, 574-436, 578-402, 592-413,
594-416, 594-420,595-406, 595-411, 595-414, 595-434. Mitigation measures prescribed for
these units include selective harvest buffers, moving unit boundaries away from the stream, or a
Type A clearcut border which leaves unmerchantable timber and deciduous trees to assure
adequate shading.
Nossuk Creek has been considered a temperature sensitive stream (USDA Forest Service,
1993). This potential temperature sensitivity was identified because it is a wide stream with low
flow velocities and little natural overhead shading of riparian vegetation. There are no Control
Lake harvest units adjacent to Nossuk Creek. The road accessing unit 591-405 does cross one
of the upper tributaries of Nossuk Creek. The amount of right-of-way clearing for the road will
not have a significant influence on the riparian shading of this tributary.
Road Construction Timing, Cuiverts, and Road Access Management
Road construction would adhere to the standard “timing windows” to avoid potential adverse
effects of increased sediment inputs to streams during periods of salmonid egg/alevin incubation
(Mitigation Measure FIO). The timing of construction for the Ketchikan Administrative Area
are conservatively established to be June 1 to August 7 for pink and chum salmon, June 15 to
September 1 for coho salmon, June 15 to August 15 for sockeye salmon, and July 18 through
August 15 for steelhead trout. However, because of the variability of fish presence, abundance,
and timing by system, the exact dates of allowable construction may vary from those presented.
Additionally, site-specific techniques during low flow periods can extend the timing window.
These construction restrictions are designed to protect coho, pink, and chum salmon and
steelhead trout spawning by reducing in-stream bridge and culvert activity at times when eggs
50 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Monitoring
Environmental A
Consequences r
may be in the gravel and during smolt migration. Proper culvert selection and installation
would minimize the risk of blocking fish passage; culverts would be monitored and maintained
on a regular basis. Culvert installation and design should follow standard Forest Service BMP’s
for culverts (USD A Forest Service, 1979b). For larger streams, bridges may be more suitable
to insure fish passage. Installation of project structural plate arch culverts are recognized as the
most effective culvert design of fish passage (Furniss et al., 1991).
Logging Debris Management
Logging debris generally is removed from streams. Split yarding and controlled felling prac-
tices would prevent large amounts of logging debris from entering streams during logging and
road-building operations. Existing LWD in stream channels would be left in place. Opportuni-
ties for fish passage barrier removal identified during routine monitoring would be evaluated
(Mitigation Measure FI 1).
The April 1992 MOA between the ADEC and the Forest Service Alaska Region (USDA Forest
Service, 1992e) is the basis for the maintenance of water quality and beneficial uses on the
Project Area. BMP’s are the primary means to mitigate sediment and other water quality effects
to the water resource. BMP’s are evaluated by implementation monitoring and effectiveness
monitoring. BMP’s are recognized as effective in maintaining water quality (ADEC, 1990;
EPA, 1993). The forest- wide monitoring plan described in the TLMP Draft Revision (USDA
Forest Service, 1991a) lists two monitoring activities specifically aimed at BMP’s. One is
directed at BMP implementation (Watershed Monitoring Item 1) and the other is directed at
BMP effectiveness (Watershed Monitoring Item 2). Additional monitoring of BMP’s is
included under fish and watershed monitoring activities. The Ketchikan Area Office and ADEC
are currently coordinating to identify the specific procedures and protocols for documenting
implementation monitoring on the Ketchikan Area. Additional monitoring is discussed in the
Ketchikan Area Monitoring Strategy (USDA Forest Service, 1994).
Since BMP’s have been designed and are presumed to meet State Water Quality Standards, they
must be implemented as required and as instructed in the Alaska Nonpoint Source Pollution
Control Strategy (ADEC, 1990) and Chapter 10 of the Forest Service Soil and Water Conserva-
tion Handbook. The timber sale contract administrator, as the person with day-to-day project
contact, will be primarily responsible for ensuring the implementation of BMP’s.
Monitoring includes both routine field observations and comprehensive monitoring projects.
Routine monitoring includes visual observations and documentation. Again, the timber sale
contract administrator, as the person with day-to-day project contact, is primarily responsible
for routine monitoring. The visual observations include road runoff, proper culvert and bridge
placement procedures, water turbidity at culverts and bridges, and revegetation.
Comprehensive monitoring includes, but is not limited to, evaluations that provide quantitative
documentation. Comprehensive monitoring plans are currently being developed and discussed
with ADEC. These comprehensive monitoring activities will follow procedures in the Alaska
Nonpoint Source Pollution Control Strategy (ADEC, 1990) and the Monitoring Guidelines to
Evaluate Effects of Forestry Activities on Streams in the Pacific Northwest and Alaska
(MacDonald, 1991).
Baseline monitoring, which describes the range and trends in temporal and spatial water quality
variations, is a type of monitoring activity that is considered optional under the MOA (USDA
Forest Service, 1992e). Baseline data does not exist for the Control Lake Project Area.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Water, Fish, and Fisheries — CHAPTER 4 ■ 51
4
Environmental
Consequences
Analysis of water resource data at the watershed and subwatershed scale provides a geographic
assessment of localities that may be targeted for monitoring. The Control Lake Fisheries and
Watershed Resource Report (Rogers and Ablow, 1995) displays conditions and potential
impacts by subwatershed in the Project Area. The subwatersheds displaying high proportions
of the acres to be harvested containing wetlands, RMA’s, high road concentrations, or cumula-
tive harvest acres are good targets for monitoring efforts. They could contribute to determining
the adequacy of Forest Service Standards and Guidelines and BMP’s.
52 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Water, Fish, and Fisheries
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
I
Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation
Key Terms
Advanced Regeneration — ^Natural conifer reproduction established beneath an existing forest
canopy; comprised of trees ranging from 5 to 20 feet in height.
Allowable Sale Quantity — ^The maximum quantity of timber that may be sold in each decade
from suitable scheduled lands covered by the Forest Plan.
Basal Area (BA) — ^The area of the cross section of a tree stem, or group of trees, measured at
4.5 feet above ground; usually presented as total square feet per acre.
Blind Lead — An area within a harvest unit that is difficult to yard (remove felled timber) with
conventional cable logging systems on convex slopes.
Board Foot (BF) — Lumber or timber measurement term. The amount of wood contained in an
unfinished board 1 inch thick, 12 inches long, and 12 inches wide.
Climax Plant Community — ^The final or stable biotic community in a successional series which
is self-perpetuating and in dynamic equilibrium with the physical habitat; the assumed end point
in succession.
Commercial Forest Land (CFL) — ^Land that is capable of producing continuous crops of
timber (20 cubic feet per acre of tree growth annually, or at least 8 MBF/acre).
Ecosystem — all of the organisms in a given area interacting with the physical environment so
that the flow of energy leads to an exchange of materials between living and nonliving parts
within the system.
Even-Aged Management — ^The application of a combination of actions that result in the
creation of stands in which trees of essentially the same age grow together. The age difference
between trees in the canopy level usually does not exceed 20 percent. Clearcut, Shelterwood, or
Seed Tree cutting methods produce even-aged stands.
Falldown — ^The difference between planned or scheduled harvest and that which is attained
after implementation.
Forest Land — ^Land at least 10 percent occupied by forest trees of any size, or formerly having
had such tree cover and not currently developed for nonforest use.
MBF — ^Thousand board feet.
MMBF — Million board feet.
Partial Cutting — Removal of selected trees within a forest stand in any variety of spatial
patterns. This may include thinning, selective cutting, Shelterwood or an overstory removal.
Plant Association — basic unit of vegetation classification based on land management
potential, species composition, successional patterns, and the climax plant community.
Precommercial Thinning — ^The practice of removing some of the trees less than merchantable
size from a stand to improve tree growing ^pace and promote rapid growth. Trees will grow
faster due to reduced competition for nutrients, water, and sunlight.
Reserve Trees — ^Merchantable or submerchantable trees and snags that are left within the
harvest unit to provide biological habitat components over the next management cycle.
Shade Tolerance — ^Tree species that have physiological growth processes adapted to shaded
environments Western hemlock is a shade tolerant species. Other tree species tolerance to
shade may range from tolerant to intolerant.
Silvical Characteristics — Physiological and genetic characteristics of individual tree species
and the ecological characteristics (biological and environmental factors) of the site which enable
a specific species to be adapted to a particular and unique site.
Silvicultural Practices — ^Management techniques used to modify, manage and replace a forest
over time. Silvicultural practices are classified according to the method of carrying out the
process (Shelterwood, Seed Tree, clearcut, commercial thinning, etc.).
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation — CHAPTER 4 ■ 53
4
Silviculture— The art, science and practice of controlling the establishment, composition,
structure and growth of trees and other vegetation in forest stands.
Site Index — measure of a forest areas relative productive capacity for tree growth. Measure-
ment of site index is based on height of dominant trees in a stand at a given age.
Successioi^A series of dynamic changes by which one group of organisms succeeds
another through stages leading to a potential natural community or climax. The process of plant
community development after disturbance involves changes in species composition over time.
Suitable Forest Lanc^— Commercial forest land identified as having the biological capability to
sustain long-term timber production (that has not been withdrawn from timber production).
Uneven-Aged Management-^The application of management techniques which will maintain
high-forest cover, recurring regeneration of desirable species, and the orderly growth and
development of trees through a range of dimeter or age classes. Cutting methods that develop
and maintain uneven-aged stands are single-tree and group selection.
Volume C/ass— Classification system used to differentiate timber stands into similar average
volume per acre categories or strata;
Environmental
Conse-
quences
Environmental
Consequences
Direct Effects
Forest Plant
Communities
This section describes the potential direct and indirect effects of timber harvest to the timber
and vegetation resources from implementation of an action alternative. Timber harvest activities
on the Tongass National Forest are strictly governed by Federal and state law, and Forest Plan
standards and guidelines designed to minimize detrimental effects to other resources.
Direct environmental effects are those occurring at the same time and place as the result of the
implementation of one of the timber harvest action alternatives.
Timber harvest activities will influence forested plant communities, but will have little affect
on non-forested plant communities. The only exception would be road segments that cross
non-forested cover types. Timber harvest activities will convert the plant community serai stage
of forest stands into earlier successional stages. Although timber harvest will change the
current serai stage, harvesting does not change the potential climax community that can be
achieved on a particular site. Because climax communities are based on climate, geology, and
soils of the area, the effect of unit harvest upon the existing plant association series will be
negligible (Table 4-19). The exception to this is the removal of land area from timber productiv-
ity for the reasonably foreseeable future due to road construction activities (Table 4-20).
Table 4-19
Acres of Proposed Harvest by Plant Series and Alternative
Plant Series
Alternative
1
Alternative
10
Alternative
11
Alternative
12
Western Hemlock
0
387
1,380
1,721
Sitka Spruce
0
0
3
8
Mixed Conifer
0
6
260
401
Mountain Hemlock
0
13
16
16
W. HemlockAV, Red Cedar
1,781
725
15
1,759
Muskeg
0
150
395
547
Total
0
1,281
3,612
4,452
Source: CIS query, USDA Forest Service, TNF
54
4 CHAPTER — Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ■"
Table 4-20
Miles of Proposed Road Across Forested Plant
Communities
Non-forested
Cover Types
Threatened and
Endangered Plant
Species
Volume Class
Alternative Alternative Alternative Alternative
Plant Series
1
10
11
12
Western Hemlock
0
7.7
25.3
29.5
Sitka Spruce
0
0.1
0.1
0.1
Mixed Conifer
0
1.6
5.5
10.3
Mountain Hemlock
0
0.8
1.8
1.4
W. Hemlock/W. Red Cedar
0
9.0
20.2
22.3
Total
0
19.3
52.9
63.6
Source: GIS query, USDA Forest Service, TNF
Timber harvest may affect the non-forested vegetation communities because of road building
activities that cross these communities. GIS mapping also identified some non-forested cover
types within some units, although field verification activities identified the areas as at least
partially forested. Alder shrublands, alpine vegetation, and rock, located at upper elevations
and/or the edge of the merchantable timberline, should not be significantly affected. The
shrubland community type occurs across several slopes where road building will take place.
The muskeg community type borders many of the units in the Project Area and also exists in
large areas between units (Table 4-21).
Table 4-21
Miles of Proposed Road Across Non-forested Vegetation
Communities
Vegetation Series
Alternative
1
Alternative
10
Alternative
11
Alternative
12
Muskeg vegetation
0
6.8
19.5
25.8
Alpine vegetation
0
0.0
0.0
0
Shrubland
0
0.3
0.3
0.3
Estuary vegetation
0
0.0
0.0
0
Major river systems
0
0.0
0.0
0
Total
0
6.8
19.8
26.1
Source: GIS query, USDA Forest Service, TNF
Effects on threatened, endangered, and sensitive plant species are discussed in the Threatened,
Endangered, and Sensitive Species section of Chapter 4,
The number of acres proposed for harvest within each VCU and volume class; and the percent-
age of the existing Project Area volume class acreage that would be removed is shown in Tables
4-22 through 4-24 for Alternatives 10, 1 1, and 12. No harvest is proposed within the Project
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation — CHAPTER 4 ■ 55
Environmental
Conse-
quences
Table
Prop
Alter
vcu
4-22
losed Harvest of Volume Class Acreage by VCU for
native 1 0
Volume Class 4 Volume Class 5 Volume Class 6
Harvest
% of Existing
Harvest
% of Existing
Harvest
% of Existing
574
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
575
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
576
6
0.3
0
0.0
0
0.0
577
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
578
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
591
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
592
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
593
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
594
84
3.0
68
3.5
0
0.0
595
173
6.2
142
5.9
12
0.6
596
0
0.0
25
1.4
0
0.0
597.1
35
11.9
0
0.0
5
1.1
597.2
203
6.0
312
7.9
30
3.1
Total
501
1.7
547
1.8
48
0.4
Volume Class 7
Undesignated*^
Total
VCU
Harvest
% of Existing
Harvest
% of Existing
Harvest
% of Existing
574
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
575
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
576
0
0.0
8
0.1
14
0.1
577
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
578
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
591
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
592
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
593
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
594
0
0.0
7
0.1
159
1.4
595
25
2.6
41
0.4
389
2.0
596
0
0.0
1
0.0
26
0.2
597.1
0
0.0
17
1.2
57
1.8
597.2
7
2.8
84
1.0
636
3.0
Total
28
0.8
157
0.2
1,281
0.8
Source: CIS query, USDA Forest Service, TNF
% of existing = % to be harvested from the existing volume class acreage in each VCU.
1/ Includes areas which are not currently mapped with a volume class designation. These areas
represent inclusions within or along the edges of harvest units that should be upgraded to Volume
Class 4 or higher based on ground verification.
4 CHAPTER — Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ^
Table 4-2:
Propos
Alterna
vcu
3
;ed Harvest of Volume Class Acreage by VCU for
itive 1 1
Volume Class 4 Volume Class 5 Volume Class 6
Harvest
% of Existing
Harvest
% of Existing
Harvest
% of Existing
574
0
0.0
0
0
0
0.0
575
39
1.0
126
2.6
50
2.6
576
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
577
69
2.5
58
2.2
13
1.6
578
59
5.6
10
1.0
29
2.9
591
21
2.1
19
1.4
0
0.0
592
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
593
79
4.3
123
6.8
0
0.0
594
368
13.1
271
14.0
0
0.0
595
272
9.7
247
10.3
115
5.6
596
67
3.7
101
5.5
m
12.6
597.1
3
1.0
13
2.4
12
2.8
597.2
295
8.0
490
12.5
49
4.9
Total
1,274
4.3
1,458
4.8
431
3.4
Volume Class 7
Undesignated’^
Total
VCU
Harvest
% of Existing
Harvest
% of Existing
Harvest
% of Existing
574
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
575
0
0.0
22
0.4
237
1.3
576
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
577
0
0.0
15
0.2
156
1.0
578
9
1.0
28
2.1
134
2.1
591
0
0.0
21
0.5
61
0.7
592
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
593
0
0.0
26
0.3
229
1.7
594
0
0
78
1.4
716
6.3
595
22
2.8
(A
0.7
719
3.7
596
1
0.6
19
0.3
353
2.9
597.1
0
0.0
1
0.1
29
0.9
597.2
5
1.8
138
1.7
978
4.7
Total
36
1.0
413
0.5
3,612
2.1
Source: GIS query, USDA Forest Service, TNF
% of existing = % to be harvested from the existing volume class acreage in each VCU.
1/ Includes areas which are not currently mapped with a volume class designation. These areas
represent inclusions within or along the edges of harvest units that should be upgraded to
Volume Class 4 or higher based on ground verification.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation — CHAPTER 4
57
4 Environmental
Conse-
quences
Table 4-2
Propos
Alterna
VOJ
4
;ed Harvest of Volume Class Acreage by VCU for
five 1 2
Volume Class 4 Volume Class 5 Volume Class 6
Harvest
% of Existing
Harvest
% of Existing
Harvest
% of Existing
574
0
0
15
05
0
0
575
194
4.9
231
4.7
76
4.0
576
0
0
0
0
0
0
577
85
3.1
77
2.9
13
1.6
578
61
5.6
10
1.0
29
2.9
591
21
2.1
19
1.4
0
0
592
0
0
0
0
0
0
593
158
S5
308
17.0
0
0
594
374
13.4
292
15.1
0
0
595
324
11.6
226
9.4
115
5.6
596
75
4.1
101
5i
164
12.6
597.1
15
5.1
53
11.8
17
3.8
597.2
303
9.0
508
12.9
49
4.9
Total
1,610
5.4
1,839
463
3.7
Volume Class 7
Undesignated*^
Total
vcu
Harvest
% of Existing
Harvest
% of Existing
Harvest
% of Existing
574
0
0
0
0
16
.01
575
0
0
38
0.3
539
3.0
576
0
0
0
0
0
0
577
0
0
18
0.2
194
1.3
578
9
1.1
28
2.1
136
2.1
591
0
0
21
0.5
61
0.7
592
0
0
0
0
0
0
593
0
0
50
0.5
517
3.9
594
0
0
81
1.5
748
6.6
595
22
2.8
78
0.8
764
4.0
596
1
0.6
20
0.3
362
3.0
597.1
7
2.6
21
1.5
112
3.8
597.2
5
1.8
141
1.7
1,006
4.8
Total
44
1.2
496
0.6
4,452
2.6
Source: CIS query, USDA Forest Service, TNF
% of existing = % to be harvested from the existing volume class acreage in each VCU.
1/ Includes areas which are not currently mapped with a volume class designation. These areas
represent inclusions within or along the edges of harvest units that should be upgraded to Volume
Class 4 or higher based on ground verification.
58 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
L
Site Class
Forest floor vegetation
Environmental A
Consequences r
Area for Alternative 1. These tables provide an overview of the distribution of harvest across
the Project Area for each volume class and alternative. The existing volume class acreage, used
to calculate the percentage of volume class to be harvested, is based upon what is left on
National Forest Land within the Project Area (including unsuitable and unavailable land) after
full implementation of the 1989-1994 EIS. Additional information on volume class harvest is
provided in Boyce and Goering (1994 and 1995).
In general, low site class lands produce lower volumes per acre over a given time period than
high site class lands. It is generally more economically feasible to harvest the sites with the
higher productivity rating. However, other factors are considered when establishing harvesting
priorities, so harvest units are generally distributed across a range of productivity classes.
Estimates of site productivity (site index) in southeast Alaska old growth stands can be best
obtained from examination of the soil. Soil-site relationships have been developed, as a measure
of site class, based primarily upon depth and drainage of soil and parent material (Ruth and
Harris, 1979). Site classes are assigned to each of the soil type mapping units and have not
been mapped on a site specific basis. Table 4-25 shows the level of harvest that would occur
within each site class category for Alternatives 10, 11, and 12.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation — CHAPTER 4 ■ 59
4 Environmental
Conse-
quences
Proposed Harvest
Volume
Proposed Harvest by
Silvicultural System
Table 4-25
Proposed Harvest Acreage in each Site Class by Alternative
Alternative
1
Alternative
10
Alternative
11
Alternative
12
Very Low (0-40 Site Index)
0
105
376
522
Low (4 1 -60 Site Index)
0
143
372
462
Medium (61-80 Site Index)
0
490
1,091
1356
High (> 80 Site Index)
0
542
1,774
2,113
Total
0
1,281
3,612
4,452
Source: GIS query, USDA Forest Service, TNF.
Site index is based on a 50-year baseline.
Note: Most very low site class acres have been field-verified as productive timberland. However,
some are inclusions of very low site lands within productive harvest units.
In all action alternatives, the majority of the harvest (78 to 81 percent) is proposed to come from
the sites of medium and high productivity. The area within low productivity site classes
currently makes up 19 to 22 percent of the proposed harvest. Most of the areas mapped as a
very low site index within the units have been field verified as productive timberland, containing
greater than 8,000 board feet per acre. However, there are some inclusions of unproductive land
within the harvest units that would be classified as very low site class.
Table 4-26 provides an estimate of the total volume expected to be harvested for Alternatives
10, 11, and 12. These volumes can be calculated by applying the average volume per acre to the
unit acreage within the proposed action alternative. The volume has been adjusted for the
various silvicultural systems described in Chapter 3. Additional information on the calculation
of harvest volume is provided in the Control Lake Inventory Report (1993). Table 4-26 also
includes estimated volumes associated with road clearing.
Table 4-26
Proposed Harvest Volume by Alternative
TotalVolume^(MBF)
Alternative! Alternative 10 Alternative 11 Alternative 12
UnitVolume 0
Road Volume 0
Total Volume 0
37,773
2,081
39,814
89,296
4,727
94,023
107,718
5,610
113,328
1/ Adjusted for silvicultural systems and 17 percent hidden defect, breakage, and utility deduction.
The existing successional stage will be altered by the proposed silvicultural treatments. Even-
aged silvicultural cutting practices will result in the conversion of mature and overmature stands
to seedling stands. This process will occur on all sites except those that are proposed for
uneven-aged management or overstory removal. Overstory removals will result in conversion of
the existing stand to an immature stand. The post-harvest successional stage, for all harvest
60 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Proposed Harvest
Methods
Environmental A
Consequences r
types and particularly uneven-aged treatments, will be dependent upon the plant community,
the retained canopy structure (harvest design), and advance regeneration.
Species composition will change from an existing condition to a managed condition. Future
condition on some sites is expected to consist of a lower composition of cedar. Studies indicate
that other conifer species can out compete the cedars on sites which are most preferred by cedar
(Forest Health Management Report, USDA Forest Service, 1992). Other sites may produce
higher amounts of understory vegetation which can also affect species composition, seedling
survival, and growth.
Table 4-27 summarizes the use of Project Area silvicultural systems for Alternatives 10, 11, and
12. The number of units utilizing the silvicultural system; of which some units use 2 or more, are
shown along with the total number of acres in the alternative. Levels of snag and green tree
reserves for individual units are included in the unit prescription (Appendix H in the Draft EIS).
Table 4-27
Proposed Harvest by Silvicultural System and Alternative
Alternative 1 Alternative 10 Alternative 11 Alternative 12
Units
Acres
Units
Acres
Units
Acres
Units
Acres
Clearcut'^
Type A
0
0
18
740
47
1,558
61
1,180
Type B
0
0
13
309
30
928
37
1,073
Type C
0
0
3
93
7
217
8
223
Total Clearcut
0
0
33
1,141
84
2,703
106
3,106
Overstory Removal (Type E)
0
0
1
6
6
117
10
327
Seed Tree (Type F)
0
0
2
21
1
23
4
91
Shelterwood (Type G)
0
0
3
88
1
327
12
380
Shelterwood (Type H)
0
0
1
12
2
28
2
28
Uneven-aged Mgmt. (Type I)
0
0
4
13
18
416
25
520
TotaF
0
0
38
1,281
98
3,612
159
4,452
1/ Type D clearcut acreages are included under other harvest types.
2/ Number of units includes partial units.
Table 4-28 describes the spatial distribution of harvest types across the Project Area by VCU for
Alternatives 10, 1 1 and 12. No harvest is proposed within the Project Area for Alternative 1 .
The harvest methods proposed for the action alternatives were selected from systems available
and in use in or near the Project Area. The systems were selected on a setting basis after site
visits and critical profile analyses were performed to determine the most efficient system while
still meeting Forest standards and guidelines. The majority of the settings proposed for harvest
are designed to achieve at least partial suspension of the logs while yarding. Therefore, there is
a significantly higher percentage of skyline systems than historically has been used in the
Project Area. This is due to the increased stream and soil protection which these systems allow,
and is required by TLMP.
Shovel logging is being used more frequently in the Project Area due to its efficiency. Limited
shovel logging is proposed; however, there may be more opportunities to use this system than
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation — CHAPTER 4 ■ 61
4 Environmental
Conse-
quences
Table 4-28
Proposed Harvest by Silvicultural System^^ VCU, and Alternative
Alternative 10 Silvicultural Harvest Types
VOJ
A
B
c
E
F
G
H
I
Total
574
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
575
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
576
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
577
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
578
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
591
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
592
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
593
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
594
91
20
48
0
0
0
0
0
159
595
217
111
0
6
0
54
0
0
389
596
30
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
30
5971
0
9
0
0
21
33
0
7
70
5972
402
168
45
0
0
0
12
6
633
Total
740
309
93
6
21
87
12
13
1,281
Alternative 11 Silvicultural Harvest Types
vcu
A
B
C
E
F
G
H
I
Total
574
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
575
117
3
0
0
0
0
0
87
238
576
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
577
38
0
0
85
0
0
0
33
156
578
32
0
0
0
0
80
0
23
134
591
40
0
0
0
0
21
0
0
61
592
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
593
102
74
0
0
0
53
0
0
229
594
219
284
118
0
0
40
0
55
716
595
320
254
0
6
23
54
0
63
719
596
121
27
54
5
0
78
16
52
353
5971
0
29
0
0
0
0
0
0
29
5972
570
227
45
21
0
0
12
103
978
Total
U58
928
217
117
23
327
28
416
3,612
1/ Type D clearcut acreages
are included under other harvest types.
62 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences r
Table 4-28
Proposi
VOJ
1 (continued)
Harvest by Silvicultural System, ^^VCU, and Alternative
Alternative 12 Silvicultural Harvest Types
A
B
C
E
F
G
H
I
Total
574
3
0
0
13
0
0
0
0
16
575
237
125
6
0
59
25
0
87
539
576
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
577
63
13
0
85
0
0
0
33
194
578
32
0
0
0
0
81
0
23
136
591
40
0
0
0
0
21
0
0
61
592
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
593
151
74
0
167
0
53
0
72
517
594
250
285
118
0
0
40
0
55
748
595
317
255
0
36
23
SI
0
79
764
596
130
27
54
5
0
78
16
52
362
597.1
17
68
0
0
9
4
0
11
109
597.2
570
226
45
21
0
24
12
108
1,006
Total
1,810
1,073
223
327
91
380
28
520
4,452
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation — CHAPTER 4 ■ 63
4
shown. Small portions of cable settings potentially could be suited to shovel logging. This
determination would occur during the final layout.
Helicopter logging is specified in each alternative. This system was only selected on settings
where conventional logging systems were not feasible. None of the helicopter settings have
any additional road construction associated with them over what is existing or specified for the
conventional harvested settings. However, several of these units depend on other units being
harvested for developing adequate landings.
Table 4-29 displays the distribution of proposed yarding systems for the action alternatives.
Running skyline is the dominant logging system proposed in all alternatives followed by live
skyline, slackline, helicopter, highlead, and shovel yarding.
Environmental
Conse-
quences
Table 4-29
Distribution of Proposed Harvest Systems by Alternative
Alternative 10 Alternative 11 Alternative 12
Harvest System
Acres
%
Acres
%
Acres
%
Highlead
308
21
559
15
670
15
Running Skyline
338
26
1,242
34
1,706
38
Live Skyline
195
15
530
15
530
12
Slackline
181
14
361
10
496
11
Shovel
81
6
376
10
445
10
Helicopter
177
14
544
15
605
14
Totals
1,281
100
3,612
100
4,452
100
Proposed Harvest
Unit Size
1. Topography
1 Relationship of units to other natural or artificial openings and proximity of units
3. Coordination and consistency with adjacent management areas
4. Effect on water quality and quantity
5. Visual adsorption capacity
6. Effect on wildlife and fish habitat
7. Regeneration requirements for desirable tree species, based upon latest research
8. Transportation and harvesting system requirements
9. Natural and biological hazards to the survival of residual trees and surrounding stands
10. Relative total costs of preparation, logging, and administration of harvest cuts
The NFMA limits the size of a forest opening that may be created based on the forest type. For
the coastal Alaska western hemlock/Sitka spruce forest type, the maximum created opening size
allowed is 100 acres. Under the NFMA, this opening size may be exceeded where large units will
produce a more desirable contribution of benefits. The NFMA and the Alaska Regional Guide
(USDA Forest Service, 1983) provide the following factors and guidelines to be considered for
permitting a larger unit size:
64
4 CHAPTER — Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Operability
Indirect Effects
Environmental A
Consequences H"
Where it is determined by the interdisciplinary team that exceptions to the size limitation are
warranted, the actual size limitation of openings may be up to 100 percent greater for factor 9
and up to 50 percent greater for all other factors with the approval of the Forest Supervisor.
Forest Supervisors will identify the particular conditions under which the larger size is warranted
and explain the benefits to be gained.
Exceptions to the 100-acre size limit in excess of 50 percent greater (100 percent greater for factor
9) are permitted on an individual timber sale basis after 60 days public notice, and review and
approval by the Regional Forester.
The Alaska Regional Guide also describes the minimum stocking guidelines required in order to
change the created opening status of a harvested unit. Created openings will be adequately
stocked with desirable tree species of specified height before the area will no longer be consid-
ered an opening. This requirement will effect the limitations on scheduling, locations, and size
of additional created openings on National Forest System lands. The basis for this determina-
tion will be the third year silvicultural survey.
The pool of potential harvest units contain 6 units greater than 100 acres (Table 4-30). This
includes one unit (574-444) and portions of others which are proposed for uneven-aged
management. The created opening size may be smaller than the unit size due to partial cutting
practices and the retention of reserve tree patches within units. Mitigation includes adjustment
to unit boundaries, selective harvest over part of the unit, or retaining buffer strips to reduce the
effective size of the created opening to approximately 100 acres. As shown, only 3 of the 6 units
have created openings larger than 100 acres and require the approval of the Forest Supervisor.
The reasons for maintaining the size of these units greater than 100 acres are factors 1, 7, 9, and
10 listed above.
Table 4-30
Units Greater than 100 Acres
Unit
Number
Unit
Acres
Harvest Type/ Mitigation Measure
Approximate Created
Opening Size (Acres)
578401
102
Shelterwood harvest (Type G) with
selective harvest (Type I) lake buffer
95
593424
m
Overstory removal (Type E)
104
596416
101
Clearcut (Types A and B); Shelterwood
(Type H) in southeast portion
101
597.2414
112
Clearcut (Type A)
112
The percentage of acres harvested from each operability class (Normal, Difficult, and Isolated) is
shown in Table 4-3 1 .
Successional Stages and Associated Stand Management
Following harvest, the managed forest will go through distinctive successional stages. Removal
of the forest overstory alters the microsite conditions that influence density and species
composition of the understory vegetation. Different components dominate the stand at
different stages, and the overall forest structure will change as the new stand develops. The
level of change will depend on the type of silvicultural treatment applied during harvest and
subsequent treatments applied during stand development. Characteristics such as tree height.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation — CHAPTER 4 ■ 65
4
diameter, and overall stand productivity will vary according to site class. However, second-
growth stands commonly show less variability in tree diameter and height than the old-growth
stands they are replacing. The following stages are generally applicable to even-aged treatment
types.
Environmental
Conse-
quences
Table 4-31
Normal, Difficult, and Isolated Acre Projections by
Alternative
Operability
Class
Existing
%
Alternative 10
%
Alternative 11
%
Alternative 12
%
Normal
78
86
85
86
Difficult
19
14
15
14
Isolated
3
0
0
0
Conifer Regeneration Stage (0 to 5 years)
A variety of shrubs, herbs and grasses will dominate the site during this period following
harvest. These species will invade favorable microsites through vegetative reproduction and
seedling establishment in the first growing season following harvest. Species adapted to
increased solar radiation will out compete those adapted to lower light levels (shade tolerant).
Conifer seedling establishment is dependent upon microsites favorable to each particular
species. Conifer growth may be slow on sites where salmonberry, alder or other invading
species are present on the site. Understory development will increase along the edge of
adjacent stands because of the additional sunlight available to those areas.
Species that thrive best in the shaded and protected environment of the mature forest, such as
some mosses, lichens, forbs, and shrubs, would likely have a reduced presence in the new
stand. Other species such as huckleberry, salmonberry, and western hemlock survive as
understory species, but become vigorous competitors for space when the canopy is removed
and additional light is available.
Hemlock will generally be the dominant conifer species to become established because its shade
tolerant and competitive characteristics usually lead to an abundant seed source. Sitka spruce
regeneration does not reproduce well in the understory, but will more commonly occur and
develop rapidly from seed in open conditions. Although western red cedar germinates well on
mineral soil, there are a host of other species in southeast Alaska that compete better on
disturbed soil (USDA Forest Service, 1992). Western red cedar seedling mortality rates are
usually high, particularly when exposed to full sunlight. Alaska yellowcedar is not expected to
be a significant component of the new stands partially because of poor seeding abilities and
slow growth. Like western red cedar, Alaska yellowcedar germinates well on mineral soil, but is
the poorest competitor for establishment among local conifer species. Greater cedar regenera-
tion may occur on sites with a high cedar composition prior to harvest or those sites which have
retained cedar advanced regeneration or Seed Trees during harvest. Western red cedar is
favored on warmer sites with longer growing seasons, where Alaska yellowcedar is favored on
cooler sites with a shorter growing season.
The number of seedlings established per acre at the end of this stage is determined by seed
availability and the number of microsites favorable for seedling establishment. The number of
seedlings established could range from several hundred to several thousand per acre.
66 ■
4 CHAPTER — Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental
Consequences
4
Where nonmerchantable trees are retained in the unit, the quantity of reserve trees left controls
the overall appearance of the site. Groups of smaller diameter understory trees may be retained
in areas for wildlife or visual protection. Depending on the number of reserve trees on the site,
these units can have the appearance of a partial cut. The reserve trees provide some diversity in
forest structure throughout the life of the next stand.
Seedling/Sapling Stage (6 to 25 years)
Understory production of woody species is at its highest at this stage, especially in Vaccinium-
dominated sites. Larger dead materials from the original stand continue to decompose. If the
stocking level is high and the site is productive, initiation of crown closure occurs. The
initiation of crown closure is dependent upon the number of trees established per acre during
the first (0 to 5 year) stage. Management recommendations suggest implementing a
precommercial thinning near the end of this stage because competition for growing space
begins to reduce growth rates.
On productive sites, such as a western hemlock/shield fern plant association, crown closure will
occur during the mid-to late-portion of this stage. If precommercial thinning is not undertaken,
this will result in a decline of shade intolerant shrubs, herbs, and grasses, and conversely a
gradual increase in the proportion of shade tolerant understory species. If the stand is
precommercially thinned, the shade intolerant shrub species would be retained until crown
closure occurs midway through the next stage. On lower quality sites, crown closure may not
occur until the very end of this stage or possibly the beginning of the next stage.
Management guidelines on the Thorne Bay Ranger District request that spruce and cedar
species be given preference when selecting species to retain during thinning. This selection
process will result in reducing the stocking level of hemlock by a larger percentage than other
species in the stand.
Pole/Young Sawtimber Stage (26 to 50 years)
Tree growth during this stage is characterized by accelerated height and crown growth. Crown
closure will be completed for most site classes and forest types. This stage is often referred to
as the understory exclusion stage because understory vegetation will decrease as closure
occurs. The overstory structure will generally remain uniform across the stand, yet differences
in crown class will occur among individual trees due to competition. If reserve trees have been
left in the unit, the overstory structure will appear very broken or non-uniform.
When stands have been precommercially thinned, they may provide winter habitat for deer.
This is because the delay in crown closure has enabled understory forage to persist and the
larger diameter branches produced after thinning will hold greater amounts of snow in the
canopy, and provide increased thermal cover.
If these stands have not been precommercially thinned, there will be less understory vegetation
present. The appearance of the overstory canopy structure depends upon the quantity and
placement of reserve trees within the unit. Increased competition for growing space begins to
lead to suppression of trees under the main canopy and some natural mortality.
Crown closure may not occur in all types of stands. The low volume Hemlock-Cedar and the
Mixed Conifer plant associations will often retain an open crown structure throughout the
rotation.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation — CHAPTER 4 ■ 67
4
Environmental
Conse-
quences
Young Sawtimber Stage (51 to 1 00 years)
For most forest types, this stage will be dominated by crown and height differentiation with
increased stand volume growth. Less vigorous trees will be overtopped by superior trees
creating an overstory canopy with more depth. Suppressed trees will continue to die in the
understory canopy allowing adjacent trees to use the light and nutrients made available.
Mosses will begin to colonize the forest floor as the type of understory shrubs present is
reduced to shade tolerant species. Occasional openings may be created in the overstory
through windthrow or individual tree mortality. This will provide some additional light to the
forest floor to retain patchy shrub growth. The appearance of the overstory canopy structure is
dependent upon the quantity and placement of reserve trees within the unit. Reserve trees
assist the stand in developing old-growth characteristics at a younger age.
Depending on the site quality and stocking level, tree growth will begin to slow towards the end
of this stage. Opportunities exist early in this stage to commercially thin the stand and concen-
trate growth on fewer trees. If the stand is not thinned, diameter, height, and growth rates may
decrease. Regeneration harvest in the Control Lake Project Area typically will occur at the end
of this stage, at about 100 to 120 years of age.
Commercial thinning during this stage can provide a flow of harvest volume, while providing
benefits such as increased growth, species and structural control, and windfumness. A variety
of techniques may be used to prepare the stand for future treatment or desired habitat condi-
tions, particularly for wildlife.
Mature Sawtimber Stage (1 00 to 250 years)
At this stage the mature stand structure created in the previous stage will become more diverse.
The stand will begin to develop the structural characteristics usually associated with old-growth
stands.
Mortality among trees in the overstory begins to occur, leaving small openings. This allows
light to reach the forest floor and helps in the establishment of understory vegetation, including
conifer seedlings. The stand slows in growth and vigor but still produces higher volumes per
acre than the previous stages. Reserve trees from the previous regeneration harvest no longer
dominate the overstory. Structural diversity increases in both the understory and overstory,
and is greater than at any previous stage.
Commercial forest stands in the Control Lake Project Area generally will reach the mature
sawtimber stage only if stands are designated for harvest under extended rotation management.
Currently all suitable forestland is expected to be harvested at approximately 90 to 140 years,
depending on the site quality and timing of intermediate stand treatments.
Forest Health
Timber harvesting within the Control Lake Project Area will result in the reduction of the number
of stands with slow or declining growth rates due to decay and western hemlock mistletoe.
Harvesting stands in declining health and replacing them with young vigorous stands will
reduce the volume loss associated with decays and increase the growth and yield of the
managed forestland across all action alternatives. From the perspective of timber management,
the health of the timber stands is increased through harvesting. However, many insects and
pathogens also contribute significantly to ecosystem diversity and long-term stability in old-
growth stands by providing increased canopy diversity and animal habitat in the form of snags
and small openings.
68 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
k
Environmental
Consequences
4
Harvest of the proposed unit pool will have no measurable effect upon the overall forest pest
populations. Although partial cutting activities may benefit stand health in the form of stocking
control, it could be negated through basal damage if preventive care is not taken during logging
operations.
Dwarf Mistletoe
Management and control of dwarf mistletoe includes removal of infected trees through
clearcutting. Regeneration in previously clearcut harvested areas appears to be generally free of
mistletoe, although it usually takes 10 years before mistletoe becomes evident in young stands.
Mistletoe spreads slowly to regenerated stands, from adjacent infected stands. Planting tree
species resistant to mistletoe infection, such as spruce and cedar, can reduce impacts and
control the spread from adjacent areas. Generally, there is little volume loss throughout the
rotation if the stand does not suffer growth losses from heavy infection at an early age. Thin-
ning treatments can be used to reduce the presence of mistletoe in the stand.
The total acreage of mistletoe-infected stands will be reduced by harvesting currently infected
stands. However, the spread of dwarf mistletoe into young hemlock stands is most often the
result of leaving infected hemlock standing within and adjacent to harvested areas (Shaw, 1982).
Rates of spread will be greater in partially cut stands where infected western hemlock have been
retained. Stands that currently have mistletoe and would benefit from the proposed harvest can
be identified from the unit cards and silvicultural prescriptions in Appendices F and H.
General Decays
Both western hemlock and spruce are thin-barked species and very susceptible to damage from
logging activity. Although the proposed harvest of the unit pool is not expected to result in an
increase in stem and root decays, partial cutting or thinning practices can increase the presence
of decays if species selection criteria and/or careful logging practices are not accomplished. If
significant numbers of trees are damaged during harvest activities, the retained stand should be
harvested within 5 years, so that decay induced by logging damage will result in little loss to
merchantable volume. Planting tree species resistant to specific root decays will control root
decay pathogens within a stand.
Western Hemlock Canker
The presence of western hemlock canker can be expected to increase slightly with the increased
development of roads and vehicle traffic within the Project Area. The presence of this pathogen
and its dispersal has been attributed to gravel roads with high vehicular traffic. The damage
associated with this pathogen is primarily restricted to the lower branches of western hemlock
trees within 100 feet of the roads. This results in a loss of visual quality immediately adjacent to
the road. Western hemlock canker may cause regeneration mortality, although the cankers’
influence on the growth of young stands is not well documented.
Hemlock Fluting and Alaska Yellowcedar Decline
Harvest within the Control Lake area is not expected to change the presence or spread of
hemlock fluting or Alaska yellowcedar decline. Studies have not shown that these forest
pathogens are influenced by the presence or type of harvest that is expected to occur. How-
ever, the regeneration of Alaska yellowcedar needs to be specifically considered where it forms
a significant component of a site proposed for harvest. The harvesting of old-growth forests
through large clearcuts has resulted in a reduction of the Alaska yellowcedar component.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation — CHAPTER 4 ■ 69
4 Environmental
Conse-
quences
Windthrow
There will be an increased possibility that more windthrow will occur throughout the Project
Area as harvest levels increase and exposed stand edges are created. Stands that are less
susceptible to windthrow have developed with an open canopy structure that allowed indi-
vidual trees to become windfirm in response to wind stress. Even-aged silvicultural practices
increase the likelihood of blowdown by increasing the amount of previously unexposed
standing timber exposed to the winds.
Since windthrow is a stochastic event, its occurrence, placement, and timing across the land-
scape is unpredictable. However, localized conditions (soil, hydrological, or topographical)
were considered to predict potential windthrow within and adjacent to proposed harvest units.
Units were designed in the field with considerations for windthrow, and boundaries and buffers
were adjusted to mitigate these effects.
The strongest winds come from the southwest and southeast; therefore, windthrow is most
likely to occur in mature stands with uniform and dense crown structures along the north edge
of clearcut units. Partial cutting techniques which remove less than 30 percent of the overstory
are more wind resistant than other silvicultural practices (Harris, 1989). However, if the basal
area removed exceeds 30 percent, partially cut stands may also suffer wind damage. This project
has incorporated much of the information that is available to design units in a way to minimize
the potential for windthrow after harvest.
Reforestation
Natural regeneration is still used to restock most units harvested; however, hand-planting of
Alaska yellowcedar is practiced where the yellowcedar component is desired, but would have a
low likelihood of survival with natural regeneration methods. Cedar silviculture is problematic,
and to be successful it will probably require a variety of techniques. Available data suggests
that clearcutting will not consistently regenerate these species. The autecology of cedars
suggest that partial cutting may be more useful in maintaining cedars as a viable timber resource
(USDA Forest Service, 1992).
Precommercial Thinning
Natural regeneration often results in overstocked stands. Precommercial thinning (PCT) is
designed to improve future growth by reducing stand density, thus also reducing the competi-
tion between trees for sunlight, moisture, and nutrients. The method for thinning any particular
stand is based on the characteristics of the site and the objective of moving the stand toward
the desired future condition. Thinning is classified as precommercial when there is no commer-
cial wood utilization. This treatment would need to be performed on stands approximately 15 to
25 years following harvest. The highest priority for thinning would be given to the stands with
the highest average site index. Thinning guidelines designed to meet timber production goals
generally target trees based on genetic and structural dominance. The spacing guidelines for
PCT timber production objectives varies by site index, with the widest spacing on the highest
site class lands.
Cumulative Effects
Cumulative effects are those that result from the incremental effect of the action when added to
the past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions. Cumulative effects can result from
individually minor but collectively significant actions taking place over a period of time. This
section summarizes the impacts of the Control Lake proposed harvest upon the environment in
combination with the effects of past and proposed future actions.
70 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Projected Harvest
Through 2004
Cumulative Harvest
Through 2054
Environmental A
Consequences ■
Past Harvest
The earliest commercial timber harvest on central Prince of Wales Island was limited to easily
accessible coastal shorelines. Development of the logging road system marked the beginning of
intensive land-based efforts. Table 4-32 displays the area logged since 1940 and includes
harvest to the full implementation of the 1989-1994 EIS.
The 1997 TLMP Revision reduces the size of the suitable forest land base to approximately
26,545 acres. Only 22,786 acres of this area is in old growth. This will result in a corresponding
reduction in the amount of sawtimber volume available for future harvest. The Ketchikan Area
10-year sale program does not project a second entry into the Control Lake Project Area before
2004. The proposed harvest under Alternative 12 contains the maximum harvest volume for the
operating period. Any units that have been field verified and are not harvested under the
selected action alternative may potentially be selected during another entry for harvest.
Table 4-32
Acres of Previous Timber Harvest
Harvest Period
Acres Harvested
1940tol949
20
1950tol959
40
1960tol964
30
1965 to 1969
2,337
1970tol974
25
1975 to 1979
187
1980tol984
244
1985 to 1989
3,115
1990tol994
4,605
Total
10,603
Source: CIS query, USDA Forest Service, TNF
The predicted effect of harvest on the Control Lake Project Area and future timber harvest
activities on central Prince of Wales Island is to achieve the proposed desired future condition
for each LUD as described in the Forest Plan Revision, Areas that allow timber harvest will
result in the conversion of a large percentage of mature forests to early successional stages.
Table 4-33 shows the average annual past and proposed timber harvest from 1940 through 2054.
A maximum harvest alternative (Alternative 12) for Control Lake has been substituted for the
Forest Plan acres for the 1998 to 2004 period to represent the acres that have been field verified
for harvest.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation — CHAPTER 4
71
4 Environmental
Conse-
quences
Timber Supply
Mitigation
Table 4-33
Average Annual Timber Harvest Acres from 1940 through 2054
Average Annual
Harvest Acres
Pre-harvest Condition (pre- 1 940)
0
Past Harvest (1940 to 1997)
183
Proposed Harvest (1998 to 2004)
636
TLMP (2005 to 2054)
367
Approximately 22,786 acres of old growth remain in the suitable forest land base of the Project
Area, which would be harvested between now and the year 2054. This includes the acreage to
be harvested under the Control Lake Sale, which varies under the action alternatives from 1,281
acres (Alternative 10) to 4,452 acres (Alternative 12). It is estimated, based on TLMP 1997
numbers updated for current land ownership, that harvest will occur at the rate of approximately
367 acres per year. The projected harvest reflects the Control Lake Project Area’s estimated
contribution to an average Annual Sale Quantity (ASQ) of approximately 267 MMBF for the
Tongass National Forest (TLMP, 1997).
Since 1979, additional land use interests and resource information have influenced Forest
Service management direction. Road building associated with timber harvest has led to in-
creased levels of State selection of land for residential communities, removing these lands from
the National Forest System. Increased access has also led to increased demand for recreational
opportunities, including both developed and undeveloped settings. Increased knowledge of
the effects of management activities has led to changes in standards and guidelines and BMP’s
in order to protect valuable fisheries, wildlife and forest resources. The actual rate and acres of
future harvest are expected to vary from the estimate provided above due to the additional
multiple use demands on, and increased natural resource knowledge of, the Forest System land
base.
Mitigation of proposed timber harvest activities began with the resource surveys and unit
design field work conducted during the summer of 1993.
The mitigation of proposed timber harvest activities includes the design of alternative harvest-
ing strategies, adjustment to unit boundary layout, and placing limitations on harvest schedul-
ing where other resource concerns were identified. Buffers have been placed along streams and
lakes in accordance with the Forest Plan standards and guidelines. Prevention and mitigation of
blowdown was developed using techniques described in the Southeast Alaska Guide for
Reducing Wind Damage (Harris, 1989). The applied techniques use unit design and harvest
prescriptions, which incorporate reserve trees around the perimeter of the unit, to reduce risk.
The following silvicultural practices have also been implemented to mitigate the effects of timber
harvest. Partial cutting, in the form of Seed Tree; Shelterwood; and group selection harvest, are
used to enhance stocking, relative vigor, and species composition where it is appropriate In
some units, the silvicultural prescriptions require that cedar be retained within the unit or along
unit boundaries. This is expected to improve the potential for increasing the cedar regeneration
within the units where it may be out competed by other species. In order to maintain the high
abundance of Alaska yellowcedar, reserve trees are often prescribed to provide seed and shelter
for yellowcedar regeneration. Harvest units where this measure would apply currently sustain
72
4 CHAPTER — Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences r
moderate to high levels of Alaska yellowcedar and have plant associations that favor Alaska
yellowcedar grow1;h. Units that incorporate specific mitigation measures are identified on the
i unit cards and in the silvicultural prescriptions.
I
I MonitOrinQ Project-specific monitoring is recommended as an ecosystem management measure to monitor
the implementation and effectiveness of the four types of clearcutting with reserve trees, and
■ the four types of partial cutting and uneven-aged management techniques prescribed for the
Control Lake Project Area units. Monitoring should determine the degree that reserve tree
blowdown occurs and how this blowdown is affected by site factors. Monitoring should also
I examine regeneration and stand development following each harvest type.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation — CHAPTER 4 ■ 73
4 Environmental
Conse-
quences
I
t
This page left intentionally blank. j
i
1
74 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation
I
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wildlife
Wildlife Habitats
Forest Successional
Habitats
Key Terms
Habitat-^the sum total of environmental conditions of a specific place that is occupied by an
organism, population, or comniumty of plants or animals.
HaWifaf capaM/fji^ah estimated number of animals that a habitat can sustain.
Management Indicator Species (MIS) — species of vertebrates and invertebrates whose
population changes are believed to best indicate the effects of land management activities, u
Viable population-—\hc number of individuals of a species required to ensure the continued
long-term existence of the population in natural, self-sustaining populations, well distributed
throughout their range in the national forest. ^
Wildlife Anaiysis Area ^AA^— division of land identified by the Alaska Department of Fish
arid Game (ADF&G) and used by the Forest Service for wildlife analysis.
This analysis considers the direct, indirect, and cumulative effects of the alternatives proposed
for the Control Lake Project. Effects are projected to 2004, the anticipated end of the proposed
action and to 2054 to show the cumulative impacts of past, proposed, and scheduled harvest
generally corresponding to the conversion of wildlife habitat.
Wildlife species are individually adapted to combinations of plant community types and
successional stages. Changes in plant communities or successional stages may result in changes
in animal communities. Generally, the more diverse the vegetation, the greater the abundance
and variety of wildlife species in an area. The probability of maintaining viable populations
increases if suitable habitat is present in sufficient types, amounts, and spatial arrangements on a
landscape level. Changes in forest cover types or successional stages occur as a result of
natural and human caused disturbance. Timber harvest may add to, or detract from, the
diversity of an area depending on existing conditions and the type and amount of harvest
planned.
The effects of the proposed alternatives differ for various groups of wildlife in relation to their
habitat requirements, feeding habits, and interaction with humans. Wildlife species used to
gauge the impact of proposed alternatives include MIS and Threatened, Endangered, and
Sensitive species that are potential inhabitants of the area.
Timber harvest and road construction are the principal activities likely to generate direct,
indirect, and cumulative effects on wildlife in the Control Lake Project Area. Effects on
wildlife from trapping, hunting, and recreational activities are indirectly tied to the type and
magnitude of timber harvest. Timber harvest and road construction have the potential to affect
wildlife resources through (1) habitat alteration, (2) disturbance from project activities, and (3)
increased post-harvest human access. Greater public access in turn increases the vulnerability
of game animals to hunting and of furbearers to trapping, and may cause shifts in species
traditional use patterns.
Table 4-34 presents the percentage of total acres harvested by silvicultural treatment (see
Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation section in Chapter 3 for detailed descriptions of silvicul-
tural prescriptions). Type A through C regeneration harvest would convert old-growth habitat
to an early successional stage. Structure would be left in these units in the form of individual
and small groups of green trees and snags with little rot. Commercial timber volume would not
be retained by canopy cover; retention would be on the order of 2 percent and 10 percent,
respectively. Harvest Types E and F will leave greater amounts of volume, up to approximately
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wildlife— CHAPTER 4 ■ 75
4 Environmental
Consequences
10 percent. Canopy cover retention would be on the order of 12 percent. Harvest Types H, G
and I would have the appearance of partial cuts, with Type I retaining the highest level of
structure within the unit. Harvest Type D includes islands or fingers of old growth within the
unit. The acreage of this type is included within the acreages of the other types in Table 4-34.
Table 4-34
Proposed Silvicultural Treatments
Estimated % Estimated % % of Acres Proposed
Silvicultural Volume Canopy Cover for Harvest
Treatment*^ Harvest Type Retained Retained Alt. 10 Alt. 11 Alt 12
Type A
Regeneration
0
2
58
43
41
Type B
Regeneration
5
7
24
26
24
Type C
Regeneration
0
10
7
6
5
Type E
Overstory Removal
10
12
1
3
7
TypeF
Seed Tree
10
12
2
1
2
Type G
Shelterwood
30
30
7
9
9
TypeH
Shelterwood
50
50
1
1
1
Type I
Uneven-aged
70
70
1
12
12
1/ Type D clearcut acreages are included under other harvest types.
The effects of old-growth habitat loss on old-growth associated species are reflected in Habitat
Capability for MIS in this section. Under natural ecological processes, the proposed units
would begin to recover their old-growth characteristics approximately 150 years after harvest.
However, the average rotation age for harvested stands would be 100 years, with stands located
on less productive sites requiring a longer rotation age (up to 150 years) to reach a desirable
merchantable volume. It takes 150 to 250 years before even-aged stands begin to develop more
uneven-aged forest composition and heterogeneous understory (Alaback, 1984). Considerably
more time is required to develop diversity of snags and large accumulations of large diameter
woody debris in various stages of decomposition. Three hundred years or more may be
required to create old-growth on productive sites, and less productive sites may take even longer
(Alaback, 1984). Since it can be assumed that the managed stands within the Control Lake
Project Area would be reentered and harvested as second growth, these forest stands would
never develop the amount of decadent and dead material typically associated with old-growth
forest. Additionally, understory production would remain low up to the time of the second
harvest. However, the proposed retention of structure within managed stands would continue to
provide some of the characteristics exhibited in old-growth forests (see Effects on Snag Density
by VCU in this section).
Additional old-growth habitat would be cleared for construction of roads proposed under the
action alternatives. Alternative 12 would harvest the most old growth for roads, while Alterna-
tive 10 would harvest the least. As described in the Transportation and Facilities section of
Chapter 4, these roads would provide access for future harvest entries; therefore regeneration of
old-growth characteristics would not occur.
An assessment of fragmentation as it relates to interior habitat, patch size frequency, and
distribution is discussed and displayed in the Biodiversity section of Chapter 4.
76 ■
4 CHAPTER— Wildlife
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ^
Special Wildlife Habitats
Implementation of the action alternatives would result in some harvest of special wildlife
habitats, including riparian. Site-specific information has been used to design wildlife units
which ensure implementation of legislated protective measures, Forest- wide Standards and
Guidelines, BMP’s, and unit-specific mitigative measures. Through this process, adverse
effects to remaining acreages of special wildlife habitats are reduced or eliminated.
Beach Fringe and Estuary
No harvest is planned within the 1, 000-foot Beach and Estuary Fringe based on Forest Plan
Standards and Guidelines. There would also be no construction of roads through these areas.
Riparian Management Areas
Riparian habitat was identified by the boundaries of the Riparian Management Area, as defined
in the Riparian Standards and Guidelines. Harvest planned within these areas is discussed in the
Wetlands, Floodplains, and Riparian Areas section of this chapter.
Management
Indicator Species
The TLMP Revision (1997) discontinued use of habitat capability models, with the exception of
a modified deer model. Other wildlife species were evaluated through a series of species
assessments prepared by expert panels. Although the TLMP Revision (1997) estimated effects
on all species at the Forest-wide level, rather than Project-specific level, it predicted effects that
are consistent with those described in this Supplemental Draft EIS. As of late 1997, an inter-
agency group has agreed to develop use modified habitat capability models for deer, wolf, black
bears, and marten. These are planned to account for harvest methods that are alternatives to
clearcutting and will use a new timber volume strata.
Both the TLMP Draft Revision (1991a) deer model and the Draft TLMP Revision (1996) deer
model were used to evaluate timber harvest proposed under the Lab Bay Sale (USDA Forest
Service, 1997), which is just north of the Control Lake Project Area. Both models showed
decreasing habitat capability between 1954 and current conditions, with the 1997 model
showing a decrease about three times greater than the 1991 model. Habitat capability decreases
under the action alternatives were similar under both models, in terms of their percent change.
By the year 2054, habitat capabilities decreased under both models, with the 1997 model
showing a somewhat larger effect. The Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS presents the
results of the 1991 deer model for the Control Lake Project Area and proposed alternatives.
Based on the project-specific analysis performed for the Lab Bay Sale, it is expected that the
1997 deer model would reflect the same general trends of habitat capability reduction.
Increased human access could intensify harvest of marten, black bear, Sitka black-tailed deer,
and Alexander Archipelago wolf through increased hunting and trapping pressure. Because the
Project Area is accessible from communities on Prince of Wales Island via the road system, and
from other Southeast Alaska communities via the Alaska Marine Highway System, a road
access management plan was developed. This plan is designed to mitigate the potential effects
of increased hunting and trapping pressure. Closures were proposed on a road-by-road basis
depending on resource values and other management activities. Table 4-35 displays the current
road densities for the Project Area and the road density with closures under the action alterna-
tives.
As discussed in the Ajfected Environment section, the TLMP Draft Revision (1991a) MIS
models were used to estimate the capability of habitats to support selected wildlife species. The
model results are intended to provide a relative comparison among the effects of the alterna-
tives, not to predict actual population numbers. In keeping with the intended use of the habitat
capability model data, the Supplemental Draft EIS tables present only the relative habitat
capability, expressed as a percentage of the 1954 (prior to commercial harvest) capability.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wildlife— CHAPTER 4 ■ 77
4 Environmental
Consequences
Table 4-35
Road Density by Alternative
Alternative
WAA
Road Density
Open Road Density After Closures
Alt. 1
1318
0.78
0.78
(Current)
1319
0.91
0.91
1323
0.19
0.19
1421
0.45
0.45
Project Area
0.67
0.67*
Alt. 10
1318
0.92
0.86
1319
1.03
0.61
1323
0.19
0.07
1421
0.45
0.36
Project Area
0.75
0.54
Alt. 1 1
1318
1.09
0.85
1319
1.16
0.57
1323
0.38
0.07
1421
051
0.36
Project Area
0.90
0.52
Alt. 12
1318
1.09
0.85
1319
1.22
0.65
1323
0.46
0.16
1421
0.63
0.44
Project Area
0.95
0.58
*No Action Alternative does not include implementation of Road Access Management Plan.
Alternative 1, the No Action Alternative, would not directly affect habitat capabilities for any
MIS. Table 4-36 displays the expected changes in MIS habitat capability that would occur
under the action alternatives, expressed as a percentage of the 1995 (current condition) habitat
capability. Alternative 12 has the greatest potential to affect habitat capability for MIS, with
estimated reductions as great as 9 percent (Table 4-36). Implementation of Alternative 10
would have the least effect on habitat capability, with most species remaining within one
percent of existing conditions.
78 ■
4 CHAPTER— Wildlife
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences •
Table 4-36
Changes in MIS Habitat Capability, by Alternative
% of 1997 Habitat Capability
Species
Alt. 1
Alt. 10 Alt. 11
Alt. 12
Black-Tailed Deer'^
100
99
97
96
Black Bear^
100
99
94
94
Wolf'
100
99
96
96
Marten'^
100
99
97
97
River Otter
100
100
100
100
Bald Eagle
100
100
100
100
Vancouver Canada Goose
100
99
99
98
Red-breasted
Sapsucker'^
100
99
96
95
Hairy Woodpecker*'
100
99
94
93
Brown Creeper*'
100
99
97
97
1/ Includes patch-size effectiveness reduction factor (see Biodiversity section).
2/ Includes disturbance reduction factor to account for disturbance to black bears associated with roads.
Direct effects on river otter and bald eagle have been avoided in all action alternatives through
protection of beach fringe, estuary fringe, and riparian areas. The number of units affecting
high quality MIS habitat is displayed in Table 4-37.
Table 4-37
Number of Units A1
Alternative
Species
ffecting High Quality Habitat^^ by
Alternative
1
10
11
12
Black-tailed Deer
0
2
18
23
Black Bear
0
37
97
122
Marten
0
24
64
81
River Otter
0
0
0
0
Bald Eagle
0
0
0
0
Canada Goose
0
0
0
1
Red-breasted Sapsucker
0
32
90
113
Hairy Woodpecker
0
7
29
36
Brown Creeper
0
1
8
9
1/ Habitat suitability index (HSI) value for each unit meets or exceeds 0.5.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wildlife— CHAPTER 4 ■ 79
4 Environmental
Consequences
Sitka Black-tailed Deer
During severe winters Sitka black-tailed deer are dependent on low elevation, high volume, old-
growth stands. Typically, the long-term quality of deer winter range is reduced by timber
harvest. Clearcuts and second growth provide little snow interception above forage and,
therefore, greatly increase effects of snow. Even in unlogged conditions, a deep-snow winter
can kill many deer.
Under the action alternatives, between 2 units (Alternative 10) and 23 units (Alternative 12)
located on high quality deer habitat would be harvested (Table 4-37). High quality deer winter
range in the Elevenmile Block would be affected by harvest of units 593-408 and 419 (totalling
approximately 93 acres). Harvest of up to 9 small units in the unit pool would affect high
quality deer habitat in the south half of the Western Shoreline Late-successional Corridor.
Located immediately west of the Big Salt Block, unit 595-412 (88 acres) would substantially
reduce and bisect a 140-acre patch of high quality habitat. The largest patch of highest quality
habitat (rated 0.81 to 1.0) located within the Big Salt Block would remain unaffected.
The remaining harvest units affecting high quality deer habitat would be distributed primarily
within the southeast portion of the Project Area, including 9 units proposed for harvest within
the Drumlin portion of the Honker Watershed. Harvest within this area would result in reduc-
tion and fragmentation of existing high quality winter habitat patches.
Road density within the Project Area would increase from the current level of 0.67 to between
0.75 and 0.95 miles per square mile, depending on the alternative selected (Table 4-35).
Increased road densities may increase hunter success with improved access. Although no
specific recommendations exist for Southeast Alaska, black-tailed deer models developed in
Washington indicate that road densities should be maintained below 2.5 miles per square mile
to maintain habitat capability (Washington Department of Wildlife, 1987). Depending on the
alternative selected, between 1 1 (Alternative 10) and 62 (Alternative 12) miles of newly
constructed roads and 56 miles of existing roads are proposed for closure following completion
of harvest activities. This would result in post-harvest road densities of between 0.52 and 0.58
miles per square mile within the Project Area (Table 4-35).
Twenty-five harvest units, located at least partially within high quality winter range, are
proposed for thinning (see Timber and Vegetation section for a complete list of units). Recent
studies indicate that thinning of second-growth stands prior to canopy closure prolongs the
availability of preferred forage species (DellaSalla et al., 1993). The positive effects of
thinning, however, may be short-lived without repeated thinning. Over the short-term, the more
open canopy would also increase snow accumulation, causing a decline in winter habitat value
for deer (Sigman, 1985). However, over the long-term (greater than 1(X) years), repeated
thinning in managed stands may promote old growth structure, such as a multilayered canopy
and large diameter trees (FEMAT Report, 1993). Units proposed to be thinned are located in
high quality winter range stands of Volume Classes 6 and 7.
Black Bear
Effects on black bear habitat capability were reduced by avoiding harvest within beach fringe,
estuary fringe, stream corridors, and riparian habitat for all action alternatives (see Table 4-36),
VCU’s that have been heavily harvested in the past, such as 577, 578, and 597.2, are currently
limited in available cover. Timber harvest within these VCU’s would further reduce habitat
capability by enlarging existing openings.
80 ■ 4 CHAPTER— Wildlife
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
L
Environmental A
Consequences ^
Under the action alternatives, between 37 units (Alternative 10) and 122 units (Alternative 12)
located on high quality black bear habitat would be harvested (Table 4-37). Specific units of
concern include the cluster consisting of 597.2-449, 439, and 414 (totaling approximately 242
acres), and the cluster of 597.2-421, 418, and 417 (totaling approximately 97 acres), which are
adjacent to two existing large openings and will further increase the size of these openings.
In areas not limited by available cover, timber harvest would increase acres of early succes-
sional habitat, providing high quality spring and summer foraging sites. Clearcuts would be
expected to provide forage until the canopy closes, usually at 20 to 25 years, with tree cambium
foraging continuing until the stands are about 40 years of age. Recent studies indicate that
thinning of second-growth stands, prior to canopy closure, would prolong the availability of
preferred forage species (DellaSalla et al., 1993).
Road density within the Project Area would increase to between 0.75 and 0.95 miles per square
mile for the duration of harvest activities (Table 4-35). As described in the Subsistence section,
additional road access would affect black bear populations by increasing hunter success
(Kolenosky and Strathearn, 1987). After closures, open road densities will drop to between
0.52 and 0.58 miles per square mile.
Gray Wolf
The Alexander Archipelago wolf is closely linked to the Sitka black-tailed deer, its primary
prey species; therefore, a decline in deer habitat would subsequently affect wolf populations.
Timber harvest proposed under the action alternatives would affect habitat capability values as
displayed in Table 4-36.
Open road densities should be maintained below 1 .0 mile per square mile for the wolf, since
they are believed to be intolerant of road densities exceeding this threshold (Suring et al., 1993).
Suring et al. (1993) states that wolf populations are extremely vulnerable to harvest when road
densities approach 0.93 mile per square mile. The TLMP Revision (1997) recommends that
open road densities of 0.7 to 1 .0 miles per square mile, or less, be targeted in areas where road
access has been determined to significantly contribute to wolf mortality. Although implementa-
tion of an action alternative would increase road density within Project area WAA’s, post-
harvest road closures are proposed to maintain road densities below 1.0 mile per square mile.
Depending on the alternative selected, overall open road densities would range from 0.52 to
0.58 mile per square mile after closure. It is anticipated that construction of any new roads into
Honker Divide, even with implementation of an access management plan, will significantly
increase trapping pressure and success within this area (D. Person, personal communication).
Several units proposed for harvest under Alternative 12 are of concern relative to the core use
area of the Honker Divide pack (D. Person, personal communication). These include units 574-
443 and 577-443, 426, 430, 431, and 432. Only units 577-431 and 432 are included in Alterna-
tive 11; none are included in Alternative 10. No units are proposed for harvest in the vicinity of
known wolf dens.
Marten
The marten is an old-growth-associated species. Timber harvest proposed under the action
alternatives would affect habitat capability as displayed in Table 4-36. The primary impacts to
marten under each of the action alternatives would be a reduction in the long-term quality of
marten cover due primarily to the loss of old growth and associated stand attributes (e.g., snags,
down woody material), and an increase in road density throughout the Project Area.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wildlife— CHAPTER 4 ■ 81
4 Environmental
Consequences
Based on results of the 1991 TLMP Draft Revision (1991a) Habitat Capability Model, a
maximum of 8 1 harvest units in the unit pool would affect high quality marten habitat, through
the reduction of habitat and fragmentation of patches (primarily at their perimeters). Effects on
habitat would be most apparent within the north and southeast portions of the Project Area,
where the density of proposed units is highest.
Marten are easily trapped and are prone to overharvest, especially when trapping pressure is
high. An increase in road density, particularly when located through marten travel corridors and
foraging areas, would increase human access and the risk of trapping mortality. The marten
habitat capability model (Suring et al., 1992) indicates that marten habitat capability declines
precipitously as road densities increase above 0.2 mile per square mile. Therefore, the action
alternatives would lower habitat capability beyond the declines from habitat reduction alone.
Although the overall road density is similar among the alternatives, effects to marten would vary
depending on road densities specific to individual populations. The access management plan is
designed to reduce exposure of wildlife populations to increased hunting and trapping resulting
from increased road densities.
As noted in Chapter 3, Ajfected Environment, the TLMP Revision (1997) includes a Forest-
wide program to conserve and provide habitat to assist in maintaining long-term sustainable
marten populations. The new Standards and Guidelines include special features for protection
of high quality marten habitat in higher risk biogeographic provinces. These Standards and
Guidelines will be implemented for the Control Lake Project Area VCU’s 577 and 597.2, to the
extent determined by an interagency team. In addition, retention of snags and downed material
within units (see Chapter 3, Vegetation and Timber Resources, on harvest types) will contribute
toward maintenance of habitat characteristics for marten.
River Otter
The river otter’s primary habitat are in old-growth stands located near the coast and larger lakes
and streams of the Project Area. The otter is an MIS that benefits from the restriction of timber
harvest within the Beach Fringe and Estuary, Semi-Primitive Recreation, Stream and Lake
Protection, Rio Roberts RNA, and Scenic and Recreation River LUD’s. No units were identi-
fied as being within high quality river otter habitat (Table 4-37); therefore, all action alterna-
tives maintain current habitat capability (Table 4-36).
Bald Eagle
The potential effect of the Control Lake Project on bald eagles would be limited to disturbance
to nesting eagles from proposed logging operations. The extent of these impacts would vary
depending on: (1) the amount of timber harvest activity occurring in the vicinity of eagle habitat
under each alternative; (2) type of logging operation; (3) amount of screening cover within the
vicinity of nest sites; and (4) timing of logging operations relative to eagle nesting.
Scheduling development activities away from beach fringe, estuaries, lake buffers, and Class I
and II streams would effectively avoid impacts to bald eagle habitat (Table 4-36). Management
activities within 330 feet of an eagle nest site are restricted by an Interagency Agreement
between the Forest Service and the USFWS (USDA Forest Service and USDI Fish and Wildlife
Service, 1990). Additionally, timing restrictions have been established for controlled blasting
and helicopter logging that may occur within one-half mile of an eagle nest site (Table 4-38).
Twelve bald eagle nest buffers are located within one-half mile of 1 1 harvest units. Three nests
located adjacent to proposed harvest units were flagged and distance to unit boundary measured
to ensure maintenance of buffer zones. This included modifying the boundary of unit 593-408
to exclude the 330-foot buffer around an eagle nest that was originally located within the unit.
82 ■ 4 CHAPTER— Wildlife
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences i
Vancouver Canada Goose
The high quality nesting and brood-rearing habitat of Vancouver Canada geese is generally in
forested areas near wetlands, lakes, streams, beaches, and estuaries. Implementation of the
action alternatives would result in a 1 to 3 percent decrease from current conditions (Table 4-
36). Alternative 12 would include harvest of one unit located within high quality goose habitat
(Table 4-37). Alternatives 10 and 1 1 do not propose harvest of high quality goose habitat.
Road density within the Project Area would increase with implementation of any of the action
alternatives. Vancouver Canada geese reportedly avoid habitat located within 660 feet of an
open road. Planned road closure of between 1 1 (Alternative 10) and 62 (Alternative 12) miles
of newly constructed roads (depending on the alternative) after completion of the harvest
activities will reduce the effects on Vancouver Canada geese.
Table 4-38
Road Construction Affected by Seasonal Blasting
Restrictions
Road Number
Associated Unit(s)
71-79-34.2
593-408
72-79-34.3C
593-424
72-79-34F
593-408
71-83-29.3
597.1-406
Red-breasted Sapsucker
The red-breasted sapsucker is a primary cavity-excavator, preferring low-volume, old-growth
forest, although they can effectively use high volume forests. It is estimated that timber harvest
conducted under the action alternatives would result in a decrease in habitat capability of 1 to 8
percent, respectively, over current conditions (Table 4-36).
Under the action alternatives, between 32 units (Alternative 10) and 113 units (Alternative 12)
located on high quality sapsucker habitat would be harvested. Model results indicate that the
Honker Block currently exhibits the largest concentration of high quality sapsucker habitat
within the Project Area (see Affected Environment section).
Harvest of several units within the south portion of the Western Shoreline Late-successional
Corridor would result in fragmentation of existing high quality habitat; however, the remainder
of this corridor would remain relatively unaffected.
The effects of reduced snag and defective tree habitat on red-breasted sapsuckers over the long
term are expected to be reduced through unit design which would maintain structure in every
harvest unit. For units receiving Type A through F harvest, the presence of large snags and
defective trees within these second-growth stands may increase sapsucker use of these areas.
Harvest Type G and H would retain sufficient structure to provide limited habitat throughout the
timber rotation, and Type I is anticipated to retain sufficient structure for continued use within
these units.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wildlife— CHAPTER 4 ■ 83
4 Environmental
Consequences
Effects on Snag
Density by VCU
84 ■ 4 CHAPTER— Wildlife
Hairy Woodpecker
The hairy woodpecker is a primary excavator that prefers high-volume old-growth forest, but
can also effectively use lower volume stands. The action alternatives would decrease Project
Area habitat capability by 1 to 9 percent (Table 4-36) over current conditions. Between 7
harvest units (Alternative 10) and 36 harvest units (Alternative 12) are proposed within high
quality hairy woodpecker habitat (Table 4-37). The Western Peninsula is comprised of small,
isolated patches of high quality habitat. Implementation of any of the action alternatives would
not affect the large, linear high quality patch located in the Big Salt Block. In addition, the
largest high quality patches in the northern portion of the West Shore Corridor would remain
intact. Harvest units proposed in the eastern portion of the Project Area would mainly affect
high quality habitat by removing timber from patch perimeters. A large, linear patch located
within the Thorne River-Hatchery Creek Scenic River LUD would remain relatively intact as
well as the concentration of high quality habitat located in the southeast portion of the Honker
Block. The remainder of proposed units affecting hairy woodpecker habitat would reduce the
size of small patches scattered throughout the Project Area.
The effects of reduced snag and defective tree habitat on hairy woodpeckers over the long term
would be reduced through unit design which maintains structure in every harvest unit. The
effects of retention within the eight proposed harvest types would be similar to those described
for red-breasted sapsucker.
Brown Creeper
The brown creeper is highly dependent on large-diameter, old-growth trees (Volume Class 6
and above). Timber harvested under the action alternatives would result in a 1 to 6 percent
decrease, respectively, in habitat capability over current conditions. Depending on the alterna-
tive, between 1 unit (Alternative 10) and 9 units (Alternative 12) containing high quality habitat
would be harvested (Table 4-37). Specifically, a large high quality habitat patch, partially
located within the eastern portion of Big Salt Block, and extending southwest outside of the Big
Salt Block, would be reduced by units 595-403, 405, 406, and 412. In addition, units 595-419,
423, and 424 would fragment a large linear patch of high quality habitat within the Rio Roberts
Corridor.
High quality brown creeper habitat within the Elevenmile Block, would not be affected by the
action alternatives. A large patch of contiguous, high quality habitat located entirely within the
Big Salt Block, and the large patches located within and adjacent to the Thorne River Scenic
River LUD would remain unaffected by the implementation of the action alternatives.
The remainder of the proposed units affecting brown creeper habitat would reduce the size of
patches scattered throughout the Project Area. Distance between patches would increase,
especially in areas that have already received intensive harvest activities.
The effects of reduced snag and defective tree habitat on brown creepers over the long term
would be reduced through unit design which would maintain structure in every harvest unit.
The effects of retention within the eight proposed harvest types would be similar to those
described for red-breasted sapsucker.
Snags and defective live trees provide critical nesting and foraging habitat for cavity excavators.
Therefore, the Proposed Revised Forest Plan (TLMP, 1991a) Standards and Guidelines call for
maintenance of a minimum of 275 snags per 100 acres of forested habitat, averaged on a fourth-
order watershed basis, to provide for cavity excavating wildlife species. VCU’s are assumed to
approximate fourth-order watersheds. To ensure that this standard and guideline was met, three
levels of concern were developed. A Concern Level was assigned to each individual harvest
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences r
unit, based on site-specific review and results of the snag density analysis. During field
analysis, wildlife biologists assessed each unit to identify any site-specific retention areas.
Concern Level 1 was assigned for units located in VCU’s where snag densities exceeded
Standards and Guidelines and were not adjacent to past harvest units. Concern Level 2 was
identified for units located in VCU’s that are at or near the minimum snag densities prescribed
by the Proposed Revised Draft Forest Plan or are adjacent to past harvest units. For units
located in VCU’s currently below the minimum snag densities prescribed by the Proposed
Revised Draft Forest Plan or were located within a heavily harvested subdrainage. Concern
Level 3 was assigned. The Concern Level and specific design for each proposed unit within the
Project Area is included in the unit card and silvicultural prescription.
Nine general types of silvicultural treatments were applied through the ID Team process. These
silvicultural treatments address the levels of concern discussed above by retaining differing
levels of structure within each unit. The treatments were developed in coordination with
foresters, logging engineers, wildlife biologists, and visual resource specialists. These treat-
ments are used in place of, or in conjunction with, the general retention levels. The typical
design for each level of retention is described in the Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation
section.
For units identified as Concern Level 1, a Type A, or above, harvest prescription was desig-
nated. Units identified as Concern Level 2, were assigned, at a minimum, as harvest Type B,
and for Concern Level 3, an overstory removal, shelterwood/seedtree harvest, or an uneven-
aged harvest was prescribed. Type C regeneration harvest was developed for helicopter harvest
units, and typically replaces a Type A regeneration harvest.
The Silviculture, Timber and Vegetation section of Chapter 3 displays the designated regenera-
tion harvest types that would be implemented within the proposed harvest units. The type of
harvest, the percent of volume that would typically be maintained under each silvicultural
treatment, and the percent of the acres proposed for harvest under each silvicultural treatment,
are also presented.
Use of the silvicultural treatments as prescribed would reduce the effects of timber harvest on
wildlife, particularly species such as cavity excavators that utilize stand attributes characteristic
of old-growth forest. By retaining structure within harvest units, within-stand diversity levels
could be better maintained within regenerating units. Leaving live trees, as well as snags,
ensures adequate snag recruitment throughout the length of the rotation, provides additional
snow interception within regenerating units, and maintains greater structural diversity within the
second-growth stands. Leaving nonmerchantable trees and safe snags within the harvest unit is
a minimum recommendation identified for all harvest units. Harvest Types A through F would
provide snags over the harvest rotation and provide an increased level of structure over tradi-
tional regeneration harvests. Types G and H would retain sufficient structure to provide limited
habitat for cavity excavators throughout the timber rotation. Harvest Type I is anticipated to
retain sufficient structure for continued use of these units by cavity excavators.
Densities within old-growth stands currently range from 14.4 to 21.3 snags per acre (snags
greater than or equal to 15 inch dbh and greater than or equal to 10 feet in height). Although
snags and green trees would be retained within harvest units, snag densities within all VCU’s
would decline with implementation of any of the action alternatives due to the reduction in
available live trees needed for future recruitment. The retention of snags and all age classes of
live trees, however, is expected to maintain snag densities at or above the minimum 275 snags
per 100 acres throughout the rotation.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wildlife— CHAPTER 4 ■ 85
4 Environmental
Consequences
Wildlife Population
Objectives
Cumulative Effects
These measures have been designed to increase structural diversity while minimizing timber
volume losses within harvest units. Increasing the total area harvested to compensate for
structure retention could increase overall fragmentation in the Project Area and further reduce
landscape diversity levels. No additional acres will be harvested to compensate for structure
retention.
The TLMP Revision (1997) proposes new Standards and Guidelines for the maintenance of
marten habitat which will further contribute to the availability of snags and downed woody
material for use by cavity-dependent species.
The existing habitat capabilities (1995) within WAA’s 1318 and 1323 are above the minimum
required to sustain the average documented historical deer harvest. As stated in Affected
Environment section, WAA’s 1319 and 1421 are currently below the proposed population
objectives. Habitat capabilities in all WAA’s would be reduced with harvest of an action
alternative. WAA’s 1319 and 1421 would fall further below the population objective, but
WAA’s 1318 and 1323 would continue to exceed the objective under all alternatives. For a
complete discussion of subsistence resources, refer to the Subsistence section.
Cumulative effects are the result of accumulated land management activities. Assessed indi-
vidually, the disturbances caused by a particular action may appear to have only a minor effect,
but if a multitude of actions are assessed collectively through time, their cumulative effects may
result in a greater ecological disturbance.
86 ■
4 CHAPTER— Wildlife
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences *
The assessment of cumulative effects in the Control Lake Project Area and adjacent areas is
based on past timber harvest and related activities, and other foreseeable actions through the
year 2054 (which is the end of the first 100-year rotation). This cumulative effects analysis also
focuses on effects to the year 2004, which is halfway through the current rotation. For this
analysis. Alternative 12, the unit pool under the TLMP Revision (1997) is used as the 2004
harvest condition. It is assumed that all commercially suitable old growth under the TLMP
Revision (1997) would be harvested by year 2054; this area would not reestablish all of the
characteristics currently defining old-growth habitat. The most apparent effect of timber harvest
activities over the long-term would be the direct loss of wildlife habitat.
As forested stands are harvested, regenerated communities would exhibit different habitat
characteristics, resulting in the displacement of localized wildlife communities. As stands of
old growth are harvested, and old-growth fragmentation continues to increase, wildlife competi-
tion would also increase. This rivalry for resources would result in the local displacement of
less competitive species.
TLMP (1997) Standards and Guidelines for landscape connectivity would provide corridors of
old-growth forest among large and medium old-growth habitat reserves and other natural setting
LUD’s at the landscape scale (USDA Forest Service, 1997). Consequently, opportunities for
wildlife species to disperse would be maintained and segregation of genetic pools would be
minimized (USDA Forest Service, 1997). This connectivity of gene pools would maintain the
genetic variability of a species and increase the likelihood of the survival of localized popula-
tions.
Under both the Control Lake Project and adjacent Central Prince of Wales and Polk Inlet
Projects, structure in the form of dead and downed woody material, snags, and green tree
replacements would be retained within proposed units. The objective of retaining structure is to
maintain some of the old-growth characteristics normally lost through timber harvest. Since
structure retention is expected to continue with future harvest entries, the cumulative effects of
timber harvest on old-growth dependent wildlife species would be partially mitigated. The
effectiveness of retaining structure during harvest is expected to be most evident towards the
end of a stand’s rotation cycle. The Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation section describes and
illustrates this management approach in detail.
The TLMP Revision (1997) proposes new Standards and Guidelines for the maintenance of
marten habitat which will further contribute to the availability of forest stand structure, includ-
ing snags and downed woody material, for use by cavity-dependent species.
The anticipated continuation of road construction within the Control Lake Project Area and
adjacent Central Prince of Wales and Polk Inlet areas would likely increase subsistence and
non-subsistence hunting pressure in these areas. This effect can be controlled by adhering to the
current management practice of closing dead-end local roads or roads accessing wildlife habitat
management areas upon completion of future harvest entries.
The task of maintaining habitats to support viable populations has been approached through
several evolving strategies. The Biodiversity section describes the strategy being implemented
under the new Forest Plan. The TLMP Revision (1997) addresses the issues of biodiversity
and viable populations on the Forest- wide level. The new Forest Plan strategies have been
incorporated into the Control Lake alternatives.
The cumulative percent change in habitat capability presented in Table 4-39 for 2004 is based
on the habitat capability models described in USDA Forest Service (1991a) and assumes that all
units in Alternative 12 have been harvested. For 2054, habitat capability was estimated by
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wildlife— CHAPTER 4 ■ 87
4 Environmental
Consequences
Mitigation
assuming all suitable and available old growth would be harvested and reducing habitat capabil-
ity for each species between 2004 and 2054 in proportion to the reductions in habitat capability
units per acre of old growth harvested that were estimated using the habitat capability models
for 1954 to 2004.
Table 4-39
Cumulative Changes in MIS Habitat Capability through 2054
Species
% of 1954 Habitat Capability
1997
2004
2054
Black-tailed Deer*'
91%
88%
70%
Black Bear^
82%
77%
57%
Wolf'
91%
88%
69%
Marten*'
89%
88%
70%
River Otter
93%
93%
93%
Bald Eagle
96%
96%
96%
Goose
93%
91%
81%
Red-breasted Sapsucker*'
93%
88%
65%
Hairy Woodpecker*'
73%
68%
44%
Brown Creeper*'
58%
56%
44%
1/ Includes patch-size effectiveness reduction factor (see Biodiversity section).
2/ Includes disturbance reduction factor to account for disturbance to black bears associated with roads.
The cumulative effects on wildlife of implementation of the new Forest Plan have recently been
extensively analyzed (USDA Forest Service, 1997). These analyses and their conclusions are
incorporated here by reference.
Wildlife mitigation measures were developed for the Project Area based on: (1) application of
forest-wide Standards and Guidelines; (2) results of studies on wildlife enhancement projects on
Prince of Wales Island (DellaSala et al., 1993); (3) results of field visits by Project team
biologists; and (4) ongoing observations in the Project Area. The Project team was able to
locate specific areas where mitigation measures would be most effective; these areas should be
88 ■
4 CHAPTER— Wildlife
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ^
emphasized during sale layout. The following measures were designed to eliminate or affect
timing of harvest in valuable habitats (Landscape Level Mitigation); to increase structural
diversity for wildlife within harvest units (Stand Level Mitigation); and to protect wildlife from
direct and indirect effects of road construction, harvest operations or human access (Protection
Measures). Site-specific mitigation measures are identified by harvest unit (Appendix C) and
on the unit cards (Appendix F in Draft EIS).
Landscape Level Mitigation
Forest management goals for wildlife direct that as much contiguous old-growth habitat as
possible be maintained to ensure the maintenance of viable populations. Additionally, adverse
impacts from human activities should be minimized through road and facility management.
Under the guidelines of this directive, specific geographic areas were deferred from timber
harvest under some alternatives. These areas were selected for various combinations of reasons,
all of which provide benefits to MIS and the complex of old-growth obligate and associate
species they represent. Chapter 2 has a detailed description of alternatives and landscape zones.
The TLMP Revision (1997) incorporates new land use designations for the protection of old
growth forest. These old-growth reserves, and their connecting corridors, will provide long-
term maintenance of large old-growth blocks on the landscape level. In addition, new Standards
and Guidelines for protection of wildlife species have been adopted. These will be incorporated
into the Control Lake Timber Sale, as specified in the ROD for the TLMP Revision (1997).
Stand Level Mitigation
Stand diversity levels within harvest units could be enhanced through the application of specific
silvicultural measures designed to provide structural diversity within regenerating stands.
Measures include clearcutting with reserve trees (using one of the four types of clearcuts
defined in the Silviculture section) or partial cutting. The primary objective of this mitigation
strategy would be to provide habitat for species that use specific stand attributes characteristic
of old-growth forest (e.g., large-diameter snags and structural diversity).
By including old-growth “islands” or reserve trees within harvest units and by partial cutting,
within-stand diversity could be better maintained within regenerating units. Old-growth islands
should reserve large-diameter snags and live trees. Where possible, the size and density of
reserve trees should be dictated by Standards and Guidelines for cavity-nesting species. For
instance, to maintain 50 percent of the maximum populations of hairy woodpeckers in an area,
approximately 336 soft and hard snags that are greater than or equal to 15 inches dbh and
greater than or equal to 10 feet in height would need to be maintained per 100 acres. Snags
could be distributed in clumps away from guylines and in protected draws to minimize blow-
down effects and conflicts with safety standards (USDA Forest Service, 1993). Retaining live
trees, as well as snags, ensures adequate snag recruitment throughout the length of the rotation,
provides additional snow interception within regenerating units, provides greater structural
diversity within the second-growth stand, and provides refugia for important understory species
which can recolonize the second-growth stand when it is old enough. To ensure that nesting
habitat, structural diversity, and plant refugia are well-distributed in the second-growth stand, no
location in a harvest unit should be more than 400 feet from old-growth trees, wherever
possible. Leaving nonmerchantable trees and safe snags along the edges or throughout the
harvest unit is a minimum recommendation identified for all harvest units as a means of
maintaining snag densities and increasing structure in second-growth stands.
Mitigation Measures W1 through W5 (described in Chapter 2) incorporate methods to achieve
stand level structural diversity. Approximately 275 snags per 100 acres will also be maintained
in each VCU. Where possible this level will also be maintained within individual harvest units.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wildlife— CHAPTER 4 ■ 89
4
Environmental
Consequences
This will help maintain local wildlife and plant populations that are dependent upon this
component of wildlife habitat. Such species include cavity-nesters, insects, fungi, and small
mammals and their predators (see Ejfects on Wildlife section. Chapter 4). In addition, green-
tree replacements and down woody material will be retained. The level of retention for each
unit was determined with input by a wildlife biologist. Refer to the Project Unit Cards for more
specific details. The exact location of snag and green-tree replacement zones within each
harvest unit will be designated during layout or sale administration, and will be designed in such
a fashion as to not impose undue safety hazards and to be compatible with the logging system.
All VCU’s proposed for harvest in the Control Lake Sale meet the TLMP Revision (1997)
Standards and Guidelines for protection of marten habitat, with the exception of VCU 597.2.
These Standards and Guidelines will be implemented in VCU 597.2 in a manner that is least
disruptive to the design and implementation of the project. The extent to which these Standards
and Guidelines would be incorporated into the sale would be determined through review by an
interagency implementation team consisting of the USIAVS, NMFS, Environmental Protection
Agency, and pertinent state agencies.
In Southeast Alaska, precommercial thinning is the preferred silvicultural treatment in regener-
ated stands and also has been widely used to enhance young-growth habitat for wildlife (see
Silviculture section). Since this technique results in uniform tree growth, it may not achieve the
desired effect of enhancing diversity levels within regenerating stands. Consequently, the
specific benefits to wildlife are the subject of recent debate and studies are currently underway
to assess the effectiveness of this enhancement program (DellaSala et al., 1992). The proposed
harvest types provide an opportunity to determine the effectiveness of different methods for
maintaining structural diversity within regenerating units and their use by wildlife. Such
techniques would require follow-up monitoring to determine their effectiveness and the need for
further design modifications. Mitigation measure W6 (variable tree spacing commercial
thinning; Chapter 3) is recommended on an experimental basis.
All of the above measures would be used as wildlife mitigation in the Control Lake Project
Area. Although the above recommendations likely would increase stand-level diversity in
regenerating forests, they are not intended to compensate for landscape diversity losses.
Furthermore, small old-growth islands may only produce a positive mitigative effect when the
total area harvested is not significantly increased to account for reductions in volume associated
with structure retention. Increasing the total area harvested to compensate for old-growth
islands could increase overall fragmentation in the Project Area and further reduce landscape
diversity levels. The measures discussed above have been designed to increase structural
diversity while minimizing timber volume losses within harvest units.
Protection Measures
The following additional mitigation measures (W7-W10; Chapter 2) are proposed to provide
protection for wildlife from human disturbance both during and after harvest operations:
1. If a marbled murrelet nest is identified within the Project Area, a minimum 30-acre nest area
surrounding the nest tree will be designated as no-harvest (Mitigation Measure W7).
2. If a bald eagle nest is identified within the Project Area, a 330-foot forested radius will be
maintained surrounding the nest tree. Between March 1 and August 31, restrictions on
controlled blasting would be implemented on all road construction proposed within a one-
half mile radius of a bald eagle nest site and on all helicopter logging and/or flight paths
within one-quarter mile of a nest. These restrictions would be lifted after June 1 if the nest is
found to be unoccupied. All management activities will be consistent with the Interagency
90 ■ 4 CHAPTER— Wildlife
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ^
Monitoring
Bald Eagle Management Agreement unless a variance is granted from the USFWS (Mitiga-
tion Measure W8).
3. Existing and proposed roads would be managed to discourage or prohibit motorized use
following harvest activities to minimize human disturbance to wildlife (i.e. reduce road
densities) and to limit entry into valuable wildlife areas. A list of road systems on which
post-harvest use would be discouraged or prohibited for wildlife protection is presented in
Appendix E of the Draft EIS. For a more detailed presentation of access management, see
the Transportation and Facilities section (Mitigation Measure WIO).
4. Restrict harvest and road construction during wolf mating, denning, and rearing periods
within one-half mile of dens (Mitigation Measure W12).
The Forest Service will inform the purchaser, contractor, and other persons in the area that
peregrine falcons, bald eagles, or goshawks could be potentially present, and that they are
protected by law. The Forest Service would also inform the purchaser, contractor, and other
persons in the area about the proper procedures for reporting suspected sightings or sign of
threatened, endangered or sensitive species.
A variety of Forest- wide monitoring activities are proposed in the TLMP Revision (1997) to
verify that Standards and Guidelines affecting wildlife have been implemented and are effec-
tive. The Ketchikan Area prepares an annual monitoring report addressing the status of Forest
Plan monitoring (see Chapter 2).
Project-specific monitoring has been identified to monitor the implementation and effectiveness
of the four types of clearcutting with reserve trees and five types of partial cuts prescribed for
Control Lake Project units as an ecosystem management measure. This monitoring should
include the preparation of a brief report by wildlife and visual resource specialists, based on
ground observations and comparisons with units cards and silvicultural prescriptions for
approximately 20 percent of the units (see Chapter 2).
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Wildlife— CHAPTER 4 ■ 91
4 Environmental
Consequences
This page left intentionally blank.
92 ■
4 CHAPTER— Wildlife
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Plants
Wildlife
Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive
Species
Key Terms
Category 3 Candidate — species that are now considered to be more abundant and/or wide-
spread than previously thought.
Category 2 Candidate — a species or group of species being considered by the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service for listing as endangered or threatened, but for which conclusive data is
lacking on its biological vulnerability and degree of threat.
Endangered — a species in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its
range.
Haul-out — area of large, smooth, exposed rocks used by seals and sea lions for resting and
pupping.
Patch — an assemblage of similar vegetation - in this document the focus is on old-growth
forests of greater than 8,000 board feet/acre, with only small inclusions of other habitats.
Sensitive — species (identified by the Regional Forester) whose population viability is of
concern on National Forests within the region, and which may need special management to
prevent their being placed on State and Federal threatened and endangered species lists.
Threatened — a species that is likely to become an endangered species within the foreseeable
future throughout all or a significant portion of its range.
This analysis of the environmental consequences of the action alternatives on threatened,
endangered, and sensitive species considers the direct, indirect, and cumulative effects of timber
harvest in the Project Area. Direct and indirect effects are projected to 1998, the anticipated
end of implementation of the Control Lake Project; to 2004, which includes the reasonably
foreseeable future; and to 2054, to show the cumulative impacts of harvesting all the suitable/
available CFL through the first rotation and to show the cumulative impacts of past and pro-
posed timber harvest.
Glyceria leptostachya is the only federal candidate or Region 10 sensitive species known to
occur in the Project Area. Because its typical habitats are swamps and stream and lake margins
(and the one observation near Control Lake was along a stream) timber harvest and road
construction activities will generally avoid preferred habitats. The documented occurrence of
the species is not located within a proposed harvest unit.
No other Federal candidate species or Region 10 sensitive species are known to occur in the
Project Area, and none were found during field surveys. Of those with potential to occur (see
Table 3-31 in Chapter 3), all occupy habitats that are: wet, boggy, or open meadow areas;
rocky slopes or cliff areas; or stream and lake margins. In general, most timber harvest and
road construction activities will avoid these areas. Very wet areas and cliffs were generally
excluded from harvest units and no-cut buffers were prescribed along all moderate to large
streams and lakes, as well as many small ones. Therefore, although undetected individuals
could be affected, no significant effects are expected for any of the species.
Humpback Whale
Because the humpback whale is primarily affected by changes in the marine environment, the
primary effects from timber management operations in the Project Area would be limited to
disturbance of whales by human activities at LTF’s and their associated camps, the movement
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species — CHAPTER 4 ■ 93
4 Environmental
Consequences
of log rafts from LTF’s to mills, and associated boating and aircraft activities including log raft
towing and recreational boating by timber workers (USDA Forest Service, 1991). In addition,
humpback whales may become entangled in LTF cables. The one known incidence of whale
entanglement in LTF cables occurred in the Tongass National Forest (USDA Forest Service,
1991a).
Timber harvest operations in the Project Area under each of the timber management alternatives
are not expected to adversely affect whales that potentially migrate through the Control Lake
area.
Steller Sea Lion
The Steller sea lion is primarily associated with the marine environment; therefore, potential
impacts from timber management operations in the Project Area are limited to the LTF’s and
their associated camps, and log shipments from LTF’s to their destination. Mitigation measures
should reduce disturbance associated with logging operations in the Project Area to acceptable
levels under each of the timber management alternatives. Consequently, no alternative is likely
to adversely affect sea lions.
Steller sea lion
Alexander Archipelago Wolf
Project effects on the wolf are addressed in the Wildlife section.
American, Arctic, and Peale’s Peregrine Falcon
The primary effect of the action alternatives on peregrine falcons potentially migrating through
the Project Area include localized disturbances of prey species near shoreline areas, particularly
waterfowl and shorebirds. Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines protect seabird rookeries and
waterfowl concentration areas that occur on the Tongass National Forest (USDA Forest Service,
94 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental
Consequences
4
1991a). In addition, the application of 1,000-foot buffers along the beach fringe and around
estuaries should minimize the effect on prey species that occupy shoreline areas under each of
the timber management alternatives. Project effects on the peregrine falcon nest in the Project
Area can be mitigated by timing restrictions on harvest and road-building activities (see Chapter
2). Consequently, none of the timber management alternatives is likely to affect peregrine
falcons should they migrate through the area.
The Control Lake Project is not expected to affect nesting osprey as no known nest sites occur
in the Project Area and availability of nesting and foraging areas does not appear to be a factor
limiting population growth. In addition, minimal or no effects on preferred osprey habitat are
expected from project activities as uncut buffers will be maintained near streams, lakes, and
coastal areas. If nests are discovered in the Project Area, Standards and Guidelines outlined in
the Forest Plan will be followed.
Eskimo Curlew
None of the timber management alternatives is likely to affect Eskimo curlews because: (1) this
species has not been sighted in Alaska since 1986; (2) the Project Area is outside the normal
migratory path of the Eskimo curlew; and (3) coastal areas that are most likely to be used by
migratory curlews are protected by 1 ,000-foot buffers, as specified in the forest-wide Standards
and Guidelines.
Trumpeter Swan
No direct disturbance to trumpeter swans is expected from the Control Lake Project because
most activities will occur during non-winter periods when the swans are absent from the Project
Area. Further, the project will not affect ice-free shoreline areas that serve as preferred winter
habitats. These areas are protected by riparian, estuarine, and beach fringe buffers.
Aleutian Canada Goose
None of the timber management alternatives are likely to affect the Aleutian Canada goose
because: (1) with the exception of an occasional migrant that wanders off its traditional
migration route, it is unlikely that this species occurs in the Project Area (personal communica-
tion, J. Lindell, Endangered Species Coordinator, USFWS, Anchorage, September 18, 1992);
and (2) coastal areas most likely to support migrating geese and are protected by 1,000-foot no-
cut buffers.
Marbled Murrelet
Based on survey results, the marbled murrelet appears to nest in relatively high numbers in old-
growth stands of the Project Area. Therefore, timber harvest will reduce available nesting
habitat. Loss of old growth associated with the action alternatives would range from approxi-
mately 1,124 acres or 1 percent of the existing old growth for Alternative 10, to 3,956 acres or 5
percent for Alternative 12. These reductions are expected to produce similar to slightly higher
reductions in marbled murrelet habitat capability. The slightly higher reductions are related to
the increased fragmentation of old-growth habitats that would occur under the action alterna-
tives.
A measure of the effect of fragmentation on murrelet habitat can be obtained by calculating a
patch size effectiveness (PSE) index for the Project Area based on a PSE curve developed
specifically for the marbled murrelet at an interagency workshop to recommend patch size
Osprey
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species — CHAPTER 4 ■ 95
4 Environmental
Consequences
relationships and corridor requirements (held at Juneau, Alaska, July 31 to August 1, 1989).
This curve assigns an effectiveness index value of 0 to old-growth patch sizes less than 70 acres
in size and a value of 1.0 to patches greater than 600 acres in size. Intermediate values at curve
inflection points include: 0.1 for patches of 100 acres, 0.5 for patches of 250 acres, and 0.9 for
patches of 500 acres. Based on this curve and the frequency of patch sizes in the Project Area,
average PSE values were calculated for each of four regions of the Project Area (Table 4-40).
Table 4-40
Acres of Old Growth Remaining and Average Patch Size Effectiveness Indexes for
the Marbled Murrelet by Alternative and Area
Western Peninsula Kogish Mountain South of 30 Road North of 30 Road Total
Acres
PSE
Acres
PSE
Acres
PSE
Acres
PSE
Acres
PSE
1954
11,950
0.854
5,455
0.929
26,427
0.923
42,381
0.931
86,213
0.918
1997
2000
11,129
0.841
5,128
0.925
21,080
0.844
38,824
0.912
76,161
0.884
Alt. 10
11,129
0.841
4,976
0.920
20,123
0.847
38,815
0.912
75,043
0.885
Alt. 11
10,887
0.840
4,488
0.774
19,377
0.818
38,214
0.907
72,966
0.865
Alt. 12
10,623
0.836
4,4488
0.774
19,224
0.821
37,869
0.907
72,204
0.865
Overall reductions in PSE from 1997 conditions for the marbled murrelet would range from
none for Alternative 10, to 2 percent for Alternative 12. Multiplying the PSE by the corre-
sponding acres gives an adjusted acreage, which can be used as an index of habitat capability
for the marbled murrelet. Thus, for 1997 the adjusted habitat acres would be 67,326. The
adjusted habitat acres would range from 66,413 under Alternative 10 to 62,456 under Alterna-
tive 12. This represents a reduction in habitat capability ranging from 1.4 to 7.2 percent,
respectively.
Kittlitz’s Murrelet
The Project Area is beyond the known southern distribution limits of the Kittlitz’s murrelet.
Thus, it is very unlikely that Kittlitz’s murrelets would occur in the Project Area (personal
communication, Nancy Naslund, Wildlife Biologist, USFWS, Anchorage, December 16, 1994).
Even if this species were to occur in the Project Area, it is not known to nest in forested habitat
affected by the Project, preferring barren ground above the timberline. Thus, there are no
effects anticipated to Kittlitz’s murrelet from Control Lake timber harvest activities.
Queen Charlotte Goshawk
None of the alternatives propose timber harvest of known nest areas. Limited harvest is
proposed within the goshawk post-fledgling area (PEA) in Logjam Creek under Alternatives 1 1
and 12. These alternatives include 118 acres of harvest within the PEA. No harvest within the
PEA is proposed under Alternative 10.
As discussed in Chapter 3 {Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species section), a new
goshawk nest was recently discovered in the Rio Roberts drainage, south of the 30 Road (Eorest
Road #9). A PEA will be designated for this pair following collection of sufficient home range
information. The nest site is about 0.5 mile from the nearest harvest unit and portions of four
additional harvest units occur within 1 mile of the nest site (596-413, 596-415, 596-416, 596-
417, and 576-423). Alternatives 1 1 and 12 include two of these units and Alternative 10
includes none of them.
96
4 CHAPTER — Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ^
Any pairs of goshawks not discovered prior to timber harvest may be affected if the harvest unit
corresponds to key stands of habitat. Studies of goshawk nest sites in Idaho indicated that
timber harvesting within 0.25 mile (0.4 km) of nest sites resulted in a 75 to 80 percent reduction
in occupancy of the nesting territories (Patla, 1990). Any goshawk nest found prior to harvest
will be protected using the goshawk management guidelines in effect at that time.
Project effects on potential goshawk habitat are represented by the loss of old growth, espe-
cially volume classes 5 through 7, and the degree of fragmentation that would occur, particu-
larly for large old-growth patches. Loss of old growth due to the action alternatives would
range from approximately 1,124 acres or 1.5 percent of the existing old growth under Alterna-
tive 10, to 3,956 acres or 5.2 percent for Alternative 12 (Table 4-41). Harvest of volume
classes 5 through 7 would be highest under Alternative 12 and lowest under Alternative 10.
Correspondingly, the area of old growth remaining in large patches would be lowest under
Alternative 12; the reduction would be 10 percent for patches greater than 1,000 acres, and 4
percent for patches greater than 5,000 acres relative to existing conditions. Alternative 10
would produce the lowest reduction in areas of the action alternatives; a 4 percent reduction
would result for patches greater than 1,000 acres, and a 1 percent reduction would result for
patches greater than 5,000 acres.
Table 4-41
Comparison of the Effects of the Alternatives on Goshawk
Habitat (in Acres)
Alternative
Total
Harvest
Harvest of
VC4-7
Harvest of
VC5-7
Areas Remaining
in OG Patches
>1,000 acres
Area Remaining
in OG Patches
>5,000 acres
1
0
0
0
61,122
36,337
10
1,281
1,124
623
58,553
36,144
11
3,612
3,199
1,925
55,692
35,290
12
4,452
3,956
2,346
55,139
35,004
Harlequin Duck
Riparian habitats along all rivers and streams on the Forest will be managed according to the
Riparian management prescriptions or a more restrictive management prescription (such as
when a stream or river is in a Wilderness Area). Nesting habitat requirements are expected to
be maintained. Since winter habitat occurs in the marine environment in areas of high surf and
rocky beaches, no effect on harlequin ducks is anticipated with any alternatives of the Control
Lake Project.
Olive-sided Fiycatcher
Riparian habitats along all lakes, rivers, and streams on the Forest will be managed according to
the Riparian management prescriptions or a more restrictive prescription (such as when a stream
or river is in a Wilderness Area). Upland habitat value for the olive-sided flycatcher may
improve due to logging, particularly with the type of harvest proposed for the Control Lake
Project. Created openings will produce greater edge, and the partial cutting and clearcut types
prescribed for the Control Lake Project all incorporate VEirying degrees of reserve trees and
snags, which should improve flycatcher habitat. Therefore, the Project may affect olive-sided
flycatcher habitat, though the effect is likely to be positive.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species — CHAPTER 4 ■ 97
4 Environmental
Consequences
Cumulative Effects
Mitigation
Spotted Frog
The distribution of the spotted frog in the Project Area could not be determined from the
general walk-through of proposed harvest units and roads. However, based on habitat require-
ments, spotted frogs are primarily limited to permanent bodies of water (Hodge, 1976;
Broderson, 1982; Nussbaum et al., 1983). Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines maintain
buffers along shorelines and around all Class I and II streams, many Class III streams, and a
l,0(X)-foot buffer around estuaries. Therefore, impacts to frogs potentially breeding within
riparian areas should be minimized under each of the timber management alternatives. How-
ever, some incidental impacts would occur to forested muskegs and small ponds within harvest
units (generally less than 0.1 acre).
Franklin’s Grouse
Timber harvest is likely to negatively affect Franklin’s grouse habitat. Habitat impacts are
likely to be on the same order or less than the impacts on the MIS birds. Assuming that habitat
capability for Franklin’s grouse parallels the habitat capabilities for the red-breasted sapsucker,
the action alternatives would produce reductions of 1 to 5 percent from existing conditions.
However, as noted in Chapter 3, the species is considered to be fairly common in the Project
Area.
Cumulative effects are the result of changes in the environment caused by the interaction of
natural ecosystem processes and the effects of multiple management actions. Wildlife habitat
and associated populations of threatened, endangered, and sensitive species may be influenced
by the result of multiple entries to remove timber within the Project Area, and the combined or
synergistic effects of habitat loss in adjacent areas. The humpback whale, Steller sea lion,
peregrine falcon, osprey, Eskimo curlew, trumpeter swan, Aleutian Canada goose, Kittlitz’s
murrelet, harlequin duck, olive-sided flycatcher, and spotted frog are unlikely to experience
long-term cumulative effects because of their limited use of the area or because their habitats
are unaffected or minimally affected by timber harvest. The populations of Queen Charlotte
goshawk and marbled murrelet may experience long-term declines under the revised Forest Plan
(1997). However, the revised Forest Plan is expected to provide a sufficient amount and
distribution of habitat to maintain viable and well distributed populations across the Tongass
after 100 years (USDA Forest Service, 1997).
The new Forest Plan (1997) includes an old-growth habitat strategy that is intended to maintain
well-distributed viable populations across the Tongass. It is designed to reduce fragmentation
of old-growth habitat and has been developed through careful analysis and integration of the
best scientific information available on the subject (see Appendix N of the Final EIS, USDA
Forest Service, 1997), The old-growth habitat conservation strategy incorporated into the new
Forest Plan, consists of two basic components: (1) a forest- wide reserve network and (2) a
matrix management strategy. This overall strategy is described in the Biodiversity, Cumulative
Ejfects section of this chapter.
Mitigation for threatened, endangered, and sensitive species results primarily from avoidance of
known special use sites such as nest sites for birds and haulout areas for sea lions. Several
special use sites were identified during field investigations and literature reviews for the Control
Lake Project. Mitigation measures, including buffer zones, have been designed to avoid these
sites during project activities. The final unit layout and road location that would occur before
harvest would provide one more level of observation and opportunity for avoidance.
Goshawk nests were identified in the Logjam Creek and Rio Robert Creek areas. A PFA
surrounding the Logjam nest site was designated and harvest activities will be limited within it.
A PFA will be designated for the Rio Roberts site and harvest activities will be limited within it
also. Region 10 goshawk management guidelines (see TLMP, 1997) will be implemented
(Mitigation Measure W9).
98
4 CHAPTER — Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species
Control Lake Supplementsf Draft EIS
Monitoring
Environmental A
Consequences T"
A peregrine falcon nest had been identified on the Steelhead Creek drainage. Harvest and road
construction activities will be restricted during the nesting season within one-half mile of active
nests (Mitigation Measure W14),
Mitigation measures for humpback and other whales would include: (1) the avoidance of Forest
Service aircraft flights below 500 feet above sea level in the known vicinity of whales when
weather ceilings permit; (2) the avoidance of the intentional approach of a vessel of 100 feet or
more in length within one-quarter mile of whales when safe passage exists; (3) and the avoid-
ance of approach of a vessel of less than 100 feet in length to within 100 yards of whales when
safe passage exists (Mitigation Measure W13).
A standard Forest Service timber sale contract clause will be included in all timber sale and
road construction contracts to provide for protection of threatened, endangered, and sensitive
species and their habitats. If a threatened or endangered species is sighted or its sign is found,
the USFWS will be notified immediately.
Monitoring activities identified under the Wildlife section are also relevant to threatened,
endangered, and sensitive species. Additional forest-wide monitoring for threatened, endan-
gered, and sensitive species is conducted under the Forest Plan. The Ketchikan Area Monitor-
ing Strategy, which was implemented in early 1994, specifically guides area monitoring efforts.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species — CHAPTER 4 ■ 99
4 Environmental
Consequences
This page intentionally left blank.
100 ■
4 CHAPTER — Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Stand and
Landscape
Biodiversity
Biodiversity
Key Terms
Between-stand diversity — reflects the amount of species turnover between habitat types or
along environmental gradients (Sidle 1985).
Biodiversity — the variety of lifeforms in an area, including variation in structure, composition
and function at scales from genetic to landscape.
Canopy — uppermost layer of foliage in the forest.
Edge — the natural or human created boundary between two distinct ecological systems, such as
between forest and muskeg, or forest and a clearcut.
Edge effects — the biological and abiotic actions operating at edges; examples are differences
in microclimate, species richness, productivity and predation.
Fragmented — reduced in size and connectivity — the degree of fragmentation is dependent
upon scale (in space and time) and species specific life requisites.
Forage — to search for food.
Interior — that portion of a forested stand that is not influenced by edge effects.
Landscape-level diversity — a function of the spatial distribution of habitat types across a large
area (Sidle 1985) such as a Project Area or ecological province.
Patch — an assemblage of similar vegetation — in this document the focus is on old-growth
forests of greater than 8,000 board feet/acre, with only small inclusions of other habitats.
Patch Size Effectiveness — An index that measures how close the patches of habitat in an area
represent the optimum size for a species.
Planning area — for the purpose of analyzing viable populations, the planning area is the
ecological province, i.e.. North Central and South Prince of Wales Ecological Province.
Snag — standing dead tree.
Stand-level diversity — the diversity within specific habitats or limited land areas as measured
by number of species present (species richness) or structural complexity of a given habitat type
(Sidle 1985).
Viable population — the number of individuals of a species required to ensure the long-term
existence of the species in natural, self-sustaining populations well distributed throughout their
range in the Tongass National Forest.
Each of the proposed action alternatives would result in changes in biodiversity at the stand,
between-stand, and landscape levels. Stand-level diversity would decline temporarily as old
growth is replaced by clearcuts, gradually increase during early stages, and decline again during
the sapling stage as the canopy closes and understory vegetation is eliminated. The inclusion of
snags and reserve trees as islands of old growth within regenerating stands and precommercial
thinning to promote understory vegetation would at least partially offset some of the early serai
declines in species richness. The benefits are limited because thinning has proven to be of
short-term value (Alaback and Tappeiner, 1984) and snags and reserve trees would be subject
to blowdown that could diminish their long-term effectiveness in providing structural attributes
for old-growth-dependent species.
The action alternatives for the Control Lake Project have all been designed to incorporate a
high degree of reserve tree and snag retention in clearcuts, and a high degree of partial cutting
(see Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation section in Chapter 4). Partial cutting is prescribed for
12 to 31 percent of the harvest-unit acreage in the action alternatives. Further, a total of 1 to 12
percent of all acreage is prescribed for uneven-aged management. Partial cutting is expected to
maintain a substantial portion of the stand-level diversity associated with old growth.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Biodiversity — CHAPTER 4 Bid
4 Environmental
Consequences
Habitat Diversity
Forest
Fragmentation
Between-stand diversity is expected to increase under each of the action alternatives as a result
of greater contrast between patch types created by clearcuts in juxtaposition with old growth.
Increases in inter-patch contrast would result in greater edge area and more suitable habitat
conditions for species associated with forest edges (e.g., crows, jays, ravens, great horned owl).
This in turn could result in higher levels of edge-related predation and reductions in nesting
productivity for species that are particularly vulnerable to nest-site predation (e.g., marbled
murrelet, see Threatened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species section in Chapter 3) if interior
patches are reduced to less than optimum. Edge-related factors would be lower with the types
of harvest units proposed for the Control Lake Project. The extent of reserve tree retention and
partial cutting should lessen the degree of contrast and the sharpness of the edge created.
Between-stand diversity effects would be minimized for Alternatives 10 and 11, because of
greater emphasis placed on retention of contiguous old-growth patches.
Diversity on a landscape level would change under each of the action alternatives due to a
combination of habitat reduction, habitat fragmentation, and conversion of habitats to second
growth. These declines would be offset somewhat by retention of riparian areas, beach fringe,
estuary fringes, and old-growth patches. Landscape-level effects would be lowest under
Alternative 10 and greatest under Alternative 12.
As specified in forest-wide standards and guidelines, no additional harvest would occur in
beach fringe or estuary and inland wetland buffer areas, (see Wildlife section for a more
detailed description of effects on wildlife habitats.) The action alternatives would permit the
harvest of 105 to 351 acres within riparian management areas. This represents 1 to 2 percent of
the Riparian Management Areas, in the Project Area.
General losses of old-growth habitat would vary by volume class. Alternative 12 would
represent the greatest impacts: 5.4 percent of volume class 4, 6.1 percent of volume class 5, 3.7
percent of volume class 6, and 1.2 percent of volume class 7 would be harvested. Alternative
10 would produce the lowest impacts: 1,7 percent of volume class 4; 1.8 percent of volume
class 5; 0.4 percent of volume class 6; and 0,8 percent of volume class 7 would be harvested.
Forest fragmentation analysis determined the number of large (10,000 acres), medium (5,000
acres), and small (800 acres) patches (as defined in Chapter 3) that would be available in the
Project Area following implementation of the proposed entry into Control Lake, Shifts from
large patch size classes to smaller patch size classes would occur under the timber management
alternatives. Figures 4-2 through 4-5 are detailed maps of forest and interior forest patch
distribution by alternative. Each of the alternatives would result in similar declines in the
percentage of forest habitat within the large patch size class and increases in the smaller size
classes.
Under pre-logging conditions (1954), 48,275 acres of the old growth within the Project Area
was contained in two patches greater than 10,000 acres in size. This was due to the linking of
large old-growth patches by small corridors and linear patches of habitat. Conversely, no
interior habitat patches larger than 5,000 acres existed in 1954, but 62 percent of the total
interior area was contained in patches from 1,000 to 5,000 acres in size. By 1997 (existing
conditions. Alternative 1), total forest area and interior forest area dropped significantly (Tables
4-42 and 4-43). Only 29,739 acres of old growth (one patch) remained in patches greater than
10,000 acres in size, due to the extent of harvest south of the 30 Road. Under the action
alternatives, the total area of remaining forest patches greater than 10,000 acres would range
from 29,056 acres for Alternative 12 to 29,739 acres for Alternative 10 (one patch). The action
alternatives would produce a redistribution of interior habitat from larger to smaller patches
(Table 4-43). Interior forest patches within the 1,000- to 5,000-acre size classes would be
reduced by 1 percent for Alternative 10, by 16 percent for Alternative 11, and by 23 percent for
Alternative 12.
102
4 CHAPTER — Biodiversity
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences •
Figure 4-2 . . ^ •
Distribution of Forest and Interior
Forest Patches Under Alternative 1
(Existing Condition)
i
o
z
LU
iD
UJ
Control LakeSupplemental Draft EIS
Biodiversity — CHAPTER 4 BIOS
/glacier3/controllk/amls/post8x11/patch94
June 09, 1995
4 Environmental
Consequences
Rgure 4-3
Distribution of Forest and
Interior Forest Patches under
Alternative 10
104 ■ 4 CHAPTER — BicxJiversity
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
/odoms1/controllk/omls/posl8xl1/new-potch98.aml - p98oltl0.ps
November 12, 1997
Environmental A
Consequences
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Biodiversity — CHAPTER 4 ■ 105
/odoms1/controllk/amls/posl8xl1/new-potch98.aml - p98oll11.ps
November 12, 1997
4 Environmental
Consequences
106 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Biodiversity
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
/odoms1/controllk/omls/post8x11/new-polch98.oml - p98oltl2.ps
November 12, 1997
Environmental A
Consequences ■
Patch-size
Effectiveness
Table 4-42
Area (Acres) in Forest Patches by Size Class for the
Alternatives
Size Classes
1954
Alt. 1
Alt. 10
Alt. 11
Alt. 12
0-20
1,446
1,823
1,915
2,117
2,207
20-50
2,387
2,602
2,528
2,647
2,570
50-100
1,784
2,239
2,101
2,036
1,960
100-500
3,326
4,908
4,752
6,832
6,717
500-1,000
2,420
3,467
5,194
3,642
3,612
1,000-5,000
18,315
24,785
22,409
20,402
20,135
5,000-10,000
8,260
6,598
6,405
5,948
5,948
>10,000
48,275
29,739
29,739
29,342
29,056
Total
86,213
76,161
75,043
72,966
72,205
Table 4-43
Area (Acres) in Interior Forest Patches by Size Class for the
Alternatives
Size Classes
1954
Alt. 1
Alt. 10
Alt. 11
Alt. 12
0-20
1,422
1,833
1,797
1,802
1,762
20-50
1,154
1,457
1,405
1,637
1,728
50-100
2,249
2,174
2,136
2,160
2,392
100-500
6,770
6,662
6,466
5,652
6,074
500-1,000
2,181
3,099
2,579
2,992
2,370
1,000-5,000
22,069
10,210
10,065
8,557
7,828
5,000-10,000
0
0
0
0
0
>10,000
0
0
0
0
0
Total
35,846
25,435
24,448
22,820
22,154
Overall, Alternative 10 results in the lowest fragmentation of large forest patches, and Alterna-
tive 12 results in the highest. This pattern holds true for both total and interior forest patches.
The largest patches would remain in the Honker Divide and Hatchery Creek area. Cutthroat
Lakes, and north of Big Salt Lake.
Table 4-44 displays the results of patch-size effectiveness for deer, marten, sapsuckers, hairy
woodpeckers, and brown creepers. The patch-size effectiveness for the action alternatives
ranges from 88.2 to 89.8 percent for deer, 93.1 to 93.8 percent for marten, 94.2 to 94.8 percent
for sapsuckers, 89.9 to 91.3 percent for hairy woodpeckers, and 98.9 to 99.1 percent for brown
creepers. Alternative 12 ranks lowest and Alternative 10 ranks highest among the action
alternatives for all species.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Biodiversity — CHAPTER 4 >107
4 Environmental
Consequences
Population Viability
Cumulative Effects
Table 4-44
Patch'Size Effectiveness Values for Five Management
Indicator Species, by Alternative
Alternatives
lo n TT
Species 1954 1997 2000 2000 2000
Sitka black-tailed deer
0.932
0.901
0.898
0.882
0.882
Marten
0.954
0.938
0.938
0.932
0.931
Red-breasted sapsucker
0.963
0.949
0.948
0.943
0.942
Hairy woodpecker
0.928
0.914
0.913
0.899
0.899
Brown creeper
0.994
0.991
0.991
0.990
0.989
Source: USDA Forest Service, Ketchikan Area GIS Database.
Maintenance of viable wildlife populations well distributed across National Forest System
lands, where multiple-use management is emphasized in the resource planning process, should
be soundly based on conservation biology principles. To accomplish this, biologists indicate
that sufficient amounts of suitable habitat areas should remain well distributed across the
Tongass National Forest. The Forest Plan Revision (TLMP 1997) incorporates a variety of
measures including an old-growth habitat conservation strategy and species-specific manage-
ment prescriptions designed to maintain well-distributed viable populations across the Tongass
(see Cumulative Ejfects section).
Under the 1997 TLMP Revision, the expanded use of Old Growth Habitat LUD’s in the Project
Area will increase the acreage and connectivity of old-growth habitat. The distribution of
LUD’s that prohibit timber harvest is shown in Figure 1-5 in Chapter 1 and on the large map
accompanying this EIS. Under the new TLMP, the size of the protected Honker Divide block
would be substantially increased and smaller blocks would be protected in the Rio Roberts, Rio
Beaver, and Election Creek watersheds. An expanded Semi-Remote Recreation LUD in the
Elevenmile area would serve as old-growth retention also. Connectivity would stretch from the
Karta Wilderness to the south of Control Lake, at least to the Sarkar Lakes and Whale Pass
areas to the north.
At the end of the first rotation in 2054, it is assumed that all suitable and available commercial
forest land (based on the TLMP, 1997) will have been harvested, and 53,239 acres will remain
(see Wildlife, Cumulative Effects). Landscape-level biodiversity would decline within the
Control Lake Project Area by 2054, but well-distributed viable populations would be main-
tained across the Tongass.
The old-growth habitat conservation strategy and species-specific management prescriptions of
the new Forest Plan (TLMP, 1997) represent a balance of wildlife habitat conservation mea-
sures which consider the best available scientific information. These measures are designed to
provide for fish and wildlife habitat that will maintain well-distributed viable populations of
vertebrate species and maintain the diversity of plants and animals across the Tongass.
The old-growth habitat conservation strategy incorporated into the new Forest Plan, consists of
two basic components: (1) a forest- wide reserve network, and (2) a matrix management
strategy. The forest-wide reserve network protects the integrity of the old-growth forest. It
108
4 CHAPTER — Biodiversity
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Mitigation
Monitoring
tinvironmeniai yi
Consequences ■
includes a series of large, medium, and small old-growth reserves. The Forest Plan will fully
protect 70 percent of the productive old-growth forest on the Tongass in some form of nonde-
velopment LUD. The North Prince of Wales province has 50 percent of the current productive
old growth in reserves.
The second component of the old-growth conservation strategy is management of lands with
LUD allocations where commercial timber harvest may occur. Within areas, components of the
old-growth ecosystem are maintained by standards and guidelines designed to protect important
areas and provide old-growth forest habitat connectivity. The 1 ,000-foot beach estuary fringe
and riparian buffers are the primary management prescriptions, but standards and guidelines
that restrict harvest on high-hazard soils, steep slopes, karst terrain, visually sensitive travel
routes and use areas, and timber stands not technically feasible to harvest, also contribute
significantly to maintaining old-growth ecosystems.
The wildlife and biodiversity cumulative effects analyses recently developed in the Final EIS
(and Appendix N) for the new Forest Plan (USDA Forest Service, 1997) and summarized in the
Record of Decision, is incorporated by reference.
Mitigation measures relating to wildlife and threatened, endangered, and sensitive species are
applicable to biodiversity. These mitigation measures are discussed in the Wildlife and Threat-
ened, Endangered, and Sensitive Species sections.
Monitoring activities relating to wildlife and threatened, endangered, and sensitive species are
applicable to biodiversity. These monitoring activities are discussed in the Wildlife and
Threatened, Endangered and Sensitive Species sections.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Biodiversity — CHAPTER 4 >109
4 Environmental
Consequences
This page intentionally left blank.
110
4 CHAPTER — Biodiversity
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Lands
Harvest Units
Adjacent to Non
national Forest
System Lands
Key Terms
Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (ANSCA) — provides for the settlement of certain land
claims of Alaska Natives.
Encumbrance — a claim, lien, charge, or liability attached to and binding real property.
Native selection — application by Native corporations to the USDI Bureau of Land Manage-
ment for conveyance of a portion of lands withdrawn under ANSCA in fulfillment of Native
entitlements established under ANSCA.
Special use permits — permits and granting of easements (excluding road permits and highway
easements) authorizing the occupancy and use of land.
State selection — application by Alaska Department of Natural Resources to the Bureau of
Land Management for conveyance of a portion of the 4(X),000-acre State entitlement from
vacant and unappropriated National Forest System lands in Alaska, under the Alaska Statehood
Act.
No proposed harvest units with any of the alternatives would be located on the boundary
between Forest Service and non-National Forest System land. There would be a maximum of
12 harvest units in the Project Area that would be located within 0.25 mile of non-National
Forest System lands with Alternative 12. The units are displayed in Table 4-45. Alternative 10
would have only 2 units located within 0.25 mile of non-National Forest System lands. All units
would have boundary lines established prior to implementation to ensure that harvest does not
encroach on non-National Forest land.
Table 4-45
Proposed Harvest Units Adjacent to or Within 0.25 Mile of
Non-National Forest System Lands
Alternatives That
Harvest Unit
Location
Adjacent Owner
Include Unit
593-421
Elevenmile Creek
Sealaska
12
593-424
Elevenmile Creek
Sealaska
12
593-431
Elevenmile Creek
Sealaska
11, 12
594-416
Kogish Mountain Area
Sealaska
11, 12
594-419
Kogish Mountain Area
Sealaska
10, 11, 12
594-420
Kogish Mountain Area
Sealaska
10, 11, 12
595-402
Control Lake
State of Alaska
11, 12
595-403
Control Lake
State of Alaska
11, 12
595-412
Steelhead Creek
Sealaska
11, 12
595-418
Steelhead Creek
Sealaska
11, 12
596-406
Control Lake
State of Alaska
11, 12
596-407
Control Lake
State of Alaska
11, 12
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Lands— CHAPTER 4 *111
4 Environmental
Consequences
Rights-of-way and
Land Use
Agreements
112 ■ 4 CHAPTER— Lands
No units are within 0.25 mile of the Karta Wilderness, although three units are within 0.5 mile
of the boundary (Table 4-46). Several units lie within 0.25 mile of restrictive LUD’s under the
1997 TLMP Revision. These LUD’s include the Rio Roberts RNA; the Semi-Remote Recre-
ation Area near Salt Lake Bay, and Old Growth Habitat LUD’s.
Table 4-46
Proposed Harvest Units Within 0.5 mile of the Karta
Wilderness
Alternatives that
Harvest Unit
Location
Include Unit
595-421
Steelhead Creek
11, 12
595-433
Steelhead Creek
10, 11, 12
597.2-449
Rio Roberts Creek
10, 11, 12
Logging adjacent to non-National Forest System lands may require right-of-way or land use
agreements for establishing roads, establishing tailholds, suspending logging cables over non-
National Forest roads or lands, and for establishing new or reusing old LTF sites.
Eight units in VCU 594 near Kogish Mountain are currently planned to be accessed via
Sealaska Native Corporation roads north of the Big Salt Lake. Other options for these units
include tying the road system into the existing roads in the Staney Creek Watershed to the north.
The eight units in question are listed in Table 4-47 by alternative.
Table 4-47
Proposed Harvest Units to be Accessed by Roads on
Sealaska Lands North of Big Salt Lake
Alternatives that
Harvest Unit
Location
Include Unit
594-401
Kogish Mountain Area
11, 12
594-407
Kogish Mountain Area
11, 12
594-409
Kogish Mountain Area
11, 12
594-410
Kogish Mountain Area
11, 12
594-415
Kogish Mountain Area
11, 12
594-416
Kogish Mountain Area
11, 12
594-417
Kogish Mountain Area
11, 12
594-418
Kogish Mountain Area
11, 12
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Land Use
Designations
Special Use Permits
Environmental A
Consequences ■
To minimize impacts from harvest activities, it will be necessary to directionally fall timber
away from non-National Forest lands. Tree felling requirements will be analyzed and negoti-
ated on a case-by-case basis, depending on site-specific logging/transportation systems.
Timber harvest within the LUD’s found in the Project Area would be consistent with the
standards and guidelines established in the TLMP. Alternatives 1 1 and 12 would be entirely
consistent with the new Forest Plan. Alternative 10 would include two units (596-421 and
597.1-401) that would be partially inconsistent with the revised TLMP (1997) and would
require boundary modifications. See Chapter 1 for information concerning other comprehen-
sive plans.
Harvest activities would be anticipated to start the year after the three mills that are operating
with Special Use Permits would be expected to relocate off of National Forest System lands.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Lands— CHAPTER 4 ■ 113
4 Environmental
Consequences
This page intentionally left blank.
114 ■ 4 CHAPTER-
•Lands
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Transportation and Facilities
Introduction
Road Development
Key Terms —
A‘frame LTF— log transfer facility system which consists of a stationary mast with a falling
boom for lifting logs from trucks to water. This system is generally located on a shot rock
embankment with a vertical bulkhead to access deep water, accommodating operations at all
tidal periods.
Access management— the designation of roads for differing levels of use by the public.
Aquatic Habitat Management Unit (AHMU) — a mapping unit that displays an identified
value for aquatic resources; a mechanism for carrying out aquatic resource management policy.
Arteriai roads — ^roads usually developed and operated for long-term land and resource
management purposes and constant service.
Endiess chain LTF— log transfer facility system which consists of a gravity slide ramp for
sliding log bundles into the water, with a chain assist system to slow the velocity of logs
entering the water.
Coiiector roads — roads that collect traffic from Forest Local roads; usually connect to a
Forest Arterial road or public highway.
Locai roads — ^roads that provide access for a specific resource use activity such as a timber
sale or recreational site; other minor uses may be served.
Log Transfer Faciiity (LTF) — a facility that is used for transferring commercially harvested
logs to and from a vessel or log raft, or the formation of a log raft.
Main trunk roads— primary roads that are used repeatedly for forest access over long period
of time.
Maintenance ieveis — levels at which roads are maintained (or closed) for various uses,
including high-clearance vehicle and passenger vehicle use. See Glossary for more detail.
Moduiar bridge— a. portable bridge constructed of components that can be readily assembled
and disassembled for movement from one site to another.
Specified roads — a road, including related transportation facilities and appurtenances, shown
on the Sale Area Map and listed in the Timber Sale ContracL These roads are constructed as
permanent roads as part of the forest development transportation system.
Temporary roads — short term roads built for limited resource activity or other project needs.
Traffic service ieveis — ^traffic characteristics and operating conditions that are used in
setting road maintenance levels.
The effects of the transportation system on other resources are considered in the specific
resource sections (e.g., Soils; Watershed, Fish, and Fisheries; Wildlife; Recreation). This
section focuses on the effects of each alternative on the transportation system. The discussion is
grouped into the following categories: (1) road development, (2) rock quarries, (3) maintenance
level, (4) access management, and (5) logging camps and log transfer facilities.
Table 4-48 displays the miles of new and reconstructed roads by alternative. Road reconstruc-
tion consists of roadbed and ditchline repairs, culvert or bridge replacement, and resurfacing.
Alternative 12 would require the most miles of road construction. Alternative 10 would require
the least miles of road.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
T ransportation and Facilities — CHAPTER 4
115
4 Environmental
Consequences
Table 4-48
Miles of New and Reconstructed Road by Action Alternative
Alternative 10 Alternative 11 Alternative 12
New
Recon.
New
Recon.
New
Recon.
574
0.3
575
1.9
0.8
8.4
0.8
576
0.7
0.5
0.5
577
4.7
8.2
578
2.3
2.3
591
2.9
2.9
592
593
8.1
13.3
594
2.5
9.6
9.6
595
9.6
0.8
16.9
1.0
17.8
1.0
596
2.2
5.2
1.2
5.8
1.2
597.1
1.2
0.7
3.2
597.2
9.9
1.6
16.8
4.7
17.3
4.7
Outside Project Area
1.0
1.1
1.1
Subtotal
27.1
2.4
70.7
7.7
90.7
7.7
Total New and Recon.
(map miles)
29.5
78.4
98.4
SOURCE: GIS query
Alternatives 11 and 12 have 8 units in VCU 594 that would be accessed from existing private
(Sealaska) roads.
Typical forest road
116 ■
4 CHAPTER — T ransportation and Facilities
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ^
Alternative 10, with 30 miles of road construction/reconstruction, would extend the road system
primarily in the Steelhead Creek, Rio Beaver Creek, Shinaku Creek watersheds. The total
length of individual new road extensions would not exceed about 4 miles.
Alternative 11, with 78 miles of road construction/reconstruction, would extend existing roads
further into the Steelhead, Lower Logjam, Rio Roberts, Rio Beaver, and Shinaker and
Elevenmile watersheds. The total length of individual new road extensions would not exceed
about 6 miles.
Alternative 12, with 98 miles of road construction/reconstruction, would extend existing roads
into the same watersheds as Alternative 1 1 . However, roads would be extended further in the
Elevenmile, Lower Logjam, and Upper Thorne watersheds. The total length of individual new
road extensions would not exceed about 8 miles.
Three classes of road would be constructed as part of the proposed project, each of which has
different projected uses and construction standards. The three classes are: arterial, collector,
and local roads. Temporary roads, which are short-term roads for timber harvest activities only,
were considered local roads for analysis purposes, since these roads are similar to local roads.
Arterial and collector roads are generally mainline system roads requiring higher standards and
heavier investment to provide prolonged multiple use. These roads can be built to lower
standards initially and upgraded as use is intensified. Thus the logging operator may construct
arterial and collector roads to low or medium standards depending on use.
Local roads tend to be used intermittently, allowing use of lower construction standards, and
local roads are generally less costly than the arterial and collector roads. These roads may have
use restrictions during harvest activities that limit public access.
The number of miles of arterial, collector, and local roads to be constructed under each action
alternative is shown in Table 4-49. Road class is shown by specific road segment in Appendix
D of the Draft EIS,
Table 4-49
Miles of Road Construction/Reconstruction by Road Class
and Alternative
Road Class
Alt. 10
Alt. 11
Alt 12
Arterial
0
0
0
Collector
7
17
22
Local
23
61
76
Total
30
78
98
Existing roads would need to be reconstructed under all action alternatives. These activities
range from major culvert and bridge replacement to minor blading and shaping of the existing
road. Table 4-50 displays the cost of bridges and major culverts, road construction, road
reconstruction, and the road cost in dollars per MBF.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Transportation and Facilities — CHAPTER 4 ■ 117
4 Environmental
Consequences
Construction
Coordination with
Fish and Wildlife
Rock Quarries
Table 4-50
Required Road Construction and Reconstruction by
Alternative
Alt 10 Alt 11 Alt 12
Road Construction (miles) 27.1
Road Reconstruction (miles) 2.4
Total Costs $3,830,000
Road Cost ($/MBF) $101
70.7 90.7
7.7 7.7
$14,030,000 $17,470,000
$150 $154
Development in some areas may require road construction or reconstruction near inventoried
eagle nest trees. There is no road construction anticipated to be within 330 feet of any known
eagle nest tree in the Project Area. It is standard practice to locate roads and other facilities at
least 330 feet away from eagle trees unless terrain or physical requirements such as road grade
prevent such an avoidance.
Some stream crossings have been identified as needing fish-timing restrictions for construction
of structures, to minimize impact on fish young and fiy. Generally, these restrictions can be
accommodated through planning and scheduling of the construction activities. However, in
many cases, additional costs would be incurred to accommodate the timing restrictions. Such
costs would include additional equipment mobilization and demobilization and increased
construction actions for mitigation. For these road and/or units, it may be necessary to conduct
multiseason road construction and harvest. The restriction period for fish is a combination of
coho, pink and chum, sockeye, and steelhead restrictions. Streams with these timing restrictions
would be surveyed prior to implementation to determine species use. The District Fish and
Wildlife Biologist would be consulted during the year of activity to determine final timing
restrictions, based on use of the area by the species of concern, and to determine if waivers or
variances are necessary. The objective is to provide a reasonable operating window while still
meeting the specific resource objectives.
The Thome Bay Ranger District has developed several options to increase the length of the
constmction window, based on previous project experience. These include installation of a log
stringer bridge, which allows equipment across a creek without any instream construction; on
small, nonfish bearing streams, dam and divert water around the site during culvert placement
and rocking; install culverts or bridges during low flow periods or when streams are frozen.
Consultation with the District Fish and Wildlife Biologist would be necessary to determine
appropriate options for each site.
Generally, rock quarries are located every 1 to 2 miles along roads. The quarry location is
determined by the quality of the rock sources, haul distances, development costs, frequency of
entry, and visual resource considerations. An allowance for rock quarries is included in the
acres shown for road right-of-way clearing (see Soils section in this chapter).
Some rock quarries are small and would involve one-time uses, while others would be expanded
during future road building operations if quality rock is available. Rock quarries with expan-
sion potential would be retained for expansion, particularly in situations where potential roads
and timber harvest may be developed in the future, or where numerous roads radiate out from a
point near a centralized quarry. Rock quarries near the ends of the road system would be closed
and reclaimed by spreading stockpiled overburden on the floor of the quarry.
118 ■
4 CHAPTER — T ransportation and Facilities
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Maintenance Level
Access
Management
Environmental A
Consequences ■
Each quarry would be evaluated for disposition during the construction stage. Each quarry
would be evaluated for the following: (1) availability of additional quality rock, (2) feasibility
of expansion, (3) future rock resource needs in the area, and (4) proposed VQO’s.
Public access would continue under all action alternatives and would be increased due to
additional road mileage. Specifically, access into the Rio Beaver and Steelhead creek water-
sheds would continue. New access would be provided to areas near Kogish Mountain from
both the west and east.
Table 4-51 shows the traffic service levels associated with road maintenance levels by alterna-
tive for road construction or reconstruction. Maintenance levels and traffic service levels are
shown by specific road segment in Appendix D of the Draft EIS.
Table 4-51
Miles of Road by Traffic Service Level by Alternative
Traffic Service Level
Alt. 10
Alt. 11
Alt. 12
Level C
7
17
22
Level D
23
61
76
Total
30
78
98
Generally, collector roads would remain open for ongoing silvicultural activities. Maintenance
of these roads would consist of monitoring road and drainage structures for function and
environmental condition. Maintenance levels would fluctuate in response to changing uses.
During periods of limited use, maintenance standards are sufficient to provide only for public
safety and resource protection (i.e.. Maintenance Level 2 and Traffic Service Level C). This
level road is maintained for high clearance vehicles and passenger car traffic is not a consider-
ation.
Many local roads to harvest units, including the short road segments for yarders within harvest
units, would not be retained as part of the permanent transportation system. These roads receive
Maintenance Level 1 and Traffic Service Level D. After these roads have served their intended
purpose, the roadbed would be effectively blocked to normal vehicular traffic, the drainage
structures removed, and the roadbed would be waterbarred. Some of these roads are temporary
but are considered here as local roads. Because such roads may be constructed through rock,
they cannot easily be reclaimed.
Specific post-harvest traffic strategies or access management are described below with regard
to fisheries, wildlife, and recreation concerns. Access might be encouraged, accepted, discour-
aged, eliminated, prohibited, or prohibited seasonally. Access into newly entered drainages
would be discouraged or eliminated to minimize wildlife impacts unless there is a specific
recreational opportunity. Roads are closed for several reasons, including fish and wildlife
protection, and inadequate maintenance funding. Roads under Forest Service jurisdiction can
be closed by authority of CFR 36, Chapter 11, Parts 212.7 and 261. Road closure orders would
be posted at the Thorne Bay Ranger District Office. Because U.S. mining laws confer a
statutory right to enter public lands to search for minerals, access to mining claims would not be
restricted. However, miners and prospectors would be required to obtain a permit to use
restricted roads.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Transportation and Facilities — CHAPTER4 ■ 119
4 Environmental
Consequences
Depending on the alternative selected, 22 (Alt. 10), 52 (Alt. 11), or 62 (Alt. 12) miles of newly
constructed roads are proposed for closure following completion of harvest activities. In
addition, up to 56 miles of existing roads are proposed for closure under all alternatives. These
road closures are shown in the access strategy map at the end of Chapter 2 and in the large-scale
color map accompanying this EIS. Closure of existings roads will be based in part on com-
ments received during public involvement efforts for the Supplemental Draft EIS.
Motorized road access to several areas within the Control Lake Project Area would be elimi-
nated because of the sensitivity of fisheries, wildlife, and subsistence resources. Motorized
vehicle restrictions include passenger vehicles, four- and three-wheel sport vehicles, and
motorcycles. The areas of primary concern are the Elevenmile Creek area for subsistence and
in the Honker, Rio Roberts, Rush Peak, and Election Creek Old Growth Habitat reserves. In
addition, new roads would be closed in the Logjam Creek watershed due to wildlife concerns,
including goshawk and wolf.
In areas where long-term timber management is planned, some roads would be left open,
primarily to provide for timber harvest, salvage, firewood, free use, and other management
activities. For example, the road entering the west side of VCU 594 south of Kogish Mountain,
the road near Angel Lake in VCU 597.2, and most roads in Rio Beaver and Steelhead Creek
watershed would be left open for these reasons. In some cases open roads may be seasonally
closed to reduce hunting and trapping pressure or during sensitive periods for wildlife (e.g.,
nesting, denning).
Logging Camps The community of Thome Bay would serve the majority of the Project Area, using the Thome
Bay LTF and sort yard. The communities of Klawock and Craig would also provide living
quarters for loggers. The private LTF at Klawock has not been used by KPC for the 1989-1994
sale. The community of Coffman Cove would serve the northeast portion of the Project Area.
The site at Naukati could service the western and northwestern portions of the Project Area,
using the Naukati and Winter Harbor LTF’s. No new camps would be constmcted to serve the
Project Area.
Table 4-52 shows the estimated volume, by alternative, to be serviced through each community
or logging camp in MBF.
Table 4-52
Estimated Timber Volume (MMBF) Serviced by Logging
Community
Location
Alternative
10
11
12
Thome Bay
31.8
74.4
87.0
Coffman Cove
0
1.3
2.6
Naukati
5.9
17.9
23.7
Totals
37.7
93.6
113.3
120
4 CHAPTER — ransportation and Facilities
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ^
Log Transfor There are currently five LTF’s available to serve the Project Area. These LTF’s are located at
FaciiitiOS winter Harbor (on Tuxekan Passage), Coffman Cove (near Kasheverof Strait), Naukati (also
on the Tuxekan Narrows), Thorne Bay (at Thorne Bay), and at Klawock (on Klawock Inlet).
The LTF in Klawock is privately owned and is available for use on a fee basis. This LTF has
not been used for the 1989-1994 sale and is not planned for this operating period.
All four of the LTF’s proposed for the Project Area are existing and permitted. Under the No
Action Alternative, use of these existing LTF’s would continue. Table 4-53 shows the
estimated volume of timber to be moved through each LTF by alternative.
Table 4-53
Estimated Timber Volume (MMBF) Handled by Log Transfer
Facility
TypicalLTF
Location
Alternative
10
11
12
Thorne Bay
31.8
74.4
87.0
Coffman Cove
0
1.3
2.6
Winter Harbor
5.9
16.1
21.9
Naukati
0
1.8
1.8
Totals
37.7
93.6
113.3
The major potential impact involving LTF’s is the accumulation of log debris in the marine
environment. During the transfer of logs from land to water, bark would be sloughed off and
could be deposited on the ocean bottom; bark also is continually sloughed off by agitation by
wind and waves while logs are in rafts. Bark accumulation on the bottom can diminish
habitat for bottom-dwelling crustaceans and mollusks, as well as hamper underwater vegeta-
tion used as food and rearing sites for marine fish and other organisms. The discharge of bark
into the water at an LTF is a discharge requiring a National Pollution Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES) permit. The environmental effects from this timber entry will be limited to
that allowed under the existing permits and their required monitoring. Based on timber
volumes, the environmental effects will be greatest for the Thorne Bay LTF, followed by
Naukati and Coffman Cove. This relationship holds for all alternatives.
Monitoring Road monitoring tasks are contained in the Ketchikan Area Monitoring Strategy (USDA
Forest Service, 1994). Road monitoring is also discussed in the Soils and the Water, Fish, and
Fisheries sections.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Transportation and Facilities — CHAPTER 4 ■ 121
4 Environmental
Consequences
This page left intentionally blank.
122 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Transportation and Facilities
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Economic and Social Environment
Introduction
Economic
Evaluation
Key Terms
Cant — a squared log destined for further processing.
Discounted benefits — the sum of all benefits derived from the Project Area over the life of a
project.
Discounted costs — the sum of all costs incurred from the Project Area during the life of the
project.
Mid-market — the value and product mix represented at the quarter in which the pond log value
(end-product selling price less manufacturing cost) for the species and product mix most closely
matches the point between the ranked quarters of the Alaska Index Operation pond log value,
adjusted to Common Year Dollars, where one half of the harvest of timber from the Tongass
National Forest has been removed at higher values and one half of the timber has been removed
at lower values, during the period from 1979 to the current quarter (FSH 2409.22 RIO Chapter
531.1-2).
Present Net Vaiue (PNV) — ^the difference between total discounted benefits and total
discounted costs associated with the alternatives.
When comparing the alternatives that produce similar results, economic analysis is useful. In
preparation of the EIS, the Forest Service is mandated to consider a range of alternatives for
accomplishing a specific project and determine their respective costs and benefits. The ratio-
nale behind this mandate is that the decision to utilize scarce public natural resources requires
balanced and thoughtful deliberation among management actions that affect the quality of the
environment. Central to the analysis process is the concept of value, which is represented by
the monetary value of the costs and benefits derived from using natural resources. In essence,
the Forest Service manages a portfolio of public assets, and by selecting a specific course of
action, the Forest Service uses capital in the form of stumpage value, or the value per acre of
logs, to help defray forest management expenses.
Southeast Alaska citizens rely on the availability of natural resources from the Tongass National
Forest. Their economic well-being and livelihood are inextricably tied to these resources. The
Forest Service is required by the National Forest Management Act (NFMA, 1976), and Forest
Service policy and manual direction to perform economic efficiency and economic equity or
distributional analysis as part of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) process.
Economic efficiency is concerned with getting the most output for each dollar spent. Economic
equity is concerned with who benefits from (jobs, tax base) and who pays for forest manage-
ment activity.
The economic impacts of the Control Lake Project Area alternatives can be evaluated in a
number of ways. The value of the standing timber or “stumpage value” is evaluated. Stumpage
value is the amount of compensation the Forest Service receives when the timber is harvested
and is a measure of economic efficiency. In addition to returns to the U.S. Treasury, stumpage
values indirectly affect fiscal conditions in local communities through payments to the State.
PNV is used to determine public investment viability. PNV is the difference between the
discounted value of all outputs to which monetary values or established prices are assigned and
the total discounted costs of managing the area. PNV is useful in analyzing investments in
timber harvest activities and capturing the benefits and costs that are realized over a period of
time. From a social welfare perspective, the volume of timber available for harvest under each
alternative supports a different level of job opportunities in timber-related industries. A more
detailed analysis of these important economic indicators is included in the following discussion.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Economicand Social Environment — CHAPTER 4 ■123
4 Environmental
Consequences
Economic Efficiency Assessment
Determining the economic efficiency of each timber sale offering is an important step in the
Forest Service planning process. Forest Service policy and handbook direction (FSH 2409.18)
requires an economic efficiency assessment to compare benefits and costs of each proposed
timber sale project and to determine if the sale would be a positive economic offering. This
economic efficiency analysis is performed by comparing expected gross revenues to estimated
costs and arriving at an estimate of future net revenues.
Pond log values represent the delivered price of logs at the mill minus the cost to manufacture
them into usable products. Pond log values were determined based on the mid-market value,
which is a weighted median of historic quarterly pond log values. This is done to account for
fluctuations in market prices. However, because recent market trends have resulted in signifi-
cant fluctuations of timber prices, a high-end rate reflecting recent prices was also used in the
assessment.
Logging, or stump to truck costs, vary by volume class (indices of the average quantity of
timber per acre) mainly due to the size of the logs yarded. In general, the higher the volume per
acre, the larger the logs; thus, the logging costs per MBF are lower. Species composition is an
important variable to consider when estimating timber value. For example. Volume Class 4,
which has the lowest average volume per acre, often contains a large proportion of yellowcedar
that is exportable in log form and has high pond log value. Logging costs in this analysis are
equivalent to all stump to truck cost centers used in the Region 10 appraisal process to harvest
timber. Therefore, logging costs include timber falling, bucking, yarding, sorting, and loading.
As part of the analysis, the assumption of an operator of average efficiency is used to appraise
timber sales.
Stumpage value indicates Forest Service receipts from timber sold. For this assessment,
stumpage value was calculated by subtracting estimated logging, transportation, and road
construction costs from the pond log value. Additionally, an allowance of 60 percent of normal
profit and risk was also included as a cost and subtracted from pond log values per Forest
Service Handbook 2409.18.
Table 4-54 displays the results of the economic efficiency assessment for the action alternatives.
The assessment indicates that all the action alternatives would produce negative stumpage
values using mid-market prices; however, using current timber prices, all of the stumpage values
would be positive. Alternative 12 has the lowest stumpage values and Alternative 10 has the
124 ■
4 CHAPTER — Economic and Social Environment
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences r
highest. The high stumpage value for Alternative 10 is primarily tied to its alternative frame-
work which included minimizing new road construction; thus, road costs are substantially lower
per MBF for Alternative 10 relative to the other Alternatives.
Table 4-54
Economic Efficiency Assessment
Alt. 10
Alt. 11
Alt. 12
Total Volume (MBF)
37,733
93,612
113,274
Pond Log Value Per MBF (Mid-Market)*^
$300.80
$298.84
$296.17
Pond Log Value Per MBF (High Value)
$521.00
$521.00
$521.00
Logging Costs Per MBF
$172.03
$164.65
$163.23
Transportation Costs Per MBF
$ 69.92
$69.11
$69.48
Road Costs Per MBF
$149.91
$149.91
$154.23
Direct Costs Per MBF^
$343.44
$383.67
$386.94
60% Profit Margin Per MBF
$48.03
$47.72
$47.85
Net Stumpage Value^^ Per MBF (Mid-Market)
($90.67)
($133.95)
($138.62)
Net Stumpage Value^^ Per MBF (High Value)
$129.53
$89.69
$86.21
1/ Pond log values: Mid-market is based on a 10-year weighted median of historic values and actual
species composition in each alternative; high value is based on 1st quarter 1995 values and average
Forest-wide species composition.
2/ Direct costs = Total logging costs and total transportation.
3/ Net stumpage value = Pond log value - total direct costs - 60% profit margin.
Prior to the time each sale is offered, each unit and road will be cruised by the Forest Service to
accurately determine the quantity, quality, and value of timber. A formal appraisal and timber
sale report will be prepared incorporating current quarter selling values and cost information
plus a normal profit and risk margin using the assumption of an operation of average efficiency.
Site-specific environmental investments, for example, reforestation of yellowcedar by hand
planting in clearcut units, will be included in KV sale area improvement plans, timber sale
appraisals, and contracts. The purpose of this appraisal is to establish a framework in which a
minimum acceptable selling value can be estimated.
Tables 4-55 through 4-57 show a detailed breakdown of the economic efficiency assessment for
each component tributary or geographic area within each alternative. The determination of 6
component tributary areas was based on the LTF to which the logs would be hauled. The six
areas are identified as Big Salt, Coffman Cove, Naukati, Rio, Thorne Bay, and Winter Harbor.
Big Salt, Rio and Thorne Bay are tributary to the Thorne Bay LTF. Coffman Cove, Naukati,
and Winter Harbor each have their own LTF. The purpose of performing an economic effi-
ciency assessment on different tributary areas is to increase the level of site specificity of the
analysis, and assess the individual economic viability of each geographic area in the context of
the overall alternative.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Economicand Social Environment — CHAPTER4 ■ 125
4 Environmental
Consequences
Table 4-55
Summary of Economic Assessment for Alternative 10 by Geographic Area
Big Salt
Coffman
Cove
Naukati
Rio
Thorne
Bay
Winter
Harbor
Total
Unit Volume (MBF)
8,717
0
0
21,317
0
5,628
35,662
Road Volume (MBF)
919
0
0
869
0
284
2,071
Total Volume (MBF)
9,636
0
0
22,186
0
5,912
37,733
Pond Log Value Per MBF (Mid-market)*'
$284.81
-
-
$289.84
.
$367.99
$300.80
Pond Log Value Per MBF (High values)*'
$521.00
-
-
$521.00
-
$521.00
$521.00
Logging Costs Per MBF
$235.50
_
-
$133.19
$214.35
$172.03
Transportation Costs per MBF
$ 97.21
-
-
$ 57.60
-
$71.71
$69.92
Road Costs Per MBF
$183.39
-
-
$ 67.06
-
$97.18
$101.49
Direct Costs Per MBF^
$516.09
-
-
$257.85
-
$383.23
$343.44
60% Profit Margin Per MBF
$46.86
_
_
$48.17
_
$49.44
$48.03
Net Stumpage Value^' Per MBF (Mid-market)
($278.14)
-
-
($16.18)
-
($64.68)
($90.67)
Net Stumpage Value^' Per MBF (High values)
$41.95
-
$214.98
-
$88.33
$129.53
Source: Analyses in project planning record.
1/ Pond log value: Mid-market is based on a 10-year weighted median of historic values and actual species composition in each geographic area; High-value
is based on 1st quarter 1995 values and average Forest- wide species composition.
2/ Direct costs = Total logging costs and total transportation costs
3/ Net stumpage value = Pond log value - total direct costs - 60% profit margin
Table 4-56
Summary of Economic Assessment for Alternative 11 by Geographic Area
Big Salt
Coffman
Cove
Naukiti
Rio
Thorne
Bay
Winter
Harbor
Total
Unit Volume (MBF)
29,727
1,203
1,604
31,456
9,728
15,524
89,242
Road Volume (MBF)
2,101
117
167
1,036
386
563
4,370
Total Volume (MBF)
31,828
1,320
1,771
32,492
10,114
16,087
93,612
Pond Log Value Per MBF (Mid-market)*'
$302.38
$296.62
$260.87
$284.60
$304.20
$312.97
$297.36
Pond Log Value Per MBF (High values)*'
$521.00
$521.00
$521.00
$521.00
$521.00
$521.00
$521.00
Logging Costs Per MBF
$164.44
$119.71
$111.28
$138.29
$206.35
$201.68
$164.65
Transportation Costs per MBF
$82.68
$64.46
$84.80
$58.50
$54.30
$71.65
$69.11
Road Costs Per MBF
$149.99
$366.29
$226.26
$139.35
$88.93
$183.23
$149.91
Direct Costs Per MBF^
$397.11
$550.46
$422.34
$336.14
$349.58
$456.56
$383.67
60% Profit Margin Per MBF
$46.64
$49.75
$46.91
$47.86
$46.56
$49.75
$47.64
Net Stumpage Value^' Per MBF (Mid-market)
($141.37)
($303.59)
($208.38)
($99.40)
($91.94)
($193.34)
($133.95)
Net Stumpage Value^' Per MBF (High values)
$77.25
($79.21)
$51.75
$137.00
$124.86
$14.69
$89.69
Source: Analyses in project planning record.
1/ Pond log value: Mid-market is based on a 10-year weighted median of historic values and actual species composition in each geographic area; High-value
is based on 1st quarter 1995 values and average Forest- wide species composition.
2/ Direct costs = Total logging costs and total transportation costs
3/ Net stumpage value = Pond log value - total direct costs - 60% profit margin
126 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Economic and Social Environment
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences r
Table 4-57
Summary of Economic Assessment for Alternative 12 by Geographic Area
Big Salt
Con'man
Cove
Naukati
Rio
Thorne
Bay
Winter
Harbor
Total
Unit Volume (MBF)
30,260
2,246
1,604
35,372
17,204
20,978
107,664
Road Volume (MBF)
2,157
371
167
1,241
783
891
5,610
Total Volume (MBF)
32,417
2,617
1,771
36,613
17,987
21,869
113,274
Pond Log Value Per MBF (Mid-market)'^
$302.09
$314.42
$260.87
$283.97
$317.18
$298.26
$296.17
Pond Log Value Per MBF (High values)'^
$521.00
$521.00
$521.00
$521.00
$521.00
$521.00
$521.00
Lx)gging Costs Per MBF
$163.75
$111.74
$111.28
$142.19
$180.82
$203.59
$163.23
Transportation Costs per MBF
$82.47
$67.10
$84.80
$57.74
$57.04
$73.82
$69.48
Road Costs Per MBF
$151.75
$443.26
$226.26
$138.26
$122.53
$179.66
$154.23
Direct Costs Per MBF^
$397.97
$622.10
$422.34
$338.19
$360.39
$457.07
$386.94
60% Profit Margin Per MBF
$46.85
$48.94
$46.91
$47.74
$46.78
$50.74
$47.85
j Net Stumpage Value^' Per MBF (Mid-market)
($142.73)
($356.62)
($208.38)
($101.96)
($89.99)
($209.55)
($138.62)
Net Stumpage Value^' Per MBF (High values)
$76.18
($150.04)
$51.75
$135.07
$113.83
$13.19
$86.21
Source: Analyses in project planning record.
1/ Pond log value: Mid-market is based on 10-year weighted median of historic values and actual species composition in each geographic area; High-value is
based on 1st quarter 1995 values and average Forest-wide species composition.
2/ Direct costs = Total logging costs and total transportation costs
3/ Net stumpage value = Pond log value - total direct costs - 60% profit margin
This analysis demonstrates some important characteristics of the different geographic areas.
The Rio geographic area has the highest net stumpage value in all alternatives, primarily
because of low road construction costs due to the presence of an existing network of roads.
Conversely, the Winter Harbor and Coffman Cove area produce the lowest net stumpage values
in each alternative primarily because of high road construction and/or logging costs. The
Thorne Bay area generally ranks near or at the top due to relatively low logging and road costs.
The Naukati area is generally intermediate in terms of net stumpage value. Table 4-58 summa-
rizes net stumpage values, based on recent high timber prices, for each geographic area.
Table 4-58
Summary of Net Stumpage Values (per MBF) by
Geographic Area (based on high timber prices)
Alternative
Geographic Area
10
11
12
Big Salt
($41.95)
$77.25
$76.18
Coffman Cove
-
($79.21)
($150.04)
Naukati
-
$51.75
$51.75
Rio
$214.98
$137.00
$135.07
Thorne Bay
-
$124.86
$113.83
Winter Harbor
$88.33
$ 14.69
$13.19
Total
$129.53
$89.69
$86.21
'i
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Economicand Social Environment — CHAPTER4 ■ 127
4 Environmental
Consequences
Variances in volume per acre, species mix, logging systems, log-haul distance, road construc-
tion and reconstruction costs, camp mobilization costs, and profit and risk allowances affect
both the pond log values and logging, transportation, and construction costs. Costs and rev-
enues used in the assessment represent averages for each sale area. Although individual units,
or even entire sales, may not be economical to harvest by themselves, the management of less
productive lands or lands containing a high percentage of defective timber will help to increase
future timber yields. The harvest of units with higher returns will help compensate for those
that are less economical.
Public Investment Analysis
Public investment analysis of the timber harvest alternatives incorporates the concept of the
time value of money or PNV. Present-day costs and management expenses are subtracted from
net stumpage revenues (stumpage receipts obtained from the economic efficiency analysis).
These costs and management expenses include planning, sale preparation, harvest administra-
tion, reforestation, timber standard improvement, general and program administration, facilities
depreciation, and regional land line location. These costs are distributed on a per acre basis.
Use of this method allows for comparison of harvest efficiency as it rewards maximization of
harvest volume or efficiency in conjunction with minimization of acreage disturbance. There-
fore, public investment analysis allows Forest Service administrators to make valid economic
comparisons among alternatives. The use of PNV’ s allows for the derivation of the harvest
efficiency of an alternative. The use of PNV’s is useful in identifying the minimum acceptable
return on investment for the four alternatives. Table 4-59 presents the results of a preliminary
PNV analysis for the alternatives. The preliminary PNV’s are all similar.
Table 4-59
Public Investment Summary
Alt 10
Alt 11
Alt 12
FOREST SERVICE REVENUES
Volume (MBF)
Net Stumpage Value’^ Per MBF (High values)
Total Pond Log Value
37,733
$129.53
$4,887,555
93,612
$89.61
$8,388,571
113,274
$86.21
$9,765,352
FOREST SERVICE FIXED COSTS
Acres
Forest Service Pre-Harvest Costs (per acre)^
Forest Service Pre-Harvest Costs
1,281
$1,554.20
$1,990,930
3,613
$1,554.20
$5,615,325
4,452
$1,554.20
$6,919,298
PRESENT NET VALUE (PNV)
$2,896,625
$2,773,247
$2,846,054
1/ High value is based on 1st quarter 1995 values and average Forest-wide species composition.
2/ Forest Service costs include sale preparation, timber planning, silvicultural exams, harvest administration, general and program administration, facilities
depreciation, and regional land line location. They are based on the Timber Sale Program Information Reporting System (TSPIRS) for Fiscal Year 1994 for
the Ketchikan Area.
It is important to remember that public investment analysis is based on the assumption that
estimated revenues for an alternative will actually occur. To accurately predict PNV’s and
avoid overstating the level of benefits or revenue associated with each alternative, economic
analysis must incorporate risk or the probability that certain events or outcomes will occur. The
degree of risk is a function of a historical loss or falldown associated with similar projects. For
128 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Economic and Social Environment
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences r
example, the estimated biological yield for a fully stocked timber stand reforested following
initial harvest may never be realized due to future losses from insects, disease, or shifts in
species composition. Adjustment must be made to factor in these risks and falldown. Addition-
ally, the net revenues from harvesting existing timber stand are expected to be less than the
returns from future harvests. This conclusion is based on the assumption that a large portion of
the costs incurred today will provide infrastructure improvements to support future timber
harvests.
Socioeconomic
Analysis
However, the maintenance of ANILCA’s timber employment objectives is dependent on other
factors. Interest rates, production and shipping costs, regional competition, private and public
harvest levels, foreign exchange rates, and the overall Pacific Rim demand for wood fiber also
affect employment levels in the timber industry.
Types of Socioeconomic Effects
Under all project alternatives except for the No Action Alternative, the regional economy will
be stimulated as a result of project related expenditures, payroll expenditures, and related
indirect and induced spending, or “multiplier effects.” In assessing the economic impacts of the
project, it is important to recognize that because of methodology, regional economic impacts
associated with this project are measured as if they take place in one phase. However, reality
dictates that these impacts actually take place along two primary phases. The initial phase of
the project is likely to result in a higher level of expenditures, primarily for infrastructure
upgrades such as roads. These higher expenditures are likely to result in a temporary increase
in the level of local economic activity. However, since these expenditures are by nature short-
term, their impact on the regional economy will be limited. Economic activity generated during
the second phase of the project, the routine harvesting of designated areas, will continue
throughout the life of the project. Therefore, while from a public investment perspective, initial
project outlays result in higher Forest Service costs and therefore, a lower PNV, from a socio-
economic perspective these additional expenditures may result in a higher infusion of cash into
the local economy, creating additional demand and thus creating an increased level of local
economic activity.
Long-term economic impacts may further affect the demographic characteristics of the area,
with resultant minor impacts on the local housing market and various community services.
Methodology
Multipliers generated by the Forest Service’s economic model, IMPLAN, were used to provide
estimates of levels of employment and income which would be supported by each of the
proposed timber harvest alternatives within the Control Lake Project Area. The economic
effect of any alternative is composed of primary or direct effects, and secondary or indirect and
induced effects. Direct effects are measured primarily as increases in employment and income
within the wood product industry (including harvesting, construction, logging, transportation.
As part of a long-term cooperative effort among the Federal government, the State of Alaska,
and local municipalities to provide greater economic diversity in Southeast Alaska, the Tongass
Timber Management Program was developed. Timber harvested in National Forests is subject
to domestic processing requirements. Therefore, most of the jobs provided by the pulp mills
and sawmills in the region are linked to timber supplies from the Tongass. Maintaining timber
supply opportunities for the region’s timber industry was an important objective of both the
TTRA and ANILCA. Employment in logging, lumber, and pulp production in Southeast Alaska
increased by 30 percent between Fiscal Year 1981 and Fiscal Year 1990 (ANILCA 706(a)
Report to Congress, Region 10 USDA Forest Service, 1990).
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Economicand Social Environment — CHAPTER4 ■ 129
4
Environmental
Consequences
processing, and sawmill operations) resulting from any changes in production levels. This
methodology is based on the assumption that any increase in production is in response to an
increase in market demand. Indirect and induced effects, here on to be referred to as indirect
effects, are an economic by-product of increased expenditures (increased demand) for goods
and services on the part of industries directly involved in timber harvesting, as well as the
additional wage earners employed in timber harvesting and production. For example, sawmills
require electricity, mechanical components, and miscellaneous supplies to meet the demand for
lumber. Some of these necessities will be purchased locally. The providers of those services
and supplies will, in turn, increase their consumption of goods and services, thus creating
additional rounds of expenditures. Further economic stimulus is created when wages from the
direct and indirect employment effects are spent within the project region. Multipliers gener-
ated by IMPLAN capture all rounds of spending and response generated through increases in
industrial and individual consumption.
The IMPLAN model, like other regional economic input-output models, serves as a proxy for
the actual economic structure of a region. The foremost assumption of an input-output model,
such as IMPLAN, is that the production function of local industries remains constant over time.
Therefore, the ratio of employment to output is held constant, allowing for derivation of
changes in direct employment based on estimates of changes in total industry output. Due to
increased efficiency in the timber industry over the past few years, the share of labor as a
production input is less. To represent as realistically as possible all potential economic impacts,
the IMPLAN model has been adjusted accordingly. It now incorporates employment and
output information that is more representative of current industry structure.
A variety of industries comprise what is commonly referred to as the “wood products industry.”
For purposes of this analysis, a distinction is made between employment attributed to timber
harvest and the employment supported by processing of that timber into lumber, cants, and pulp.
This distinction is important in terms of the timing of employment opportunities and the
availability of other sources of fiber. For several reasons, the consequences of the proposed
action are more directly reflected in the employment figures corresponding to timber harvest
activities rather than those of the processing industries. Although the Project Area is one source
of supply for the mills, a number of previously mentioned factors influence the amount of pulp
and lumber produced, as well as the potential of additional fiber supplies. Finally, employment
figures reported here represent a portion of the current work force rather than an absolute
increase in employment. Consequently, they are most appropriately used for comparison
between alternatives.
Employment and Income Effects
Tables 4-60 and 4-61 list the results derived from the IMPLAN model analysis for each
alternative. Employment and income effects for timber harvesting activities are based on the
detailed estimates of logging and road construction costs used in the economic efficiency
assessment previously discussed. Historical trends were used as determinants in the percentage
distribution of stumpage volume to be allocated between pulp and lumber production. This
distribution, in turn, affects projected employment and income effects associated with timber
processing. Personal income estimates are based on average industry wages as reported by the
timber industry and the Alaska Department of Labor.
130 ■ 4CHAPTER — Economic and Social Environment
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ■
Table 4-60
Total Employment and Income Effects on Socioeconomics
Alternative 10 Alternative 11
Alternative 12
Employment*^
Income^
Employment*'
Income^
Employment*'
Income*'
Timber Harvesting
Logging
no
$3.79
262
$9.01
315
$10.81
Construction
26
$1.02
97
$3.74
121
$4.65
Marine Transport
2
$0.06
5
$0.15
6
$0.18
Subtotals
138
$4.87
364
$12.90
442
$15.64
Timber Processing
Sawmills
76
$2.77
189
$6.86
228
$8.27
Subtotals
76
$2.77
189
$6.86
228
$8.27
Totals
214
$7.64
553
$19.76
670
$23.91
Source: Analyses in project planning record.
1/ Employment = Direct Employment (person-years)
2/ Income = Direct Income ($ million)
Table 4-61
Employment Effects and Estimated Return to the State and
Ketchikan from Federal Income Taxes Derived from Project-
Produced Personal Income
Alt 10 Alt 11 Alt 12
Employment Effects
Direct Jobs 214
Indirect and Induced Jobs 94
Total Jobs 308
Total Personal Income $10,210,000
553 670
242 293
795 963
$26,370,000 $31,920,000
Federal Income Tax
$1,940,000
$5,010,000 $6,060,000
25% Transfer to State from
Federal Income Tax (estimated at
5% of total personal income)*' $510,000 $1,320,000 $1,600,000
Payment to Ketchikan (4.5% of
total State receipts, estimated) $23,000 $59,400 $72,000
Source: Analyses in project planning record
1/ This p)ercentage of personal income taxes paid to the federal government has been returned on average
to the State. This amount does not include the 25 percent of gross federal receipts returned from the
Forest Service to the State of Alaska.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Economic and Social Environment — CHAPTER 4 ■ 131
4 Environmental
Consequences
These site-specific data were incorporated into the IMPLAN model to calculate the total effect
of increased timber-related output in the construction, logging, sawmill, and pulp mill industries
within Southeast Alaska.
Employment opportunities closely parallel the level of timber harvest. A larger timber harvest
is accompanied by greater local expenditures. Therefore, Alternative 12 produces the highest
employment effects, since local expenditures associated with its implementation are highest
among the alternatives. The annual harvest and annual mill production under Alternative 12
would result in the largest employment gains associated with the harvest. Harvest under the
scenarios proposed for Alterative 10 would sustain the lowest level of regional employment
relative to Alternative 12. As employment is reduced, regional income and economic output
would also fall.
Total direct employment supported under the harvest alternatives has been broken down into
two major categories, timber harvesting and timber processing. Overall, timber processing is
expected to support slightly higher direct employment than timber harvesting.
Under the assumption that implementation of the No Action Alternative would eliminate the
proposed harvest volume within the ROI and of the latter employment opportunities, selection
of the No Action Alternative could cause a significant impact to the economic base of commu-
nities dependent on timber harvesting on Prince of Wales Island and timber processing at the
various sawmills.
Fiscal Effects
To help the public understand timber management, the Forest Service initiated the Timber Sale
Program Information Reporting System (TSPIRS), which is intended to improve the way
information is developed and displayed. The TSPIRS presents three reports on the National
Forest timber program for the year. The three reports are (1) The Financial Report; (2) The
Economic Report; and (3) The Employment, Income, and Program Report. The TSPIRS is
produced and made available to the public annually.
132 ■
4 CHAPTER — Economic and Social Environment
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ^
Although it is not possible to accurately determine timber sale revenues to the Federal govern-
ment, pond log values net of specified road and logging costs can be used as basis for an
approximation. Moreover, it is estimated that 25 percent of gross National Forest receipts go to
the State of Alaska and are returned to local areas with distribution based on a percent of the
National Forest in an area.
As indicated in Tables 4-61 and 4-62, Alternative 12 is expected to produce the largest receipts
to the State of Alaska and the Ketchikan Area while Alternatives 1 1 and 10 would yield
progressively lower receipts. Implementation of the No Action Alternative would result in both
negative economic and fiscal impacts. Not only would direct and indirect employment opportu-
nities be eliminated, but tax receipts generated from increased employment would also be
eliminated. No new jobs would be created, resulting in the loss of additional tax revenues, and
those currently employed in industries directly or indirectly related to timber harvesting and
processing could lose their jobs. This would decrease tax receipts and lead to a higher burden
on the State for unemployment compensation.
Table 4-62
Estimated Minimal Payments to the State of Alaska
Alt. 10
Alt. 11
AIL 12
Total Volume (MBF)
37,733
93,612
113,274
Net Stumpage Value’^ per
MBF (High value)
$129.53
$89.69
$86.21
Road Construction Costs
(per MBF)2/
$101.49
$149.91
$154.23
Net Stumpage Value + Road
Constmction Costs (per MBF)
$231.02
$239.60
$240.44
Less $0.50/MBF to Treasury^^
$230.52
$239.10
$239.94
Multiplied by MBF*^
$8,698,211
$22,382,629
$27,178,964
25% to State
$2,174,553
$5,595,657
$6,794,741
Source: Analyses in project planning record.
1/ High value is based on 1st quarter 1995 values and average Forest-wide species composition.
2/ Includes road construction, road reconstruction, and LTF construction costs
3/ $0.50/MBF is the minimum payment to the U.S. Treasury
4/ National Forest Receipts Act payments (25% of net stumpage value plus the value of capital improvements such as
purchaser credit for roads, LTF’s, and timber stand improvements) to the State of Alaska.
Localized Economic Implications
The predictive capabilities of the IMPLAN model are based on linear relationships. Regardless
of the size or direction of change in timber harvest levels, the model assumes that the regional
economy is expected to respond in a strictly proportional manner. In reality, this straight-line
relationship may not hold, and some industries may be forced to shut down completely if
production is significantly reduced. The extensive capital investment in a pulp mill represents a
fixed cost that cannot be altered in the short run. To remain economically viable, the plant must
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EiS Economicand Social Environment — CHAPTER 4 ■ 133
1 1
4
Environmental
Consequences
run continuously at a reasonable operating level to cover fixed and variable costs. Conversely,
if large increases in demand occur, an industry may expand operations with additional capital
investment to purchase more efficient technology. New technology usually requires only a
limited increase in employment. So the estimates of employment and income derived from
IMPLAN must be interpreted with regard to the scale and operating capacity of industries
within the ROI.
The same logic applies to the assessment of economic impacts to the communities of Prince of
Wales Island and Ketchikan. Implementation of Alternatives 1 1 or 12 represent a continuation
of ongoing economic activity. Therefore, they would be expected to result in the previously
cited economic and fiscal benefits, and not alter ongoing local and regional expenditure
patterns. Implementation of the No Action Alternative or Alternative 10 may have adverse
economic impacts on the regional economy. Implementation of these alternatives may result in
adverse impacts on various communities on Prince of Wales Island, primarily those that provide
an alternative source for some goods and services.
Community Stability and Lifestyles
In addition to changes in employment and income, implementation of each of the alternatives
will affect other elements of community and individual stability and lifestyles. Elements
associated with community and individual stability in this context, reflect the visual and
recreational value of the Project Area and surrounding region, wildlife habitat, and subsistence
resources. Detailed discussions of the respective impacts on these resources are presented in
corresponding sections of this document.
Community stability is a very important consideration in planning for timber harvest activities
on the Tongass National Forest. In addition to values described in preceding discussions (e.g.,
employment, income, tax receipts), a balance between natural and human resource activities is
important to the communities of Southeast Alaska. Many of the residents of Southeast Alaska
derive their livelihood from the timber industry or benefit from the economic development the
timber industry has brought to their communities.
Implementation of the No Action Alternative may result in substantial cutbacks in the industry’s
production. The corresponding decrease in timber harvesting and processing employment and
income would negatively affect community stability.
Implementation of Alternatives 10, 1 1, or 12 would maintain different levels of timber harvest-
ing through the Control Lake Project implementation period. All alternatives would disperse
management activities and tend to bring those areas that have not yet been developed under
active timber management within the Project Area.
As noted in the Fisheries and Watershed Resource Report (Rogers and Ablow, 1995), no
measurable effects on fisheries resources are expected under the action alternatives because
habitat is protected as required to meet the standards and guidelines of the TLMP, TTRA, and
NFMA. Therefore, implementation of any of the alternatives would not affect the commercial
fishing industry.
Recreation and Tourism Industry
Future employment in the recreation and tourism industries, including employment related to
sport hunting and fishing, is projected to change at the same rate as future use. Projected future
Sectoral Economic Commercial Fishing Industry
Effects
134 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Economic and Social Environment
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ^
recreational use demand in Southeast Alaska during the 1990s is expected to increase by 27
percent for recreation and tourism, 36 percent for sport fishing, and 53 percent for hunting
(USDA Forest Service, 1990). Projected future increases in recreation and tourism related
employment in Southeast Alaska are expected to correspond to increases in recreation de-
mand. Implementation of Alternatives 10, 11 or 12 is not expected to significantly affect or be
affected by this regional trend.
Jobs and earnings related to expenditures made by deer hunters and salmon anglers are widely
dispersed across Southeast Alaska. Hunters and anglers use towns within the Economic
Region of Influence to replenish their groceries, gasoline and other supplies. However, most
expenditures for equipment and initial supplies are made in their home communities. Simi-
larly, the employment and personal income generated by other recreational users of the
Control Lake Project Area are dispersed across Southeast Alaska and throughout a variety of
economic sectors. These people include individual recreationists, outfitter-guides and their
clients, and tourists viewing the Project Area from cruise boats or from the Alaska Marine
Highway ferry system.
Gill net commercial fishing
Because of the estimated low relative level of recreational activity that takes place in the
Control Lake Project Area, and because the alternatives would not significantly affect many
recreation places and sites, no significant impact is expected on employment and income
opportunities in the recreation and tourism industry under the No Action Alternative or any of
the action alternatives. Implementation of any of the action alternatives may result in the
displacement of recreational users to areas outside the Project Area. This displacement would
be a result of recreationists seeking specific primitive or semi-primitive recreational opportu-
nities that might no longer be available in the area of active timber harvest or road construc-
tion. As more areas are harvested for timber, displaced recreationists seeking primitive or
semiprimitive recreational opportunities would find it increasingly difficult to find places to
recreate on Prince of Wales Island.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
EconomicandSocial Environment— CHAPTER 4 ■ 135
4 Environmental
Consequences
Cumulative Effects
The cumulative effects of each of the alternatives on the economic and social environment are
difficult to estimate. A wide variety of factors affect employment and income levels, tax
receipts, demographic characteristics, lifestyles, and community stability within the Southeast
Alaska region. The cumulative effects associated with the proposed timber harvesting alterna-
tives in the Control Lake Project Area on the reasonably foreseeable and longer-term future of
Prince of Wales Island and its surrounding area are expected to take place along two primary
aspects.
The first aspect relates to the economic and social benefits of continued harvesting of the
proposed volume on Prince of Wales Island. From the standpoint of employment, personal
income, population, community services, and some aspects of community stability, there is
substantial benefit from maintaining long-term timber harvest in the contract area. The receipts
generated, including revenue to the U.S. Treasury, payments to the State of Alaska, State and
local taxes, and dollars brought into the community, all represent an economic benefit from
continued timber activity.
Based on the timber supply analysis (see Silviculture, Timber, and Vegetation section) it is
apparent that future timber harvest will shift away from the northern and north-central road
system areas of Prince of Wales Island and increase in the south-central road system and
isolated areas. In addition, substantial acres are at risk of becoming falldown due to the
conversion of soft falldown and changes in land use into hard falldown or long-term changes in
the suitable landbase (see timber supply analysis in Silviculture, Timber and Vegetation
section). If greater falldown occurs, then the effects on the communities of Prince of Wales
Island will be greater than the effects associated with the shift in harvest areas.
It is reasonable to assume that with less timber harvest activity within the north-central road
system through time, the operators may be expected to travel further between operations than in
the past. This additional travel can equate to longer commutes for operations and/or extended
periods of time away from home.
The second aspect of a long-term timber harvest that needs to be addressed is the alteration of
the natural environment when roads are constructed and timber is harvested (i.e., the impact of
locational differences of timber cutting within Prince of Wales Island). Much of the economic
and social value of Southeast Alaska is dependent on its natural setting. The recreation and
tourism industry is based primarily on the natural setting and visual resources of the region. As
National Forest System and other lands are converted from a natural condition to a managed
forest, the activities dependent on and the values attributed to the natural state of the forested
land, including subsistence, will be adversely affected. Moreover, the intrinsic value of the
natural habitat in itself is diminished.
Under falldown scenarios as discussed above, resources that are more dependent on old-growth
forest conditions would benefit. Similarly, amenity values related to more natural conditions
could benefit. Harvesting that leaves more residual trees (in contrast to clearcutting) will also
contribute to a more natural-appearing landscape to the casual forest visitor.
The balance necessary to maintain a viable, robust economic and social environment is estab-
lished at a National or Regional level, rather than at a project level. Cumulative economic and
social effects of the proposed alternative actions in the Control Lake Project Area must ulti-
mately be assessed in context with coinciding local, regional, and national economic and social
developments. Based on regional standards and guidelines, the action alternatives have been
constructed to minimize the negative cumulative effects on the economics and community
values of the core communities when considering the total resource.
136
4 CHAPTER — Economic and Social Environment
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence
Introduction
Key Terms
Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act (ANILCA) — ^requires evaluations of
subsistence impacts before changing the use of certain Federal lands.
Birds — ^includes ducks (e.g., mallards, widgeons, teals, shovelers, old squaws, golden eyes, and
buffleheads), seabirds and seaducks (e.g., scoters, murres, murrelets, puffins, seagulls, and
cormorants), Canada geese, seabird eggs, and other birds.
Finfish or fish — includes cod, halibut, flounder, sole, flatfish, rock fish, herring, eulachon,
hooligan, Dolly Varden, steelhead, trout, and other fish (excluding salmon).
invertebrates or shellfish — includes king crab, dungeness crab, tanner crab, shrimp, sea
cucumber, sea urchins, abalone, octopus, scallops, gumboot, clams and cockles, other inverte-
brates, and herring eggs.
Land mammals — includes deer, moose, goat, black bear, wolf, small game, and furbearers
(i.e., marten and land otter).
Marine mammals — harbor seal and other marine mammals.
Non-rurai — a community with more than 7,000 people; does not qualify for priority use of
subsistence resources. Ketchikan and Juneau in Southeast Alaska have been determined to be
non-rural by the Federal Subsistence Board.
Plants — includes beach greens, mushrooms, roots, seaweed/kelp, and berries.
Rural — all Southeast Alaska communities other than Juneau and Ketchikan; residents qualify
for priority use of subsistence resources.
Salmon — includes Chinook (king), sockeye (reds), coho (silver), pink (humpback), and chum
(dog).
Subsistence — customary and traditional uses by rural Alaskans of wild renewable resources.
Wildlife Analysis Area (WAA) — a division of land designated by Alaska Department of Fish
and Game and used by the Forest Service for wildlife analysis.
Section 810 of ANILCA (Public Law 96-487) requires a Federal agency having jurisdiction
over lands in Alaska to evaluate the potential effects of proposed land use activities on subsis-
tence uses and needs. Section 810 (a) of ANILCA states:
In determining whether to withdraw, reserve, lease, or otherwise permit the use, occupancy, or
disposition of public lands under any provision of law authorizing such actions, the head of the
Federal agency having primary jurisdiction over such lands or his designee shall evaluate the
effects of such use, occupancy, or disposition on subsistence uses and needs, the availability of
other lands for the purposes sought to be achieved, and other alternatives which would reduce
or eliminate the use, occupancy, or disposition of public lands needed for subsistence purposes.
No such withdrawal, reservation, lease, permit, or other use, occupancy or disposition of such
lands which would significantly restrict subsistence uses shall be effected until the head of such
Federal agency
1 . gives notice to the appropriate State agency and the appropriate local committees and
regional councils established pursuant to [ANILCA] Section 805;
2. gives notice of, and holds, a hearing in the vicinity of the area involved; and
3. determines that (A) such a significant restriction of subsistence uses is necessary, consistent
with sound management principles for the utilization of the public lands; (B) the proposed
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTER 4 ■ 137
4 Environmental
Consequences
Evaluation Criteria
activity will involve the minimal amount of public lands necessary to accomplish the
purposes of such use, occupancy, or other disposition; and (C) reasonable steps will be taken
to minimize adverse impacts upon subsistence uses and resources resulting from such action.
This section evaluates how the proposed action alternatives could affect subsistence resources
used by the rural communities in the Control Lake Project Area and vicinity. The subsistence
resource categories evaluated are deer, black bear, fiirbearers, salmon, other finfish, shellfish,
other food resources, and firewood.
Criteria used to evaluate the effects of the proposed alternatives are: (1) changes in abundance
or distribution of subsistence resources, (2) changes in access to subsistence resources, and (3)
changes in competition from nonsubsistence users for those resources. The evaluation deter-
mines whether subsistence opportunities in the Project Area or portions of the Project Area may
be significantly restricted by any of the proposed action alternatives. To determine this, the
evaluation: (1) considers the availability of subsistence resources in the surrounding areas; (2)
considers the cumulative impacts of past, present, and foreseeable future activities on subsis-
tence users and resources; (3) looks at potential cultural and socioeconomic implications
affecting subsistence users; and (4) focuses on the mapped subsistence use in the Project Area.
The evaluation relies heavily upon the use of wildlife habitat capability models as well as upon
ADF&G hunter survey data.
This subsistence evaluation considers, with distinct findings by alternative and by resource
category, whether or not there is a significant possibility of a significant restriction of subsis-
tence use. The Alaska Land Use Council’s definition of “significant restriction of subsistence
use” is one guideline used in the findings. By this definition:
A proposed action shall be considered to significantly restrict subsistence uses, if
after any modification warranted by consideration of alternatives, conditions, or
stipulations, it can be expected to result in a substantial reduction in the opportu-
nity to continue subsistence uses of renewable resources. Reductions in the
opportunity to continue subsistence uses generally are caused by: reductions in
abundance of, or major redistribution of resources; substantial interference with
access; or major increases in the use of those resources by non-rural residents.
The responsible line officer must be sensitive to localized, individual restrictions
created by any action and make his/her decision after a reasonable analysis of the
information available.
The U.S. District Court Decision of Record in Kunaknana v. Watt provided additional defini-
tions of “significant restriction of subsistence uses” and are also used as guidelines in the
findings. The definitions from Kunaknana v. Watt include:
Significant restrictions are differentiated from insignificant restrictions by a process
assessing whether the action undertaken shall have no or slight effect as opposed to
large or substantial effects. In further explanation the Director (BLM) states that no
significant restriction results when there would be “no or slight” reduction in the
abundance of harvestable resources and no occasional redistribution of these
resources. There would be no effect (slight inconvenience) on the ability of
harvesters to reach and use active subsistence harvesting site; and there would be no
substantial increase in competition for harvestable resources (that is, no substantial
increase in hunting by non-rural residents).
Conversely, restrictions for subsistence uses would be significant if there were large reductions
in abundance or major redistribution of these resources, substantial interference with harvest-
138
4 CHAPTER-Subsistence
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences r
able access to active subsistence-use sites or major increases in non-rural resident hunting. In
light of this definition, the finding of significant restriction must be made on a reasonable basis,
because it must be decided in light of the total subsistence lands and resources that are available
to individuals in surrounding areas living a subsistence lifestyle. The Draft EIS evaluates the
availability of subsistence resources in surrounding areas that could be accessed without undue
risk or economic hardship to subsistence users.
Most of the data in this section are analyzed by WAA, management units delineated by the
ADF&G and used by the Forest Service. None of the WAA’s are completely located within the
Project Area. WAA 1323 is almost entirely within the Project Area; WAA 1319 is about three-
fourths in the Project Area; and WAA’s 1318 and 1421 are one-half and one-third, respectively.
Habitat capabilities and harvest numbers reported here are based on the entire WAA (including
State and private lands), whereas in the Wildlife section, they are based only on the portion of
the WAA within the Project Area. This section analyzes habitat capability on an entire WAA
basis to facilitate comparisons to animal harvest, which are available from ADF&G records on a
WAA basis. It is important to note that there are substantial differences between the two sets of
habitat capability numbers.
In order to account for increases in harvest demand over, time, observed harvest levels are
increased for harvest projections based on Alaska State population projections (1991). An
average increase of 1.8 percent per year is used through 2010 and 1.5 percent per year is used
thereafter.
Direct, Indirect, and
Cumulative Impacts
on Subsistence Use
of Deer
The greatest deer harvest is concentrated along the major road systems of the Project Area.
Within the Project Area, the extent and location of the subsistence use area precludes complete
avoidance. Areas other than subsistence use areas that could be harvested are limited by other
resource concerns such as soil and water protection, high value wildlife habitat, economics,
visuals, or unit and road design. Effort was made to protect the highest value subsistence areas.
For example, beach fringe is one of the highest use subsistence areas, and none would be
harvested under any of the proposed alternatives.
Abundance and Distribution
Determining what harvest levels are sustainable assumes that habitat capability projections from
the deer harvest model reflect an approximation of future deer populations. Although estimated
habitat capabilities do not accurately reflect populations, they are the only measure available of
the future populations. It also assumes that the distribution of deer harvest across a WAA is
approximately proportional to the available habitat. Furthermore, it is based on the determina-
tion that the sustainable harvest is 10 percent of the deer population (Flynn and Suring 1989).
The analysis assumes that the 1987 to 1991 mean deer harvest reflects rural and non-rural
community use of deer in Project Area WAA’s. ADF&G has collected deer harvest data for
individual WAA’s since 1987. Averaging the deer harvest makes allowance for factors that
influence deer numbers and hunting activity from year to year, such as weather patterns, access,
habitat capability, and hunting success.
Specific areas within the Control Lake Project Area are more important than others for
harvesting subsistence resources. Figures 3-27 through 3-32 depict Control Lake subsistence
use areas developed from the TRUCS database (Kruse and Muth 1990). Only rural
communities were surveyed by TRUCS; therefore, use of the Project Area by Ketchikan
residents is not depicted. The deer harvest maps depict areas where less than 1, 1-5, 5-15, and
greater than 15 percent of households in one or more communities have ever harvested deer.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTER 4 ■ 139
4 Environmental
Consequences
Non-rural residents harvested an average of 922 deer or 23 percent of the deer taken from the
Project Area WAA’s, while rural residents harvested an average of 3,069 deer or 77 percent
during 1988 to 1991 (Table 3-42). Based on the assumptions described above, Table 4-63
presents the estimated Project Area deer harvest in 1995 and compares them to habitat capabili-
ties calculated for existing conditions and under the action alternatives. This table indicates that
the estimated 1995 habitat capability may be below the level that can sustain the projected 1995
harvest levels on a continuing basis in Project Area WAA’s.
Table 4-63
Project Area WAA Deer Harvest in 1995 Compared to
Habitat Capability in 1998 by Alternative
1995 Harvest^
Rural All 1995 Habitat 1998 Habitat Capability
WAA Residents Hunters Capability^ Alt. 10 Alt 11 Alt 12
1318
353
391
2,721
2,707
2,675
2,671
1319
268
330
2,481
2,456
2,412
2,407
1323
105
139
1,751
1,744
1,708
1,698
1421
115
231
2,765
2,762
2,747
2,747
Total
841
1,091
9,718
9,678
9,542
9,523
SOURCE: Thornton 1992. Data derived from ADF&G Deer harvest Survey Summary Statistics 1987-
1991 and Forest Service, Ketchikan Area, database.
1/ Estimates are based on the entire WAA, including portions outside the Project Area. They are based on predicted
1995 harvest levels using observed 1988-91 harvest levels, which are increased 1.8% per year.
2! Habitat capabilities are for the entire WAA, including portions outside the Project Area. Habitat capabilities are
reduced using Project Area Patch Size Effectiveness Index value.
After the Control Lake Project timber harvests are completed, estimated habitat capabilities
would be lower with the largest decrease associated with Alternative 12 and the smallest
decrease tied to Alternative 10. Deer harvest levels in 1995 would be about 1 1.3 to 1 1.5
percent of predicted habitat capabilities after Control Lake timber harvests. A deer population
at carrying capacity should be able to support a hunter harvest of approximately 10 percent that
is both sustainable and provides a reasonably high level of hunter success relative to effort. At
20 percent, the hunter success rate may decrease and, if the population is at carrying capacity,
20 percent may approach a rate that is not sustainable.
The habitat capabilities shown in Table 4-63 were estimated using the 1991 version of the deer
model. If the 1996 version is used, habitat capabilities would be less and 1995 deer harvest
levels would represent a higher percentage of predicted habitat capabilities (see Wildlife
section). Although the harvest levels (1987-1994 average) and habitat capabilities (1996 deer
model) are different in the TLMP FEIS (USDA Forest Service, 1997), the conclusions are the
same in that WAA's 1318 and 1319 habitat capabilities may not support harvest levels over the
long-term.
140 ■ 4 CHAPTER-Subsistence
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences i
Access
Access to traditional subsistence use areas may be affected where logging activities (including
road construction) take place near the beach fringe because traditional subsistence access
includes use by boat on the beaches in the Elevenmile area. Alternative 10 would not allow
harvest or road construction within 5 miles of the beach fringe in the Elevenmile area. Harvest
activities under Alternative 1 1 would occur about 3 miles from the beach; Alternative 12
harvest and road construction would be within 1 mile of the beach in this area. However, all
roads in this area would be closed after harvest activities are completed.
New and rebuilt roads would provide access to areas that were not previously used for subsis-
tence harvest of deer. Miles of road proposed for construction and reconstruction are provided
in Table 4-59. Table 4-46 shows how many miles of these roads would be closed after con-
struction. New access would be greatest for Alternative 12 and least for Alternatives 10 and 11.
Road access would favor harvest by residents who live in communities connected to the road
system and use vehicles for hunting or who bring a vehicle to Prince of Wales Island on the
ferry. Road access details are presented in the Transportation and Facilities section.
Competition
Competition for subsistence resources in the Control Lake Project Area is an issue for residents
of Prince of Wales Island. Residents are concerned about competition from residents of
Ketchikan, mostly because of the numbers of people that come to Prince of Wales via the ferry.
Because Ketchikan residents are considered non-rural, this competition can be regulated if it
starts to restrict rural residents’ ability to obtain subsistence resources.
Table 3-42 shows the distribution of deer harvest in Project Area WAA’s among rural and non-
rural communities. Data indicate there is competition with non-rural hunters at least in WAA’s
1318 and 1319 because the population needed to support the total harvest exceeds the habitat
capability by 33 to 44 percent. Overall, deer habitat capability in all WAA’s currently and
within the foreseeable future is close to the level needed to sustain rural and non-rural subsis-
tence harvest (Table 4-64).
The Federal Subsistence Board may use its authority to regulate non-rural harvest of deer and
has authority to prioritize the harvest of deer among rural residents when necessary to protect
the resource. This type of action, as prescribed by ANILCA, Section 804, may be necessary to
ensure the availability of adequate abundance of deer needed by the rural communities using the
Project Area whether or not the proposed actions are implemented.
Individual household use of specific areas may be displaced by some of the proposed actions.
There is not sufficient information available to evaluate displacement potential for individual
households, nor would it be practical. With one major exception, the Project Area’s accessibil-
ity makes it very unlikely that an individual household or even an entire community is highly
dependent on specific areas within the Project Area that may be affected by proposed alterna-
tives. The exception is the use of the Western Peninsula area by Klawock residents. A long
history of subsistence use of this area by Klawock residents using boat access has occurred.
Some alternatives may negatively affect this long-term use pattern. The known uses of the
Project Area by individual communities are discussed in Chapter 3.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTER 4 ■ 141
4 Environmental
Consequences
Table 4-64
Project Area WAA Deer Harvest Compared to Habitat
Capability Projected through 2054
Rural 2004 2024 2054
WAA
Harvest
Percentage*^
Projected
Habitat
Projected
Habitat
Projected
Habitat
Harvest" Capability"
Harvest" Capability"
Harvest" Capability-
1318
90
459
2,671
630
2,440
985
2,093
1319
81
387
2,407
531
2,207
831
1,908
1323
76
163
1,698
224
1,558
349
1,347
1421
50
271
2,747
371
2,499
580
2,127
Total
77
1,280
9,523
1,756
8,704
2,745
7,475
SOURCE: Thornton 1992. Data derived from ADF&G Deer Harvest Survey Summary Statistics 1987-
1991 and Forest Service, Ketchikan Area, database.
1/ Percentage of current total harvest.
2/ Estimates are based on the entire WAA, including portions outside the Project Area. They are based on predicted
harvest levels using 1988-1991 average harvest levels, which are increased by 1.8% per year through 2010 and
1.5% per year thereafter.
3/ Habitat capabilities are for the entire WAA, including portions outside the Project Area, and are reduced for patch
size effectiveness. Habitat capabilities for 2004 assume that all units in Alternative 12 have been harvested.
Habitat capabilities for 2054 are estimated by reducing 1995 habitat capabilities in the same proportion as the
Control Lake Project Area reductions between 1995 and 2054. Habitat capabilities for 2024 are based on linear
interpolation between 2004 and 2054 levels.
The evaluation indicates that deer abundance may be inadequate to both meet subsistence and
non-subsistence demand within the area historically used by residents of each community. Any
displacement that may occur is likely to be to other areas within a household’s or community’s
historical range. Furthermore, any displacement that may occur would likely be temporary until
activities within the Project Area conclude in 3 to 5 years.
Cumulative Effects
Table 4-64 displays the effect of Control Lake Project timber harvesting and other foreseeable
harvesting from 1998 through 2004, the assumed reasonably foreseeable future harvest volume
(see Vegetation and Timber Resources section). Predicted deer harvest levels in 2004 would be
about 13.4 percent of predicted habitat capabilities. This conclusion considers all private. State,
and encumbered lands in Project Area WAA's.
Cumulative effects of timber harvest from 2004 to 2054 were assessed under the assumption
that all suitable-available timber would be harvested by 2054 (see Wildlife Cumulative Effects
section). Under this scenario, the projected number of deer available for harvest in the year
2054 generally would be significantly below the number needed to meet both subsistence and
nonsubsistence demands (Table 4-64). Thus, a restriction in deer hunting may be necessary in
the future in order to maintain a sustainable harvest of deer.
142 ■ 4 CHAPTER-Subsistence
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ^
Community Analysis
The following sections are organized by community. They draw on four types of data presenta-
tions: (1) percent of a community’s deer harvest that occurred within the Project Area WAA’s;
(2) tables showing acreage of subsistence use areas harvested under Project alternatives; and
(3) figures comparing the current and projected habitat capability of deer available for harvest
in Project Area WAA’s with populations needed to support harvest.
The first type of data is the percent of community deer harvest that occurs within the boundaries
of the Project Area. This information was presented and discussed in Chapter 3. The second
type of data presentation displays the amount of acreage overlapping between proposed cutting
units and areas used for subsistence deer hunting by more than 5 or 15 percent of the house-
holds in a given community. Tables 4-65 and 4-66 summarize the analysis for each community.
The third type of data presentation compares the estimated supply and demand for deer for the
Project Area WAA’s from which a particular community currently harvests deer.
Table 4-65
Acreage Used by More than 5 Percent of Rural Community
Households for Deer Hunting, and Acres Proposed for
Timber Harvest by Alternative and Community
Rural
Community
Acres Used
by >5 % of
Conununity
Households
Acreage Proposed for Harvest by Alternative
1
10
11
12
Coffman Cove
7,206
0
0
72
88
Craig
18,332
0
185
249
301
Hollis
134
0
0
0
0
Hydaburg
6,241
0
94
86
120
Klawock
48,294
0
179
543
847
Thorne Bay
21,001
0
293
480
655
TotaP'
-
0
751
1,430
2,011
SOURCE: Kruse and Muth, 1990. Derived from TRUCS database using CIS.
1/ Note: Total Acres includes acres that are counted more than once when they are used by more than
one community.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTER 4
143
4 Environmental
Consequences
Table 4-66
Acreage Used by More than 15 Percent of Rural Community
Households for Deer Hunting, and Acres Proposed for
Timber Harvest by Alternative and Community
Acres Used
by >15% of
Rural
Community
Community
Households
Acreage Proposed for Harvest by Alternative
1
10
11
12
Coffman Cove
0
0
0
0
0
Craig
2,543
0
6
6
6
Hollis
0
0
0
0
0
Hydaburg
0
0
0
0
0
Klawock
15,611
0
77
71
94
Thome Bay
7,599
0
139
149
191
Total*'
-
0
222
226
291
SOURCE: Kruse and Muth, 1990. Derived from TRUCS database using GIS.
1/ Note: Total Acres includes acres that are counted more than once when they are used by more than
one community.
Coffman Cove
Thirty-seven percent of Coffman Cove’s deer harvest came from Project Area WAA’s (1319
and 1421) between 1988 and 1991 (Table 3-42). Table 4-65 shows that the action alternatives
would harvest between 0 and 88 acres of land used for deer hunting by at least 5 percent of
Coffman Cove households. No land used by 15 percent or more of Coffman Cove households
would be harvested (Table 4-66). Based on the amount of the Project Area used by Coffman
Cove residents for hunting and the cumulative reductions in habitat capability in the WAA’s
there is a significant possibility of a significant restriction of the subsistence use of deer by
Coffman Cove residents, if non-rural harvesting is not restricted, for all alternatives. This
conclusion is supported by the analysis presented in the TLMP FEIS (1997).
Craig
Fifty percent of Craig’s deer harvest came from the Project Area WAA’s (1318, 1319, 1323,
and 1421) between 1988 and 1991 (Table 3-42). Table 4-65 shows that the action alternatives
would harvest between 185 and 301 acres of land used for deer hunting by at least 5 percent of
the Craig households. Six acres of land used by at least 15 percent of Craig households would
be harvested (Table 4-66). Based on the amount of the Project Area used by Craig residents for
deer hunting and the cumulative reductions in habitat capability in these WAA’s, there is a
significant possibility of a significant restriction of the subsistence use of deer by Craig resi-
dents if non-rural harvesting is not restricted, for all alternatives. This conclusion is supported
by the analysis presented in the TLMP FEIS (1997).
Hollis
Fourteen percent of Hollis’ deer harvest came from Project Area WAA’s (1381 and 1421)
between 1988 and 1991 (Table 3-42). Table 4-65 shows that the action alternatives would not
harvest any lands used for deer hunting by 5 percent or more of the Hollis households. Based
on the small amount of the Project Area used by Hollis residents for deer hunting and the light
harvest in Project Area WAA’s used by Hollis residents, the risk of a significant restriction of
the subsistence use of deer by Hollis residents associated with this Project is low.
144 ■ 4 CHAPTER-Subsistence
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ^
Hydaburg
Eighteen percent of Hydaburg’s deer harvest came from Project Area WAA’s (1318, 1319,
1323, and 1421) between 1988 and 1991 (Table 3-42). Figure 4-1 1 shows that there is an
inadequate deer habitat capability in Project Area WAA’s used by Hydaburg residents to meet
the subsistence and sporthunting demand in 1995. Table 4-65 shows that the action alternatives
would harvest between 86 and 120 acres of land used for deer hunting by at least 5 percent of
Hydaburg households. No land used by at least 15 percent of Hydaburg households would be
harvested (Table 4-66). Based on the light harvest by Hydaburg residents in Project Area
WAA's and the light total harvest in all WAA's used by Hydaburg residents (Forest Service
1996), the risk of a significant restriction of the subsistence use of deer by Hydaburg residents
associated with this Project is low.
Klawock
Sixty-six percent of Klawock’s deer harvest came from the Project Area WAA’s (1318, 1319,
and 1421) between 1988 and 1991 (Table 3-42). Table 4-65 shows that the action alternatives
would harvest between 179 and 847 acres of land used for deer hunting by at least 5 percent of
Klawock households. Between 71 and 94 acres of land used by at least 15 percent of Klawock
households would be harvested (Table 4-66). Based on the large amount of the Project Area
used by Klawock residents for deer hunting, there is a significant possibility of a significant
restriction of the subsistence use of deer by Klawock residents, if non-rural harvesting is not
restricted, for all alternatives. This conclusion is supported by the analysis presented in the
TLMP FEIS(1997).
Thorne Bay
Fifty percent of Thorne Bay’s deer harvest came from Project Area WAA’s (1318, 1319, 1323,
and 1421) between 1988 and 1991 (Table 3-42). Table 4-65 shows that the action alternatives
would harvest between 293 and 655 acres of land used for deer hunting by at least 5 percent of
the Thorne Bay households. Between 139 and 191 acres of land used by at least 15 percent of
Thorne Bay households would be harvested (Table 4-66). Based on the amount of the Project
Area used by Thome Bay residents for deer hunting and the cumulative reductions in habitat
capability in these WAA’s, there is a significant possibility of a significant restriction of the
subsistence use of deer by Thorne Bay residents, if non-mral harvesting is not restricted, for all
alternatives. This conclusion is supported by the analysis presented in the TLMP FEIS (1997).
Whale Pass
Twenty percent of Whale Pass’ deer harvest came from Project Area WAA’s (1318, 1319, and
1421) between 1988 and 1991 (Table 3-42). Based on the amount of the Project Area used by
Whale Pass residents for deer hunting and the cumulative reductions in habitat capability in
these WAA’s, there is a significant possibility of a significant restriction of the subsistence use
of deer by residents, if non-rural harvesting is not restricted, for all alternatives. This conclu-
sion is supported by the analysis in the TLMP FEIS (1997).
Summary of Findings for Deer
All of the action alternatives would create a significant possibility of a significant restriction of
subsistence use of Sitka black-tailed deer by the residents of most local communities after
project implementation and through the reasonably foreseeable future if non-mral harvesting is
not restricted (Table 4-67). Under-reporting of deer harvest in mral communities might
increase the likelihood of non-rural harvest restrictions in the future. Cumulative timber harvest
in Project Area WAA's is expected to create a significant possibility of a significant restriction,
even with restriction of non-mral harvest, at some point in the future.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTER 4 ■ 145
4 Environmental
Consequences
Direct, Indirect, and
Cumulative Impacts
on Subsistence Use
of Other Resources
146 ■ 4 CHAPTER-Subsistence
Table 4-67
Possibility of a Significant Restriction of Subsistence Use
of Sitka Black-Tailed Deer after Project Implementation for
each Alternative and Community
Significant Possibility of Restriction
Community Alt 1 Alt 10 Alt 11 Alt 12
Abundance or Distribution
Coffman Cove
May
Craig
May
Hollis
No
Hydaburg
No
Klawock
May
Naukati
No
Thome Bay
May
Whale Pass
May
Access:
All Communities
No
Competition:
All Communities
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
May
May
May
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
May
Yes
Yes
Yes
Note: “No” indicates an insignificant possibility of a significant effect. “Yes” indicates a significant
possibility of a significant effect in the future. “May” indicates there may be a significant
possibility of a significant effect in the future.
Abundance and Distribution
Black Bear
Black bear are generally not a major food source (Kruse and Muth, 1990) and the majority of
documented harvest from Project Area WAA’s (63 percent) are taken by non-resident hunters,
A limited number of local hunters take black bears for food, and black bear parts are used for
other cultural purposes, as well.
In 1995, black bear habitat capability is 508 versus a harvest of 49 bears (Table 4-68). A black
bear population at carrying capacity should be able to support a hunter harvest of approximately
10 percent that is both reasonably sustainable and provides a reasonably high level of hunter
success relative to effort. At 20 percent, the hunter success rate may decrease and, if the
population is at carrying capacity, 20 percent may approach a rate that is not sustainable.
Harvest is about 20 percent of habitat capability in WAA 1318, but is less than 10 percent of
habitat capability for all Project Area WAA's combined. Non-Project Area communities
harvest the majority of black bears in each of the WAA’s, thus providing significant competi-
tion to residents of Project Area communities. No significant overall reduction in black bear
habitat capability would occur as a result of the Control Lake timber harvesting alternatives.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ■
Table 4-68
Project Area WAA Black Bear Harvest in 1995 Compared to
Habitat Capability in 1998 by Alternative
1995 Harvest^^
Rural All 1995 Habitat 1998 Habitat
WAA Residents Hunters Capability^ Alt. 10 Alt. 11 Alt. 12
1318
11
35
164
162
162
162
1319
6
10
142
141
140
140
1323
0
1
61
61
58
56
1421
1
3
141
141
141
140
Total
18
49
508
505
501
498
SOURCE: Paul, 1992. Data derived from ADF&G Black Bear Harvest Survey Summary Statistics
1988-1992 and Forest Service, Ketchikan Area, database.
1/ Estimates are based on the entire WAA, including portions outside the Project Area. They are based on predicted
1995 harvest levels using observed 1987-1991 harvest levels, which are increased 1.8% per year.
2/ Habitat capabilities are for the entire WAA, including portions outside the Project Area. Habitat capabilities are
reduced using estimated disturbance factors to account for disturbance associated with roads.
Roads left open to vehicle access for bear hunting following timber harvest may increase
hunting success. However, the access management plan associated with the action alternatives
would result in a net reduction of open roads. No timber harvest is proposed within beach and
estuary fringe habitats. Changes in local black bear distribution would occur in the vicinity of
ongoing timber harvest activities during the life of the proposed project. Bears tend to move
back into these areas after timber heuvest is completed. However, declines in local black bear
use are expected when the age of the second growth in harvest units reaches about 25 years.
Furbearers
Furbearers are currently being trapped in the Project Area. Tables 4-69 and 4-70 show marten
and river otter harvests by Project Area and non-Project Area communities and impacts.
In 1995, marten habitat capability was 490 compared to a harvest of 160 animals, or 33 percent
of habitat capacity (see Table 4-69). This suggests that there may already be significant
competition for marten within the Project Area, with much of that competition coming from
non-rural communities outside of the Project Area. WAA 1318 does not currently appear to
provide the habitat capability needed to support projected 1995 harvest levels. The proposed
timber harvest for Control Lake would further reduce marten habitat capability by an additional
2 to 9 marten, or less than 1 to 2 percent. Roads left open for public use during trapping season
may further decrease marten populations. However, the Project access management plan would
result in a net decrease in open roads within the Project Area.
In 1995, overall river otter habitat capability is about 10 percent of the Project Area WAA
habitat capability (Table 4-70). Competition between rural and non-rural communities does not
appear to be significant. Proposed Control Lake timber harvest alternatives would not alter
river otter habitat capability, thus habitat capabilities would continue to meet harvest demand.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTER 4 ■ 147
4 Environmental
Consequences
Table 4-69
Project Area WAA Marten Harvest in 1995 Compared to
Habitat Capability in 1998 by Alternative
WAA
1995 Harvest^
All Hunters
1995 Habitat
Capability^
1998 Habitat
Ait 10 Alt 11
Alt 12
1318
72
108
107
106
105
1319
65
153
152
150
149
1323
0
63
63
62
62
1421
23
166
166
165
165
Total
160
490
488
483
481
SOURCE: Paul, 1992. Data derived from ADF&G Marten Harvest Survey Summary Statistics 1988-
1992, and Forest Service, Ketchikan Area, database.
1/ Estimates are based on the entire WAA, including portions outside the Project Area. They are based on predicted
1995 harvest levels using 1988-1991 harvest levels, which are increased 1.8% per year. Rural harvest represents
about 86 percent of total harvest.
2/ Habitat capabilities are for the entire WAA, including portions outside the Project Area. Habitat capabilities are
reduced using Project Area Patch Size Effectiveness Index value. Numbers in parentheses represent habitat
capability after being reduced by the Road Density Index and underestimate habitat capability in some WAA’s.
Table 4-70
Project Area WAA River Otter Harvest in 1995 Compared to
Habitat Capability in 1998 by Alternative
WAA
1995 Harvest*^
All Hunters
1995 Habitat
Capability^
1998 Habitat
Alt 10 Alt 11
Alt 12
1318
8
33
33
33
33
1319
5
38
38
38
38
1323
0
46
46
46
46
1421
4
47
47
47
47
Total
17
164
164
164
164
SOURCE; Paul, 1992. Data derived from ADF&G River Otter Harvest Survey Summary Statistics
1988-1992.
1/ Estimates are based on the entire WAA, including portions outside the Project Area. They are based on predicted
1995 harvest levels using observed 1987-1991 harvest levels, which are increased 1.8% per year.
2/ Habitat capabilities are for the entire WAA, including portions outside the Project Area.
Salmon
Salmon are a major subsistence food harvested in the Control Lake Project Area. The Water-
sheds and Fisheries section concludes that potential effects of the proposed timber harvest and
road construction alternatives on salmon spawning and rearing habitat would be minimal or
eliminated by applying the Forest Service standards, guidelines, and prescriptions described in
detail in the Aquatic Habitat Management Handbook (USDA Forest Service, 1986b) and Soil
and Water Conservation Handbook (USDA Forest Service, 1991b). All salmon spawning and
148 ■ 4 CHAPTER-Subsistence
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences r
rearing streams (Class I and Class II streams) near proposed timber harvest units are protected
by buffers of at least 100 feet as prescribed in the TTRA. In addition, specific prescriptions for
protecting salmon habitat were incorporated during the design of harvest and roads.
Based on the implementation of site-specific prescriptions for protecting salmon spawning and
rearing habitat, the immediate and foreseeable effects on the abundance and distribution of
salmon for subsistence uses in the Project Area would not be measurable.
Other Finfish
The action alternatives for the proposed project would have no immediate or foreseeable effect
on other finfish habitat. Because there would be no effect on other finfish habitat, the abun-
dance and distribution of those other finfish would not be affected.
Shellfish
Based on the limited impact that existing LTF sites have on marine and estuarine habitat, crabs,
and benthic organisms, the effect of this project on the abundance and distribution of local
crabs, clams, and other shellfish would not be measurable for purposes of subsistence. No new
LTF’s would be developed under any of the action alternatives. The project would not have
any additional impacts on shellfish for the foreseeable future.
The Western Peninsula area of WAA 1323 is perceived, especially by Klawock residents, as a
cultural resource, as much as or more than an area of natural resources. This perception is
embedded in the complex of subsistence activities that are conducted there, and the wide range
of subsistence resources collected and harvested in that area, including shellfish. None of the
action alternatives would negatively affect the cultural experience associated with shellfish
harvest in this area.
Other Food Resources
Other foods include plants such as kelp, goose tongue, and a variety of berries. Most traditional
gathering of these foods occurs near beach and estuarine areas. None of the alternatives
infringe upon beach areas potentially used for other food gathering. Road construction activities
would improve access to berry picking sites that are now not reasonably accessible, in the short-
term, but open road miles would decrease over the long-term.
Because beach fringe and estuaries would not be significantly affected by the proposed timber
harvest, the Project’s activities and foreseeable impacts are not expected to substantially affect
the abundance and distribution of other foods.
Firewood/Personal Use Wood
The Forest Service has a free-use policy (with limits) for firewood and timber and none of the
proposed alternatives would have an adverse effect on the availability of firewood, personal-use
timber, and traditional uses of wood, such as for totem poles.
Access
Access to traditional subsistence use areas may be affected where logging activities are located
along existing roads or near the beach fringe. This is because traditional subsistence access is
by motorized vehicle or by boat to the beaches of the Project Area (Ellanna and Sherrod, 1987).
The effect on access would probably be minor under Alternatives 10 and 1 1 because harvest
activities would be about 3 miles from the beach in the Elevenmile area and no marine and
estuarine habitat would be affected by logging activities. Under Alternative 12, harvest activity
would occur within 1 mile of the beach in this area, increasing the likelihood of conflicts.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTER 4 ■ 149
4 Environmental
Consequences
New and rebuilt roads would provide motorized vehicle access to areas that were not previously
used for subsistence harvesting resources (see alternative maps, separate map packet, for
details). Miles of road proposed for construction are shown in Table 4-59. Road access would
favor harvest by residents who live in communities connected to the road system or who bring a
vehicle to Prince of Wales Island on the ferry. Road closures and other management prescrip-
tions developed for Project Area roads take subsistence uses into consideration.
Competition
Competition for subsistence resources in the Control Lake Project Area is an issue to residents
of Prince of Wales Island. Residents are concerned with competition from residents of
Ketchikan, mostly because of the numbers of people that come to the island via the ferry.
Subsistence resources most likely to be affected by competition from Ketchikan residents
include deer, bear, and marten. Because Ketchikan residents are considered non-rural, this
competition could be regulated if it starts to restrict non-rural residents’ ability to obtain
subsistence resources.
There is no evidence to indicate that availability of salmon, fmfish, shellfish, or other food
resources to subsistence users would be affected by sport or non-rural harvest. Any increase in
competition from non-rural residents and Alaska nonresidents would not be substantial because
of the availability of resources in the immediate vicinity and in the surrounding areas.
Individual household use of specific areas may be displaced by some of the proposed actions.
There is not sufficient information available nor would it be practical to evaluate displacement
potential for individual households. With one major exception, the Project Area’s accessibility
makes it very unlikely that an individual household or even an entire community is highly
dependent on specific areas within the Project Area that may be affected by proposed actions.
Generally, there are sufficient lands available elsewhere within or outside the Project Area and
within the home range of the communities for subsistence gathering. The exception is the use of
the Western Peninsula area by Klawock residents. A long history of subsistence use of this area
by Klawock residents using boat access has occurred. The action alternatives are not expected
to negatively affect this long-term use pattern. The known uses of the Project Area by indi-
vidual communities are discussed earlier in this section.
Cumulative Effects
Harvesting levels for the reasonably foreseeable future (to 2004) generally would not signifi-
cantly alter the habitat capability from 1995 for black bear, marten, and river otter when
compared to the impacts of the Control Lake Project (1998). Project Area habitat capability
would be less than 10 times black bear harvest levels due to an imbalance in WAA 1318 (Table
4-71). Project Area habitat capability would be about 2.5 times marten harvest level (Table
4-72). River otter habitat capabilities are not predicted to decline from 1995 levels. In sum-
mary, by the year 2004 there is a significant possibility of a significant restriction in the
availability of marten for subsistence use particularly in WAA’s 1318 and 1319. Restricting
non-rural harvests of these resources in the WAA’s showing reduced habitat capability may be
required to avoid subsistence restrictions.
Based on projected future timber harvest associated with TLMP (1997) approximately 367
acres per year would be harvested in the Project Area from 2005 through 2054 (see Table 4-
33). The Wildlife section projects that this level of harvest would affect the habitat capability of
most wildlife species. The changes in habitat capability could affect their abundance and
distribution. Relative to habitat capability estimated for 1995, the potential black bear habitat
capability is projected to decrease cumulatively by 31 percent (Table 4-71), the potential marten
150 ■ 4 CHAPTER-Subsistence
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Other Conclusions
Environmental A
Consequences •
habitat capability by the year 2054 is projected to decrease cumulatively by 21 percent (Table
4-72); the potential river otter habitat capability is projected to decrease cumulatively by 0
percent.
Table 4-71
Project Area WAA Black Bear Harvest Compared to Habitat
Capability Projected through 2054
Rural 2004 2024 2054
Harvest Projected Habitat Projected Habitat Projected Habitat
WAA Percentage*^ Harvest" Capability" Harvest" Capability" Harvest" Capability"
1318
34
41
162
56
143
88
114
1319
67
12
140
16
124
25
99
1323
0
1
56
2
50
3
42
1421
50
3
140
4
123
6
98
Total
41
57
498
78
440
122
353
SOURCE: Paul, 1992. Data derived from ADF&G Marten Harvest Survey Summary Statistics 1988-
1991 and Forest Service, Ketchikan Area, database.
1/ Percentage of current total harvest.
2/ Estimates are based on the entire WAA, including portions outside the Project Area. They are based on predicted
harvest levels using 1987-1991 average harvest levels, increased by 1.8% per year through 2010 and 1.5% per year
thereafter.
3/ Habitat capabilities are for the entire WAA, including portions outside the Project Area and are reduced for road
disturbance. Habitat capabilities for 2004 assume that all units in the unit pool have been harvested. Habitat
capabilities for 2054 are estimated by reducing 1995 habitat capabilities in the same proportion as the Control
Lake Project Area reductions between 1995 and 2054. Habitat capabilities for 2024 are based on linear
interpolation between 2004 and 2054 levels.
Summary Findings for Other Resources
The above analysis leads to the conclusion that the actions proposed in Alternatives 10, 1 1 and
12, would not produce a significant possibility of a significant restriction on subsistence use of
river otter, salmon, other finfish, or other resources. However, a significant possibility of a
significant restriction is predicted for black bear and possibly for marten, under all alternatives,
if non-rural harvesting is not restricted. This finding is based on the potential resource effects
on three evaluation categories: abundance or distribution, access, and competition (Table
4-73). Cumulative timber harvest in Project Area WAA's is expected to create a significant
possibility of a significant restriction on subsistence use of black bears and martens, even with
restriction of non-rural harvest, at some point in the future.
Section 810 (a) (3) of ANILCA (P.L. 96-487, 1980) requires that when a significant restriction
may occur, determinations must be made in regard to whether:
1 . Such a significant restriction of subsistence uses is necessary, consistent with sound manage-
ment principles for the utilization of public lands;
2. The proposed activity will involve the minimum amount of public lands necessary to
accomplish the purposes of such use, occupancy, or other disposition; and
3. Reasonable steps will be taken to minimize adverse impacts upon subsistence uses and
resources resulting from such actions.
The following section outlines the other subsistence conclusions.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTER 4 ■ 151
4 Environmental
Consequences
Table 4-72
Project Area WAA Marten Harvest Compared to Habitat
Capability Projected through 2054
2004 2024 2054
Projected Habitat Projected Habitat Projected Habitat
WAA Harvest Capability^ Harvest Capability^ Harvest Capability^
1318
85
105
116
97
182
85
1319
76
149
104
137
162
120
1323
0
62
0
57
0
50
1421
27
165
37
158
58
131
Total
188
481
257
449
402
386
SOURCE; Paul, 1992. Data derived from ADF&G Marten Harvest Survey Summary Statistics 1988-
1992 and Forest Service, Ketchikan Area, database.
1/ Percentage of current total harvest.
2/ Estimates are based on the entire WAA, including portions outside the Project Area and are based on predicted
harvest levels using 1988-1991 average harvest levels, which are increased by 1.8% per year through 2010 and
1.5% per year thereafter. Rural harvest represents about 86 percent of total harvest.
3/ Habitat capabilities are for the entire WAA, including portions outside the Project Area and are reduced for patch
size effectiveness. Habitat capabilities for 2004 assume that all units in the unit pool have been harvested. Habitat
capabilities for 2054 are estimated by reducing 1995 habitat capabilities in the same proportion as the Control
Lake Project Area reductions between 1995 and 2054. Habitat capabilities for 2024 are based on linear
interpolation between 2004 and 2054 levels.
Table 4-73
Possibility of a Significant Restriction of Subsistence Use
of Other Resources after Project Implementation for All
Alternatives
Marten
River Otter
Black Bear
Fish/ Shellfish
Others
Abundance or Disturbance
May
No
Yes
No
No
Access
No
No
No
No
No
Competition
May
No
Yes
No
No
Note: “No” indicates an insignificant possibility of a substantial effect. “Yes” indicates a
significant possibility of a substantial effect. "May" indicates there may be a significant
possibility of a substantial effect in the future.
Necessary, Consistent with Sound Management of Public Lands
The alternatives have been examined to determine whether they are necessary, consistent with
sound management of public lands. In this regard the NFMA of 1976, ANILCA, the Alaska
Regional Guide, the TLMP, the TLMP Revision (1997), the Alaska State Forest Practices Act,
and the Alaska Coastal Zone Management Program have been considered.
152 ■ 4 CHAPTER-Subsistence
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences •
The ANILCA emphasized the maintenance of subsistence resources and lifestyles. However,
the Act also required the Forest Service to make available for harvest 4.5 billion board feet of
timber per decade from the Tongass National Forest and left the KPC contract in place. The
TTRA removed the 4.5 billion board feet requirement from ANILCA but directed the Forest
Service to seek to meet market demand and the market demand for the planning cycle, and left
the volume requirements and contract area of the KPC contract in place.
The alternatives presented here encompass four different approaches that would produce the
resources that would best meet the purpose and need of this project. All of the alternatives
involve some potential to affect subsistence uses. Among the action alternatives. Alternative 10
would produce the lowest effects on subsistence and Alternative 12 would produce the highest.
All of the action alternatives appear to be necessary and consistent with sound management of
public lands due to the level of impact on subsistence use and wildlife habitat.
Amount of Public Land Necessary to Accomplish the Purpose of the
Proposed Action
Appendix A addresses the availability of other lands suitable for timber harvest. Much of the
Tongass National Forest is used for deer hunting by one or more rural communities for subsis-
tence purposes. The areas of most subsistence use are the areas adjacent to existing road
systems, beaches, and areas in proximity to communities. Within the Project Area, the extent
and location of the subsistence use area precludes complete avoidance. Areas other than
subsistence use areas that could be harvested may be limited by other resource concerns such as
soil and water protection, high value wildlife habitat, economics, visuals, or unit and road
design. Effort was taken to protect the highest value subsistence areas. For example, beach
fringe is one of the highest use subsistence areas and none will be harvested under any of the
proposed alternatives.
The impact of viable timber harvest projects always includes alteration of old-growth habitat,
which in turn always reduces projected habitat capability for old-growth-associated subsistence
species. It is not possible to lessen harvest in one area and concentrate it in another without
affecting one or more rural communities’ important subsistence use areas.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Subsistence — CHAPTER 4 ■ 153
4 Environmental
Consequences
Reasonable Steps to Minimize Adverse Impacts Upon Subsistence Uses
and Resources
Reasonable steps to minimize impacts on subsistence have been incorporated in development of
the alternatives and project design criteria. Project design criteria called for locating roads and
units outside of important subsistence use areas such as beach fringe, estuary fringe, and
riparian areas adjacent to salmon streams. Road access details, which would protect subsistence
resources, are presented in the Transportation and Facilities section.
During development of alternatives, an effort was made to minimize activities that could
adversely affect important subsistence use areas. Units were selected to avoid to the greatest
extent possible areas with high subsistence use characteristics, such as along roads, rivers and
creeks, and beach fringes. In addition to generally avoiding these areas, harvest units were
minimized or deferred in many geographic areas with high wildlife and subsistence values (see
Landscape zone descriptions and effects analysis in Chapter 2).
EIS Conclusions
The ROD for the Control Lake Project will include a final determination about the significant
restriction on subsistence use that may result from implementation of the selected alternative.
In summary, the potential foreseeable effects from the action alternatives in the Control Lake
Project Area do not present a significant possibility of a significant restriction of subsistence
uses of river otter, marine mammals, waterfowl, salmon, other finfish, shellfish, and other foods.
However, a significant possibility of a significant restriction does exist for deer, marten, and
black bear.
154 ■ 4 CHAPTER-Subsistence
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Cultural Resources
Introduction
Direct and Indirect
Effects
Key Terms
Cultural resources — all evidence of past human-related activity. It may be historic, prehistoric,
architectural, or archived in nature. Cultural resources are nonrenewable aspects of our national
heritage.
Sensitivity zone — defined as “high,” “medium,” or “low,” based on the probability that they
might contain cultural resources.
SHPO — State Historic Preservation Officer.
Documentation of cultural resources, with preservation and protection of National Register
eligible resources are general Forest Service objectives for such undertakings as the current
Project. Where avoidance and in situ preservation are not viable management options, then
measures are implemented to recover data as a way of mitigating effects to significant cultural
resource properties.
Direct impacts to cultural resources may result from activities such as road building, logging or
construction of log transfer facilities. While natural processes, such as erosion and redeposi-
tion, can also adversely effect cultural resources, such processes can be accelerated as a result
of logging-related activities. Indirect impacts to resources, such as increased access to an area
or change in stream flow or sediment loads, may result from logging or road building. Addition-
ally, increased access to an area containing significant cultural resources due to trail develop-
ment can result in direct and indirect effects and will be addressed through additional compli-
ance survey.
Intensive cultural resource inventory of areas that have a high probability of containing cultural
resources is an important means of protecting these resources. The current project initially
focused inventory in proposed cutting units and along proposed roads in high probability
areas. No new cultural resource properties were located during the intensive inventory of about
1,140 acres inventoried in or adjacent to harvest units or road corridors. As inventory of the
proposed harvest units and roads neared completion, 720 acres were surveyed along rivers and
around lakes in the Thorne River/Hatchery Creek scenic/recreational area. No cultural resource
properties were located in this area.
An additional 1,350 acres of Forest Service administered and State of Alaska lands were
surveyed in a continuous swath along or near the shoreline from Point Swift on Nossuk Bay in
the north to the boundary with Native Corporation lands in the south. Inventory along the
coast resulted in relocation and evaluation of 13 known properties and the location and evalua-
tion of 28 previously unrecorded properties. In addition, many Culturally Modified Trees
(CMTs) were located, none of which are considered significant resources warranting avoidance
or further data collection.
During the Control Lake EIS Project cultural resources inventory, cultural resource personnel
intensively surveyed approximately 3,210 acres, while approximately 335 acres were reviewed at
the reconnaissance level by field personnel. While none of the properties has been specifically
identified as a traditional cultural/religious location, reported use of the area by Tlingit people
from Klawock and Craig may include currently undocumented traditional cultural practices.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Cultural Resources — CHAPTER 4 ■ 155
4 Environmental
Consequences
The following statements summarize presumed effects on known, significant cultural resource
properties of logging and road construction being considered as part of the various alternatives.
This data is also summarized in Table 4-74.
Table 4-74
Number of Known Cultural Resource Properties Potentially
Affected by Alternative
Alternative
Cultural Resource Properties Impacts 1 10 11 12
Direct Impacts 0 0 0 0
Risk of Indirect Impacts 0 0 0 0
Alternative 1
No action taken will result in no effect to cultural resources.
Alternatives 10, 11, and 12
No actions will occur at or close to known cultural resource sites. Several properties recom-
mended as eligible for listing in the National Register that could be affected by the proposed
project are located on the west coast of Prince of Wales Island, more than 1 mile from proposed
harvest units. Given the distance of the properties from harvest units and the current standards
and guidelines, development is expected to result in no impact.
The preferred management approach for cultural resource properties by the Forest Service and
other agencies is avoidance. Logging operators should be urged to avoid any increase of
human activity in the coastal area. To address avoidance and preservation concerns. Forest
Service personnel should monitor the area during logging activities. If disturbance occurs or is
imminent, then the Forest Archaeologist will develop a plan to protect properties or mitigate the
effects of any impacts.
In the unlikely event that avoidance is not feasible or practicable during project implementation,
mitigation of impacts to the properties through data recovery plans will need to be undertaken.
Data recovery plans will be based on the qualities that make the properties eligible for the
National Register.
In cases where development is planned in areas of high cultural resource site probability or in
the vicinity of known cultural resources, the Forest Service should develop and implement a
plan for monitoring known, significant resources and monitoring for previously unknown
properties. If the monitoring program documents effects to properties then measures should be
developed to mitigate those effects and if new properties are exposed, they should be recorded
and evaluated for National Register eligibility.
156 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Cultural Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental
Consequences
4
Cumulative Effects
Impacts from natural decay, landscape changes, private developments, and timber management
activities collectively result in the loss of nonrenewable cultural resources in Southeast Alaska.
Development activities of all kinds pose particular threats to cultural resources because such
activities tend to be located in the same places that cultural resources are found, such as
sheltered coastal settings.
It is impossible to determine the exact nature of resources that may have been previously
disturbed in the Control Lake Project Area. Intensive cultural resource investigations and
mitigation measures have been implemented only since the 1980s. The implementation of
updated research and survey designs based upon the results of previous work and current
methods and techniques, combined with various mitigation measures will preserve significant
properties and provide data that will guide future research and management activities. In
addition, current management approaches for Beach Fringe/Estuary and Riparian Protection
(1997 TLMP Revision) should also benefit cultural resources through decreased activity in high
probability areas and reduced indirect effects such as sedimentation of resources.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Cultural Resources — CHAPTER 4 ■ 157
4 Environmental
Consequences
This page left intentionally blank.
158 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Cultural Resources
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental
Consequences
4
Visual
Key Terms
Background — the distant part of a landscape; the seen, or viewed area located from 3 to 5
miles to infinity from the viewer.
Character type — an area of land that has common distinguishing visual characteristics of
landform, rock formations, water forms and vegetative patterns.
Characteristic landscape — ^usually a small portion of a character type that visually represents
the basic vegetative patterns, landforms, rock formations and water forms which are in view.
Cumulative visual disturbance — ^the percent of a viewshed’s seen area in a disturbed condi-
tion at any point in time.
Distance zone — divisions of a viewed landscape by foreground, middleground, and back-
ground zones.
Foreground — portion of viewed area from immediately adjacent to the viewing position to
about a half mile from the observer’s position; individual branches of trees are discernible.
Maximum Modification — a visual quality objective (VQO) which prescribes that an area may
be dominated by management activities, but resulting visual characteristics should appear as a
natural occurrence when viewed from the background distance zone.
Middleground — the visible terrain beyond the foreground from about 1/4 mile to 3 to 5 miles
from the observer’s position; individual trees are still visible but do not stand out distinctly from
the landscape.
Modification — a VQO in which management activities may visually dominate the original
characteristic landscape, but resulting visual characteristics must resemble natural occurrences
within the surrounding area when viewed from the foreground and middleground distance zone.
Not seen — a mapping category associated with distance zones. Sensitivity Level 3 travel
routes, use areas, and areas not seen or seldom seen from Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas
have been mapped as Not Seen in the visual inventory. Also referred to as “Seldom Seen.”
Partial Retention — a VQO in which management activities are to remain visually subordinate
to the natural landscape.
Preservation — a VQO which permits ecological changes only; applies to wilderness areas and
other special classified areas.
Retention — a visual quality objective which provides for management activities that are not
visually evident to the casual observer.
Sensitivity level — a three-level measure of people’s concern for the scenic quality of an area.
Unacceptable Modification — does not meet a VQO of Maximum Modification. Excessive
modification due to management activities in which the design, size, extent, or duration are
poorly related to the scale of landform and vegetative patterns in the characteristic landscape
may result in unacceptable modification.
Variety class — classification of the landscape by the diversity and scenic quality of the natural
landscape. The three classes are: Class A - Distinctive; Class B - Common; Class C - Minimal.
Viewshed — ^a defined landscape or panoramic vista seen from one or more specific viewpoints.
Visual Absorption Capacity (VAC) — ^an estimate of the relative ability of a landscape to
absorb alteration yet retain its visual integrity.
Visual priority routes and use areas— the designated priority routes and use areas from which
the proposed VQO’s will be applied. Nonpriority travel routes and use areas, and those areas
not seen from the Visual Priority Routes and Use Areas, are managed according to “Not Seen”
criteria.
Visual Quality Objective ^VQOj— management standards reflecting five degrees of acceptable
alteration of the natural landscape based on a landscape’s diversity of natural features and the
public’s concern for scenic quality.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Visual— CHAPTER 4 ■ 159
4 Environmental
Consequences
Introduction
Effects of
Alternatives
160 ■ 4 CHAPTER-
Timber harvest activities have the potential to change the form, line, color, and texture of the
natural landscape. In this section the potential visual contrasts created by proposed harvest
alternatives are related to the affected environment that was described in Chapter 3, Effects are
analyzed for each Priority Travel Route and Use Area. The ability of proposed units to meet
adopted VQO’s and potential changes in visual condition are discussed for each of these
viewsheds.
The extent of visual contrast created by timber harvest is influenced by unit design, silvicultural
prescription, harvest method, and the transportation system. Manipulation and monitoring of
these factors as described in this section, helped to mitigate visual contrast. One such mitiga-
tion measure is “patch cutting.” This technique of visual screening was applied to several units
of high visual concern.
The following discussion evaluates the visual effects of Alternatives 10, 11, and 12 on Priority
Travel Route and Use Areas. Viewsheds for each priority area affected by the alternatives are
graphically depicted in Figure 3-39. Because no harvest activity is proposed within their
viewsheds, there would be no measurable visual effects on the following Priority Travel Routes
and Use Areas:
• Communities of Craig and Klawock
• Cutthroat Lakes
• Thome River Bridge
• Gravelly Creek Day Use Area
• Community of Thome Bay
Located more than 5 miles west of the Control Lake Project Area is the Maurelle Island
Wilderness Area. Appearing as a background element, texture is virtually nonexistent in visible
portions of this continuously forested landscape. Atmospheric attenuation further obscures the
detection of texture and color. While several harvest units are located in areas visible from the
Maurelle Islands, they are not expected to be apparent to the casual forest visitor.
One or more alternatives contain harvest units and associated roadways that would affect visual
resources, as seen from the following Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas:
• West Coast Waterway
• Waters around Craig and Klawock
• Control Lake Cabin Site
• Eagle’s Nest Campground (Balls Lake)
• Thome River/Honker Divide Canoe Route
• Forest Highway #9
The effects of Alternatives 10, 11, and 12 on Visual Priority Travel Route and Use Area
viewsheds are summarized in Table 4-75 and described in detail below. Unless otherwise
noted, the units described below are to be clearcut, with all merchantable timber removed via
roads. Proposed harvest methods are described and graphically displayed (Figures 3-10
through 3-18) in the Vegetation and Timber Resources section of this document.
-Visual
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ■
Table 4-75
Summary of Proposed Harvest Units Located Within Priority Travel Route and Use
Area Viewsheds
Alternatives
Viewshed
vcu
Unit
10
11
12
LUD^
Zone
VQO^'
EVC
Note
West Coast
591
407
+
+
TP
MG
MM
1
Helicopter
Waterway
409
+
+
TP
MG
MM
1
593
410
+
+
TP
MG
MM
1
420
+
TP
MG
MM
1
421
+
TP
MG
MM
1
431
+
+
TP
MG
MM
1
Group Selection
594
409
+
+
TP
BG
MM
1
416
+
+
TP
BG
MM
1
417
+
+
TP
BG
MM
1
Group Selection
418
+
-1-
TP
BG
MM
1
Helicopter
420
+
+
+
TP
BG
MM
1
Waters Around
594
405
+
+
ML
MG
M
1
Craig and Klawock
595
402
+
+
SV
MG
PR
1
Group Selection
406
+
+
+
TP
MG
MM
1
411
+
+
ML
MG
M
1
434
+
+
SV
MG
PR
1
Control Lake
595
409
+
+
+
SV
MG
PR
1
Cabin Site
596
406
+
+
SV
MG
PR
1
Group Selection
Eagle’s Nest
596
406
+
+
SV
MG
PR
1
Group Selection
Campground
407
+
+
SV
MG
PR
1
Group Selection
Thorne River/Honker Divide
575
420
+
+
SV
MG
PR
1
Group Selection
424
+
+
SV
MG
PR
1
Group Selection
Canoe Route
425
+
+
SV
MG
PR
1
Group Selection
Forest Highway #9
595
407
+
+
+
SV
FG
PR
5
ML LUD Intent.
408
-1-
+
+
ML
MG
M
1
409
+
+
+
SV
MG
PR
1
414
-1-
+
+
ML
MG
M
5
419
+
+
+
ML
MG
M
5
596
406
+
+
SV
MG
PR
1
Group Selection
407
+
+
SV
MG
PR
1
Group Selection
409
+
-1-
ML
MG
M
1
597.1
401
+
ML/OG
FG
PR/R
1 Inconsistent w/ VQO
410
+
+
ML
FG
PR
1 Inconsistent w/ VQO
597.2
421
+
+
ML
MG
M
5
422
+
+
+
ML
FG
PR
1 Inconsistent w/ VQO
424
+
ML
FG
PR
1
425
+
ML
FG
PR
1
458
+
+
+
ML
MG
M
1
Source: Bedross, 1997
1/ TP = Timber Production; SV = Scenic Viewshed; ML = Modified Landscape.
2/ FG = Foreground; MG = Middleground; BG = Background.
3/ R = Retention; PR = Partial Retention; M = Modification; MM = Maximum Modification.
I
I
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Visual— CHAPTER 4 ■ 161
4
Environmental
Consequences
West Coast Waterway
Alternative 10
One unit (594-420) would be harvested within the West Coast Waterway Viewshed. Harvest of
this 91-acre unit would comply with the adopted Maximum Modification VQO and would
change the visual condition in its vicinity from natural (EVC 1) to moderately altered (FVC 4).
Alternative 1 1
Nine units would be harvested within the viewshed. Units 591-407 and 409 would be visible as
middleground landscape elements in the vicinity of Salt Lake Bay and Nossuk Bay. Unmer-
chantable timber and snags would be left throughout clearcut unit 591-407 and the timber
yarded by helicopter. Both units are less than 10 acres in size and easily comply with the
adopted Maximum Modification VQO. In fact, the casual forest visitor would likely not detect
these activities. The area associated with these units would be changed from natural (EVC 1) to
natural appearing (EVC 2).
Units 593-410 (27.1 acres) and 431 (22.9 acres) would be seen in the middleground by boaters
in the San Christoval Channel, as would the road leading to 593-431. This activity would
comply with the adopted Maximum Modification VQO, while changing the visual condition
from natural (EVC 1) to slightly altered (FVC 3).
Lastly, five units would be visually apparent as background landscape elements from the San
Christoval Channel. Ranging between 43 and 91 acres in size, units 594-409, 416, 417, 418,
and 420 would meet the adopted Maximum Modification VQO and change the visual condition
in their vicinity from natural (EVC 1) to moderately altered (FVC 4). The southern one-half of
594-409 and all of 594-417 would be harvested by group-selection, leaving large quantities of
natural color and texture. Unit 594-418 would be clearcut, but unmerchantable timber and
snags left standing.
Alternative 12
This Alternative would harvest eleven units within the West Coast Waterway viewshed. Units
591-407 and 409 would be visible in the middleground from Salt Lake Bay and Nossuk Bay.
Unmerchantable timber and snags would be left throughout clearcut unit 591-407 and the timber
yarded by helicopter. Both units are less than 10 acres in size and easily comply with the
adopted Maximum Modification VQO. The area associated with these units would be changed
from natural (EVC 1) to natural appearing (EVC 2). The casual forest visitor would likely not
detect these activities.
Units 593-410, 420, 421, and 431 would be seen in the middleground by boaters in the San
Christoval Channel, as would the road leading to 593-43 1 . These units range in size from 27 to
nearly 61 acres. The adopted Maximum Modification VQO would be achieved and the visual
condition changed from natural (EVC 1) to heavily altered (FVC 5).
Finally, five units would be seen in the background from the San Christoval Channel. Ranging
between 43 and 91 acres in size, units 594-409, 416, 417, 418, and 420 would meet the adopted
Maximum Modification VQO and change the visual condition from natural (EVC 1) to moder-
ately altered (FVC 4). The southern one-half of 594-409 and all of 594-417 would be harvested
by group-selection, leaving large quantities of natural color and texture. Unit 594-418 would be
clearcut, but unmerchantable timber and snags left standing.
162 ■ 4 CHAPTER— Visual
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ^
Waters Around Craig and Klawock
Alternative 10
This Alternative includes harvest of unit 595-406 (31.2 acres), which would be seen in the
middleground distance zone to boaters using Shinaku Inlet, Klawock Inlet, and Big Salt Lake.
This activity would comply with the Maximum Modification VQO and would change the visual
condition in its vicinity from natural (EVC 1) to moderately altered (FYC 4).
Alternatives 11 and 12
Five units (594-405; 595-402, 406, 411, and 434) and connecting roadways would appear as
middleground elements in the landscape north of Big Salt Lake. Unit 595-402 (61 acres in
overall size) would contain a series of group selection cuts that are helicopter yarded, allowing
it to meet its adopted Partial Retention VQO and changing the visual condition from natural
(EVC 1) to slightly altered (FVC 3) (Figure 4-6). Residual vegetation throughout unit 595-402
would screen many of the harvested “patches” from the casual Forest visitor. Leave-tree islands
in 595-434 (nearly 22 acres in overall size) would keep this unit subordinate to the natural
landscape and allow it to meet the adopted Partial Retention VQO. Units 594-405 and 595-411,
each of which are about 32 acres in size, would achieve the adopted Modification VQO by
appearing as undulating horizontal strips that mimic the landform on which they are situated.
Harvesting 594-405 and 595-411 would change the associated visual condition from natural
(EVC 1) to moderately altered (FVC 4). Unit 595-406 (about 31 acres in size) would easily
achieve the adopted Maximum Modification VQO and change the visual condition in its
vicinity from natural (EVC 1) to slightly altered (FVC 3).
Control Lake Cabin Site
Alternative 10
The uppermost portion of one unit (595-409), which is about 28 acres in overall size, would be
visible in the middleground to people looking south from the cabin at Control Lake. Interven-
ing vegetation would screen the bottom of this unit. This unit would comply with the adopted
Partial Retention VQO and change the visual condition from natural (EVC 1) to slightly altered
(FVC 3) (Figure 4-7).
Alternatives 11 and 12
Two units would be harvested in areas seen from the Forest Service cabin and adjacent lake
surface. The uppermost portion of unit 595-409 (about 28 acres in overall size) would be
visible to persons looking south from the cabin. The lower portion of this unit would be
screened. This unit would meet the adopted Partial Retention VQO and change the visual
condition from natural (EVC 1) to slightly altered (FVC 3).
Unit 596-406 would be located on a middleground ridge visible from the lake’s surface and
south shore. Uneven-aged management and helicopter yarding in the seen area would minimize
color and texture contrast with the surrounding landscape and allow the adopted Partial Reten-
tion VQO to be achieved. Most of the harvested “patches” would be screened by residual
vegetation. About 55 acres in overall size, this unit is also within the Eagle’s Nest Campground
(Balls Lake) Viewshed. As a result of harvesting unit 596-406, the visual condition would
change from natural (EVC 1) to natural appearing (FVC 2).
Eagle’s Nest Campground (Balls Lake)
Alternative 10
This alternative would have no direct visual effect on the Eagle’s Nest Campground (Balls
Lake) Viewshed. The visual condition in the area would remain largely natural (FVC 1).
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Visual— CHAPTER 4 m^63
4 Environmental
Consequences
Figure 4-6
View North From South Shore of Big Sait Lake
595-434 (Alternatives 11, 12)
595-411 (Alternatives 11, 12)
595-406
(Alternatives 10, 11, 12)
-3
354
35-9
-13.
J
14
19
24
V
164 ■ 4 CHAPTER— Visual
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences «
Figure 4-7
View South From Control Lake Cabin
eye dist = 33 cm
eye pos = 0 cm
-
foe len =49 mm
595-409
(Alternatives 10, 11, 12)
-4
— --9
168
173
178
- i 4.
A
183
193
198
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Visual— CHAPTER 4 HISS
4 Environmental
Consequences
Alternatives 11 and 12
Two units would be harvested within the viewshed. Unit 596-406, which is about 55 acres in
overall size, would be located on a middleground ridge west of the Balls Lake (Figure 4-8).
This area is visible from the campground, boardwalk, and lake surface. The same area is visible
from the water surface and south shore of Control Lake. Group selection cutting and helicopter
yarding would allow 596-406 to achieve the adopted Partial Retention VQO and change the
visual condition for natural (EVC 1) to natural appearing (FVC 2). Most of the harvested
“patches” would be screened by residual vegetation.
About 23 acres in overall size, unit 596-407 would be located in the middleground just south of
unit 596-406. Proposed uneven-aged management and helicopter yarding would ensure that the
adopted Partial Retention VQO is achieved. This natural (EVC 1) area would be converted into
one that is natural appearing (FVC 2).
Thorne River/Honker Divide Canoe Route
Aiternative 10
No units proposed by this alternative would be visible from the Thorne River/Honker Divide
Canoe Route. The visual condition within the viewshed would remain predominately natural
(FVC 1).
Alternatives 11 and 12
Three units (575-420, 424, and 425) would be harvested east of Twin Lake in the middleground
distance zone. All of these units would be partial-cuts and none are expected to be apparent to
the casual Forest visitor. As a result, they would easily achieve the adopted Partial Retention
VQO, while changing the visual condition from natural (EVC 1) to natural appearing (FVC 2).
Forest Highway #9 Corridor
Aiternative 10
Alternative 10 would harvest eight units within the Forest Highway #9 viewshed, three of which
would be in the foreground distance zone. Unit 595-407 would be visible in the foreground
south and west of Control Lake. The LUD associated with this 26-acre unit is Scenic
Viewshed, based on potential views from Control Lake and Eagle’s Nest Campground (Balls
Lake). However, suitable timber harvest lands visible from Forest Highway #9 are intended for
inclusion in the Modified Landscape LUD, unless they are also visible from other key viewer
locations. Unit 595-407, which would not be seen from Control Lake or Balls Lake, would
meet the intended Partial Retention VQO. The visual condition in the vicinity of this unit would
remain heavily altered (FVC 5). Unit 597.1-401 would be partially visible east of Balls Lake in
the foreground. The western portion of this 43.8-acre unit is in the Old Growth Retention LUD
and is inconsistent with 1997 TLMP Standards and Guidelines. Intervening vegetation, which
would screen part of 597.1-401, and the application of visual mitigation measures would allow
this unit to meet the adopted Partial Retention VQO. The visual condition associated with
597.1-401 would change from natural (EVC 1) to slightly altered (FVC 3). Also visible near
the Thome River would be 597.2-422, which is 22.4 acres in size. This visually dominant unit
would not achieve the adopted Partial Retention VQO as currently designed. If harvested, the
natural visual condition (EVC 1) in the vicinity of 597.2-422 would be changed to moderately
altered (FVC 4).
Five units (595-408, 409, 414, 419, and 597.2-458), which are between 22 and 45 acres in size,
would be harvested from the middleground of the Forest Highway #9 viewshed. Located south
and west of Control Lake, units 595-408, 414, and 419 would meet the adopted Modification
VQO. Unit 597.2-458, which is located south and east of Balls Lake, would meet the adopted
Modification VQO. Unit 595-409, which is also visible from Control Lake, would achieve the
166 ■ 4 CHAPTER— Visual
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences r
Figure 4-8
View Northwest From East Shore of Balls Lake
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Visual— CHAPTER 4 M167
4
Environmental
Consequences
adopted Partial Retention VQO. The visual condition associated with 595-408, 596-409, and
597.2-458 would change from natural (EVC 1) to moderately altered (FVC 4). The area
associated with 595-409 would change from natural (EVC 1) to slightly altered (WC 3). The
visual condition in the vicinity of units 595-414 and 419 would remain heavily altered (FVC 5),
Alternative 1 1
Twelve units would be harvested within the Forest Highway #9 viewshed. Units 595-407,
597.1-410, and 597.2-422 would be visible in the foreground. Unit 595-407, which is 26 acres
in size, would be seen south and west of Control Lake. As described in detail for Alternative
10, it would achieve the adopted Partial Retention VQO and leave the heavily altered visual
condition unchanged (FVC 5). Unit 597.1-410 would be visible along the highway near the
Thorne River. Although portions of its 28.8 acres are screened by intervening vegetation, this
unit would be slightly too large and visually dominant to meet the adopted Partial Retention
VQO. Also located near the Thorne River, 597.2-422 (22.4 acres in size) would be too visually
dominant to achieve the adopted Partial Retention VQO. Both 597.1-407 and 597.2-422 would
change the natural visual condition (EVC 1) in their vicinity to moderately altered (FVC 4).
Nine units would be harvested within the middleground distance zone. Four of these would be
harvested to the south and west of Control Lake. Units 595-408 (22.1 acres), 414 (45.4 acres),
and 419 (34.4 acres) would all meet the adopted Modification VQO. The visual condition
would change from natural (EVC 1) to moderately altered (FVC 4) if 595-408 were harvested.
The area surrounding 595-414 and 419 would remain heavily altered (FVC 5) even if these
units were harvested. Unit 595-409, which is also seen from Control Lake, would meet the
adopted Partial Retention VQO. It would change a natural area (EVC 1) to slightly altered
(FVC 3). Three units (596-406, 407, and 409) would be harvested in the middleground near
Control Lake and Balls Lake. Units 596-406 and 407 are 54.6 and 22.5 acres in size, respec-
tively. They would be partial cut and helicopter yarded, meet the adopted Partial Retention
VQO, and change the visual condition from natural (EVC 1) to natural appearing (FVC 2).
Unit 596-409 (28.5 acres) would meet the adopted Modification VQO and change a natural
(EVC 1) area to moderately altered (FVC 4). Finally, two units (597.2-421 and 458) would be
harvested in the middleground, east of Balls Lake. Unit 597.2-421, which is 45.6 acres in size,
would meet the adopted Modification VQO. The associated visual condition would remain
heavily altered (FVC 5). Unit 597.2-458 (40.2 acres) would also meet the adopted Modifica-
tion VQO. This unit would change the visual condition from natural (EVC 1) to moderately
altered (FVC 4).
Alternative 12
Alternative 12 would harvest 14 units in the Forest Highway # 9 viewshed, five of which would
be located within the foreground distance zone. Unit 595-407 would be seen south and west of
Control Lake. This 26-acre unit would achieve the intended Partial Retention VQO, as de-
scribed in Alternative 10. The heavily altered visual condition would remain unchanged (FVC
5). Unit 597.1-410, located along the highway near the Thome River and partially screened by
intervening vegetation, would be slightly too large (28.8 acres) and visually dominant to meet
the adopted Partial Retention VQO. Units 597.2-422, 424, and 425 would also be located in
the foreground, east of Balls Lake. At 22.4 acres, unit 597.2-422 would be slightly too large
and visually dominant to meet the adopted Partial Retention VQO. It would change the visual
condition from natural (EVC 1) to moderately altered (FVC 4). Units 597.2-424 (15.9 acres)
and 425 (17.2 acres) would meet their adopted Partial Retention VQO, while converting natural
areas (EVC 1) to slightly altered (FVC 3).
Nine units would be harvested in the middleground of the Forest Highway #9 viewshed.
Located south and west of Control Lake, 595-408, 409, 414, and 419 would be between 22.1
168 ■ 4 CHAPTER— Visual
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences r
Summary of Effects
by Alternative
Cumulative Visual
Effects
and 45.4 acres in size. Unit 595-408 would meet the adopted Modification VQO and change
the visual condition form natural (EVC 1) to moderately altered (FVC 4). Unit 595-409, which
is also seen from Control Lake, would meet the adopted Partial Retention VQO and change the
visual condition from natural (EVC 1) to slightly altered (FVC 3). Both 595-414 and 419
would meet the adopted Modification VQO and leave the heavily altered visual condition in
their vicinity unchanged (FVC 5). Three units (596-406, 407, and 409) would be harvested in
the middleground near Control Lake and Balls Lake. Unit 596-406 (54.6 acres in overall size)
and 407 (22.5 acres) would be partial cut, helicopter yarded, meet the adopted Partial Retention
VQO, and change the visual condition from natural (EVC 1) to natural appearing (FVC 2). Unit
596-409, which is 28.5 acres in size, would meet the adopted Modification VQO and change the
visual condition from natural (EVC 1) to moderately altered (FVC 4). Lastly, 597.2-421 and
458 would be harvested in the middleground, east of Balls Lake. Unit 597.2-421 (45.6 acres)
would meet the adopted Modification VQO, while leaving the heavily altered visual condition
unchanged (FVC 5). Unit 597.2-458 (40.2 acres) would also meet the adopted Modification
VQO, but would change the visual condition from natural (EVC 1) to moderately altered (FVC
4).
The following discussion summarizes the effects of Alternatives 10, 11, and 12 on the visual
resources of the Control Lake Project Area.
Nine units proposed within Visual Priority Travel Routes and Use Areas are common to
Alternatives 10, 11, and 12. These units include 594-420 and 595-406, which would seen from
the West Coast Waterway and Waters around Craig and Klawock, respectively, in the
middleground. Unit 595-409 would be harvested from the Control Lake Cabin Site Viewshed
and Forest Highway #9 viewshed in the middleground. Two units (595-407 and 597.2-422)
would be visible from Forest Highway #9 in the foreground. Lastly, five units (595-408, 409,
414, 419, 597.2-422, and 597.2-458) would be visible from Forest Highway #9 in the
middleground.
As shown in Table 4-76, Alternative 12 would harvest more units (33) within Priority Travel
Route and Use Area viewsheds than would Alternatives 10(10 units) or 1 1 (29 units). No
Alternative 10 units would be harvested in the Eagle’s Nest Campground or Thorne River/
Honker Divide Canoe Route viewshed, but none would be visible to the casual forest visitor in
any of the alternatives. Alternative 10 would harvest only one unit in each of the following
viewsheds: West Coast Waterway, Waters around Craig and Klawock, and Control lake Cabin
Site. All 10 of the Alternative 10 units would be visible to the casual Forest visitor. Alterna-
tives 1 1 and 12 contain 19 and 23 units, respectively, that would be visible to the casual Forest
visitor.
Three units would be located in more than one Priority Travel Route and Use Area viewshed.
Unit 596-406 (Alternatives 11 and 12) would be situated in the middleground distance zone
portion of the Control Lake Cabin Site, Eagle’s Nest Campground, and Forest Highway #9
viewshed. As discussed previously, a group selection prescription and helicopter yarding would
minimize the visual impact of this unit. Unit 596-407 (Alternatives 1 1 and 12) would be
situated in the middleground distance zone portion of the Eagle’s Nest Campground and Forest
Highway #9 viewshed. A group selection prescription and helicopter yarding would also
minimize impacts associated with this unit. Finally, unit 595-409 (Alternatives 10, 11, and 12)
would be apparent in the middleground portion of the Control Lake Cabin Site and Forest
Highway #9 viewshed.
Cumulative effects are the results of collective past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future
actions. These effects include timber harvest, roads, landings, and contrasts created by slash and
second growth. Cumulative effects also include harvest activities on adjacent non-National
Forest System lands. These effects are dynamic and, in general, would diminish over time.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Visual— CHAPTER 4 ■ 169
4 Environmental
Consequences
Table 4-76
Summary of Visual Effects by Viewshed
Number of Units Within
Number of Units Visible to
Viewshed Boundaries
Casual Forest Visitor
Viewshed
Alt. 10
Alt 11
Alt 12
Alt 10
Alt 11
Alt 12
West Coast Waterway
1
9
11
1
7
9
Waters Around Craig and Klawock
1
5
5
1
5
5
Control Lake Cabin Site
1
2
2
1
1
1
Eagle’s Nest Campground
0
2
2
0
0
0
Thorne River/Honker Divide
0
3
3
0
0
0
Canoe Route
Forest Highway #9
8
12
14
8
10
12
Total
10’'
29^
33^^
10’'
192/
232'
Source; Bedross, 1997
1/ Unit 595-409 is within both Control Lake Cabin Site and Eagle’s Nest Campground viewshed.
2/ Unit 595-409 is within both Control Lake Cabin Site and Eagle’s Nest Campground viewshed. Unit
595-406 is within Control Lake, Eagle’s Nest, and Forest Highway #9 viewshed. Unit 595-407 is
within Eagle’s Nest and Forest Highway #9 viewshed.
The potential for timber harvest visually dominating the viewshed is greatest immediately
following the activities. In the foreground (up to 1/2 mile from the viewer), stumps and debris
are dominant. Activities such as cut-and-fill slopes, rock pits, and turnouts would be easily seen
within several key viewsheds. As viewed in the middleground (1/2 mile to 4 miles), vivid
distinction in texture, line and color between the mature forest and the harvest unit would be
apparent. Exposed trunks and limbs of the new edges would dominate the visual setting.
By the fifth year of regeneration, the new forest would be filling out with low-lying vegetation
(berry bushes, ferns, etc.). In some cases on poor and disturbed mineral soils, young red alder
(low elevations) or Sitka alder (high elevation) would be present. In the foreground, the visual
effects of the clearcut would be evident, but the shrubby vegetation and young trees would
begin to cover over the stumps and exposed ground. In the middleground, the harvest unit
would remain evident, with sharp contrasts in color and texture.
From year 5 to 20, the young trees would become established, reaching a height of approxi-
mately 15 feet. Views created with the original clearcut would become limited. In the middle-
ground, the contrasts between the new forest and mature forest would still be obvious.
At the end of 50 years, the new forest would reach 50 to 60 feet. As seen in the middleground,
this stand would be approximately half the height of the adjacent mature forest, providing a
smoother transition at the harvest unit boundaries. During this time, the canopy would be
closing and the new forest would appear very dense. As a general rule, large harvested areas on
steep slopes would appear “near natural” to a casual forest visitor at the end of 50 years.
However, smaller units on gentler slopes would appear “near natural” somewhat sooner.
Toward the end of 80 years, the stand would reach 75 percent of its mature height. From the
middleground, there would be less distinction between this stand and the adjacent mature forest
and the canopy would appear full.
170 ■
4 CHAPTER— Visual
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ^
At 100 years, little visual difference would be noticed between this 100-foot forest and an
adjacent mature forest. It would appear healthy, lush, and with a full canopy. In the middle-
ground, color and texture of the new forest would allow distinction between it and adjacent over
mature forests, which display a scattering of dead tops and generally more irregular tree-growth
patterns.
Assuming a continuation of the present harvest level (three to five entries per 100 years) and
implementation of resource constraints in accordance with the 1997 TLMP through the year
2140, timber harvest would continue to occur in the Control Lake Project Area. During this
time, the Forest would be in a state of obvious change towards meeting the Desired Future
Condition, which emphasizes landscapes with a mixture of near natural, modified, and highly
modified appearances. Following is a description of the anticipated visual condition within
each of the six Priority Travel Route and Use Area viewsheds substantially impacted by the
Control Lake Project.
West Coast Waterway
Assuming that the lands around Salt Lake Bay remain in the National Forest System, they would
remain essentially unmodified. All suitable activities would be integrated in such a way that
they remain subordinate to the characteristic landscape. If the State of Alaska selects the land
around Salt Lake Bay, however, the associated docks, homes roads, and other facilities would
likely contrast sharply with the characteristic landscape.
Views from Nossuk Bay and the remainder of the waterway would contain signs of logging.
While various even and uneven-aged silvicultural methods could be employed, clearcutting
would likely be used to create a mosaic of harvested and unharvested vegetation. Management
activities would remain subordinate to the natural landscape in much of the seen area. Harvest
activities would dominate the characteristic landscape in small portions of the viewshed, but
would respect natural form, line, color, and texture.
Waters Around Craig and Kiawock
Lands adjacent to San Alberto Bay, Shinaku Inlet, and Big Salt Lake in the foreground and
middleground are privately owned and have been extensively logged. As the second-growth
matures, these areas would likely be harvested again, keeping them in a continually disturbed
condition. National Forest System lands, which are visible in the middleground north of Big
Salt Lake, would combine areas where harvest activities are dominant with areas where harvest
activities are subordinate to the characteristic landscape. Logging on National Forest System
lands during the next entry period would be limited by Cumulative Visual Disturbance (CVD)
concerns.
Control Lake Cabin Site
If lands within the viewshed remain a part of the National Forest System, management activities
would not be apparent in the foreground and would be subordinate to the characteristic land-
scape in the middleground and background. However, the State of Alaska intends to select this
area for commercial and recreation development. Such facilities would likely contrast sharply
with the characteristic landscape.
Eagle’s Nest Campground (Balls Lake)
Management activities would not be apparent in foreground areas seen from the campground
and lake. Lands in the middleground would contain small, irregularly shaped openings that
mimic natural patterns. These openings would be unnoticed by the casual Forest visitor or
subordinate to the characteristic landscape.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Visual— CHAPTER 4 ■ 171
4 Environmental
Consequences
Forest Highway #9
Lands nearest to Klawock are privately owned and have been extensively logged. As the
second growth matures, these areas would likely be harvested again, keeping them continually
disturbed. National Forest System lands visible south of the Control Lake junction vary from
natural to heavily altered in appearance. Proposed harvest would be subordinate to the natural
landscape or, at a minimum, borrow from natural form, line, color, and texture.
If lands surrounding Control Lake remain a part of the National Forest System, harvest would
be subordinate to the natural landscape. If this area is developed by the state, strong visual
contrasts with the natural landscape are likely.
East of Balls Lake, the Forest Highway #9 viewshed is largely natural in appearance. Much of
the seen area would remain natural following implementation of this Project. Harvest activity
visible in the foreground would be subordinate to the natural landscape (with the exception of
units 597.1-410 and 597.2-422). Middleground harvest would resemble natural occurrences.
Thorne River/Honker Divide Canoe Route Mitigation
Limited timber harvest would occur within this viewshed. It would not be apparent to the casual
Forest visitor from the river, shore, or associated recreation facilities. Small group-selection
cuts and helicopter yarding would likely be required.
Mitigation
During Project planning, efforts were made to minimize visual impacts. Because openings are
rarely found in the uniformly forested landscapes that form much of the Control Lake Project
Area, it is difficult to meet the Retention VQO using clearcut management techniques. That is,
any large created openings would be evident to the casual forest visitor. Therefore, alternative
harvest techniques were proposed where the Retention VQO, and in certain instances the Partial
Retention VQO, has been adopted. Small group-selection cuts have been prescribed for
numerous units potentially visible from Lower Cutthroat Lake, Balls Lake, and the Thorne
River. Units treated in this manner include:. 574-427, 575-420, 422, 425, 428, 576-431, 578-
402, 595-402, and 596-407. These group-selection cuts were developed in strips parallel to the
slope so that the intervening unharvested strips will screen the harvested strips from view.
Buffers of vegetation are expected to screen these “patch cuts” from view. Assumptions made
in design of “patch cuts” included minimal blowdown in residual buffer vegetation, accuracy of
tree stand data (height, crown ratio, density), a finite number of viewpoints, and the accuracy of
uses topographic information. Where less restrictive VQO’s have been adopted, seedtree
cuts, overstory removals, and shelterwood prescriptions were utilized, in part, to help protect
the visual resource.
Where the Modification VQO has been adopted, rectilinear unit boundaries and other obvious
man-made patterns in the landscape were avoided. This was performed for units seen in the
foreground from the West Coast Waterway and in the middleground from Control Lake and
Balls Lake.
Within the confines of the 1997 TLMP goals, objectives, standards, and guidelines, the protec-
tion of visual resources was given a high priority during the planning and design of the Control
Lake Project unit pool. Use of various strategies (described below) had the effect of mitigating
potential visual effects in priority travel route and use area viewsheds. In addition, measures
proposed to protect recreation, wildlife, water quality, and other resources also benefitted visual
quality within the Control Lake Project Area. Residual snags, leave tree islands, and stream
buffers provide structure in harvest units, helping to reduce contrast with the surrounding
natural landscape. The aforementioned mitigation measures are detailed in the appropriate
resource sections of this document.
172
4 CHAPTER— Visual
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences
Efforts to minimize the visual impacts created by logging roads and landings were also made
during Project planning. When feasible in areas of Partial Retention and Modification VQO’s,
roads and landings were relocated to minimize or eliminate their visibility. More stringent
measures were required within the Thorne River/Honker Divide Canoe Route viewshed to
ensure that the Retention VQO would be attained. Here, the percent side slope and screening
ability of residual vegetation must be considered. The size of cuts and fills will be minimized
by fitting the road closely with the terrain, and by using a road surface of minimal width. If
these measures fail to hide the road or landing from view (and no other feasible options exist),
the surfaces are to be scarified and planted immediately after timber harvest. Roadways with
potential visibility from the Thorne River/Honker Divide include those associated with units
574-441, 574-442, and 575-433.
Units 597.1-410 and 597.2-422 would be visible in the foreground distance zone, as seen from
Forest Highway #9. These units, located east of Balls Lake, would not comply with adopted
VQO’s. Unit boundaries and/or silvicultural prescriptions require modification, if these units
are to comply with 1997 TLMP Standards and Guidelines.
Aerial view of Nossuk Bay looking
north
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Visual— CHAPTER 4 ■ 173
4 Environmental
Consequences
Monitoring
174 ■ 4 CHAPTER-
To ensure the success of the aforementioned mitigation measures, representatives of the Thorne
Bay Ranger District should be involved in the final design of units and facilities, and should
monitor the layout and cutting of units described herein. A visual resource monitoring program
will accomplish the following objectives:
1 . Determine if the desired visual character stated in the Proposed Forest Plan is evolving as
planned.
2. Provide a means of assessing whether prescriptions set to meet adopted VQO’s are success-
ful in producing the intended visual quality and determine the need for and desired revisions
and amendments.
3. Determine the need for rehabilitation if VQO’s have not been met or evaluate current
development and rehabilitation practices for efficiency and improvement.
Oversight by Forest Service visual resource personnel is essential prior to release and during
harvest of key units with group-selection cut prescriptions. These units and associated roads are
located north of Balls Lake and throughout the Thorne River/Honker Divide. Prior to field
implementation, visual resource specialists with an intimate knowledge of the areas involved
will review the appropriate unit cards. More detailed field investigations will be conducted to
evaluate blowdown potential, refine harvest boundaries, and modify silvilcultural prescriptions.
■Visual
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Introduction
Impacts on ROS
Settings
Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and
Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas
Key Terms
Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) — a. system for planning and managing recreation
resources that categorizes recreation opportunities into six classes. Each class is defined in
terms of the degree to which it satisfies certain recreation experience needs.
Recreation piace — an identified geographic area having one or more physical characteristics
that are particularly attractive to people engaging in recreation activities; can contain from zero
to several recreation sites. p « * *
Recreation site — specific location or site where recreational activities occur and/or a recre-
ational facility is located. A recreation site is smaller in area than a recreation place, ^
Recreation Visitor Day (RVD) — a measure of recreation use of an area. One recreation visitor
day consists of recreation use of a site or area by one person for 12 hours can be abbreviated ?
“visitor day.”
Roadiess area — an area of undeveloped public land within which there are no improved roads
maintained for travel by means of motorized vehicles intended for highway use. s
Wiid and Scenic River — drivers or sections of rivers designated by congressional action imder
the 1968 Wild and Scenic Rivers Act or by an act of the Legislature of the state or states
through which they flow. ^ ;
Wiiderness — areas designated by congressional action under the 1964 Wilderness Act or by
TTRA and/or ANILCA; undeveloped federal land retaining its primeval character and influence
without permanent improvements or human habitation.
Timber management activities can change the characteristics of areas where recreation occurs,
and thus have an effect on ROS settings, recreation sites, and recreational activities. Harvest
activities generally affect the visual character of ROS settings and recreation sites. As a result,
there are often changes to both ROS settings and the type of recreational experiences available
at recreation sites. In addition to visual changes, harvest activities frequently require new
roads, making previously inaccessible, nonroaded areas accessible to motor vehicles. When an
area becomes accessible to vehicles, other changes often occur, including changes to the ROS
settings and to the types and quality of recreational experiences that occur in an area or at a site,
The TLMP recreation standards and guidelines acknowledge that timber management activities
can affect recreation settings, but emphasizes the importance of adapting recreational opportu-
nities as changes occur (USDA Forest Service, 1991). The recreation standards and guidelines
state “where scheduled activities change the recreation setting, [an agency should] manage the
new setting in accordance with the appropriate ROS guidelines. [An agency should] maintain
the capability of all land use designations to provide appropriate quality recreation opportuni-
ties on a sustained basis.”
All of the alternatives would change existing ROS settings in the Project Area (Table 4-77).
Harvest activities associated with the various alternatives would convert varying amounts of
nonroaded ROS settings (P and SPNM) to roaded settings (RM and RN). The amount of
nonroaded ROS settings in the Project Area would be reduced with all alternatives (the ROS
setting of P would be eliminated in all alternatives), and the amount of roaded ROS settings
would be increased.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas — CHAPTER 4 ■ 175
4 Environmental
Consequences
Table 4-77
Changes in Project Area ROS Settings By Alternative
ROS Setting
Existing
Alt 10
Alt 11
Alt 12
P
11,678
11,678
11,678
8,196
SPNM
97,838
90,832
70330
65,199
SPM
5,678
5360
5,680
5,680
RN
6383
5352
5334
5,754
RM
49,492
57,747
78,(H9
86342
Total
171,070
171,070
171,070
171,070
Harvest activities would reduce the acreage that could potentially support nonroaded recreation
and increase the acreage that could potentially support roaded recreation. Alternative 12 would
contain approximately 65,199 acres of SPNM and 8,196 acres of P, which is the least amount of
both ROS settings among the alternatives. Alternative 10 would contain approximately 90,832
acres of SPNM and 1 1,678 acres of P, which is the greatest amount of both ROS setting of any
of the action alternatives.
The alternatives would have somewhat different effects on the distribution of various ROS
settings throughout the Project Area. Figures 4-9 through 4-12 depict where various ROS
settings would occur throughout the Project Area for each alternative. As depicted in these
figures, ROS settings of SPNM, SPM, and RN would be located throughout the Project Area
between ROS settings of RM. All of the alternatives would leave unharvested, contiguous
corridors of SPNM of varying widths and acreage along the Thome River/Hatchery Creek
waterway.
The following sections discuss the changes in existing ROS classification settings that would
occur with each alternative.
Alternative 10
Alternative 10 would convert the least amount of P and SPNM of any of the alternatives. With
Alternative 10, 1 1 ,678 acres of P surrounding Lake Galea would remain intact. Approximately
90,832 acres of the existing 97,838 acres of SPNM would remain. Significant areas of SPNM that
would remain include all of the SPNM area in the Western Peninsula, an area on both sides of
the Thome River/Hatchery Creek waterway, an area that surrounds the area of P around Lake
Galea, and an area around Rio Roberts Creek (Figure 4-9).
With Alternative 10, the amount of acreage classified as RM would increase approximately 8,255
acres to 57,747 acres, and would comprise approximately 34 percent of the Project Area.
Alternative 1 1
Alternative 1 1 would have the same effect on the P setting around Lake Galea as Alternative 10.
It would convert approximately 27,508 acres of SPNM to other ROS settings. Alternative 1 1
would convert SPNM areas to RM along the northwestern and northeastern portions of the
Project Area, in the area near Shinaku Lakes, and in the eastern portion of the Western Penin-
sula. Large blocks of SPNM would remain along the Thorne River/Hatchery Creek waterway,
the upper portion of Rio Roberts Creek, and much of the Western Peninsula.
176 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ^
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas — CHAPTER 4
177
/adams1/controllk/amls/post8x11/ros-alts.aml — creating rosalt10.ps
12/04/97.16:25:46.Thu
4 Environmental
Consequences
1 78 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
/aooms1/controllk/amls/posl8x11/ros-alts.oml — creating rosalt11.ps
12/04/97.16:26;1Uhu
Environmental A
Consequences ^
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas — CHAPTER 4
179
4 Environmental
Consequences
The amount of acreage classified as RM with Alternative 1 1 would increase approximately
28,557 acres to 78,049 acres, which would comprise approximately 46 percent of the Project Area.
Alternative 12
Alternative 12 would reduce the size of the P setting around Lake Galea by 3,482 acres. Alterna-
tive 12 would increase the amount of RM settings by 36,760 acres and decrease the amount of
SPNM settings by 32,639 acres. Relative to Alternative 11, most changes would occur primarily
near Elevenmile Creek, Steelhead Creek, Lower Logjam Creek, Upper Thorne River, Lake Galea,
and along the 30 Road (Forest Road #9).
Impacts on Recreation Places (RP’s) are specific areas where recreation activities occur. Within RP’s, there
Recreation Places can be a wide range in the number of activities that occur. The quality and setting of the
environment (which is characterized by ROS settings found in the RP) around RP’s plays an
important role in the type of activities that occur at the RP, as well as the quality of the recre-
ation experience. The type and ease of access to RP’s also influences the types of recreational
activities and the quality of the recreation experience.
Timber harvest and associated activities can temporarily and permanently change the quality
and setting of RP’s (and ROS settings within RP’s). Where roads are built, roaded access to
RP’s previously not accessible by road can offer opportunities for roaded recreation, and at the
same time, reduce or eliminate opportunities for secluded, nonroaded recreational experiences.
Timber harvest activities can also change the visual quality of RP’s if those harvest activities
and facilities can be seen or heard by recreationists.
To analyze the effects of the four alternatives on the RP’s in the Project Area, all of the RP’s
were assigned to one of three categories: freshwater-, land-, and marine-based recreation. This
assignment was determined by the type of physical setting required for activities that occur in
the RP’s.
The acreage of the various ROS settings for all of the RP’s found in each of the three categories
was totaled to determine the total acreage of each ROS setting for that category. For example,
the acreage of the SPM setting for each of the four RP’s found in the “marine-based recreation”
group was added to give the total ROS setting of SPM for all marine-based recreation places. It
is then possible to evaluate what the effects of each alternative would be on the SPM setting of
marine-based RP’s by comparing changes in acreage of SPM that would occur with each
alternative.
The following sections discuss how the alternatives would change the ROS settings in the RP’s
found in the Project Area.
Freshwater-Based Recreation Places
Thorne River/Hatchery Creek Waterway
The three action alternatives would have varying effects on the 1 1 freshwater-based RP’s that
are associated with the Thorne River/Hatchery Creek waterway. Recreation along the waterway
includes activities such as fishing, canoeing, hunting, and wildlife viewing. Although roads
currently provide access to the waterway at either end of the waterway contained within the
Project Area, the remote, unroaded setting of most of the waterway is considered important for
some recreationists using the waterway. Some of the alternatives would require road entry into
currently unroaded, remote areas. The roads would increase potential access to the waterway,
which would negatively affect activities dependent on or enhanced by remote, unroaded
180
4 CHAPTER — Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences «
conditions. Leaving some of the roads open would offer opportunities for roaded recreation, in
areas where it does not currently exist.
Changes in ROS Settings — The 1 1 RP’s currently contain approximately 3 1 ,9 1 3 acres of
unroaded area (P, SPNM, and SPM). Alternatives 10 and 1 1 would affect the ROS settings in
the vicinity of the Thorne River/Hatchery Creek Waterway only very slightly. The acreage of
land in recreation places along the Thorne River/Hatchery Creek Waterway, that would be
classified as RM, would range from approximately 206 acres under Alternative 10 to 955 acres
with Alternative 12 (Table 4-78). Alternative 12 would have a larger effect on RP’s along the
waterway. Although it would shrink in size, the area of P around Lake Galea would remain.
Table 4-78
Changes in ROS Settings Found in Freshwater-Based,
Land-Based, and Marine-Based Recreation Places by
Alternative
P
SPNM
SPM
RN
RVl
Freshwater-Based -
Thome River/Hatchery Creek Waterway
Existing
5,485
12,457
0
1388
97
Alternative 10
5,485
12389
0
1306
206
Alternative 1 1
5,485
11387
0
1,675
841
Alternative 12
4,329
12334
0
1,769
955
Freshwater-based -
Out of Thome River/Hatchery Creek Waterway
Existing
0
3395
0
1,641
2,750
Alternative 10
0
3,415
0
1,655
2,917
Alternative 1 1
0
3,449
0
1,M8
3,489
Alternative 12
0
3,449
0
1,048
3,489
Land-Based
Existing
0
6,465
0
0
3,069
Alternative 10
0
6,483
0
43
3,003
Alternative 1 1
0
5365
0
10
3,970
Alternative 12
0
4,709
0
0
4,826
Marine-Based
Existing
0
0
3,913
0
1,161
Alternative 10
0
0
3,913
0
1,161
Alternative 1 1
0
0
3,913
0
1,161
Alternative 12
0
0
3,913
0
1,161
Changes in Recreational Experiences — ^Although no harvest units under any alternative would
be apparent from the waterway to the casual forest visitor, the alternatives would have different
effects on the quality of recreation experiences possible along the waterway. Although harvest
units would not be noticeable to the casual forest visitor, road construction and harvest
activities in the vicinity of the waterway would be heard and would temporarily change the
remote qualities of the waterway during the harvest period. In addition, even if roads are closed
after harvest, they would provide increased access to remote portions of the waterway and
reduce the quality of the remote recreational experience.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas — CHAPTER 4 ■ 181
4 Environmental
Consequences
Upon completion of harvest activities, most harvest-related roads under all alternatives would
be closed. Although roads would be closed to automobiles, they would likely be used to some
degree by recreationists on four-wheelers, trailbikes, and other all-terrain vehicles. Several
roads near the lower Thome River would remain open and would permit roaded access to
recreation resources that had been previously inaccessible by vehicle.
Outside of Thorne River/Hatchery Creek Waterway
Four of the six RP’s contained in this grouping contain lakes outside of the Thome River/
Hatchery Creek Waterway. The other two RP’s are oriented around Rio Roberts Creek. Two of
the lakes (Control Lake and Balls Lake) are significant local recreation resources. The acreage of
ROS settings for the RP’s would vary little among the alternatives. However, the effects on
specific locations and recreation resources will vary noticeably among alternatives.
Changes in ROS Settings — ^There would be little difference among the three action alternatives
in terms of the cumulative changes in the ROS settings of the RP’s. The three alternatives
would have similar effects in converting SPNM to RM (Table 4-78). Less than 200 acres would
be involved with each alternative. There would be slightly more of a difference between the
alternatives in the amount of RN converted to RM. Overall, the increase in RM would range
from approximately 167 acres (Alternative 10) to 739 acres (Alternative 12).
Changes in Recreational Experiences — The acreage of the various ROS settings found in the
RP’s would not vary significantly among the alternatives. Harvest activities and road building
would be heard by recreationists using these RP’s.
Land-Based Recreation Places
The Land-Based Recreation Places category consists of four RP’s, three of which are located in
the uplands along the northeast boundary of the Project Area. The fourth land-based RP is
located in the Thorne Mountains. These RP’s are difficult to access and probably receive the
least visitation of the four different resource-based RP’s. The most popular recreational
activities engaged in at these land-based RP’s is big game hunting. The alternatives would
have varying effects on the existing conditions of land-based RP’s.
Changes in ROS Settings
Alternative 12 would convert approximately 1,757 acres of SPNM to RM, which would be the
most of any alternative. An SPNM area in the northeast comer of the Project Area would be
connected with the Thorne River/Hatchery Creek Waterway SPNM area.
Changes associated with Alternative 10 would be slight. As a result, it would cause the least
amount of change to the existing conditions of any of the alternatives.
Changes in Recreational Experiences
Roads and timber harvest units would change the remoteness and visual character of some of
the RP’s. In the long-term, harvest activities could negatively affect deer populations, which
could affect recreational hunting success in the RP’s. Introducing harvest units and roads into
the RP’s would change the visual quality and remote character currently found in some of the
RP’s.
182 ■ 4CHAPTER-
Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Impacts to
Recreation Sites
Environmental A
Consequences ^
Marine-Based Recreation Places
Four RP’s have been classified as marine based. All four RP’s are located along the shores of
the Western Peninsula. Although there are no visitation numbers available, it is believed the
coast of the Western Peninsula is not heavily used for recreation. Recreational activities that
occur include fishing, hunting, boating, and camping. None of the alternatives would have any
effect on these RP’s.
As discussed in Chapter 3, recreation sites are specific locations where existing or potential
recreational activities can occur. Some recreation sites have facilities, such as cabins, that
recreationists use. Others are simply good locations for specific activities, such as anchorages
that are sited in areas that offer safe moorage and frequently have freshwater sources nearby.
Timber harvest activities can affect the recreational experiences available at recreation sites. As
new roads are built for timber harvest, remote recreation sites generally become accessible to
more people. As the Prince of Wales Island road system expands because of timber harvest
activities, there will be additional areas for people to visit via motor vehicle. As more people
visit the island, there will be greater use of recreation sites in roaded ROS settings due to
increased accessibility by motor vehicle. There will be a corresponding decrease in recreation
sites located in roadless ROS settings.
Tables 4-79 and 4-80 illustrate that the four alternatives would not change the ROS settings
where existing and potential recreation sites are located.
The three action alternatives would have a greater impact on the ROS settings of potential
recreation sites than those of existing recreation sites. All of the alternatives would reduce the
number of recreation sites located in SPNM settings from eight to five or four. The number of
settings located in RM settings would increase from zero with the existing condition to two or
three. As a result, with all the alternatives there would be more opportunities for recreational
opportunities at potential recreational sites in roaded settings than non-roaded settings.
The opportunities for recreating at existing and potential recreation sites located in remote
undisturbed areas would decrease with all the alternatives, while opportunities for recreation in
roaded areas would increase. However, closing roads at the completion of harvest would
restrict roaded access to those recreation sites that would be located in roaded areas. The
closed roads could, however, be used by recreationists walking or riding all-terrain vehicles in
order to gain access to remote recreation sites.
Table 4-79
ROS Settings of Existing Recreation Sites by Aiternative
ROS Setting
Existing
Alt. 10
Alt. 11
Alt. 12
P
1
1
1
1
SPNM
1
1
1
1
SPM
9
9
9
9
RN
5
5
5
5
RM
0
0
0
0
Total
16
16
16
16
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas — CHAPTER 4 ■ 183
4 Environmental
Consequences
Commercial
Outfitters and Guides
Table 4-80
ROS Settings of Potential Recreation Sites by Alternative
ROS Setting
Existing
Alt. 10
Alt. 11
Alt. 12
P
0
0
0
0
SPNM
5
4
4
4
SPM
3
3
3
3
RN
4
3
3
3
RM
0
2
2
2
Total
12
12
12
12
As discussed in Chapter 3, it is difficult to establish the amount of use the Project Area
receives from outfitters and guides. Twenty-seven special-use permits from the Forest Service
were requested by outfitters and guides for streams and lakes in the Project Area in 1993,
including nine for the Thome River. There has been some interest expressed by outfitters in
taking clients on canoe/kayak trips along the Thorne River/Honker Divide Waterway. Two
outfitters expressed interest in providing tours through the Thorne River/Hatchery Creek
Waterway (personal communication, November 4, 1993, K. Lakemore, Owner, Alaska Discovery
Tours, Juneau, Alaska; letter, June 20, 1994, B. Burdett, owner. Southeast Exposure, Ketchikan,
Alaska).
It is not known how much local guides and outfitters use the Western Peninsula of the Project
Area and the coastal areas near the Project Area; however, it is known that these areas receive
some use from operators working out of Klawock and Craig.
In 1985, 72 “access-oriented” outfitters operating in Southeast Alaska were surveyed to
determine what environmental qualities were important for their businesses. The outfitters and
guides reported that the five most important characteristics were, in descending order of
importance, scenery, wilderness, wildlife, fishing, and solitude (Bright, 1985). The single most
frequently mentioned activity (34 percent of respondents) that would cause outfitters and
guides to avoid an area was timber harvest. The second most frequently mentioned activity was
“heavy use” of an area by other people.
All of the alternatives would change the “scenery” and “wilderness” characteristics of various
parts of the Project Area to varying degrees. Although no harvest activities would be notice-
able from the waterway by the casual forest visitor, noise could be heard along the waterway
during harvesting. In addition, roads would allow increased access near the waterway, both
during and after the harvest period. As a result, outfitters and their clients would experience
more frequent encounters with other recreationists.
For all alternatives, timber harvest activities would at least temporarily disturb some of the
wilderness qualities currently found along the Thorne River/Hatchery Creek Waterway. The
two outfitters mentioned above (Alaska Discovery Tours and Southeast Exposure) expressed
concern that harvest activities in the Honker Divide could change the type of experience
possible, and compromise the potential of the area for outfitters (personal communication,
November 4, 1993, K. Lakemore, Owner, Alaska Discovery Tours, Juneau, Alaska; letter, June
20, 1994, B. Burdett, owner. Southeast Exposure, Ketchikan, Alaska).
184 ■ 4 CHAPTER-
Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ■
Effects of Timber
Industry Facilities
and Employees
Road Management
Roadless Areas
Although the degree of impact the alternatives would have on potential outfitter and guide use
of the project area is difficult to determine, general assumptions can be made. The effects of
Alternatives 10 and 1 1 would be negligible because of the low amount of harvest in the vicinity
and the fact that the road system would not be extended anywhere close to Honker Divide. It
can be assumed that Alternative 12 would have a slightly greater impact on outfitter and guide
use of the Thorne River/Honker Divide than Alternatives 10 and 1 1 because Alternative 12
would have more harvest activity in the vicinity of the waterway, and would extend the road
system closer to Lake Galea.
The establishment of logging facilities, such as roads and camps in remote areas, can impact
recreation near those facilities for the duration of harvest activities. It can be assumed that
logging personnel partake in at least some of the recreational opportunities available in a project
area. Activities such as fishing and hunting would be expected to be particularly popular.
Impacts to local fish and game populations from employee hunting and fishing activities would
be difficult to predict. Impacts to subsistence users and other recreationists as a result of
employee hunting and fishing in an area would also be difficult to estimate. However, Schwan
concluded in the Southeast Alaska Sport Fish Assessment that employees at logging camps
often, “place heavy pressures on local stocks.” Schwan further stated that popular species
such as steelhead and cutthroat trout are frequently targeted and traditional users “may be
forced” to find new fishing areas (Schwan, 1984).
Employee-generated impacts from the Control Lake timber sale would not be as great as with
other sales. Because most of the logging personnel that would be involved in the Control Lake
timber sale would be expected to already live in existing communities, there would be no need
for logging camps. As a result, many of the impacts associated with employees living in remote
logging camps would not occur during the Control Lake timber sale.
The primary impacts from logging personnel that could be expected from any of the alternatives
associated with the Control Lake sale, would be from the roaded access that logging personnel
would have to previously inaccessible areas. Current recreational users of those areas, may
avoid such areas due to the presence of new users, increased competition for resources, or
changes in the characteristic settings of those areas (changes in perceived solitude and
remoteness).
The introduction of roads into previously unroaded areas has both positive and negative
consequences for recreation. The negative consequences can be attributed to changes in the
characteristics and attributes of unroaded areas, and the resulting impacts to recreation activi-
ties that require those attributes. On the other hand, roads can make an area accessible for
recreational activities that do not require unroaded characteristics and attributes.
Some of the roads that would be built under the various alternatives would remain open to allow
for recreational access. Other new roads would be closed to public access to protect resources
such as big game. See Access Management in the Transportation and Facilities section. The
Mitigation section discusses specific road management issues.
All of the alternatives would reduce the amount of land in the Project Area classified as
unroaded (Table 4-81). Unroaded areas are here defined as the ROS settings P, SPNM, and SPM
(see Chapter 3).
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas — CHAPTER 4 ■ 185
4 Environmental
Consequences
Table 4-81
Roadless Areas (Within Project Area) Under Each
Alternative
Roadless Area
Existing
Alt 10^
Alt 11^
Alt 12*^
Kogish (509)
52,575
51,140
39,296
36,851
Karta(510)
20,968
14,979
15,226
13,421
Thorne River (5 11)
55,946
55,946
52,381
48,427
Total
129,489
122,065
106,656
98,699
% Change in Roadless Area
-
(-6%)
(-18%)
(-24%)
1/ Estimate based on the change in unloaded ROS classes (P, SPNM, SPM).
Alternative 12 would result in the least amount of unroaded area of the alternatives. Approxi-
mately 98,699 acres would be left in a roadless condition. Alternative 10 would leave the most
roadless area of the three action alternatives, approximately 122,065 acres.
The following discusses the effects of the alternatives on the three roadless areas found in the
Project Area.
Kogish (Roadless Area 509)
The Kogish Roadless Area is located in the Western Peninsula portion of the Project Area.
Alternative 10 would result in minor harvest activity in the roadless area resulting in a reduction
in its size of 3 percent. Alternatives 1 1 and 12 would reduce the size of the roadless area by 25
to 30 percent.
Karta (Roadless Area 51 0)
Alternative 12 would reduce the size of the Karta roadless area located in the Project Area by 36
percent. Alternative 1 1 would result in the smallest size reduction producing a 27 percent
change in the size of the Karta Roadless Area.
Thorne River (Roadless Area 511)
Alternative 12 would have the greatest effect on the existing Thorne River Roadless Area found
in the Project Area resulting in a 13 percent size reduction. Alternative 1 1 would result in a 6
percent change and Alternative 10 would produce no change in the size of this roadless area
Effects on Wild and
Scenic Rivers
The lower 6 miles of the river system meet the criteria for Recreation River classification. The
remaining 36 miles of the system meet the criteria for Scenic River classification. The river
system has a 0.5-mile protective corridor on either side of the river system. The corridor is
composed of an inner 0.25-mile- wide zone on each side of the river which is defined by the
TLMP Revision ( 1 997) as a Scenic/Recreation River LUD.
As mentioned in Chapter 3, the Thorne River/ Hatchery Creek system has been recommended
for Scenic and Recreation Classification for inclusion into the National Wild and Scenic River
System as the result of having four outstandingly remarkable values. The four values are fish,
wildlife, recreation, and scenery.
186 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences ^
Wilderness
Cumulative Effects
No harvest units or roads in any of the alternatives fall within the 0.25-mile inner zone, although
all the alternatives would place some units within the outer zone. Harvest Units 597.1-404, 597.1-
406 and 597.2-425 would be located on the boundary of the inner zone with Alternative 12. The
river segment in which the units are located meets the criteria of a scenic river. The segment
would continue to meet that criteria even with harvest of the units, as long as the units or roads
were not located in the inner zone. None of these units occurs in Alternative 10 or 11.
The Karta Wilderness would be minimally affected by project related harvest activities. All of
the alternatives would have some harvest units located within 0.5 mile of the border of the
Karta; although none would be within 0.25 mile. Harvesting units located adjacent to or near the
Karta would change the ROS settings of some lands in and near the Wilderness. All of the
alternatives would convert approximately 4,000 acres of the Project Area near the Wilderness
presently classified SPNM to RM. An additional 500 acres within the Wilderness currently
classified as SPNM would be converted to RM.
Although increases in the amount of recreation use that will occur in the future in the Project
Area are difficult to determine, visitation in the Tongass National Forest and Prince of Wales
Island has grown rapidly in the past few years (USDA Forest Service, 1991). This growth
includes the number of arrivals, modes of transportation, and types of activities. Past and
current studies indicate the main attractions for recreationists include scenery, wildlife, feelings
of remoteness, and a sense of vastness. These trends are likely to continue. The marine and
undeveloped character of the Tongass National Forest and Prince of Wales Island play an
important role in attracting recreationists and in meeting their expectations.
As the Project Area changes over time, so may the makeup of visitors and the activities they
pursue. As the complexion of the forest setting and associated recreation resource change,
recreationists will have three general options. Many will adapt to the new situations. Setting
changes and changes in the character of other recreationists will have little or no impact to some
of the current forest users. For others, the changing scenario may not be acceptable, and these
users will be displaced to other areas where the setting and use patterns are more in line with
their expectations and needs. Still others may find they can neither adapt to the new situation
nor find new areas to use, and thus may substitute other activities for their leisure time.
The most popular and fastest growing recreational activity demands are those associated with
Semi-Primitive Motorized ROS class setting (USDA Forest Service, 1991). Activities associated
with P and SPNM settings are the second most popular and second fastest growing activities in
the Tongass National Forest. The activities least in demand but also growing, are those
associated with Roaded settings.
Setting changes are generally recognized as a one-way street, moving toward the developed end
of the ROS spectrum. Given enough time, roaded settings in the Southeast Alaska rainforest
can revert to semiprimitive conditions. The analysis indicates that, as the Project Area is
developed over the next decade, an over-supply of roaded settings in the Tongass National
Forest will exist. At the same time the Tongass National Forest is large enough that an adequate
supply of P and SPNM settings will remain. However, projected use indicates that SPNM
settings, characteristic of the marine interface, will reach capacity within the decade.
Tourism is also tied directly to the natural scenery, vastness, and remoteness of the area. Some
of the tourism opportunities from cruise ships and the like will remain unaffected as long as
scenery along critical travel routes remains natural appearing. The adventure traveler requires
quality-based opportunities, and will compete for capacity of certain settings as the forest
changes over time. Certain groups of recreationists, such as off-road vehicle users, will find
activities enhanced as the forest is developed over time, while others will find opportunities
lessened.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas — CHAPTER 4 ■ 187
4 Environmental
Consequences
ROS Settings
Recreation Piaces
As use and demand increase, more competition for resources will occur. For some of these
resources, such as fishing, substitute opportunities may be present in a different area, or the
change in settings may make little difference as long as the sought-after resource is in ample
supply. For other resources, such as solitude, there may be no substitute.
Social encounters will also increase over time. This may not have a great impact in modified
settings. The impact will be felt most in the undeveloped settings, especially in those alterna-
tives that reduce these settings the most. As P and SPNM settings are reduced, conflicts
between users will likely increase as well, the degree being relative to the amount of change in
the alternatives. This conflict may be between user groups engaged in different activities, such
as Motorized versus Non-Motorized, or between residents and tourists vying for the same
unique opportunities with few substitutes.
Prior to the Long-term Contract, the vast majority of Prince of Wales Island would have been
designated with ROS settings of P or SPNM. Timber harvest activities have changed the
landscape of parts of Prince of Wales Island, and have introduced roads into unroaded areas.
As a result, the amount of land previously classified as SPNM and P has decreased and
opportunities for recreation in those areas has been diminished. Current, planned, and reason-
ably foreseeable harvest activities on Prince of Wales Island have, and will continue to, reduce
opportunities for recreation in remote, primitive areas.
While the amount of P and SPNM has decreased, the amount of RM land on Prince of Wales
Island has increased. As a result, there has been an increase in the amount of land that
recreationists can access by road. Timber harvest will continue to result in new roads, and the
amount of land where roaded recreation could occur will also increase.
Timber harvesting and road building will continue on Prince of Wales Island, but to a much
lower extent under the new Forest Plan (1997). The Control Lake alternatives would contribute
to the loss of P and SPNM areas and the subsequent increase in RM areas. As long as the
TLMP recreation standards and guidelines are followed, the current and future changes to ROS
settings that will occur as a result of timber harvest activities will be consistent with the TLMP.
As with ROS settings, timber harvest activities are changing the recreational experiences
available at RP’s. As new roads are built for timber harvest, some remote RP’s will become
accessible to greater numbers of people. As the Prince of Wales Island road system expands as
a result of timber harvest activities, there will be additional areas for people to visit via motor
vehicle. As more people visit the island, there will be greater use of recreation resources,
particularly those accessible by roads or located near roads. All of the alternatives would result
in the construction of new roads, some of which would be left open upon completion of harvest
activities to provide roaded access to RP’s. Other roads would be closed upon completion of
harvest activities, in part to restrict roaded access to some remote RP’s.
188
4 CHAPTER — Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Environmental A
Consequences »
Good fishing offers one of the
more popular forms of recreation
in the Project Area.
Recreation Sites
Mitigation
Timber harvest activities change the recreational experiences available at specific existing and
potential recreation sites. As new roads are built for timber harvest, remote recreation sites will
become accessible to greater numbers of people. As the Prince of Wales Island road system
expands as a result of timber harvest activities, there will be additional areas for people to visit
via motor vehicle. As more people visit the island, there will be greater use of recreation sites,
particularly those accessible by road. All of the alternatives would result in the construction of
new roads, some of which would make existing and potential recreation sites accessible by road.
For those recreationists that desire less accessible, more natural appearing recreation sites,
roads and timber harvest activities will likely have a negative effect on their satisfaction levels at
specific recreation sites. The opportunities for recreating at remote, undisturbed recreation sites
will decrease throughout Prince of Wales Island as roads reach many remote sites and harvest
activities change the character of the landscape near those sites. As a result, recreationists
desiring remote, unroaded recreation sites will have fewer choices on Prince of Wales Island
available to them.
Harvest activities change recreational opportunities in an area. Mitigation efforts can reduce
impacts to certain types of recreation opportunities, and enhance opportunities for others. The
mitigation measures outlined for the Control Lake Project Area attempt to accomplish two
objectives.
One objective is to preserve most of the unroaded recreational opportunities that exist along the
Thorne River-Hatchery Creek. To that end all roads, except those that would be kept open for
recreational purposes, would be closed at completion of harvest activities (see Access Manage-
ment in the Transportation and Facilities section). Some roads in the southern most part of the
Honker Divide would remain open to selected points to allow access to the waterway. Closing
all other roads would prevent authorized roaded access in many areas of the Project Area in
order to preserve undeveloped, semi-primitive recreational opportunities.
The other major recreational objective for mitigation efforts is to provide more recreational
opportunities for local recreationists and more roaded recreational opportunities. New facilities
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas — CHAPTER 4 ■189
4 Environmental
Consequences
Monitoring
such as roads, parking areas, short access trails from roads to lakes, streams, and interpretive
facilities are proposed. The following mitigation measures provide additional recreational
opportunities in the Project Area. All of these measures require future funding in order to be
implemented.
Thorne River-Hatchery Creek Waterway/Honker Divide
The middle and upper areas of the waterway will remain as pristine and primitive as possible for
the enjoyment of recreationists seeking a primitive experience along a unique (in Southeast
Alaska) waterway. The lower section will continue to accommodate more recreationists as a
result of existing access to the waterway from existing roads.
All new roads in the Honker Divide area will be closed upon completion of harvest activities to
keep the area as remote as possible, and to minimize the effects of roads on roadless area
recreational opportunities.
The TLMP (1997) proposes the ROS settings be reviewed annually to verify consistency with
the Ketchikan Area Monitoring Strategy (Recreation Monitoring Item 1). In addition, VQO’s are
to be monitored to verify compliance with adopted VQO’s (Visual Resource Monitoring Item 1).
190 ■ 4 CHAPTER — Recreation, Roadless Areas, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Wilderness Areas Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Chapter 5
References
Chapter 5
References
Ackerman, Robert E,, Kenneth C. Reid, James D. Gallison, and Mark E. Roe. 1985.
Archaeology of Heceta Island. A Survey of 16 Timber Harvest Units in the Tongass
National Forest, Southeastern Alaska. Center of Northwest Anthropology, Washington
State University, Pullman, Washington.
Ackerman, Robert E., Kenneth C. Reid, and James D. Gallison. 1987. Archaeology of Thome
Bay. A Survey of 22 Timber Harvest Units on Prince of Wales Island, Southeastern
Alaska. Center of Northwest Anthropology, Washington State University, Pullman,
Washington.
ADEC (Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation). 1990; Alaska Nonpoint Source
Pollution Control Strategy. State of Alaska, Department of Environmental Conservation,
Division of Environmental Quality.
ADF&G (Alaska Department of Fish and Game). 1991. Sport Fishing Guide, Prince of Wales
Island Area. Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Sport Fish, Ketchikan,
Alaska.
1994. Goshawk ecology and habitat relationships on the Tongass National
Forest 1994 field season progress report. USDA Forest Service Contract No. 43-0109-4-
0209. Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Division of Wildlife Conservation. 24 pp.
ADNR (Alaska Department of Natural Resources). 1988. Prince of Wales Island Area Plan,
Volume I. Alaska Department of Natural Resources, Anchorage, Alaska.
Alaback, P. B., 1982. Forest Community Structural Changes During Secondary Succession in
Southeast Alaska. Forest Succession and Stand Development Research in the Northwest;
Proceedings of the Symposium in 1981, March 26. Forest Research Laboratory, Oregon
State University, Corvallis, Oregon.
1988. Endless Battles, Verdant Survivors. Natural History 97.
Alaback, P. B. and J.C. Tappeiner, II. 1984. Response of Understory Variation to Thinning in
the Sitka Spruce-Western Hemlock Forest of Southeastern Alaska. Cooper Study with
U.S. Forest Service Forestry Sciences Lab. Juneau, Alaska.
Alaska Climate Center. 1986. Technical Note No. 3.
Alaska Commercial Fisheries Entry Commission, Alaska Department of Labor, Research, and
Analysis Section. USDA Forest Service IP ACS Analysis, March 1990.
Aley, T., C. Aley, W.R. Elliot, P. W. Huntoon. 1993. Karst and cave resource significance
assessment, Ketchikan Area, Tongass National Forest, Alaska. Ozark Underground
Laboratory. Protem, Missouri.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTERS ■ 1
References
Amaral, M. J. 1985. The Aleutian Canada Goose, In: R. L. Di Silvestro (ed.), pp. 437-442.
Audubon Wildlife Report 1985. The National Audubon Society. New York, New York.
Ambrose, R. E., R. J. Ritchie, C. M. White, P. F. Schempf, T. Swem, R. Kittrick. 1988.
Changes in the status of peregrine falcon populations in Alaska. Chapter 1 1 in Per-
egrine Falcon Populations-Their Management and Recovery, edited by T. J. Cade, J. H.
Enderson, C. G. Thelander, and C. M. White. The Peregrine Fund, Inc., Boise, Idaho.
Anderson, C. M., P.M. DeBruyn, T. Ulm, and B. Gassoin. 1980. Behavior and ecology of
peregrine falcons wintering upon the Skagits Flats, Washington: A Report on the 1980
Field Season. Washington Department of Game. 54 pp,
Armstrong, RH, 1991. Guide to the Birds of Alaska. Alaska Northwest Books. Bothell,
Washington.
Arndt K., R. Sackett, and J. Ketz, 1987. A Cultural Resource Overview of the Tongass
National Forest, Alaska. Report to the USDA Forest Service, Tongass National Forest,
Forest Service Region 10, Juneau, Alaska.
Baichtal, J. F. 1991. Management of the Karst Areas within the Ketchikan Area of the
Tongass National Forest, Southeastern Alaska. Proceedings of the National Cave
Management Symposium, Sponsored by the American’s Cave Conservation Association,
Bowling Green, Kentucky.
Baker, C. S., L. M. Herman, A. Perry, W. S. Lawton, J. M. Strategy. 1985. Population
characteristics and migration of summer and late-season humpback whales (Megaptera
novaeangliae) in Southeastern Alaska. Mr. Mamm. Sci. l(4):304-323.
Baker, R. and T. Stewart. 1993. Fisheries and Watershed Resource Report for the Polk Inlet
Project Area. Prepared for the USDA Forest Service by Ebasco Environmental, Bellevue,
Washington.
Bartlet, P, E. 1977. Management of the American Goshawk in the Black Hills National
Forest. M. S. Thesis, University of South Dakota, Vermillion, South Dakota.
Bartos, L. 1989. A New Look at Low Flows after Logging. In: E. B. Alexander (ed.), pp. 99-
98. Proceedings of Watershed ‘89, March 21-23, Juneau, Alaska. RlO-MB-77. USDA
Forest Service, Alaska Region, Juneau, Alaska.
Batin, C. 1992. Steelhead, Fit For Royalty. Western Outdoors. April. Western Outdoors
Publications. Costa Mesa, California.
Behler, J. L. and F. W. King. 1979. The Audubon Society Field Guide to North American
Reptiles and Amphibians. Alfred A. Knopf, New York, New York.
Bellrose, F. 1976. Ducks, gees, and swans of North America. Stackpole Books, Harrisburg,
Penn., and The Wildlife Management Institute, Washington, D.C. pp. 380-384.
Bent, A. C. 1942. Life Histories of North American flycatchers, larks, swallows, and their
allies. U.S. Government Printing Office, Smithsonian Institution, United States National
Museum Bulletin 179.
■ 5 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
References
Beschta, R. L. 1980. Turbidity and Suspended Sediment Relationships. In: pp. 271-282.
Proceedings, Symposium on Watershed Management, American Society of Civil
Engineers.
Beschta, R. L. and W. S. Platts. 1986. Morphological Features of Small Streams: Significance
and Function. Water Resources Bulletin. Vol. 22, No. 3, pp. 369-380.
Bilby, RE. and J. W. Ward. 1989. Changes in Characteristics and Function of Wood Debris
with Increasing Size of Streams in Western Washington. Transactions of the American
Fisheries Society. Vol. 118, pp. 368-378.
Binkley, D. and T. C. Brown. 1993. Management impacts on water quality of forests and
rangelands. USDA Forest Service, Rocky Mountain Forest and Range Experiment
Station, General Technical Report RM-239, 114 pp.
Bishop, D. M. and M. E. Stevens. 1964. Landslides on Logged Areas in Southeast Alaska.
Research Paper NOR-I. USDA Forest Service, Northern Forest Experiment Station,
Juneau, Alaska.
Borman, F. H. and G. E. Likens. 1979. Pattern and Process in a Forested Ecosystem. New
York, Springer-Verlag.
Boyce, J. S. 1994. Control Lake Timber Inventory Report. Prepared by Harza Northwest, Inc.
Submitted by Enserch Environmental Corporation.
Boyce, J. A. and J. K. Goering. 1995. 1995 Timber and Vegetation Resource Report. Control
Lake Environmental Impact Statement. USDA Forest Service, Tongass National Forest.
Prepared by Harza Northwest, Inc. Submitted by Enserch Environmental Corporation.
Bright, L. 1985. Patterns of Tourism in Southeast Alaska: An Analysis of the Impacts of
Wilderness Designations on the Tourism Industry. Research Paper Submitted to the
School of Agriculture and Land Resources Management, University of Alaska,
Fairbanks, Alaska.
Broderson, K. 1982. The Frogs and Toads in Alaska. Alaska Department of Fish and Game
Wildlife Notebook Series.
Bryant, M.D. 1980. Evolution of Large Organic Debris After Timber Harvest: Maybeso Creek,
1949 to 1978. General Technical Report PNW-101. USDA Forest Service, Pacific
Northwest Forest and Range Experiment Station, Portland, Oregon.
1983. The Role and Management of Woody Debris in West Coast Salmonid
Nursery Streams. North American Journal of Fisheries Management Vol. 3, pp. 322-
330.
Calkins, D. G. 1986. Marine Mammals. In: D. W. Hood and S.T. Zimmerman (eds.), pp. 527-
560. The Gulf of Alaska Physical Environment and Biological Resources. Mineral
Management Service Publication Number OCS Study: MMS 86-0095. U.S. Government
Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
Carbyn, L. N. 1987. Gray Wolf and Red Wolf. In: Novak, M., J. A. Baker, M. E. Obbard, and
B. Malloch (eds.), pp. 358-377. Wild Furbearer Management and Conservation in North
America. Ontario Ministry Natural Resources, XVI.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 5 ■ 3
References
Cederholm, C. J., L. M. Reid, and E. O Salo. 1981. Cumulative effects of logging road
sediment on salmonid populations in the Clearwater River, Jefferson County, Washing-
ton. In: Proceedings from the Conference-Salmon-spawning Gravel: A renewable
Resource in the Pacific Northwest? pp. 38-74.
Chen, J., J. F. Franklin, and T. A. Spies. 1992. Vegetation Responses to Edge Environments
in Old-growth Douglas-fir Forests. Ecological Applications. Vol. 2, pp. 307-396.
Cheng, J. D. 1988. Subsurface Stormflows in the Highly Permeable Forested Watersheds of
Southwestern British Columbia. Journal of Contaminant Hydrology. Vol. 3, pp. 171-
191.
Clark, G. H. 1979a. Archaeological Testing at the Coffman Cover Site, Southeastern Alaska.
Paper presented at the 32nd Annual Northwest Anthropology Conference, Eugene, and
the 6th Annual Conference of the Alaska Anthropological Association, Fairbanks.
1979b. A Brief Preliminary Comparison of Polished Slate from Two Southeast
Alaska Coastal Middens. Ms. on file, USDA Forest Service Alaska Regional Office,
Division of Recreation Management, Juneau, Alaska.
1980. Archaeology of Coffman Cover, Southeast Alaska. In: Cultural Resource
Notes No.], edited by Gerald H. Clark, pp. ii-13. USDA Forest Service, Alaska Region
Report No. 116, Juneau, Alaska.
Clark, R.N. and D. R. Johnson. 1981. Selected findings from the Alaska Public Survey: A
summary of responses from southeast and south central Alaska. An Interim Report.
USDA, Forest Service; USDI, National Park Service; and University of Washington,
College of Forest Resources, Seattle, Washington.
Clark, R.N., et al. 1984. Dispersed recreationists in three roaded multiple use forest areas of
the Pacific Northwest. USDA Forest Service, PNW Forest and Range Experiment
Station, Seattle, WA.
Clayton, J. L. 1981. Soil disturbance caused by clearcutting and helicopter yarding in the
Idaho Baiholith. USDA Forest Service, Intermountain Forest and Range Experiment
Station, Research Note INT-305, 7 pp.
COE (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers). 1987. Corps of Engineers Wetlands Delineation
Manual. Technical Report Y-87-1, Washington, D.C.
Confer, C. 1994. Draft Control Lake Project Area Wildlife Resource Report. Prepared by
Harza Northwest, Inc.
Cowardin, L. M., V. Carter, F. C. Golet, and E. T. LaRoe. 1979. Classification of Wetlands
and Deepwater Habitats of the United States. FWS/OBS-79/31. Washington, D.C.; U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Biological Services Program.
Craig, G. 1986. The Peregrine Falcon. In: R. L. Di Silvestro (ed.) Audubon Wildlife Report
1986. National Audubon Society, New York, New York.
Crocker-Bedford, C. 1990a. Status of the Queen Charlotte Goshawk. Planning Records,
Tongass Land Management Plan.
1990b. Goshawk Reproduction and Forest Management. Wildlife Society
Bulletin. Vol. 18, pp. 262-269.
■ 5 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
References
1992, A Conservation Strategy for the Queen Charlotte Goshawk on the Tongass
National Forest. Unpublished draft, March 1992, Ketchikan Area, Tongass National
Forest.
Crocker-Bedford, D.C. and B. Chaney. 1988. Characteristics of Goshawk Nesting Stands. In:
R. L. Glinski, B. G. Pendleton, M. B. Moss, M. N. LeFranc, Jr., B. A. Millsap, and S.
W. Hoffman, (eds.), pp. 210-217. Proc. Southwest Raptor Management Symposium and
Workshop. National Wildlife Federation Sci. and Tech. Ser. 11.
Davis, 5. 1990. Prehistory of Southeastern Alaska. In: W. Sturtevant (ed.). The Handbook of
North American Indians. Volume 7, Northwest Coast.
Davis, S.D, 1977. Archaeologic Reconnaissance of the Proposed Long Term Timber Sales
Contract 1979-1984: Prince of Wales and Revillagigedo Islands. USDA, Forest Service,
Tongass National Forest, Ketchikan, Alaska.
DeGraaf, R. M., V. Scott, R, H. Hamre, L. Ernst, and S. H, Anderson, 1991. Forest and range-
land birds on the United States. USDA Forest Service-Agriculture Handbook No. 688.
625 pp.
DeLaguna, F. 1990. Tlingit. In Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 7, edited by W. C.
Sturtevant, pp. 203-228. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
1992. Under Mount Saint Elias. The History and Culture of the Yakutat Tlingit
Smithsonian Contributions to Anthropology Vol. 7, US Government Printing Office,
Washington, D.C.
DellaSala, D. A., K. Engel, D. P. Volsen, R. L. Fairbanks, W. B. McComb, J. Hagar, and K.
Radeke. 1993. Final Report 1993: Evaluation of Young Growth Treatments for Wildlife.
USDA Forest Service Region 10, Juneau, Alaska.
DellaSala, D. A., K. A. Engel, D. P. Volsen, R. L. Fairbanks, J.C. Hagar, W. B. McComb,
and K. J. Radeke. 1994, Effectiveness of silvicultural modifications of young-growth
forest for enhancing wildlife habitat on the Tongass National Forest, Southeast Alaska.
Enserch Environmental. Prepared for USDA Forest Service Region 10. Contract No. 53-
0109-0-00-00304.
DeMeo, T. D. 1989. Preliminary Forest Plant Association Management Guide: Ketchikan
Area, Tongass National Forest. USFS Forest Service, Ketchikan, Alaska.
DeMeo, T. E. and W, D. Loggy. 1989. Development of Wetlands Mapping Procedures for
Forest Planning in Southeast Alaska. In: E. B. Alexander (ed.), pp. 57-72. Proceedings
of Watershed ‘89. USDA Forest Service, Alaska Region, Juneau, Alaska.
Duncan, S. H. 1986. Peak Stream Discharge During Thirty Years of Sustained Yield Timber
Management in Two Fifth-Order Watersheds in Washington State. Northwest Science.
Vol. 60, pp. 258-264.
Eberlein, G. D., M. Churkin, Jr., C. Carter, H. C. Berg, and A. T. Ovenshine. 1983. Geology
of the Craig Quadrangle, Alaska. U.S. Geological Survey, Open File Report 83-91.
Ehrlich, P. R., D.S. Dobkin, and D. Wheye. 1988. The birder’s handbook: a field guide to the
natural history of North American birds. Simon & Schuster Inc,, New York, NY.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 5 ■ 5
References
Ellanna, L, J. and G. Sherrod, 1987, Timber Management and Fish and Wildlife Use in
Selected Southeastern Alaska Communities: Klawock, Prince of Wales Island, Alaska,
Technical Report No, 126, Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Division of Subsis-
tence, Juneau, Alaska.
Enserch Environmental Corporation. 1994. Scoping Report, Control Lake Environmental
Impact Statement. Prepared for U.S. Forest Service, Tongass National Forest, Ketchikan
Area. Prepared by Enserch Environmental Corporation, Bellevue, Washington. Novem-
ber 1994,
EPA (U.S, Environmental Protection Agency). 1993. Guidance and Specifying Management
Measure for Sources of Nonpoint Pollution in Coastal Waters. USEPA, Office of Water,
Washington, D.C., 840-B-92-002.
Everest, F. H., N.B. Armantrout, S. M. Keller, W. D. Parante, J. R. Sedell, T, E. Nickelson, J.
M. Johnston, and G. N, Haugen. 1985. Salmonids. In: E, R, Brown (ed.), pp. 199-230.
Management of Wildlife and Fish Habitats in Forests of Western Oregon and Washing-
ton. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Forest and Range Experiment Station,
Portland, Oregon.
Everest, F. H., R. L. Beschta, J.C. Scrivener, K. V. Koski, J, R. Sedell, and C. J. Cederholm.
1987. Fine Sediment and Salmonid Production: A Paradox. In: E. O. Salo, and T. W.
Cundy (eds.), pp. 98-142. Streamside Management: Forestry and Fisheries Interactions.
University of Washington College of Forest Resources, Contribution No. 57. Seattle,
Washington.
FEMAT Report. 1993. Forest Ecosystem Management: An Ecological, Economic, and Social
Assessment. Report of the Forest Ecosystem Management Assessment Team. Portland,
OR.
Finch, D. M. 1991. Population Ecology, Habitat Requirements, and Conservation of Neotropi-
cal Migratory Birds. USDA Forest Service General Technical Report RM-205.
Flynn, R. W. and L. W. Suring. 1989. Harvest Rates of Sitka Black-tailed Deer Populations in
Southeast Alaska for Land Use Planning. Alaska Department of Fish and Game,
Douglas, Alaska.
Forest Plan. See USDA Forest Service 1979a, 1986c, 1991 a.
Franklin, J. F. 1990. Old Growth and the New Forestry. In: Copenhagen, M. J. (ed.). Proceed-
ings of the New Perspectives Workshop: Petersburg, Alaska, July 17-19, 1990. USDA
Forest Service Regulation 10. Juneau, Alaska.
Franzreb, K. E. and R. D. Ohmart. 1978. The Effects of Timber Harvesting on Breeding Birds
in a Mixed Coniferous Forest. Condor. Vol. 80, pp. 431-441.
Fuller, T. 1989. Population dynamics of wolves in north-central Minnesota. Wildl. Bonogr.
105. 41 pp.
Furniss, M. J., T. D. Raelafs, and CS. Yee. 1991. Road construction and maintenance. In:
W.R, Meehan, ed. Influences of Forest and Rangeland Management on Salmonid Fishes
and Their Habitats. American Fisheries Society Special Publication 19, pp. 297-323.
6 ■ 5 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
References
Gabrielson, I. N. and F, C. Lincoln. 1959. The birds of Alaska. The Stackpole Company,
Harrisburg, Penn., and The Wildlife Management Institute, Washington D.C. pp. 206-
211.
Galginaitis, M. 1994. Subsistence Resources inventory Report. Control Lake Environmental
Impact Statement. Prepared by Impact Assessment, Inc. Submitted by Enserch Envi-
ronmental Corporation.
Garfield, Viola E. and L. A. Forrest. 1961. Wolf and the Raven: Totem Poles of Southeastern
Alaska. University of Washington Press.
Gates, J. E. and L. W. Gysel. 1978. Avian Nest Dispersion and Fledgling Success in Field-
Forest Ecotones. Ecology. Vol. 59, pp. 871-883.
Godfrey, W. E. 1979. The birds of Canada. National Museum of Natural Sciences, Ottawa,
Canada. 428 pp.
Golding, D. L. 1987. Changes in Streamfiow Peaks Following Timber Harvest of a Coastal
British Columbia Watershed. In: Forest Hydrology and Watershed Management,
Proceedings of the Vancouver Symposium, August 1987, lAHS-AISH Publication No.
167, pp. 509-517.
Gollop, J. B. 1988. The Eskimo Curlew. In: W. J. Chandler (ed.), pp. 583-596. Audubon
Wildlife Report 1988/89. The National Audubon Society. New York, New York.
Greenig, M. 1995. Recreation, Wild and Scenic Rivers, Wilderness Areas, and Lands Re-
source Report. Control Lake Environmental Impact Statement. Submitted by Enserch
Environmental Corporation.
Gregory, S. and L. Ashkenas. Undated. Riparian Management Guide. U.S. Forest Service,
Willamette National Forest, Eugene, Oregon.
Gustafson, J. 1994. The Franklin’s Grouse of Southern Southeast Alaska. Alaska Department
of Fish and Game. Unpublished Report.
Gutierrez, R. J. and A. B. Carey (eds.). 1985. Ecology and Management of the Spotted Owl in
the Pacific Northwest. Gen. Tech. Rep. PNW-185. U.S. Department of Agriculture,
Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Forest and Ranger Experiment Station, Portland,
Oregon.
Halupka, K. C., J. K. Troyer, M. G. Wilson, and F. H. Everest. 1993 (Draft). Identification of
unique and sensitive coho salmon stocks of Southeast Alaska. USDA Forest Service,
Forest Sciences Laboratory, Juneau, Alaska.
Hamer, T. E. and E. B. Cummins. 1990. Forest Habitat Relationships of Marbled Murrelets in
Northwestern Washington. Washington Department of Wildlife. Olympia, Washington.
Hanley, T. A. and C. L. Rose. 1987. Influence of Overstory on Snow Depth and Density in
Hemlock-Spruce Stands: Implications for Management of Deer Habitat in Southeastern
Alaska. USDA Forest Service. Res. Note PNW-RN-459.
Hansen, H. A. 1962. Canada geese of coastal Alaska. Trans. 27th North Am. Wldl. and Nat.
Resour. Conf.:301-319.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 5 ■ 7
References
Harmon, M. E. 1986. Logs as Sites of Tree Regeneration in Picea Sitchensis-tsuga
Heterophylla Forests of Coastal Washington and Oregon. Ph.D. thesis, Oregon State
University, Corvallis, Oregon.
Harmon, M. E. and J. F. Franklin. 1989. Tree Seedlings on Logs in Picea-tsuga Forests of
Oregon and Washington. Ecology. Vol. 70, No. 1, pp. 48-59.
Harr, R. D. 1986. Effects of Clearcutting on Rain-on-Snow Events in Western Oregon: a New
Look at Old Studies. Water Resources Research. Vol. 22, pp. 1095-1100.
Harr, R. D. and F. M McCorison. 1979. Initial effects of clearcut logging on size and timing
of peak flows in a small watershed in Western Oregon. Water Resources Research
15:90-94.
Harr, R. D., A. Levno, and R. Merserau. 1982. Streamfiow changes after logging 130-year-old
Douglass fir in two small watersheds. Water Resources Research 18:637-644.
Harr, R. D., R. L. Fredriksen, and J. Rothacher. 1979. Changes in Streamfiow Following
Timber Harvest in Southwestern Oregon. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest
Range and Experiment Station, Research Paper PNW-249.
Harr, R. D., B. A. Coffin, and T. W. Cundy. 1989. Effects of Timber Harvest on Rain-on-
Snow Runoff in the Transient Snow Zone of the Washington Cascades. Interim Final
Report submitted to TFW Sediment, Hydrology and Mass Wasting (SHAM) Steering
Committee, Timber-Fish-Wildlife Project, TFW-18A-89-003.
Harris, A. S. 1989. Wind in the Forests of Southeast Alaska and Guides for Reducing Dam-
age. General Technical Report PNW-GTR-244. USDA Forest Service, Juneau, Alaska.
Harris, L. D. 1984. The Fragmented Forest: Island Biogeography Theory and the Preservation
of Biotic Diversity. University of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois.
Heede, B. H. 1985. Interactions Between Streamside Vegetation and Stream Dynamics. In:
pp. 54-58. Riparian Ecosystems and Their Management-Reconciling Conflicting Uses.
General Technical Report RM- 120. Rocky Mountain Forest and Range Experiment
Station, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Fort Collins, Colorado.
Heifetz, J., M. L. Murphy, and K. V. Koski. 1986. Effects of Logging on Winter Habitat of
Juvenile Salmonids in Alaskan Streams. North American Journal of Fisheries Manage-
ment. Vol. 6, pp. 52-58.
Hennessy, S. P. 1978. Ecological Relationships of Accipiters in Northern Utah-With Special
Emphasis on the Effects of Human Disturbances. M.S. Thesis, Utah State University,
Logan, Utah.
Hennon, P. E. 1990. Fungion, Chamaecyparis nootkatensis. Mycologia 82(l):59-66.
1992. Third reported outbreak of Hemlock Canker along roads of Prince of
Wales Island. Forest Pest Management Report. Biological Evaluation RlO-TP-25.
USDA Forest Service, Alaska Region. 9p.
■ 5 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
References
Hicks, B. J., R. L. Beschta, and RD. Harr. 1991. Long-term changes in streamfiow following
logging in Western Oregon and associated fisheries implications. Water Resources
Research 27:217-226.
Hodge, R. P. 1976. Amphibians and Reptiles in Alaska, the Yukon, and Northwest Territo-
ries. Alaska Northwest Publishing Company, Anchorage, Alaska.
Hoffman, S. and G. Freeman. 1991. Thomas River Steelhead Creek and Recreation Survey,
1989-90. Fishery Data Series, No. 91-30. Alaska Department of Fish and Game,
Division of Sport Fish, Anchorage, Alaska.
Hogan, D. L. and D. J. Wilford. 1989. A Sediment Transfer Hazard Classification System:
Linking Erosion to Fish Habitat. In: E. B. Alexander (ed.) pp. 143-155. Proceedings of
Watershed ‘89. March 21-23, 1989, Juneau, Alaska, USDA Forest Service, Alaska
Region RlO-MB-77.
Holmes, C. E. 1980. Archaeological Mitigation of the Thome River Site (CRG-J77), Prince of
Wales Island, Alaska. Forest Highway No. 42, DT-FH70-86-A-00003). Office of
History and Archaeology Report No. 15. Alaska Department of Natural Resources,
Division of Parks and Outdoor Recreation.
Holtby, L. B. and J.C. Scrivener. 1989. Observed and Simulated Effects of Climatic Variabil-
ity, Clear-cut Logging and Fishing on the Numbers of Chum Salmon ( Oncorhynchus
keta) and Coho Salmon (Oncorhynchus kisutch) returning to Carnation Creek, British
Columbia. In: C.D. Levings, LB. Holtby, and M. A. Henderson (eds.), pp. 62-81.
Proceedings of the National Workshop on Effects of Habitat Alteration on Salmonid
Stocks. Canada Special Publication on Fish. Aquatic Sciences 105.
Irland Group. 1991. Assessment of adequacy of timber supply and analysis of potential effects
of eliminating the Long-term Timber Sale Contract Areas-Tongass National Forest.
Report to USDA Forest Service, Alaska Region. The Irland Group, Augusta, Maine.
Jackson, G. 1995. Soil Resource Report. Control Lake Environmental Impact Statement.
Submitted by Enserch Environmental Corporation.
James, G. A. 1956. The Physical Effect of Logging on Salmon Streams of Southeast Alaska.
Station Paper No. 5. USDA Forest Service, Alaska Forest Research Center, Juneau,
Alaska.
Johnson, J. H. and A. A. Wolman. 1984. The Humpback Whale, Megaptera novaengliae. The
Status of Endangered Whales. Marine Fisheries Review. Vol. 46 pp. 30-37.
Kahklen, K. F. 1994. Surface erosion from a forest road, Polk Inlet, Prince of Wales Island,
Alaska. Master of Science Thesis, Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon, 90 pp.
Keller, E. A. and F. J. Swanson. 1979. Effects of Large Organic Material on Channel Form
and Fluvial Processes. Earth Surface Processes. Vol. 4, pp. 361-380.
Kennedy, P. L. 1988. Habitat Characteristics of Cooper’s Hawks and Northern Goshawks
Nesting in New Mexico. In: Glinski et al. (eds.) Proceedings of Southwest Raptor
Management Symposium and Workshop. National Wildlife Federation, Washington,
D.C.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 5 ■ 9
References
Kirchhoff, M.D. and J. W. Schoen. 1987. Forest Cover and Snow: Implications for Deer
Habitat in Southeast Alaska. Journal of Wildlife Management. Vol. 51, No. 1, pp. 28-
33.
Kolenosky, G. B., and S. M. Strathearn. 1987. Black Bear. Pages 442-455 In Wild Furbearer
Management and Conservation in North America. M. Novak, J. A. Baker, M. E.
Obbard, and B. Malloch, eds. Ministry of Natural Resources, Ontario.
Kruse, J. and R. Frazier. 1988. Tongass Resource Use Cooperative Survey (TRUCS). A report
series prepared for 3 1 communities in Southeast Alaska. Prepared in cooperation with
the USDA Forest Service and the Division of Subsistence of the Alaska Department of
Fish and Game. University of Alaska, Institute of Social and Economic Research,
Anchorage, Alaska.
Kruse, J., R. Frazier, and L. Fahlman. 1988. Tongass Resource Use Cooperative Survey
Technical Report Number One, Research Design and Field Phase. University of Alaska,
Institute of Social and Economic Research, Anchorage, Alaska.
Kruse, J. A. and R. M. Muth. 1990. Subsistence Use of Renewable Resources by Rural
Residents of Southeast Alaska. University of Alaska, Institute of Social and Economic
Research, Anchorage, Alaska.
Langdon, S. J. 1977. Technology, Ecology, and Economy: Fishing Systems in Southeast
Alaska. Ph.D. dissertation Stanford University. University Microfilms, Ann Arbor.
Larsen, D. N. 1984. Feeding habits of river otters in coastal Southeast Alaska. JWM 48:1446-
1452.
Lawrence, W. 1979. Pacific Working Group: Habitat Management and Land Use Practices.
In: D. Burk (ed.), pp. 196-201. The Black Bear in Modem North America. Boone and
Crockett Club. Amwell Press. Clinton, New York.
Lebeda, C. S. and T. J. Ratti. 1983. Reproductive Biology of Vancouver Canada Geese on
Admiralty Island, Alaska. Journal of Wildlife Management. Vol. 47 pp. 297-306.
Lisle, T. E. 1986. Effects of Woody Debris on Anadromous Salmonid Habitat, Prince of Wales
Island, Southeast Alaska. North American Journal of Fisheries Management. Vol. 6, pp.
538-550.
Lloyd, D.S., J.P. Koenings, and J. D. LaPerriere. 1987. Effects of Turbidity in Fresh Waters of
Alaska. North American Journal of Fisheries Management. Vol. 7, pp. 18-33.
Lynch, J. F. and R. F. Whitcomb. 1978. Effects of the Insularization of the Eastern Deciduous
Forest on Avifaunal Diversity and Turnover. In: Marmelstein, A., (ed.) Classification,
Inventory and Analysis of Fish and Wildlife Habitat. Washington, DC: U.S. Department
of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service OBS-78176, pp. 461-489.
Lyons, J. K. and R. L. Beschta. 1983. Land use, floods, and channel changes: upper Middle
Fork Willamette River, Oregon (1936-1980). Water Resources Research 19:463-471.
MacDonald, L. H. 1991. Monitoring Guidelines to Evaluate Effects of Forestry Activities on
Streams in the Pacific Northwest and Alaska. EPA/9 10/9-9 1-001 U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Seattle, Washington.
10 ■ 5 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
References
Marcus, M.D., M. K. Young, L. E, Noel, and B. A. Mullan. 1990. Salmonid-Habitat Relation-
ships in the Western United States: A Review and Indexed Bibliography. Technical
Report RM- 188. USDA Forest Service, Rocky Mountain Forest and Range Experiment
Station, Fort Collins, Colorado.
Marshall, D. B. 1988. Status of Marbled Murrelet in North America: With Special Emphasis
on Populations in California, Oregon, and Washington. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
Portland, Oregon.
McAllister, KR. and B. Leonard. 1991. Past Distribution and Current Status of the Spotted
Frog in Western Washington. 1990 Progress Report. Washington Department of
Wildlife. Olympia, Washington.
McNeil, W. J. and W. H. Ahnell. 1964. Success of Pink Salmon Spawning Relative to Size of
Spawning Bed Materials. U.S. Department of Interior, Special Scientific Report-
Fisheries No. 469.
Mech, L. D. 1989. Wolf population survival in an area of high road density. Am. Midi. Nat.
121:387-389.
Mech, L. D., S. H. Fritts, G. L. Radde, and W. J. Paul. 1988. Wolf Distribution and Road
Density in Minnesota. Wildlife Society Bulletin.
Meehan, W.R., WA. Farr, D. M. Bishop, and J. H. Patric. 1969. Some Effects of Clearcutting
on Salmon Habitat of Two Southeast Alaska Streams. Research Paper PNW-82. USDA
Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Forest and Range Experiment Station, Portland,
Oregon.
Megahan, W.F. and W. J. Kidd. 1972. Effects of logging and logging roads on erosion and
sediment disposition from steep terrain. Journal of Forestry 70:136-141.
Mills, J. 1990. Harvest and Participation in Alaska Sport Fisheries During 1989. Alaska
Department of Fish and Game, Division of Sport Fish, Anchorage, Alaska.
Mobley, C. M. 1993. The Klawock Oceanside Packing Company Cannery*, Prince of Wales
Island, Alaska. Report prepared by Charles M. Mobley and Associates under contract to
The Central Council of Tlingit and Haida Indian Tribes of Alaska, Anchorage, Alaska.
Moore, K. R. and C. J. Henny. 1983. Nest Site Characteristics of Three Coexisting Accipiter
Hawks in Northeastern Oregon. Raptor Resource. Vol. 17, pp. 65-76.
Moore, M. K. 1977. Factors Contributing to Blowdown in Streamside Leave Strips on
Vancouver Island. Providence of British Columbia, Ministry of Forests, Information
Division, Land Management Report No. 3.
Morse, D. H. 1970. Ecological aspects of some mixed-species foraging flocks of birds. Ecol.
Monogr. 40:119-168.
Moser, Jefferson. 1902. Bulletin of the United States Fish Commission. Government Print
Office, Washington, D.C.
Murphy, M. and K. V. Koski. 1989. Input and depletion of woody debris in Alaska streams
and implications for streamside management. North American Journal of Fisheries
Management 9:427-436.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTERS ■ 11
References
Murphy, M. L., J. Heifetz, S. W. Johnson, K. V, Koski, and J. F. Thedinga. 1986. Effects of
Clearcut Logging With and Without Buffer Strips on Juvenile Salmonids in Alaskan
Streams. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Science. Vol. 43, pp. 1521-1533.
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of 1969, as amended. Public Law 91-90, 42 USC
4321-4327, January 1, 1970, as amended by Public Law 94-52, July 3, 1975, and Public
Law 94-83, August 9,1975.
National Forest Management Act (NFMA). 1976. 36 CFR 219.
National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA). 1986.
National Marine Fisheries Service. 1991. Recovery Plan for the humpback whale (Megaptera
novaeangliae). Prepared by the Humpback Whale Recovery Team for the National
Marine Fisheries Service, Silver Spring, Maryland. 105p.
Nekamura, F. and F. J. Swanson. 1993. Effects of course woody debris on morphology and
sediment storage of a mountain stream system in western Oregon. Earth Surface
Processes and Landforms. 18:43-61.
Noss, R. F. 1983. A Regional Landscape Approach to Maintain Diversity. Bioscience. Vol.
33, pp. 700-702.
Noss, R. F. and L. D. Harris. 1986. Nodes, Networks, and MUMs: Preserving Diversity at All
Scales. Environmental Manager. Vol. 10, pp. 299-309.
Nussbaum, R. A., E. D. Brodie, and R, M. Storm. 1983. Amphibians and Reptiles of the
Pacific Northwest. University of Idaho Press, Moscow, Idaho.
Oberg, Kalervo. 1973. The Social Economy of the Tlingit Indians. University of Washington
Press, Seattle.
Olson, R. L. 1967. Social Structure and Social Life of the Tlingit in Alaska. Anthropological
Records Volume 26. University of California Press, Berkeley.
Olson, Wallace M. 1989. Warm Chuck Village Report of 1989 Research. Department of
Anthropology, University of Alaska Southeast.
Osgood, W. H. 1903. Smithsonian Institute Archives, Rec. Ut. 7176, Bx. 13, Fid. 17. USFWS
1890-1961. (Cited in Gustafson [19941).
Pace, F. 1991. The Klamath Corridors: Preserving biodiversity in the Klamath National
Forest. In: Landscape, Linkages and Biodiversity. W. E. Hudson, Ed. Island Press,
Covelo, CA.
Paradiso, J. L. and R. M. Nowak. 1982. Wolves. In: J. A. Chapman and G. A. Feldhamer
(eds,), pp. 460-474. Wild Mammals of North America. The Johns Hopkins University
Press, Baltimore, Maryland.
Paul, T. 1992. Southeast Alaska Black Bear, River Otter, and Marten Harvest 1988-1992, by
WAA, by Community. Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Wildlife Conservation
Division, Juneau, Alaska.
12 ■ 5 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
References
Patla, 5. 1990. Northern goshawk monitoring project report, 1989. Targhee National Forest,
St. Anthony, Idaho. Final Report. USDA Forest Service, Targhee National Forest. 22p.
Faustian, S. J. 1987. Monitoring Nonpoint Source Discharge of Sediment from Timber
Harvesting in Two Southeast Alaska Watersheds. In: Huntsinger, R. G. (ed.) pp. 153-
168. Water Quality in the Great Land, Alaska’s Challenge. Proceedings, Alaska
Section, American Water Resources Association. Water Research Center, Institute of
Northern Engineering, University of Alaska, Fairbanks. Report IWR-109.
Pearson, D. 1993. Ecology of the Alexander Archipelago wolf and responses to habitat
change. Progress Report No. 2.
Pella, J. J. and R. T. Myren. 1974. Caveats Concerning Evaluation of Effects of Logging on
Salmon Production in Southeastern Alaska from Biological Information. Northwest
Science. Vol. 48, No. 2, pp. 132-144.
Pentec Environmental, Inc. 1991. The Cause of Adult Salmon Pre-spawner Mortality in
Southeast Alaska. A report, submitted to Alaska Working Group in Cooperative
Forestry/Fisheries Research. Project No. 009-002, dated May 20, 1991.
Peratrovich, Robert J. 1959. Social and Economic Structure of the Henya Indians. M.E.
Thesis University of Alaska, Fairbanks.
Peterson, R. T. 1990. A field guide to western birds. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, MA.
Piatt, J. F. and G. Ford. 1993. Distribution and abundance of marbled murrelets in Alaska.
Condor 95:662-669.
Quilan, S. E. and J. H. Hughes. 1990. Location and Description of a Marbled Murrelet Tree
Nest Site in Alaska. Condor. Vol. 92, pp. 1068-1073.
Rabich-Campbell, C. 1984. Results of Test Excavations at Sarkar Cove, Southern Southeast-
ern Alaska. Paper presented at the 11th Annual Meeting of the Alaska Anthropological
Association, Fairbanks.
Rakestraw, L. W. 1981. The United States Forest Service in Alaska. Alaska Historical
Commission and others. Anchorage, Alaska.
Ralph, C. J. and S. K. Nelson. 1992. Methods of Surveying Marbled Murrelets at Inland
Forest Sites. Pacific Seabird Group Marbled Murrelet Technical Committee. USDA
Forest Service, Pacific Southwest Forest Experimental Station, Redwood Science Lab,
Areata, California.
Raphael, M. G. 1984. Wildlife Populations in Relation to Stand Age and Area in Douglas-fir
Forests of Northwestern California. In: W. Meehan, T. Merrell, and T. Hanley (eds.).
Fish and Wildlife Relationships in Old-growth Forest: Proceedings of the Symposium,
American Institute of Fishery Reservation Biology. Juneau, Alaska.
Raphael, M. G. and M. White. 1984. Use of Snags by Cavity-nesting Birds in the Sierra
Nevada. Wildlife Monograph, p.86.
Reid, L. M. and T. Dunne. 1984. Sediment Production from Forest Road Surfaces. Water
Resources Research. Vol. 20, pp. 1753-1761.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTERS ■ 13
References
Reppert, R. T., W. Sigleo, E. Stakhin, and C. Meyers. 1979. Wetland Values, Concepts and
Methods for Wetlands Evaluation. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Institute for Water
Resources, Research Report 79-Rl.
Reynolds, R. T., E. C. Meslow, and H. M. Wight. 1982. Nesting Habitat of Coexisting
Accipiter in Oregon. Journal of Wildlife Management. Vol. 46, pp. 124-138.
Reynolds, R. T., R. T. Graham, M. H. Reiser, R. L. Bassett, P. L. Kennedy, D. A. Boyce, G.
Goodwin, R. Smith, and EL. Fisher. 1991. Management Recommendations for the
Northern Goshawk in the Southwestern United States. Northern Goshawk Scientific
Committee, USDA Forest Service, Southwestern Region.
Robbins, C. S. 1979. Effect of Forest Fragmentation on Bird Population. In; DeFraaf, R. M.
and K. E. Evans (eds.). Management of North-Central and Northeastern Forest For
Nongame Birds. USDA Forest Service General Technical Report NC-S 1. St. Paul,
Minnesota.
Robbins, C. S., B. Bruun, and H. S. Zim. 1983. A field guide to identification of birds in
North America. Golden Press, New York, NY.
Robison, E.G. and R. L. Beschta. 1990. Coarse Woody Debris and Channel Morphology
Interactions for Undisturbed Streams in Southeast Alaska, U.S.A. Earth Surface
Processes and Landforms, Vol. 15, pp. 149-156.
Rogers, R. and E. Ablow. 1995. Fisheries and Watershed Resource Report. Control Lake
Environmental Impact Statement. Submitted by Enserch Environmental Corporation.
Roppel, P. 1991. Fortunes from the Earth: An History of the Base and Industrial Minerals of
Southeast Alaska. Sunflower University Press, Manhattan, Kansas.
Rosenberg, K. V. and M. G. Raphael. 1986. Effects of Forest Fragmentation on Vertebrates in
Douglas Fir Forests. In: J. Verner, L. Morrison, and C. Ralph (eds.). Wildlife 2000.
Modeling Habitat Relationships of Terrestrial Vertebrates. University of Wisconsin
Press.
Rothacher, J. 1970. Increases in Water Yield Following Clearcut Logging in the Pacific
Northwest. Water Resources Research. Vol. 6, pp. 653-658.
1973. Does Harvest in West Slope Douglas-Fir Increase Peak Flow in Small
Forest Streams? Research Paper PNW-163. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest
Range and Experiment Station.
Ruth, RH. and AS. Harris. 1979. Management of Western Hemlock-Sitka Spruce Forests for
Timber Production. GTR PNW-88. PNW Forest and Range Exp. Station, Portland,
Oregon. 197 pp.
Schempf, P. F. 1981. Unpublished survey information. US Fish and Wildlife Service.
Schempf, P. F. 1982. Unpublished survey information. US Fish and Wildlife Service.
Schmiege, D.C., A. E. Helmers, and D. M. Bishop. 1974. The Forest Ecosystem of Southeast
Alaska. General Technical Report PNW-28. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest
Range and Experiment Station, Portland, Oregon.
14 ■ 5 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
References
Schoen, J. W., M.D. Kirchhoff, and J. H, Hughes. 1988. Wildlife and Old-growth Forests in
Southeast Alaska. Natural Areas Journal. Vol. 8, pp. 138-145.
Schwan, M. 1984. Southeast Alaska Sport Fish Assessment. Alaska Department of Fish and
Game, Division of Sport Fish, Juneau, Alaska.
Sealaska Corporation. 1975. Native Cemetery and Historic Sites of Southeast Alaska. Sub-
mitted to Sealaska Corporation by Wilsey and Ham Consultants, Inc., Seattle, Washing-
ton.
Selkregg, L. L. (compiler). 1976. Alaska Regional Profiles: Southeast Region. For The State
Of Alaska, Office of the Governor and The Joint Federal-State Land Use Planning
Commission for Alaska. Arctic Environmental Information and Data Center, University
of Alaska, Anchorage, Alaska.
Shaw, C. G. III. 1982. Development of dwarf mistletoe in western Hemlock regeneration in
Southeast Alaska. Canadian Journal of Forest Research 12:482-488.
Shea, L. 1990. Impacts of development on the non-hunting, wildlife oriented businesses of
southeast Alaska. Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Habitat Division.
Sheridan, W. L and W. J. McNeil. 1968. Some Effects of Logging on Two Salmon Streams in
Alaska. Journal of Forestry. Vol. 66, pp. 128-133.
1982. Pink Salmon Escapements in Some Logged and Unlogged Streams in
Southeast Alaska. USDA Forest Service, Alaska Region, Juneau, Alaska.
Sheridan, W. L. et al. 1984. Sediment Content of Streambed Gravels in Some Pink Salmon
Spawning Streams in Alaska in Fish and Wildlife Relationships in Old-growth Forests.
In: W. R. Meehan, T. R. Merrell, and T. A. Hanley (eds.), pp. 153-165. Proceedings of
a Symposium, Juneau, Alaska, 12-15 April 1982.
Sidle, W. B. 1985. Habitat Management for Forest Birds in Southeast Alaska. Wildlife and
Fisheries Habitat Management Notes. USDA Forest Service. Alaska Region Adminis-
tration Document 146. Juneau, Alaska.
Sigman, M. J. 1985. Impacts of Clearcut Logging on the Fish and Wildlife Resources of
Southeast Alaska. Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Technical Report. 85-3 (pg.
4).
Smith, R. D., R. C. Sidle, and P. E. Porter. 1993. Effects on bedload transport of experimental
removal of a woody debris from a forest gravel-bed stream. Earth Surface Processes and
Landforms 18:445-468.
Stewart, T. and R. Baker. 1993. Fisheries and Watershed Resource Report for the Polk Inlet
Project Area. Ebasco Environmental, Bellevue, Washington.
Strickland, M. A. and C. W. Douglas. 1987. Marten. Pages 531-546 In Wild Furbearer
Management and Conservation in North America. M. Novak, J. A. Baker, M. E.
Obbard, and B. Malloch, eds. Ministry of Natural Resources, Ontario.
Suring, L. H., R. W. Flynn, J. H. Hughes, M. L. Orme, and D. A. Williamson. 1988a. Habitat
Capability Model for Hairy Woodpeckers in Southeast Alaska: Winter Habitat. USDA
Forest Service. Draft.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTERS ■ 15
References
1988b. Habitat Capability Model for Brown Creepers in Southeast Alaska:
Winter Habitat. USD A Forest Service. Draft.
Suring, L. H., D. A. Anderson, E. J. Degayner, R. W. Flynn, M. L. Orme, R. E. Wood, and E.
L. Young. 1988c. Habitat Capability Model for Marten in Southeast Alaska: Winter
Habitat. USDA Forest Service. Draft.
Suring, L. H., E. J. Degayner, and P. F. Schempf. 1988d. Habitat Capability Model for Bald
Eagles in Southeast Alaska: Nesting Habitat. USDA Forest Service. Draft.
Suring, L. H., R. W. Flynn, J. H. Hughes, M. L. Orme, and D. A. Williamson. 1988e. Habitat
Capability Model for Red-breasted Sapsuckers in Southeast Alaska: Breeding Habitat.
USDA Forest Service. Draft.
Suring, L. H., D.C. Crocker-Bedford, R. W. Flynn, G. C. Inverson, M.D. Kirchhoff, T. E.
Schenck, L.C. Shea, and K. Titus. 1992. A Strategy for Maintaining Well-Distributed,
Viable Populations of Wildlife Associated with Old-Growth Forests in Southeast Alaska.
Recommendations of an Interagency Committee. Juneau, Alaska.
Swanson, F. J. and G. W. Lienkaemper. 1978. Physical Consequences of Large Organic
Debris in Pacific Northwest Streams. General Technical Report PNW-69. Pacific
Northwest Forest and Range Experiment Station, U.S. Department of Agriculture,
Forest Service, Portland, Oregon.
Swanson, F. J., M.D. Bryant, G. W. Lienkaemper, and J. R. Sedell. 1984- Organic Debris in
Small Streams, Prince of Wales Island, Southeast Alaska. General Technical Report
PNW- 166. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Forest and Range Experiment
Station, Portland, Oregon.
Swanston, D. N. 1969. Mass Wasting in Coastal Alaska Research Paper PNW-83. USDA
Forest Service, Juneau, Alaska.
Swanston, D. N. and D. A. Marion. 1991. Landslide Response to Timber Harvest in Southeast
Alaska. In: S. S. Lan and Y. Huang Kuo (eds.), pp. 10-49 to 10-56. Proceedings of the
Fifth Federal Interagency Sedimentation Conference, March 18-21. Las Vegas, Nevada.
Taylor, T. F. 1979. Species List of Alaskan Birds, Mammals, Freshwater and Anadromous
Fish, Amphibians, Reptiles, and Commercially Important Invertebrates. USDA Forest
Service, Alaska Region Report No. 82.
Thiel, R. P. 1985. Relationship between road densities and wolf habitat suitability in Wiscon-
sin. Am. Midi. Nat. 113:404-407.
Thomas, J. W Editor. 1979. Wildlife habitats in managed forests-the Blue Mountains of
Oregon and Washington. USDA Forest Service, Agricultural Handbook No. 553, 512
pp.
Thornton, T. 1992. Southeast Alaska Deer Harvest Summary 1987-1991, by Community, by
WAA. Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Subsistence Division, Douglas, Alaska.
Titus, K., C. J. Flatten, R. E. Lowell. 1994. Northern goshwak ecology habitat relationships
on the Tongass National Forest (goshawk nest sites, food habits, morphology, home
range and habitat data)-final annual project report. USDA Forest Service Contract
Number 43-0109-3-0272. Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Division of Wildlife
Conservation. 69 pp + appendices.
16 ■ 5 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
References
TLMP. 1979a. See USDA Forest Service 1979a.
TLMP, 1990. DEIS. See USDA Forest Service.
TLMP. 1991a. See USDA Forest Service 1991a.
TLMP Draft Revision. See USDA Forest Service 1991a.
TLMP Revision. See USDA Forest Service 1997.
University of Oregon. 1983. Marine Recreation in the Tongass National Forest. Department of
Planning, Public Policy, and Management, University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon.
United States Department of Commerce (USDC), Bureau of the Census. 1992. 1990 Census of
Population and Housing: Summary Tape File lA, Pacific Division (Volume 1). CD90-
lA-9-1. U.S. Bureau of Census, Data User Services Division, Washington, D.C.
USDA Forest Service. 1975. Honker Divide Management Plan, Final EIS. Alaska Region,
RIO-EEIS (Adm) 75-08.
1979a. Tongass Land Management Plan and Final EIS. Series Number 10-57.
USDA Forest Service, Alaska Region, Juneau, Alaska.
1979b. Alaska Region Special Project Specifications for the Construction of
Roads, Bridges, and Other Drainage Structures. Roadway Drainage Guide for Installing
Culverts to Accommodate Fish. USFS-RIO Administrative Document No. 42.
1982. Landscape Management Handbook, Region 10, FSH 2309.22. Juneau,
Alaska.
1983. Alaska Regional Guide, Alaska Region Report No. 126. USDA Forest
Service, Alaska Region, Juneau, Alaska.
1985. Management of Wildlife and Fish Habitats in Forests of Western Oregon
and Washington. Part 1 -Chapter Narratives. USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest
Reg., Pub. R6-F&WL-192-1985.
1986a. Alaska Region, Administration Document 159.
1986b. Aquatic Management Handbook. FSH 2609.24. USDA Forest Service,
Juneau, Alaska.
1987. Channel Types Field Guide, Draft. A Guide to Stream Mapping Units on
the Tongass National Forest Chatham Area. USDA Forest Service, Tongass National
Forest, Alaska Region, Juneau, Alaska.
1989a. Alaska Pulp Corporation Long-term Timber Sale Contract, Final Supple-
ment to the Environmental Impact Statement for the 1981-86 and 1986-90 Operating
Periods. RlO-MB-81. Tongass National Forest, November 1989.
1989b. 1989-94 Operating Period for the Ketchikan Pulp Company Long-term
Sale Area, Final Environmental Impact Statement, R10-MB-66a et al. USDA Forest
Service, Alaska Region, Juneau, Alaska.
( Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS CHAPTERS ■ 17
i
References
1990a. Analysis of the Management Situation, Tongass National Forest Land
and Resource Management Plan Revision. RlO-MB-89. Tongass National Forest,
January 1990.
1990b. Kelp Bay Project, Economic and Social Resource Inventory Report,
Chatham Area-Tongass National Forest. Tongass National Forest, RlO-91 -05. Decem-
ber 1990.
1990c. Timber Supply and Demand, Alaska National Interest Lands Conserva-
tion Act Section 706(A), Report No. 10. RlO-MB-156. USDA Forest Service, Alaska
Region, Juneau, Alaska.
1991a. Tongass Land Management Plan Revision, Supplement to the Draft
Environmental Impact Statement. USDA Forest Service, Tongass National Forest, RIO-
MB-I 49 (Supplement to the Draft EIS), RlO-MB-146 (Supplement to DEIS, Proposed
Revised Forest Plan), RIO-MB-145 (Supplement to DEIS, Appendix Volume 1), and
RIO-MB-144 (Supplement to DEIS, Appendix Volume 2). Alaska Region, Juneau,
Alaska.
1991b. Soil and Water Conservation Handbook. FSH 2509.22. USDA Forest
Service, Juneau, Alaska.
1991c. Field Guide to Rare Vascular Plants of the National Forests in Alaska.
RIO-MB-128.
1992a. Channel Type User Guide Tongass National Forest Southeast Alaska.
RlO-TP-26. USDA Forest Service, Alaska Region.
1992b. Central Prince of Wales Draft Environmental Impact Statement, Ketchi-
kan Pulp Company Long-Term Timber Sale Contract. Volume 1.. USDA Forest Service,
Tongass National Forest, Ketchikan, Alaska.
1992c. North Revilla Draft Environmental Impact Statement. Ketchikan Pulp
Company Long-term Timber Sale Contract. Vol. 1, USDA Forest Service, Tongass
National Forest, Ketchikan, Alaska.
1992d. Draft Outfitter/Guide EA. Tongass National Forest, Ketchikan Area,
Ketchikan, Alaska.
1992e. Memorandum of Agreement between the Alaska Department of Environ-
mental Conservation and the USDA Forest Service, Alaska Region. Part of the Forest
Service Alaska Region Water Quality Management Plan. Juneau, Alaska.
1992f. Monitoring Direct and Indirect Influence of Blowdown in Riparian Buffer
Strips and New Perspectives Leave-Tree Islands. Ketchikan Area Office, Tongass
National Forest.
1992g. Evaluation of The Island Group Report, Pertaining to Sec. 301(e),
Tongass Timber Reform Act of 1990. USDA Forest Service, Alaska Region.
1992h. Native Timber Harvests in Southeast Alaska. USDA Forest Service
General Technical Report PNW-GTR-284.
18
■ 5 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
References
1992i. Tongass Land Management Plan Revision Team. Alaska Region, Juneau,
Alaska.
1992j. Ecology and silviculture of yellow cedar in Southeast Alaska. November
1992 Information Exchange at Sitka, Alaska. Forest Health Management Report.
Tongass National Forest, Alaska Region RIO-TP-24.
1993a. Forest Service. National Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy. Forest
Service, Washington office.
1993b. Region 10 Reserve Tree Selection Guidelines.
1993c. Tongass Land Management Plan Revision Team. Alaska Region, Juneau,
Alaska, (unpublished).
1993d. Final Monitoring Report-Soil Disturbance on the 89-94 KPC Long-term
Sale Area. Ketchikan Area Watershed Group, Tongass National Forest.
1993e. Reserve tree selection guidelines. USDA Forest Service, Alaska Region.
RlO-MB-215
1993L Bark deposition monitoring report. USDA Forest Service, Ketchikan
Area Office, Tongass National Forest.
1993g. Salt Lake Timber Sale Environment Assessment. Tongass National
Forest, Thorne Bay Ranger District, Thorne Bay, Alaska.
1994a. Inventory and analysis of landslides caused by the October 25, 26, 1993
storm event on the Thorne Bay Ranger District. USDA Forest Service, Tongass National
Forest, Ketchikan Area Watershed Group.
1994b. (Draft) Adult salmon die-offs. USDA Forest Service, Tongass National
Forest, Ketchikan Area Office.
1994c. Alternatives to using the timber type map for determining proportionality
under the Tongass Timber Reform Act. Draft Report July 15,1994. USDA Forest
Service, Alaska Region, Juneau, Alaska.
1994d. Cave Resources. Forest- wide direction and Standards and Guidelines
(Draft).
1995a. Report to Congress- Anadromous Fish Habitat Assessment. Pacific
Northwest Research Station, Alaska Region, Publication RlO-MB-279.
No Date A. Craig Ranger District 1991 Summary of Total Recreation Use by
Activity, Craig Ranger District, Tongass National Forest, Craig, Alaska.
No Date B. Priority List of Recreational Development Projects for Prince of
Wales and Associates Islands, 1992-1997. Tongass National Forest, Ketchikan Area,
Ketchikan, Alaska.
No Date C. FSH 2409.18. Timber Sale Preparation Handbook and RIO Supple-
ment 6.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTERS ■ 19
References
1996. Tongass Land Management Plan Revision, Revised Supplement to the
Draft Environmental Impact Statement. USDA Forest Service, Tongass National
Forest, RlO-MB-314 (Revised Supplement to the Draft EIS, Proposed Revised Forest
Plan, and Map Packet). Alaska Region, Juneau, Alaska.
1997. Tongass Land Management Plan Revision, Final Environmental Impact
Statement. USDA Forest Service, Tongass National Forest, RlO-MB-338 (Record of
Decision, Final Environmental Impact Statement — Part 1 and Part 2, Map Packet,
Appendix — Volume 1, Volume 2, Volume 3, and Volume 4, and Errata). Alaska
Region, Juneau, Alaska.
USDI Fish and Wildlife Service. 1982. Pacific Coast Recovery Plan for the American Per-
egrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus anatum). The Pacific Coast American Peregrine Falcon
Recovery Team.
1994. Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; 90-Day Finding and
Commencement of Status Review for a Petition To List the Alexander Archipelago
Wolf. 50 CFR Part 17. Vol. 59, No. 97.
Warren, N.M. 1990. Old-growth habitats and associated wildlife species in the northern
Rocky Mountains. USDA Forest Service, Northern Region. 47 pp.
Washington Department of Wildlife. 1987. Black-tailed deer (Odocoileus hemionus
columbianus) winter habitat evaluation model for western Washington. 36 pp.
Whittaker, R. H. 1972. Evolution and Measurement of Species Diversity. Taxonomy. Vol. 21,
pp. 213-251.
Wilcove, D. 1985. Nest Predation in Forest Tracts and the Decline of Migratory Songbirds.
Ecology. Vol. 66, pp. 1211-1214.
Witmer, G. W., M. Wisdom, E. P. Harshman, R. J. Anderson, C. Carey, M. P. Kittel, I.D.
Luman, J. A Rochelle, R. W. Scharpf, and D. A. Smithey. 1985. Deer and Elk. pp. 231-
258, In: E. R. Brown, editor. Management of Fish and Wildlife Habitats in Forests of
Western Oregon and Washington. USDA Forest Service Publication No. R6-F&WL-
192-1985, 332p.
Woodbridge, B. 1988. Territory Fidelity and Habitat Use by Nesting Goshawks: Implications
for Management. West. Sec. Wildlife Society, 10-13 February 1988, Hilo, Hawaii.
Wu, T. H. and D. N. Swanston. 1980- Risk of landslides in shallow soils and its relation to
clearcutting in Southeastern Alaska Forest Science 26:495-510.
20
■ 5 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Chapter 6
Glossary
Acronyms
Chapter 6
Glossary
ACMP Alaska Coastal Management Program
ADEC Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation
ADF&G Alaska Department of Fish and Game
AHMU Aquatic Habitat Management Unit
AMS Analysis of the Management Situation, Tongass National Forest Land and
Resource Management Plan Revision
ANCSA Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act of 1971
ANILCA Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act of 1980
ASQ Allowable Sale Quantity
ATTF Alaska Timber Task Force
ATV All-terrain Vehicle
BBF Billion board feet
BLM Bureau of Land Management
BMP Best Management Practice
CFL Commercial Forest Land
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
COE Army Corps of Engineers
CZMA Coastal Zone Management Act of 1 976
DBH Diameter at Breast Height
DEIS Draft Environmental Impact Statement
EIS Environmental Impact Statement
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
EVC Existing/Expected Visual Condition
FEIS Final Environmental Impact Statement
FPA Forest Practices Act
FSH Forest Service Handbook
FTE Fulltime Equivalent
GIS Geographic Information System
GMU Game Management Unit
IDT Interdisciplinary Team
I PASS Interactive Policy Analysis Simulation System
KPC Ketchikan Pulp Corporation
KV Knutsen-Vandenberg Act
LTF Log Transfer Facility
LUD Land Use Designation
LWD Large Woody Debris
M Modification
MA Management Area
MBF Thousand board feet
MIS Management Indicator Species
MM Maximum Modification
MMBF Million board feet
MOU Memorandum of Understanding
NEPA National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (as amended)
NFMA National Forest Management Act
NMFS National Marine Fisheries Service
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTERS ■ 1
Glossary
Acronyms
2 ■ 6 CHAPTER
NOI
Notice of Intent
NPDES
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
NTU
Nephelometric Turbidity Unit
ORV
Off-road Vehicle
P Preservation
PR
Partial Retention
PRIM
Primitive
R Retention
RM
Roaded Modified
RMO
Road Management Objective
RN
Roaded Natural
ROD
Record of Decision
ROS
Recreation Opportunity Spectrum
ROT
Remain-open Temporary
RVD
Recreation Visitor Day
SHPO
State Historic Preservation Officer
SPM
Semi-Primitive Motorized
SPNM
Semi-Primitive Non-Motorized
TDS
Total Dissolved Solids
TIS
Transportation Inventory System
TLMP
Tongass Land Management Plan
TRUCS
Tongass Resource Use Cooperative Survey
TTRA
Tongass Timber Reform Act
USDA
United States Department of Agriculture
USD1
United States Department of the Interior
USFWS
United States Fish and Wildlife Service
USFS
United States Forest Service
VCU
Value Comparison Unit
VQO
Visual Quality Objective
WAA
Wildlife Analysis Area
A-frame LTF
Log transfer facility system which consists of a stationary mast with a falling boom for lifting
logs from trucks to water. This system is generally located on a shot rock embankment with a
vertical bulkhead to access deep water, accommodating operations at all tidal periods.
Access
The opportunity to approach, enter, and make use of public lands.
Access management
The designation of roads for differing levels of use by the public.
Aerial harvest systems
See Logging Systems
Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act (ANILCA)
Passed by Congress in 1980, this legislation designated 14 National Forest wilderness areas in
Southeast Alaska. Section 810 requires evaluations of subsistence impacts before changing the
use of these lands.
Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (ANCSA)
Approved December 18, 1971, ANCSA provides for the settlement of certain land claims of
Alaska natives and for other purposes.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Glossary
Alaska Pulp Corporation (APC)
Previously Alaska Lumber and Pulp Corporation.
Alevin
Young salmon that are still attached to the yolk sac, which provides nourishment.
All-terrain vehicle (ATV)
A wheeled vehicle less than 40 inches wide.
Allowable Sale Quantity (ASQ)
The maximum quantity of timber that may be sold each decade from suitable lands covered by
the Forest Plan.
Alluvium
A deposit of sand or mud formed by moving water.
Alluvial fan
A fan-shaped deposit of sand, gravel, and fine material made by a stream where it runs out onto
a level plain or meets a slower stream.
Alpine/s ubalpine habitat
The region found on a mountain peak above tree growth.
Alternative
One of several policies, plans, or projects proposed for decision-making.
Amenity
Resource use, object, feature, quality, or experience that gives pleasure or is pleasing to the
mind or senses. Amenity values typically are those for which monetary values are not or cannot
be established.
Anadromous
Fish that ascend from the sea to breed in freshwater streams.
Anadromous fish
Anadromous fish spend part of their lives in fresh water and part of their lives in salt water.
Anadromous fish include pink, chum, coho, sockeye, and king salmon, and steel head trout.
There are also anadromous Dolly Varden Char.
Anadromous Fisheries Habitat Assessment
An assessment conducted in 1994 within the Tongass National Forest (published in 1995) to
study the effectiveness of current procedures for protecting anadromous fish habitat and
determine the need for any additional protection.
Analysis area
An area of land which has the same timber management costs and responses to timber manage-
ment activities.
Appraisal
See Timber Appraisal.
Aquatic Habitat Management Unit (AHMU)
A mapping unit that displays an identified value for aquatic resources. It is a mechanism for
carrying out aquatic resource management policy.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 6 ■ 3
6 Glossary
For 1997 TLMP:
Class I: Streams and lakes with anadromous or adfluvial fish habitat; or high quality resident
fish waters listed in Appendix 68.1, Region 10 Aquatic Habitat management Handbook (FSH
2609.24), June 1986; or habitat above fish migration barriers known to be reasonable enhance-
ment opportunities for anadromous fish.
Class II: Streams and lakes with resident fish populations and generally steep (6-15 percent)
gradient (can also include streams from 0-5 percent gradient) where no anadromous fish occur,
and otherwise not meeting Class I criteria. These populations have limited fisheries values and
generally occur upstream of migration barriers or have other habitat features that preclude
anadromous fish use.
Class III: Perennial and intermittent streams with no fish populations but which have sufficient
flow or transport sufficient sediment and debris to have an immediate influence on downstream
water quality or fish habitat capability. These streams generally have bankfull widths greater
than 5 feet and are highly incised into the surrounding hillslope.
Class IV: Intermittent, ephemeral, and small perennial channels with insufficient flow or
sediment transport capabilities to have an immediate influence on downstream water quality or
fish habitat capability. These streams generally are shallowly incised into the surrounding
hillslope.
Non-streams: Rills and other watercourses, generally intermittent and less than 1 foot in
bankfull width, little or no incisement into the surrounding hillslope, and with little or no
evidence of scour.
For TLMP 1979:
Class I AHMU: Streams with anadromous or high quality sport fish habitat. Also included is
the habitat upstream from a migration barrier known to have reasonable enhancement opportu-
nities for anadromous fish.
Class II AHMU: Streams with resident fish populations and generally steep (6 to 15 percent)
gradient (can also include streams from 0 to 6 percent gradient where no anadromous fish
occur). These populations have limited sport fisheries values and are separate from the high
quality sport fishing systems included in Class I. They generally occur upstream of migration
barriers or are steep gradient streams with other habitat features that preclude anadromous fish
use.
Class III AHMU: Streams with no fish populations but have potential water quality influence
on the downstream aquatic habitat.
Background
The distance part of a landscape. The seen or viewed area located from 3 to 5 miles to infinity
from the viewer. See also Foreground and Middleground.
Beach fringe habitat
Habitat that occurs from the intertidal zone inland 1,000 feet, and islands of less than 50 acres.
Bedload
Sand, silt, and gravel, or soil and rock debris rolled along the bottom of a stream by the moving
water.
4 ■
6 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Glossary
Benthic
Refers to the substrate and organisms on the bottom of marine environments.
Best Management Practice (BMP)
Practices used for the protection of water quality. BMP’s are designed to prevent or reduce the
amount of pollution from nonpoint sources or other adverse water quality impacts while meeting
other goals and objectives. BMP’s are standards to be achieved, not detailed or site-specific
prescriptions or solutions. BMP’s as defined in the USDA Forest Service Soil and Water
Conservation Handbook are mandated for use in Region 10 under the Tongass Timber Reform
Act.
Biological diversity (Biodiversity)
The variety of life in all its forms and at all levels. This includes the various kinds and combi-
nations of: genes; species of plants, animals, and microorganisms; populations; communities;
and ecosystems. It also includes the physical and ecological processes that allow all levels to
interact and survive. The most familiar level of biological diversity is the species level, which is
the number and abundance of plants, animals, and microorganisms.
Boardfoot
A unit of wood 12” X 12” X 1”. One acre of commercial timber in Southeast Alaska yields on
the average 18,000 to 34,000 board feet per acre (ranging from 8,000 to 90,000 board feet per
acre). One million board feet (MMBF) would be the volume of wood covering one acre two feet
thick. One million board feet yields approximately enough timber to build 120 houses.
Bog
An undrained or imperfectly drained area with a vegetation complex composed of sedges,
shrubs, and sphagnum mosses, typically with peat formation. See also Muskeg.
Bole
Trunk of the tree.
Broadcast burning
Burning or an area that has been clearcut to remove logging slash from the site. Broadcast
burning is done to prepare sites for regeneration or improve wildlife habitat.
Brush disposal
Cleanup and disposal of slash and other hazardous fuels within the forest or project areas.
Buffer
The Tongass Timber Reform Act requires that timber harvest be prohibited in an area no less
than 100 feet of uncut timber in width on each side of all Class I streams and Class H streams
which flow directly into Class I streams. This 100-foot area is known as a buffer.
Candidate species
Those species of plant or animal which are under consideration (by US Fish and Wildlife
Service and National Marine Fisheries Service) for listing as threatened or endangered but
which are provided no statutory protection under the Endangered Species Act.
Canopy
See Overstory.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 6 ■ 5
Glossary
Cant
A log partly or wholly cut and destined for further processing.
Capability
An evaluation of a resource’s inherent potential for use.
Carrying capacity
The maximum number of species that can be supported indefinitely by available resources in a
given area.
Cave
Any naturally occurring void, cavity, recess, or system of interconnected passages which occurs
beneath the surface of the earth or within a cliff or ledge and which is large enough to permit an
individual to enter.
Cave resources
Any material or substance occurring in caves on Federal lands, such as animal life, plant life,
paleontological resources, cultural resources, sediments, minerals, speleogens and speleothems.
Channel types
The defining of stream sections based on watershed runoff, landform relief, and geology.
Class /, Ily III, IV, and Non-streams
See Aquatic Habitat Management Units.
Clearcut
The harvesting in one cut of all trees on an area. The area harvested may be a patch, strip, or
stand large enough to be mapped or recorded as a separate class in planning for sustained yield.
Clearcut size on the Tongass National Forest is limited to 100 acres, except for specific
conditions noted in the Alaska Regional Guide.
Climax
A community of plants and animals which is relatively stable over time and which represents the
late stages of succession under the current climate and soil conditions.
Code of Federal Regulations
A codification of the general and permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the
executive departments and agencies of the Federal Government.
Commercial Forest Land ( CFL)
Productive forest land that is producing or capable of producing continuous crops of industrial
wood and is not withdrawn from timber utilization by statute or administrative regulation. This
includes areas suitable for management and generally capable of producing in excess of 20
cubic feet per acre of annual growth or in excess of 8,000 board feet net volume per acre. It
includes accessible and inaccessible areas.
Commercial thinning
Thinning a stand where the trees to be removed are large enough to sell.
Commodity
Resources with monetary (market) or commercial value; all resource products which are articles
of commerce, e.g., timber and minerals.
6 ■
6 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Glossary
Corridor
Connective links of certain types of vegetation between patches of suitable habitat which are
necessary for certain species to facilitate movement of individuals between patches of suitable
habitat. Also refers to transportation or utility right-of-way.
Cover
Refers to trees, shrubs, or other landscape features that allow an animal to partly or fully
conceal itself.
Critical habitat
Specific terrain within the geographical area occupied by threatened or endangered species.
Physical and biological features that are essential to conservation of the species and which may
require special management considerations or protection are found in these areas.
Cruise
Refers to the general activity of determining timber volume and quality, as opposed to a specific
method.
Cultural resources
Historic or prehistoric objects, sites, buildings, structures, etc. that result from past human
activities.
Cumulative effects
The impacts on the environment resulting from the addition of the incremental impacts of past,
present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions regardless of what agency (Federal or non-
Federal) or person undertakes such actions. Cumulative impacts can result from individually
minor but collectively significant actions occurring over time.
Cumulative visual disturbance
The percent of a viewshed’s seen area in a disturbed condition at any point in time.
Current timber supply
Timber specified by the Forest Service that has not been rejected by the purchaser and that has
undergone analysis under the National Environmental Policy Act,
Cutover
Areas harvested recently.
Diameter at breast height (dbh)
The diameter of a tree measured 4 feet 6 inches from the ground.
Debris avalanche
The sudden movement downslope of the soil mantle; it occurs on steep slopes and is caused by
the complete saturation of the soil from prolonged heavy rains.
Debrisflow
A general term for all types of rapid movement of debris downslope.
Debris torrents
Landslides that occur as a result of debris; avalanche materials which either dam a channel
temporarily or accumulate behind temporary obstructions such as logs and forest debris.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 6 ■ 7
6 Glossary
Deer winter range
Locations that provide food and shelter for Sitka black-tailed deer under moderately severe to
severe winter conditions.
Degradation
The general lowering of the surface of the land by erosive processes, especially by the removal
of material through erosion and transportation by flowing water.
Demographic
Pertaining to the study of the characteristics of human populations, such as size, growth,
density, distribution, and vital statistics.
Developed recreation
Recreation that requires facilities that, in turn, result in concentrated use of an area, such as
campgrounds and ski areas. Facilities in these areas might include roads, parking lots, picnic
tables, toilets, drinking water, ski lifts, and buildings. See also Dispersed recreation.
Direct employment
The jobs that are immediately associated with the long-term contract timber sale including for
example logging sawmills and pulp mills.
Discounted benefits
The sum of all benefits derived from the forest over the life of a project.
Discounted costs
The sum of all costs incurred from the Project Area during the period of project implementa-
tion.
Discount rate
The rate used to adjust future benefits or costs to their present value.
Dispersed recreation
Recreational activities that are not confined to a specific place and are generally outside
developed recreation sites. This includes activities such as scenic driving, hiking, backpacking,
hunting, fishing, snowmobiling, horseback riding, cross-country skiing, and recreation in
primitive environments. See also Developed recreation.
Doline
A relatively shallow bowl- or funnel-shaped depression ranging in diameter from a few to more
than 3,000 feet. Also known as a sinkhole.
Down
A tree or portion of a tree that is dead and laying on the ground.
Draft Environmental Impact Statement
A statement of environmental effects for a major Federal action which is released to the public
and other agencies for comment and review prior to a final management decision. Required by
Section 102 of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA).
Duff
Vegetative material covering the mineral soils in forests, including the fresh litter and well
decomposed organic material and humus.
8 ■
6 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Glossary
Eagle nest tree buffer zone
A 330-foot radius around eagle nest trees established in a Memorandum of Understanding
between the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and the Forest Service,
Effects
Effects, impacts, and consequences as used in this EIS are synonymous. Effects may be ecologi-
cal (such as the effects on natural resources and on the components, structures, and functioning
of affected ecosystems), aesthetic, historical, cultural, economic, or social and may be direct,
indirect, or cumulative.
Direct Effects-RQSults of an action occurring when and where the action takes place.
Indirect Effects-R&su\ts of an action occurring at a location other than where the action takes
place and/or later is time, but in the reasonably foreseeable future.
Cumulative Effects-S&e Cumulative Effects
Encumbrance
A claim, lien, charge, or liability attached to and binding real property.
Endangered species
A species of plant or animal which is in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant
portion of its range. Plant or animal species identified by the Secretary of the Interior as
endangered in accordance with the 1973 Endangered Species Act. See also Threatened Species,
Sensitive Species.
Endemic
Peculiar to a particular locality; indigenous.
Environmental analysis
A comprehensive evaluation of alternative actions and their predictable short-term and long-
term environmental effects, which include physical, biological, economic, social, and environ-
mental design factors and their interactions. An EA is less comprehensive than an EIS, and may
result in a Finding of No Significant Impact. Should the EA reveal significant impacts a full EIS
must then be conducted.
Erosion
The wearing away of the land surface by running water, wind, ice, gravity, or other geological
activities.
Escapement
Adult anadromous fish that escape from all causes of mortality (human-caused or natural) to
return to streams to spawn.
Estuarine fringe habitat
A 1,000-foot zone around an estuary.
Estuary
For the purpose of this EIS process, estuary refers to the relatively flat intertidal and upland
areas generally found at the heads of bays and mouths of streams. They are predominantly mud
and grass flats and are unforested except for scattered spruce or cottonwood.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 6 ■ 9
Glossary
Even-aged management
Management that results in the creation of stands in which trees of essentially the same age
grow together. Clearcut, shelterwood, and other tree-cutting methods produce even-aged stands.
See also Uneven-aged Management.
Executive order
An order issued by the President of the United States that has the force of law.
Existing visual condition (EVC)
The level of visual quality or condition presently occurring on the ground. The six existing
visual condition categories are:
Type I: These areas appear to be untouched by human activities.
Type II: Areas in which changes in the landscape are not noticed by the average person unless
pointed out.
Type III: Areas in which changes in the landscape are noticed by the average person but they
do not attract attention. The natural appearance of the landscape still remains dominant. Type IV
Areas in which changes in the landscape are easily noticed by the average person and may
attract some attention. Although the change in landscape is noticeable it may resemble a natural
disturbance.
Type V: Areas in which changes in the landscape are obvious to the average person. These
changes appear to be major disturbances.
Type VI: Areas in which changes in the landscape are in glaring contrast to the natural land-
scape. The changes appear to be drastic disturbances.
Falldown
The difference between planned or scheduled harvest and that which is attained after imple-
mentation.
Fen
A tract of low, marshy ground consisting of organic terrain, relatively rich in mineral salts. See
also Muskeg.
Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS or Final FIS)
The final version of the statement of environmental effects required for major federal actions
under Section 102 of the National Environmental Policy Act. It is a revision of the Draft EIS to
include public and agency responses to the draft. The decisionmaker chooses which alternative
to select from the Final EIS, and subsequently issues a Record of Decision (ROD).
Fine
Minute particles of soil.
Fiscal year
The Federal Government’s accounting period. October 1 through September 30; e.g., October
1, 1991 to September 30, 1992 = Fiscal Year 1992.
Fish habitat
The aquatic environment and the immediately surrounding terrestrial environment that com-
bined afford the necessary physical and biological support systems required by fish species
during various life stages.
10 ■ 6 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Glossary
Fish timing
A mitigation measure that restricts construction activities within an anadromous fish stream to
minimize impacts on fish eggs, fry, and migrating salmonids. The normal period during which
construction is permitted in fish streams is May 15 to August 20.
Floodplain
The lowland and relatively flat areas joining inland and coastal waters including debris cones
and flood-prone areas of offshore islands; including at a minimum that area subject to a 1
percent (100-year recurrence) or greater chance of flooding in any given year.
Flu vial
Of or pertaining to streams and rivers.
Forage
To wander or go in search of food.
Forb
Any herbaceous plant that is not a grass or grass-like. Includes plants that are commonly called
weeds or wildflowers.
Foreground
The stand of trees immediately adjacent to a scenic area, recreation facility, or forest highway;
the area located less than 1/4 mile from the viewer. See also Background and Middleground.
Forest or forest system land
National Forest lands currently supporting or capable of supporting forests at a density of 10
percent crown closure or better. Includes all areas with forest cover, including old growth and
second growth, and both commercial and noncommercial forest land.
Forest and Rangeland Renewable Resources Planning Act of 1974 (RPA)
Amended in 1976 by the National Forest Management Act.
Forested habitat
All areas with forest cover. Used in this EIS to represent a general habitat zone.
Forested wetland
A wetland whose vegetation is characterized by an overstory of trees that are 20 feet or taller.
Forest Supervisor
The Forest Service officer responsible for administering a single national forest. The office of
the Forest Supervisor for the Ketchikan Area of the Tongass National Forest is located in
Ketchikan, Alaska.
Geographic Information System (GIS)
An information processing technology to input, store, manipulate, analyze, and display spatial
and attribute data to support the decision-making process. It is a system of computer maps with
corresponding site-specific information that can be electronically combined to provide reports
and maps.
Glide channel
Channel types that occur on lowlands and landforms and are mostly associated with bogs,
marshes, or lakes.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTERS ■ 11
Glossary
Grabinski
A modified highlead cable logging system.
Groundwater
Water within the earth that supplies wells and springs.
Guidelines
A preferred or advisable course of action or level of attainment designed to promote achieve-
ment of goals and objectives.
Habitat
The sum total of environmental conditions of a specific place that is occupied by an organism,
population, or community of plants or animals.
Habitat capability
An estimate of the number of healthy individuals of a species that a habitat can sustain.
Haulout
An area of large, smooth rocks used by seals and sea lions for resting and pupping.
Humus
Substance of organic origin that is fairly but not entirely resistant to further bacterial decay.
IMPLAN
A computer-based system used by the Forest Service for constructing nonsurvey models to
measure economic input. The system includes a database for all counties in the United States
and a set of computer program to retrieve data and perform the computational tasks for input
output analysis.
Inclusions
Soil types that are not delineated on soil resource inventory maps because they are too small (in
area) to be mapped at the scale used in the inventory at any locale.
Indicator species
See Management Indicator Species
Indirect employment
The jobs in service industries that are associated with the Long-Term Contract timber sale
including for example suppliers of logging and milling equipment. See also Direct Employment.
Interdisciplinary Team (IDT)
A group of people with different backgrounds assembled to research, analyze, and write a
project EIS. The team is assembled out of recognition that no one scientific discipline is
sufficiently broad enough to adequately analyze a proposed action and its alternatives.
Irretrievable commitments
Loss of production or use of renewable natural resources for a period of time. For example,
timber production from an area is irretrievably lost during the time an area is allocated to a no-
harvest prescription; if the allocation is changed to allow timber harvest, timber production can
be resumed. The production lost is irretrievable, but not irreversible.
12 ■
6 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Glossary
Irreversible commitments
Decisions causing changes that cannot be reversed. For example, if a roadless area is allocated
to allow timber harvest, and timber is actually harvested, that area cannot at a later time be
allocated to wilderness. Once harvested, the ability of the area to meet wilderness criteria has
been irreversibly lost. Often applies to nonrenewable resources such as minerals and cultural
resources.
Issue
A point, matter, or section of public discussion of interest to be addressed or decided.
Karst
A type of typography that develops in areas underlain by soluble rocks, primarily limestones.
Sinkholes, collapsed channels, vertical shafts, and caves are formed when the subsurface layer
dissolves. Areas on which karst has developed are said to display “karst topography.”
Knutsen- Vandenberg Act (KV)
An Act was passed by Congress in 1930 and amended in 1976 to provide for reforestation,
resource protection, and improvement projects in timber sale areas from funds collected as a
portion of the stumpage fee paid by the purchaser. Examples of such projects are stream bank
stabilization, fish passage structures, and wildlife habitat improvement.
Landscape-level diversity
A function of the spatial distribution of habitat types across a large area (Sidle 1985) such as a
Project Area or ecological province.
Land Use Designation (LUD)
A defined area of land specific to which management direction is applied.
Large woody debris (LWD)
Any large piece of relatively stable woody material having a least diameter of greater than 10
centimeters and a length greater than one meter that intrudes into the stream channel.
Layout
Planning and mapping (using aerial photos) of harvest and road systems needed for total harvest
of a given area.
Logging Systems
Highlead: A cable yarding system, using a two-drum yarder, in which lead blocks are hung on
a spar or tower to provide lift to the front end of the logs.
Aerial Logging Systems: Systems where the cut logs are moved from the stump to the loading
area or log deck without touching the ground.
Live Skyline/Gravity Carriage Return: A two-drum, live skyline yarding system in which the
carriage moves down the skyline by gravity; thus, it is restricted tophill yarding. The skyline is
lowered to attach logs then raised and pulled to the landing by the mainline.
Live Skyline/Haulback Required: A live skyline yarding system composed of skyline, mainline,
and haulback; the carriage is pulled to the woods by the haulback; the skyline is lowered to
permit the chokers to be attached to the carriage, and the turn is brought to the landing by the
mainline.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTERS ■ 13
Glossary
Running Skyline: A yarding system with three suspended moving lines, generally referred to as
the main, haulback, and slack-pulling, that when properly tensioned will provide lift, travel, and
control to the carriage; normally indicates a gantry-type tower and a three-drum yarder. Stand-
ing Skyline: Used wherever yarding distances or span distances exceed the capability of live
skyline equipment.
Tractor: Used to describe the full range of surface-skidding equipment, designed to operate on
level to downhill settings.
Shovel A system of short-distance logging in which logs are moved from the stump to the
landing by repeated swinging with a swing-boom log loader; the loader is walked off the haul
road and out into the harvest unit; logs are moved and decked progressively closer to the haul
road with each pass of the loader; when logs are finally decked at roadside, the same loader, or
a different loader, loads out trucks. On gentle ground, logs are either heeled and swung or
dragged by the boom as it rotates; larger log length and tree length logs are usually dragged to
maintain machine stability. Soils should be moderate to well-drained and side slopes must be
less than 20 percent; passes or stripes should be kept to a maximum of four.
Helicopter: Flight path cannot exceed 40 percent downhill or 30 percent uphill; landings must
be selected so there is adequate room for the operation and so that the helicopter can make an
upwind approach to the drop zone.
A-Frame: Beach fringe timber which is logged with a float-mounted yarder typically rigged in
a highlead configuration for direct A-frame yarding.
Cold-deck and Swing: Planned to access areas not suitable for skyline operations.
Lag Transfer Facility (LTF)
A facility that is used for transferring commercially harvested logs to and from a vessel or log
raft or the formation of a log raft. It is wholly or partially constructed in waters of the United
States and siting and construction are regulated by the 1987 Amendments to the Clean Water
Act. Formerly termed “terminal transfer facility.”
Management area
An area one or more VCU’s in size for which management direction was written in the Tongass
Land Management Plan.
Management Indicator Species (MIS)
Species of vertebrates and invertebrates whose population changes are believed to best indicate
the effects of land management. The following categories were used where appropriate:
endangered and threatened plant and animal species identified on State and Federal lists;
species with special habitat needs that may be influenced significantly by planned management
programs; species commonly hunted, fished, or trapped; nongame species of special interest;
additional plant or animal selected because their population changes are believed to indicate
effects of management activities on other species of a major biological community or on water
quality.
Management prescriptions
Management practices and intensity selected and scheduled for application on a specific area
(e.g., a land use designation) to attain multiple-use and other goals and objectives.
6 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Glossary
Marginal
Commercial forest land (CFL) areas that do not qualify as standard or special CFL since they
are not operable under short-term (ten years or less) projections of accessibility and economic
conditions.
Mass failure
The downslope movement of a block or mass of soil. This usually occurs under conditions of
high-soil moisture and does not include individual soil particles displaced as surface erosion.
Mass movement
General term for a variety of processes by which large masses of earth material are moved
downslope by gravity either slowly or quickly.
Mass Movement Index (MMI)
Rating used to group soil map units that have similar properties with respect to the stability of
natural slopes.
Mass wasting
A general term for a variety of processes by which large masses of earth material are moved by
gravity either slowly or quickly from one place to another. Also known as mass movement.
McGilvery soil
Soil type which represents the only well-drained organic soil found in the Ketchikan Area. It is
composed of a thin layer (less than 8 inches deep) of organic duff overlying bedrock or boul-
ders, generally occupying the upper backslopes of hills and mountains. These soils are associ-
ated with cliffs and rock outcrops, and are sensitive to disturbance.
Mid-market analysis
The value and produce mix represented at the quarter in which the pond log value (end-product
selling price less manufacturing cost) for the species and product mix most closely matches the
point between the ranked quarters of the Alaska Index Operation pond log value, adjusted to
Common Year Dollars, where one half of the harvest of timber from the Tongass National
Forest has been removed at higher values and one half of the timber has been removed at lower
values during the period from 1979 to the current quarter (FSH 2409.22 RIO Chapter 531.1-2).
Mineral soils
Soils consisting predominantly of, and having is properties determined by, mineral matter.
Mitigation
Measures designed to counteract environmental impacts or to make impacts less severe. These
measures may include avoiding an impact by not taking a certain action or part of an action,
minimizing an impact by limiting the degree or magnitude of an action and its implementation;
rectifying the impact by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment; reduc-
ing or eliminating the impact over time by preservation and maintenance operations during he
life of the action; or compensating for the impact by replacing or providing substitute resources
or environments.
Model
A representation of reality used to describe, analyze, or understand a particular concept. A
model may be a relatively simple qualitative description of a system or organization, or a highly
abstract set of mathematical equations. A model has limits to its effectiveness and is used as one
of several tools to analyze a problem.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTERS ■ 15
Glossary
Monitoring
A process of collecting information to evaluate whether or not objectives of a project and its
mitigation plan are being realized. Monitoring can occur at different levels: to confirm whether
mitigation measures were carried out in the matter called for (Implementation Monitoring); to
confirm whether mitigation measures were effective (Effectiveness Monitoring); or, to validate
whether overall goals and objectives were appropriate (Validation Monitoring). Different levels
call for different methods of monitoring.
Multi-Entry Layout Plan (MELP)
Interdisciplinary design and mapping of all potential timber harvest units, including associated
logging and transportation systems, within a project area.
Muskeg
In Southeast Alaska, a type of bog or fen that has developed over thousands of years in depres-
sions or flat areas on gentle to steep slopes. Also called peatlands.
Natal streams
Home stream where an anadromous fish is hatched.
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
An act, passed by Congress in 1969, that declared a national policy to encourage productive
harmony between humans and their environment to promote efforts that will prevent or elimi-
nate damage to the environment and the biosphere and stimulate the health and welfare of
humans to enrich the understanding of the ecological systems and natural resources important to
the nation and to establish a Council on Environmental Quality. This act requires the prepara-
tion of environmental impact statements for federal actions that are determined to be of major
significance.
National Forest Management Act (NFMA)
A law passed in 1976 that amends the Forest and Rangeland Renewable Resources Planning
Act that requires the preparation of Forest plans. Regional guides, and regulations to guide that
development.
Native allotment
At tract of non-mineral land, not to exceed 160 acres, on which an Alaska Native (who was 21
years of age or head of a household) established continuous use and occupancy prior to the
creation of the National Forests (authorized under the Native Allotment Act of May 17, 1906).
Native Selection
Application by Native corporations and individuals to a portion of the Bureau of Land Manage-
ment for conveyance of lands withdrawn in fulfillment of Native entitlements established under
ANCSA.
Net sawlog volume
Trees suitable in size and quality for producing logs that can be processed into lumber. In
Southeast Alaska, depending on the market, the volume may be processed as pulp or lumber.
No-action alternative
The most likely condition expected to exist in the future if current management direction were
to continue unchanged.
16 ■
6 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Glossary
Noncommercial forest land
Land with more than 10 percent cover of commercial forest tree species but not qualifying as
commercial forest land (CFL).
Non-interchangeable components
Non-interchangeble components (NIC’s) are defined as increments of the suitable land base and
their contribution to the allowable sale quantity (ASQ) that are established to meet Forest Plan
objectives. NIC’s are identified as parcels of land and the type of timber thereon which are
differentiated for the purpose of Forest Plan implementation. The total ASQ is derived from the
sum of the timber volumes from all NIC’s. The NIC’s cannot be substituted for each other in
the timber sale program.
NIC / Normal Operability: This is volume scheduled form suitable lands using existing logging
systems. Most of these lands are expected to be economic under projected market conditions.
On average, sales from these lands have the highest probability of offering a reasonable
opportunity for a purchaser to gain a profit from his/her investment and labor. This is the best
operable ground.
Normal operability includes those systems most frequently used on the Tongass. These systems
are tractor, shovel, standard cable and some helicopter.
Tractor: Tractor logging includes all ground wheel or track system used for skidding logs to a
landing. Shovel yarding is included; however, tractor or rubber-tire skidding used in conjunc-
tion with swing operations are not included.
Standard Cable: The most typical logging systems used on the Tongass. Included in the
standard cable system component are highlead uphill, highlead downhill, slackline, running
skyline, and flyer.
Standard Helicopter: Helicopter yarding with yarding distances up to three quarters of a mile.
NIC IT. Difficult and Isolated Operability. This is volume scheduled from suitable lands that
are available for harvest using logging systems not in common use in Southeast Alaska. Most
of these lands are presently considered economically and technologically marginal.
Difficult operability includes those systems used on the Tongass which have significantly higher
cost. These may include balloon, long-span skyline, multi-span, or helicopter with yarding
distances greater than three-quarters of a mile. This category also includes lands which have
limited access as a result of being isolated by prior harvest activities or other management
activities.
Long Span Cable: Cable systems which require longer than average yarding distances. Typical
long span cable systems considered are standing skylines and multispans.
Access Limitation: Logging systems required for areas with access limitation concerns. The
logging system could be highlead cable when access to timber and reading is difficult. Typical
harvest systems are helicopter and swing operations.
Isolated Operability: This class is comprised entirely of isolated stands. These are small stands
of isolated timber which are extremely difficult to harvest. The harvest system could vary, but
would be more costly due to the location of the stand. Typical harvest systems are helicopter
with average yarding distances greater than one mile.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTERS ■ 17
6 Glossary
Notice of Intent (NOI)
A notice printed in the Federal Register announcing that an EIS will be prepared. The NOI must
describe the proposed action and possible alternatives, describe the agency’s proposed scoping
process, and provide a contact person for further information. The NOI for this project was
submitted on March 1, 1990.
Offering
A Forest Service specification of timber harvest units, subdivisions, roads, and other facilities
and operations to meet the requirements of a timber sale contract.
Off-highway vehicle (OHV)
Any vehicle that is restricted by law from operating on public roads for general motor vehicle
traffic. Includes motorbikes, minibikes, trailbikes, snowmobiles, dunebuggies, all-terrain
vehicles, and four-wheel drive, high clearance vehicles (FSM 2355.01). Sometimes referred to
as Off-road vehicle or ORV.
Old-growth forest
Ecosystems distinguished by the later stages of forest stand development that differs signifi-
cantly from younger forests in structure, ecological function, and species composition. Old-
growth forest is characterized by a patchy, multi-layered canopy; trees that represent many age
classes; large trees that dominate the overstory, large standing dead (snags) or decadent trees;
and higher accumulations of large down woody material. The structure and function of an old-
growth ecosystem will be influenced by its stand size and landscape position and context.
Overmature
The stage at which a tree declines in vigor and soundness, for example, past the period of rapid
height growth.
Overstory
The portion of trees in a forest that forms the uppermost layer of foliage, usually formed by the
tallest trees. Also called the canopy.
Partial cutting
Method of harvesting trees (not clearcutting) where any number of live stems are left standing in
any of various spatial patterns. Can include seed tree, shelterwood, or other methods.
Peak Flow
The highest discharge of water recorded over a specified period of time at a given stream
location.
pH
The degree of acidity or alkalinity.
Planning area
For the purpose of analyzing viable populations, the planning area is the ecological province,
i.e.. North Central Prince of Wales province and South Prince of Wales province.
Planning record
A detailed, formal account of the planning process for an EIS. The record contains data, maps,
reports, planning process information, and results of public participation in the planning
process. The Planning Record documents the decisions and activities that resulted in the Final
EIS. Planning records are available for public review upon request under the Freedom of
Information Act.
18 ■
6 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Glossary
Pleistocene
The epoch forming the first half of the Quaternary period, originating about one million years
ago.
Pond value
The delivered price of logs at the mill minus the cost to manufacture them into usable products.
Precommercial thinning
The practice of removing some of the trees of less than marketable size from a stand in order to
achieve various management objectives.
Present net value
The difference between benefits and costs associated with the alternatives.
Record of Decision (ROD)
A document separate from but associated with an EIS that states the decision, identifies all
alternatives, specifying which were environmentally preferable, and states whether all practi-
cable means to avoid environmental harm from the alternatives have been adopted, and if not,
why not.
Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS)
The system for planning and managing recreation resources that categorizes recreation oppor-
tunities into six classes. Each class is defined in terms of the degree to which it satisfies certain
recreation experience needs based on the extent to which the natural environment has been
modified, the type of facilities provided, the degree of outdoor skill needed to enjoy the area,
and the relative density of recreation use. The classes are:
Primitive: An essentially unmodified natural environment of fairly large size. Interaction
between users is very low, and evidence of other users is minimal. The area is managed to be
essentially free from evidence of human-induced restrictions and controls. Motorized use is
generally not permitted.
Semi-Primitive Nonmotorized: A natural or natural-appearing environment of moderate to large
size. Concentration of users is low, but there is often evidence of other users. The area is
managed to minimize onsite controls and restrictions. Use of local roads for recreational
purposes is not allowed.
Semi-Primitive Motorized: A natural or natural-appearing environment of moderate to large
size. Interaction between users is low, but there is often evidence of other users. The area is
managed to minimize onsite controls and restrictions. Local roads used for other resource
management activities may be present.
Roaded Natural: A natural-appearing environment with moderate evidence of the sights and
sounds of humans. Such evidence usually harmonizes with the natural environment. Interaction
between users may be moderate to high with evidence of other users prevalent. Motorized use is
allowed.
Roaded Modified: A natural environment that has been substantially modified particularly by
vegetation manipulation. There is strong evidence of roads and/or highways. Frequency of
contact is low to moderate.
Rural: A natural environment that has been substantially modified by development of struc-
tures and vegetative manipulation. Structures are readily apparent and may range from scattered
to small dominant clusters. Sights and sounds of humans are readily evident, and the interaction
between users is often moderate to high.
Reforestation
The natural or artificial restocking of an area with trees.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTERS ■ 19
Glossary
Regeneration
The process of establishing a new crop of trees on previously harvested land.
Region
An area covered by a Forest Service regional guide. A region is generally composed of one or
more national forests. Forest Service Region 10 includes the Tongass National Forest and the
Chugach National Forest.
Regional Forester
The Forest Service official responsible for administering a single region.
Regional Guide
The guide developed to meet the requirements of the Forest and Rangeland Renewable Re-
sources Planning Act of 1974, as amended. It guides all natural resource management activities
and establishes management standards and guidelines for the National Forest System lands
within a given report.
Research Natural Area (RNA)
An area set aside by a public or private agency specifically to preserve a representative sample
of an ecological community primarily for scientific and educational purposes. In Forest Service
usage, RNA’s are areas designated to ensure representative samples of as many major naturally
occurring plant communities as possible.
Reserved
Lands that have been withdrawn from the timber base by an Act of Congress, the Secretary of
Agriculture, or the Chief of the Forest Service.
Reserve trees
Merchantable or submerchantable trees and snags that are left within the harvest unit to provide
biological habitat components over the next management cycle.
Resident fish
Fish that are not anadromous and that reside in fresh water on a permanent basis. Resident fish
include non-anadromous Dolly Varden char and cutthroat trout.
Retention
A visual quality objective which provides for management activities that are not visually evident
to the casual observer.
Riparian Area
Transition zone between a stream or lake system and the adjacent land. Identified in part by soil
characteristics or distinctive plant communities that require free or unbound water.
Riparian ecosystems
A transition between the aquatic ecosystem and the adjacent terrestrial ecosystem; identified by
soil characteristics or distinctive vegetation communities that require free or unbound water.
Riparian management area
Land areas delineated in the Forest Plan to provide for the management of riparian resources.
Specific standards and guidelines, by stream process group, are associated with riparian
management areas. Riparian management areas may be modified by watershed analysis.
20 ■
6 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Glossary
Road maintenance level
The level of service provided by, and maintenance required for, a specific road consistent with
road management objectives and maintenance criteria (FSH 7709.58, Section 12.3).
Maintenance Level 1: Assigned to intermittent service roads during the time they are closed to
vehicular traffic. The closure period is one year or longer. Basic custodial maintenance is
performed.
Maintenance Level 2: Assigned to roads open for use by high-clearance vehicles. Passenger car
traffic is not a consideration.
Maintenance Level 3: Assigned to roads open and maintained for travel by the prudent driver
in a standard passenger car. User comfort and convenience are not considered priorities.
Maintenance Level 4.. Assigned to roads that provide a moderate degree to user comfort and
convenience at moderate travel speeds.
Maintenance Level 5: Assigned to roads that provide a high degree of user comfort and
convenience. Normally, roads are double-laned and paved, or aggregate surfaced with dust
abatement.
Road Management Objective (RMO)
Defines the intended purpose of an individual road based on Management Area direction and
access management objectives. Road management objectives contain design criteria, operation
criteria and maintenance criteria. Long-term and short-term roads have RMO’s.
Roads
Arterial: Developed an operated for long-term land and resource management purposes to
constant service.
Collector: Collects traffic from Forest local roads; usually connects to a Forest arterial or
public highway.
Local: Provides access for a specific resource use activity such as a timber sale or recreational
site, although other minor uses may be served.
Preplanned: Roads planned in a prior EIS.
Temporary: For National Forest timber sales temporary roads are constructed to harvest timber
on a one-time basis. These logging roads are not considered part of the permanent forest
transportation network and have stream crossing structures removed erosion measures put into
place, and the road closed to vehicular traffic after harvest is completed.
Roadless Area
An area of undeveloped public land identified in the roadless area inventory of the TLMP
Revision within which there are no improved roads maintained for travel by means of motorized
vehicles intended for highway use.
Rotation
The planned number of years (approximately 100 years in Alaska) between the time that a
Forest stand is regenerated and its next cutting at a specified stage of maturity.
Salvage sale
A timber sale to use dead and downed timber and scattered poor-risk trees that would not be
marketable if left in the stand until the next scheduled harvest.
Sawlog
That portion of a tree that is suitable in size and quality for the production of dimension lumber,
collectively known as sawtimber.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTERS ■ 21
Glossary
Scheduled timber harvests
Timber harvests done as part of meeting the allowable sale quantity.
Scoping process
Early and open activities used to determine the scope and significance of a proposed action,
what level of analysis is required, what data is needed, and what level of public participation is
appropriate. Scoping focuses on the issues surrounding the proposed action and the range of
actions, alternatives, and impacts to be considered in an EA or an EIS.
Second-growth forest
Forest growth that has become established following some disturbance such as cutting serious
fire, or insect attack; even-aged stands that will grow back on a site after removal of the
previous timber stand.
Seedling/sapling stage
The stage following timber harvest when most of the colonizing tree and shrub seedlings
become established. Usually I to 25 years.
Selection cutting
The annual or periodic removal or trees (particularly mature trees), individually or in small
groups from an uneven-aged forest to realize the yield and establish a new crop of irregular
constitution.
Sensitive species
Plant and animal species which are susceptible or vulnerable to activity impacts or habitat
alterations. Those species that have appeared in the Federal Register as proposed for classifica-
tion or are under consideration for official listing as endangered or threatened species, that are
on a nonofficial State list, or that are recognized by the regional forester as needing special
management on national forest lands to prevent placement on Federal or state lists.
Sensitivity level
The measure of people’s concern for the scenic quality of the National Forests. In 1980 the
Tongass National Forest assigned sensitivity levels to land areas viewed from boat routes and
anchorages, plane routes, roads trails, public use areas, and recreation cabins.
Level I: Includes all seen areas from primary travel routes use areas and water bodies where at
least three-fourths of the forest visitors have a major concern for scenic quality
Level II: Includes all seen areas from primary travel routes, use areas, and water bodies where
at least one-fourth of the forest visitors have a major concern for scenic quality.
Level III: Includes all seen areas from secondary travel routes, use areas, and water bodies
where less than one-fourth of the forest visitors have a major concern for scenic quality.
Shade tolerance
Tree species that have physiological growth processes adapted to shaded environments Western
hemlock is a shade tolerant species. Other tree species tolerance to shade may range from
tolerant to intolerant.
Shelterwood cutting
A harvest method in which most of the trees are removed in an initial entry and some trees are
left to naturally reseed the area and provide protection to new seedlings that establish on a site.
A second entry may be conducted later to remove the remaining trees.
22 ■
6 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Glossary
Significant
Specific legal term under the National Environmental Policy Act that requires considerations of
both context and intensity in evaluating impacts.
Silvical characteristics
Physiological and genetic characteristics of individual tree species and the ecological character-
istics (biological and environmental factors) of the site which enable a specific species to be
adapted to a particular and unique site.
Silviculture
The art, science and practice of controlling the establishment, composition, structure and growth
of trees and other vegetation in forest stands.
Silviculture practices
Management techniques used to modify, manage and replace a forest over time. Silvicultural
practices are classified according to the method of carrying out the process (shelterwood, seed
tree, clearcut, commercial thinning, etc.).
Sinkhole
Relatively shallow, bowl- or funnel-shaped depressions ranging in diameter from a few to more
than 3,000 feet.
Site index
A measure of a forest area’s relative productive capacity for tree growth. Measurement of site
index is based on height of dominant trees in a stand at a given age.
Slash
Debris left over after a logging operation i.e., limbs, bark, broken pieces of logs.
Smolt
A juvenile salmon, trout, or Dolly Varden migrating to the ocean and undergoing physiological
changes to adapt its body from a freshwater to a saltwater environment.
Snag
A standing dead tree, usually greater than 5 feet tall and 6 inches in diameter at breast height.
Soil productivity
Capacity of soil to produce plant growth due to the soil’s chemical, physical, and biological
properties.
Soil texture
Relative amounts of sand, silt, and clay in a soil. Coarse-textured soils are generally considered
sandy and often contain gravel of various sizes. Fine-textured soils are considered very fine,
sandy, silty, or clay.
Special use permit
Permits and granting of easements (excluding road permits and highway easements) authorizing
the occupancy and use of land.
Stand (tree stand)
A group of trees occupying a specific area and sufficiently uniform in composition, age arrange-
ment, and condition as to be distinguishable from the forest in adjoining areas.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTERS ■ 23
O Glossary
Standard
A course of action or level of attainment required by the Forest Plan to promote achievement of
goals and objectives.
Stand-level diversity
The diversity within specific habitats or limited land areas as measured by number of species
present (species richness) or structural complexity of a given habitat type (Sidle 1985).
State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO)
State appointed official who administers Federal and State programs for cultural resources.
State selection
Application by Alaska Department of Natural Resources to the Bureau of Land Management for
conveyance of a portion of the 400,000-acre State entitlement from vacant and unappropriated
National Forest System lands in Alaska under the Alaska Statehood Act.
Stream classes
See Aquatic Habitat Management Unit
Structural diversity
The diversity of forest structure, both vertically and horizontally, which provides for variety of
forest habitats such as logs and multi-layered forest canopy for plants and animals.
Stumpage
The value of timber as it stands uncut in terms of dollar value per thousand board feet.
Subsistence use
The customary and traditional uses by rural Alaskan residents of wild renewable resources for
direct personal or family consumption as food, shelter, fuel, clothing, tools, or transportation;
for the making and selling of handicraft articles out of nonedible byproducts of fish and wildlife
resources taken for personal or family consumption; for barter or sharing, for personal or family
consumption; and for customary trade.
Subsistence use area
Important Subsistence use areas include the “most reliable” and “most often hunted” categories
from the Tongass Resource Use Cooperative Survey (TRUCS) and from subsistence survey
data from ADF&G, the University of Alaska, and the Forest Service-Region 10. Important use
areas include both intensive and extensive use areas for subsistence harvest of deer, furbearers,
and salmon.
Substantive comment
A public comment that provides factual information, professional opinion, or informed judg-
ment germane to the action being proposed.
Succession
The ecological progression of community change over time, characterized by displacements of
species leading to a relatively stable climax community.
Suitable forestland
Commercial forestland identified as having both the biological capability and availability to
produce industrial wood products.
24 ■
6 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Glossary
6
Sustained yield
The amount of renewable resources that can be produced continuously at a given intensity of
management.
Temporary roads
See Roads
Tentatively suitable forestland
Forest land that is producing or is capable of producing crops of industrial wood and (a) has not
been withdrawn by Congress, the Secretary of Agriculture or the Chief of the Forest Service; (b)
existing technology and knowledge is available to ensure timber production without irreversible
damage to soils productivity or watershed conditions; (c) existing technology and knowledge, as
reflected in current research and experience, provides reasonable assurance that it is possible to
restock adequately within 5 years after final harvest; and (d) adequate information is available
to project responses to timber management activities.
Third order watershed
A watershed that contains a third order stream segment.
Thousand board foot measure (MBF)
A method of timber measurement equivalent to 1000 square feet of lumber one inch thick.
Threatened species
A species of plant or animal likely to become endangered within the foreseeable future through-
out all or a significant portion of its range, as defined in the Endangered Species Act of 1973,
and which has been designated in the Federal Register by the Secretary of the Interior as a
threatened species. (See also Endangered Species and Sensitive Species.)
Tiering
Eliminating repetitive discussion of the same issue by incorporating by reference. The general
discussion in an EIS of broader scope; e.g., this document is tiered to TLMP, as amended.
Timber appraisal
Establishing the fair market value of timber by taking the selling value minus manufacturing
costs, the cost of getting logs from the stump to the manufacturer, and an allowance for profit
and risk.
Timber entry
A term used to refer to how far into the timber rotation an area is on the basis of acreage
harvested. For example, if an area is being managed for 3 entries over a 100-year rotation, the
first entry would be completed when one-third (approximately 33 percent) of the available
acreage is harvested (usually in 30-40 years); the second entry would be completed when two-
thirds (approximately 66 percent) of the available acreage is harvested (usually 60-70 years);
the third entry would be completed when all of the available acreage is harvested (at the end of
the rotation).
Timber production
The purposeful growing, tending, harvesting, and regeneration of regulated crops of trees to be
cut into logs, bolts, or other round sections for industrial or consumer use.
Tongass Land Management Plan (TLMP)
The 10-year land allocation plan for the Tongass National Forest that directs and coordinates
planning and the daily uses and activities carried out within the forest.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTERS ■ 25
Glossary
Tongass Resource Use Cooperative Survey (TRUCS)
A compilation of data on subsistence uses for evaluating the effects of the proposed action in
this EIS.
Traffic service levels
Traffic characteristics and operating conditions that are used in setting road maintenance levels.
Turbidity
An indicator of the amount of suspended sediments in water.
Understory
The trees and shrubs in a forest growing under the main crown canopy or overstory.
Uneven-aged management
The application of a combination of actions needed to simultaneously maintain continuous high-
forest cover, recurring regeneration of desirable species, and the orderly growth and develop-
ment of trees through a range of diameter or age classes to provide a sustained yield of forest
products. Cutting is usually regulated by specifying the number or proportion of trees of
particular size to retain within each area, thereby maintaining a planned distribution of size
classes.
Unsuitable
Forest land withdrawn from timber utilization by statute or administrative regulation (e.g.,
wilderness), or identified as not appropriate for timber production in the forest planning
process.
Utility logs
Those logs that do not meet sawlog grade but are suitable for production of firm usable pulp
chips.
Value Comparison Unit (VCU)
Areas which generally encompass a drainage basin containing one or more large stream
systems; boundaries usually follow easily recognizable watershed divides. Established to
provide a common set of areas where resource inventories could be conducted and resource
interpretations made.
Viable population
The number of individuals in a species required to ensure the continued long-term existence of
the population in natural, self-sustaining populations and adequately distributed throughout the
region.
Viewshed
An expansive landscape or panoramic vista seen from a road, marine waterway, or specific
viewpoint.
Visual Absorption Capacity (VA C)
An estimate of the relative ability of a landscape to absorb alteration yet retain its visual
integrity.
Visual Quality Objective (VQO)
Measurable standards reflecting five different degrees of landscape alteration based upon a
landscape’s diversity of natural features and the public’s concern for high scenic quality. The
6 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Glossary
five categories of VQO’s are:
Preservation: Permits ecological changes only. Applies to wilderness areas and other special
classified areas.
Retention: Provides for management activities that are not visually evident; requires reduction
of contrast through mitigation measures either during or immediately after operation. Partial
Retention: Management activities remain visually subordinate to the natural landscape.
Mitigation measures should be accomplished within one year of project completion.
Modification: Management activities may visually dominate the characteristics landscape.
However activities must borrow from naturally established form line color and texture so that its
visual characteristics resemble natural occurrences within the surrounding area when viewed in
the middleground distance.
Maximum Modification: Management activities may dominate the landscape. Mitigation
measures should be accomplished within five years of project completion.
Volume
Stand volume based on standing net board feet per acre by Scribner Rule.
Volume class
Used to describe the average volume of timber per acre in thousands of board feet (MBF). The
seven volume classes include:
Classes 1 to 3: Less than 8 MBF/acre (cleared land seedlings or pole timber stands).
Class 4: 8 to 20 MBF/acre.
Class 5: 20 to 30 MBF/acre.
Class 6: 30 to 50 MBF/acre.
Class 7: 50+ MBF/acre.
V-notch
A deeply cut valley along some waterways, generally in steep, mountainous terrain, that would
look like a “V” from a frontal view.
Volume Strata
Divisions of old-growth timber volume derived from the interpreted timber type data layer
(TIMTYP) and the common land unit data layer (CLU). Three volume strata (low, medium,
and high) are recognized in the Forest Plan for each Administrative Area.
Watershed
That area that contributes water to a drainage or stream; portion of a forest in which all surface
water drains to a common point. Can range from a few tens of acres that drain a single small
intermittent stream to many thousands of acres for a stream that drains hundreds of connected
intermittent and perennial streams.
Wetland
Areas that are inundated by surface or groundwater frequently enough to support vegetation that
requires saturated or seasonally saturated soil conditions for growth and reproduction. Wetlands
generally include swamps, marshes, bogs, and similar areas such as sloughs, potholes, wet
meadows, river overflows, mudflats, and natural ponds.
Wild and Scenic Rivers
Rivers or sections of rivers designated by congressional actions under the 1968 Wild and Scenic
Rivers Act. Wild and scenic rivers may be classified and administered under one or more of the
following categories:
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTERS ■ 27
Glossary
Wild river areas: Rivers or sections of rivers that are free of impoundments and generally
inaccessible except by trail, with watersheds or shorelines essentially primitive and waters
unpolluted. These represent vestiges of primitive America.
Scenic river areas: Rivers or sections of rivers that are free of impoundments, with watersheds
still largely primitive and shorelines largely undeveloped, but accessible in places by roads.
Recreational river areas: Rivers or sections of rivers that are readily accessible by road or
railroad, that may have some development along their shorelines, and that may have undergone
some impoundment or diversion in the past.
Wilderness
Areas designated under the 1964 Wilderness Act. Wilderness is defined as undeveloped federal
land retaining its primeval character and influence without permanent improvements or human
habitation. Wilderness areas are protected and managed to preserve their natural conditions. In
Alaska, wilderness also has been designated by TTRA and ANILCA.
Wildlife Analysis Area (WAA)
Alaska Department of Fish and Game administrative designation of an area that includes one or
several Value Comparison Units (VCU’s) for wildlife analysis and regulating wildlife popula-
tions.
Wildlife habitat
The locality where a species may be found and where the essentials for its development and
sustained existence are obtained.
Wildlife Habitat Management Unit (WHMU)
An area of wildlife habitat identified during the IDT process as having values important to
wildlife.
Windfirm
Configuration of harvest units so as not to create an opening which exposes the adjacent stand
of timber to the direction of the major prevailing storm wind (southeast).
Windthrow
The act of trees being uprooted, blown down, or broken off by storm winds. Three types of
windthrow include: endemic where individual trees are blown over, catastrophic where a major
windstorm can destroy hundreds of acres, and management related where the clearing of trees in
an area makes the adjacent standing trees vulnerable to windthrow.
Winter range
An area, usually at lower elevation, used by big game during the winter months.
Withdrawal
The withholding of an area of Federal land from settlement, sale, location, or entry under some
or all of the general land laws of the purposes of limiting activities under those laws to maintain
other public values in the area.
Yarding
Hauling timber from the stump to a collection point.
Yield tables
Tables that estimate the level of outputs that would result from implementing a particular
activity. Usually referred to in conjunction with FORPLAN input or output. Yield tables can be
developed for timber volumes, range production, soil and water outputs, and other resources.
28 ■
6 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Chapter 7
Distribution List
Agencies
\
V
Chapter 7
Distribution List
Alaska Board of Fisheries
Alaska Department of Commerce and Economic Development
Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation
Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation, Director, Environmental Quality Division
Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation, SE Region Manager
Alaska Department of Fish and Game
Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Commercial Fish Management
Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Commercial Fisheries Division
Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Director, FRED Division
Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Division of Boards/SERC
Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Division of Habitat
Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Division of Sport Fishing
Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Division of Subsistence
Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Division of Wildlife Conservation
Alaska Department of Fish and Game, FRED Division
Alaska Department of Fish and Game, FRED Klawock Hatchery
Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Office of Commissioner
Alaska Department of Natural Resources, Division of Forestry
Alaska Department of Natural Resources, Division of Land
Alaska Department of Natural Resources, Division of Parks and Outdoor Recreation
Alaska Department of Natural Resources, Office of Commissioner
Alaska Department of Natural Resources, State Historic Preservation Office
Alaska Department of Natural Resources, U.S. Forest Service, Regional Office
Alaska Department of Transportation
Alaska Division of Government Coordination
Alaska Energy Authority
Alaska Legal Information Office
Army Corps of Engineers
Equal Employment Opportunity Commission
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Federal Highway Administration, Region X
National Marine Fisheries Service, Division Chief
National Marine Fisheries Service, Protected Reserves, Alaska Region
SE Native Subsistence Commission
U.S. Bureau of Indian Affairs
U.S. Bureau of Mines
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service
U.S. Department of Agriculture, National Agricultural Library
U.S. Department of Energy
U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development
U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land Management
U.S. Department of the Interior, Office of Environmental Affairs
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 7 ■ 1
Distribution List
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Environmental Review
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Ketchikan
Libraries
Alaska State Library
Anchorage Municipal Library
Colorado State University Libraries
Craig Public Library
Hyder Public Library
Ketchikan Public Library
Klawock Public Library
Metlakatla Community School Library
Petersburg Public Library
Thorne Bay Community Library
University of Alaska Library
USDA Forest Service, Regional Office, Library
Wrangell Public Library
Media
Daily Sitka Sentinel
Island News
Juneau Empire
Ketchikan Daily News
KINY/KSUM Radio, Juneau
KRBD (FM), Ketchikan
KSTK (FM), Wrangell
KTKN (AM/KGTW (FM), Ketchikan
Petersburg Pilot
Wrangell Sentinel
Organizations
and Businesses
Alaska Forest Association
Alaska Lumberman’s Association
Alaska Native Brotherhood
Alaska Native Sisterhood
Alaska Society of Forest Dwellers
Alaska Women in Timber
Alaskans for Responsible Resource Management
Bishop Log Salvage
Byron Bros. Cutting
Clover Bay Lodge
Coffman Cove Civic Club
Control Lake Citizen’s Group
Craig Advisory Committee
Craig Community Association
Eagle Timber, Inc.
Earth Justice Legal Defense Fund
Edna Bay Advisory Committee
Greater Gila Biodiversity Project
Greater POW Chamber of Commerce
Greenpeace, Alaska Forests Campaign
Harbour Logging Company
Harza Engineering Company
Harza Northwest, Inc.
Historical Research Associates
2 ■ 7 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Distribution List
Hydaburg Advisory Committee
Impact Assessment, Inc.
Juneau Empire
Ketchikan Advisory Committee
Ketchikan Air Service, Inc.
Ketchikan Chamber of Commerce
Ketchikan Commercial Fishing Association
Ketchikan Indian Corporation
Ketchikan Pulp Company
Klawock Advisory Committee
Klawock Cooperative Association
Klawock Heenya Corporation
Klawock Tribal Government
Koncor Forest Products Company
Labouchere Bay Trading Post
Labouchere Bay School
Labouchere Community Club
Leslie Cutting, Inc.
Lynn Canal Corporation
Petersburg Chamber of Commerce
Point Baker Community Council
POW Conservation League
Prince of Wales Chamber of Commerce
Retreat Island
Robertson, Monagle, and Eastaugh
Saxman Advisory Committee
SE Alaska Conservation Council
SEACC, Juneau
Sealaska Corporation
Sealaska Timber
Shaan-Seet, Inc.
Silver Bay Logging
Sitka Tribe of Alaska
Society of American Foresters
Southeast Alaska Conservation Company
Southeast Conference
Stuntzner Engineering and Forestry
Sumner Strait Advisory Committee
Thorne Bay School
Timber Consultants, Inc.
Tongass Cave Project
Tongass Conservation Society
Tongass Sportfishing Association
Tongass Tribe
Trout Unlimited Alaska
University of Alaska (SE)
Whale Pass School
Wrangell Advisory Committee
Wrangell Resource Council
Ziegler, Cloudy, King and Peterson
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 7 ■ 3
Distribution List
Public Officials
and Offices
Individuals
Alaska Office of the Governor, Juneau
Alaska State Senator Robin Taylor
City of Coffman Cove, Mayor
City of Craig, City Administrator
City of Hydaburg
City of Kasaan, Mayor
City of Ketchikan, Mayor
City of Klawok, Mayor
City of Kupreanof
City of Port Alexander
City of Saxman, Mayor
City of Thorne Bay, City Administrator
City of Thome Bay, Mayor
City of Wrangell, Mayor
Community of Edna Bay
Ketchikan Gateway Borough, Borough Manager
Ketchikan Gateway Borough, mayor
Legislative Information Office
Point Baker Post Office
Port Protection Community Association
U.S. House of Representatives, Donald Young
U.S. Senator Frank Murkowski
U.S. Senator Ted Stevens
Ed Adamson
Richard and Kay Andrew
Glen Arnold
Fred and Cheryl Athorp
Paul Barnes
Tilden Blake
Jon Bolling
Judy Brakel
Thomas and Deborah Buoy
Jackie Canterbury
Jacob Cebula
Elizabeth Clayton
Steve Conelly
Thomas L. and Marylyn Conley
David Csiki
Janet Demars
Jim Dennis
Susan Domenowski
Bruce N. Eagle
Linda Easom
Frank C. Ellis
Cheryl Fecko
Kurt Flynn
Marvin George
John Gleason
Steve Gossman
Jim Green
Julie Hammond-Penn
Donald Hernandez
William Hollywood IV
William J. Holman
Jerry Jones
Jack Leighty
Steve Lewis
Buck Lindkugel
Heidi Lindgren
Katie Herbert
Steve Markuson
Thomas Martinez
Carolyn Mayhee
Victoria McDonald
Mike McKimens
Ira and Lucille Merrill
Jack L. Miner
Mark Minillo
Daniel Monteith
Dick Myren
Kent Nicholson
Ronald Paden
David K. Person
Walter Shuham
Anita Sondenaa
Cathy Starkweather
John R. Swanson
Patrick and Ginny Tierney
Kenneth D. Vaughan, P.E.
Ed Zastrow
4
7 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Chapter 8
Preparers
r . ■ ■
IIS.'
,!r.» ' idS
ir
. @
0
li. •■i : "■:
‘ ■ » “ O
/ MC
?* ^ N0l^.
’ Tly jf Hf
i. • f ■'? ^
'irr “if ?•
M j^vTn A'
ia> of ^tiMsr. • toitir
c>->^' <ir' T-«;nc
t It f 1 . .V-. MifViv
Criv V W‘t ■ .:•
Kst^fj^VjM Ojt| ^ ^ iQP
...•riOficr i,
j g»A «: « : t iv ? .. :....- -
W^";:-.-.jX,, *-i
I?- r:a-.:
'• ^
/ T, •'^-■■C-
■i-*
.;£•(
1 *■ ^ 1 ■'
U» a
% ‘U-
■f ■
r-
, , ’ >}tnrff
KstV’
Jeay
*'»?'V t ti
T.
|U?W1>
w
-■If* '-•-;{••■-
.. ,,
, s
■S . ^ .4 . -* f.
*.: . 1 i -■ \4difvfigrt g
.-r ’•SB^
r,j^
• ^^lUttlSeManU
'* J-.
t. A4^
■l••^
'«»->■■ ifiJ
'W»
?# - 'ir^
•v.<iMir
,^A. ■♦ } 1- :Vr
.'4 '^.Vs^
Un
rjiii# VjMTli^«aa'
XX'-
iM »fc;l^«isth9
PtHfid '-i^ T'Z«itfrv X
•m
4
Chapter 8
Preparers
*Randal L. Fairbanks, Project Manager
M.S., Forest Resources Wildlife Science and Biostatistics, University of Washington, 1979
B.S., Forest Resources Wildlife Science, 1972
Foster Wheeler Environmental: 18 years Other: 3 years
Twenty-one years experience in the design, coordination, and management of comprehensive
environmental monitoring programs, ecological research and inventories, impact assess-
ments, and mitigation plans. Key contributor or project manager for more than 10 major EIS/
EA efforts, half for the Forest Service. Managed wildlife studies for several Alaska-based
environmental projects in southeast and south-central Alaska. Also participated in studies on
the North Slope, in the Chukchi Sea, Bering Sea, and Aleutian Islands.
*Tom Stewart, IDT Leader, Soils and Watershed, Water Resources
Ph.D., Physical Geography, University of Alberta, 1988
M.S., Physical Geography, University of Alberta, 1981
B.A., Physical Geography, University of California, 1974
Foster Wheeler Environmental: 5 Other: 1 1
Sixteen years experience in geomorphology, hydrology, soil-vegetation-landform relations,
and wetlands delineation. Experienced in field and analytical studies of sediment transport;
assessing impacts of forestry operations, roads, and structures on stream, slope, and soil
stability; and in mitigating these impacts through implementation of BMP’s and compliance
with State and Federal regulations. Worked for four seasons with the Forest Service on the
Tongass and Chugach National Forests conducting soil surveys; mapping soils, vegetation,
and stream channels; locating roads; and conducting soil and erosion control.
Larry Lunde, Forest Service Team Leader (Contracting Officer’s Representative [CORI) B.S.,
Forest Management, Washington State University, 1973
USDA Forest Service: 20
Tongass National Forest, Ketchikan Area Planning Staff Previous experience in forest and
multiple-use management positions as District Resource Staff and District Ranger on: Nez
Perce National Forest in Idaho, El Dorado National Forest in California, Gifford Pinchot
National Forest in Washington, Mount Hood and Fremont National Forests in Oregon.
* ID Team Member
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 8 ■ 1
Preparers
*
'Al Wolfson, Silviculture, Economics
Graduate Study in Forest Economics, University of Washington, 1987-91
M.F., Forest Management, Oregon State University, 1971
B.S, Forest Management, Utah State University, 1970
Foster Wheeler Environmental: 3
Other: 21
Twenty-one years experience in natural resource management. Sixteen years with the USDA
Forest Service as a District Ranger, certified silviculturist, and resource planner. Since 1986
as a consulting forester and economist Mr. Wolfson has performed over 40 feasibility studies
and environmental assessments for natural resource clients.
*Jeff Boyce, Vegetation and Timber
Silviculture Institute (currently enrolled)
M.S., Forest Resource Management, University of Washington, 1990
B.S., Forest Management, Washington State University, 1985
Harza Northwest: 4 Other: 7
Expertise in various areas of forest resource management, contract administration, and
microcomputer systems. Project experience on EIS’s, surveys, timber sales, and mapping
projects including aerial photo interpretation and mapping as used for forest stand inventory,
wildlife habitat management, and forested wetland delineation; forest inventory sampling;
Northern Spotted Owl habitat surveying and mapping; timber sale layout planning for
clearcut and partial cut logging systems; and identification of cutting unit boundaries for the
protection of riparian corridors and wildlife retention areas.
*Elizabeth Ablow, Fisheries
B.A., Environmental Studies, Yale University, 1987
B.A., Anthropology, Yale University, 1987
Foster Wheeler Environmental: 5 Other: 2
Seven years of experience in conducting stream habitat studies that have included collecting
hydraulic, water quality, and stream habitat field data; identifying riparian vegetation;
mapping riparian and stream habitats; conducting stream reach stability surveys; and
conducting IHM studies. Conducts extensive fish population surveys on both game and
nongame fish species.
*Cindi Confer, Wildlife
B.S., Wildlife Science, Oregon State University, 1988
Harza Northwest: S Other: 3
Extensive experience with USDA Forest Service projects in wildlife habitat assessment and
management. Expertise in Northern Spotted Owl and big game surveys, data analysis and
interpretation, and mitigation and enhancement planning from project work at Harza North-
west and previously as a wildlife biologist with the USDA Forest Service.
2 ■ 8 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
1
Preparers
Garrett Jackson, Soils
M.S., Geosciences, University of Arizona, 1990
B.S., Geosciences, University of Arizona, 1986
Foster Wheeler Environmental: 3 Other: 3
Six years of theoretical and applied geomorphology, including field and analysis work for
various EIS’s and EA’s. Expertise in hillslope studies; mapping of stream channels, fluvial
deposits, and landforms; soil-vegetation associations; and geologic hazard evaluation.
Amichay Greenstein, Economist/Planner
M.A., Development Economics, The American University, Washington D.C., 1991
B.S., Business Administration/Accounting, The American University, 1989
Foster Wheeler Environmental: 4 Other: 2
Six years of experience in socioeconomic impact and economic feasibility analysis of
environmental, construction, and maintenance projects. Directly responsible for the method-
ological analysis of local and regional economic and social impacts on population, employ-
ment, housing, and communal services as well as assessment of project economic and
financial viability.
Geoffrey M. McNaughton, Silv. Prescriptions, Field Manager
Ph.D., Forest Resources, University of Washington, 1991
M.S., Botany, University of Wyoming, 1984
B.S., Forest Science/Botany, University of Montana, 1981
Foster Wheeler Environmental: 3 Other: 15
Eighteen years of experience in forest ecology, tree physiology, and forest management,
including extensive experience on the Polk Inlet Timber Sale project on Prince of Wales
Island. Served as field manager and primary author of silvicultural prescriptions on the
Control Lake Project.
Robert Rogers, Watershed
M.S., Geology/Geomorphology, Colorado State University, 1989
B.S., Geology, Appalachian State University, 1986
Foster Wheeler Environmental: 2 Other: 5
Over seven years experience in designing, collecting, analyzing, and preparing reports in
geologic, hydrologic, and geomorphic studies for research and environmental assessment in
the United States and Central America.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTERS ■ 3
Preparers
^Richard Bielefeld, Geology, Karst
Postgraduate Studies, Civil Engineering, Long Beach State University, 196
B.S., Geology, Long Beach State University, 1961
Harza Engineering Company: 3 Other: 26
Almost 30 years of experience in field investigation, design, project management, and
preparation of geological and geophysical reports for feasibility, reinvestigation, SEED
studies, and site seismic analyses.
Craig Cooper, Geology, Karst
M.S., Geological Sciences, Western Washington University, 1994
B .A., Business Administration, University of Washington, 1986
Harza Northwest: 2
Project experience in environmental impact assessment and geology with expertise in
practical karst hydrology and emphasis on groundwater monitoring. Comprehensive experi-
ence in karst vulnerability assessment.
*Mark Greenig, Landscape Resource Planner, Recreation Resources Team Leader M.U.P.,
Urban Planning, Texas A&M University, 1985
B.S., Landscape Architecture, California Polytechnic State University, 1978
Foster Wheeler Environmental: 4 Other: 1 1
Fifteen years of experience in planning, evaluating, designing, and managing projects in the
built and natural environment. Work includes environmental impact assessment, recreation
planning, recreation facility design, visual resource analysis, site planning, landscape design,
real estate development, and tourism planning.
Kathy Smayda, Harza Northwest Project Manager
M.S., Botany, University of Washington, 1982
B.S., Biology/Ecology, Marlboro College, Vermont, 1978
Harza Northwest: 10 Other: 1
Extensive experience as a wetlands specialist, botanist, and ecologist in wetland delineation,
wildlife habitat assessment, wildlife mitigation planning, and biological interpretation for
projects including various plant and wildlife surveys, EIS’s, EA’s, and monitoring studies.
Steve Bedross, Visual Resources
M.L.A., Landscape Architecture, University of Michigan, 1990
B.S., Natural Resources, University of Michigan, 1987
Harza Northwest: 5 Other: 4
8 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Preparers
Experienced in environmental impact assessment, wetland mitigation, and landscape
planning/design, including USDA Forest Service projects. Has conducted wetland assess-
ments; planned and implemented visual impact studies; participated in recreation master
planning and detailed design; and conducted environmental studies for hydropower licenses.
*Rick Suttle, Visual Resources
M.L.A., Landscape Architecture, University of Michigan, 1978 B.S., Natural Resources,
University of Michigan, 1975
Harza Northwest: 17 years Other: 3 years
Extensive project experience with environmental impact assessments, site selection studies,
recreation and land management, reclamation/landscape restoration projects, and wetland
inventories and mitigation. Mr. Suttle also managed Harza’ s computer-generated simulation
system used for assessing visual impacts and presenting proposed design solutions, fre-
quently gives agency and public presentations, and has served as an expert witness on
recreation and visual resources at FERC hearings in Washington, D.C.
‘Keith Jehnke, Transportation Engineer
B.S., Forest Engineering, Oregon State University, 1986
B.S., Civil Engineering, Oregon State University, 1986
Stuntzner Engineering and Forestry: 7 Other: 2
Project engineer on numerous design/construction management projects with extensive
experience working with local, state, and national permitting/planning requirements. Has also
worked on various surveys, water rights, timber inventory projects, and timber sales,
including the Lab Bay EIS in Southeast Alaska. Licensed professional engineer.
Cliff Barnhart, Logging Engineer
B.S., Forest Engineering, Oregon State University, 1987
Stuntzner Engineering and Forestry: 3 Other: 3
Logging engineer with extensive experience in road and timber harvest unit design, including
network and economic analysis. Experience with timber management, reforestation, apprais-
als, and analysis of logging systems.
Judith Schneider, NEP A/Public Involvement Coordinator B .A., English/History, University
of Wisconsin-Oshkosh, 1966
Foster Wheeler Environmental: 6 Other: 20
Twenty-four years of experience in public, political, and community relations and in the
development and production of public information materials. Public involvement task
manager for numerous EIS’s and hazardous waste Superfund projects.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 8 ■ 5
Preparers
Other Key
Contributors
Kristin Avery, NEP A/Public Involvement Coordinator
B.A., English-Writing Arts/Philosophy (pending), State University of New York at Oswego
Foster Wheeler Environmental: 3 Other: 3
Six years of experience in public education and community involvement, including the
development and production of public information materials. Experience working with
tribes; communicating sensitive or controversial issues; and coordinating large, complex
events and meetings. Public involvement coordinator for other Alaska EIS’s.
*T. Weber G reiser. Cultural Resources Specialist
Graduate work. University of Colorado, completed 1977
M.S., Anthropology, University of New Mexico, 1972
B.A., Anthropology, University of New Mexico, 1969
Historical Research Associates, Inc.: 15
Thirteen years experience as project manager and/or principal investigator and eighteen
years field experience on cultural resource projects in eight states. Expertise in archeological
surveys, excavation, predictive modeling, laboratory analysis, historical archeology, and
anthropological-legal studies.
Mike Galginaitis, Subsistence
Ph.D., Candidate, State University of New York, Binghamton
B.A., Social and Behavioral Sciences, Johns Hopkins University, 1973
Impact Assessment, Inc.: 8 Other: 5
Project coordinator, field researcher, analyst, and writer in the areas of subsistence and social
impacts, primarily in Alaska. For the Lab Bay Project, responsibilities included subsistence
and socioeconomic analyses of proposed timber sale options with primary responsibility for
subsistence field work. Subsistence Resource Inventory and Environmental Consequences
Reports, and sections of the EIS dealing with subsistence. Also participated in ANILCA
hearings and DEIS scoping meeting. Extensive research experience on subsistence and
socioeconomics.
Ron Stuntzner, Lead Engineer
B.S., Forest Engineering, Oregon State University, 1964
Stuntzner Engineering and Forestry: 27 (owner/partner) Other: 6
Over 30 years experience in all aspects of forest engineering and consulting on various
projects for timber companies, governmental agencies, and appraisers/financial institutions.
Recently served as lead logging engineer on Lab Bay EIS in Southeast Alaska for the USDA
Forest Service.
6 ■
8 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Preparers
Eric Urstadt, Logging Engineer
B.S., Forest Engineering, Oregon State University, 1985
Stuntzner Engineering and Forestry: 3 Other: 6
Logging engineer with extensive experience in road design and timber sale layout. Survey
crew chief on cadastral construction and property surveys. State-certified timber cruiser.
Jim Thrall, Harza Project Coordinator
Ph.D., Biological Science, Illinois State University, 1972
M.A., Biological Science, St. Mary’s College, 1967
B.A., Biology, St. Mary’s College, 1964
Harza Engineering Company: 20 Other: S
Served as lead environmental scientist and/or project manager for both environmental and
resource planning projects, supervising the preparation of monitoring programs, EIS’s, and
EA’s. Recently served as Project Manager for the USDA Forest Service Lab Bay EIS in
Southeast Alaska.
Greg Green, Wildlife Biologist
M.S., Wildlife Ecology, Oregon State University, 1983
B.S., Biology, Eastern Oregon State College, 1978
Foster Wheeler Environmental: 8 Other: 7
Fifteen years experience in conducting wildlife population and habitat studies and producing
related reports. Extensive experience throughout coastal and marine Alaska with both
terrestrial and marine wildlife. Expertise with raptors, big game, and small mammals.
Mary Jo Russell, CIS Analyst
B.S., Business Administration, Menlo College, 1988
Foster Wheeler Environmental: 4 Other: 3
Seven years extensive experience includes GIS support for several USDA Forest Service
EIS’s. Expertise in digitizing; extensive analyses including suitable timber analysis, unhar-
vested timber analysis, and total area analysis; surface modeling for perspective visual
analysis; scanned ortho-photo image manipulation; extensive map production; and database
manipulation and management.
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 8 ■ 7
Preparers
Production
Assistance
Art Credits
Jim Glassley, Senior GIS Analyst
B.S., Physical Geography, Western Washington University, 1990
Foster Wheeler Environmental: 3.5 Other: 1.5
Five years experience in applying computer cartography and GIS to wildlife management,
natural resource management, and hazardous waste materials mitigation. Operates several
GIS and computer cartography software programs to use in remote sensing, aerial
photodigitizing, data input, spatial analyses, and map production.
Craig Lukin, GIS Manager
M.S. Marine Geology, Virginia Institute of Marine Science at the College of William and Mary,
1983
B.A., Geology, Queens College, City University of New York, 1977
Foster Wheeler Environmental: 2 Other: 14
Fourteen years experience in environmental-geological mapping; GIS analysis; applications
development; and related technology. For the past 4 years, Mr. Lukin has applied GIS
technology to hazardous waste RI’s and FS’s and NEPA EA’s and EIS’s.
Tim Richards
Danene Warnock
Lynn Skaves
Evelyn Roberts
Lawrence Kellie
Linda Plantz
Photos:
D. DellaSalla
M. Greenig
G. Jackson
J. Lobdell
T. Stewart
S. Sundberg
D. Volsen
Graphics
Graphics
Graphics
Word Processing
Word Processing
Word Processing
Our thanks to Ketchikan Gateway Borough, Planning Department, for the use of several line art
drawings from Atlas of the Ketchikan Region, 1978.
Cover Design: Tim Richards, Foster Wheeler Environmental
8
8 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Chapter 9
Index
Index
Chapter 9
Index
Symbols
30 Road 1-12, 2-6, 2-17, 2-19, 2-22, 2-25, 3-101, 4-96, 4-102, 4-180
Access management 1-4, 3-86, 3-119, 3-120, 3-121, 4-5, 4-51, 4-77, 4-78, 4-81, 4-
82, 4-91, 4-115, 4-120, 4-147, 4-185, 4-189
Angel Lake 2-5, 2-7, 3-50, 3-115, 3-200, 4-120
ANILCA 1-14, 1-15, 1-16, 2-2, 3-115, 3-118, 3-127, 3-139, 3-140, 3-187, 4-129, 4-
137, 4-141, 4-151, 4-152, 4-153, 4-175
Bald eagle 2-30, 2-38, 3-3, 3-81, 3-82, 3-83, 3-88, 3-104, 4-79, 4-82, 4-83, 4-88, 4-
91
Beach fringe 3-3, 3-56, 3-77, 3-78, 3-81, 3-82, 3-87, 3-88, 3-89, 4-77, 4-79, 4-81, 4-
82, 4-95, 4-102, 4-139, 4-141, 4-149, 4-153, 4-154, 4-157
Below-cost timber sale 1-14
Black bear 2-15, 2-18, 2-20, 2-22, 2-25, 2-30, 3-3, 3-11, 3-26, 3-30, 3-31, 3-32, 3-
35, 3-38, 3-44, 3-50, 3-77, 3-79, 3-81, 3-82, 3-83, 3-85, 3-104, 3-105, 3-139, 3-
143, 3-153, 3-155, 3-156, 3-184, 4-77, 4-79, 4-137, 4-138, 4-146, 4-147, 4-
150, 4-151, 4-152, 4-154
Blowdown 2-10, 2-42, 3-43, 3-55, 3-65, 3-66, 3-67, 3-121, 4-27, 4-28, 4-40, 4-41, 4-
45, 4-48, 4-70, 4-72, 4-73, 4-90, 4-101, 4-172, 4-173
BMP 1-4, 2-1, 2-13, 2-18, 2-20, 2-23, 2-26, 2-36, 2-37, 3-17, 3-25, 3-29, 4-2, 4-
11, 4-14, 4-16, 4-17, 4-21, 4-27, 4-28, 4-30, 4-31, 4-33, 4-34, 4-35, 4-36, 4-
37, 4-38, 4-40, 4-42, 4-43, 4-72, 4-77
Brown creeper 2-30, 3-3, 3-83, 3-90, 3-104, 3-107, 3-1 10, 3-111, 4-79, 4-84, 4-85, 4-
89, 4-107, 4-108
Cable yarding 2-13, 3-73
Canada goose 2-39, 3-3, 3-81, 3-82, 3-83, 3-89, 3-94, 3-98, 4-79, 4-83, 4-95, 4-98
Cave 1-10, 1-14, 2-3, 2-16, 2-18, 2-21, 2-24, 2-28, 2-30, 2-37, 3-9, 3-12, 3-54, 3-
117, 4-5, 4-6, 4-7, 4-8, 4-9
Coffman Cove 1-4, 1-1 1, 2-16, 3-3, 3-96, 3-1 19, 3-121, 3-124, 3-132, 3-135, 3-
141, 3-142, 3-143, 3-144, 3-151, 3-154, 3-155, 3-161, 3-185, 3-202, 4-120, 4-
121, 4-125, 4-127, 4-143, 4-144, 4-146
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 9 ■ 1
Index
Coho salmon 3-35, 3-36, 3-40, 3-43, 3-44, 3-45, 3-47, 3-48, 3-50, 3-163, 3-165, 3-
208, 4-31, 4-38, 4-39, 4-43, 4-48, 4-51
Craig 1-6, 1-13, 2-7, 2-16, 2-31, 3-5, 3-6, 3-7, 3-95, 3-119, 3-124, 3-132, 3-133, 3-
134, 3-135, 3-136, 3-141, 3-142, 3-143, 3-145, 3-146, 3-151, 3-154, 3-155, 3-
156, 3-159, 3-164, 3-165, 3-166, 3-170, 3-187, 3-200, 4-120, 4-143, 4-144, 4-
146, 4-155, 4-160, 4-161, 4-163, 4-169, 4-170, 4-171, 4-184
Cutthroat Lakes 1-12, 2-5, 2-6, 2-10, 2-17, 2-19, 2-22, 3-10, 3-22, 3-90, 3-106, 3-
112, 3-172, 3-177, 3-180, 3-181, 3-184, 3-185, 4-107, 4-160
Cutthroat trout 3-35, 3-39, 3-202, 3-203, 4-185
CZMA 1-14, 1-15, 3-117, 3-118
Deer 1-13, 2-15, 2-17, 2-18, 2-20, 2-22, 2-23, 2-25, 2-30, 2-31, 3-3, 3-58, 3-79,
81, 3-82, 3-83, 3-84, 3-86, 3-104, 3-105, 3-107, 3-110, 3-11 1, 3-121, 3-139,
140, 3-141, 3-143, 3-144, 3-145, 3-146, 3-147, 3-148, 3-149, 3-150, 3-151, 3-
152, 3-153, 3-154, 3-155, 3-156, 3-165, 3-169, 3-204, 4-67, 4-77, 4-79, 4-80, 4-
81, 4-87, 4-88, 4-107, 4-108, 4-135, 4-137, 4-138, 4-139, 4-140, 4-141, 4-142, 4-
143, 4-144, 4-145, 4-146, 4-150, 4-153, 4-154, 4-182
Desired future condition 1-4, 2-1, 2-10, 3-1, 3-63, 3-172, 4-70, 4-71, 4-171
Dolly Varden char 2-26, 3-3, 3-29, 3-35, 3-43, 3-44, 3-47, 3-49, 3-50, 3-192, 3-
202, 4-31, 4-38, 4-39, 4-43
Drumlin 2-5, 2-6, 3-10, 3-57, 3-84, 3-106, 3-186, 4-80
Eagle 1-12, 2-17, 2-19, 2-22, 2-30, 2-31, 2-38, 3-3, 3-35, 3-81, 3-82, 3-83, 3-88, 3-
104, 3-105, 3-181, 3-184, 3-187, 3-195, 3-197, 3-199, 3-200, 3-201, 4-37, 4-
79, 4-82, 4-83, 4-88, 4-91, 4-118, 4-160, 4-161, 4-163, 4-166, 4-169, 4-170, 4-
171
Ecological province 3-77, 3-100, 3-103, 3-112, 4-101
Ecosystem management 2-1, 2-4, 2-10, 2-12, 2-42, 3-52, 4-73, 4-91
Elevenmile 2-2, 2-7, 2-12, 2-13, 2-18, 2-20, 2-22, 3-22, 3-26, 3-30, 3-38, 3-47, 3-
49, 3-87, 3-88, 3-106, 3-149, 3-158, 3-165, 3-168, 3-189, 4-20, 4-22, 4-23, 4-
24, 4-25, 4-26, 4-34, 4-50, 4-80, 4-84, 4-108, 4-111, 4-117, 4-120, 4-141, 4-
149, 4-180
Eskimo curlew 3-94, 3-97, 4-95, 4-98
Estuary fringe 1-8, 2-12, 3-54, 3-77, 3-82, 3-113, 4-77, 4-79, 4-81, 4-109, 4-147, 4-
154
Falldown 3-51, 4-53, 4-129, 4-136
Ferry system 4-135
Fire 3-8, 3-21, 3-61, 3-62, 3-169, 3-186, 3-199, 4-3, 4-19, 4-138, 4-149
Floodplain 1-15, 2-30, 3-1, 3-13, 3-14, 3-17, 3-21, 3-23, 3-24, 3-25, 3-30, 3-39, 3-
58, 3-62, 3-82, 4-19, 4-22, 4-23, 4-27, 4-29, 4-30, 4-32, 4-38, 4-77
Forest Highway #9 2-17, 2-19, 2-22, 2-25, 2-31, 3-175, 3-177, 3-181, 3-183, 3-184, 3-
185, 3-186, 4-160, 4-161, 4-166, 4-168, 4-169, 4-170, 4-172, 4-173
Forest Road #9 4-96, 4-180
Forested wetland 3-21, 3-22
Fragmentation 1-13, 2-4, 2-6, 2-7, 2-26, 3-84, 3-99, 3-100, 3-101, 3-103, 3-104, 3-
105, 3-106, 3-107, 3-111, 4-76, 4-80, 4-82, 4-83, 4-86, 4-87, 4-91, 4-95, 4-
97, 4-98, 4-101, 4-102, 4-107
■ 9 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Index
G
Geese 2-30, 3-89, 3-98, 3-139, 4-83, 4-95, 4-137
Goshawk 2-2, 2-5, 2-6, 2-38, 3-77, 3-81, 3-87, 3-93, 3-94, 3-100, 3-101, 3-104, 3-
105, 3-112, 4-91, 4-96, 4-97, 4-98, 4-99, 4-120
Gray wolf 2-30, 3-3, 3-83, 4-81
H
Hairy woodpecker 2-30, 3-3, 3-83, 3-90, 3-91, 3-104, 3-105, 3-107, 3-110, 3-111, 4-
79, 4-84, 4-88, 4-90, 4-107, 4-108
Harvest Types 3-64, 3-65, 3-68, 3-69, 3-70, 3-71, 3-72, 4-27, 4-41, 4-60, 4-61, 4-
62, 4-63, 4-75, 4-76, 4-82, 4-84, 4-85, 4-86, 4-90
HCA 3-106
Helicopter yarding 2-37, 3-66, 3-72, 3-73, 4-12, 4-163, 4-166, 4-169, 4-172
Hollis 3-3, 3-5, 3-6, 3-7, 3-40, 3-119, 3-124, 3-132, 3-133, 3-134, 3-135, 3-141, 3-
142, 3-143, 3-145, 3-147, 3-149, 3-154, 3-155, 3-159, 3-164, 3-186, 3-201, 3-
208, 4-143, 4-144, 4-146
Honker Divide 1-7, 1-12, 1-13, 1-14, 2-2, 2-6, 2-12, 2-13, 2-14, 2-15, 2-16, 2-17, 2-
19, 2-21, 2-22, 2-24, 2-31, 3-22, 3-30, 3-35, 3-84, 3-89, 3-90, 3-98, 3-99, 3-
100, 3-106, 3-111, 3-119, 3-120, 3-172, 3-181, 3-185, 3-189, 3-192, 3-194, 3-
195, 3-199, 3-200, 3-204, 3-208, 4-37, 4-81, 4-107, 4-108, 4-160, 4-161, 4-
166, 4-169, 4-170, 4-172, 4-173, 4-184, 4-185, 4-189, 4-190
Humpback whale 3-94, 3-96, 4-93, 4-94, 4-98
Hydaburg 3-124, 3-132, 3-133, 3-134, 3-136, 3-141, 3-142, 3-143, 3-145, 3-148, 3-
153, 3-154, 3-155, 3-159, 3-201, 4-143, 4-144, 4-145, 4-146
J
Jobs 1-6, 2-15, 2-16, 2-17, 2-19, 2-21, 2-27, 2-29, 3-1, 3-39, 3-127, 3-128, 3-129, 3-
130, 3-131, 3-132, 3-133, 3-134, 4-123, 4-129, 4-131, 4-133, 4-135
K
Karst 1-10, 1-14, 2-16, 2-18, 2-21, 2-24, 2-28, 2-30, 2-37, 3-1, 3-9, 3-12, 3-54, 3-
113, 4-5, 4-6, 4-7, 4-8, 4-9, 4-109
Karta Wilderness 1-13, 2-4, 2-6, 2-7, 3-189, 3-208, 4-108, 4-112, 4-187
Klawock 1-6, 1-11, 1-13, 2-7, 2-16, 2-17, 2-19, 2-21, 2-31, 3-3, 3-18, 3-45, 3-119, 3-
124, 3-132, 3-133, 3-134, 3-135, 3-136, 3-141, 3-142, 3-143, 3-145, 3-149, 3-
150, 3-151, 3-154, 3-155, 3-156, 3-158, 3-159, 3-162, 3-163, 3-164, 3-165, 3-
166, 3-170, 3-172, 3-175, 3-181, 3-183, 3-184, 3-186, 3-187, 3-200, 3-201, 3-
202, 4-120, 4-121, 4-141, 4-143, 4-144, 4-145, 4-146, 4-149, 4-150, 4-155, 4-
160, 4-161, 4-163, 4-169, 4-170, 4-171, 4-172, 4-184
Kogish Mountain 2-7, 3-10, 3-106, 3-111, 3-115, 3-119, 3-172, 3-207, 4-96, 4-111, 4-
112, 4-119, 4-120
KV 4-48, 4-125
L
Landscape zone 2-4, 2-5, 2-6, 2-7, 2-8, 2-9, 2-10, 2-12, 2-13, 2-14, 2-24, 3-106, 4-
89, 4-154
Late-successional corridor 2-5, 2-6, 4-80, 4-83
Logging camp 2-18, 2-20, 2-22, 2-29, 3-121, 3-133, 3-134, 3-135, 3-186, 4-115, 4-
120, 4-121, 4-185
Long-term contract 1-5, 1-15, 3-61, 3-127, 3-207, 4-188
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 9 ■ 3
Index
LTF 1-4, 2-17, 2-18, 2-19, 2-20, 2-21, 2-22, 2-27, 3-72, 3-96, 3-119, 3-121, 4-93, 4-
94, 4-112, 4-115, 4-120, 4-121, 4-125, 4-133, 4-149
LWD 2-38, 3-25, 3-29, 3-42, 3-43, 3-44, 3-45, 3-46, 3-47, 3-48, 3-50, 3-105, 4-
28, 4-29, 4-30, 4-31, 4-37, 4-40, 4-41, 4-48
M
Management direction/emphasis 2-10
Marbled murrelet 2-38, 3-93, 3-94, 3-98, 3-99, 3-100, 3-104, 3-105, 4-91, 4-95, 4-
96, 4-98, 4-102
Marten 2-2, 2-15, 2-18, 2-20, 2-22, 2-25, 2-30, 3-3, 3-77, 3-81, 3-83, 3-86, 3-87, 3-
104, 3-105, 3-107, 3-110, 3-111, 3-112, 3-139, 3-156, 3-157, 4-77, 4-79, 4-82, 4-
86, 4-87, 4-88, 4-90, 4-107, 4-108, 4-137, 4-147, 4-148, 4-150, 4-151, 4-152, 4-
154
McGilvery soil 2-37, 3-13, 3-14, 4-11, 4-16
MIS 2-30, 3-3, 3-29, 3-44, 3-77, 3-82, 3-83, 3-84, 3-96, 3-104, 3-106, 3-107, 3-
110, 3-111, 4-31, 4-48, 4-75, 4-76, 4-77, 4-78, 4-79, 4-82, 4-88, 4-89, 4-98
MMI 2-30, 3-13, 3-18, 3-19, 3-26, 3-27, 4-11, 4-14, 4-15, 4-24, 4-25, 4-26
Muskeg 2-37, 3-3, 3-13, 3-14, 3-21, 3-22, 3-41, 3-52, 3-53, 3-56, 3-57, 3-58, 3-
77, 3-89, 3-95, 3-98, 3-99, 3-102, 3-103, 3-172, 3-185, 3-186, 4-19, 4-20, 4-
21, 4-22, 4-27, 4-50, 4-54, 4-55, 4-98, 4-101
N
National Historic Preservation Act 1-15, 3-165
Naukati 2-16, 2-19, 2-21, 3-3, 3-119, 3-121, 3-132, 3-133, 3-135, 3-141, 3-142, 3-
143, 3-151, 3-154, 3-155, 3-159, 4-121, 4-125, 4-126, 4-127, 4-146
o
Old-growth block 1-12, 2-5, 2-6, 2-7, 2-12, 3-105, 4-89
Operability 4-65, 4-66
Overstory removal 2-29, 3-51, 3-65, 3-66, 4-53, 4-60, 4-61, 4-65, 4-76, 4-85, 4-172
Partial cut 2-1, 2-4, 2-10, 2-12, 2-17, 2-19, 2-21, 2-38, 2-39, 2-42, 3-51, 3-64, 3-
65, 4-53, 4-65, 4-67, 4-69, 4-70, 4-72, 4-73, 4-76, 4-89, 4-91, 4-98, 4-101, 4-
102, 4-168, 4-169
Patch size 3-78, 3-104, 3-106, 3-107, 3-110, 3-111, 4-76, 4-95, 4-96, 4-101, 4-102, 4-
140, 4-142, 4-148, 4-152
Peregrine falcon 2-39, 3-94, 3-96, 3-97, 4-91, 4-94, 4-95, 4-98, 4-99
Pink salmon 2-26, 3-3, 3-29, 3-35, 3-41, 3-42, 3-43, 3-44, 3-46, 3-47, 3-48, 3-158, 3-
192, 4-31, 4-38, 4-39, 4-40, 4-48
PNV 2-17, 2-18, 2-19, 2-21, 2-23, 2-27, 3-123, 4-123, 4-128, 4-129
Precommercial thinning 2-38, 3-51, 4-53, 4-67, 4-70, 4-90, 4-101
Public involvement 1-10, 4-120
R
Red-breasted sapsucker 2-30, 3-3, 3-83, 3-89, 3-91, 3-104, 3-105, 3-110, 3-111, 4-
79, 4-83, 4-84, 4-85, 4-88, 4-98, 4-108
Regeneration 2-12, 2-14, 3-13, 3-51, 3-52, 3-64, 3-65, 3-66, 4-53, 4-54, 4-61, 4-
64, 4-66, 4-68, 4-69, 4-70, 4-72, 4-73, 4-75, 4-76, 4-85, 4-86, 4-170
Rio Beaver 1-13, 3-17, 3-18, 3-26, 3-27, 3-30, 3-33, 3-36, 3-38, 3-44, 3-45, 3-87, 3-
90, 3-113, 3-1 19, 3-175, 3-203, 4-12, 4-13, 4-14, 4-20, 4-22, 4-23, 4-24, 4-
25, 4-26, 4-34, 4-38, 4-46, 4-47, 4-48, 4-49, 4-108, 4-117, 4-119, 4-120
i
4 ■ 9 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
Index
Rio Roberts 1-6, 1-12, 1-13, 2-5, 2-6, 2-12, 2-13, 2-14, 2-16, 2-19, 2-21, 3-18, 3-
23, 3-24, 3-26, 3-27, 3-30, 3-33, 3-36, 3-38, 3-43, 3-44, 3-45, 3-47, 3-48, 3-
49, 3-86, 3-88, 3-90, 3-101, 3-106, 3-111, 3-113, 3-120, 3-175, 3-194, 3-195, 3-
200, 3-203, 4-12, 4-13, 4-14, 4-20, 4-22, 4-23, 4-24, 4-25, 4-26, 4-39, 4-40, 4-
46, 4-47, 4-82, 4-84, 4-96, 4-99, 4-108, 4-112, 4-117, 4-120, 4-176, 4-182
Riparian habitat 3-82, 3-83, 3-87, 4-38, 4-77, 4-81, 4-97
Riparian Management Area 1-10, 2-30, 3-13, 3-21, 3-25, 3-26, 3-27, 3-81, 3-82, 4-
23, 4-24, 4-25, 4-26, 4-27, 4-30, 4-38, 4-41, 4-45, 4-47, 4-102
River otter 2-30, 3-3, 3-35, 3-82, 3-83, 3-87, 3-88, 3-156, 3-157, 4-79, 4-82, 4-88, 4-
147, 4-148, 4-150, 4-151, 4-152, 4-154
Road density 3-84, 3-86, 3-120, 4-77, 4-78, 4-80, 4-81, 4-82, 4-83, 4-148
Roadless area 1-12, 3-1, 3-35, 3-117, 3-187, 3-189, 3-206, 3-207, 3-208, 4-175, 4-
185, 4-186, 4-190
ROD 1-7, 1-12, 2-2, 2-5, 3-22, 3-87, 4-20, 4-89, 4-154
ROS 2-17, 2-20, 2-22, 2-25, 2-31, 3-187, 3-188, 3-189, 3-190, 3-191, 3-192, 3-
194, 3-195, 3-197, 3-198, 3-199, 3-207, 3-208, 4-175, 4-176, 4-177, 4-178, 4-
179, 4-180, 4-181, 4-182, 4-183, 4-184, 4-185, 4-186, 4-187, 4-188, 4-190
Scoping 1-1, 1-10, 1-11, 1-12, 1-14, 2-3, 2-13, 2-14, 3-165
Second-growth forest 3-41, 3-54, 3-77, 4-40, 4-48
Sedimentation 3-9, 3-10, 3-17, 3-39, 4-8, 4-16, 4-49, 4-157
Seed tree 2-1, 2-29, 3-51, 3-64, 3-65, 3-66, 4-53, 4-61, 4-66, 4-72, 4-76, 4-85
Shelterwood 2-1, 2-12, 2-29, 3-51, 3-64, 3-65, 3-66, 3-67, 4-53, 4-61, 4-65, 4-72, 4-
76, 4-85, 4-172
Sitka black-tailed deer 2-18, 2-20, 2-23, 2-25, 3-3, 3-81, 3-83, 3-84, 3-86, 3-104, 3-
105, 3-110, 3-111, 3-153, 3-155, 3-204, 4-77, 4-80, 4-81, 4-108, 4-145, 4-146
Spotted frog 3-94, 3-102, 4-98
Steelhead trout 3-35, 3-36, 3-40, 3-44, 4-43, 4-51
Steller sea lion 3-94, 3-96, 4-94, 4-98
Thome Bay 1-4, 1-6, 1-10, 1-11, 1-12, 2-6, 2-16, 2-17, 2-19, 2-21, 2-42, 3-3, 3-
10, 3-30, 3-35, 3-36, 3-44, 3-78, 3-84, 3-96, 3-117, 3-119, 3-121, 3-124, 3-
132, 3-133, 3-134, 3-136, 3-141, 3-142, 3-143, 3-151, 3-152, 3-154, 3-155, 3-
159, 3-172, 3-180, 3-181, 3-183, 3-184, 3-185, 3-186, 3-187, 3-189, 3-192, 3-
200, 3-201, 3-202, 3-203, 3-204, 3-206, 4-3, 4-67, 4-119, 4-120, 4-121, 4-125, 4-
127, 4-143, 4-144, 4-145, 4-146, 4-160, 4-173
Timber economics 2-13, 2-16, 2-18, 2-21, 2-23, 2-27
Tourism 2-15, 3-117, 3-123, 3-124, 3-125, 3-127, 3-130, 3-131, 3-134, 3-136, 3-
172, 4-134, 4-135, 4-136, 4-187
TRUCS 3-140, 3-141, 3-142, 3-143, 3-144, 3-145, 3-146, 3-147, 3-148, 3-149, 3-
150, 3-151, 3-152, 3-153, 3-158, 4-139, 4-143, 4-144
Tmmpeter swan 2-39, 3-94, 3-97, 3-98, 4-95, 4-98
TTRA 1-5, 1-6, 1-15, 2-11, 2-18, 2-20, 2-23, 2-26, 2-37, 3-25, 3-41, 3-42, 3-54, 3-
61, 3-118, 3-187, 4-23, 4-28, 4-31, 4-38, 4-40, 4-43, 4-48, 4-50, 4-129, 4-
134, 4-149, 4-153, 4-175
Uneven-aged management 2-29, 3-52, 4-54, 4-60, 4-65, 4-73, 4-101, 4-163, 4-166
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
CHAPTER 9 ■ 5
Index
Viable populations 2-11, 3-86, 3-103, 3-104, 3-111, 3-112, 4-75, 4-88, 4-89, 4-98, 4-
101, 4-108
VQO 2-11, 2-17, 2-19, 2-22, 2-25, 2-39, 2-42, 3-67, 3-171, 3-172, 3-175, 3-177, 3-
180, 3-181, 3-183, 3-184, 3-185, 3-186, 4-119, 4-159, 4-160, 4-161, 4-162, 4-
163, 4-166, 4-168, 4-169, 4-172, 4-173
Water supply 3-35
West Coast Waterway 2-17, 2-19, 2-22, 2-31, 3-175, 3-177, 3-180, 3-181, 3-183, 3-
198, 3-199, 3-201, 4-160, 4-162, 4-169, 4-170, 4-171, 4-172
Western peninsula 1-13, 2-7, 2-13, 2-14, 2-16, 2-19, 2-21, 3-17, 3-22, 3-30, 3-36, 3-
84, 3-86, 3-87, 3-88, 3-89, 3-99, 3-100, 3-106, 3-111, 3-113, 3-119, 3-120, 3-
159, 3-175, 4-84, 4-96, 4-141, 4-149, 4-150, 4-176, 4-183, 4-184, 4-186
Wetland 1-15, 2-6, 2-30, 2-37, 3-1, 3-19, 3-21, 3-22, 3-23, 3-25, 3-30, 3-39, 3-77, 3-
82, 3-89, 3-98, 4-16, 4-22, 4-77, 4-83, 4-102
Whale Pass 3-132, 3-135, 3-141, 3-142, 3-143, 3-151, 3-154, 3-155, 3-159, 4-108, 4-
145, 4-146
Wilderness 1-13, 2-4, 2-6, 2-7, 2-19, 2-22, 3-1, 3-35, 3-53, 3-117, 3-130, 3-171, 3-
181, 3-187, 3-189, 3-206, 3-208, 4-97, 4-108, 4-112, 4-159, 4-160, 4-175, 4-
184, 4-187
Windfirm 3-25, 3-63, 3-64, 3-66, 4-49, 4-68, 4-70
9 CHAPTER
Control Lake Supplemental Draft EIS
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1997 - 689-U3 / 41954 REGION NO. 10
tnrHi
■ ■■
- .
-!''•
■’ vS!jt''''W'
• -* f "VTS'* ,' - ■
Vir;’,
■ 5’'^
>»-*
*„ Ft 'WWiaOIBH ■■%' ..
m' V 4-1^ 4-1^ ^ '» ■ -■ >
Wm,-t:i (.-■iFvi;. ,-ij, Mj: j-’'': 5‘W. F'" ‘{i;'5ir ■-;. :i.30.
. , »4, ’-<>x ’-Tir, j-n. i*ws •■ i}.:7-t '10 j.i^
S-^MV,'« ."A.* --lb s .».., H -iAi
Wu'..»a3 .',>-< a-fe ^-.'3. )-V7, J-!. 'J-li* 'F.ii. ? 3-2. jjji. 'M-'. 1-JQ.. 3-;4,}i
" ... ji;. .■i'>. ^*oiiJBHp*-».^*-T7. 4-4!^!, u •® %
,1 'b- ■V-.JS v ,4f ■' i'!*. -trl
-Ab.' ?-r 'ii«;' '-■. >b. Fj!, jJTv
(s^4i«rt; *-u;
V/' : ■ ■ '■ "■ ^■■
■ ji-b-' 'SHW- ■■<•''&'
"' ■ ' ,';. ■'■,■, - ^'%iT''''"'.1 , '
IM-jjilj-iU.
The United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) prohibits discrimination in its programs on the
basis of race, color, national origin, sex, religion, age, disability, political beliefs, and marital or familial
status. (Not all prohibited bases apply to all programs.) Persons with disabilities who require
alternative means of communication of program information (braille, large print, audiotape, etc.) should
contact the USDA Office of Communications at (202) 720-2791.
To file a complaint, write the Secretary of Agriculture, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington,
DC 20250, or call (202) 720-7327 (voice) or
(202) 720-1127 (TDD). USDA is an equal opportunity employer.
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11